Buyersgu PDF

Fabco Cover.
Final 2/21/00 4:44 PM Page 1
THE LEADER IN PLASTICS

MILLENIUM EDITION
BUYERS GUIDE 2000-01
Continue
ENGINEERING
FABRICATION
RESALE
Web Site: www.fabcoplastics.com
TORONTO - 2175A Teston Road, Maple (Toronto), Ontario Canada L6A 1T3 Phone (905) 832-0600, Fax (905) 832-0992
E-Mail: info@fabcoplastics.com
EDMONTON - 12938 - 148 Street, Edmonton, Alberta T5L 2H8 Phone (780) 451-0238, Fax (780) 455-4816
E-Mail: fabcoedm@psinet.com
VANCOUVER - 9511 - 194A Street, Surrey, B.C. V4N 4G4 Phone 1-800-661-7926, Fax (604) 882-1432
E-Mail: fabcovcr@psinet.com
MONTREAL - 16 Ronald Drive, Montreal West, Québec H4X 1M8 Phone (514) 369-4720, Fax (514) 369-5736
$15.00
E-Mail: fabcomtl@psinet.com
www.fabcoplastics.com
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S INDEX TO SECTIONS
P
R
O C
D U
P.V.C., C.P.V.C., POLYPROPYLENE, P.V.D.F.,

PROCESS PIPE AND FITTINGS 1
VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 2
PUMPS AND ACCESSORIES 3
FLOWMETERS, CONTROLLERS, INSTRUMENTATION 4
POLYETHYLENE TANKS 5
SHEET STOCK - BAR - EXTRUSIONS 6
FLEXIBLE TUBING - FITTINGS 7
ENGINEERED PRODUCTS 8
SPECIFICATIONS AND ENGINEERING REFERENCE 9

1-1
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PVC GASKET JOINT PRESSURE PIPE
R
O C
D U
FABCO PVC GASKET JOINT PIPE

Characteristics:
• Light weight - no mechanical equipment needed.
1 FOR MUNICIPAL PIPING SYSTEMS
FABCO PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Pressure Pipe is tough, rigid and
• Tough, high impact.
• Very smooth bore.
yet has the desirable flexibility to meet the most exacting installation • High degree of flexibility.
requirements for all potable water and sewer systems. The exclusive • Lower friction loss.
joint is easy, fast and foolproof to assemble. This unique joint provides • Lower installations cost.
an instant pressure-tight seal, yet permits expansion and contraction • No special pipe laying technique required.
in service, without the need for "snaking" the pipe in the trench. • Positive gasket seal.
• Pipe and bell, one integral and homogeneous unit.
• No solvent welding.
Applications:
• Municipal water supply and distribution system. r 15°
• Rural water supply and distribution system.
• Forcemains.
• Industrial water supply. D d D
• Industrial effluent disposal lines.
• Golf courses and irrigation systems.
t
r 20 ft (6 m)
SERIES 160 (SDR 26) CSA B137.3; ASTM D2241

SIZE D d t D r WT/100’ WT/100m PART PRICE
ins. mm ins. mm ins. mm ins. mm ins. mm ins. mm lbs kg NO. PER 100’
1 1/2 40 1.900 48.26 1.740 44.20 0.080 2.03 2.375 60.33 3.10 78.74 32 48 012311 P.O.R.
2 50 2.375 60.33 2.193 55.70 0.091 2.31 2.878 73.10 3.60 91.44 45 67 012312 P.O.R.
3 75 3.500 88.90 3.230 82.04 0.135 3.43 4.141 105.18 4.30 109.22 96 143 012314 P.O.R.
4 100 4.500 114.30 4.154 105.51 0.173 4.39 5.323 135.20 5.00 127.00 156 232 012316 P.O.R.
6 150 6.625 168.28 6.115 155.32 0.255 6.48 7.764 197.21 5.40 137.16 340 506 012318 P.O.R.
8 200 8.625 219.08 7.961 202.21 0.332 8.43 10.006 254.15 5.90 149.86 580 863 012319 P.O.R.
10 250 10.750 273.05 9.934 252.32 0.413 10.49 12.593 319.86 6.90 175.26 904 1345 012320 P.O.R.
12 300 12.750 323.85 11.770 298.96 0.490 12.45 14.866 377.60 8.30 210.82 1282 1908 012322 P.O.R.
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
FABCO PVC pipe meets or exceeds all recognized standards:
ASTM D-2241 - standard specification for polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

plastic pipe (SDR-PR).
CSA B137.3 - rigid poly vinyl chloride (PVC) pipe for pressure appli-
cations.
Quebec Standards Bureau - Standard 3624.031 - Tubes de

Polychlorure ou de Polydichlorethylene (CPVC) pour la conduite de
fluides sous pression. Certified according to BNQ 3624-950.
30” Diameter PVC/FRP Spent Electrolyte Discharge Piping
ALL TAXES EXTRA • PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE • F.O.B. STOCKING POINT • MINIMUM BILLING $25.00
1-2 • CALL OR WRITE FABCO YOUR SOURCE FOR PLASTIC MATERIALS
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PVC SEWER PIPE / ROYAL SEAL®

R
O C
D U
In a constant effort to provide pollution control authorities with ring gasket and lubricant for ease of installation.
sewer pipes to meet every condition, FABCO now offers a new range The FABCO bell with rubber sealing ring acts as a built-in expan-
of heavy wall PVC pipes. Where extra strength is required, we now sion joint. No snaking in the trench is necessary.
offer SDR35 and SDR28 for main sewers and laterals.
All the advantages of PVC are inherent in this system, backed by a Uses:
1
quarter of a century of FABCO experience and technology. FABCO • Non-pressure gravity sewers in municipal or industrial service.
PVC pipe systems are in use around the world. • Service connections from the main to the property line and
beyond.
DESCRIPTION: FABCO PVC Sewer Pipe is manufactured from • Storm drains.
unplasticized PVC compound, especially formulated • Header lines for sub-surface drainage installations and main
in our laboratories to comply with the requirements of drains for general drainage.
CSA B182.2. It is manufactured in economical 13 ft.
lengths.
Shorter lengths are available, or the pipe may be easily cut to suit-
able lengths on the site.
Each pipe is manufactured with a homogeneous and integral bell
end, and when shipped to the job is equipped with a FABCO sealing
Royal Seal® Dimensions GASKET SEAL
I.D.2
S
I.D.1
O.D
C
B L
I.D.1
I.D.2
F
Gravity Sewer Pipe SDR28 (ASTM D–3034) O/D/ Conforms to CSA B182.2; BNQ 3624–130/3624–135
All dimensions are in millimetres unless noted otherwise

Nominal Pipe Wall Assembly Lay Length Average
Average Bell Optional
Part Size Average Bell Thickness Mark L Weight
Series Pipe Length min. Price
No. O.D. I.D.1 Min. Length /Length
mm inches I.D.2 B F M Feet
S C Kg
014116 SDR28 100 4 107.05 107.70 99.43 3.81 87 6 75 4 13 7.92 P.O.R.
014117 SDR28 135 5 143.25 144.02 133.05 5.10 100 6 88 4 13 14.00 P.O.R.
014118 SDR28 150 6 159.38 160.22 148.00 5.69 114 6 102 4 13 17.44 P.O.R.
Gravity Sewer Pipe SDR35 (ASTM D–3034) Conforms to CSA B182.2; BNQ 3624–130/3624–135
Nominal Pipe Wall Assembly Lay Length Average

Average Bell Optional
Part Size Average Bell Thickness Mark L Weight
Series Pipe Length min. Price
No. O.D. I.D.1 min. Length /Length
mm inches I.D.2 B F M Feet
S C Kg
014116A SDR35 100 4 107.05 107.70 100.93 3.06 87 6 75 4 13 6.72 P.O.R.
014117A SDR35 135 5 143.25 144.02 135.07 4.09 100 6 88 4 13 11.44 P.O.R.
014118A SDR35 150 6 159.38 160.22 150.28 4.55 114 6 102 4 13 14.28 P.O.R.
014119 SDR35 200 8 213.35 214.38 201.15 6.10 130 118 4 13 25.20 P.O.R.
014120 SDR35 250 10 266.70 267.92 251.46 7.62 145 133 4 13 39.60 P.O.R.
014122 SDR35 300 12 317.50 318.87 299.36 9.07 167 155 4 13 57.00 P.O.R.
014125 SDR35 375 15 388.62 390.19 366.42 11.10 181 169 4 13 85.40 P.O.R.
014128 SDR35 450 18 475.00 476.90 447.86 13.57 208 196 4 13 133.20 P.O.R.
014131 SDR35 525 21 560.00 563.00 528.00 16.00 228 216 4 13 185.60 P.O.R.
014134 SDR35 600 24 630.00 633.00 594.00 18.00 245 233 4 13 236.40 P.O.R.
014137 SDR35 675 27 710.00 713.00 669.42 20.29 265 253 4 13 299.20 P.O.R.
• CALL OR WRITE FABCO YOUR SOURCE FOR PLASTIC MATERIALS
1-3
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PVC C900 PRESSURE PIPE
R
O C
D U
FOR MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

Royal Pipe is proud to announce the availability of American Water The distinguishing factor that raises Royal PVC C900 pipe above
1 Works Association (AWWA) C-900 Standard High Pressure PVC

(Polyvinyl Chloride) pipe for municipal water systems. Certified by the
Canadian Standards Association (CSA), Bureau de normalisation du
the competition is its patented DSLI™ Gasket Joint (Double-Seal
Locked-In).
The two major features of this joint are:
Quebéc (BNQ) with cast and ductile iron pipe outside diameters. The 1. "Double-seal" gasket which increases the leak tightness with the
100mm (4") to 300mm (12") pipe is manufactured in 6.1 meter (20ft.) increase of water pressure.
lengths. The compound material is to 12454 A or B as per ASTM 2. The patented steel reinforced "locked-in" gasket, which provides
D1784. The established hydrostatic-design-basis (HDB) rating is 4000 an error-free installation preventing fall-out or roll-over, even
PSI @ 23° C (73.4° F). when joining under adverse conditions.
The PVC compounds used in the manufacture of Royal PVC C900 Before each pipe's belling process begins, the rubber gasket is
pipe contain no ingredients that will migrate into the water in amounts inserted directly onto the bell-forming mandrel. The pipe section is
considered to be toxic. then heated, formed and cooled as normal. This results in the bell
actually molded around the gasket which virtually eliminates "fish-
mouthing"
15°
t (min.) Bevel
O.D
6.1 m +- 25 mm
(20' +- 1")
C900 CLASS 100 DR25 CIOD
SPECIFICATION
Royal DSLI™ PVC Pressure Pipe is manufactured from a Polyvinyl Chloride compound (PVC) in accordance with Standard B137.3
"Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe for Pressure Applications", BNQ 3624-250 and AWWA C900.
NOMINAL PRODUCT AVERAGE MINIMUM LAY APPROX.

PRICE
SIZE NUMBER O.D. WALL LENGTH WEIGHT
100 mm DR2504 121.95 mm 4.88 mm 6.1 m 2.79 kg/m P.O.R.
4" 4.80 in. .192 in. 20' 1.87 lb./ft.
6" 6.90 in. .276 in. 20' 3.90 lb./ft.
8" 9.05 in. .362 in. 20' 6.73 lb./ft.
10" 11.10 in. .445 in. 20' 10.20 lb./ft.
12" 13.20 in. .528 in. 20' 14.41 lb./ft.
C905 DR25 CIOD
SPECIFICATION
Royal DSLI™ PVC Pressure Pipe is manufactured from a Polyvinyl Chloride compound (PVC) in accordance with Standard B137.3
"Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe for Pressure Applications", BNQ 3624-250 and AWWA C905.
NOMINAL PRODUCT AVERAGE MINIMUM LAY APPROX.

PRICE
SIZE NUMBER O.D. WALL LENGTH WEIGHT
14" 15.30 in. .612 in. 20' 19.20 lb./ft.
16" 17.40 in. .696 in. 20' 24.90 lb./ft.
PVC PRESSURE PIPE
SERIES 160 (SDR-26) PRESSURE PIPE
NOMINAL AVERAGE MIN. *PRESSURE
MM
40
PIPE SIZE
(INCHES)
1 1/2
PART
NUMBER
010911
PRICE PER
100 FEET
267.59
OUTSIDE
DIAMETER
1.900
INSIDE
DIAMETER
1.734
WALL
THICKNESS
.080
WEIGHT
PER 100 FEET
28.4
RATING AT
73.4°F
160
1
50 2 010912 406.00 2.375 2.173 .091 43.2 160
65 2 1/2 010913 638.00 2.875 2.635 .110 62.2 160
75 3 010914 860.77 3.500 3.210 .135 91.5 160
100 4 010916 1,406.50 4.500 4.134 .173 149.4 160
125 5 010917 2,345.05 5.563 5.109 .214 228.8 160
150 6 010918 3,038.41 6.625 6.085 .255 322.8 160
200 8 010919 5,146.18 8.625 7.921 .332 546.8 160
250 10 010920 8,133.18 10.750 9.874 .413 849.2 160
300 12 010922 11,451.05 12.750 11.710 .490 1195.6 160
350 14 010924 17,700.55 14.000 12.860 .538 1443.0 160
400 16 010926 23,073.45 16.000 14.696 .615 1881.0 160
450 18 010928 29,267.59 18.000 16.534 .693 2386.0 160
500 20 010930 36,148.50 20.000 18.370 .769 2947.0 160
600 24 010934 52,156.50 24.000 22.043 .923 4252.0 160

PIPE SIZE PART PRICE PER OUTSIDE INSIDE WALL WEIGHT RATING AT
MM (INCHES) NUMBER 100 FEET DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS PER 100 FEET 73.4°F
450 18 010628 18,852.64 18.000 17.070 .439 1537 100
500 20 010630 23,207.91 20.000 18.970 .488 1892 100
600 24 010634 33,510.82 24.000 22.748 .585 2732 100

PIPE SIZE PART PRICE PER OUTSIDE INSIDE WALL WEIGHT RATING AT
MM (INCHES) NUMBER 100 FEET DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS PER 100 FEET 73.4°F
12 1) 1/2 011007 P.O.R. 0.840 0.696 .062 10.4 200
20 3/4 011008 P.O.R. 1.050 0.910 .060 12.9 200
25 1 011009 P.O.R. 1.315 1.169 .063 17.0 200
32 1 1/4 011010 251.77 1.660 1.482 .079 26.3 200
40 1 1/2 011011 319.00 1.900 1.700 .090 33.9 200
50 2 011012 490.36 2.375 2.129 .113 52.1 200
65 2 1/2 011013 772.45 2.875 2.581 .137 75.4 200
75 3 011014 1,041.36 3.500 3.146 .167 110.6 200
100 4 011016 1,717.59 4.500 4.046 .214 182.5 200
125 5 011017 2,861.77 5.563 5.001 .265 279.2 200
150 6 011018 3,730.45 6.625 5.995 .316 396.4 200
200 8 011019 6,286.41 8.625 7.755 .410 667.9 200
250 10 011020 P.O.R. 10.750 9.667 .511 1039.2 200
1) SERIES 315 (SDR13.5) PRESSURE PIPE

*Pressure rating at 73.4°F. NOTE: Pipe can be supplied on request as:
Above prices are for plain end pipe 20’ lengths - Solvent weld bell end
FABCO Pressure Pipe conforms to CSA standard B 137.3 - roll grooved (SDR 21/26)
and ASTM D 1784. - Prices on application.
Roof-top view of Fabco Pipe

Storage and Loading Area
1-5
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PVC SCHEDULE 80 PRESSURE FITTINGS
R
O C
D U
PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE)

PVC is the most frequently specified of all plastic piping materials. It
1 has been used successfully for over 60 years. PVC is characterized by

distinctive physical properties and is resistant to corrosion and chemical
attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions and many other chemicals. It is
attacked, however, by polar solvents such as ketones and aromatics. Of
the various types and grades of PVC used in plastic piping, Type 1, Grade
1 PVC (Cell Classification 12454–B) conforming to ASTM D1784, is the
most common. The maximum service temperature for PVC is 140°F.
With a design stress of 2,000 psi, PVC has the highest long-term hydro-
static strength (73°F) of any other major thermoplastic material used for
piping. PVC piping is joined by solvent cementing, threading, flanging,
Victaulic® or gasketed joints.
APPLICATIONS
• Swimming Pool Piping • Chemical and Washwater Systems for
• Plant Water Supply and Distribution Lines Photographic Laboratories
• Drainage and Effluent Piping • Acid Products Handling for Refineries, Metal Works
• Cooling Water Systems and Plating Plants.
• Vacuum Piping • Brine and Seawater Distribution in FIsh Plants
• Bleach, Dye and Acid Lines in Textile Mills • Brine Systems in Meat Packaging Plants
• Rainwater Leaders for Buildings • Piping for the Dairy, Canning and Beverage Industries
• Piping in Fish Hatcheries, Aquariums, Zoological • Tailing and Slurry Lines in Mines, Smelters
and Biological Buildings and Fertilizer Plants
• Well Casings and Dewatering Lines
SCHEDULE 80 – GRAY – PLAIN END/PRESSURE PIPE

NOMINAL WEIGHT PRESSURE CRATE
PART PRICE OUTSIDE INSIDE MINIMUM
MM PIPE SIZE PER RATING AT QTY.
NUMBER PER 100 DIAM. DIAM. WALL
(INCHES) 100 FEET 73.4°F FEET
6 1/4 x 20 ft 010304 482.00 0.540 0.302 0.119 10 1130 200
10 3/8 x 20 ft 010306 600.00 0.675 0.423 0.126 14 910 200
12 1/2 x 20 ft 010307 182.00 0.840 0.546 0.147 21 840 12000
20 3/4 x 20 ft 010308 241.00 1.050 0.742 0.154 28 680 8800
25 1 x 20 ft 010309 351.00 1.315 0.957 0.179 41 630 7200
32 1 1/4 x 20 ft 010310 422.00 1.660 1.278 0.191 57 520 6600
40 1 1/2 x 20 ft 010311 499.00 1.900 1.500 0.200 68 470 3600
50 2 x 20 ft 010312 658.00 2.375 1.939 0.218 94 400 2800
65 2 1/2 x 20 ft 010313 1,062.00 2.875 2.323 0.276 144 420 1980
75 3 x 20 ft 010314 1,427.00 3.500 2.900 0.300 193 370 1760
100 4 x 20 ft 010316 2,083.00 4.500 3.826 0.337 282 320 1140
125 5 x 20 ft 010317 3,501.00 5.563 4.768 0.375 392 290 460
150 6 x 20 ft 010318 3,948.00 6.625 5.761 0.432 538 280 520
200 8 x 20 ft 010319 6,032.00 8.625 7.625 0.500 817 240 200
250 10 x 20 ft 010320 8,918.00 10.750 9.564 0.593 1212 230 160
300 12 x 20 ft 010322 12,826.00 12.750 11.376 0.687 1680 220 120
350 14 x 20 ft 010324 18,273.00 14.000 12.410 0.750 1979 220 120
400 16 x 20 ft 010326 27,479.00 16.000 14.214 0.843 2543 220 180
450 18 x 20 ft 010328 34,393.00 18.000 16.014 0.937 3183 220 40
- Pressure Rating at 73.4°F. - Schedule 80 pipe is recommended for threading.
- Above prices are for plain end pipe 20’ lengths - Not recommended for compressed air or gas service.
- CHEMKOR pressure pipe conforms to CSA Standard B137.3 and ASTM D1784, D1785.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
SCHEDULE 80 – GRAY – PRESSURE FITTINGS*
NOMINAL
SOCKET TEES THREADED TEES
90° SOCKET
ELBOWS
90° THREADED
ELBOWS
45° SOCKET
ELBOWS
45° THREADED
ELBOWS
1
PIPE SIZE 801 805 806 808 817 819
(MM) (INCH) PART NO.
6 1/4 002 5.04 5.82 1.79 4.43 6.41 7.27

10 3/8 003 5.04 5.82 1.79 4.43 6.41 7.27
12 1/2 005 5.04 5.82 1.79 4.14 3.39 6.64
20 3/4 007 5.28 6.48 2.29 5.15 5.13 7.12
25 1 010 6.60 14.31 3.68 6.48 7.71 8.96
32 1 1/4 012 18.14 15.18 4.92 6.98 9.82 13.65
40 1 1/2 015 18.14 18.38 5.27 9.91 11.61 17.17
50 2 020 22.69 19.77 6.38 11.16 15.04 25.47
65 2 1/2 025 24.67 71.98 14.92 39.53 31.59 50.95
75 3 030 30.84 75.16 16.78 70.04 38.45 80.96
100 4 040 35.73 122.18 25.51 123.29 69.23 116.21
150 6 060 122.01 - 72.56 - 87.18 -
200 8 080 282.96 - 199.99 - 188.99 -
250 10 100 2,029.62† - 1,942.91† - 1,292.04† -
300 12 120 2,866.37† - 2,532.72† - 1,666.65† -
† 150 Series (150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°F) Moulded
150LB. SOCKET 150LB. THREADED 150LB. BLIND SOCKET VANSTONE SPIGOT VANSTONE FEMALE
NOMINAL
FLANGES FLANGES FLANGES FLANGES FLANGES ADAPTERS
PIPE SIZE 851 852 853 854 856 835
6 1/4 002 - - - - - 5.48

10 3/8 003 - - - - - 5.48
12 1/2 005 9.78 11.71 13.74 9.76 9.84 3.04
20 3/4 007 10.46 13.73 16.38 10.45 10.54 4.49
25 1 010 11.66 15.03 22.35 11.64 11.75 6.62
32 1 1/4 012 12.01 20.72 27.41 12.00 12.11 10.74
40 1 1/2 015 12.26 22.63 27.41 12.25 12.35 13.17
50 2 020 20.40 28.93 51.16 16.29 16.42 22.97
65 2 1/2 025 25.20 66.51 66.80 25.17 25.38 36.26
75 3 030 34.80 68.38 100.61 28.12 28.12 40.82
100 4 040 44.04 122.14 125.34 35.19 35.47 70.17
150 6 060 69.23 120.09 152.62 55.36 55.79 -
200 8 080 99.12 - 152.83 90.13 99.82 -
250 10 100 144.42 - 255.06 116.67 - -
300 12 120 186.41 - 397.23 126.80 - -
350 14 140 - - - 485.60 - -
* PVC Schedule 80 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards – ASTM D1784, ASTM D2467 (Soc Fittings), ASTM D2464 (Threaded Fittings).
Flanges are 150 lb. ANSI B16.5 dimensioned.
1-7
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
NOMINAL SOCKET THREADED

SOCKET CAPS THREADED CAPS SOCKET CROSSES COUPLINGS COUPLINGS PLUGS MPT
PIPE SIZE 847 848 820 829 830 850
1 (MM) (INCH) PART NO.
6 1/4 002 4.11 3.95 24.83 5.17 3.91 3.41

10 3/8 003 4.11 3.95 - 5.17 3.91 3.41
12 1/2 005 3.17 3.95 33.72 3.24 3.63 3.05
20 3/4 007 3.33 4.44 26.14 4.38 5.16 3.17
25 1 010 5.92 5.58 30.61 4.48 5.54 3.91
32 1 1/4 012 7.16 6.65 36.73 6.85 6.85 5.71
40 1 1/2 015 7.16 7.59 39.60 7.39 15.24 6.96
50 2 020 14.11 14.92 49.02 7.92 16.00 7.12
65 2 1/2 025 28.81 29.84 66.84 19.52 38.20 20.13
75 3 030 33.73 35.13 83.37 22.42 44.81 23.24
100 4 040 56.83 61.86 145.05 28.09 77.55 45.24
150 6 060 141.47 - - 60.41 - 53.79
200 8 080 181.66 - - 82.23 - -
NO LEAK TxTxTxT
NOMINAL FLANGE (CROSS)
PIPE SIZE 8NLF 8TCR
(MM) (INCH)
PART NO.
12 1/2 005 29.89 75.79

20 3/4 007 30.11 75.79
25 1 010 30.53 75.79
32 1 1/4 012 34.42 75.79
40 1 1/2 015 37.58 75.79
50 2 020 41.37 90.53
65 2 1/2 025 46.63 90.53
75 3 030 51.16 -
100 4 040 78.95 -
SOCKET REDUCING
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE TEES
801
20 x 20 x 12 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 101 3.86

25 x 25 x 12 1 x 1 x 1/2 130 5.58
25 x 25 x 20 1 x 1 x 3/4 131 5.58
40 x 40 x 20 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 12.12
40 x 40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 211 12.12
50 X 50 X 12 2 x 2 x 1/2 247 15.35
50 x 50 x 20 2 x 2 x 3/4 248 15.35
50 x 50 x 25 2x2x1 249 15.35
50 x 50 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 251 15.35
75 x 75 x 50 3x3x2 338 28.14
100 x 100 x 50 4x4x2 420 45.48
100 x 100 x 75 4x4x3 422 45.48
150 x 150 x 100 6x6x4 532 122.01
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
NOMINAL 90° FLANGED 45° FLANGED MALE

SOCKET UNIONS THREADED UNIONS ELBOWS * ELBOWS * FLANGED TEES * ADAPTERS
PIPE SIZE 897 898 870 871 872 836

1
6 1/4 002 12.37 13.35 - - - -
10 3/8 003 12.37 13.35 - - - -
12 1/2 005 6.62 7.69 - - - 3.78
20 3/4 007 8.42 10.76 - - - 4.17
25 1 010 9.62 14.32 69.06 73.08 104.67 7.22
32 1 1/4 012 19.09 27.31 80.04 84.93 130.80 8.43
40 1 1/2 015 21.62 33.82 80.91 87.23 131.57 12.12
50 2 020 29.31 52.04 137.58 146.25 219.52 17.53
65 2 1/2 025 155.39 179.91 167.04 183.73 252.87 19.94
75 3 030 54.57 132.01 196.24 217.94 300.06 22.12
100 4 040 74.54 152.48 243.79 287.54 363.16 39.32
150 6 060 - - 380.69 395.24 584.07 -
200 8 080 - - 703.48 692.46 1,038.17 -
* Assembled from Components.
HEAVY DUTY INJECTION MOULDED (217 P.S.I.)

PRESSURE RATED WYES
C
Z2 NOMINAL
PART PART NO. A B C Z1 Z2 Z3 PRICE
SIZE
A 1/2 875005 28 68 48 33 - 5 7.40

3/4 875007 33.5 81 57 40 - 3 7.77
Z3
1 875010 1.4 97 71 51 - 3 12.44
Z1
1 1/4 875012 57 127 81 70 51 12 19.07
1 1/2 875015 65 148 96 85 64 14 19.07
B
2 875020 80 178 117 103 80 17 54.72
Material: PVC ASTM D1784 Pressure Rating 217 PSI
Cell Class 12445B Solvent Weld Sockets
B B A NOMINAL PART SIZE LINE COUPLING REPAIR COUPLING

(B X B) (B X B)
(MM) (INCH) PART NO. 8280 8281
D1 D2
200 8 080 93.32 93.32
150 6 060 41.72 41.72
100 4 040 27.22 27.22
75 3 030 14.52 14.52
65 2 1/2 025 12.18 12.18
50 2 020 11.15 11.15
40 1 1/2 015 10.51 9.45
PVC PUSH JOINT COUPLINGS

DIM 1 1/2” 2” 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6” 8”
D1 1.938 2.413 2.913 3.538 4.558 6.683 8.708
D2 2.642 3.165 3.719 4.418 5.792 8.143 10.698
A .750 .750 .750 .750 1.113 1.113 1.570
B 2.418 2.523 2.633 2.770 2.990 3.458 3.898
1 6.430 6.640 6.954 7.228 8.394 9.392 11.186
1-9
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
REDUCING BUSHINGS REDUCING BUSHINGS REDUCING BUSHINGS SOCKET REDUCING THREAD REDUCING
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE SOCKET SLIP X F.P.T. THREAD X THREAD FLANGES FLANGES
837 838 839 851 852
10 x 6 3/8 x 1/4 052 2.86 2.86 6.51 - -

12 x 6 1/2 x 1/4 072 2.86 2.86 6.51 28.14 20.38
12 x 10 1/2 x 3/8 073 2.86 2.86 6.51 - -
20 x 6 3/4 x 1/4 098 - 1.89 4.85 - -
20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 101 1.04 1.89 4.85 23.59 15.97
25 x 6 1 x 1/4 128 - - 7.83 - -
25 x 12 1 x 1/2 130 2.98 2.98 6.26 32.62 23.38
25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 2.98 2.98 6.26 32.62 23.38
32 x 12 1 1/4 x 1/2 166 4.68 6.06 6.66 44.75 38.07
32 x 20 1 1/4 x 3/4 167 4.68 6.06 6.66 44.75 38.07
32 x 25 1 1/4 x 1 168 4.68 6.06 6.66 44.75 38.07
40 x 12 1 1/2 x 1/2 209 6.38 7.59 7.87 48.45 41.23
40 x 20 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 6.38 7.59 7.87 40.33 31.56
40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211 6.38 7.59 7.87 40.33 31.56
40 x 32 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 9.11 7.59 7.87 48.45 41.23
50 x 6 2 x 1/2 247 9.11 9.31 11.53 76.96 64.43
50 x 20 2 x 3/4 248 9.11 9.31 11.53 76.96 64.43
50 x 25 2x1 249 9.11 9.31 11.53 65.36 52.57
50 x 32 2 x 1 1/4 250 9.11 9.31 11.53 76.96 64.43
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251 9.11 9.31 11.53 65.36 52.57
65 x 25 2 1/2 x 1 289 15.78 19.65 - 103.45 91.48
65 X 32 2 1/2 x 1 1/4 290 24.61 19.66 14.06 121.72 91.47
65 x 40 2 1/2 x 1 1/2 291 15.78 19.65 14.06 103.45 91.48
65 x 50 2 1/2 x 2 292 15.78 19.65 15.62 103.45 91.48
75 x 25 3x1 335 25.04 36.38 - 128.78 130.14
75 x 32 3 x 1 1/4 336 38.35 36.39 - 156.28 130.13
75 x 40 3 x 1 1/2 337 25.04 36.38 21.23 96.86 130.14
75 x 50 3x2 338 25.04 36.38 21.23 96.86 130.14
75 x 65 3 x 2 1/2 339 25.04 36.38 21.23 128.78 130.14
100 x 50 4x2 420 34.68 55.89 43.78 120.55 180.65
100 x 65 4 x 2 1/2 421 34.68 55.89 - 164.75 180.65
100 x 75 4x3 422 34.68 55.89 55.89 120.55 180.65
150 x 75 6x3 531 48.22 64.41 - - -
150 X 100 6x4 532 48.22 64.41 - 166.93 200.32
200 x 150 8x6 585 117.26 - - 256.40 -
Fabco True Union Ball Valves
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
NOMINAL SOCKET REDUCING THREADED REDUCING

NIPPLES
COUPLINGS COUPLINGS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (CUT THREADS)
PIPE SIZE 829 830
(INCH) PART NO.

LENGTH
(INCH)
DIA.
(INCH)
PART NO. 1
CLOSE 1/4 861037 0.93
CLOSE 3/8 861055 0.93
3/8 x 1/4 052 P.O.R. P.O.R. CLOSE 1/2 861063 0.72
1/2 x 1/4 072 1.17 5.77 CLOSE 3/4 861104 0.78
1/2 x 3/8 073 - P.O.R. CLOSE 1 861133 1.11
CLOSE 1 1/4 861170 1.43
3/4 x 1/2 101 3.95 4.31
CLOSE 1 1/2 861213 1.78
1 x 1/2 130 5.53 6.38 CLOSE 2 861251 2.32
1 x 3/4 131 5.53 6.38 CLOSE 2 1/2 861260 7.05
1 1/4 x 1/2 166 11.71 26.63 CLOSE 3 861338 8.44
CLOSE 4 861422 13.84
1 1/4 x 3/4 167 11.71 13.71
SHORT 1/4 861038 1.00
1 1/4 x 1 168 11.71 13.71
SHORT 3/8 861056 1.00
1 1/2 x 1/2 209 12.27 27.26 SHORT 1/2 861078 0.78
1 1/2 x 3/4 210 12.27 20.33 SHORT 3/4 861105 0.78
1 1/2 x 1 211 12.27 20.33 SHORT 1 861134 1.21
SHORT 1 1/4 861171 1.49
1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 15.16 20.33
SHORT 1 1/2 861214 1.82
2 x 1/2 247 13.83 41.02 SHORT 2 861252 2.53
2 x 3/4 248 13.83 41.02 3 1/4 861041 1.17
2x1 249 13.82 26.99 3 3/8 861058 1.29
2 x 1 1/4 250 13.83 41.02 3 1/2 861081 0.88
3 3/4 861106 0.93
2 x 1 1/2 251 13.83 26.99
3 1 861135 1.39
2 1/2 x 1 1/2 291 35.47 56.61 3 1 1/4 861172 1.82
2 1/2 x 2 292 35.47 56.61 3 1 1/2 861215 2.21
3x1 335 - P.O.R. 3 2 861253 2.75
3 2 1/2 861261 7.98
3 x 1 1/2 337 46.60 88.03
3 3 861339 9.19
3x2 338 33.61 64.74
4 1/4 861042 1.29
3 x 2 1/2 339 56.27 88.03 4 3/8 861059 1.52
4x2 420 64.63 101.72 4 1/2 861082 1.00
4 x 2 1/2 421 81.34 151.39 4 3/4 861107 1.11
4 1 861136 1.60
4x3 422 64.63 101.72
4 1 1/4 861173 2.09
6x4 532 130.53 - 4 1 1/2 861216 2.53
8x3 680 395.34 - 4 2 861254 3.20
8x4 682 395.34 - 4 2 1/2 861265 9.19
8x6 585 395.34 - 4 3 861341 10.75

4 4 861423 14.41
5 1/4 861043 1.39
5 3/8 861061 1.75
5 1/2 861083 1.17
5 3/4 861108 1.32
30° ELBOWS WYES REDUCER WYES 5 1 861137 1.99
SxS SxSxS SxSxS 5 1 1/4 861174 2.48
815 875 875
NOMINAL 5 1 1/2 861217 2.92
PIPE 5 2 861255 3.75
SIZE PART NO. 5 2 1/2 861268 10.41
5 3 861342 12.26
5 4 861430 16.24
6 060 130.80 - - 6 1/4 861044 1.75
6x6x6 060 - 297.71 - 6 3/8 861062 1.97
6 1/2 861084 1.27
6x6x4 532 - - 226.88
6 3/4 861109 1.54
6 1 861138 2.21
6 1 1/4 861175 2.75
6 1 1/2 861218 3.31
6 2 861256 4.20
6 2 1/2 861269 11.66
6 3 861343 13.80
6 4 861426 18.08
1-11
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PVC SCHEDULE 80 FABRICATED PIPE FITTINGS
R
O C
D U
FABRICATED FITTINGS – SPECIFICATIONS

A complete program of custom fabricated fittings are available from Fabco Each solvent weld bell must have a minimum socket depth of one-half times
1 Plastics. The most common are shown on these pages. All fittings are fabri-
cated using Type 1, Grade 1 PVC pipe meeting ASTM D–1785. The pipes
should be certified to CSA B137.3.
the pipe diameter.
All three components of a piping system – pipe, fittings and cement – can be
supplied by one manufacturer to facilitate a successful installation. Joints from
All seams are mitered, then welded using the hot gas method or fused using fittings are subjected to a quality control spark test.
the butt fusion technique. Fiberglass reinforcement is added where required.
All methods of fibreglass reinforcement will comply with the requirements of the NOTE: All fittings are custom fabricated and are not subject to return. Other configurations
Canadian Government specifications 41-GP-22. and sizes are available on request.
SCHEDULE 80 – GRAY – FABRICATED FITTINGS*

90° SOCKET 45° SOCKET
SOCKET TEES SOCKET COUPLINGS SOCKET CAPS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE ELBOWS ELBOWS
801 829 847
806 817
PART
(MM) (INCH) NO.
250 10 100F 793.35 631.31 437.67 172.85 423.27

300 12 120F 932.97 916.35 537.40 239.34 530.75
350 14 140F 1,235.45 1,200.00 741.27 304.71 647.09
400 16 160F 1,791.05 1,545.71 999.44 373.41 932.97
150 LB SOCKET 150 LB BLIND SOC X SOC X SOC SOCKET REDUCING

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE FLANGES FLANGES 45° LATERAL NOMINAL PIPE SIZE TEES
851 853 875 801
PART PART
(MM) (INCH) NO. (MM) (INCH) NO.
250 10 100F 572.85 538.51 824.21 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 16 626F 678.12
300 12 120F 752.36 595.01 991.58 250 x 250 x 200 10 x 10 x 8 628F 741.27
350 14 140F 1,276.45 723.55 1,398.95 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 8 668F 814.40
400 16 160F 1,469.25 885.32 1,825.26 300 x 300 x 250 12 x 12 x 10 670F 983.94
450 18 180F 1,787.25 1,133.52 2,839.77 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 10 702F 1,142.38
500 20 200F 2,382.45 1,209.31 4,514.62 350 x 350 x 300 14 x 14 x 12 704F 1,267.59
600 24 240F 3,053.80 1,612.27 5,536.84 400 x 400 x 300 16 x 16 x 12 738F 1,329.64
400 x 400 x 350 16 x 16 x 14 740F 1,463.72
* Indicates fabricated and fibreglass reinforced pipe fittings.
* The maximum continuous working pressure of the fittings is equal to 150 PSI at 23°C. No provisions
have been made for pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be considered.
PVC Agitation Piping for a Plating Solution

B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
SCHEDULE 80 – GRAY – FABRICATED REDUCERS*

SOCKET REDUCING SOCKET REDUCING
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE BUSHINGS
837
COUPLINGS
829 1
PART
(MM) (INCH) NO.
250 x 100 10 x 4 624F 311.58 P.O.R.

250 x 150 10 x 6 626F 264.21 P.O.R.
250 x 200 10 x 8 628F 222.11 340.17
300 x 100 12 x 4 664F 404.21 P.O.R.
300 x 150 12 x 6 666F 356.84 P.O.R.
300 x 200 12 x 8 668F 312.63 P.O.R.
300 x 250 12 x 10 670F 260.00 377.84
350 x 150 14 x 6 696F 511.58 P.O.R.
350 x 200 14 x 8 698F 466.32 P.O.R.
350 x 250 14 x 10 700F 396.84 P.O.R.
350 x 300 14 x 12 704F 371.58 557.34
400 x 200 16 x 8 734F 622.11 P.O.R.
400 x 250 16 x 10 736F 573.68 P.O.R.
400 x 300 16 x 12 738F 521.05 P.O.R.
400 x 350 16 x 14 740F 472.63 701.39
D
SCHEDULE 80 - NO LEAK FLANGE sp x sp
A
SIZE / SIZE / PART A D PRICE

INCH MM NO. INCH MM INCH MM EACH
1/2 12 8NLF005 24.000 610 5.000 127 54.81

3/4 20 8NLF007 24.000 610 5.000 127 64.91
1 25 8NLF010 24.000 610 5.000 127 69.45
1 1/4 32 8NLF012 24.000 610 6.000 152 72.43
1 1/2 40 8NLF015 24.000 610 6.000 152 75.46
2 50 8NLF020 24.000 610 6.000 152 81.53
2 1/2 65 8NLF025 24.000 610 7.000 178 90.56
3 75 8NLF030 24.000 610 7.000 178 104.15
4 100 8NLF040 24.000 610 8.000 203 119.25
5 125 8NLF050 24.000 610 10.000 254 146.26
6 150 8NLF060 24.000 610 12.000 305 146.26
8 200 8NLF080 24.000 610 16.000 406 168.42
10 250 8NLF100 24.000 610 20.000 508 168.42
12 300 8NLF120 24.000 610 24.000 610 216.06
**14 350 8NLF140 30.000 762 26.000 660 259.28
**16 400 8NLF160 30.000 762 28.000 711 293.63
**18 450 8NLF180 30.000 762 30.000 762 353.46
**20 500 8NLF200 36.000 914 32.000 813 480.88
**24 600 8NLF240 36.000 914 36.000 914 657.06
** INDICATES SERIES 160 PVC PIPE.

NOTE: 1. GROUT RING IS 1/4” THICK PVC PLATE FOR 1/2” THRU 12” AND 3/8” THICK FOR 14” THRU 24”.
2. THE SILICA SAND COVERS THE GROUT RING AND 3” OF THE PIPE ON BOTH SIDES OF THE RING FROM 1/2”
THRU 12” AND 4” OF THE PIPE ON BOTH SIDES OF THE RING FROM 14” THRU 24”.
* INDICATES FABRICATED AND FIBREGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FITTINGS.
* THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WORKING PRESSURE OF THE FITTINGS IS EQUAL TO 150 PSI AT 23°C. NO PROVISIONS HAVE
BEEN MADE FOR PRESSURE SURGES, WATER HAMMER, OR OTHER CONDITIONS WHICH SHOULD BE CONSIDERED.
1-13
PVC LXT - UPW PIPE VALVES & FITTINGS
Fabco / Harvel LXT™ piping systems provide a cost-effective alternative to other
1 piping materials typically used for ultra-pure water applications in the semiconductor,
electronics, biotechnology and other industries. Lower material costs combined with
fast, reliable installation greatly reduce installation costs – resulting in significant
savings without jeopardizing water quality.
In addition to significant cost savings, Fabco / Harvel LXT piping systems offer several
other advantages for ultra-pure water applications. These include: non-contaminating
material with extremely low-extractable contaminants (particularly TOC and trace
metals), ultra-smooth interior walls, strong Schedule 80 dimensions, specialty
one-step solvent-cement joining system that cures fast, and unique translucency for
visual inspection of joint integrity.
SCHEDULE 80 – CLEAR LXT – PLAIN END UPW PRESSURE PIPE

NOMINAL WEIGHT PRESSURE CARTON
PART PRICE PER AVERAGE AVERAGE MINIMUM
MM PIPE SIZE PER RATING AT QTY
NUMBER FOOT O.D. I.D. WALL
(INCHES) FOOT 73.4°F FEET
12 1/2 x 15 ft 010307LXT 9.90 .840 .528 0.147 .202 420 330
20 3/4 x 15 ft 010308LXT 13.38 1.050 .724 0.154 .273 340 330
25 1 x 15 ft 010309LXT 19.70 1.315 .935 0.179 .402 320 270
32 1 1/4 x 15 ft 010310LXT 27.14 1.660 1.256 0.191 .554 260 210
40 1 1/2 x 15 ft 010311LXT 32.97 1.900 1.476 0.200 .673 240 165
50 2 x 15 ft 010312LXT 45.66 2.375 1.913 0.218 .932 200 120
75 3 x 15 ft 010314LXT 95.28 3.500 2.864 0.300 1.903 190 75
100 4 x 15 ft 010316LXT 136.30 4.500 3.786 0.337 2.782 160 30
PSI water, non-shock @ 73deg F with solvent welded connections.
Standard Length - 15 feet. All pipe is double-bagged and boxed on-line for high purity environments. Sold in carton quantities only.
E
DIAPHRAGM VALVES
PART SIZE WEIGHT PRICE

NUMBER (INCHES) A B C D E (lbs)
D
2729T005BL 1/2 1-15/16 3-7/8 5-17/32 3-1/16 2-7/8 .8 263.34
2729T007BL 3/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 8-1/2 3-15/32 3-1/8 1.3 282.94
2729T010BL 1 2-7/8 4-15/16 7-1/4 3-15/16 3-3/8 2.2 330.71
A
2729T012BL 1-1/4 3-5/16 5-1/2 8 4-1/8 3-7/8 2.8 447.06
2729T015BL 1-1/2 3-17/32 6-6/16 9-1/16 4-15/16 4-7/8 3.7 542.60
B
2729T020BL 2 4-7/32 7-1/2 7/1/2 5-15/16 5-7/8 6.7 712.85
C
Note: Harvel LXT diaphragm valve sizes 1/2' - 2' carry a maximum pressure rating of 235 psi for water, non-shock, @ 73°F.
T.U. BALL VALVES

E
PART SIZE WEIGHT PRICE
NUMBER (INCHES) A B C D E (lbs)
D 2329005BL 1/2 2-9/16 3-5/16 5-1/8 2-5/8 2-3/4 .44 200.87

2329007BL 3/4 3 4 6-1/8 2-11/16 3-1/4 .74 246.19
2329010BL 1 3-7/16 4-1/4 6-1/2 2-13/16 3-3/4 1.13 312.33
A
2329012BL 1-1/4 3-11/16 4-1/2 7 3-5/16 4-1/8 2.03 413.99
2329015BL 1-1/2 4-3/8 5-5/16 8 3-11/16 4-1/2 2.48 541.38
2329020BL 2 5-1/8 5-3/4 8-3/4 4-5/16 51/4 4.28 764.30
B 2329030BL 3 7-3/8 8-1/8 11-7/8 5-13/16 9-7/8 12.15 1,414.27
C 2329040BL 4 8-15/16 8-1/2 12-15/16 6-3/4 10-13/16 18.20 2,390.87
NOTE: Harvel LXT T.U. Ball Valves sizes 1/2” - 2” carry a maximum pressure rating of 235 psi for water, non-shock, @ 73°F.
Harvel LXT T.U. Ball Valves sizes 3” & 4” carry a maximum pressure rating of 150 psi for water, non-shock, 73°F.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PVC LXT - UPW PIPE VALVES & FITTINGS

R
O C
D U
1
NOMINAL 90° SOCKET 45° SOCKET
ELBOWS ELBOWS
PIPE SIZE 806 817
12 1/2 005BL 9.19 14.70

20 3/4 007BL 11.02 20.13
25 1 010BL 21.80 24.15
32 1 1/4 012BL 34.79 41.99
40 1 1/2 015BL 51.44 46.54
50 2 020BL 86.96 73.49
75 3 030BL 222.92 276.47
100 4 040BL 411.54 472.44
NOMINAL SOCKET MALE SOCKET VANSTONE FEMALE SOCKET SOCKET

CAPS ADAPTERS FLANGES ADAPTERS COUPLINGS TEES
PIPE SIZE 847 836 854 835 829 801
12 1/2 005BL 14.17 16.82 43.64 13.76 6.61 14.82

20 3/4 007BL 14.84 18.60 46.73 16.86 7.60 18.13
25 1 010BL 26.44 32.23 51.99 27.11 14.00 26.70
32 1 1/4 012BL 31.93 37.68 53.61 34.95 21.17 41.64
40 1 1/2 015BL 45.60 54.14 54.71 43.77 43.48 62.47
50 2 020BL 63.02 78.27 72.80 82.96 62.47 99.21
75 3 030BL 150.67 123.52 124.28 112.19 101.66 286.61
100 4 040BL 254.07 175.68 157.21 180.01 184.95 479.22
REDUCING BUSHINGS SOCKET REDUCING SOCKET REDUCING

NOMINAL SOCKET COUPLINGS TEES
PIPE SIZE 837 829 801
20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 101BL 9.96 17.68 - ONE STEP CEMENT

25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131BL 14.80 25.76 24.93 07LXT200 22.90
32 x 12 1 1/4 x 1/2 166BL 20.94 - - Note: Dauber is supplied in quart can
32 x 25 1 1/4 x 1 168BL 20.94 52.30 - lid suitable for pipe size 101/2”- 3”
40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211BL 28.48 54.83 54.14
40 x 32 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212BL 28.48 67.73 -
50 x 25 2x1 249BL 40.66 61.83 68.55
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251BL 40.66 61.83 68.55
75 x 50 3x2 338BL 111.89 151.72 125.73
100 x 50 4x2 420BL - 289.35 -
100 x 75 4x3 422BL 193.69 278.45 203.24
1-15
ESLOCLEAN™ / THE ULTRAPURE PIPING SYSTEM
ESLOCLEAN™ ULTRAPURE PROCESS PIPING
SYSTEM
1 Designed to meet the most demanding requirements for high
purity fluid processing.
The Esloclean™ system has been developed and tested in

response to the growing ultrapure process requirements of high tech-
nology manufacturing for a cost-effective alternative to more expen-
sive fluoroplastic or electro-polished stainless steel piping compo-
nents. Specifically, the Elsoclean system has been designed for pro-
cessing deionized water by the electronics industry for use in large
scale integrated circuit (IC) manufacturing operations. Here it is nec-
essary to process theoretically pure deionized water to rinse etching
acids from silicon wafers while assuring that contaminants are not
present in the rinse flow. Contaminants such as electrolytes, organic
matter and other fine particles, if present in the flow, can lodge in the
micro-dimensional circuit paths of the chips causing subsequent
rejection and/or malfunction.
Physical Properties Of Esloclean™ Pipe As
Elsoclean thermoplastic piping components can be used to plumb
pre-treatment systems, reverse osmosis (RO) units, ultraviolet (UV) Compared To Ordinary PVC Pipe
sterilization units and to carry their pure water output to the point of
use. Item Unit
Esloclean Ordinary
Test Methods
Pipe PVC Pipe
Manufactured from a special material formulation, which minimizes Tensile strength kgf/cm2 505 540 JIS K 6741
Elongation % 147 142 JIS K 6741
leaching of contaminants into the flow stream; and, with ultra-smooth
UL weight (9.07kg)
interior surfaces, which prevent particulate buildup, Esloclean pipe, fit- * Falling weight
m 1.7 0.3 dropping height causing
impact strength
tings and valves assure fluid purity throughout critical piping systems. 50% crack (at 9°C)
In addition to high purity, tests have shown that fluids can be Vicat softening point °C 83 84 JIS K 7206
processed through Esloclean systems with negligible electrical con- Notes:
ductivity and low TOC eluation. 1) Esloclean 25mm diameter pipes were used for test samples. Eslon
product VP25 was used for ordinary PVC pipe.
The esloclean system offers all of the other advantages of light- 2) Thermal properties such as linear expansion coefficient and ther-
weight thermoplastic piping: high corrosion resistance, low thermal mal conductivity, and electrical properties such as volume resistiv-
conductivity, high impact strength and low maintenance. Installation is ity, and dielectric strength, are omitted from the above table.
easily accomplished with conventional tools and piping methods. However, ESLOCLEAN PIPE properties are equivalent to those
Esloclean fittings and valves arrive at the job site cleaned and bagged ordinary PVC pipe.
(pipe is free of loose particulates and capped) ready for installation. 3) * marked falling weight test was conducted on 20 test pieces.
Other values are the average of 3 test pieces.
Common Conversion Factors
Metric Units Multiply By To Determine
Pipe Size Conversion Table
Meter (m) 3.2808 Feet
Meter (m) 39.37 Inches All dimensions shown on the following product specification pages
Milimeter (mm) .03937 Inches are nominal and are given in millimeters. The following conversion
Grams (g) .03527 Ounces
table will serve as convenient guide for conversion of metric sizes to
Kilogram (kg) 2.205 Pounds
kgf/cm2 14.223 psi
Nominal American Standard Sizes (IPS).
kg-cm 0.0723 ft-lbs
Esloclean PVC Schedule 80 Pressure Pipe

WALL PIECES PRICE Metric Americas
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE PART O.D. LENGTH* Weight Size Standard Size
THICKNESS PER PER
NUMBER (MM) (IPS) (In.)
BUNDLE FOOT
(mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (m) (ft) (kg/m) (lbs/ft)
13 3/8
13 3/8 E010303 18 0.709 2.5 0.098 4 13.12 0.170 0.114 12 1.85
16 1/2
16 1/2 E010305 22 0.866 3.0 0.118 4 13.12 0.251 0.169 12 2.18
20 3/4
20 3/4 E010307 26 1.024 3.0 0.118 4 13.12 0.303 0.204 10 2.88
25 1
25 1 E010310 32 1.260 3.5 0.138 4 13.12 0.439 0.295 8 4.11
30 1-1/4
30 1 1/4 E010312 38 1.496 3.5 0.138 4 13.12 0.531 0.357 6 6.21
40 1-1/2
40 1 1/2 E010315 48 1.890 4.0 0.157 4 13.12 0.774 0.520 4 7.62
50 2
50 2 E010320 60 2.362 4.5 0.177 4 13.12 1.098 0.738 3 11.42
65 2-1/2
65 2 1/2 E010325 76 2.992 4.5 0.177 4 13.12 1.415 0.951 2 17.52
75 3
75 3 E010330 89 3.504 5.9 0.232 4 13.12 2.156 1.449 2 23.00
100 4
100 4 E010340 114 4.448 7.1 0.280 4 13.12 3.337 2.243 1 33.41
125 5
125 5 E010350 140 5.512 7.5 0.295 4 13.12 4.370 2.937 1 45.27
150 6
150 6 E010360 165 6.496 9.6 0.378 4 13.12 6.560 4.409 1 78.53
*Standard length is 4 meters
ESLOCLEAN™ is a Registered Trademark of Eslon Thermoplastics
Esloclean PVC Schedule 80 Pressure Fittings
NOMINAL 90° SOCKET MALE ADAPTERS 45° ELBOWS
PIPE SIZE
SOCKET TEES
E801
COUPLINGS
E829
ELBOWS
E806
CAPS
E847
(JIS)
E836
FABRICATED
E817 1
(MM) (INCH) SIZE NO.
13 3/8 003 5.37 4.50 4.13 3.34 4.11 10.94*

16 1/2 005 8.73 5.06 6.07 3.64 4.53 39.89
20 3/4 007 11.13 6.51 8.12 4.53 5.48 11.39*
25 1 010 18.79 9.03 12.67 6.81 8.28 64.72
32 1 1/4 012 24.29 12.46 16.99 8.80 12.48 84.09
40 1 1/2 015 43.01 22.01 30.20 15.42 17.97 94.74
50 2 020 69.14 34.40 46.62 23.99 28.56 132.21
65 2 1/2 025 123.84 59.48 85.27 - 35.96 310.66
75 3 030 201.46 84.12 129.56 - 49.89 323.20
100 4 040 362.33 156.75 267.26 - 94.84 565.58
125 5 050 568.27 277.86 438.66 - - 925.86
150 6 060 1,094.14 447.60 752.13 - - 1,753.23
* Note: 3/8” and 3/4” 45° Elbows are moulded.
NOMINAL FLANGES FLANGES BLIND FLANGES

(JIS x JIS) (JIS x ANSI) (ANSI) ESLOCLEAN WELDING ROD
PIPE SIZE E851 E856 E852
SIZE PART NO. QTY./PKG. PRICE

3 mm dia. EWR003 5 KG 1,292.75
13 3/8 003 33.29 - -

16 1/2 005 34.41 60.47 105.44
20 3/4 007 39.25 60.47 113.27
ESLOCLEAN CEMENT
25 1 010 57.01 63.35 130.46
32 1 1/4 012 74.63 82.92 144.54 CONTAINER PART PRICE
QTY./CASE
40 1 1/2 015 75.81 84.22 150.76 SIZE NO. EACH
50 2 020 100.43 111.57 166.43
500 Grams ECC-080 40 53.35
65 2 1/2 025 128.88 - 199.19
75 3 030 158.39 175.96 214.88
100 4 040 223.44 248.23 255.48
125 5 050 271.75 - 335.93
150 6 060 449.69 486.87 430.46
90° REDUCING 45° ELBOWS

NOMINAL NOMINAL
ELBOWS (MOULDED)
PIPE SIZE E806 PIPE SIZE E817
(MM) (INCH) SIZE NO. (MM) (INCH) SIZE NO.
20 x 13 3/4 x 3/8 073 6.18 13 3/8 003 10.94

25 x 13 1 x 3/8 103 8.56 20 3/4 007 11.39
25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 11.13
STANDARD APPLICATION RATE PER JOINT FOR ESLOCLEAN CEMENT

Nominal (mm) 13 20 25 30 40 50 65 75 100 125 150
Diameter (in) 3/8 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6
Application
(g) 0.06 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.7 4.8 6.3 10 15 22
Rate
NOTE: ESLOCLEAN PVC BALL VALVES AND DIAPHRAGM VALVES ARE AVAILABLE. PRICES ON REQUEST.
1-17
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Eslcoclean PVC Schedule 80 Pressure Fittings

NOMINAL REDUCING NOMINAL
1 PIPE SIZE
COUPLINGS
E829
PIPE SIZE
REDUCING TEES
E801
(MM) (INCH) SIZE NO. (MM) (INCH) SIZE NO.
16 x 13 1/2 x 3/8 053 5.09 16 x 13 1/2 x 3/8 053 7.21

20 x 13 3/4 x 3/8 073 5.83 20 x 13 3/4 x 3/8 073 9.78
20 x 16 3/4 x 1/2 101 6.02 20 x 16 3/4 x 1/2 101 9.78
25 x 13 1 x 3/8 103 6.93 25 x 13 1 x 3/8 103 15.10
25 x 16 1 x 1/2 130 8.12 25 x 16 1 x 1/2 130 15.47
25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 8.33 25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 15.68
30 x 13 1 1/4 x 3/8 123 10.94 30 x 13 1 1/4 x 3/8 123 19.23
30 x 20 1 1/4 x 3/4 167 10.94 30 x 16 1 1/4 x 1/2 125 19.42
30 x 25 1 1/4 x 1 168 11.53 30 x 20 1 1/4 x 3/4 167 19.60
40 x 20 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 18.51 30 x 25 1 1/4 x 1 168 20.56
40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211 19.09 40 x 13 1 1/2 x 3/8 153 29.47
40 x 30 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 19.46 40 x 16 1 1/2 x 1/2 155 30.43
50 x 25 2x1 249 29.87 40 x 20 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 30.80
50 x 30 2 x 1 1/4 250 29.29 40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211 31.95
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251 30.06 40 x 30 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 31.57
65 x 50 2 1/2 x 2 252 49.82 50 x 13 2 x 3/8 203 48.40
75 x 50 3x2 338 75.63 50 x 16 2 x 1/2 205 49.73
75 x 65 3 x 2 1/2 325 77.15 50 x 20 2 x 3/4 207 50.68
100 x 75 4x3 422 126.95 50 x 25 2x1 249 50.68
125 x 100 5x4 540 192.96 50 x 30 2 x 1 1/4 250 50.87
150 x 100 6x4 532 391.34 50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251 53.35
150 x 125 6x5 650 392.15 65 x 50 2 1/2 x 2 252 104.73
75 x 25 3x1 310 154.22
75 x 40 3 x 1 1/2 315 160.32
75 x 50 3x2 338 164.12
100 x 50 4x2 420 276.64
PIPE NIPPLES 100 x 75 4x3 422 288.78
NOMINAL
(JIS SPIGOT XNPT) 125 x 100 5x4 540 460.13
PIPE SIZE E905
150 x 75 6x3 630 669.47
150 x 100 6x4 532 663.62
150 x 125 6x5 650 690.13
13 3/8 003 26.25 NOMINAL

UNION
PIPE SIZE
16 1/2 005 26.25
20 3/4 007 27.23 O-RING
25 1 010 28.68 (MM) (INCH) MATERIAL
PART NO.
REDUCING TEES
16 1/2 E897005 EPDM 45.15
JIS x FPT (PILOT) 20 3/4 E897007 EPDM 57.69
E906
NOMINAL 25 1 E897010 EPDM 74.81
PIPE SIZE 30 1 1/4 E897012 EPDM 101.02
SIZE NO. 40 1 1/2 E897015 EPDM 139.70
50 2 E897020 EPDM 210.98
25 mm x 25 mm x 1/4 in. 001 966.18 16 1/2 E900005 VITON 54.49
25 mm x 25 mm x 1/2 in. 005 310.36 20 3/4 E900007 VITON 69.10
30 mm x 30 mm x 3/4 in. 007 326.70 25 1 E900010 VITON 92.46
40 mm x 40 mm x 1/4 in. 012 326.70 30 1 1/4 E900012 VITON 139.40
50 mm x 50 mm x 1/4 in. 020 359.37 40 1 1/2 E900015 VITON 197.03
75 mm x 75 mm x 1/4 in. 030 375.70 50 2 E900020 VITON 288.80
PVC SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS
For more than a quarter of a century PVC Type I, Grade I, Schedule 40 piping systems have been success-
fully used for pressure and drainage systems in industrial, residential, commercial and agricultural installations.
PVC Schedule 40 is ideal for applications where transmission of liquids or materials does not exceed 140°F.
The life expectancy of plastic systems far exceeds that of metal systems and required maintenance is simpler and
less costly.
PVC Schedule 40 has a smooth interior surface that minimizes head pressure loss through friction, it mini-
1
mizes rust and oxidation, and is generally impervious to scaling or contaminant buildups. Systems are not
adversely affected by environmental agents and buried systems are not adversely affected by normal soil conta-
minants.
The inherent insulating qualities of PVC Schedule 40 provides substantial benefits in temperature control, and
in commercial installations, sound transmission is greatly reduced.
Installation costs are minimized through the use of PVC Schedule 40 since the materials are generally lower
cost, materials are light weight and easier to handle, joining is accomplished through solvent cementing, thread-
ing or flanging, insulation is generally not required, and extensive material handling and fabricating equipment is
not necessary.
APPLICATIONS: • Hotels and Motels • Food and Beverage • Dairy Products

• Water (hot and cold) (potable) • Commercial Buildings • Salines and Alkalines • Petrochemicals
• Refrigeration • Rubber and Synthetic Products • Corrosive Acids • Paper and Pulp Products
• Drugs and Pharmaceuticals • Petroleum Products • Mobile Homes • Distilled Spirits
• Marine • Instrumentation • Irrigation
• Residential • Lubrication • Chemical Processing
SCHEDULE 40 - GRAY - BELL END/PRESSURE PIPE

NOMINAL WEIGHT PRESSURE CRATE
PIPE SIZE PART PRICE OUTSIDE INSIDE MINIMUM PER RATING AT QTY.
MM (INCHES) NUMBER PER 100 FT. DIAM. DIAM. WALL 100 FEET 73.4F FEET
12 1/2 x 10 ft 010207BS 145.00 0.840 0.622 0.109 16 590 12000
20 3/4 x 10 ft 010208BS 198.00 1.050 0.824 0.113 22 480 8800
25 1 x 10 ft 010209BS 271.00 1.315 1.049 0.133 32 450 7200
32 1 1/4 x 10 ft 010210BS 326.00 1.660 1.380 0.140 43 370 6600
40 1 1/2 x 10 ft 010211BS 388.00 1.900 1.610 0.145 52 330 3600
50 2 x 10 ft 010212BS 521.00 2.375 2.069 0.154 69 280 2800
65 2 1/2 x 10 ft 010213BS 830.00 2.875 2.469 0.203 109 300 1980
75 3 x 10 ft 010214BS 1,049.00 3.500 3.068 0.216 144 260 1760
100 4 x 20 ft 010216B 1,512.00 4.500 4.026 0.237 203 220 1140
125 5 x 20 ft 010217B 2,631.00 5.563 5.017 0.258 273 190 460
150 6 x 20 ft 010218B 2,623.00 6.625 6.031 0.280 354 180 520
200 8 x 20 ft 010219B 4,075.00 8.625 7.943 0.322 531 160 200
250 10 x 20 ft 010220B 5,820.00 10.750 9.976 0.356 753 140 160
300 12 x 20 ft 010222B 7,277.00 12.750 11.890 0.406 995 130 120
350 14 x 20 ft 010224 11,425.00 14.000 13.072 0.438 1181 130 120
400 16 x 20 ft 010226 14,913.00 16.000 14.940 0.500 1542 130 180
450 18 x 20 ft 010228 23,157.00 18.000 16.809 0.562 2111 130 40
500 20 x 20 ft 010230 27,199.00 20.000 18.743 0.593 2480 130 40
600 24 x 20 ft 010234 37,850.00 24.000 22.544 0.687 3451 130 40
- Pressure Rating at 73.4°F. D1784, D1785.
- Above prices are for plain end, bell-end pipe 20’ lengths, 10’ lengths. - We do not recommend schedule 40 pipe for threading.
- Certain configurations not available. - Schedule 80 pipe is recommended for threading.
- FABCO pressure pipe conforms to CSA Standard B137.3 and ASTM - Not recommended for compressed air or gas service
SCHEDULE 40 – GRAY – PRESSURE FITINGS*

NOMINAL 90° SOCKET 45° SOCKET SOCKET
SOCKET TEES ELBOWS ELBOWS COUPLINGS
PIPE SIZE 401 406 417 429
12 1/2 005 0.82 0.66 1.06 0.43

20 3/4 007 0.94 0.73 1.66 0.60
25 1 010 1.74 1.33 1.99 1.03
32 1 1/4 012 2.73 2.33 2.82 1.41
40 1 1/2 015 3.32 2.47 3.51 1.49
50 2 020 4.81 3.92 4.58 2.34
65 2 1/2 025 15.88 11.87 11.88 5.15
75 3 030 20.84 14.20 18.46 8.06
100 4 040 37.73 25.44 33.15 11.66
150 6 060 133.34 80.88 81.86 36.92
200 8 080W ** 149.34 105.54 99.76 34.91
*PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards – ASTM D1784, ASTM D2466.
** All 8” fittings available in white PVC material only
1-19
PVC SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS
SCHEDULE 40 – GRAY – PRESSURE FITINGS*
1 NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
FEMALE ADAPTERS
SOCKET X FPT
435
MALE ADAPTERS
SOCKET X MPT
436
FITTING ADAPTERS
MALE SPGT X FPT
478
SOCKET CAPS
447
12 1/2 005 0.73 0.60 1.12 0.60

20 3/4 007 0.94 0.66 1.15 0.68
25 1 010 1.06 1.17 2.99 1.08
32 1 1/4 012 1.66 1.42 3.07 1.49
40 1 1/2 015 1.92 1.92 2.56 1.66
50 2 020 2.58 2.48 3.95 2.01
65 2 1/2 025 6.49 7.40 10.92 6.39
75 3 030 8.74 10.82 13.01 6.98
100 4 040 14.45 13.80 17.32 15.88
150 6 060 47.86 35.99 P.O.R. 38.07
200 8 080W ** 53.46 87.20 P.O.R. 51.02
** All 8” fittings available in white PVC material only
NOMINAL REDUCING BUSHINGS REDUCING BUSHINGS SOCKET REDUCING
PIPE SIZE
SLIP X SLIP SLIP X FPT NOMINAL PIPE SIZE TEES †
437 438 401
(MM) (INCH) PART NO. (MM) (INCH) PART NO.
12 x 6 1/2 x 1/4 072 P.O.R. 20 x 12 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 x 1/2 094 P.O.R.

12 x 10 1/2 x 3/8 073 P.O.R. 20 x 20 x 12 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 101 1.06
20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 101 0.68 1.08 25 x 20 x 20 1 x 3/4 x 3/4 125 P.O.R.
25 x 12 1 x 1/2 130 1.26 1.73 25 x 25 x 12 1 x 1 x 1/2 130 P.O.R.
25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 1.26 1.73 25 x 25 x 20 1 x 1 x 3/4 131 1.99
32 x 12 1 1/4 x 1/2 166 1.66 2.68 32 x 32 x 12 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1/2 166 P.O.R.
32 x 20 1 1/4 x 3/4 167 1.66 2.68 32 x 32 x 20 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 3/4 167 2.99
32 x 25 1 1/4 x 1 168 1.66 2.68 32 x 32 x 25 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 168 P.O.R.
40 x 12 1 1/2 x 1/2 209 1.75 3.07 40 x 40 x 20 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 5.25
40 x 20 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 1.75 3.07 40 x 40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 211 5.25
40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211 1.75 3.07 50 x 50 x 20 2 x 2 x 3/4 248 5.15
40 x 32 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 1.75 3.07 50 x 50 x 25 2x2x1 249 5.15
50 x 6 2 x 1/2 247 2.91 4.14 50 x 50 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 251 5.15
50 x 20 2 x 3/4 248 2.91 4.14 75 x 75 x 20 3 x 3 x 3/4 334 P.O.R.
50 x 25 2x1 249 2.91 4.14 75 x 75 x 25 3x3x1 335 22.68
50 x 32 2 x 1 1/4 250 2.91 4.14 75 x 75 x 40 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 337 22.68
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251 2.91 4.14 75 x 75 x 50 3x3x2 338 22.68
65 x 50 2 1/2 x 2 292 4.65 5.98 100 x 100 x 20 4 x 4 x 3/4 416 P.O.R.
75 x 40 3 x 1 1/2 337 6.92 P.O.R. 100 x 100 x 25 4x4x1 417 P.O.R.
75 x 50 3x2 338 6.92 6.92 100 x 100 x 50 4x4x2 420 37.73
75 x 65 3 x 2 1/2 339 6.92 P.O.R. 100 x 100 x 75 4x4x3 422 37.73
100 x 50 4x2 420 15.45 15.40
† Standard Tee with Bushing
100 x 75 4x3 422 15.45 15.40
150 X 100 6x4 532 44.68 56.42 *PVC Schedule 40 Fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards
– ASTM D1784, ASTM D2466.
200 x 150 8x6 585 P.O.R. P.O.R.
SCHEDULE 40 – GRAY – FABRICATED FITTINGS*
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
SOCKET TEES
401
90° SOCKET
ELBOWS
406
45° SOCKET
ELBOWS
417
SOCKET COUPLINGS
429
CAP SLIPS
447
CROSS ALL SLIPS
420 1
PART
(MM) (INCH) NO.
250 10 100F 666.32 572.63 397.89 126.32 317.89 1,122.11

300 12 120F 835.79 835.79 471.58 175.79 387.37 1,351.58
350 14 140F 1,183.16 1,261.05 661.05 243.16 530.53 1,550.53
400 16 160F 1,526.32 1,408.42 850.53 317.89 795.79 2,013.68
450 18 180F 2,062.11 1,916.84 1,117.89 387.37 1,141.05 2,654.74
500 20 200F 3,567.37 2,637.89 1,553.68 445.26 1,325.26 4,157.89
600 24 240F 4,484.21 4,050.53 2,125.26 687.37 1,614.74 5,103.16
SOC X SOC X SOC 150 LB. SOC **

SOCKET REDUCING SOC X SOC X SOC
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE 45° LATERALS FLANGES
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE TEES RED 45° LATERAL 475 851
401 475
PART
PART (MM) (INCH) NO.
(MM) (INCH)
NO.
250 10 100F 824.21 572.85

250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 4 624 407.76 483.16
300 12 120F 991.58 752.36
250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 6 626 437.67 530.53
350 14 140F 1,398.95 1,276.45
250 x 250 x 200 10 x 10 x 8 628 469.81 592.63
400 16 160F 1,825.26 1,469.25
300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 4 664 483.11 536.84
450 18 180F 2,427.37 1,787.25
300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 6 666 528.54 594.74
500 20 200F 3,857.89 2,036.57
300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 8 668 573.96 645.26
600 24 240F 4,731.58 2,610.53
300 x 300 x 250 12 x 12 x 10 670 637.11 772.63
350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 6 696 611.63 701.05 ** This item is a PVC Schedule 80 Fabricated Pipe Fitting.
350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 8 698 657.06 764.21
350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 10 700 703.16 808.42
350 x 350 x 300 14 x 14 x 12 704 744.60 871.58
400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 8 734 712.46 830.53
400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 10 736 766.76 921.05
400 x 400 x 300 16 x 16 x 12 738 825.48 1,001.05
400 x 400 x 350 16 x 16 x 14 740 1,029.36 1,216.84
450 x 450 x 200 18 x 18 x 8 748 1,088.08 1,088.42
450 x 450 x 250 18 x 18 x 10 750 1,185.60 1,186.32
450 x 450 x 300 18 x 18 x 12 752 1,409.42 1,409.47
450 x 450 x 350 18 x 18 x 14 754 1,594.46 1,594.74
450 x 450 x 400 18 x 18 x 16 756 1,798.34 1,797.89
500 x 500 x 300 20 x 20 x 12 768 1,185.60 1,567.37
500 x 500 x 350 20 x 20 x 14 770 1,367.32 1,746.32
500 x 500 x 400 20 x 20 x 16 772 1,648.76 1,865.26
500 x 500 x 450 20 x 20 x 18 774 1,997.78 1,997.89
600 x 600 x 350 24 x 24 x 14 788 1,973.41 3,053.68
600 x 600 x 400 24 x 24 x 16 790 2,483.11 3,290.53 PVC, CPVC and PP piping for a Chlorine Cell House
600 x 600 x 450 24 x 24 x 18 792 2,650.41 3,542.11
600 x 600 x 500 24 x 24 x 20 794 2,910.80 3,897.89

* The maximum continuous working pressure of the fittings is equal to 150 PSI at 23°C. No provisions have been made for
pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be considered.
NOTE: All fittings are custom fabricated and are not subject to return. Other configurations and sizes available on request.
1-21
1
SCHEDULE 40 – GRAY – FABRICATED REDUCERS*
SOC X SOC SOC X SOC
SPIG X SOC
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE CONCENTRIC REDUCING ECCENTRIC REDUCING
REDUCING BUSHINGS
COUPLINGS COUPLINGS
(INCH) (MM)
PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE

8x3 200 x 75 429580 331.58 429580EF P.O.R. 437580F P.O.R.
8x4 200 x 100 429582 331.58 429582EF 703.16 437582F 217.26
8x6 200 x 150 429585 331.58 429585EF 791.58 437585F 217.26
10 x 4 250 x 100 429624F 423.16 429624EF 530.53 437624F 311.58
10 x 6 250 x 150 429626F 385.26 429626EF 483.16 437626F 264.21
10 x 8 250 x 200 429628F 340.00 429628EF 434.74 437628F 222.11
12 x 4 300 x 100 429664F 483.16 429664EF 601.05 437664F 404.21
12 x 6 300 x 150 429666F 444.21 429666EF 557.89 437666F 356.84
12 x 8 300 x 200 429668F 415.79 429668EF 522.11 437668F 312.63
12 x 10 300 x 250 429670F 377.89 429670EF 473.68 437670F 260.00
14 x 6 350 x 150 429696F 689.47 429696EF 821.05 437696F 511.58
14 x 8 350 x 200 429698F 636.84 429698EF 781.05 437698F 466.32
14 x 10 350 x 250 429700F 592.63 429700EF 733.68 437700F 396.84
14 x 12 350 x 300 429704F 557.89 429704EF 684.21 437704F 371.58
16 x 8 400 x 200 429734F 815.79 429734EF 986.32 437734F 622.11
16 x 10 400 x 250 489736F 760.00 429736EF 913.68 437736F 573.68
16 x 12 400 x 300 429738F 733.68 429738EF 890.53 437738F 521.05
16 x 14 400 x 350 429740F 701.05 429740EF 843.16 437740F 472.63
18 x 8 450 x 200 429748F 961.05 429748EF 1,152.63 437748F 831.58
18 x 10 450 x 250 429750F 902.11 429750EF 1,081.05 437750F 778.95
18 x 12 450 x 300 429752F 850.53 429752EF 1,023.16 437752F 734.74
18 x 14 450 x 350 429754F 808.42 429754EF 973.68 437754F 668.42
18 x 16 450 x 400 429756F 778.95 429756EF 938.95 437756F 612.63
20 x 12 500 x 300 429768F 1,116.84 429768EF 1,367.37 437768F 856.84
20 x 14 500 x 350 429770F 986.32 429770EF 1,224.21 437770F 800.00
20 x 16 500 x 400 429772F 913.68 429772EF 1,152.63 437772F 715.79
20 x 18 500 x 450 429774F 867.37 429774EF 1,081.05 437774F 660.00
24 x 14 600 x 350 429788F 1,258.95 429788EF 1,580.00 437788F 1,334.74
24 x 16 600 x 400 429790F 1,130.53 429790EF 1,404.21 437790F 1,131.58
24 x 18 600 x 450 429792F 1,033.68 429792EF 1,320.00 437792F 1,011.58
24 x 20 600 x 500 429794F 938.95 429794EF 1,200.00 437794F 927.37

* The maximum continuous working pressure of the fittings is equal to 150 PSI at 23°C. No provisions have been made for pressure
surges, water hammer, or other conditions which should be considered.
NOTE: All fittings are custom fabricated and are not subject to return. Other configurations and sizes available on request.
SCHEDULE 40 CLEAR PVC PIPE & FITTINGS
Typical Applications for Fabco Clear Schedule 40
Rigid PVC Pipe and Fittings
Fabco Clear Schedule 40 Rigid PVC pipe is versatile – an outstanding choice for sight glass and
dual containment applications carrying liquid and even some solids. Specify it with confidence in
1
these applications and more:
• Bakery Products • Medical/Hospital Uses PVC Compound
• Beverage Processing • Sight Gauges • Conforms to FDA standards
• Chemical Processing • Dual Containment • Non–toxic
• Electroplating • Industrial Waste Treatment • Non–conductive
• Food Processing (wet or dry) • Cosmetics • Corrosion resistant
• Laboratory Applications • Pharmaceuticals • Underwriters Laboratories
• Photographs • Fish Hatcheries rating: 94VO
• Agriculture • Environmental Applications • Flame retardant
• Dairy Processing • Resists bacterial and
chemical activity
• Superior transparency
CLEAR PVC SCHEDULE 80 PIPE (standard 10 ft. lengths)

NOMINAL NOMINAL LENGTHS
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
PART AVERAGE MINIMUM NOMINAL MAX. W.P. PRICE
PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE O.D. PER
NUMBER I.D. WALL Wt./Ft. PSI** PER FOOT
(mm) (inch) CARTON
PROPERTY UNIT VALUE TEST METHOD
6 1/4 R8-250 .540 .288 .119 .100 570 10 2.42
10 3/8 R8-375 .675 .407 .126 .138 460 10 3.33 Cell Classification 12454B ASTM D-1784
12 1/2 R8-500 .840 .528 .147 .202 420 35 4.83
20 3/4 R8-750 1.050 .724 .154 .273 340 25 6.60 Specific Gravity
g/cm3 @ 23°C 1.337 ASTM D-792
25 1 R8-1000 1.315 .935 .179 .402 320 20 9.71 ± .02
32 1 1/4 R8-1250 1.660 1.256 .191 .554 260 12 13.38
Hardness Shore D
40 1 1/2 R8-1500 1.990 1.476 .200 .673 240 10 16.26 76 ASTM D-2240
Instant ± 3
50 2 R8-2000 2.375 1.913 .218 .932 200 6 22.51
75 3 R8-3000 3.500 2.864 .300 1.903 190 4 45.98 Izod Impact
ft.-lbs./inch
(1/8” specimen) 0.76 ASTM D-256
100 4 R8-4000 4.500 3.786 .337 2.782 160 3 67.21 of notch
@ 73°F
Impact Resistance
(falling weight)
ft.-lbs./inch 120 ASTM D-4226
CLEAR PVC SCHEDULE 40 PIPE (standard 10 ft. lengths) C-125 Impactor
Configuration @ 73°F
NOMINAL NOMINAL LENGTHS Tensile Strength PSI
PART AVERAGE MINIMUM NOMINAL MAX. W.P. PRICE
PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE O.D. PER
(mm) (inch)
NUMBER I.D. WALL Wt./Ft. PSI**
CARTON
PER FOOT @ yield 7094 ASTM D-638
@ break 4585
6 1/4 R4-250 .540 .354 .088 .081 390 35 1.89
10 3/8 R4-375 .675 .483 .091 .109 310 35 2.55 Modulus of Elasticity PSI 435000 ASTM D-638
12 1/2 R4-500 .840 .608 .109 .161 300 35 3.81
20 3/4 R4-750 1.050 .810 .113 .214 240 25 5.10 Elongation % 36 ASTM D-638
25 1 R4-1000 1.315 1.033 .133 .315 220 25 7.55
32 1 1/4 R4-1250 1.660 1.364 .140 .426 180 20 10.23 Deflection Temperature °C @ 264 PSI 71.5
ASTM D-648
under Flexural Load °F @ 264 PSI 160.7
40 1 1/2 R4-1500 1.990 1.592 .145 .509 170 16 12.25
50 2 R4-2000 2.375 2.049 .154 .682 140 12 16.49 Coefficient of Linear /°C 6.78 x 10-5
ASTM D-696
65 2 1/2 R4-2500 2.875 2.445 .203 1.076 150 8 26.06 Expansion /°F 3.77 x 10-5
75 3 R4-3000 3.500 3.042 .216 1.409 130 6 34.05
90 3 1/2 R4-3500 4.000 3.520 .226 1.697 120 5 43.25 Flammability Classification V-O UL-94
100 4 R4-4000 4.500 3.998 .237 2.006 110 5 51.26
150 6 R4-6000 6.625 6.031 .280 3.535 90 1 59.44
• COMPLIES WITH TITLE 21 FOOD & DRUG, PART #121
150 6 x 1/8 R4-6500* 6.625 6.355 .125 1.647 45 1 93.72 PARAGRAPH 121.2521 & 121.2597
200 8 R4-8000 8.625 7.943 .322 5.305 80 1 140.54 • THREADING NOT RECOMMENDED
** For water at 73.4°F with solvent cemented joints. Working pressure decreases by approximately 1.29% per degree • SCHEDULE 40 TYPE II GRADE I
F over 73.4°F.
*This size does not comply with Schedule 40 as to I.D. and Wall Thickness. • PER ASTM D–1784–CELL CLASSIFICATION 12454B
CLEAR PVC SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS

REDUCING BUSHINGS
SOCKET 45° SOCKET 90° SOCKET SOCKET SOCKET MALE FEMALE
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE REDUCING REDUCING
TEES ELBOWS ELBOWS COUPLINGS CAPS ADAPTERS ADAPTERS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE BUSHINGS BUSHINGS
401 417 406 429 447 436 435
SOCKET SLIP x FPT
437 438

12 1/2 005C 1.94 12.25 1.58 4.99 6.77 6.77 8.38

20 3/4 007C 2.25 18.89 1.75 1.42 1.64 7.57 10.49 20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 101C 7.83 8.77
25 1 010C 19.88 22.70 15.06 11.72 12.37 13.28 12.16 25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131C 14.34 16.05
40 1 1/2 015C 37.84 40.02 28.18 17.18 18.89 21.79 21.85 40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211C 19.95 22.33
50 2 020C 54.96 52.18 45.21 27.14 22.76 28.43 29.42 50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251C 33.04 37.00
75 3 030C 237.70 210.45 161.95 92.14 71.73 123.26 99.78 75 x 50 3x2 338C 78.84 88.27
100 4 040C 430.34 378.01 290.03 133.01 163.11 157.21 165.06 100 x 75 4x3 422C 176.16 197.29
NOTE: Fittings are not a standard stocked item/made to order or on special request.
1-23
PVC DRAIN WASTE VENT FITTINGS
®
PVC DRAIN WASTE FITTINGS - For Non-Pressure Applications - ASTM D2665
1 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE

CLEANOUT TEES W/PLUG
(SxSxST)
CLEANOUT PLUGS
(MPT W/GASKET)
FITTING CLEANOUTS
(SPG x FPT)
FITTING CLEANOUTS
ADAPTER W/PLUG
(SPG x GASKET PLUG)
TUBE END CLEANOUTS
(S x GASKET PLUG)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 2114A 10.32 3051 2.76 3701-1 2.95 3701A 5.63 2891A 6.00
50 2 2115A 16.04 3052 3.43 3702-1 5.56 3702A 8.51 2892A 8.55
75 3 2116A 27.27 3053 4.94 3703-1 8.96 3703A 13.33 2893A 15.73
100 4 2117A 49.10 3054 9.75 3704-1 14.91 3704A 27.13 2894A 32.92
100 x 75 x 100 4X3X4 2107A 46.61
150 6 2118A 165.87 3057 41.10 3706-1 68.71 3706A 105.54
ELBOWS 1/4 BEND (90°) ELBOWS 1/4 BEND (90°) ELBOWS 1/4 BEND (90°) ELBOWS 1/4 BEND (90°) ELBOWS 1/4 BEND (90°)
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (S x S) (SPG x S) CLOSET BEND REDUCING REDUCING ELBOW EXTRA LONG SWEEP
(SPG x S) (S x S) (S x S)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 *2251 (L) 2.76 2451 2.81 2276 6.46

50 2 2252 (L) 4.12 2452 5.80 2277 10.86
75 3 2253 (L) 11.77 2453 (L) 12.85 2278 25.18
100 4 2254 (L) 23.67 2454 (L) 33.06
100 x 75 4X3 3103 35.43 2223 29.10
150 6 2256 126.33 2456 129.08
* 2251 (L) is priced at $3.45 each (all other (L) use same price as shown)
Note: (L) means Long Sweep.
ELBOWS 1/8 BEND (45°) ELBOWS 1/8 BEND (45°) ELBOWS 1/8 BEND (45°) ELBOWS 1/8 BEND (45°) ELBOWS 1/16 (22 1/2°)
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE LONG TURN LONG TURN SHORT TURN SHORT SWEEP SHORT SWEEP
(S x S) (SPG x S) (S x S) (SPG x S) (S x S)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 2521 2.22 2421 2.22 2551 3.33

50 2 2522 3.57 2422 4.24 2552 5.98
75 3 2523 9.89 2423 10.52 2553 13.70
100 4 2524 18.28 2424 23.10 2554 24.66
150 6 2506 116.62 2406 113.18 2556 129.08
ELBOWS 1/6 BEND (60°) ADAPTER SLEEVES * MALE ADAPTERS FEMALE ADAPTERS COUPLINGS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (S x S) (SPG x S) (S x MPT) (S x FPT) (S x S)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 2601 5.19 2871 2.10 2891 2.56 3001 1.56

50 2 2602 6.75 2840 P.O.R. 2872 4.64 2892 4.57 3002 2.33
75 3 2603 15.63 2841 4.74 2873 8.82 2893 9.15 3003 5.52
100 4 2604 29.29 2842 5.34 2874 23.51 2894 20.89 3004 9.56
150 6 2846 8.48 2896 P.O.R. 3006 53.63
* Adapts Plastic DWV Fitting to Plastic Sewer Pipe
PLASTIC SEWER HUBS PLASTIC M-J SPIGOTS CAULKING FERRULES “P” TRAPS SOLVENT WELD “P” TRAPS SOLVENT WELD
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (S x S) * (M-J SPG x S) ** (C-1 SPG x S) *** (S x S) W/CLEANOUT
(S x S)
1
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 3201 8.02 3201A 9.43

50 2 3422 11.88 3452 9.95 3202 17.99 3202A 24.65
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 3468 9.31
75 3 3423 13.38 3453 15.59 3203 43.94
100 4 3424 19.85 3454 22.44 3204 83.43
100 x 75 4X3 3036 14.89 3464 19.26 3234 86.82
* Adapts Plastic Sewer Pipe to Plastic DWV Pipe

** Adapts M-J Cast Iron Pipe to Plastic DWV Pipe
*** Adapts Cast Iron Hub to Plastic DWV Pipe
“P” TRAPS “P” TRAPS DRUM TRAPS FITTING TRAP ADAPTERS UNIONS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE W/UNION CONNECTION W/CLEANOUT (S x S) (SPG x SLIP JOINT) *
(S x S) (S x S)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 3211E 9.09 3211A 10.62 3243A 48.73 2801A 4.62 2863A P.O.R.
50 2 3212E 20.73 2802A 10.16
* Plastic Nuts & Washers
PIPE TRAP ADAPTERS 90° TRAP * COPPER TO DWV TAIL PIECE SWIVEL STRAINER
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (S x SLIP JOINT) ADAPTERS PIPE ADAPTERS ADAPTERS ADAPTERS
(S x SLIP JOINT) (S x SLIP JOINT) (SPG x SLIP JOINT) (SOCKET x SWIVEL NUT)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 2851A 4.40 2861A 8.51 3211X P.O.R. 3217 8.24

40 x 32 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 2860A 4.57 2286A 5.87 2864A 8.96 3211Y 4.81
40 x 40 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2281A 5.71
50 2 2852A 9.04 2865A 14.89
* Ideal for Pedestal Sinks.
SLIP JOINT NUTS SLIP JOINT WASHERS MALE STRAINER FEMALE STRAINER SWIVEL STRAINER
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (FPT) POLYETHYLENE ADAPTERS ADAPTERS ADAPTERS
(SPG END PISTON) (S x FPT) (SPG X SWIVEL NUT)
(MM) (INCH)
32 1 1/4 3930 P.O.R. 9210-003 P.O.R.

40 1 1/2 3931 1.53 9210-004 0.79 3211-7 6.75 3211-9 6.96 3215 8.20
50 2 3932 3.06 9210-005 1.14
1-25
ADJUSTABLE CLOSET ADJ. CLOSET FLANGES ADJUSTABLE CLOSET 45° DISCHARGE CLOSET CLOSET FLANGE KIT
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE FLANGES W/PLASTIC W/PLASTIC RING (SPG) FLANGES W/PLASTIC FLANGES ADJUSTABLE FOR CONCRETE *
1 RING (SOCKET) W/MOLDED TEST PLATE RING (SPG) W/PLASTIC RING
(MM) (INCH)
100 x 75 4X3 3624 21.23 3624T 21.92 3626 23.73 3628 46.87 3650A 38.31
* For use in Slab on Grade W.C. Installations
CLOSET FLANGES, CLOSET FLANGES, CLOSET FLANGES, CLOSET FLANGES, CLOSET FLANGES,
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE ONE PIECE (SLIP) ONE PIECE (SLIP) ONE PIECE (SLIP) ONE PIECE (SLIP) ONE PIECE (SLIP)
W/SPIGOT END W/MOLDED TEST PLATE FLUSH FIT FLUSH FIT W/TEST PLATE
(MM) (INCH)
100 4 3604 15.30

100 x 75 4X3 3634 12.64 3634-7 15.38 3634T 16.55 3631 15.59 3631T 16.66
EXPANSION JOINTS EXPANSION JOINTS U-BENDS CAPS SNAP IN TEST PLATES

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (S x S) (S x SPG END PISTON) (S x S)
VERTICAL USE ONLY VERTICAL USE ONLY
(MM) (INCH)
32 1 1/4 3761 4.52

40 1 1/2 3811A• 34.64 3811B 33.26 3081 4.89 3762 4.78
50 2 3812A• 49.68 3812B 47.99 3082 8.15 3763 6.05
75 3 3813A• 77.99 3813B 69.97 3203-1 35.46 3083 14.66 3764 7.70
100 4 3814A* 117.85 3204-1 55.32 3084 15.35
150 6 3086 54.52
• Type I
* Type II
TEST CAPS DRAIN GATES (SPG) SANITARY TEE CLOST FLANGE

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE POLYETHELYNE SLIP-ON TRAP ADAPTERS SPACER RINGS
STYLE (S x S x SLIP JOINT)
(MM) (INCH)
32 1 1/4 TC314 P.O.R.

40 1 1/2 TC315 1.82 2171A 7.66
50 2 TC316 2.76
75 3 TC318 3.96
100 4 TC320 5.05 3864 12.13 9180-002 6.83
SANITARY TEES SANITARY TEES DOUBLE SANITARY TEES
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (S x S x S) (SPG x S x S) (S x S x S x S)
(MM) (INCH)
1
40 1 1/2 2151 3.94 5151 6.31 2187 10.05
50 2 2152 7.31 2186 15.17
50 x 40 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2128 5.89
50 x 40 x 50 2 x 1 1/2 x 2 2127 9.17
50 x 50 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 2126 5.83
50 x 50 x 40 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2188 17.28
75 3 2153 16.06 5153 21.53 2184 24.04
75 x 75 x 40 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 2131 11.40 5131 14.89
75 x 75 x 40 x 40 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2189 21.03
75 x 75 x 50 3x3x2 2130 12.43 5130 P.O.R.
75 x 75 x 50 x 50 3x3x2x2 2181 21.93
100 4 2154 31.28 5134 61.65 2185 94.81
100 x 100 x 50 4x4x2 2134 28.97 5154 57.91
100 x 100 x 75 4x4x3 2136 34.66
SANITARY TEES SIDE SANITARY TEES SIDE SANITARY TEES DOUBLE DOUBLE SANITARY TEES
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE INLET (LEFT HAND) INLET (RIGHT HAND) SIDE INLETS SINGLE SIDE INLET
(S x S x S x S x SI) (S x S x S x S x SI) (S x S x S x (S x S) SI) (S x S x S x S x S SI)
(MM) (INCH)
75 x 75 x 75 x 40 3 x 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 2147L 29.14 2147R 29.14 2147LR 77.08

75 x 75 x 50 3x3x2 2148L 33.50 2148R 33.50
75 x 75 x 75 x 75 x 40 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 2163L 94.00
Test Scrubber, Piping and Pumps for Research Laboratory
1-27
45° WYES 45° WYES 45° DOUBLE WYES DISHWASHER WYES
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (S x S x S) (SPG x S x S) (S x S x S x S) (S x S x HOSE BARB)
1 (MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 2301 4.76 2351 11.77

40 x 40 x 12 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/2 2321 8.96
40 x 40 x 20 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 2332 11.57
50 2 2302 8.69 2352 18.36
50 x 40 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2324 8.55
50 x 40 x 50 2 x 1 1/2 x 2
50 x 50 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 2325 8.18
50 x 50 x 40 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2374 15.67
75 3 2303 18.28 5303 34.35 2353 34.29
75 x 75 x 40 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 2331 12.92 5331 18.65
75 x 75 x 40 x 40 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2376 28.56
75 x 75 x 50 3x3x2 2326 14.35
75 x 75 x 50 x 50 3x3x2x2 2377 28.96
100 4 2304 37.25 2354 P.O.R.
100 x 100 x 50 4x4x2 2328 26.90
100 x 100 x 50 x 50 4x4x2x2 2380 113.25
100 x 100 x 75 4x4x3 2327 33.76
100 x 100 x 50 x 50 4x4x3x3 2381 85.48
150 6 2306 147.29
150 x 150 x 100 6x6x4 2344 134.25
REDUCER BUSHINGS REDUCER BUSHINGS REDUCER BUSHINGS PIPE INCREASER /

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (SPG x S) (SPG x FPT) (SPG x S)* REDUCING COUPLINGS
(S x S)
(MM) (INCH)
40 x 12 1 1/2 x 1/2 2747+ 4.13

40 x 20 1 1/2 x 3/4 2749+ 5.42
40 x 32 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 2750 P.O.R.
40 x 50 1 1/2 x 2 3022 3.69
40 x 75 1 1/2 x 3 3023 8.60
40 x 100 1 1/2 x 4 3029 12.63
50 x 32 2 x 1 1/4 2760 P.O.R.
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 2752 1.88 2753 5.46
50 x 75 2x3 3024 8.60
50 x 100 2x4 3025 12.63
75 x 40 3 x 1 1/2 2762 8.47
75 x 50 3x2 2754 6.13
75 x 100 3x4 3026 13.00
75 x 125 3x5 3027 28.82
100 x 50 4x2 2758 11.93
100 x 75 4x3 2756 12.58 2764 17.07
150 x 100 6x4 2767 61.60
* Adapts Plastic Sewer Fitting to Plastic DWV Pipe

+ Dishwasher Bushing
CPVC SCHEDULE 80 PRESSURE FITTINGS
CPVC (CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE)
(Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) Class 23447-B, formerly designated Type

IV, Grade 1 conforming to ASTM D–1784 has physical properties at 73°F sim-
ilar to those of PVC, and its chemical resistance is similar to or generally bet-
1
ter than that of PVC. CPVC, with a design stress of 2000 psi and maximum
service temperature of 210°F has, over a period of about 15 years, proven to
be an excellent material for hot corrosive liquids, hot and cold water distribution
and similar applications above the temperature range of PVC. CPVC is joined
by solvent cementing, threading or flanging or Victaulic® joints.
Applications:
• Rubber and Synthetic Products • Distilled Spirits
• Petroleum Products • Water (hot and cold) (potable)
• Instrumentation • Refrigeration
• Lubrication • Drugs and Pharmaceuticals
• Food and Beverage • Marine
• Salines and Alkalines • Residential
• Corrosive Acids • Hotels and Motels
• Dairy Products • Commercial Buildings
• Petrochemicals • Mobile Homes
• Paper and Pulp Products • Irrigation
• Chemical Processing
SCHEDULE 80 – PLAIN END/PRESSURE PIPE
NOMINAL WEIGHT PRESSURE OUTSIDE MIN. WALL

PIPE SIZE PART PRICE PER RATING AT DIAMETER THICKNESS
MM (INCHES) NUMBER PER 100 FT. 100 FEET 73.4°F (IN.) (IN.)
6 1/4 020304 498.63 11.92 1130 0.540 0.119
12 1/2 020307 388.63 24.30 850 0.840 0.147
20 3/4 020308 524.38 32.90 690 1.050 0.154
25 1 020309 769.60 48.50 630 1.315 0.179
32 1 1/4 020310 999.49 66.90 520 1.660 0.191
40 1 1/2 020311 1,217.35 81.10 470 1.900 0.200
50 2 020312 1,683.71 108.50 400 2.375 0.218
65 2 1/2 020313 2,563.87 165.40 425 2.875 0.276
75 3 020314 3,429.81 221.30 375 3.500 0.300
100 4 020316 4,996.38 323.40 320 4.500 0.337
150 6 020318 9,548.29 616.80 280 6.625 0.432
200 8 020319 17,421.14 936.97 250 8.625 0.500
250 10 020320 31,358.89 1342.69 230 10.750 0.593
300 12 020322 43,112.22 1845.92 230 12.750 0.687
350 14 020324 73,244.47 2222.40 220 14.000 0.750
400 16 020326 P.O.A. 2855.70 220 16.000 0.843
SCHEDULE 40 – PLAIN END/PRESSURE PIPE
NOMINAL WEIGHT PRESSURE OUTSIDE MIN. WALL

PIPE SIZE PART PRICE PER RATING AT DIAMETER THICKNESS
MM (INCHES) NUMBER PER 100 FT. 100 FEET 73.4°F (IN.) (IN.)
6 1/4 020204 431.16 9.10 780 0.540 0.088
12 1/2 020207 314.06 18.00 600 0.840 0.109
20 3/4 020208 417.20 23.90 480 1.050 0.113
25 1 020209 614.17 35.20 450 1.315 0.133
32 1 1/4 020210 828.97 47.50 370 1.660 0.140
40 1 1/2 020211 991.82 56.80 330 1.900 0.145
50 2 020212 1,328.38 76.10 275 2.375 0.154
65 2 1/2 020213 2,096.09 120.10 300 2.875 0.203
75 3 020214 2,743.60 157.20 260 3.500 0.216
100 4 020216 3,907.58 223.90 220 4.500 0.237
150 6 020218 7,213.40 394.50 180 6.625 0.280
200 8 020219 12,373.36 598.00 160 8.625 0.322
250 10 020220 21,163.29 826.00 140 10.750 0.365
300 12 020222 27,956.38 1120.00 130 12.750 0.406
350 14 020224 P.O.A. 1326.20 130 14.000 0.437
400 16 020226 P.O.A. 1731.20 130 16.000 0.500
- Pressure Rating at 73.4°F. - We do not recommend schedule 40 pipe for threading.
- Above prices are for plain end, pipe 20’ lengths. - Schedule 80 pipe is recommended for threading.
- Certain configurations not available. - Not recommended for compressed air or gas service.
- FABCO pressure pipe conforms to ASTM D1784 and F441.
1-29
SCHEDULE 80 – PRESSURE FITTINGS*
NOMINAL 90° SOCKET 90° THREADED 45° SOCKET 45° THREADED
1 PIPE SIZE
SOCKET TEES
501
THREADED TEES
505
ELBOWS
506
ELBOWS
508
ELBOWS
517
ELBOWS
519
6 1/4 002 7.65 17.00 8.33 8.75 12.39 11.63

12 1/2 005 7.65 16.04 3.26 5.08 3.99 11.04
20 3/4 007 7.79 24.49 4.17 7.60 5.77 12.12
25 1 010 9.54 26.37 6.61 10.67 9.18 13.34
32 1 1/4 012 20.13 26.55 14.32 20.54 44.46 22.78
40 1 1/2 015 23.07 27.87 15.97 22.12 18.49 22.78
50 2 020 25.69 30.94 19.29 29.64 20.75 30.08
65 2 1/2 025 65.36 152.49 44.38 92.17 42.40 57.21
75 3 030 65.36 176.58 50.26 98.82 54.48 82.06
100 4 040 87.01 418.35 90.53 154.58 74.78 129.43
150 6 060 226.33 - 181.91 - 230.42 -
200 8 080 648.60 - 445.15 - 478.97 -
250 10 100 2,785.32 † - 2,582.72 † - 1,975.08 † -
300 12 120 4,304.61 † - 3,494.39 † - 3,474.80 † -
† 150 SERIES (150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°), Moulded
NOMINAL REDUCING BUSHINGS REDUCING BUSHINGS REDUCING BUSHINGS

SOCKET * SLIP X F.P.T. MPT X FPT
PIPE SIZE 537 538 539
12 x 6 1/2 x 1/4 072 7.22 7.74 10.42

12 x 10 1/2 x 3/8 073 7.22 7.75 10.42
20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 101 3.68 4.02 4.93
25 x 12 1 x 1/2 130 5.71 5.09 8.25
25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 5.71 5.09 8.25
32 x 12 1 1/4 x 1/2 166 15.18 16.43 16.55
32 x 20 1 1/4 x 3/4 167 15.18 16.43 16.55
32 x 25 1 1/4 x 1 168 15.18 16.43 16.55
40 x 12 1 1/2 x 1/2 209 17.15 20.24 19.87
40 x 20 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 17.15 20.24 19.87
40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211 17.15 20.24 19.87
40 x 32 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 17.15 20.24 19.87
50 x 6 2 x 1/2 247 22.15 27.83 20.44
50 x 20 2 x 3/4 248 22.15 27.83 20.44
50 x 25 2x1 249 22.15 27.83 20.44
50 x 32 2 x 1 1/4 250 22.15 27.83 20.44
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251 22.15 27.83 20.44
65 x 50 2 1/2 x 2 292 26.96 44.21 52.88
75 x 40 3 x 1 1/2 337 41.08 103.03 71.12
75 x 50 3x2 338 41.08 98.57 71.12
75 x 65 3 x 2 1/2 339 41.08 98.57 71.12
100 x 50 4x2 420 45.40 200.75 122.48
100 x 65 4 x 2 1/2 421 45.41 200.80 -
100 x 75 4x3 422 45.40 200.75 122.48
150 x 100 6x4 532 96.82 404.84 -
200 x 150 8x6 585 318.80 - -
10 x 6 250 x 150 626 362.63 - -
10 x 8 250 x 200 628 362.63 - -
12 x 10 300 x 250 670 824.21 - -
* 150 SERIES (150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure Rating @ 73°)

* CPVC SCH 80 fittings are produced in accordance with the following standards: ASTM D1784, ASTM F-439
(socket fittings), ASTM F-437 (threaded fittings).
Flanges are 150 lb. ANSI B.16.5 dimensioned
NOMINAL SOCKET THREADED SOCKET SOCKET THREADED
CAPS CAPS CROSSES COUPLINGS COUPLINGS PLUGS MPT
PIPE SIZE 547 548 520 529 530 550

1
6 1/4 002 5.93 6.96 - 8.86 11.15 5.59
12 1/2 005 5.39 5.96 - 3.44 9.17 4.85
20 3/4 007 7.65 9.89 34.35 4.83 14.83 6.15
25 1 010 13.55 13.83 38.07 6.48 16.82 10.12
32 1 1/4 012 14.83 24.66 40.73 9.73 17.84 15.33
40 1 1/2 015 14.83 25.28 44.27 12.25 19.17 12.67
50 2 020 15.63 36.38 57.43 14.22 22.60 17.25
65 2 1/2 025 52.61 84.41 76.55 31.66 40.65 29.36
75 3 030 57.68 110.51 P.O.R. 34.42 47.20 31.41
100 4 040 58.62 160.51 - 45.11 96.22 36.33
150 6 060 193.98 - - 106.20 - -
200 8 080 588.68 - - 287.29 - -
NOMINAL 150LB. SOCKET 150LB. THREADED 150LB. BLIND SOCKET VANSTONE SPIGOT VANSTONE FEMALE
FLANGES FLANGES FLANGES FLANGES FLANGES ADAPTERS
PIPE SIZE 551 552 553 554 556 535
6 1/4 002 - - - - - 11.25

12 1/2 005 14.53 25.37 21.83 14.63 16.92 5.57
20 3/4 007 14.86 30.79 23.67 14.95 18.15 5.89
25 1 010 16.23 33.60 29.51 16.34 20.62 13.61
32 1 1/4 012 19.79 46.73 33.40 19.94 25.52 13.94
40 1 1/2 015 21.99 49.37 46.64 22.15 28.21 16.23
50 2 020 33.25 50.26 61.31 26.79 39.49 23.01
65 2 1/2 025 55.17 81.77 74.22 55.54 61.83 53.65
75 3 030 72.09 84.28 111.82 58.23 67.71 110.12
100 4 040 77.92 125.85 155.95 78.53 69.68 183.23
150 6 060 132.73 - 262.05 134.07 152.13 -
200 8 080 303.33 - 388.93 402.78 310.12 -
250 10 100 - - 699.79 1177.73 - -
300 12 120 - - 1175.64 - - -
30° ELBOWS WYES REDUCER WYES

SxSxS SxSxS SxSxS
NOMINAL 515 575 576
PIPE
SIZE PART NO.
6 060 280.67 439.17 -

6x6x6 060 280.67 439.17 -
6x6x4 532 - 343.49 -
1-31
NOMINAL SOCKET THREADED 90° FLANGED 45° FLANGED FLANGED MALE
UNIONS UNIONS ELBOWS * ELBOWS * TEES * ADAPTERS
PIPE SIZE 597 598 570 571 572 536
6 1/4 002 22.25 25.01 - - - -

12 1/2 005 14.79 15.66 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 4.46
20 3/4 007 15.47 28.02 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 5.44
25 1 010 18.55 38.64 81.13 83.71 121.31 9.15
32 1 1/4 012 37.55 73.62 104.99 135.14 156.16 13.49
40 1 1/2 015 38.24 73.62 111.05 113.58 165.69 18.24
50 2 020 63.39 83.22 176.26 177.66 261.11 24.76
65 2 1/2 025 103.96 234.39 256.49 254.51 383.49 67.53
75 3 030 131.56 273.48 304.36 308.60 446.49 90.72
100 4 040 168.08 - 376.62 360.89 516.15 153.47
150 6 060 - - 617.02 665.57 878.99 -
200 8 080 - - P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. -
* Assembled from components.
HEAVY DUTY INJECTION MOULDED (217 P.S.I.)

PRESSURE RATED WYES
C
NOMINAL
Z2 PART Z1 Z2 Z3
PIPE A B C PRICE
NO.
SIZE
A 1/2 575005 28 68 48 33 - 5 7.98

3/4 575007 33.5 81 57 40 - 3 8.24
Z3 1 575010 1.4 97 71 51 - 3 15.44
1 1/4 575012 57 127 81 70 51 12 23.38
Z1
1 1/2 575015 65 148 96 85 64 14 25.15
B 2 575020 80 178 117 103 80 17 61.56
Material: CPVC ASTM D1784, Cell Class 23447B, Pressure Rating 217 PSI, Solvent Weld Sockets
Gold Refinery – PVDF/FRP mixing tanks. PVDF piping, PVC ducting.
NOMINAL SOCKET REDUCING THREADED REDUCING
NIPPLES
COUPLINGS COUPLINGS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (CUT THREADS)
PIPE SIZE 529 530
(INCH) PART NO. LENGTH DIA.

PART NO.
1
(INCH) (INCH)
3/4 x 1/2 101 9.03 18.60 CLOSE 1/4 561037 1.51
1 x 1/2 130 12.87 22.45 CLOSE 1/2 561063 1.44

CLOSE 3/4 561104 1.92
1 x 3/4 131 12.87 22.45
CLOSE 1 561133 2.62
1 1/4 x 1/2 166 - 44.98
CLOSE 1 1/4 561170 3.84
1 1/4 x 3/4 167 29.53 35.47 CLOSE 1 1/2 561213 3.80
1 1/4 x 1 168 29.53 35.47 CLOSE 2 561251 6.34
1 1/2 x 1/2 209 - 62.33 CLOSE 2 1/2 561260 11.57
1 1/2 x 3/4 210 80.22 43.69 CLOSE 3 561338 16.36

CLOSE 4 561422 22.84
1 1/2 x 1 211 29.25 43.69
SHORT 1/4 561038 1.72
1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 29.25 43.69
SHORT 1/2 561078 1.65
2 x 1/2 247 - 103.81 SHORT 3/4 561105 2.42
2 x 3/4 248 - 103.81 SHORT 1 561134 3.14
2x1 249 38.68 86.88 SHORT 1 1/4 561171 4.25
2 x 1 1/4 250 68.89 103.81 SHORT 1 1/2 561214 4.62

SHORT 2 561252 7.33
2 x 1 1/2 251 38.68 86.88
SHORT 2 1/2 561261 13.05
2 1/2 x 2 292 77.42 164.68
SHORT 3 561339 16.54
3x2 338 88.95 - SHORT 4 561423 29.31
4x2 420 106.13 - 2 1/4 561040 2.00
4x3 422 106.13 - 2 1/2 561080 1.89
6x4 532 241.06 - 3 1/4 561041 2.56
3 1/2 561081 2.43
3 3/4 561106 3.09
3 1 561135 4.17
3 1 1/4 561172 5.60
3 1 1/2 561215 6.14
3 2 561253 8.40
3 2 1/2 561262 13.05
4 1/4 561042 3.12
SOCKET REDUCING
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE TEES 4 1/2 561082 2.99
501 4 3/4 561107 3.82
4 1 561136 5.24
4 1 1/4 561173 6.96
4 1 1/2 561216 6.94
4 2 561254 10.57
20 x 20 x 12 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 101 17.08 4 2 1/2 561265 16.42
25 x 25 x 12 1 x 1 x 1/2 130 19.68 4 3 561341 20.28

5 1/4 561043 3.72
25 x 25 x 20 1 x 1 x 3/4 131 19.68
5 1/2 561083 3.53
40 x 40 x 20 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 40.23
5 3/4 561108 4.53
40 x 40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 211 40.23 5 1 561137 6.29
50 x 50 x 12 2 x 2 x 1/2 247 47.93 5 1 1/4 561174 8.33
50 x 50 x 20 2 x 2 x 3/4 248 47.93 5 1 1/2 561217 9.23
50 x 50 x 25 2x2x1 249 47.93 5 2 561255 12.64

5 2 1/2 561268 19.78
50 x 50 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 251 47.93
5 3 561342 25.17
75 x 75 x 50 3x3x2 338 97.80
5 4 561430 35.75
100 x 100 x 50 4x4x2 420 123.63 6 1/4 561044 4.32
100 x 100 x 75 4x4x3 422 123.63 6 1/2 561084 4.13
150 x 150 x 100 6x6x4 532 349.09 6 3/4 561109 5.31
6 1 561138 7.43
6 1 1/4 561175 9.83
6 1 1/2 561218 10.95
6 2 561256 15.61
6 2 1/2 561269 23.46
6 3 561343 29.97
6 4 561426 42.79
1-33
CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FABRICATED PIPE FITTINGS
CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FABRICATED PIPE FITTINGS*
1 Socket Tees 90° Socket 45° Socket Socket Socket Caps Soc x Soc x Soc
Nominal Pipe Size Elbows Elbows Couplings 45° Laterals
501 506 517 529 548 575
Part
(MM) (Inch) No.
250 10 100F 2444.35 2266.57 1733.26 441.59 394.67 3177.65

300 12 120F 3777.61 3066.55 3049.38 723.12 541.69 4910.89
Socket Reducing Socket Reducing Socket Reducing

Nominal Pipe Size Bushings Couplings Nominal Pipe Size Tees
537 529 501
Part Part
(MM) (Inch) No. (MM) (Inch) No.
250 x 100 10 x 4 624F 1,074.20 P.O.R. 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 6 626F 1,033.19
250 x 150 10 x 6 626F 1,074.20 P.O.R. 250 x 250 x 200 10 x 10 x 8 628F 1,179.23
250 x 200 10 x 8 628F 1,074.20 412.48 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 8 668F 1,532.45
300 x 100 12 x 4 664F 1,347.95 P.O.R. 300 x 300 x 250 12 x 12 x 10 670F 1,887.00
300 x 150 12 x 6 666F 1,347.95 P.O.R.
300 x 200 12 x 8 668F 1,354.26 P.O.R.
300 x 250 12 x 10 670F 1,354.26 613.68

* The maximum continuous working pressure of the fittings is
equal to 150 PSI at 23°C. No provisions have been made for
pressure surges, water hammer, or other conditions which
should be considered.
* Fabricated fittings, custom manufactured and/or modified
FABCO products (FRP products, machined products, modified
standard products, etc.) cannot be returned for credit or with
restocking charge.
* Indicates CPVC liner fabricated and fibreglass reinforced pipe
fittings.
NOTE: All fittings are custom fabricated and are not subject to return. Other config-
urations and sizes available on request.
Fabricated Piping System for Zinc Refinery Cell House

CHEM–AIRE™
The perfect piping material for compressed air and gas. From
a recognized leader in thermoplastic pipe and fittings.
Manufactured from a specially engineered acrylonitrile butadiene
styrene (ABS)** for high impact resistance and ductility, Chem-Aire
1
pipe, valves and fittings provide clean, efficient air and gas handling
with a pressure rating up to 185 psi at 100°F for pipe and fittings and
150 psi at 100°F for valves, unions, and flanges.
Designed to meet rugged industrial standards, Chem-Aire is man-

ufactured and backed by Chemtrol, the most widely specified name in
thermoplastic fluid handling products.
NOTE: PLEASE CONTACT FABCO FOR CHEM-AIRE TECHNICAL

CUSTOMER REGISTRATION FORM REQUIRED FOR LUBRICANT
AND COMPRESSOR OIL COMPATIBILITY APPROVAL.
INTRODUCTION TO CHEM-AIRE
With the advent of industrial automation, which is heavily depen-

dent on pneumatic power, compressed air systems have become
increasingly important. Assembly robots, packaging equipment, paint
spraying and pharmaceutical processing are just a few of many appli-
cations that require clean compressed air. And reducing equipment
maintenance and safeguarding the integrity of finished products has
become very important to manufacturers.
Black iron or galvanized steel systems commonly used for com-

pressed air typically generate rust, corrosion products and other Chem-Aire piping impacted
debris that can cause manufacturing problems. These contaminants with .30 caliber rifle bullet at
may be minimized or eliminated by using stainless steel or copper. range of 10ft.
However, metal piping systems, particularly threaded systems, are
still prone to leakage, so manufacturers are forced to use bigger, more
expensive compressors. Furthermore, stainless steel and copper, on
an installed cost basis, can be prohibitively expensive.
Enter Chem-Aire. With more than 35 years of industrial thermoplastic piping experi-
Chem-Aire is a new thermoplastic piping system specifically ence, Fabco now has a compressed air piping system that includes all
designed for compressed air. It's manufactured from a specially engi- of these exceptional features:
neered formulation of acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS)** that has
been modified extensively. The end result is a homogeneous shatter- • Corrosion resistant piping material eliminates internal dirt, rust,
resistant piping system with outstanding strength, ductility and impact or scaling ensures maintenance-free exterior even in corrosive
resistance. environments.
Chem-Aire has passed extensive tests, prompting the Plastics Pipe • Superior joint integrity with solvent cemented joints guarantees
Institute to allow above-ground installation of thermoplastic piping that zero leakage compared to threaded metal systems, reducing
meets shatter-resistance requirements. power requirements and operating costs. Joints are made in min-
utes, reducing installation costs by up to 50% compared to thread-
ed systems.
Chem-Aire™: Cleaner than metal— and tough
enough to take the pressure. • Colour coded piping material in distinctive green visually sepa-
rates Chem-Aire from other piping systems forsafe operation with-
Now you can have a compressed air piping system that combines out the need for labeling or painting.
the purity of thermoplastic with the toughness of metal for outstanding
efficiency and performance. Chem-Aire thermoplastic piping systems • Lightweight design requires lighter support system and makes
are designed specifically to withstand the high pressures involved in the Chem-Aire system easier to install, without special tools or
compressed air supply—without the dirt, rust and scaling found in heavy equipment.
metal piping systems.
• Clean interior with no scaling provides smooth flow with con-
Chem-Aire products are perfect for industries that require contami- sistent debris-free performance.
nant-free environments such as food, beverage and pharmaceutical
processing as well as semiconductor, and metal finishing applications. * Unless exposed to direct sunlight or other source of UV radiation.
Ideal for most corrosive environments, Chem-Aire thermoplastic pip- * * ABS is a vast family of compounds whose properties can be varied extensively. The use
ing systems require no exterior painting* and resist corrosives inside of a specially modified ABS resin for this application does not imply that all ABS resins
are suitable. Other ABS piping systems designed for liquid transport must not be used
and out. for compressed air
™-Registered Trademark of Chemtrol®
1-35
CHEM–AIRE™
CHEM–AIRE PRODUCT GUIDE
1 Pipe 45°Ells Reducing bushings Couplings/
Reducing couplings*
Flanges
1/2” - 4”
1/2” - 4” 1/2” - 4” 1/2” - 4” *1/2” - 2” 1/2” - 4”
Pipe Clips Tees Caps Dropper Bends 90° Ells
1/2” - 4” 1/2” - 4” 1/2” - 4” 1/2” - 1” 1/2” - 4”
Unions Ball Valves Long Radius 90° Ells Transition Unions Cement/Primer
1/2” - 3” 1/2” - 4” 1/2” - 2” 1/2” - 2”
One call solves all your compressed air piping systems needs. Call Fabco your Industry Leader.
Chem-Aire is your best single source for high quality compressed air piping • Solvent cement is of heavy-duty thick viscosity, green in colour
systems. American-made to the strictest requirements and backed by the for easy identification and use, and designed IS to be compatible
Chemtrol name, Chem-Aire encompasses a full line of pipe, valves, fittings and with the working pressures of the piping system.
joining equipment that will provide years of safe, trouble-free performance.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS

• Pipe and fittings are to be pressure rated for continuous use at
MATERIALS 185 psi @100°F.
• Specifically designed for compressed air, Chem-Aire is manufac- • Valves, Unions and Flanges are pressure-rated for continuous
tured from a specially engineered formulation of acrylonitrile buta- use at 150 psi @100°F.
diene styrene (ABS)* modified extensively to produce a homoge- • Maximum service temperature for 1/2” - 2” Chem-Aire products is
neous shatter-resistant piping system with outstanding strength, 140°F, for 3" & 4" Chem-Aire products is 120°F.
ductility and impact resistance.
• Material design stress is a minimum of 1250 psi @73°F incorpo- MARKINGS
rating a 2 to 1 safety factor allowing a service life exceeding 50 • Pipe is bright green, clearly marked with manufacturer's identifi-
years under continuous pressure conditions. cation, standard dimension ratio (SDR), nominal size, Chem-Aire
name, pressure ratings, made in U.S.A., "For Compressed Air,"
DIMENSIONS/DESIGN and ASTM D3965 Cell Classification 54322.
• Pipe is designed to Iron Pipe Size (IPS) outside diameters with • Fittings, valves, and unions are bright green, clearly marked with
heavy-duty wall thickness conforming to a Standard Dimension manufacturer's identification, Chem-Aire name, nominal size, and
Ratio (SDR) of 9.0 (1/2"-2") and 10.0 (3" & 4"). made in U.S.A.
• Fittings are designed to Schedule 80 dimensions with industrial
heavy duty hub style design. Most compressor lubricating oils can be used with Chem-Aire.
However, synthetic oils and some oil additives can cause deteri-
• All plastic connections have standard tapered socket joints oration. Please refer to a current Chemtrol Technical Bulletin or
designed for a solvent cement interference fit, with Schedule 80 call Fabco for information on specific lubricants.
socket lengths for maximum strength.
CHEM–AIRE™
SOCKET SOCKET BLIND
SOCKET TEES SOCKETS 90° SOCKETS 45° COUPLINGS FLANGES FLANGES SOCKET CAPS
NOMINAL
PIPE
SIZE PART
6801 6806 6817 6829 6851 6853 6847
1
(INCH) NO.
1/2 005 $12.82 $10.70 $17.53 $7.54 $70.63 $141.23 $7.18

3/4 007 $15.98 $12.95 $18.93 $8.08 $80.08 $160.16 $7.69
1 010 $23.85 $17.35 $25.43 $10.85 $103.88 $207.84 $16.47
1 1/4 012 $43.28 $34.70 $36.08 $18.39 $172.09 $345.23 $25.77
1 1/2 015 $49.23 $39.24 $39.96 $20.51 $190.15 $381.33 $28.72
2 020 $74.82 $55.19 $62.37 $29.27 $248.20 $503.17 $36.08
3 030 $153.50 $144.54 $118.62 $82.72 $322.66 $661.12 $102.17
4 040 $223.95 $169.45 $200.10 $120.42 $412.92 $868.71 $136.49
TRANSITION END CONNECTORS END CONNECTORS END CONNECTORS

UNIONS (MPT) (STAINLESS STEEL) (STAINLESS STEEL) 180° DROPER
TCBR-3 BRASS TCBR-4 BRASS (FPT) TCSS-3 (MPT) TCSS-4 90° BEND BEND
29422 29420 29423 29421 16120 16121
NOMINAL
PIPE
SIZE PART
(INCH) NO.
1/2 007 P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. $18.73 $45.74

3/4 008 P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. $23.31 $48.02
1 009 P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. $33.46 $62.55
1 1/4 010 P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. $45.40 N/A
1 1/2 011 P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. $57.65 N/A
2 012 P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. P.O.A. $103.75 N/A
REDUCER SOCKET REDUCING

BUSHINGS COUPLINGS SOCKET
6837 6829 UNIONS
6897
NOMINAL
PIPE NOMINAL
SIZE PART PIPE
(INCH) NO. SIZE PART
(INCH) NO.
3/4 x 1/2 101 $8.24 N/A
1/2 005 $35.22
1 x 1/2 130 $11.37 N/A
3/4 007 $39.96
1 x 3/4 131 $11.37 N/A
1 010 $52.03
1 1/4 x 1 168 $16.31 N/A
1 1/4 012 $86.19
1 1/2 x 3/4 210 $18.23 N/A
1 1/2 015 $95.49
1 1/2 x 1 211 $18.23 N/A
2 020 $125.97
1 1/2 x 1 1/4 212 $18.23 N/A
3 030 $154.88
2x1 249 $25.43 N/A
2 x 1 1/4 250 $25.43 N/A
2 x 1 1/2 251 $25.43 N/A REDUCING
3 x 1 1/2 337 $66.54 N/A SOCKET TEES
6801
3x2 338 $66.54 N/A
NOMINAL
4x2 420 $98.40 N/A PIPE
SIZE PART
4x3 422 $98.40 N/A NO.
(INCH)
TRANSI. COUPLING TRANSI. COUPLING TRANSITION 90° 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 101 $15.98
(SPG x BRASS FPT) (SPG x COPPER MPT) (SPG x BRASS FPT)
16501 16500 16502 1 x 1 x 1/2 130 $23.85
NOMINAL
PIPE 1 x 1 x 3/4 131 $23.85
SIZE PART 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 210 $49.23
(INCH) NO.
1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 211 $49.23
2x2x1 249 $74.82
1/2 007 $18.73 $18.73 $20.17
2 x 2 x 1 1/2 257 $74.82
3/4 008 $23.47 $23.47 N/A
1-37
CHEM–AIRE™
CHEM-AIRE PIPE (20 FT LENGTHS) CEMENT AND PRIMER
WALL THICKNESS
PART PRICE
NOMINAL NOMINAL CROSS-
SECTIONAL INTERNAL
NO. SIZE EACH
NOMINAL APPROX. OUTSIDE INSIDE PRICE
1 PIPE
SIZE
1/2
PART
NUMBER
610307
WEIGHT
PER 100 FT.
10.7
DIAMETER
(IN.)
0.840
DIAMETER
(IN.)
0.632
NOM.
(IN.)
0.104
MIN.
(IN.)
0.094
AREA
(IN2)
0.240
AREA
(IN2)
0.314
PER
100 FEET
$233.75
768201 CEMENT
769201 PRIMER
QUART
QUART
58.08
27.14
3/4 610308 16.5 1.050 0.794 0.128 0.118 0.371 0.495 $347.08
• Pipe is 20 feet long in plain ends. for other lengths and
1 610309 25.6 1.315 1.000 0.1575 0.147 0.573 0.785 $507.64
pipe ends, please consult our customer Service
1 1/4 610310 40.4 1.660 1.267 0.1965 0.185 0.903 1.261 $838.19 department.
1 1/2 610311 52.6 1.900 1.452 0.224 0.212 1.179 1.656 $979.86 • Threading of Chem-Aire pipe is not recommended.
2 610312 81.7 2.375 1.819 0.278 0.265 1.831 2.599 $1,539.44
3 610314 163.0 3.500 2.756 0.374 0.351 3.656 5.966 $3,137.92
4 610316 269.0 4.500 3.546 0.471 0.451 6.029 9.876 $5,168.47
TRU-BLOC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES TRU-BLOC TRUE UNION SAFETY VENT BALL VALVES
CHEMTROL
VENT HOLE IN
BALL VALVE BODY
626009
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

PART MATERIAL PART MATERIAL
1. HANDLE PVC 1. HANDLE—LOCK-OUT HOLE PVC
2. STEM CPVC 2. STEM—VENTED O-RING GROOVE CPVC
3. UNION NUT (2) CHEM-AIRE 3. UNION NUT (2) CHEM-AIRE
4. SEAT* (2) TEFLON 4. SEAT* (2) TEFLON
5. BALL CPVC 5. BALL—1/8" VENT HOLE CPVC
6. BODY CHEM-AIRE 6. BODY—1/8" VENT HOLE CHEM-AIRE
7. SEAL CARRIER CPVC 7. SEAL CARRIER CPVC
8. RETAINING RING CPVC 8. RETAINING RING CPVC
9. END CONNECTOR—SOCKET (2) CHEM-AIRE 9. END CONNECTOR—SOCKET (2) CHEM-AIRE
10. O-RING**—CARRIER END VITON® 10. O-RING**—CARRIER END VITON®
11. O-RING**—CARRIER O.D. ViTON® 11. O-RING**—CARRIER O.D. ViTON®
12. O-RING**—STEM VITON® 12. O-RING**—VENTED STEM VITON®
13. O-RING**—BODY END VITON® 13. O-RING**—BODY END VITON®
14. PLAIN END NIPPLE—SPG (2) CHEM-AIRE 14. PLAIN END NIPPLE—SPG (2) CHEM-AIRE
15. FLANGE—SOCKET (2) CHEM-AIRE 15. FLANGE—SOCKET (2) CHEM-AIRE
16. LOCK-OUT RING PVC
*TFE Seats are packaged in pairs as a replacement kit.
**O-Ring Replacement Kit contains all the O-Rings required to refurbish any Tru-Bloc Ball *TFE Seats are packaged in pairs as a replacement kit.
Valve of one size. **O-Ring Replacement Kit contains all the O-Rings required to refurbish any Tru-Bloc Ball
Valve of one size.
FEATURES
• Double block design stops flow in either direction—upstream or FEATURES
downstream—when the alternate union is removed for servicing • Complies with OSHA safety requirements. Padlockable in closed
piping system. position and vents downstream pressure to prevent accidental
• Heavy duty stub-acme thread for seal carrier retaining ring pro- cycling of attached equipment.
vides more reliability than other designs. • Heavy duty stub-acme thread for seal carrier retaining ring pro-
• Full-port design, minimum flow restrictions. vides more reliability than other designs.
• For high purity applications, manufactured and assembled with- • Full-port design, minimum flow restrictions.
out hydrocarbon lubricants. • For high purity applications, manufactured and assembled with-
• Self-lubricating Teflon® seats and FPM (Viton®) O-Ring seal. out hydrocarbon lubricants.
• Distinctive handle not only indicates open or closed at a glance, • Self-lubricating Teflon® seats and FPM (Viton®) O-Ring seal.
but moulded in arrows dictate rotational direction for easy opera- • Distinctive handle not only indicates open or closed at a glance,
tion within 90° stops. but moulded in arrows dictate rotational direction for easy opera-
• Actuator mountable versions are available for pneumatic or elec- tion within 90° stops.
trical operation. • Actuator mountable versions are available for pneumatic or elec-
NOTE: Flanged valves available on request. trical operation.
TRU-BLOC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES – SOCKET SAFETY VENT / TRU–BLOCK TRUE UNION BALL VALVES - SOCKET
SIZE 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" SIZE 1/2" 3/4" 1"
PART NO. 26909007 26909008 26909009 26909010 26909011 26909012 26909014 26909016 PART NO. 26634007 26634008 26634009
PRICE 82.00 95.58 119.85 232.23 232.23 374.14 604.52 974.48 PRICE 101.57 118.34 148.48
TRANSITION UNIONS
PVC TRANSITION UNIONS
PVC x BRASS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
INCHES MM
F.P.T. x F.P.T. F.P.T. x. M.P.T.
SOCKET x
F.P.T.
SOCKET x
M.P.T. 1
1/2 12 35.50 38.88 33.23 36.61
3/4 20 46.72 53.67 41.76 48.71
1 25 56.75 66.27 46.84 56.36
1 1/4 32 104.61 126.18 87.22 108.79
1 1/2 40 119.62 140.63 93.78 114.79
2 50 187.11 218.84 138.97 170.70 FPT x FPT
SOCKET x FPT
CPVC TRANSITION UNIONS L
CPVC x BRASS
1
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE SOCKET x SOCKET x

F.P.T. x F.P.T. F.P.T. x M.P.T.
INCHES MM F.P.T. M.P.T.
1/2 12 52.77 56.15 50.52 53.90

A
3/4 20 83.26 90.21 56.70 63.65 2
1 25 108.26 117.78 65.72 75.24

T
1 1/4 32 202.66 224.23 126.28 147.85 3
4
1 1/2 40 203.88 224.89 128.98 149.99
2 50 253.13 284.86 211.14 242.87
Note: * natural copolymer chemkor polypropylene

POLYPROPYLENE TRANSITION UNIONS ** chem-pure natural PP
PP x BRASS Black PP available on request.

F.P.T. x F.P.T.* F.P.T. x M.P.T.*
INCHES MM F.P.T.** M.P.T.**
1/2 12 55.65 59.03 51.12 54.50

3/4 20 64.06 71.01 58.84 65.79
1 25 75.53 85.05 76.24 85.76
1 1/4 32 - - - - FPT x MPT
1 1/2 40 122.41 143.42 124.25 145.26 SOCKET x MPT
2 50 185.52 217.25 170.36 202.09 L
RED PVDF (KYNAR) TRANSITION UNIONS 2
PVDF x BRASS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE SOCKET x SOCKET x A
F.P.T. x F.P.T. F.P.T. x M.P.T.
1/2 12 84.85 88.23 84.85 88.23

Tm
3/4 20 110.28 117.23 110.28 117.23 3
4 T
1 25 150.64 160.16 150.14 159.66
1 1/4 32 - - - -
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
1 1/2 40 243.25 264.26 238.03 259.04
ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
2 50 344.24 375.97 357.94 389.67
➀ Union Nut R.PVDF/N.PVDF
➁ End Connector Brass/SS
NATURAL PVDF (KYNAR) TRANSITION UNIONS ➂ O-Ring Viton
PVDF x BRASS ➃ Union Tailpiece R.PVDF/N.PVDF
F.P.T. x F.P.T. F.P.T. x M.P.T. END CONNECTORS
TCBR-3 Brass End Connector (FPT)
1/2 12 87.85 91.23 87.98 91.36
TCBR-4 Brass End Connector (MPT)
3/4 20 114.34 121.29 114.34 121.29 TCSS-3 Stainless Steel End Connector (FPT)
1 25 156.52 166.04 156.52 166.04
TCSS-4 Stainless Steel End Connector (MPT)
1 1/4 32 - - - - NOTE: Transition unions consist of two part numbers

1 1/2 40 252.53 273.54 247.10 268.11 for two separate items to be assembled:
1 Plastic Union
2 50 356.93 388.66 371.35 403.08
2 Brass or Stainless Steel End Connector
1-39
CLAMP IT™ PVC TAPPING SADDLES
PVC-IPS FIXED OUTLET - PRESSURE RATED @ 200 PSI @ 72°F
1 FEATURES: APPLICATIONS:
True Hydraulic Sealing Rings – “O”Ring • variable grade pressure sewer systems
and O’Ring groove are designed so that • pressure water systems
there is no gap between the installed saddle • golf club irrigation
and pipe. When pressure is applied the pipe • mobile home parks
compression is replaced by the fluid pres- • varied industrial applications
sure without increasing the pressure on the
saddle. Continued sealing contact is, there- SPECIFICATIONS:
fore, maintained in the main O’Ring seal. • ASTM D-1784 - cell classification 13454B
• ASTM D-2241; D-2466 and 1599 for
Hinge and Clamping Wedge – hinge dimensions and testing performance.
design eliminates the need for two clamping
wedges. The clamping wedge equally dis-
tributes the pressure over the entire width of
the saddle. It locks and aligns the saddle top
and bottom into proper position.
Strengthens Existing Pipe – wide body

construction provides full support over the
entire circumference of the pipe.
PART IPS TAP PRICE PART IPS TAP PRICE

NO. PIPE SIZE SIZE EACH NO. PIPE SIZE SIZE EACH
432007 2" 3/4" IPS SLIP 38.22 454007 4" 3/4" IPS SLIP 64.63
432010 2" 1" IPS SLIP 38.22 454010 4" 1" IPS SLIP 64.63
432012 2" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 38.22 454012 4" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 64.63
432015 2" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 38.22 454015 4" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 64.63
422007 2" 3/4" IPS FIPT 38.22 454020 4" 2" IPS SLIP 64.63
422010 2" 1" IPS FIPT 38.22 444007 4" 3/4" IPA FIPT 64.63
422012 2" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 38.22 444010 4" 1" IPA FIPT 64.63
422015 2" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 38.22 444012 4" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 64.63
432507 2 1/2" 3/4" IPS SLIP 42.84 444015 4" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 64.63
432510 2 1/2" 1" IPS SLIP 42.84 444020 4" 2" IPS FIPT 64.63
432512 2 1/2" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 42.84 456007 6" 3/4" IPS SLIP 73.90
432515 2 1/2" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 42.84 456010 6" 1" IPS SLIP 73.90
432520 2 1/2" 2" IPS SLIP 42.84 456012 6" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 73.90
422507 2 1/2" 3/4" IPS FIPT 42.84 456015 6" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 73.90
422510 2 1/2" 1" IPS FIPT 42.84 456020 6" 2" IPS SLIP 73.90
422512 2 1/2" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 42.84 446007 6" 3/4" IPS FIPT 73.90
422515 2 1/2" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 42.84 446010 6" 1" IPS FIPT 73.90
422520 2 1/2" 2" IPS FIPT 42.84 446012 6" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 73.90
453007 3" 3/4" IPS SLIP 51.36 446015 6" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 73.90
453010 3" 1" IPS SLIP 51.36 446020 6" 2" IPS FIPT 73.90
453012 3" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 51.36 458007 8" 3/4" IPS SLIP 89.69
453015 3" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 51.36 458010 8" 1" IPS SLIP 89.69
453020 3" 2" IPS SLIP 51.36 458012 8" 1 1/4" IPS SLIP 89.69
443007 3" 3/4 "IPS FIPT 51.36 458015 8" 1 1/2" IPS SLIP 89.69
443010 3" 1" IPS FIPT 51.36 458020 8" 2" IPS SLIP 89.69
443012 3" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 51.36 448007 8" 3/4" IPS FIPT 89.69
443015 3" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 51.36 448010 8" 1" IPS FIPT 89.69
443020 3" 2" IPS FIPT 51.36 448012 8" 1 1/4" IPS FIPT 89.69
448015 8" 1 1/2" IPS FIPT 89.69
448020 8" 2" IPS FIPT 89.69
EXPANSION JOINTS
N e w PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80

FABRICATED EXPANSION JOINTS
For 1/2" through 12" PVC & 1/2" through 10" CPVC
IPS Nominal Diameter Piping Systems
• Telescoping Design with Supported Piston
• Constructed from Schedule 80 PVC or CPVC Materials
• Multi O-Ring Viton® Seals with "Wiper" O-Ring
• Requires No Repair or Replacement
PVC • 6˝ Travel PVC • 12˝ Travel

psi List psi List
Part Part
Size Rating Price Size Rating Price
Number Number
@73°F Each @73°F Each
826-005X6 1/2 340 160.78 826-005X12 1/2 340 180.84
826-007X6 3-4 340 172.84 826-007X12 3-4 340 191.27
826-010X6 1 320 174.78 826-010X12 1 320 229.20
826-012X6 1-1/4 260 249.91 826-012X12 1-1/4 260 292.20
826-015X6 1-1/2 240 215.42 826-015X12 1-1/2 240 232.04
826-020X6 2 200 240.98 826-020X12 2 200 273.71
826-025X6 2-1/2 190 425.84 826-025X12 2-1/2 190 459.84
826-030X6 3 190 323.80 826-030X12 3 190 353.62
826-040X6 4 160 306.20 826-040X12 4 160 348.84
826-060X6 6 130 504.47 826-060X12 6 130 578.67
826-080X6 8 120 694.51 826-080X12 8 120 775.84
826-100X6 10 110 815.56 826-100X12 10 110 948.51
826-120X6 12 100 1,445.07 826-120X12 12 100 1,519.24
CPVC • 6˝ Travel CPVC • 12˝ Travel

psi List psi List
Part Part
Size Rating Price Size Rating Price
Number Number
@73°F Each @73°F Each
526-005X6 1/2 340 198.80 526-005X12 1/2 340 202.47
526-007X6 3-4 340 217.53 526-007X12 3-4 340 232.18
526-010X6 1 320 235.13 526-010X12 1 320 247.69
526-012X6 1-1/4 260 358.69 526-012X12 1-1/4 260 392.64
526-015X6 1-1/2 240 269.16 526-015X12 1-1/2 240 310.91
526-020X6 2 200 341.07 526-020X12 2 200 396.84
526-025X6 2-1/2 190 577.04 526-025X12 2-1/2 190 600.78
526-030X6 3 190 470.18 526-030X12 3 190 482.82
526-040X6 4 160 815.91 526-040X12 4 160 799.80
526-060X6 6 130 745.44 526-060X12 6 130 881.07
526-080X6 8 120 1,414.07 526-080X12 8 120 1,686.89
526-100X6 10 110 1,805.24 526-100X12 10 110 1,976.27
1-41
WELD–ON CEMENT/PRIMERS
PVC Solvent Cements

INDUSTRY PART UNITS/ LBS./ CONTAINER LIST PRICE/
TYPE & PRODUCT DESCRIPTION COLOR SIZE
LISTING NUMBER CASE CASE CODE UNIT
705 Clear Gal 0705120 6 54 MC,SC 50.99
Medium bodied, fast setting, clear NSF ®
® Qt 0705200 12 29 MC,AC 15.22
PVC cement for all classes and Pt 0705300 12 15 MC,AC 9.08
schedules through 6" diameter, Sch. 80 1/2 Pt 0705400 24 15 MC,AC 5.26
through 4". 3 year 1/4 Pt 0705500 24 10 MC,AC 3.63
shelf life 3/4 Oz 0705700 48 4 T,AC 2.57
705 Gray Gal 0705121 6 54 MC,SC 50.99
Medium bodied, fast setting, gray PVC NSF ®
® Qt 0705201 12 29 MC,AC 15.22
cement for all classes and schedules Pt 0705301 12 15 MC,AC 9.08
through 6" diameter, Sch. 80 through 3 year 1/2 Pt 0705401 24 15 MC,AC 5.26
4". shelf life 1/4 Pt 0705501 24 10 MC,AC 3.63
707 Clear N/A Gal 0707120 6 54 MC,SC 48.36
Medium bodied, fast setting, clear PVC Qt 0707200 12 28 MC,AC 14.60
cement for all duct and conduit Pt 0707300 12 15 MC,AC 8.52
applications through 6" diameter.
Complies with NEMA and UL 3 year
specifications. shelf life
711 Gray Gal 0711121 6 57 MC,SC 66.96
Heavy bodied, medium setting, gray NSF ®
® Qt 0711201 12 31 MC,AC 20.04
schedules including Sch. 80, through 3 year 1/2 Pt 0711401 24 15 MC,AC 6.51
12" diameter. shelf life
717 Gray Gal 0717111 6 55 MC,SC 64.27
Heavy bodied, medium setting, gray NSF ®
® Qt 0717201 12 30 MC,AC 19.17
PVC cement for all classes & schedules, 3 year Pt 0717301 12 16 MC,AC 11.15
including Sch. 80, through 12" diameter. shelf life 1/2 Pt 0717401 24 15 MC,AC 6.39
719 Gray Gal 0719111 4 39 MC,TT 74.79
Extra heavy bodied, slow setting, gray NSF ®
® Qt 0719211 12 29 MC,TT 22.61
PVC cement for all classes & schedules, 3 year Pt 0719311 12 16 MC,TT 13.03
including Sch. 80 through 30" diameter. shelf life
725 Wet 'R Dry Aqua Gal 0725911 6 56 MC,SC 65.71
Medium bodied, extremely fast setting, Blue NSF ®
®
Qt 0725921 12 30 MC,AC 18.98
aqua blue PVC cement for all classes Pt 0725931 12 16 MC,AC 11.09
and schedules through 6" diameter, 3 year 1/2 Pt 0725941 24 16 MC,AC 6.51
Sch. 80 through 4". shelf life 1/4 Pt 0725951 24 9 MC,AC 3.95
747 Pool 'R Spa Blue Gal 0747911 6 56 MC,SC 63.58
Medium bodied, extremely fast setting, NSF ®
®
Qt 0747912 12 30 MC,AC 18.42
blue (fades to clear in sunlight) PVC Pt 0747913 12 16 MC,AC 10.77
cement for all classes and schedules 3 year 1/2 Pt 0747914 24 16 MC,AC 6.51
through 6" diameter, Sch. 80 through 4". shelf life 1/4 Pt 0747915 24 9 MC,AC 3.88
795 Clear Gal 0795120 6 54 MC,SC 64.71
Medium bodied, fast setting, clear PVC Qt 0795200 12 28 MC,AC 18.60
®
cement for all flex/flex and flex/rigid PVC Pt 0795300 12 15 MC,AC 10.96
pipe and fittings through 6" diameter, 3 year 1/2 Pt 0795400 24 15 MC,AC 6.39
Sch. 80 through 3". shelf life 1/4 Pt 0795600 24 9 MC,AC 4.38
CEMENT CONSUMPTION
AVERAGE NUMBER OF JOINTS/QT. OF FABCO CEMENTS* 710, 705/721, 711, 717, 719
PIPE DIAMETER 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/2” 2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 15” 18” 20” 24”
NUMBER OF JOINTS 300 200 125 90 60 40 30 10 5 2-3 1-2 3/4 1/2 4 Qts 5 Qts
per joint per joint
*These figures are estimates based on our laboratory tests. Due to the many variables in the field, these figures should be used as a general guide only.
Container Codes: SC – Screw Cap (no applicator); AC – Applicator Cap; MC – Metal Can; T – Tube; TT – Triple Tight (paint type) Can; PC – Plastic Container; SQ – Squirt Bottle
WELD–ON CEMENT/PRIMERS
CPVC Solvent Cements
714
Heavy bodied, medium setting, orange
CPVC cement for all classes and
Orange
2 year
LISTING
NSF
®
®
Gal
Qt
Pt
NUMBER
0714611
0714206
0714631
CASE
6
12
12
CASE
55
30
16
CODE
MC,SC
MC,AC
MC,AC
UNIT
74.29
21.42
12.09
1
schedules, through 12" diameter. shelf life 1/2 Pt 0714641 24 15 MC,AC 7.39
714 Gray Qt 0714211 12 30 MC,AC 21.42
Heavy bodied, medium setting, gray 2 year NSF
® Pt 0714311 12 16 MC,AC 12.09
CPVC cement for all classes and shelf life
schedules through 12" diameter.
ABS Solvent Cements

771 Yellow Gal 0770015 6 51 MC,SC 44.10
Medium bodied, fast setting, yellow Qt 0771205 12 28 MC,AC 13.28
ABS cement for all classes and Pt 0771305 12 15 MC,AC 8.21
schedules through 8" diameter. 2 year 1/2 Pt 0771405 24 16 MC,AC 5.01
shelf life 1/4 Pt 24 9 MC,AC 4.47
Multi–Purpose & Transition Cements/Special Purpose

790 Clear N/A Qt 0790200 12 29 MC,AC 16.60
Medium bodied, fast setting, clear Pt 0790300 12 16 MC,AC 9.96
PVC/CPVC/ABS/Styrene cement for all 1/2 Pt 0790400 24 15 MC,AC 5.95
classes and schedules through 6" 3 year 1/4 Pt 0790500 24 10 MC,AC 4.01
diameter, Sch. 80 through 4". shelf life 3/4 Oz 0790700 48 4 T,AC 2.69
793 Clear N/A Gal 0793120 6 54 MC,SC 55.19
Light bodied, very fast setting, clear Qt 0793200 12 29 MC,AC 16.54
ABS to PVC cement for all classes and Pt 0793300 12 15 MC,AC 9.90
schedules, except Sch. 80, through 3 year 1/2 Pt 0793400 24 15 MC,AC 5.89
2 1/2" diameter. shelf life 1/4 Pt 0793500 24 9 MC,AC 5.20
794 Green Gal 0794127 6 54 MC,SC 59.38
Medium bodied, fast setting, green ABS NSF
®
®
Qt 0794207 12 29 MC,AC 17.85
to PVC cement for all classes and 3 year Pt 0794307 12 15 MC,AC 10.34
schedules, except Sch. 80, through 6" shelf life 1/2 Pt 0794407 24 15 MC,AC 6.33
diameter
810 (A&B) Kit White N/A Gal 0752812 4 48 PC,SC 130.86
Two component reactive adhesive for Qt 0752822 12 37 PC,SC 40.03
joining, fabricating and repairing PVC Pt 0752832 12 21 PC,SC 26.18
and CPVC fitting. Bonds PVC and 1 year 4 Oz 0752852 24 14 PC,SC 11.78
CPVC to dissimilar materials, such as shelf life
metal, concrete, clay and others.
Low VOC PVC Cements

2711 Gray Gal 2711111 6 57 MC,SC 70.91
Heavy bodied, medium setting, gray NSF
®
®
Qt 2711121 12 31 MC,AC 21.30
schedules, including Sch. 80, through 1/2 Pt 2711141 24 15 MC,AC 6.89
12" diameter. 3 year 1/4 Pt 2711151 24 10 MC,AC 4.82
LOW VOC shelf life
Low VOC CPVC Cements

2714 Orange Gal 2714611 6 55 MC,SC 76.61
Heavy bodied, medium setting, orange NSF
®
®
Qt 2714621 12 30 MC,AC 22.05
CPVC cement for all classes and Pt 2714631 12 16 MC,AC 12.65
schedules, through 12" diameter. 2 year 1/2 Pt 2714641 24 15 MC,AC 7.52
LOW VOC shelf life
2714 Gray Qt 2714121 12 30 MC,AC 22.05
Heavy bodied, medium setting, gray Pt 2714131 12 16 MC,AC 12.65
NSF ®
CPVC cement for all classes and

schedules, through 12" diameter. 2 year
LOW VOC shelf life
Primers & Cleaners

C-65 Cleaner Clear N/A Gal 0765011 6 50 MC,SC 28.75
For PVC, CPVC, ABS and Styrene Qt 0765021 12 27 MC,AC 8.96
piping applications. Pt 0765031 12 14 MC,AC 6.01
Unlimited 1/2 Pt 0765041 24 13 MC,AC 3.88
LOW VOC shelf life 1/4 Pt 0765051 24 8 MC,AC 2.63
P-70 Purple Primer Purple Gal 0770124 6 51 MC,SC 51.30
For all PVC and CPVC applications. Qt 0770204 12 27 MC,AC 15.53
NSF
®
®
Pt 0770304 12 15 MC,AC 9.58
3 year 1/2 Pt 0770404 24 13 MC,AC 5.39
P-70 Clear Primer Clear Gal 077011 6 51 MC,SC 51.30
For all PVC and CPVC applications. Qt 077021 12 27 MC,AC 15.53
NSF ®
Pt 077031 12 15 MC,AC 9.58

3 year 1/2 Pt 077041 24 13 MC,AC 5.39
1-43
WELD–ON APPLICATORS/ACCESSORIES
Applications and Accessories
1
PART UNITS/ LBS./ LIST PRICE/
TYPE & PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION SIZE
NUMBER CASE CASE UNIT
Teflon Thread Tape BCP Natural bristle 1" cap, fits std. 1/2 pt, pt & qt cans. 1" 0000600 100 13 5.89
CM BCP Can-Mate Adjustable Plastic Brush
Natural bristle, 1" cap, fits std. 1/2 pt, pt & qt cans. 1" 0000601 100 8 4.26
Can-Mate Carrier
Carrier set includes plastic carrier arm and two (2)
Can-Mate CM-150 1 1/2" daubers. For use with CM 184 24 4 8.71
1/2 pint, pint and quart size cement and primer cans.
Can-Mate Dauber (Adjustable Plastic)
Fits 1/2 pint, pint and quart cans.
CM-75-3/4", for pipe diameters up to 1 1/4" 3/4" CM 75 100 4 2.82
To seal any threaded joint, just wrap CM-150 - 1 1/2", for pipe diameters up to 3" 1 1/2" CM 150 100 4 2.82
Cap Daubers
this soft, pliable ribbon of Teflon around
DP fits 1/2 pint and pint cans, DQ fits quart cans.
the male threads in the direction of the DP-100 - 1", for cleaners and primers only 1" 0000616 100 3 0.50
thread advance. Pull tightly so that the DP-75-3/4" for pipe diameters up to 1 1/4" 3/4" 0000615 100 3 0.50
tape conforms to the thread. Overlap DP-150-1 1/2", for pipe diameters up to 3" 1 1/2" 0000617 100 3 0.56
the tape slightly, then tear off and DQ-150-1 1/2", for pipe diameters up to 3" 1 1/2" 0000618 100 3 0.63
assemble the joint. The product lubri- 3020
Roll-A-Weld 3" roller, for use on 3" through 6" pipe, fits 3" 3020MT653 24 7 8.89
cates as it seals for easy assembly of
MT-653 can.
tight joints with minimum torque. Its 7020
self–lubricated––it never freezes solid Jumbo Roll-A-Weld 7" roller, for pipe sizes 6" and larger, 7" 7020MT648 20 8 10.90
like paste dopes. The joint can be dis- for use with MT-648 gallon can.
assembled easily, even years later. 4020
Swab, for pipe sizes 6" and larger; for use with MT-648 40200MT648 24 5 10.90
Teflon Tape gallon can.

Glue Pot U.S. Patent No. 5,022,559
Quart size empty high-density polyethylene container. G LUE- POT
SIZE PART PRICE/ With special applicator brush Qt 0698000 12 7 20.61
(IN.) NUMBER ROLL With special applicator dauber Qt 0696000 12 7 20.61
Glue-Pot Applicators With special handle
1/2 x 480 017119 1.83 Natural bristle brush 1" 0699000 50 5 5.89
1 1/2" diameter dauber 1 1/2" 0697000 50 5 5.89
Pot-Holder Carrier
Strong plastic arm for attaching and carrying two (2) 0185000 24 2 5.88
Glue-Pot containers.
Easy Pour Spout Gal 0241000 24 2 3.88
3
Easily installed spout for gallon cans.
spouts/bag
Teflon Paste for Threaded Plastic Initial Set Schedule

or Metal Connections For FABCO PVC Solvent Cements**
PART UNITS/ PRICE/ Temperature Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipes Sizes
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SIZE
NUMBER CASE UNIT Range 1/2” to 1 1/4” 1 1/2” to 2” 2 1/2” to 8” 10” to 15” 15” +
White Seal* (Seal-On 500)
A white grit-free, extreme duty pipe joint Pt 0500322 12 23.30 60° - 100°F 2 minutes 3 minutes 30 minutes 2 hours 4 hours
compound with a special blend of 1/2 Pt 0500422 24 13.91
homogenized Teflon® particles and 1/4 Pt 0500522 24 8.64
40° - 60°F 5 minutes 8 minutes 2 hours 8 hours 16 hours
non-toxic oils; for sealing and lubricating 2 Oz 0500622 72 3.32
all metal and plastic threaded piping
0° - 40°F 10 minutes 15 minutes 12 hours 24 hours 48 hours
systems carrying acids, air and gases,
ammonia, brine, caustic alkalis,
corrosives, freons, fuels and oils, NOTE: – Initial set schedule is the necessary time to allow before the joint can be care-
solvents, sugar, steam and water. Not fully handled.
for fluorine, molten metals or oxygen systems.
**These figures are estimates based on our laboratory tests. Due to the many vari-
ables in the field, these figures should be used as a general guide only.
®Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont
*NSF approved
Joint Cure Schedule For FABCO PVC Solvent Cements**

Relative Cure Time Cure Time Cure Time Cure Time Cure Time
Humidity 60% Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes Pipe Sizes
or less 1/2” to 1 1/4” 1 1/2” to 2” 2 1/2” to 8” 10” to 15” 15” +
Temperature
Up to Above Up to Above Up to Above Up to Up to
Range During
160 160 to 160 160 to 160 160 to 100 100
Assembly and
psi 370 psi psi 315 psi psi 315 psi psi psi
Cure Periods
60° - 100°F 15 min 6 hrs 25 min 12 hrs 1 1/2 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs 72 hrs
40° - 60°F 20 min 12 hrs 30 min 24 hrs 4 hrs 48 hrs 96 hrs 6 days
0° - 40°F 30 min 48 hrs 45 min 96 hrs 72 hrs 8 days 8 days 14 days
NOTE: – Joint cure schedule is the necessary time to allow before pressurizing system. In damp or humid
weather allow 50% more cure time.
**These figures are estimates based on our laboratory tests. Due to the many variables in the field, these
figures should be used as a general guide only.
FLANGE GASKETS/BOLT KITS
FLANGE GASKETS
Type Size 1/2 " 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12"
1
P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000 P7000
Part No.
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 116 118 119 120 121
Price 1.39 2.08 3.52 4.17 5.64 7.36 8.33 9.36 12.86 20.03 27.53 37.75 54.73
FLEX PVC 1/8”
(Punched)
7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000
Part No.
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 116 118 119 120 121
Price 1.03 1.27 1.51 1.79 2.09 2.41 3.28 3.77 4.75 7.10 9.16 12.86 15.13
NEOPRENE 1/8”
(Punched)
Low Torque Flange Gaskets
E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000 E7000
Part No.
1005 1007 1010 1012 1015 1020 1025 1030 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120
Price 1.28 1.47 1.90 2.04 2.14 2.57 3.28 3.52 4.47 6.98 7.36 11.31 13.02
EPDM
(Moulded)
V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000 V7000
Part No.
1005 1007 1010 1012 1015 1020 1025 1030 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120
Price 13.68 14.54 17.15 19.53 21.95 26.08 34.11 41.05 50.60 72.85 87.76 113.60 155.94
VITON
(Moulded)
T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000 T7000
Part No.
1005 1007 1010 1012 1015 1020 1025 1030 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120
Price 24.08 24.58 28.26 29.31 31.40 36.64 46.56 50.75 68.04 97.85 120.38 160.66 187.38
TEFLON BONDED/EPDM
(Moulded)
D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000 D7000
Part No.
1005 1007 1010 1012 1015 1020 1025 1030 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120
Price 38.67 42.44 50.44 60.67 63.34 76.22 94.89 122.45 146.89 215.11 275.56 344.45 395.55
PVDF BONDED/EPDM
(Moulded)
NOTE: Moulded Gaskets available in other materials on request.: SBR - Styrene Butadiene Rubber;
NBR - Nitrile Butadiene Rubber;
FLANGE BOLT-PACK KITS*

For assembly convenience, each kit contains everything you need to make a flanged connection: the correct number of bolts, nuts and wash-
ers for 150 pound flanges, and a Neoprene full-face gasket (Bolt Pack only). All hardware is zinc-plated.
ORDER: Part No. 3860 (Size No.) BOLT PACK, Zinc Plated,
includes neoprene gasket.
SIZE FLANGE BOLT DIAMETER MATERIAL PRICE

NO. SIZE (IN.) AND LENGTH (IN.) OF CONST. EACH
005 1/2 1/2 x 2 1/4 Zinc Plated 2.89

007 3/4 1/2 x 2 1/4 Zinc Plated 2.89
010 1 1/2 x 2 1/2 Zinc Plated 3.00
012 1 1/4 1/2 x 2 1/2 Zinc Plated 3.00
015 1 1/2 1/2 x 2 1/2 Zinc Plated 3.00
020 2 5/8 x 2 3/4 Zinc Plated 5.94
025 2 1/2 5/8 x 3 Zinc Plated 6.19
030 3 5/8 x 3 Zinc Plated 6.19
040 4 5/8 x 3 1/2 Zinc Plated 12.36
050 5 3/4 x 4 Zinc Plated 22.81
060 6 3/4 x 4 Zinc Plated 22.81
080 8 3/4 x 4 Zinc Plated 22.81
100 10 7/8 x 4 Zinc Plated 48.56
*Customer to confirm bolt lengths required. Low Torque Flange Gaskets used to seal flanges
on this Chlorate Plant Degasifier
1-45
PROFILE FLANGE SEALS/TEFLON GASKETS
G-ST-PROFILE FLANGE SEALS
NEW DESIGNS FOR PLASTIC PIPES*
1 FAST AND RELIABLE SEALING
• with minimum application of pressure
Pipe
HDPE
• also for uneven flange surfaces Pipe Pipe

• by improved flexural moments and pressure distribution HDPE HDPE
• also at higher operating and test pressures
• because they are reinforced and dimensionally stable
• with steel insert G-ST-Profile Flange Seals are made
• simple installation / reliable centering Valve specifically with a vulcanized steel ring
steel
• Foodstuff quality according to KTW recommendation ebonite
insert for pipelines, apparatus, reser-
voirs manufactured of plastic or steel
The easy fitting and excellent sealing qualities of rubber seals reinforced with lining.
with a steel ring can now also be applied to plastic flange connections. When
employing G-ST-Profile Seals only a slight screw torque is necessary to
achieve a considerable deformation of the O-ring. This results in fast and
reliable sealing during operation, even when for economical reasons the quali-
ty of the seal face is reduced. Lower and more favourable displaced forces lead
Reservoir
to increased service life and savings due to reduced dimensions of the flange glass fibre
connections, especially in the case of plastics. Even the opening up of the col- reinforced
PVC
lar, familiar and thermoplastics, is reduced and, due to the O-ring insert, avoids Pipe Pipe
leakage risk when put into service. steel HDPE
All dimensions in the following materials to ISO:

NR = Natural rubber G-ST-PROFILE-FLANGE SEALS for welding Neck Flanges to ANSI-B 16.5**
CR = Bayprene/Neoprene or Buna C
PART NO. GST10 GST20 GST30 GST40 GST50
CSM = Hypalon
NBR = Buna N SIZE NOM. BORE
DIMENSIONS mm
GST NR
GST NBR
GST EPDM GST CSM GST FPM (Viton)
EPDM = Buna AP Nom. pressure GST NBR/CR
NO TO ASA each each each each
150 lb/sq. in. each
IIR = Butyl Rubber
FPM = Viton (Prices on Request) 010 1" 33 x 64 x 3/4 11.00 13.60 14.45 15.73 P.O.R.
012 1 1/4" 43 x 73 x 3/4 11.40 14.75 15.75 17.45 P.O.R.
*NOTE: Very low torque is required to
015 1 1/2" 48 x 83 x 3/4 12.02 15.15 16.45 18.15 P.O.R.
seal the GST profile. Overtorquing will
020 2" 60 x 102 x 4/5 12.72 16.00 17.75 19.75 P.O.R.
damage the plastic pipe flange.
025 2 1/2" 73 x 121 x 4/5 13.02 16.50 18.15 20.31 P.O.R.
030 3" 89 x 133 x 4/5 14.00 17.45 18.90 20.90 P.O.R.
035 3 1/2" 102 x 159 x 4/5 14.90 18.15 19.90 22.45 P.O.R.
040 4" 115 x 171 x 5/6 15.45 19.30 20.62 23.75 P.O.R.
050 5" 140 x 193 x 5/6 18.00 22.60 24.90 27.35 P.O.R.
060 6" 168 x 219 x 6/8 19.87 23.75 25.61 28.35 P.O.R.
080 8" 219 x 276 x 6/8 28.88 35.20 38.06 42.10 P.O.R.
100 10" 273 x 337 x 6/8 40.45 48.35 53.21 58.25 P.O.R.
120 12" 325 x 406 x 6/8 68.00 85.56 91.98 98.56 P.O.R.
TEFLON GASKETS
DIMENSIONS
S.I.R. GASKET™ NOMINAL
PRODUCT 150 LB. STD. PRICE 300 LB. STD. PRICE
STAINLESS INSERT REINFORCED SIZE
CODE ID (Inches)
OD (Inches) EACH OD (Inches) EACH
(INCHES)
GASKET OF TEFLON® Frac. Dec. Frac. Dec. Frac. Dec.
CHAMPION AGAINST CORROSION
1/2 SIR050 5/8 0.625 1 7/8 1.875 12.94 2 1/8 2.125 14.26
3/4 SIR075 27/32 0.84375 2 1/4 2.250 14.08 2 5/8 2.625 15.32
1 SIR100 1 1/16 1.0625 2 5/8 2.625 16.38 2 7/8 2.875 17.96
S.I.R. GASKET Rating
1 1/4 SIR125 1 3/8 1.375 3 3.000 17.42 3 1/4 3.250 19.28
500
1 1/2 SIR150 1 5/8 1.625 3 3/8 3.375 21.40 3 3/4 3.750 23.50
400
2 SIR200 2 2.000 4 1/8 4.125 28.00 4 3/8 4.375 30.90
PRESSURE (PSI)
300 2 1/2 SIR250 2 1/2 2.500 4 7/8 4.875 31.94 5 1/8 5.125 35.12
200 3 SIR300 3 3.000 5 3/8 5.375 36.24 5 7/8 5.875 40.12
150 Flange Rating
4 SIR400 4 4.000 6 7/8 6.875 49.40 7 1/8 7.125 54.40
100
Per ASA B•16.5
6 SIR600 6 6.000 8 3/4 8.750 65.48 9 7/8 9.875 72.08
0
-100 0 + 100 200 300 400 8 SIR800 8 8.000 11 11.000 94.26 12 1/8 12.125 103.80
TEMPERATURE (°F)
10 SIR1000 10 10.000 13 3/8 13.375 127.24 14 1/4 14.250 139.40
Pressure-Temperature Limits 12 SIR1200 12 12.000 16 1/8 16.125 169.24 16 5/8 16.625 186.12
S.I.R. Gasket....Chemplast • T.M. Teflon....DuPont Reg. T.M.
NATURAL NON–PIGMENTED POLYPROPYLENE
Specifications
Materials:
Rigid NPP used in the manufacture of industrial piping components conform to
requirements in ASTM D–4101 cell class PP 110–B67154 for homopolymers. All
components are manufactured from a high purity, unpigmented NPP compound.
1
Dimensions/Design:
Fittings are industrial, heavy duty, Schedule 80 hub style.
Fitting components that utilize socket type heat fusion welded connections are
to have socket lengths and wall thicknesses conforming to ASTM D–2467 and
socket diameters are in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed recommenda-
tions to provide an interference fit with the pipe. Components utilizing taper pipe
threads are to have thread lengths, diameters, and configurations in conformance
with ASTM D–2464.
Unions are the Viton O–ring seal type.
Flanges meet the outside diameter and bolt hole dimensional requirements of
ANSI B16.5 for 150 lb.
Pipe is manufactured to iron pipe size O.D. as outlined in ASTM D–1785.
Valves are 100% tested for both seat and body leaks. All valves are True Union
design and contain Viton O–rings and Teflon seats.
Pressure Ratings:
Socket fittings and pipe are pressure rated according to the following at 73°F
water service.
1/2” – 410 psi 2” – 200 psi
3/4” – 330 psi 3” – 190 psi
1” – 310 psi 4” – 160 psi
1 1/2” – 230 psi
NOTE: Socket valves, flanges, and unions, regardless of size are rated at 150 psi for water service at 73°F.
Threaded pipe and fittings are pressure rated at 20 psi service at 73°F, non-shock.
SCHEDULE 80 – NATURAL – PLAIN END / PRESSURE PIPE

NOMINAL PRESSURE OUTSIDE MIN. WALL
PART WEIGHT PER PRICE
MM PIPE SIZE RATING AT DIAMETER THICKNESS
NUMBER 100 FEET PER 100 FT
(INCHES) 73.4°F (IN.) (IN.)
12 1/2 69306 14 410 .840 .147 131.00
20 3/4 69307 18 330 1.050 .154 210.06
25 1 69308 27 310 1.315 .179 254.60
40 1 1/2 69310 45 230 1.900 .200 425.09
50 2 69311 62 200 2.375 .218 615.11
75 3 69313 126 190 3.500 .300 856.49
100 4 69314 184 160 4.500 .337 1,212.31
150 6 69315 352 112 6.625 .432 4,528.78
200 8 69317 550 98 8.625 .500 7,268.35
250 10 69319 820 93 10.750 .593 9,697.60
300 12 69320 1095 91 12.750 .687 12,689.31
NOTES: • Pipe sold in 100 foot bundles to 6”.

• Pipe is 20 feet long in plain ends. For other lengths and
pipe ends, please consult our customer service
department.
• Threading polypropylene schedule 80 pipe reduces
working pressure to approximately 20 psi (drainage).
Threading polypropylene schedule 40 pipe is not
recommended.
• Larger diameter pipe is available on request. Please
consult customer service.
• These products are not recommended for compressed
air or gas systems.
• Black Polypropylene socket and threaded systems
available – P.O.R.
• Copolymer Natural Polypropylene socket and threaded
systems available – P.O.R.
All Natural Polypropylene

Fabco Carbon Treatment Chamber
and Pumping Station
1-47
NATURAL NON–PIGMENTED POLYPROPYLENE
SCHEDULE 80 – NATURAL – PRESSURE FITTINGS*
45° SOCKET 90° SOCKET STRAIGHT SOCKET
1 NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
SOCKET TEES
601
ELBOWS
617
ELBOWS
606
CAPS
647
COUPLINGS
629
12 1/2 005 12.71 13.56 11.05 22.01 12.09

20 3/4 007 14.16 15.85 13.83 23.22 13.52
25 1 010 16.97 20.66 15.20 24.90 14.52
40 1 1/2 015 25.34 27.44 24.90 27.37 18.28
50 2 020 33.89 29.70 31.96 41.93 28.56
75 3 030 162.66 131.14 100.52 83.66 48.89
100 4 040 246.86 212.14 147.65 115.35 98.94
NOMINAL FEMALE SOCKET BLIND SOCKET

ADAPTERS FLANGES FLANGES UNIONS
PIPE SIZE 635 651 653 697
12 1/2 005 11.24 30.51 49.51 42.72

20 3/4 007 17.28 32.07 50.63 46.73
25 1 010 18.15 35.93 54.21 66.65
40 1 1/2 015 20.69 48.23 89.64 102.04
50 2 020 30.47 60.09 97.70 125.13
75 3 030 55.10 146.48 160.55 -
100 4 040 105.92 200.57 198.64 -
NOMINAL REDUCER BUSHINGS

SPIGOT x SOCKET
PIPE SIZE 637
20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 101 17.82

25 x 12 1 x 1/2 130 21.14
25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 21.29
40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211 37.78
50 x 25 2x1 249 52.69
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251 52.69
75 x 50 3x2 338 58.34
100 x 75 4x3 422 87.73
150 X 100 6x4 532 -
*NOTE: We recommend back welding for all 6” socket connections.
NOTE: SOME 6” DIAMETER FITTINGS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST.
Etching Tank and Flow Control Panel.

Polypropylene and PVC Construction.
NATURAL NON-PIGMENTED POLYPROPYLENE
SCHEDULE 80 – NATURAL COPOLYMER – NON-PRESSURE FITTINGS*
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
90° THREADED
ELBOWS
608
45° THREADED
ELBOWS
619
THREADED TEES
605
THREADED
COUPLINGS
630
THREADED
CAPS
648
MALE
ADAPTERS
636
1
12 1/2 005 11.64 11.64 14.32 10.49 10.49 7.91

20 3/4 007 14.14 14.14 15.97 13.77 13.77 11.57
25 1 010 17.43 17.43 18.84 15.14 15.14 15.43
40 1 1/2 015 23.61 23.61 27.85 19.89 19.89 29.63
50 2 020 32.07 32.07 36.99 23.85 23.85 44.43
NOMINAL THREADED THREADED NOMINAL REDUCER BUSHINGS

UNIONS PLUGS MPT FLANGES MALE x FEMALE PIPE
PIPE SIZE 698 650 652 PIPE SIZE THREAD 639
(MM) (INCH) PART NO. (MM) (INCH) PART NO.
12 1/2 005 50.35 6.06 33.07 20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 101 17.12

20 3/4 007 55.44 10.00 34.18 25 x 12 1 x 1/2 130 20.84
25 1 010 67.77 13.86 35.73 25 x 20 1 x 3/4 131 20.84
40 1 1/2 015 102.76 28.06 39.32 40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 211 36.70
50 2 020 150.02 42.86 52.44 50 x 25 2x1 249 43.58
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 251 43.58
NIPPLES NIPPLES
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (CUT THREAD) NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (CUT THREAD)
LENGTH DIA. LENGTH DIA.

PART NO. (INCH) (INCH) PART NO.
(INCH) (INCH)
CLOSE 1/2 661063 0.95 4 1/2 661082 1.64
CLOSE 3/4 661104 1.17 4 3/4 661107 1.98

4 1 661136 2.74
CLOSE 1 661133 1.61
4 1 1/2 661216 3.51
CLOSE 1 1/2 661213 2.09
4 2 661254 3.98
CLOSE 2 661251 2.81
5 1/2 661083 1.76
SHORT 1/2 661078 1.04
5 3/4 661108 2.21
SHORT 3/4 661105 1.17
5 1 661137 3.21
SHORT 1 661134 1.84
5 1 1/2 661217 4.14
SHORT 1 1/2 661214 2.39
5 2 661255 4.66
SHORT 2 661252 3.15
6 1/2 661084 2.00
3 1/2 661081 1.41
6 3/4 661109 2.51
3 3/4 661106 1.67
6 1 661138 3.55
3 1 661135 2.25
6 1 1/2 661218 4.70
3 1 1/2 661215 2.86
6 2 661256 5.33
3 2 661253 3.22
*Threaded Fittings not recommended for Pressure Applications.
1-49
®
FUSEAL II ACID WASTE PIPE & FITTINGS
FLAME RETARDANT, ACID RESISTANT POLYPROPYLENE
FOR NON-PRESSURE APPLICATIONS
1 ACID WASTE PIPE & FITTINGS Features:
• Rugged solid state design
• Lightweight (25 lbs.)
Fuseal, the proven resistance coil fusion method of joining • Simple pipe size selection
polypropylene drain piping systems. Used primarily for acid waste • Dual joint capabilities
drain lines. Fuseal has been utilized in thousands of institutional and through 4”
industrial projects that demand strong, leak-proof, safe pipe joints. • Automatic time control
• Coil continuity check
• Remote start button
The Fuseal heat fusion process joins pipe and fitting into one com- • Fusion indication lights
plete homogenous unit. A low voltage Fuseal power unit is connect- • Automatic shut down
ed to an electrical resistance coil imbedded in the Fuseal fitting. • Audible horn at end of cycle
When power is applied the coil imbedded in the Fuseal fitting. When • Automatic voltage selection
power is applied the coil heat completely fuses the interface between
the pipe and fitting socket. Applications:
• Corrosive waste drainage system.
The complete line of fittings include all standard DWV configuration • Ideal for chemical/industrial plants and hospital or university
in 1 1/2” through 12” pipe sizes. laboratories.
Pipe is readily available in flame-retardant Schedule 40, non-flame Made of polypropylene, the Fuseal II, Fuseal Large Diameter and
retardant Schedule 40 and Schedule 80. Fuseal Mechanical Joint piping systems combine to provide a com-
plete, easy to install corrosive and chemical waste drainage system.
The Fuseal mechanical joint incorporates a ring of glass reinforced
polypropylene sulfide which automatically gripes and cuts a retaining The Fuseal II piping system provides the same joint as with the
groove in the pipe as the nut is tightened. It is not necessary to groove original Fuseal system, however, the joint can be made in less time.
the pipe, heat the sealing ring or insert the sealing ring as in compet- Combine this ability with the outstanding features of Fuseal Large
itive systems. Diameter and Fuseal Mechanical Joint for the best in corrosive piping.
The Fuseal heat fusion method should be used in inaccessible

places where a completely homogenous structure of pipe and fitting
is essential. The mechanical system can be used underbench where
speed of installation, future disassembly or modular design is desired.
Fittings 1 1/2” through 6” are manufactured of flame retardant mate-

rial but 8” and above are manufactured of non-flame retardant mater-
ial.
CLEANOUT TEES W/PLUG FITTING CLEANOUT SANITARY TEES DOUBLE SANITARY TEES ELBOWS 1/4 BEND (90°)
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (SxSxST) ADAPTERS W/PLUG (S x S x S) (S x S x S x S) (S x S)
(SPG x ST)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 6114A 30.89 7701A 13.52 6151 25.94 6187 39.36 6201 20.51
50 2 6115A 34.13 7702A 15.92 6152 31.07 6186 46.08 6202 24.26
75 3 6116A 71.56 7703A 29.39 6153 62.18 6203 41.98
100 4 6117A 97.43 7704A 50.55 6154 93.14
150 6 7706A 87.43
SHORT SWEEPS LONG SWEEPS SINGLE SOCKET ELBOWS 1/6 BEND (60°) ELBOWS 1/8 BEND (45°)
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE SHORT SWEEPS (S x S) LONG TURN
(SPG x S) (SPG x S)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 6251 20.87 6276 21.59 6451 24.52 6601 20.93 6401 15.54
50 2 6252 25.94 6277 29.46 6452 31.11 6602 25.27 6402 17.65
75 3 6253 44.04 6278 50.39 6453 41.66 6603 45.65 6403 39.13
100 4 6254 70.09 6279 72.42 6454 66.19 6604 73.18 6404 40.14
150 6 6256 172.31 6406 124.07
FUSEAL® is a Registered Trademark of R & G Sloane
®
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE

ELBOWS 1/8 BEND (45°)
LONG TURN
(S x S)
ELBOWS 1/16 BEND
(22 1/2”) (S x S)
3-WAY ELLS 45°WYES
(S x S x S)
LONG TURN TEE WYES
(S x S x S)
1
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 6501 20.51 6261 42.13 6301 26.45 7301 34.52

50 2 6502 24.99 6552 24.95 6262 73.65 6302 37.66 7302 46.07
75 3 6503 45.86 6553 45.12 6303 66.10 7303 73.54
100 4 6504 51.97 6554 55.57 6304 96.36 7304 104.46
150 6 6506 144.23 6306 244.63
MALE ADAPTERS FEMALE ADAPTERS GLASS ADAPTERS M-J ADAPTERS HUB ADAPTERS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (MPT x S) (S x FPT) (FUSEAL® II TO BEADED (FUSEAL® II TO HIGH (FUSEAL® II TO CAULKED
GLASS PIPE) * SILICON IRON PIPE) ** JOINT) ***
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 6871 12.69 6891 12.83 7411 18.31 7431 24.94 7441 24.82
50 2 6872 15.37 6892 17.48 7412 19.20 7432 26.25 7442 26.48
75 3 6873 25.25 6893 28.84 7413 23.61 7433 32.42 7443 33.37
100 4 6874 52.64 6894 55.44 7414 37.72 7434 47.83 7444 48.72
* FUSEAL® SPIGOT X BEAD

** FUSEAL® SOCKET X HIGH SILICON PIPE BEAD
*** FUSEAL® SOCKET X HIGH SILICON PIPE CAULK JOINT
UNION NUT ADAPTERS UNION NUT ADAPTERS POLYETHYLENE LEAD PIPE ADAPTERS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE SOCKET X UNION NUT* IPS SPIGOT END POLYETHYLENE SOCKET (FUSEAL® II TO FLARED
X UNION NUT* X UNION NUT** LEAD)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 7260A 18.41 7262A 14.93 7268A 17.79 7401 22.28

50 2 7270A 21.34 7278A 19.32
* Combine one Union Nut and one Male Union to make a complete Union Adapter Assembly
** Used with Male Union Adapter
MALE UNION ADAPTERS * MALE UNION ADAPTERS * MALE UNION ADAPTERS* MALE UNION ADAPTERS*
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE IPS SOCKET FEMALE IPS THREAD IPS SPIGOT MALE IPS THREAD
X MALE UNION X MALE UNION X MALE UNION X MALE UNION
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 7264 17.64

50 2 7275 11.41 7276 11.06 7277 10.93
* Combine one Union Nut and one Male Union to make a complete Union Adapter Assembly
1-51
®
FLANGES COUPLINGS SLEEVE COUPLINGS PLUGS (ST)** PLUGS (ST)**
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE ANSI 150LB. (S X S) COUNTER SUNK
1 PATTERN
(MM) (INCH)
25 1 7049 3.62
40 1 1/2 7001 16.31 7041 19.57 7051 4.67
50 2 6922 57.07 7002 20.36 7042 24.52 7052 5.11
75 3 6923 117.57 7003 26.05 7043 31.26 7053 8.91 7063 8.74
100 4 6924 152.63 7004 37.07 7054 10.00 7064 9.83
150 6 6926* 202.47 7006 58.75
* V St t l
* Van Stone style
** Designed for use with Cleanout Tees and Cleanout Adapters
+ Used as replacement plug for 7201A and 7202A only
++ Also used for 7203A and 7204A
CAPS P-TRAPS P-TRAPS P-TRAPS P-TRAPS

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE FUSEAL CONNECTION W/FUSEAL CONNECTION W/UNION CONNECTION W/SLIP JOINT INLET,
W/CLEANOUT UNION CONNECTION
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 7225(S) 77.49

40 1 1/2 7081 12.69 7201A 45.56 7201 40.71 7211E 35.46 7225(T) 77.49
50 2 7082 15.18 7202A 62.22 7202 56.82 7212E 61.40
75 3 7083 26.23 7203A 143.73 7203 103.13
100 4 7084 53.48 7204A 183.31 7204 183.31
150 6 7087 88.07
TAILPIECE ADAPTERS SINK STRAINER SWIVEL SINK STRAINER SWIVEL SINK STRAINER ANTI-SPLASH FUNNELS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE W/BRASS NUT ADAPTERS ADAPTERS W/GASKET ADAPTERS W/GASKET FOR FLOOR DRAIN
SPG x ST S x ST (Includes Screws)
(MM) (INCH)
40 1 1/2 7211-X3 13.56 72117 9.96 7216 15.07 7217 19.08

ALL ALL 7750-5A 71.33
JAR TRAPS POLYPROPYLENE JARS DRUM TRAPS DRUM TRAPS DRUM TRAPS
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (FPT x FEMALE SEAL (TRANSLUCENT NON- W/DOMED CAP W/ FLATCAP *** (S x S)
WITH 1qt. JAR) * FLAME RETARDANT)
(MM) (INCH)
25 1 •7893 10.29
40 1 1/2 7242C 70.06 **77241-3 7.98 7246A 170.21 7246B 170.21 7248 125.13
50 2 7247A 175.37 7249 135.29
* INCLUDES 7260A UNION NUT ADAPTERS.

** JAR GASKET - FOR USE ON OLD STYLE FLAT SEAL SURFACE JAR TRAPS. NOT REQUIRED ON CURRENT 7242C
*** USED WITH SOCKET X UNION NUT ADAPTERS: 7260A, 7262A, 7270A
• 1 QUART JAR
®
VERTICAL EXPANSION FUSION COLLARS SINK STRAINER CLAMPS - RACHET

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE JOINTS W/EPDM O-RING W/CLAMP *
EXTENDED STYLE
62 8
2 PP
PR
ASSEMBLIES ** FLOOR DRAINS CLOSURE STYLE
1
1/2
(MM) (INCH)
FUSSEAL l
GSR
l®
A3
NSF-LW S.E.
40 1 1/2 7811A 47.18 6282 2.68 7841A 38.35 FU1282 0.79

50 2 7812A 62.87 6283 3.22 FU1283 1.29
75 3 7813A 134.79 6284 4.35 7750 279.86 FU1284 2.29
100 4 7814A 197.65 6285 6.08 7751 293.07 FU1285 2.37
150 6 6287 10.37 FU1287 4.15
* FITTING PRICES INCLUDE FUSION COLLARS. All fittings are shipped assembled with fusion collars and clamps on each socket.
** INCLUDES SINK STRAINER, GASKET, PLUG AND LOCKNUT
REDUCING SANITARY DOUBLE REDUCING REDUCING 45° WYES REDUCING LONG TURN
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE TEES SANITARY TEES (S x S x S) TEE WYES
(S x S\ x S) (S x S x S x S) (S x S x S)
(MM) (INCH)
50 x 50 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 6126 31.02 6325 37.10 7320 41.46

50 x 50 x 40 x 40 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 6188 51.48
75 x 75 x 40 3 x 3 x 1 1/2 6131 53.98 7326 61.18
75 x 75 x 50 3x3x2 6130 58.03 6326 61.63 7327 66.27
100 x 100 x 50 4x4x2 6134 83.22 6328 88.69 7337 91.74
100 x 100 x 75 4x4x3 6136 86.96 6327 92.50 7338 96.26
100 x 100 x 50 6x6x2 6342 154.72
100 x 100 x 78 6x6x3 6343 157.14
150 x 150 x 100 6x6x4 6139 157.62 6344 158.86
150 x 150 x 100 x 100 6x6x4x4 *6388 324.25
* DOUBLE REDUCING 45° WYE
REDUCER BUSHINGS LONG SWIVEL SINK P-TRAP OUTLET PIPES

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (SPG x S) STRAINER ADAPTERS (SPG x MPT) CUP SINKS*
EXTENDED STYLE W/GASKET (SPG x ST)
(MM) (INCH)
40 x 300 LG. 1 1/2 x 12 LG. 7218 29.89

40 x 450 LG. 1 1/2 x 18 LG. 7538 22.91
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 6752 17.39
75 x 40 3 x 1 1/2 6762 18.37
75 x 50 3x2 6754 20.05
100 x 50 4x2 6758 44.48
100 x 75 4x3 6756 45.52
150 x 100 6x4 6767 79.62
150 x 75 x 100 6x3x4 7852A 50.40
225 x 75 x 100 9x3x4 7851A 55.73
* INCLUDES SINK STRAINER, PLUG AND RETAINER NUT. ALL OUTLETS 1 1/2” OVAL
1-53
®
FLAME RETARDANT NON - FLAME RETARDANT
Fuseal® II Pipe NOMINAL PIPE SIZE POLYPROPYLENE PIPES
SCHEDULE 40*
POLYPROPYLENE PIPES
SCHEDULE 40**
1
PRICE PER PRICE PER
100 FT. PART NO. 100 FT.
40 1 1/2 8004-015AA 534.36 8004-015AB 184.33

50 2 8004-020AA 723.00 8004-020AB 249.70
75 3 8004-030AA 1,307.67 8004-030AB 523.20
100 4 8004-040AA 1,854.63 8004-040AB 743.20
150 6 8004-060AA 3,344.58 8004-060AB 1,251.94
* STANDARD LENGTH - 10 FEET. FOR USE WITH SCHEDULE 40 GSR FUSEAL®

FLAME RETARDANT POLYPROPYLENE ACID WASTE FITTINGS
** STANDARD LENGTH - 20 FEET
NOTE: All stocks of PPRO and PPFR Fuseal pipe must be stored indoors or
covered with tarpaulins (or other sunlight proof covers) if stored out-
doors.
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE PIPE INCREASERS OVERFLOW PIPES
(MM) (INCH)
40 x 50 1 1/2 x 2 7022 31.92

50 x 75 2x3 7024 37.07
50 x 100 2x4 7025 40.75
75 x 100 3x4 7026 44.46
40 X 200 LG. 1 1/2 X 8 LG. 7842 14.82
TERMINAL BLOCK POWER UNIT

SINGLE OUTPUT CABLE DUAL OUTPUT CABLE ADAPT. FOR FU 100 & 800
PPRO-SEAL HANGER POWER UNIT WILL FUSE
ADAPTS FU 1200 TO
CALIBRATION TEST UNIT
ADAPTS FU 100 AND 800 ADAPTS FU 100 & 800 TERMI- STRAPS
BOTH FUSEAL® AND
TO FUSEAL® II FUSEAL® II NAL BLOCKS TO ACCEPT
FU1274 OUTPUT CABLE FUSEAL® II
FU1274 P.O.R. FU1275 93.98 FU102-3 P.O.R. FU1210 P.O.R. FU1255 P.O.R. FU2000 2,563.17
FUSEAL® II INSTALLATION
1 2 3 4
1. Polypropylene collar con- 2. Pipe end and collar are 3. Compression clamp is 4. GSR Fuseal Power Unit
taining electrical resistance inserted in fitting socket so applied to give intimate provides controlled, timed
wire is slipped on pipe, pig- that collar bottoms against contact between fitting current to make perfect,
tail end first. counterbore, and the pipe socket, collar and pipe. thermoelectric joints.
bottoms against the pipe
stop.
CAUTION GLOSSARY
Fabco Plastics does not recommend the use of thermoplastic T = Threaded
piping systems for transport or storage of compressed air or MPT = Male Pipe Thread Spg = Spigot
other compressed gases or the testing of such systems with FPT = Female Pipe Thread S = Slip Socket
compressed air or other gases, in exposed, above ground loca- ST = Straight Thread SJT = Slip Joint
tions. Use of GSR plastic piping products in exposed com-
APPROVALS
pressed gas systems voids our warranty in the products so
used. For further information, contact our Engineering BOCA 70-12 SBCC1
Department NSf - CW UPC - 722
“LARGE DIAMETER” ACID WASTE PIPE & FITTINGS
FUSEAL® ACID RESISTANT POLYPROPYLENE
Fuseal® Schedule 40 Pipe Fuseal® Schedule 80 Pipe

1
Nominal Pipe Size Price Nominal Pipe Size Price
Part No. Part No.
MM Inch Per 100 Ft. MM Inch Per 100 Ft.
200 8 8004-080AB 3,332.96 200 8 8008-080AB 5,874.80
250 10 8004-100AB 5,009.03 250 10 8008-100AB 8,613.84
300 12 8004-120AB 6,559.88 300 12 8008-120AB 11,365.07
Combination Double
Nominal Pipe Size Sanitary Tees 45° Wyes Reducers
Wyes & 1/8 Bends 45° Wyes
MM Inch
Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price
200 x 75 8x3 6347F 627.22 7035F 251.29
200 x 100 8x4 6140F 566.77 6346F 684.35 7034F 330.51
200 x 150 8x6 6138F 664.76 6345F 856.60 6715F 898.50 6386F 941.24 7033F 368.56
200 x 200 8x8 6158F 866.07 6308F 1,124.53 6716F 1,179.43
250 x 75 10 x 3 6321F 1,176.17
250 x 100 10 x 4 6121F 1,188.49 6322F 1,183.97 6371F 1,188.49 7030F 482.84
250 x 150 10 x 6 6122F 1,239.63 6323F 1,190.22 6711F 1,285.57 6372F 1,250.41 7031F 495.21
250 x 200 10 x 8 6123F 1,287.56 6324F 1,213.24 6712F 1,314.34 6373F 1,337.02 7032F 536.83
250 x 250 10 x 10 6155F 1,623.35 6305F 1,287.56 6700F 1,641.11 6355F 1,448.49
300 x 75 12 x 3 6336F 1,213.24
300 x 100 12 x 4 6132F 1,275.19 6332F 1,250.41 6382F 1,299.95 7036F 656.16
300 x 150 12 x 6 6133F 1,337.02 6333F 1,260.51 6718F 1,442.86 6383F 1,309.34 7037F 693.03
300 x 200 12 x 8 6135F 1,374.26 6334F 1,273.91 6719F 1,458.49 6384F 1,337.02 7038F 718.02
300 x 250 12 x 10 6137F 1,665.11 6335F 1,287.56 6710F 1,822.45 6385F 1,504.18 7039F 759.15
300 x 300 12 x 12 6157F 1,794.88 6300F 1,308.99 6701F 1,943.06 6350F 1,635.19
Nominal Pipe Size 1/4 Bends 1/8 Bends Couplings
MM Inch
Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price

200 8 6258F 691.25 6508F 570.17 7008F 147.41
250 10 6255F 795.48 6505F 631.40 7010F 187.09
300 12 6257F 899.16 6507F 718.10 7020F 225.81
150 Lb. Vanstone

Nominal Pipe Size Clamps Coils
Flanges
MM Inch
Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price

200 8 FU118 36.63 6088 9.41 6928 292.76
250 10 FU119 40.58 6090 12.25 6930 356.05
300 12 FU120 44.80 6092 15.11 6932 430.76
Fuseal® is a Registered Trademark of R&G Sloane
1-55
PVDF SCHEDULE 80 PIPE & FITTINGS
PVDF (Kynar®)
(Polyvinylidene Floride) PVDF is a strong, tough, and abrasion
resistant fluorocarbon material. It resists distortion and retains most
1 of its strength to 280°F. It is chemically resistant to most acids, bases
and organic solvents and is ideally suited for handling wet or dry chlo-
rine, bromine and other halogens. No other solid thermoplastic pip-
ing components can approach the combination of strength, chemical
resistance and working temperatures of PVDF. PVDF is joined by the
thermo-seal fusion process, threading or flanging.
Applications:
The great versatility of the material, with its unique combination of
physical and chemical properties, as well as the simple installation
process of pipe, fittings and valves, make it the piping system of
choice for applications in industries like semiconductor, pharmaceuti-
cal, chemical processing, metal finishing, pulp and paper.
Red and Natural PVDF
Pressure Ratings: Note:

Socket fittings and pipe shall be pressure rated according to the Threaded pipe and fittings shall be rated at 50% of the values
following at 73°F water service. given for socket.
Valves, unions and flanges (either socket or threaded) shall be
1/2” – 580 psi 1” – 430 psi 2” – 270 psi 4” – 220 psi pressure rated at 150 psi service at 73°F, non-shock and have a
3/4” – 470 psi 1 1/2” – 320 psi 3” – 260 psi 6” – 190 psi minimum burst requirement of 3.3 times the rated pressure.
SCHEDULE 80 – RED & NATURAL – PLAIN END/PRESSURE PIPE

Nominal RED NATURAL
Pipe Size Outside Minimum Weight Maximum Working
Diameter Wall Per Foot Feet Per Pressure at 73°F Part Price Per Part Price Per
(MM) (in.) (in.) (in.) (Lbs) Bundle (Water) (PSI) Number Foot Number Foot
12 1/2 0.840 0.147 0.257 140 580 050307 19.93 070307 20.87
20 3/4 1.050 0.154 0.348 100 470 050308 26.33 070308 27.52
25 1 1.315 0.179 0.511 80 430 050309 38.67 070309 40.46
40 1 1/2 1.900 0.200 0.858 80 320 050311 63.16 070311 65.84
50 2 2.375 0.218 1.187 60 270 050312 85.71 070312 88.71
75 *3 3.500 0.300 2.461 20 250 050313 194.50 070313 203.30
100 *4 4.500 0.337 3.596 20 250 050314 265.70 070314 279.79
150 *6 6.625 0.432 6.858 20 N.R. 050315 541.46 070315 565.61
N.R. = Not recommended for pressure applications.

* Schedule 40 pipe available upon request.
PIPE NOTES
• Pipe is 20 feet long in plain ends. For other lengths and pipe ends, please consult our customer service department.
• Red Kynar® pipe is pigmented to resist ultra-violet attack when handling high concentrations of halogens. The pipe is completely compatible
to Fabco’s line of Kynar® fittings and valves.
• Larger diameter pipe is available upon request. Please consult customer service.
• These products are not recommended for compressed air or gas systems.
SCHEDULE 80 – RED & NATURAL – PRESSURE FITTINGS

COUPLINGS - SOCKET 45° ELBOWS - SOCKET 90° ELBOWS - SOCKET TEES - SOCKET
Nominal RED NATURAL RED NATURAL RED NATURAL RED NATURAL
Pipe Size Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price
Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each
(MM) (Inch)
12 1/2 5825907 35.64 729005 37.32 5807907 54.04 717005 56.58 5801907 39.90 706005 41.83 5813907 45.65 701005 47.85
20 3/4 5825908 46.00 729007 48.18 5807908 56.68 717007 59.40 5801908 58.51 706007 61.33 5813908 75.77 701007 79.40
25 1 5825909 53.75 729010 56.31 5807909 71.05 717010 74.42 5801909 66.21 706010 69.39 5813909 81.56 701010 85.46
40 1 1/2 5825911 79.67 729015 83.45 5807911 101.75 717015 106.61 5801911 101.75 706015 106.61 5813911 135.02 701015 141.33
50 2 5825912 124.26 729020 130.18 5807912 125.53 717020 131.53 5801912 125.70 706020 131.72 5813912 196.71 701020 206.36
75 3 5825913 196.71 729030 206.36 5807913 297.00 717030 310.50 5801913 287.36 706030 300.86 5813913 364.50 701030 381.86
100 4 5825914 337.50 729040 352.93 5807914 487.93 717040 513.00 5801914 501.43 706040 524.57 5813914 634.50 701040 665.36
150 6 5825915 1,026.00 729060 1,072.29 5807915 1,610.36 717060 1,685.57 5801915 1,375.07 706060 1,438.71 5813915 1,625.79 701060 1,702.93
SCHEDULE 80 – RED & NATURAL – PRESSURE FITTINGS
Nominal
Pipe Size
RED
CAPS - SOCKET
NATURAL RED
UNIONS - SOCKET
NATURAL
FEMALE ADAPTERS (SXT)
RED NATURAL RED

BLIND FLANGES *
(HEAVY DUTY-SOLID STYLE)
NATURAL
FLANGES - SOCKET *
(HEAVY DUTY-SOLID STYLE)
RED NATURAL
1
Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price
Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each
(MM) (Inch)
12 1/2 5831907 38.57 747005 40.42 5829007 87.85 797005 92.03 5827907 37.16 735005 38.94 5846007 54.08 753005 70.80 5845907 54.33 751005 56.66
20 3/4 5831908 46.65 747007 48.87 5829008 115.52 797007 120.96 5827908 61.41 735007 64.32 5846008 66.63 753007 87.25 5845908 66.63 751007 69.81
25 1 5831909 55.41 747010 51.98 5829009 165.49 797010 174.03 5827909 81.85 735010 85.76 5846029 90.30 753010 118.24 5845909 90.30 751010 118.24
40 1 1/2 5831911 76.37 747015 80.06 5829011 254.57 797015 266.14 5827911 135.71 735015 142.12 5846011 128.04 753015 167.73 5845911 128.04 751015 134.15
50 2 5831912 99.34 747020 104.09 5829012 376.07 797020 393.43 5827912 148.42 735020 155.39 5846012 266.14 753020 277.71 5845912 266.14 751020 291.21
75 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 5846013 447.43 753030 470.57 5845913 391.50 751030 410.79
100 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - 5846014 763.71 753040 798.43 5845914 640.29 751040 669.21
150 6 - - - - - - - - - - - - 5846015 1,521.64 753060 1,594.93 5845915 1,278.64 751060 1,342.29
NOTE: *Webbed – Honeycomb style flanges/blind flanges/vanstone flanges are available. PRICES ON REQUEST.
FLANGES - THREADED COUPLINGS - THREADED 45˚ ELBOWS - THREADED

UNIONS - THREADED
(WEBBED-HONEYCOMB STYLE) (HEAVY DUTY-SOLID STYLE) (WEBBED-HONEYCOMB STYLE)
Nominal
RED NATURAL RED NATURAL RED NATURAL RED NATURAL
Pipe Size
Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price
(MM) (Inch)
12 1/2 5828007 87.85 798005 91.84 5844007 67.58 752005 70.80 5825007 35.64 730005 37.32 5807007 39.90 719005 41.83
20 3/4 5828008 115.52 798007 120.96 5844008 83.10 752007 87.06 5825008 39.63 730007 41.52 5807008 58.51 719007 61.29
25 1 5828009 166.17 798010 174.03 5844009 131.93 752010 138.26 5825009 53.75 730010 56.31 5807009 67.25 719010 70.47
40 1 1/2 5828011 260.36 798015 273.86 5844011 172.76 752015 181.02 5825011 72.19 730015 75.62 5807011 103.60 719015 108.06
50 2 5828012 356.79 798020 376.07 5844012 273.86 752020 287.36 5825012 119.22 730020 124.84 5807012 142.00 719020 148.81
NOTE: *Webbed – Honeycomb style flanges are available. PRICES ON REQUEST.
REDUCER BUSHINGS REDUCER BUSHINGS

- SPIG x SOCKET - M.P.T. x F.P.T.
Nominal
RED NATURAL RED NATURAL
Pipe Size
Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price
Number Each Number Each Number Each Number Each
(MM) (INCH)
20 x 12 3/4 x 1/2 5849931 36.28 737101 37.99 5850031 37.94 739101 39.73
25 x 12 1 x 1/2 5849934 37.94 737130 39.75 5850034 37.94 739130 39.73
25 x 20 1 x 3/4 5849935 39.61 737131 41.48 5850035 39.61 739131 41.48
40 x 25 1 1/2 x 1 5849945 64.16 737211 67.23 5850045 51.61 739211 54.15
50 x 25 2x1 5849951 128.48 737249 129.79 5850051 75.83 739249 79.44
50 x 40 2 x 1 1/2 5849953 128.48 737251 129.79 5850053 75.83 739251 79.44
75 x 50 3x2 5849954 135.62 737338 141.83 - - - -
100 x 75 4x3 5849955 154.90 737422 163.06 - - - -

Circular Spray Ring / PVDF Construction using
150 x 100 6x4 5849956 551.57 737532 580.50 - - - -
Red and Natural Kynar Pipe and Fittings
1-57
SCHEDULE 80 – RED & NATURAL - PRESSURE FITTINGS
90° ELBOWS - THREADED TEES - THREADED CAPS - THREADED PLUGS - THREADED M.P.T.
Nominal
1
RED NATURAL RED NATURAL RED NATURAL RED NATURAL
Pipe Size Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price
(MM) (INCH)
12 1/2 5801007 39.90 708005 41.83 5813007 45.65 705005 47.85 5831007 32.23 748005 33.79 5843007 44.03 750005 46.11
20 3/4 5801008 46.67 708007 48.89 5813008 52.52 705007 55.00 5831008 37.16 748007 38.94 5843008 48.66 750007 50.97
25 1 5801009 67.25 708010 70.47 5813009 82.60 705010 86.52 5831009 45.78 748010 47.94 5843009 54.91 750010 57.53
40 1 1/2 5801011 103.60 708015 108.54 5813011 133.17 705015 139.49 5831011 71.57 748015 74.98 5843011 84.01 750015 87.98
50 2 5801012 142.00 708020 148.81 5813012 182.56 705020 191.28 5831012 97.01 748020 101.66 5843012 103.22 750020 108.17
NIPPLES – Schedule 80
Red/Natural PVDF Nipple Threaded Both Ends
Nominal Pipe Size LENGTHS (INCHES)

Part No.
Close Short
Price
(mm) (in.) 3 4 5 6
12 1/2 Part No. 5853148 5853149 5853151 5853153 5853155 5853157
12 1/2
Price $19.79 $22.14 $27.01 $29.31 $33.35 $40.18
12 1/2 Part No. 761063 761078 761081 761082 761083 761084
12 1/2
Price $19.87 $23.25 $28.34 $30.78 $35.04 $42.19
20 3/4 Part No. 5853161 5853162 5853165 5853166 5853168 5853170
20 3/4
Price $24.34 $27.01 $29.65 $33.35 $40.18 $48.03
20 3/4 Part No. 761104 761105 761106 761107 761108 761109
20 3/4
Price $25.56 $28.34 $31.16 $42.19 $42.19 $50.42
25 1 Part No. 5853174 5853175 5853177 5853179 5853181 5853189
25 1
Price $29.65 $34.16 $40.18 $48.79 $59.30 $73.53
25 1 Part No 761133 761134 761135 761136 761137 761138
25 1
Price $31.84 $35.85 $42.19 $51.23 $62.28 $77.17
40 1 1/2 Part No. 5853213 5853214 5853217 5853219 5853221 5853223
40 1 1/2
Price $44.65 $50.66 $61.88 $76.85 $95.65 $118.17
40 1 761213 761214 761215 761216 761217 761218
40 1 1/2
1/2 Part No.
Price $46.90 $53.20 $71.50 $80.72 $100.42 $124.07
50 2 Part No. 5853226 5853227 5853231 5853232 5853235 5859237
50 2
Price $52.86 $47.93 $107.00 $133.45 $164.15 $195.81
50 2 Part No. 761251 761252 761253 761254 761255 761256
50 2
Price $55.49 $80.25 $92.57 $140.07 $172.36 $205.31
* For threaded one end or other length nipples, please call Fabco.
NOTE: Shaded areas indicate Red PVDF/white areas indicate Natural PVDF.
TRUE UNION TRU–BLOC™ TRU-BLOCK™ BALL VALVES TRU-BLOCK™ BALL VALVES

PVDF - RED PVDF - NATURAL
BALL VALVES – RED & NATURAL Viton® O-rings Teflon® Seats Viton® O-rings Teflon® Seats
SOCKET THREADED FLANGED SOCKET THREADED FLANGED

SIZE
SIZE PART NO. PART NO. Part No. PART NO. PART NO. Part No.
NO.
27599 27598 27600 27511 27510 27610
07 1/2 175.27 470.57 190.66 491.79
08 3/4 248.79 561.21 258.43 586.29
09 1 358.71 790.71 374.14 825.43
11 1 1/2 624.86 1,367.36 653.79 1,429.07
12 2 858.21 1,737.64 898.71 1,814.79
SOCKET FLANGED SOCKET FLANGED
Size
Size Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
No.
27599 27600 27511 27610
14 3 2,350.93 4,470.43 2,474.36 4,707.64
16 4 3,475.29 6,597.64 3,654.64 6,942.86
TRUE UNION BALL CHECK VALVES – TRU-BLOCK™ BALL CHECK VALVES TRU-BLOCK™ BALL CHECK VALVES
PVDF - RED PVDF - NATURAL
RED & NATURAL Viton® O-rings Viton® O-rings
SOCKET THREADED FLANGED SOCKET THREADED FLANGED

Size
Size PART NO. PART NO. Part No. PART NO. PART NO. Part No.
No.
S65BVC T65BVC F65BVC S66BVC T66BVC F66BVC
07 1/2 173.19 532.29 180.86 557.36
08 3/4 235.29 640.29 244.93 669.21
09 1 325.93 761.79 339.43 796.50
11 1 1/2 578.57 1,215.00 603.64 1,269.00
12 2 725.14 1,637.36 759.86 1,712.57
BLUEKOR® PIPING SYSTEM
The BLUEKOR® SYSTEM
- copolymer polypropylene system
FEATURES:
1
- lightweight homogenous thermoplastic
- easy to install on site
- totally maintenance free
- corrosion resistant inside and outside
- replaces lined steel piping
- cost effective
- fusion joints eliminate flanges and
hardware
SOLUTIONS TO AGGRESSIVE CHEMICAL HANDLING PRODUCT INFORMATION/PROPERTIES

Temperature range Low specific gravity
The Bluekor® system features superior chemical resistance to a from 0°C to +100°C 0°C
broad range of organic and inorganic chemicals. BLUEKOR® and
KEMKOR® are the only systems that have fittings that are injection
moulded up to 16” diameter with fittings fabricated up to 24" diame-
ter if desired. Joining is done by the BUTT FUSION method long +100°C
used in the polyethylene pipe gas transmission and chemical pro-
cessing industries. FABCO supplies modern KORWELD fusion Physiologically Virtually no water
machines which are portable and easy to use. Joints are made with- harmless, no taste, absorption, no swelling
out guess work and can be visually inspected as to the integrity of no odor
the joint on the exterior. Installers are quickly trained and can spool
pipe systems in the field with ease.
MATERIAL
Very good chemical Excellent electrical
Isotactic High molecular weight resin. Grey in color. Conforms to resistance to acqueous insulating properties
ASTM D2146-80. solutions of salts, acids
and alkalis
CORROSION RESISTANCE
Excellent resistance to most organic and inorganic chemicals.
Superior resistance to strong bases
No connection through
welding
TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE
-0 F to 200° F (-20°C to 100°C)
IMPACT STRENGTH
Good
PRESSURE RATING SELECTIONS

35 PSI - 150 PSI
APPLICATIONS
Petrochemical industry - for handling sulfur based compounds, crude
oil and gases under low pressure. Also, saltwater in disposal and
cooling. Mining industry where broad chemical resistance is required
and must withstand abrasion in leach and slurry lines. To replace lined
steel piping in any industrial application.
The engineers in our application department will be pleased to advise

and to help you solve problems.
Consult our detailed product catalogue that illustrates the complete
BLUEKOR and KEMKOR Piping System complete with valves and
Korweld fusion equipment. Bluekor PP Pipe Spool Fabrication
1-59
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BLUEKOR®
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BLUEKOR® POLYPROPYLENE
1 PROPERTY
Specific Property --
UNIT VALUE TEST METHOD
.092 ASTM D792
Tensile Strength PSI 4300-5000 ASTM D638
Flexural Modulus 103 PSI 213-228 ASTM D790
Impact Strength (IZOD) with V-Notch kg-cm/cm2 4-7 ASTM D256
Hardness - Shore D -- 70 ASTM D2240
Young’s Modulue PSI 55.100 ASTM D638
Deflection Temperature (at 66 psi) °F 230 ASTM D648
Water Absorption 24 hr, 1/8” thickness % 0.01 ASTM D570
Thermal Expansion 10-5/°F 6.1 - 6.7 ASTM D696
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE TABLE We have a complete chemical resistance guide available upon request.
Organic Organic Aggressive

Weak Strong Oxidizing Mixed Weak Strong Gas
Materials Solvent Solvent
Acids Acids Acids Acids Alkalies Alkalies (CI2, SO2, etc.)
100% (<1000 PPN)
PP X-O
Polypropylene
O O X ∆ O O ∆ O CI2-SO2
Ratings O…Good (No effect) ∆…Fair (some effect with possible impairment of serviceability) X…Not recommended
STRESS RELIEF BY HEAT TREATMENT RING TEST

A segment is cut from a pipe section and the dimensional stability is
All extruded plastic pipes have internal stresses; this feature, then determined.
induced by the manufacturing process cannot be avoided, even with
an extremely carefull production process according to the latest state
of the art.
Unlike standard quality pipe, Bluekor® PP pipes are stress relieved
because they are heat treated (tempered). Bluekor® PP pipes offer
the following advantages as a result:
• Little Shrinkage – Important for plug connections or if the pipes are

heated later
• Long life, even with high chemical loads - Particularly important for
applications in the limit area
• Increased shock-resistance A standard quality PP pipe. Bluekor® PP pipe
• Increased dimensional stability Because of internal stresses, The original distance between
the two ends move together or the two ends is more or less
over one another. maintained.
Two tests illustrate the quality differences between Bluekor® PP
pipes and PP pipes which have not been illustrated.
CHROMIC ACID TEST
Chromium salt (CrO3) are dissolved in water in an enamel bucket.

More salts are added to the water that can be dissolved.
Consequently, there is always a sediment which ensures the maxi-
mum possible concentration.
The chromic acid is heated to 40° C and kept in motion by means
of an agitator immersed in the acid. The pipe test piece is kept in the
test fluid for more than 24 hours. The test piece is taken out of the fluid
several times and the crack formation assessed visually.
If the inherent stress is too high, cracks occur on the inside wall of Standard quality PP pipe Bluekor® pipe
the pipe. With thick wall pipes, this can mean that these cracks pene- The inside wall of the pipe has The heat treated pipe is
tarate through the entire wall thickness and destroy the test piece. clear cracks. perfect, even after the chromic
acid test.
S BLUEKOR 35 BLUEKOR 60 BLUEKOR 90 BLUEKOR 150
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL (2.5 BAR /36 PSI) (4 BAR /58 PSI) (6 BAR/87 PSI) (10 BAR /145 PSI)
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE #10025 - (SIZE NO.) #10040 - (SIZE NO.) #10060 - (SIZE NO.) #10010 - (SIZE NO.)
S = wall thickness
010
IN.
1/8
DIA. da
MM
10
SDR 41 / PN 2.5
S/MM
-
PRICE/M
-
SDR 26 / PN 4
S/MM
-
PRICE/M
-
SDR 17.6 / PN 6
S/MM
-
PRICE/M
-
SDR 11 / PN 10
S/MM
1.8
PRICE/M
0.82
1
012 1/4 12 - - - - - - 1.8 0.97
016 3/8 16 - - - - - - 1.8 1.35
020 1/2 20 - - - - 1.8 1.50 1.9 1.94
da 025 3/4 25 - - - - 1.8 1.80 2.3 2.56
032 1 32 - - - - 1.9 2.56 3.0 3.62
PRESSURE RATED PIPE
040 1 1/4 40 - - 1.8 3.00 2.3 3.30 3.7 4.83
(Acc. to DIN 8078 Part 1)
050 1 1/2 50 1.8 3.77 2.0 4.15 2.9 4.98 4.6 7.01
Construction: Extruded 063 2 63 1.8 4.74 2.5 6.48 3.6 7.68 5.8 11.81
Material: PP 075 2 1/2 75 1.9 5.95 2.9 8.80 4.3 10.92 6.9 16.55
Colour: Grey - RAL 7032
090 3 90 2.2 8.27 3.5 12.63 5.1 15.57 8.2 23.79
Dimensions: Standard length 5m. DIN 8077 other lengths on
request. 110 4 110 2.7 11.66 4.3 18.08 6.3 23.35 10.0 35.21
Remarks: Bluekor PP pipes up to da 400 mm are stress- 125 5 125 3.1 15.19 4.9 23.11 7.1 29.88 11.4 45.61
relieved through heat treatment. 140 5 1/2 140 3.5 18.96 5.4 28.53 8.0 37.42 12.8 57.35
Available on Request: Bluekor 180 (12.5 BAR/181.25 PSI)
Bluekor 230 (16/BAR/232 PSI) 160 6 160 3.9 24.02 6.2 37.48 9.1 48.79 14.6 74.75
Specifying Information: To specify part number for product, 180 7 180 4.4 32.21 7.0 49.82 10.2 64.12 16.4 98.60
combine part number and size number: 200 8 200 4.9 39.60 7.7 60.89 11.4 75.93 18.2 122.10
- e.g. Part # 10010250 225 9 225 5.5 50.05 8.7 77.23 12.8 100.19 20.5 155.28
- 10” Bluekor 150 Pipe
250 10 250 6.1 61.71 9.7 95.51 14.2 123.27 22.8 190.28
280 11 280 6.9 77.61 10.8 118.92 15.9 154.36 25.5 238.15
BLUEKOR® PRESSURE RATING
CORRECTION CHART 315 12 315 7.7 102.90 12.2 159.57 17.9 196.29 28.7 301.60
Temperature Correction 355 14 355 8.7 137.50 13.7 211.27 20.1 302.28 32.3 465.83
°F °C Factor 400 16 400 9.8 173.80 15.4 269.54 22.7 384.01 36.4 591.37
73 22.7 1.00 450 18 450 14.6 246.72 17.4 384.16 25.5 486.23 41.0 749.06
500 20 500 18.0 304.69 19.3 437.57 28.3 598.67 45.5 1,147.52
100 37.7 .64
560 22 560 22.6 382.51 21.6 592.81 31.7 750.56 - -
140 60.0 .40 630 24 630 28.6 527.48 24.3 818.31 35.7 950.76 - -
180 82.2 .28
200 93.3 .10
Connection Pipe da
S
ELBOWS 90° TEES

Construction: Moulded Construction: Moulded
z
Material: Polypropylene (PP) Material: Polypropylene (PP)
Moulding compound: PP-R, ECH, 75 T 006 according to Moulding compound: PP-R, ECH, 75 T 006 according to
J
z
DIN 16 774 DIN 16 774

Dimensions: DIN 19 962 Part 10 E 5.87 Dimensions: DIN 19 962 Part 10 E 11.82
s
Colour: Grey - RAL 7032 Colour: Grey - RAL 7032
l1
Note: Elbows of 30°, 45°, 60° are supplied t
cut from 90° elbows. Connection Pipe da l
BLUEKOR 90 BLUEKOR 150 BLUEKOR 90 BLUEKOR 150

SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL (6 BAR /87 PSI) (10 BAR /145 PSI) SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL (6 BAR /87 PSI) (10 BAR /145 PSI)
#10160 - (SIZE NO.) #10110 - (SIZE NO.) NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE #10660 - (SIZE NO.) #10610 - (SIZE NO.)
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE SDR 17.6 PN 6 SDR 11 PN 10 SDR 17.6 PN 6 SDR 11 PN 10
IN. DIA. da SERIES 3 SERIES 4 IN. DIA. da SERIES 3 SERIES 4
MM MM
S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE
020 1/2 20 - - 1.9 5.51 020 1/2 20 - - 1.9 4.67
025 3/4 25 - - 2.3 5.64 025 3/4 25 - - 2.3 4.81
032 1 32 - - 3.0 6.04 032 1 32 - - 3.0 5.51
040 1 1/4 40 - - 3.7 7.55 040 1 1/4 40 - - 3.7 8.65
050 1 1/2 50 2.9 9.21 4.6 9.48 050 1 1/2 50 2.9 10.29 4.6 11.39
063 2 63 3.6 12.36 5.8 13.32 063 2 63 3.6 14.02 5.8 17.73
075 2 1/2 75 4.3 17.86 6.9 18.13 075 2 1/2 75 4.3 27.61 6.9 35.29
090 3 90 5.1 23.21 8.2 26.24 090 3 90 5.1 39.70 8.2 52.32
110 4 110 6.3 48.35 10.0 49.58 110 4 110 6.3 65.24 10.0 76.63
125 5 125 7.1 61.53 11.4 69.75 125 5 125 7.1 90.09 11.4 106.01
140 5 1/2 140 8.0 89.12 12.8 93.66 140 5 1/2 140 8.0 106.44 12.8 132.93
160 6 160 9.1 98.20 14.6 113.56 160 6 160 9.1 200.37 14.6 223.71
180 7 180 10.2 121.27 16.4 134.73 180 7 180 10.2 245.28 16.4 287.72
200 8 200 11.4 150.65 18.2 200.50 200 8 200 11.4 335.10 18.2 411.03
225 9 225 12.8 186.48 20.5 240.34 225 9 225 12.8 393.73 20.5 488.62
250 10 250 14.2 302.27 22.8 459.37 250 10 250 14.2 521.58 22.8 628.56
280 11 280 15.9 394.53 25.5 602.59 280 11 280 15.9 595.60 25.5 847.60
315 12 315 17.9 543.82 28.7 829.87 315 12 315 17.9 794.04 28.7 1,203.00
355 14 355 20.1 894.57 32.3 1,212.88 355 14 355 20.1 1,183.63 32.3 1,403.10
400 16 400 22.7 1,245.57 36.4 1,666.61 400 16 400 22.7 1,620.34 36.4 2,096.87
1-61
CONCENTRIC REDUCERS
Construction: Moulded
Material: Polypropylene (PP) BLUEKOR 90 (6 BAR/87 PSI) BLUEKOR 150 (10 BAR/145PSI)
1 Moulding compound:
Colour:
Note:
PP-OH, MCH, 95 T 006 According to DIN 16 774
Grey - RAL 7032
We reserve the right to make technical changes including in the
SIZE
NO.
NOMINAL ACTUAL NOMINAL ACTUAL
PIPE SIZE
IN.
PIPE
da1
MM
PIPE
SIZE
IN.
PIPE
da1
MM
#11760 - (SIZE NO.)
S1/MM
PN 6
S2/MM PRICE
#11710 - (SIZE NO.)
S1/MM
PN 10
S2/MM PRICE
dimensions.
1263 5 125 2 63 7.1 3.6 26.08 11.4 5.8 26.08
1275 5 125 2 1/2 75 7.1 4.3 26.08 11.4 6.9 26.08
1290 5 125 3 90 7.1 5.1 26.08 11.4 8.2 26.08
1211 5 125 4 110 7.1 6.3 26.08 11.4 10.0 26.08
1475 5 1/2 140 2 1/2 75 8.0 4.3 32.69 12.8 6.9 32.69
Connection Pipe da2 1490 5 1/2 140 3 90 8.0 5.1 32.69 12.8 8.2 32.69
s2
1411 5 1/2 140 4 110 8.0 6.3 32.69 12.8 10.0 32.69
1412 5 1/2 140 5 125 8.0 7.1 32.69 12.8 11.4 32.69
1690 6 160 3 90 9.1 5.1 37.07 14.6 8.2 37.07
1611 6 160 4 110 9.1 6.3 37.07 14.6 10.0 37.07
1612 6 160 5 125 9.1 7.1 37.07 14.6 11.4 37.07
1614 6 160 5 1/2 140 9.1 8.0 37.07 14.6 12.8 37.07
1890 7 180 3 90 10.2 5.1 56.86 16.4 8.2 79.82
1811 7 180 4 110 10.2 6.3 56.86 16.4 10.0 79.82
1812 7 180 5 125 10.2 7.1 54.09 16.4 11.4 75.94
1814 7 180 5 1/2 140 10.2 8.0 51.92 16.4 12.8 72.89
1816 7 180 6 160 10.2 9.1 51.92 16.4 14.6 72.89
2014 8 200 5 1/2 140 11.4 8.0 117.00 18.2 12.8 172.54
2016 8 200 6 160 11.4 9.1 103.54 18.2 14.6 152.48
Connection Pipe da1 s1
2018 8 200 7 180 11.4 10.2 92.56 18.2 16.4 136.50
2214 9 225 5 1/2 140 12.8 8.0 139.80 20.5 12.8 206.10
2216 9 225 6 160 12.8 9.1 120.03 20.5 14.6 176.99
2218 9 225 7 180 12.8 10.2 114.26 20.5 16.4 168.32
2220 9 225 8 200 12.8 11.4 100.67 20.5 18.2 148.45
BLUEKOR 90 (6 BAR/87 PSI) BLUEKOR 150 (10 BAR/145PSI) BLUEKOR 90 (6 BAR/87 PSI) BLUEKOR 150 (10 BAR/145PSI)
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL NOMINAL ACTUAL #11760 - (SIZE NO.) #11710 - (SIZE NO.) SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL NOMINAL ACTUAL #11760 - (SIZE NO.) #11710 - (SIZE NO.)
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE PIPE PIPE NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE PIPE PIPE
PN 6 SERIES 3 PN 10 SERIES 4 SIZE
PN 6 PN 10
IN. da1 SIZE da1 IN. da1 da1
IN. IN.
MM MM S1/MM S2 /MM PRICE S1/MM S2 /MM PRICE MM MM S1/MM S2/MM PRICE S1/MM S2/MM PRICE
02516 3/4 25 3/8 16 - - - - - - 2516 10 250 6 160 14.2 9.1 160.27 22.8 14.6 216.13
02520 3/4 25 1/2 20 1.8 1.8 6.88 2.3 2.0 6.88 2518 10 250 7 180 14.2 10.2 148.18 22.8 16.4 218.43
03220 1 32 1/4 20 1.9 1.8 8.38 3.0 2.0 8.38 2520 10 250 8 200 14.2 11.4 136.36 22.8 18.2 201.09
03225 1 32 3/4 25 1.9 1.8 8.38 3.0 2.3 8.38 2522 10 250 9 225 14.2 12.8 129.35 22.8 20.5 190.49
04020 1 1/4 40 1/2 20 2.3 1.8 9.48 3.7 2.0 9.35 2820 11 280 8 200 15.9 11.4 250.26 25.5 18.2 382.68
04025 1 1/4 40 3/4 25 2.3 1.8 9.48 3.7 2.3 9.35 2822 11 280 9 225 15.9 12.8 233.48 25.5 20.5 245.05
04032 1 1/4 40 1 32 2.3 1.9 9.48 3.7 3.0 9.35 2825 11 280 10 250 15.9 14.2 227.29 25.5 22.8 236.15
05025 1 1/2 50 3/4 25 2.9 2.0 9.62 4.6 2.3 9.62 3120 12 315 8 200 17.9 11.4 343.35 28.7 18.2 335.43
05032 1 1/2 50 1 32 2.9 2.0 9.62 4.6 3.0 9.62 3122 12 315 9 225 17.9 12.8 282.83 28.7 20.5 296.11
05040 1 1/2 50 1 1/4 40 2.9 2.3 9.62 4.6 3.7 9.62 3125 12 315 10 250 17.9 14.2 257.57 28.7 22.8 270.47
06332 2 63 1 32 3.6 2.0 11.25 5.8 3.0 11.25 3128 12 315 11 280 17.9 15.9 241.36 28.7 25.5 253.50
06340 2 63 1 1/4 40 3.6 2.3 11.25 5.8 3.7 11.25 3522 14 355 9 225 20.1 12.8 436.49 32.3 20.5 458.24
06350 2 63 1 1/2 50 3.6 2.9 11.25 5.8 4.6 11.25 3525 14 355 10 250 20.1 14.2 418.73 32.3 22.8 439.77
07532 2 1/2 75 1 32 4.3 2.0 15.09 6.9 3.0 15.09 3528 14 355 11 280 20.1 15.9 388.49 32.3 25.5 407.94
07540 2 1/2 75 1 1/4 40 4.3 2.3 15.09 6.9 3.7 15.09 3531 14 355 12 315 20.1 17.9 376.72 32.3 28.7 395.42
07550 2 1/2 75 1 1/2 50 4.3 2.9 15.09 6.9 4.6 15.09 4022 16 400 9 225 22.7 12.8 2,026.97 36.4 20.5 2,127.80
07563 2 1/2 75 2 63 4.3 3.6 15.09 6.9 5.8 15.09 4025 16 400 10 250 22.7 14.2 1,901.49 36.4 22.8 1,964.53
09050 3 90 1 1/2 50 5.1 2.9 16.20 8.2 4.6 16.20 4028 16 400 11 280 22.7 15.9 1,770.76 36.4 25.5 1,770.76
09063 3 90 2 63 5.1 3.6 16.20 8.2 5.8 16.20 4031 16 400 12 315 22.7 17.9 1,305.95 36.4 28.7 1,305.95
09075 3 90 2 1/2 75 5.1 4.3 16.20 8.2 6.9 16.20 4035 16 400 14 355 22.7 20.1 832.06 36.4 32.3 951.78
1150 4 110 1 1/2 50 6.3 2.9 20.04 10.0 4.6 20.04 4528 18 450 11 280 25.5 15.9 2,411.20 41.0 25.5 2,411.20
1163 4 110 2 63 6.3 3.6 20.04 10.0 5.8 20.04 4531 18 450 12 315 25.5 17.9 2,140.35 41.0 36.4 2,140.35
1175 4 110 2 1/2 75 6.3 4.3 20.04 10.0 6.9 20.04 4535 18 450 14 355 25.5 20.1 1,456.14 41.0 32.3 1,542.90
1190 4 110 3 90 6.3 5.1 20.04 10.0 8.2 20.04 4540 18 450 16 400 25.5 22.7 1,202.04 41.0 36.4 1,202.04
CONCENTRIC REDUCERS
connection pipe da2 BLUEKOR 90 (6 BAR/87 PSI)
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL NOMINAL ACTUAL #11760 - (SIZE NO.)
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE PIPE PIPE
S2 PN 6
IN. da1 SIZE da2
IN.
MM MM S1/MM S2/MM PRICE
5031 20 500 12 315 28.3 17.9 2,942.74
5035 20 500 14 355 28.3 20.1 2,518.67
5040 20 500 16 400 28.3 22.7 2,351.81
5045 20 500 18 450 28.3 25.5 2,130.51
S1 5640 22 560 20 400 31.7 22.7 3,681.29
connection pipe da1 5645 22 560 18 450 31.7 25.5 2,242.50
5650 22 560 20 500 31.7 28.3 1,914.98
6340 24 630 16 400 35.7 22.7 4,494.46
Construction: Machined 6345 24 630 18 450 35.7 25.5 3,758.03
Material: Polypropylene (PP) 6350 24 630 20 500 35.7 28.3 2,795.84
6356 24 630 22 560 35.7 31.7 2,292.84
Moulding compound: PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006
According to DIN 16 774
BLUEKOR 90 (6 BAR/87 PSI) BLUEKOR 150 (10 BAR/145PSI) TEE-PIECES WITH REDUCED BRANCH
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL NOMINAL ACTUAL #10660 - (SIZE NO.) #106100 - (SIZE NO.)
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE PIPE PIPE Material: PP
SIZE
PN 6 - SDR 17.6 PN 10 - SDR 11 Execution: Injected for butt welding
IN. da1 da1
6350
7532
2
2 1/2
MM
63
75
IN.
1
MM
1 1/2 50
32
S1/MM
3.6
4.3
S2/MM
2.9
1.9
PRICE
36.42
66.33
S1/MM
5.8
6.9
S2/MM
4.6
3.0
PRICE
39.52
61.69
Colour:
Remarks:
Grey - RAL 7032
Rated up acc. to the nominal pressure rating
indicated.
*With long welding ends, delivery time on request.
1
7550 2 1/2 75 1 1/2 50 4.3 2.9 55.32 6.9 4.6 61.69
Connection
7563 2 1/2 75 2 63 4.3 3.6 56.11 6.9 5.8 63.04 Pipe da
2
s2
9032 3 90 1 32 5.1 3.0 61.50 8.2 3.0 81.18
9050 3 90 1 1/2 50 5.1 2.9 156.37 8.2 4.6 169.64
l2
9063 3 90 2 63 5.1 3.6 187.40 8.2 5.8 199.73
z2
9075 3 90 2 1/2 75 5.1 4.3 79.45 8.2 6.9 88.50
Connection
1132 4 110 1 32 6.3 3.0 102.00 10.0 3.0 119.72
1
Pipe da
1150 4 110 1 1/2 50 6.3 2.9 103.92 10.0 4.6 122.62
s1
1163 4 110 2 63 6.3 3.6 188.76 10.0 5.8 193.96
1175 4 110 2 1/2 75 6.3 4.3 224.99 10.0 6.9 208.21 l2
1190 4 110 3 90 6.3 5.1 85.01 10.0 8.2 94.20 l
1263 5 125 2 63 7.1 3.6 143.62 11.4 5.8 167.34
1290 5 125 3 90 7.1 5.1 146.15 11.4 8.2 171.00
1211 5 125 4 110 7.1 6.3 161.76 11.4 10.0 181.40
1463 5 1/2 140 2 63 8.0 3.6 165.98 12.8 5.8 208.40 END CAPS
1475 5 1/2 140 2 1/2 75 8.0 4.3 167.15 12.8 6.9 187.59 Construction: Moulded
1490 5 1/2 140 3 90 8.0 5.1 169.45 12.8 8.2 211.87 Material: Polypropylene (PP)
1411 5 1/2 140 4 110 8.0 6.3 173.11 12.8 10.0 217.64 Moulding compound: PP-R, MCH, 95 T 006
l
1663 6 160 2 63 9.1 3.6 236.76 14.6 5.8 266.24 According to DIN 16 774
1690 6 160 3 90 9.1 5.1 315.60 14.6 8.2 353.95 Dimensions: DIM 16 963 Part 10
1611 6 160 4 110 9.1 6.3 368.24 14.6 10.0 420.27
S
Special Design: Bluekor 90 on request
1612 6 160 5 125 9.1 7.1 321.37 14.6 11.4 361.68
Note: The moulded part is
1863 7 180 2 63 10.2 3.6 P.O.R. 16.4 5.8 448.63 Connection Pipe da machined to obtain the
1890 7 180 3 90 10.2 5.1 343.16 16.4 8.2 387.51 connecting pipe wall
1811 7 180 4 110 10.2 6.3 390.98 16.4 10.0 457.49 thickness.
1812 7 180 5 125 10.2 7.1 P.O.R. 16.4 11.4 P.O.R.
1816 7 180 6 160 10.2 9.1 446.10 16.4 14.6 835.34
BLUEKOR 90 BLUEKOR 150
2063 8 200 2 63 11.4 3.6 520.91 18.2 5.8 642.55 SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL (6 BAR /87 PSI) (10 BAR /145 PSI)
#16410 - (SIZE NO.)
2090 8 200 3 90 11.4 5.1 526.68 18.2 8.2 648.55 NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE da2 #16460 - (SIZE NO.)
2011 8 200 4 110 11.4 6.3 532.68 18.2 10.0 653.94 IN. MM PN 6 - SDR 17.6 PN 10 - SDR 11
2012 8 200 5 125 11.4 7.1 538.07 18.2 11.4 662.61 S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE
2016 8 200 6 160 11.4 9.1 544.06 18.2 14.6 668.00 020 1/2 20 1.9 6.56
2290 9 225 3 90 12.8 5.1 375.37 20.5 8.2 440.14 025 3/4 25 2.3 7.32
2211 9 225 4 110 12.8 6.3 424.53 20.5 10.0 505.11 032 1 32 1.9 8.65 3.0 6.45
2212 9 225 5 125 12.8 7.1 P.O.R. 20.5 11.4 P.O.R. 040 1 1/4 40 2.3 10.85 3.7 7.98
2216 9 225 6 160 12.8 9.1 548.47 20.5 14.6 726.22 050 1 1/2 50 2.9 9.35 4.6 9.75
2218 9 225 7 180 12.8 10.2 559.07 20.5 16.4 743.98 063 2 63 3.6 12.36 5.8 12.62
2511 10 250 4 110 14.2 6.3 821.84 22.8 10.0 1,018.29 075 2 1/2 75 4.3 18.00 6.9 18.67
2516 10 250 6 160 14.2 9.1 839.00 22.8 14.6 1,038.96 090 3 90 5.1 29.95 8.2 30.75
110 4 110 6.3 39.97 10.0 41.34
STUB-FLANGES connection pipe da
125 5 125 7.1 43.11 11.4 66.34
Construction: Moulded or Machined
Material: Polypropylene (PP) 140 5 1/2 140 8.0 64.41 12.8 44.64
Moulding compound: PP-R, MCH, 95 T 006 According to DIN 16 774 160 6 160 9.1 74.56 14.6 76.63
Dimensions: Similar to DIN 16 962 Part 4 180 7 180 10.2 92.15 16.4 95.03
Colour: Grey - RAL 7032 200 8 200 11.4 117.43 18.2 121.14
Special Design: Other dimensions and pressure ratings on request. 225 9 225 12.8 135.53 20.5 139.67
* Stub ends must be ordered modified to suit installation when using butter-
fly valves, to prevent butterfly disc interference.
END CAPS
(6 BAR /87 PSI) (10 BAR /145 PSI) Construction: Machined
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE da2 #11260 - (SIZE NO.) #11210 - (SIZE NO.) Material: Polypropylene (PP)
IN. Moulding compound: PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 According to DIN 16 774
MM PN 6 - SDR 17.6 PN 10 - SDR 11
S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE Special Design: Other dimension on request
020 1/2 20 - - 2.5 5.21
025 3/4 25 - - 2.3 5.35
032 1 32 - - 3.0 6.04
040 1 1/4 40 - - 3.6 7.01
050 1 1/2 50 2.9 7.68 4.6 8.51
063 2 63 3.6 9.48 5.8 10.45
075 2 1/2 75 4.3 11.25 5.9 12.36 Connection da
090 3 90 5.1 15.93 8.2 17.57
110 4 110 6.3 20.47 10.0 22.24
125 5 125 7.1 25.01 11.4 26.91 BLUEKOR 90 BLUEKOR 150
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL (6 BAR /87 PSI) (10 BAR /145 PSI)
140 5 1/2 140 8.0 28.71 12.8 31.32
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE da2 #16560 - (SIZE NO.) #16510 - (SIZE NO.)
160 6 160 9.1 35.43 14.6 39.70 IN. MM PN 6 - SDR 17.6 PN 10 - SDR 11
180 7 180 10.2 51.78 16.4 60.84
S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE
200 8 200 11.4 64.41 18.2 66.88
250 10 250 14.2 274.16 22.80 297.46
225 9 225 12.8 72.79 20.5 74.70
280 11 280 15.9 392.33 25.50 435.88
250 10 250 14.2 103.27 22.8 113.43
315 12 315 17.9 412.58 28.70 452.85
280 11 280 15.9 114.26 25.5 123.61
355 14 355 20.1 594.74 32.30 736.85
315 12 315 17.9 138.43 28.7 145.71
400 16 400 22.7 757.29 36.40 861.96
355 14 355 20.1 236.76 32.3 259.27
450 18 450 25.5 1,085.22 41.00 1,321.75
400 16 400 22.7 480.24 36.4 512.10
500 20 500 28.3 1,514.36 45.50 1,642.93
450 18 450 25.5 567.02 41.0 599.18
560 22 560 31.7 3,515.88 - -
500 20 500 28.3 698.18 45.5 758.18
630 24 630 35.7 4,009.60 - -
560 22 560 31.7 830.43 - -
630 24 630 35.7 964.06 - -
1-63
BACKUP RINGS
Construction: Convoluted, 150 LB Drilling, ANSI B16.5
Material: Ductile Iron, ASTM A536, Grade 65/45/12 Y1 Y
1 Standard Finishes: 1) Zinc Chromate Primer

2) Epoxy Powder Coated, 6 mil Thickness
Equivalent to 3-M Scotch Kote 213
r
O
D
W
Blue Colour* SPC J98

Optional Finishes: Hot Dipped Galvanized
Other Finishes Upon Inquiry.
O Q W Y1 n C D r ORDER NO.
NOMINAL OUTSIDE MIN. MIN. LENGTH NO. MIN. DIA. DIA. INSIDE APPROX. 21410
SIZE PIPE SIZE DIA. OF THICK. OF DIA. OF THROUGH OF BOLT OF BOLT OF BOLT CORNER WEIGHT (SIZE NO.)
NO. IN. FLANGE FLANGE BORE HUB HOLES HOLES CIRCLE RADIUS (LBS.) PRICE
020 1/2 3.50 0.50 1.20 0.22 4 0.63 2.375 0.13 1.1
025 3/4 3.88 0.50 1.35 0.22 4 0.63 2.75 0.13 1.2
032 1 4.25 0.56 1.60 0.22 4 0.63 3.13 0.13 1.4
040
050
063
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
UED 4.63
5.00
6.00
0.63
0.69
0.75
2.00
2.40
3.06
0.22
0.22
0.23
4
4
4
0.63
0.63
0.75
3.50
3.88
4.75
0.19
0.25
0.13
1.8
2.0
2.5
075
090
110
2 1/2
3
4
NTIN 7.00
7.50
9.00
0.94
0.94
0.94
3.65
4.15
5.00
0.25
0.25
0.25
4
4
8
0.75
0.75
0.75
5.50
6.00
7.50
0.13
0.13
0.13
3.0
3.8
5.3
O
125 5 10.00 0.94 5.69 0.50 8 0.88 8.50 0.44 6.4
C
160 6 11.00 1.00 7.00 0.28 8 0.88 9.50 0.13 7.3 P.O.R.
DIS
180 7 11.00 1.00 7.20 0.50 8 0.88 9.50 0.50 7.3
200 8 13.50 1.00 9.15 0.32 8 0.88 11.75 0.13 11.1
225 9 13.50 1.13 9.40 0.50 8 0.88 11.75 0.50 11.1
250 10 16.00 1.19 11.34 0.49 12 1.00 14.25 0.38 16.8
280 11 16.00 1.19 11.55 0.49 12 1.00 14.25 0.34 16.3
315 12 19.00 1.25 13.30 0.63 12 1.00 17.00 0.31 24.1
355 14 21.00 1.38 14.75 0.70 12 1.14 18.75 0.40 29.5
400 16 23.50 1.44 16.90 0.70 16 1.13 21.25 0.40 36.6
450 18 25.00 1.56 18.38 0.75 16 1.25 22.75 0.38 46.0
500 20 27.50 1.69 21.00 0.88 20 1.25 29.50 0.50 58.4
560 22 32.00 1.88 24.80 1.00 20 1.38 27.25 0.24 83.6
630 24 32.00 1.88 25.43 0.50 20 1.38 29.50 0.23 72.6
BACK-UP RINGS W BLIND FLANGES D1

POLYPROPYLENE POLYPROPYLENE
with glass-fibre with glass-fibre
reinforcement and reinforcement and
Q
steel reinforcement steel reinforcement

e-n e-n
ORDER NO. ORDER NO.

11310 11410
(SIZE NO.) SIZE SIZE SIZE (SIZE NO.)
SIZE SIZE SIZE
NO. (MM) (IN.) PRICE NO. (MM) (IN.) PRICE
020 20 1/2 13.73 020 20 1/2 86.78
025 25 3/4 17.16 025 25 3/4 87.75
032 32 1 20.20 032 32 1 89.95
040 40 1 1/4 23.34 040 40 1 1/4 92.69
050 50 1 1/2 28.98 050 50 1 1/2 109.05
063 63 2 35.99 063 63 2 118.50
075 75 2 1/2 46.68 075 75 2 1/2 138.97
090 90 3 52.05 090 90 3 153.26
110 110 4 67.98 110 110 4 193.76
125 125 - 48.28* 125 125 - 193.76
140 140 - 67.63* 140 140 - 256.53
160 160 6 128.41 160 160 6 317.77
180 180 - 83.42* 180 180 - 317.77
200 200 - 189.92 200 200 - 354.43
225 225 - 120.84* 225 225 - 354.43
250 250 10 238.94 250 250 10 662.42
280 280 - 153.18* 280 280 - 662.42
315 315 12 419.68 315 315 12 959.51
355 355 14 447.07 355 355 14 1,913.25
400 400 16 508.47 400 400 16 2,187.00
NOTE: *drilled for PN10, no classification according to ANSI NOTE: *drilled for PN10, no classification according to ANSI
BLUEKOR BLUEKOR 60° ELBOWS 45° ELBOWS 30° ELBOWS
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL 90 150 BLUEKOR BLUEKOR BLUEKOR
6 BAR 10 BAR 90 150 90 150 90 150
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE da 87 PSI 145 PSI 10260 10210 10460 10410 10860 10810
IN. MM PN6
SERIES 3
PN10
SERIES 4
(SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.)
PN6 PN10 PN6 PN10 PN6 PN10 1
°
S/MM S/MM PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE

45
110 4 110 6.3 10.0 199.73 255.27 132.25 173.03 122.02 157.69
125 5 125 7.1 11.4 240.23 306.14 163.01 197.60 147.88 181.78
140 5 1/2 140 8.0 12.8 253.12 327.93 173.03 219.17 155.95 193.73
160 6 160 9.1 14.6 291.51 351.65 192.66 239.91 194.34 222.47
180 7 180 10.2 16.4 327.93 412.96 226.88 283.85 213.23 252.93
s 200 8 200 11.4 18.2 354.36 467.71 244.98 326.15 237.13 306.14
60°, 45°, 30° ELBOWS 225 9 225 12.8 20.5 394.07 572.76 280.01 395.77 270.47 367.26
Construction: Segmentally welded from pipe sections. 250 10 250 14.2 22.8 547.53 744.36 368.45 517.44 357.61 517.82
Material: Polypropylene (PP) 280 11 280 15.9 25.5 717.74 934.43 464.99 615.37 434.34 649.90
Moulding compound: PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 According to DIN 315 12 315 17.9 28.7 898.01 1,182.39 603.28 771.80 569.89 819.92
16 774
355 14 355 20.1 32.3 1,191.06 1,618.09 737.31 1,016.24 786.40 1,047.82
Dimensions: DIN 016 962 Part 1
Colour: Grey - RAL 7032 400 16 400 22.7 36.4 1,798.92 2,312.11 988.07 1,310.94 1,079.60 1,405.61
Special Dimension: Other dimensions, pressure, ratings, 450 18 450 25.5 41.0 2,101.22 3,137.83 1,958.72 2,642.75 1,395.02 2,091.37
angles and radii as well as elbows for 500 20 500 28.3 2,708.28 4,378.40 2,497.96 3,707.72 1,764.01 2,731.81
pipes < 110 mm diameter on request. 560 22 560 31.7 3,553.88 3,057.07 2,239.26
630 24 630 35.7 4,762.07 3,799.09 2,908.99
z
BLUEKOR BLUEKOR 90° ELBOWS
°
90
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL 90 150

6 BAR 10 BAR BLUEKOR 90 BLUEKOR150
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE da 87 PSI 145 PSI 6 BAR/87 PSI 2 BAR/145 PSI
IN. #10360 #10310
MM PN6 PN10 (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.)
le SERIES 3 SERIES 4 PN6 PN10
S/MM S/MM PRICE PRICE
z
110 4 110 6.3 10.0 236.57 297.46

125 5 125 7.1 11.4 280.68 361.68
le
140 5 1/2 140 8.0 12.8 294.18 399.84

s 160 6 160 9.1 14.6 340.86 459.41
da r = 1,5 • da 180 7 180 10.2 16.4 431.06 598.62
200 8 200 11.4 18.2 510.88 716.00
ELBOWS 90° 225 9 225 12.8 20.5 587.05 829.76
Construction: Segmentally welded from pipe 250 10 250 14.2 22.8 746.47 983.42
Material: Polypropylene (PP) 280 11 280 15.9 25.5 877.39 1,192.80
Moulding compound: PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 According to DIN 315 12 315 17.9 28.7 1,150.19 1,496.82
16 774
Dimensions: DIN 16 962 Part 1 355 14 355 20.1 32.3 1,670.50 1,840.93
Colour: Grey - RAL 7032 400 16 400 22.7 36.4 2,156.72 2,654.52
Special Design: Other dimensions, pressure ratings, 450 18 450 25.5 41.0 2,847.12 3,604.00
angles and radii as well as elbows for 500 20 500 28.3 - 3,674.73 5,220.16
pipes <110 mm diameter on request.
560 22 560 31.7 - 4,542.50 -
Note: We reserve the right to make technical
changes - including the dimensions. 630 24 630 35.7 - 5,737.37 -
ECCENTRIC REDUCERS
Construction: Moulded
BLUEKOR 90 BLUEKOR 150 Material: PP-R, ECH, 75 T 006 According to DIN 16 774
SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL 6 BAR/ 10 BAR Colour: Grey - RAL 7032
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE 87 PSI 145PSI Note: We reserve the right to make technical changes
#10560 #10510
(IN) (MM) - including in the dimensions.
(SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.)
PRICE PRICE
1611 6x4 160 x 110 199.35 211.87 SIZE NOMINAL ACTUAL 6 BAR/ 10 BAR/
250
225
200
180
160
NO. PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE 87 PSI 145 PSI

1612 6x5 160 x 125 199.35 211.87
d
#10560 #10510
(IN.) (MM)
1614 6 x 5 1/2 160 x 140 199.35 211.87 (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.)
1812 7x5 180 x 125 261.61 274.73 PRICE PRICE
1814 7 x 5 1/2 180 x 140 P.O.R. P.O.R. 3125 12 x 10 315 x 250 P.O.R. P.O.R.
1816 7x6 180 x 160 261.61 274.73 3128 12 x 11 315 x 280 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2014 8 x 5 1/2 200 x 140 P.O.R. P.O.R. 3525 14 x 10 355 x 250 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2016 8x6 200 x 160 284.76 300.56 3528 14 x 11 355 x 280 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2018 8x7 200 x 180 284.76 300.56 3531 14 x 12 355 x 315 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2216 9x6 225 x 160 284.76 300.56 4028 16 x 11 400 x 280 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2218 9x7 225 x 180 284.76 300.56 4031 16 x 12 400 x 315 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2220 9x8 225 x 200 284.76 300.56 4035 16 x 14 400 x 355 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2518 10 x 7 250 x 180 P.O.R. P.O.R. 4531 18 x 12 450 x 315 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2520 10 x 8 250 x 200 P.O.R. P.O.R. 4535 18 x 14 450 x 355 P.O.R. P.O.R. s1 s2
2522 10 x 9 250 x 225 439.16 458.47 4540 18 x 16 450 x 400 P.O.R. P.O.R.
2820 11 x 8 280 x 200 P.O.R. P.O.R. 5031 20 x 12 500 x 315 P.O.R. P.O.R. 43 42 35 32
2825 11 x 10 280 x 250 P.O.R. P.O.R. 5040 20 x 16 500 x 400 P.O.R. P.O.R. 152
1-65
KEMKOR® PIPING SYSTEM
The KEMKOR® SYSTEM
1 • PVDF (polyvinlyidene fluoride) system
FEATURES:
• lightweight homogenous thermoplastic

• easy to install on site
• totally maintenance free
• corrosion resistant inside and outside
• replaces lined steel piping
• cost effective
• fusion joints eliminate flanges and hard-
ware
SOLUTIONS TO AGGRESSIVE CHEMICAL HANDLING PRODUCT INFORMATION / PROPERTIES

The Kemkor® system features superior chemical resistance to a
Temperature range High impact
broad range of organic and inorganic chemicals. BLUEKOR® and from -50°C to +140°C -50°C resistance
KEMKOR® are the only systems that have fittings that are injection
moulded up to 16” diameter with fittings fabricated up to 24” diameter
if desired. Joining is done by the BUTT FUSION method long used in
the polyethylene pipe gas transmission and chemical processing +140°C
industries. FABCO supplies modern KORWELD fusion machines
which are portable and easy to use. Joints are made without guess Physiologically Virtually no water
work and can be visually inspected as to the integrity of the joint on acceptable, no taste, absorption, no swelling
no odor
the exterior. Installers are quickly trained and can spool pipe systems
in the field with ease.
MATERIAL
Flame retardant High resistance to
Natural colour. High resistance to UV and Gamma Grey in colour. abrasion in the case
Conforms to ASTM D2146-80 Radiation. Perfect for ultra pure water of aggressive fluids
applications and conforms to FDA 177.2510. containing abrasive
solids
CORROSION RESISTANCE
Broad range of resistance to most corrosive chemicals and organ- Very good resistance Excellent electrical
ic solutions. Good resistance to strong oxidants, strong adds, weak to weather, UV ionizing ❆ insulating properties
and radiation
bases, salts, solvents and halogens.
TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE
-40°F to 300°F (-40° C to 150° C)

Excellent chemical Low stress, through
resistance, including thermal post-treatment,
IMPACT STRENGTH to halogenes and low shrinkage
hydrocarbons
Excellent 0 1 2 3
PRESSURE RATING SELECTIONS
150 PSI - 230 PSI
APPLICATIONS
Chemical industry – resists wet and dry chlorine, bromine strong The engineers in our application department will be pleased
acids and aromatics, aliphatic and chlorinated solvents and halogens. to advise and to help you solve problems.
Pulp and paper bleaching, bromine processing. Electronic product Consult our detailed product catalogue that illustrates the
manufacturing in both metal etching and ultra pure deionized water complete BLUEKOR and KEMKOR Piping System complete
lines. Piping systems in most industrial applications. with valves and Korweld fusion equipment.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF KEMKOR PVDF
PROPERTY UNIT VALUE TEST METHOD PRESSURE RATING CORRECTION CHART
KEMKOR PVDF
Specific Gravity -- 1.76 ASTM D792
Tensile Stength
Flexural Modulus
PSI
103 PSI
7000-7800
227-256
ASTM D638
ASTM D790
TEMPERATURE
°F
70
°C
21
CORRECTION
FACTOR
1.00
1
80 27 .95
Impact Strength (Izod) with V-Notch kg-cm/cm2 10-12 ASTM D256
90 32 .87
Hardness - Shore D -- 85 ASTM D2240
100 38 .80
Young's Modulus PSI -- ASTM D638 120 49 .68
140 60 .58
Deflection Temperature (at 77 psi) °F 302 ASTM D648
160 71 .49
Water Absorption 24 hr., 1/8" thickness % 0.03 ASTM D570 180 82 .42
Thermal Expansion 10-5/°F 6.1-8.5 ASTM D696 200 93 .36
240 115 .25
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE TABLE
280 138 .18
ORGANIC ORGANIC AGGRESSIVE
WEAK STRONG OXIDIZING MIXED WEAK STRONG GAS
SOLVENT SOLVENT
ACIDS ACIDS ACIDS ACIDS ALKALIES ALKALIES (CI2, SO2 etc.)
MATERIALS 100% (<1000 ppn)
Ratings
O…Good (No Effect)
PVDF
Polyvinylidene O O O O O ∆ O O O
∆…Fair (Some effect with possible impairement of
Fluoride serviceability)
X…Not Recommended
Specific characteristics
Guide values Guide values
Characteristics Standard Unit Characteristics
Characteristic Standard Unit
Kynar Solef Kynar Solef
DIN 53 479 Crystaline
Properties
Density g/cm3 1,78 1,78 DIN 53 736 °C 170 177

Physical
ASTM D 792 melting point

Thermal Properties
24 h at 23°C DIN 53 495 Vicat point DIN 53 460

% < 0,05 0,05 °C 140 145
water absorbtion ASTM D 570 VST-B/50 ASTM D 3418
DIN 53 455 DIN 53 455
Tensile stress MPA 50 55 Brittleness temperature °C -40 -40
ASTM D 638 ASTM D 746
DIN 53 495 Thermal conductance DIN 52 612
Ultimate tensile strength MPA 41 48 W/km 0,1 0,19
ASTM D 638 20°C 150°C ASTM D 177
DIN 53 455 Linear thermal DIN 53 453
Elongation at break
ASTM D 638
% 50 50 1/K 1,2 x 10-4 1,2 x 10-4
expansion coefficient TMA
Mechanical Properties
DIN 53 452 Specific volume DIN 53 482

Flexural strength
ASTM D 790
MPA 55 84 Ohm cm 1,5.1014 5.1014
resistivity ASTM D 257
Properties
Electrical
DIN 53 457
E-moduls (bending test)
ASTM D 790
MPA 2000 3000 Surface resistivity DIN 53 482 Ohm >1013 >1013
Impact strength, notched DIN 53 453 DIN 53 481

J/m 122 150 Dielectric strength KV/mm 40 40
according to IZOD ASTM D 256 ASTM D 149
DIN 53 505
Shore - D hardness -- 80 80 Burning Rate UL 94 -- V-O V-O
ASTM D 2240
mg/100
Abrasion resistance DIN 53 754 0,5 - 1 0,5 - 1
cycle
Friction coefficient DIN 375 -- 0,45 0,45
Dynamic friction
-- -- 0,35 0,34
coefficient
KEMKOR / METRIC BUTT FUSION PVDF PIPE
KEMKOR - 1550 KEMKOR - 230
10 BAR - 145 PSI 16 BAR - 230 PSI
NOMINAL ACTUAL 30010 (Size No.) 30016 (Size No.)
SIZE PIPE SIZE PIPE da SPACING*
PRESSURE RATED PIPE NO IN. MM S/MM PRICE/M S/MM PRICE/M (FEET)
016 3/8 16 - - 1.5 22.24 3.0
Material:
PVDF S
020 1/2 20 - - 1.9 35.00 3.0
025 3/4 25 - - 1.9 44.78 3.0
Dimensions:
032 1 32 - - 2.4 72.48 3.5
Standard Length 5m,
special lengths on request 040 1 1/4 40 - - 2.4 91.93 4.0
050 1 1/2 50 - - 2.9 143.72 4.5
Colour 063 2 63 2.5 156.48 3.0 183.56 5.0
Natural da
075 2 1/2 75 2.5 187.37 3.6 262.11 5.0
Support spacing 090 3 90 2.8 251.20 4.3 375.56 5.5
(Distances calculated at 38°F) 110 4 110 3.5 382.97 5.3 565.71 6.0
* Distances should be reducted 25% at 120%F (50°C). As in the 125 5 125 3.9 481.81 - - 6.5
BLUEKOR system, higher temperature liquids require continu- 140 5 1/2 140 4.4 607.45 - - 6.5
ous support. Heavy valves, flowmeters, or other concentrated 160 6 160 5.0 782.42 - - 7.0
loads must be supported independently. 180 7 180 5.6 988.32 - - 7.5
200 8 200 6.2 1,214.81 - - 8.0
Specifying Information: To specify part number for product,
combine part number and size number. 225 9 225 7.1 1,560.72 - - 8.5
1-67
Connection Pipe da connection pipe da
Connection Pipe da
z
1
l
s
J S
l1
t
S
l Connection Pipe da
z
ELBOWS 90° TEES STUB-FLANGES CAPS

NOMINAL KEMKOR - 150 KEMKOR - 230 KEMKOR - 150 KEMKOR - 230 KEMKOR - 150 KEMKOR - 230 KEMKOR - 230
PIPE ACTUAL 10 BAR - 145 PSI 16 BAR - 230 PSI 10 BAR - 145 PSI 16 BAR - 230 PSI 10 BAR - 145 PSI 16 BAR - 230 PSI 16 BAR - 230 PSI
SIZE SIZE PIPE da 30110 (Size No.) PN-10 30116 (Size No.) PN-16 30610 (Size No.) PN-10 30616 (Size No.) PN-16 31210 (Size No.) PN-10 31216 (Size No.) PN-16 35416 (Size No.) PN-16
NO. IN. MM S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE S/MM PRICE
020 1/2 20 - - 1.9 9.18 - - 1.9 17.13 - - 1.9 8.39 1.9 P.O.R.
025 3/4 25 - - 1.9 12.76 - - 1.9 21.05 - - 1.9 9.81 1.9 P.O.R.
032 1 32 - - 2.4 24.98 - - 2.4 31.40 - - 2.4 10.70 2.4 P.O.R.
040 1 1/4 40 - - 2.4 39.96 - - 2.4 47.99 - - 2.4 18.02 2.4 P.O.R.
050 1 1/2 50 - - 2.9 59.94 - - 2.9 72.79 - - 2.9 23.55 2.9 P.O.R.
063 2 63 - - 3.0 101.33 - - 3.0 114.18 - - 3.0 35.68 3.0 P.O.R.
075 2 1/2 75 - - 3.6 171.26 - - 3.6 216.93 - - 3.6 92.77 3.6 P.O.R.
090 3 90 2.8 253.88 4.3 291.15 2.8 500.96 4.3 376.78 2.8 178.52 4.3 148.07 4.3 P.O.R.
110 4 110 3.5 473.57 5.3 425.31 3.5 535.34 5.3* 460.27* 3.5 229.78 5.3 196.24 5.3 P.O.R.
125 5 125 3.9 840.69 - - 3.9 885.37 - - 3.9 363.83 - - - -
140 5 1/2 140 4.4 947.14 - - 4.4 988.32 - - 4.4 573.23 - - - -
160 6 160 5.0 1,101.57 - - 5.0 1,187.43 - - 5.0 741.24 - - - -
180 7 180 5.6 1,303.97 - - 5.6 1,376.24 - - 5.6 940.35 - - - -
200 8 200 6.2 1,540.96 - - 6.2 1,630.11 - - 6.2 1,297.17 - - - -
225 9 225 7.1 1,825.72 - - 7.1 2,089.89 - - 7.1 1,338.35 - - - -
*The 110 mm dimension is supplied with elongated welding ends.
Connection Pipe da2
s2
KEMKOR 150/10 BAR/145PSI

30710 (Size No.) PN-10 REDUCERS
KEMKOR 16 BAR/230 PPSI Material: PVDF
30716 (Size No.) PN-16 Execution: Injected for butt welding
NOMINAL ACTUAL NOMINAL ACTUAL PIPE PIPE Colour: natural
PART PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE PIPE SIZE da1 da2
NO. IN. MM IN MM MM MM PRICE
s1
025 20 3/4 25 1/2 20 25 20 24.26 Connection Pipe da1
032 20 1 32 1/2 20 32 20 24.98 D1
032 25 1 40 3/4 25 32 25 24.98 KEMKOR 150

040 20 1 1/4 40 1/2 20 40 20 30.06 Blind Flanges
Q
040 32 1 1/4 50 1 32 40 32 30.06 Material: PVDF/FRP
150 lb. drilling ANSI BI6.5 e-n
050 25 1 1/2 50 3/4 25 50 25 31.04
050 32 1 1/2 50 1 32 50 32 31.04 KEMKOR
(In Inches ANSI Standard) TYPE (IN.)
050 40 1 1/2 50 1 1/4 40 50 40 31.04 150
063 32 2 63 1 32 63 32 45.85 PART D1 34410

INCH MM Q e n
NO. (SIZE NO.)
063 40 2 63 1 1/4 40 63 40 45.85
020 1/2 20 2.38 0.79 0.63 4 P.O.R.
063 50 2 63 1 1/2 50 63 50 45.85 025 3/4 25 2.76 0.79 0.63 4 P.O.R.
075 40 2 1/2 75 1 1/4 40 75 40 91.52 032 1 32 3.13 0.79 0.63 4 P.O.R.
075 50 2 1/2 75 1 1/2 50 75 50 91.52 040 1 1/4 40 3.50 0.79 0.63 4 P.O.R.
075 63 2 1/2 75 2 63 75 63 91.52 050 1 1/2 50 3.88 0.98 0.63 4 P.O.R.
090 50 3 80 1 1/2 50 90 50 115.87 063 2 63 4.75 0.98 0.75 4 P.O.R.
090 63 3 90 2 63 90 63 115.87 075 2 1/2 75 5.50 0.98 0.75 4 P.O.R.
090 3 90 6.00 0.98 0.75 4 P.O.R.
090 75 3 90 2 1/2 75 90 75 115.87
110 4 110 7.50 1.18 0.75 8 P.O.R.
11 65 4 110 2 63 110 63 140.31
160 6 160 9.50 1.18 0.88 8 P.O.R.
11 75 4 110 2 1/2 75 110 75 140.31 200 8 200 11.75 1.38 0.88 8 P.O.R.
11 90 4 110 3 90 110 90 140.31 250 10 250 14.25 1.38 1.00 12 P.O.R.
1611* 6 4 160 110 160 110 385.03* 315 12 315 17.00 1.57 1.00 12 P.O.R.
22511* 9 6 225 160 225 160 570.34*
NOTE: We reserve the right to make technical changes – including in the dimensions.
*Available in PN–10 only.
NOMINAL NO. OF
PART PIPE SIZE D D k k d2 d2 HOLES b b d1 d1
BACK UP FLANGES NO. IN. MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH n MM INCH MM INCH PRICE
Moulded FRP, 150 Lb. drilling, ANSI B16.5 14510020 1/2 88.9 3 1/2 60.3 2 3/8 15.9 5/8 4 14 9/16 34.0 1 11/32 P.O.R.
Corrosion Grade Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic 14510025 3/4 98.4 3 7/8 69.8 2 3/4 15.9 5/8 4 14 9/16 40.0 1 9/16 P.O.R.
Standard Mould Finish Beige/Gray Colour 14510032 1 108.0 4 1/4 79.4 3 1/8 15.9 5/8 4 14 5/8 39.5 1 9/16 P.O.R.
d2 14510040 1 1/4 117.0 4 5/8 88.9 3 1/2 15.9 5/8 4 15 5/8 50.5 2 P.O.R.
14510050 1 1/2 127.0 5 98.4 3 7/8 15.9 5/8 4 16 5/8 58.5 2 5/16 P.O.R.
b
14510063 2 152.0 6 120.6 4 3/4 19.0 3/4 4 18 11/16 68.5 2 11/16 P.O.R.
14510075 2 1/2 178.0 7 139.7 5 1/2 19.0 3/4 4 20 13/16 82.5 3 1/4 P.O.R.
D1
14510090 3 190.0 7 1/2 152.4 6 19.0 3/4 4 22 7/8 95.5 3 3/4 P.O.R.
k
D 14510110 4 229.0 9 190.5 7 1/2 19.0 3/4 8 24 15/16 133.5 5 1/4 P.O.R.
14510125 5 254.0 10 216.0 8 1/2 22.2 7/8 8 27 1 1/8 160.5 6 5/16 P.O.R.
14510160 6 279.0 11 241.3 9 1/2 22.2 7/8 8 30 1 3/16 188.5 7 7/16 P.O.R.
14510200 8 343.0 13 1/2 298.4 11 3/4 22.2 7/8 8 32 1 1/4 238.0 9 3/8 P.O.R.
14510250 10 406.0 16 362.0 14 1/4 25.4 1 12 34 1 3/8 294.0 11 9/16 P.O.R.
14510315 12 483.0 19 431.8 17 25.4 1 12 36 1 7/10 344.0 13 3/4 P.O.R.
14510355 14 533.0 21 476.2 18 3/4 28.6 1 1/8 12 38 1 1/2 388.0 15 5/16 P.O.R.
14510400 16 597.0 23 1/2 539.7 21 1/4 28.6 1 1/8 16 42 1 11/6 442.0 17 3/8 P.O.R.
14510450 18 635.0 25 577.8 22 3/4 31.7 1 1/4 16 45 1 7/8 457.0 18 P.O.R.
NOTE: For alternate type Kemkor Back-up Rings turn to
14510500 20 698.0 27 1/2 635.0 25 31.7 1 1/4 20 47 1 7/8 545.0 21 7/16 P.O.R.
Bluekor section.
14510630 24 812.0 32 749.0 29 1/2 34.9 1 3/8 20 56 2.2 646.0 25 7/16 P.O.R.
SYGEF PVDF PIPING SYSTEM
SYGEF PVDF PIPE AND FITTINGS – SOCKET FUSION/BUTT FUSION
Major Features of PVDF Fields of application
Polyvinylidene fluoride is a semi-crystalline thermo-
plastic with outstanding mechanical, physical and
chemical properties. +GIF+ offers the complete PVDF
Specially suitable for pipes carrying hot, aggressive or
high purity media in
• Medical technology
1
piping system with pipe, fittings and accessories under • Pharmaceuticals industry
the patented trademark SYGEF®. • Bio-technology
Principal Characteristics • Semiconductors industry
• Excellent ageing resistance • Chromium-plating plants
• Range of application from -40 to +140°C. • Electroplating systems
• Good thermal dimensional stability • Desalination plants
• Outstanding thermal stability • Textiles industry
• High chemical resistance
• Resistant to ionizing radiation
• Excellent abrasion resistance
• Low combustibility (self-extinguishing)
PVDF PIPE, 232 psi/16 bar. Supplied in 5m (16.4 foot) lengths, clean, capped and bagged.
ORDER: 175.480 (Size No.) SYGEF PIPE
SIZE PRICE/ NOM. IPS SIZE DIM. (mm) WT./FT. PSI
NO. FT. (mm) (in.) d e (lbs.) AT 70°F
e
202 10.36 16 3/8 16 1.5 0.08 232
203 16.21 20 1/2 20 1.9 0.13 232

d 204 20.86 25 3/4 25 1.9 0.16 232
205 33.84 32 1 32 2.4 0.27 232
206 42.74 40 1 1/4 40 2.4 0.34 232
207 66.85 50 1 1/2 50 3.0 0.53 232
208 85.17 63 2 63 3.0 0.68 232
209 121.29 75 2 1/2 75 3.6 0.96 232
210 174.89 90 3 90 4.3 1.38 232
211 263.73 110 4 110 5.3 2.08 232
668* 456.55 160 6 160 4.9 2.48 150
669* 718.73 200 8 200 6.2 5.00 150

*Standard lengths 6m (19.7 ft.)
NOTE: Other sizes on request
PVDF BUTT AND SOCKET FITTINGS

ORDER: Part No. + Size No SIZE NO. 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 116 118
ITEM/ SIZE (in.) 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 6 8
PART NO. (mm) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 160 200

TEE
735.200-Socket 23.36 24.52 30.07 44.41 69.39 104.09 164.22 309.94 476.48 638.39 - -
735.208-Butt fusion - 24.52 30.07 44.41 69.39 104.09 164.22 309.94 476.48 638.39 1,220.84 2,255.25
90° ELBOW
735.100-Socket 12.49 14.34 18.04 36.08 57.83 85.12 144.79 247.49 370.08 684.65 - -
735.108-Butt fusion - 14.34 18.04 36.08 57.83 85.12 144.79 247.49 370.08 684.65 1,082.52 2,092.87
45° ELBOW
735.150-Socket 15.73 16.65 23.59 28.22 47.65 52.74 84.66 211.41 321.51 566.69 - -
735.158-Butt fusion - 16.65 23.59 28.22 47.65 52.74 84.66 211.41 321.51 566.69 715.67 1,160.70
COUPLING
735.910-Socket 9.95 10.41 12.26 16.19 24.52 72.40 103.16 107.56 168.62 309.02 - -
CAP
735.960 17.12 17.12 19.66 23.36 41.63 52.51 78.87 84.66 109.41 160.06 - -
UNION W/VITON
O-RING 735.510 36.78 42.10 51.35 68.47 98.07 136.93 206.32 340.01 457.97 606.01 - -
FLANGE ADAPTER 1)
735.790-Socket - 9.48 10.87 11.33 20.59 23.59 34.70 99.46 136.47 194.29 - -
735.798-Butt fusion - 9.48 10.87 11.33 20.35 23.59 35.62 99.46 135.54 193.83 763.78 1,551.61
FLANGE ADAPTER
FLAT FACE
735.800-Socket - 10.41 11.80 12.26 22.67 25.67 39.32 122.59 148.03 212.80 - -
FLANGE ADAPTER
GROOVED FACE
735.810-Socket - 11.33 12.95 13.65 22.67 28.45 41.63 120.28 164.22 231.30 - -
FLANGE RING
PVDF COATED STEEL
155.701 - 45.71 51.72 68.56 80.59 84.80 101.04 121.48 135.32 168.39 237.55 414.97
FLANGE RING
GALVANIZED STEEL
724.701 - 33.68 38.49 39.69 42.10 45.71 61.34 73.97 78.18 105.25 153.36 273.64
VITON FLANGE FLAT
GASKET 749.400 - 4.45 5.41 9.92 22.25 24.66 31.87 44.50 57.13 102.24 - -
VITON O-RING
749.410 - 7.34 8.60 10.22 17.44 19.85 27.66 33.08 39.09 72.17 - -
MALE ADAPTOR
THD x METRIC SPT
735.914 28.45 33.77 38.17 47.42 55.98 73.79 94.83 - - - - -
FEMALE ADAPTOR
THD x METRIC SOC.
1) With serrated face 735.915 21.05 26.14 37.93 48.11 69.39 91.36 110.33 - - - - -
1-69
VALVES
ORDER: Part No. + Size No.
1 Size No.
Size (in.)
Size (mm)
105
3/8
16
106
1/2
20
107
3/4
25
108
1
32
109
1 1/4
40
110
1 1/2
50
111
2
63
112
2 1/2
75
113
3
90
114
4
110
116
6
160
118
200
8
BUTTERFLY VALVE
175.367 - - - - - - - 1,563.64 1,894.41 2,255.25 3,698.61 4,390.22
DIAPHRAGM VALVE
175.315 - 386.27 414.03 476.48 654.58 791.05 1,040.85 1,996.65* 3,151.34* 3,638.47* 10,728.98* -
BALL VALVE**
175.346 215.80 230.38 282.19 365.45 473.24 691.59 958.74 - - - - -
BALL CHECK VALVE**
175.360 411.71 416.34 513.49 601.38 899.76 1,117.18 1,591.34 - - - - -
*Flanged, class 150 ANSI, bolt pattern, part # 175.317 – (size no.)
**Metric fusion socket
NOTE: Valves c/w viton seals, butterfly valve in wafer style with viton O-rings. Silicone O-rings also available.
REDUCING BUSHINGS Part No. 735.910 (Size No.)

SIZE SIZE PRICE SIZE SIZE PRICE SIZE SIZE PRICE SIZE SIZE PRICE SIZE SIZE PRICE
NO. (mm) EACH NO. (mm) EACH NO. (mm) EACH NO. (mm) EACH NO. (mm) EACH
334 20 x 16 16.19 348 40 x 20 27.06 355 50 x 20 33.54 362 63 x 20 47.65 364 75 x 63 98.53
337 25 x 20 16.56 347 40 x 25 27.76 354 50 x 25 33.54 361 63 x 25 47.65 371 90 x 63 115.19
342 32 x 20 23.59 346 40 x 32 32.38 353 50 x 32 33.54 360 63 x 32 49.96 370 90 x 75 115.19
341 32 x 25 23.59 352 50 x 40 40.25 359 63 x 40 49.96 378 110 x 63 151.50
358 63 x 50 49.96 376 110 x 90 161.91
590* 160 x 110 433.01
592* 200 x 160 493.15
*Butt fusion bushings
SYGEF PVDF HP (HIGH PURITY) PIPING SYSTEM
SYGEF PVDF HP (HIGH PURITY) PIPE AND FITTINGS – SOCKET FUSION/BUTT FUSION
The complete piping system for transporting and storing high purity liquids and gases
Particularly suitable for ultra pure media:

water, acids and gases
In the electronics and semiconductor industry SYGEF HP piping is used in the following indus-
increasing demands are being made on the puri- tries:
ty of etching and rinsing liquids, and thus on the • The semiconductor industry
piping systems in which they flow. • Biotechnology
• The foodstuffs industry
The main factors affected in purity specifications • The pharmaceutical industry
include:
• Organic contamination (TOC) Applications of SYGEF HP piping include:
• Metallic ions • Ultra pure water and high purity liquid production
• Bacteriology • The etching and rinsing of semiconductor wafer
• Particles surfaces
• Transport of high purity water, acids and gases.
These requirements are fulfilled in the SYGEF HP
system by strict quality control of the following
parameters:
• Maximum limit for TOC value
• Metallic ion mass
• Inside surface quality of piping (micropores and
rugosity)
• Dust-free packing
PVDF HP (HIGH PURITY) PIPING SYSTEM
PVDF BUTT AND SOCKET PIPE/FITTINGS

SIZE NO. 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141
1
ITEM/ SIZE (in.) 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 6 8
PART NO. (mm) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 160 200

PIPE* $/FT.
175.481 11.91 18.34 23.55 38.51 48.67 76.17 97.31 138.23 197.46 298.29 515.22 814.09
TEE
735.200-Socket 27.06 28.45 34.93 51.58 80.03 121.43 190.36 370.08 555.12 740.16 - -
735.208-Butt fusion - - - - - - - - - - 1,353.15 2,501.82
90° ELBOW
735.100-Socket 14.57 16.42 20.59 41.63 67.08 99.00 168.16 286.81 430.22 791.05 - -
735.018-Butt fusion - - - - - - - - - - 1,100.56 2,327.42
45° ELBOW
735.150-Socket 18.50 19.43 27.76 33.08 54.59 62.68 98.53 245.18 372.39 656.89 - -
735.158-Butt fusion - - - - - - - - - - 793.85 1,287.00
COUPLING
735.910-Socket 11.33 12.26 13.88 18.97 28.45 83.50 120.28 124.90 196.14 355.28 - -
CAP
735.960-Socket 19.20 19.89 23.36 27.53 48.34 61.30 92.29 98.53 129.07 185.73 - -
UNION W/VITION
O-RING
735.510-Socket 43.25 49.04 60.14 79.34 113.80 158.67 240.55 397.84 534.30 707.78 - -
FLANGE ADAPTOR
SERRATED FACE
735.790-( )Socket - 10.87 12.95 13.42 24.06 27.76 40.94 115.65 157.28 226.67 - -
735.798-( )Butt fusion - - - - - - - - - - 841.96 1,720.00
FLANGE ADAPTOR
GROOVED FACE
735.810-( )Socket - 40.25 42.33 42.56 53.43 56.90 70.32 115.65 157.28 226.67 - -
FLANGE ADAPTOR
FLAT FACE
735.800-( )Socket - 40.25 42.33 42.56 53.43 56.90 70.32 115.65 157.28 226.67 - -
DIAPHRAGM VALVE**
175.315 - 444.10 476.48 548.18 751.73 909.01 1,195.82 2,297.35** 3,626.44** 4,185.74** 12,334.71** -
BALL VALVE***
175.346 291.44 309.94 379.33 492.67 645.33 934.45 1,299.91 - - - - -
BALL CHECK VALVE***
175.360 439.47 448.72 550.49 645.33 962.21 1,193.51 1,704.68 - - - - -
NOTE: For small diameter HP butt fittings consult Fabco Plastics.

* Standard length 16.4 ft (5 m)
** Flanged, class 150 ANSI, bolt pattern, part # 175.317 – (size no.)
*** Standard with metric fusion socket and viton seals, butt fusion ends on request. Reducer bushings: contact Fabco Plastics.
BEAD AND CREVICE-FREE (BCF) FUSION JOINTING METHOD FOR IMPROVED PURITY
The principle of the fusion jointing The SYGEF HP BCF fusion machine
method is that a precisely defined is specifically designed for this system.
amount of heat energy is applied to the Fittings and valves in the SYGEF HP
ends of the pipes or fittings to be joined BCF range have external locating col-
by means of half-round heating ele- lars so that they can be clamped pre-
ments. At the same time an elastic pres- cisely in the heating element of the
sure element backs up the inside of the fusion machine.
fusion zone, so as to avoid a bead. The
thermoplastic melt, which is kept at a Applications of SYGEF HP BCF:
controlled pressure, assures an opti- • Semiconductor industry
mal, homogeneous joint between the • Biotechnology
plastic parts. Fully automatic control of • Pharmaceuticals
the fusion process with a fusion • Foodstuffs and beverages
machine developed by + GF + assures • Ultrapure chemicals
extremely easy handling and consistent • Thinfilm technology
joint quality.
PRICES ON REQUEST
1-71
PVDF HP BCF PIPING SYSTEM
1 PVDF PIPE/FITTINGS
ORDER: Part No. – ( Size No.) SYGEF BCF SYSTEM
SIZE NO. 706 707 708 709 710 711
SIZE (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 REDUCER ECCENTRIC
BUSHINGS REDUCER
(mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 735.908 735.938
PIPE SIZE SIZE PRICE
SIZE SIZE PRICE
175.481 Price/ft. 18.34 23.55 38.51 48.67 76.17 97.31 NO. (in.) EACH
NO. (in.) EACH
TEE* 737 25 x 20 20.12 737 25 x 20 24.98
175.208 29.84 36.78 52.97 83.04 128.14 187.12 742 32 x 20 37.47
742 32 x 20 30.99
90° ELBOW 741 32 x 25 31.69 741 32 x 25 37.93
735.108 18.39 22.32 44.64 91.71 100.04 172.32 748 40 x 20 36.31 748 40 x 20 44.87
45° ELBOW 747 40 x 25 37.47 747 40 x 25 44.87
735.158 24.52 28.68 36.08 62.45 75.17 114.03 746 40 x 32 38.86 746 40 x 32 47.88
753 50 x 32 43.25 753 50 x 32 52.51
UNION
752 50 x 40 46.03 752 50 x 40 56.44
735.518 49.96 61.99 97.84 130.45 160.99 237.31
760 63 x 32 54.82 760 63 x 32 60.14
FLANGE ADAPTER 759 63 x 40 60.60 759 63 x 40 70.08
735.798 26.83 30.07 32.38 51.35 61.76 81.19 758 63 x 50 57.59 758 63 x 50 77.49
DIAPHRAGM VALVE
175.315 490.36 527.36 615.26 832.68 1,008.47 1,327.66
* Reducing Tee: contact Fabco Plastics
SANITARY ADAPTER FITTING SANITARY CLAMP SANITARY GASKETS

Connects Stainless Steel to PVDF for Stainless Steel to PVDF adapter Natural Silicone
ORDER: 735.598 (Size No.) ORDER: 720.668 (Size No.) ORDER: 700.223 (Size No.)
SANITARY ADAPTER SANITARY CLAMP SANITARY GASKETS
SIZE STAINLESS STEEL PVDF SIZE PRICE SIZE STAINLESS STEEL PVDF SIZE PRICE SIZE STAINLESS STEEL PVDF SIZE PRICE
NO. TUBE SIZE (IN.) (mm) EACH NO. TUBE SIZE (IN.) (mm) EACH NO. TUBE SIZE (IN.) (mm) EACH
706 3/4 20 59.68 706 3/4 20 68.56 767 3/4 20 11.73
707 1 25 62.22 707 1 25 60.14 768 1 25 11.73
708 1 1/2 32 71.01 707 1 1/2 32 & 40 60.14 770 1 1/2 40 11.73
709 1 1/2 40 80.26 710 2 50 74.57 771 2 50 11.73
710 2 50 97.84 711 2 1/2 63 74.57 772 2 1/2 63 14.73
711 2 1/2 63 133.69
PVDF IR BUTT FUSION JOINING TECHNOLOGY

NEW INFRARED SYSTEM PERFECTS completely computerized program that
PIPE JOINING directs the operator at each step of the
joining process, including facing time, tem-
George Fischer Signets new computer- perature, cleaning and joining distance.
assisted Infrared System provides repeat- You need only position the pipe and fitting,
able butt-fusion joints, smaller beads and and follow the computer's instructions.
higher joint strength for semiconductor Computerized temperature-monitoring and
builders and chemical processors. heat-sensing automatically produces the
The new system uses infrared radiant proper weld for each material and particu-
heat to fuse the pipe and fitting, and is lar pipe size. The system can also provide
used with newly designed SYGEF PVDF complete written documentation of all
or polypropylene butt-fusion fittings avail- welding parameters for future reference.
able in 20 to 225 mm diameters. By using The George Fisher IR fusion joining
radiant heat, the pipe never touches the technology is a part of a system. Only the
heating surface, providing a purer, non- new GF, PVDF and PVDF–HP butt fusion
contaminated end-product and a smaller, pipe and fittings specially adapted for the
uniform weld bead. IR fusion machines can be butt fused with
The infrared system virtually eliminates this new technology.
any chance of error because it uses a
PRICES ON REQUEST
TEFLON (TFE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
INTRODUCTION
Teflon’s physical properties, low permeability, chemical inertness, high dielectric constant and temperature resistance of +500°F makes it THE material for highly
corrosive solutions. Typical industrial applications include: chemical process control, medical research, semiconductor manufacturing, ultra pure water systems,
transfer of dyes and acids, photo processing transfer of biologicals and adhesives, food handling, and instrumentation.
1
TEFLON SCHEDULE 80 PIPE
Nominal PF
PRESSURE LIMITS* Dia-Pipe Series
*Based on laboratory test. It is In. PSI
PIPE 1) WALL 2) PRICE/
PART NO. O.D. I.D. recommended that fittings be 1/8 125
SIZE THICKNESS FOOT
tested in extreme pressure
5115087 1/8 .405 .203 .095 114.87 1/4 100
environments.
5115088 1/4 .540 .282 .119 136.61 3/8 80
5115089 3/8 .675 .403 .126 142.23 1/2 60
5115090 1/2 .840 .546 .147 147.70 5/8 50

1) To be used with standard pipe fittings. stan-
5115091 3/4 1.050 .742 .154 164.10 dard length 6 ft., 10 ft lengths available. 3/4 40
5115092 1 1.315 .957 .179 180.53 2) Suitable for threading. 1 30
TEFLON PIPE FITTINGS (NPT)

PF...PIPE THREAD FITTINGS
This fitting series is the American Standard taper pipe thread (NPT) rated up to 125 PSI. Intended usage includes mating with industrial pipe fittings. An
assortment of styles and sizes up to 1” is available. For requirements having sizes greater than 1” please consult Fabco.
BUSHING A
NIPPLE A
THREAD SIZE
A HEX
PART NO. MALE FEMALE PRICE
THREAD SIZE A HEX INCHES INCHES
PART NO. PRICE INCHES INCHES
INCHES INCHES INCHES
MPF 42B 1/4 1/8 15/16 .56 48.01
MPF 4N 1/4 NPT 1 1/4 .50 28.11
MPF 64B 3/8 1/4 1 .68 57.13
MPF 6N 3/8 NPT 1 3/8 .68 28.38
MPF 84B 1/2 1/4 1 1.00 57.77
MPF 8N 1/2 NPT 1 11/16 .87 41.03
MPF 86B 1/2 3/8 1 1.00 57.77
MPF 12N 3/4 NPT 1 7/8 1.25 43.29
MPF 128B 3/4 1/2 1 1/8 1.25 96.52
COUPLING ELBOW A
A
THREAD SIZE A HEX THREAD SIZE A B

PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE
INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES
MPF 4C 1/4 NPT 1 1/2 .81 28.27 MPF 4 E 1/4 NPT 13/16 13/16 55.52
MPF 8C 1/2 NPT 1 1/2 1.25 77.31 MPF 8 E 1/2 NPT 1 1/8 1 1/8 90.93
PLUG A TEE A
THREAD SIZE A HEX THREAD SIZE A B

PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE
INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES
MPF 4P 1/4 NPT 3/4 .50 26.02 MPF 4 T 1/4 NPT 1 5/8 13/16 74.37
MPF 6P 3/8 NPT 7/8 .68 27.74 MPF 8 T 1/2 NPT 2 1/4 1 1/8 100.72
MPF 8P 1/2 NPT 1 .87 37.86
PROPERTIES TFE TEFLON VALVES

2,500-4,000 (73°F) WE CAN OFFER: Solenoid Valves 1/8” NPT to 1/2” NPT
Ultimate Tensile Strength, psi (ASTM D 638)
1,500 (482°F)
Pneumatic Valves 1/8” NPT to 1 1/2” NPT
225-450 (73°F)
Ultimate Elongation, % (ASTM D 638)
350 (482°F)
Metering Valves 1/8” NPT, 1/4” NPT
Plug Valves 1/8” NPT to 1/2” NPT
Coefficient of Friction (Dynamic) 0.10
Ball Valves 1/4” NPT to 1” NPT PRICES ON REQUEST
Continuous Use Temperature, °F 500
Specific Gravity (ASTM M 792) 2.11-2.19 PIPE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Dielectric Strength (ASTM D 149)
All pipe fittings require Teflon tape to help with the sealing. After making sure the lead in
1400 thread is engaged properly, tighten the fitting in a clockwise motion until it is finger tight. Then
Short Term Volts/Mil 10 Mils
2.05 ± 0.05 from using a wrench, turn the fitting 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn past finger tight.
Dielectric Constant (ASTM D 150)
102 to 1010 Hz *CAUTION do not overtighten the fittings. Because of the nature of Teflon it is possible to pull
GEL Point, °F 620 the threads out and strip the fitting so it can no longer be used.
1-73
FEP / PFA PIPE
SCHEDULE 80 FLUOROPOLYMER PIPE (10’ LENGTH STANDARD)
1 NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
INCH
PART NO.
O.D.
INCH
I.D.
INCH
WALL
INCH FEP
PRICE PER FOOT
PFA
PFA
HIGH PURITY ECTFE
4403 4203 4303 4103
1/8 02 .405 .215 .095 7.98 14.09 19.79 -
1/4 04 .540 .302 .119 13.34 23.52 33.01 -
3/8 06 .675 .423 .126 18.34 32.34 45.39 -
1/2 07 .840 .546 .147 26.73 47.13 66.13 42.34
3/4 08 1.050 .748 .151 35.55 62.69 87.97 50.33
1 09 1.315 .957 .179 52.74 92.98 130.50 69.04
1 1/4 10 1.660 1.278 .191 72.52 127.86 179.47 -
1 1/2 11 1.990 1.500 .200 87.71 154.62 216.99 84.38
2 12 2.375 1.939 .218 120.81 213.15 298.98 110.87
The fluorocarbon family is made up of several branches. They are linings for pipes in the chemical industry, aircraft wiring, and glazing
polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE or TFE), fluorinated ethylene propylene for solar energy collectors. Availabilities include film, sheet, rod and
(FEP), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), perfluoroalkoxy (PFA), poly- tubing.
chlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE), ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene
(ECTFE), ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene (ETFE), and polyvinylfluoride PFA – perfluoralkoxy is a melt processible fluoroplastic. Properties
(PVF). The most common of the above are PTFE (or TFE), and FEP. are similar to PTFE and FEP, although PFA has slightly better
mechanical properties than FEP above 150° C. It is duPont product
FEP – fluorinated ethylene propylene has all the desirable properties sold under the TEFLON® trade name. Applications include liners for
of PTFE but with a service temperature of 200° C. (392°F). FEP can valves, pumps, pipe and fittings, heat shrinkable tubing for electronics,
be extruded by conventional methods into rods or tubes, and special roll covers, and electric wire insulation. PFA is optically clear with a
shapes. It is, like PTFE, a soft material with lower tensile strength, refractive index of 1.3.
wear resistance, and creep resistance. It is chemically inert and
insoluable in all but a few exotic solvents. FEP is manufactured by UltraPure PFA Piping – This special product is made of 100% virgin
duPont and sold under the trade name TEFLON®. Applications TEFLON® PFA 440HP and 450HP. These materials provide the low-
include electronic items such as wire covering and spaghetti tubing, est extractable ionic and organic levels in PFA materials.
Schedule 80 Threadable Pipe and Pipe Fitting Connections

Pressure vs. Temperature
Fluid Temperature (°C)

10.0 37.8 65.5 93.3 121.1 148.9 176.7 204.4
1034
1/16" to 3/8"
125 862
1/2"
Pressure (PSIG)
Pressure (kPa)
100 690
3/4"
75 517
1"
50 345
25 172
*Preliminary Rating
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Fluid Temperature (°F)
Note: For applications outside of these ratings,
please consult the factory.
SANI–PRO® TUBING AND FITTINGS
A Totally New Sanitary Process System Easy to Install and Maintain
Sani-Pro is the latest state-of-the-art in sanitary tubing system tech- Sani-Pro was designed for on-the-job fabrication and installation.
nology and an attractive alternative to conventional materials including Sani-Pro tubing is easily cut to desired length and deburred using Sani-
stainless steel and glass. Sani-Pro is an extremely tough and durable
polypropylene. It is inert, exhibits excellent chemical resistance and
Pro accessories. Ferrules are formed by using the Sani-Pro Flange
Former—an easy-to-learn, simple-to-operate, portable machine which
1
does not corrode, rust, scale or pit on inside or outside surfaces. Non- forms precise ferrules. The Flange Former is available for sale or lease
conductive Sani-Pro is not subject to galvanic action. from your Sani-Pro distributor or Fabco can supply ferruled Sani-Pro
tubing, ordered to size. The inert characteristics of Sani-Pro its low per-
Features:
meability and smooth inside and outside wall surfaces are ideal for use
• Superior corrosion and chemical resistance
with most CIP solutions. Since Sani-Pro is translucent, any impediment
• Designed for flow processing applications including food, high
to flow is easy to detect.
purity water, beverage, brewery, dairy and pharmaceutical
• Compatible with other sanitary systems Substantial Savings Over Other Sanitary Process
• Easy to install and maintain Systems
• Substantial savings over other sanitary process systems Sani-Pro sanitary tubing and fittings are dramatically lower in cost
• Total system availability than similar stainless steel or glass components. They provide savings
in initial installation as well as in tubing and fitting inventory investment.
For Food, Beverage, Brewery, Dairy, Cosmetic and Their light weight and ease of fabrication reduce labor costs. Sani-Pro
Pharmaceutical Processing Systems also provides economy of operation. Its low thermal conductivity
Complete in-use systems have demonstrated the outstanding advan- reduces heat transference, thus cutting energy costs and minimizing
tages of Sani-Pro. Non-toxic and non-contaminating, Sani-Pro conforms tubing insulation requirements in many applications.
to applicable FDA USDA and 3A standards for materials in contact with Total System Availability
foods, pharmaceuticals and dairy products. Its smooth interior-wall sur- Sani-Pro tubing is available in 1 1/2”, 2”, 2 1/2”, 3” and 4” nominal
face maximizes flow rates. Its light weight and unitized quick-disconnect sanitary inside diameters and stocked in ten-foot* lengths. Sani-Pro fit-
flange, gasket and clamp simplify inspection, service and cleaning. tings are supplied in both TEE and 90° ELL configurations in 1 1/2”, 2”
SaniPro resists attack from a wide variety of chemicals including acids, and 3”. All accessories for system are available from Fabco, your Sani-
brine solutions, emulsions and most alcohols, CIP and sanitizing solu- Pro distributor, including clamps, gaskets, hangers, supports, fittings
tions. and reducer-adapters.
* 20’ lengths available on special order
SANI–PRO® C
• Permits continuous visual inspection
• It is designed to handle most low temperature service applications.
CAUTION
• Do not pneumatically test Sani-Pro
components or systems using com-
pressed air or gas. Hydrostatic testing
procedures recommended.
• Do not use Sani-Pro for transport or storage
of compressed air or gas.
• Do not exceed working pressures or
expansion/contraction limits for Sani-Pro C
as provided in tables.
• Cold sanitizing is required.
• When Sani-Pro C is used between Display demonstrates ver-
stainless steel tubing, hangers must be satility of Sani-Pro flow
process installation utilizing
adjusted to provide for expansion. Request Universal Stack and
Bulletin SPHS. Suspension System. Note:
• Temperatures should not exceed 120°F as stackability mixing of sizes
and changing of direction.
damage may occur.
Sani-Pro C Sanitary Flanged Fittings PRICES ON REQUEST
Elbows Tees Adapter
(Concentric reducers
Cross-section demonstrates one- available in sizes 1 1/2”
piece construction of Sani-Pro C
to 2”, 1 1/2” to 3” and 2”
unitized sanitary tubing ferrule.
to 3”. Other sizes upon
request.)
1 1/2”, 2” and 3” 1 1/2”, 2” and 3” 1” to 1 1/2”
End Caps Gaskets Clamps 1 1/2”, 2”, 2 1/2”, 3” and 4”
(Available in
Hycar, Teflon®*
and other
materials)
1 1/2”, 2” and 3” 1 1/2”, 2”, 2 1/2”, 3” and 4” (Axial and worm drive)
Sani-Pro® is a Registered Trademark of Sani-Tech, Inc. *Teflon is a Registered Trademark of E.I. Dupont Corp.
1-75
BURST PRESSURE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES EXPANSION
(Typical Curve)
Test
Test
Sani-Pro C OR CONTRACTION
1 Based on Tensile Strength
B. P. = (2) (T.S.) (WALL)
O.D.
Rockwell Hardness, R
Method
D785 109
PER 100 FT. OF PIPE
Tensile strength at SANI–PRO C PVC 4.0 X 10-5 IN/IN °F (542B)
D638 7300 (51.1)
O.D. yield, psi (MPa)
1. 606 O.D. –––●–––●–––● Izod impact strength, 240
Temperature (Rise or Drop) in °F

2. 106 O.D. –––▲––-▲–––▲ ft-lbs/in., notch D256 0.95
200
C
@ 68°F
ro
-P
3. 106 O.D. –––■–––■–––■
ni
Coefficient of thermal
Sa
C177 4.5 x 104 160
All Walls .125 conductivity
Coefficient of thermal 120
D696 4.0 x 10-5
expansion in/in/°F
SANI–PRO C (Clear, Blue Tint) 80
Heat distortion
1400 temperature, °F @ D648 135
264 PSI 40
Modulus of 0
1200 elasticity
D638 4.4 x 105
0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
Run in (inches)
1000 Flammability - Self-extinguishing
Change in length of 100 (Ft.)
FDA Regulation No. - 178.3790 Example: 100 Ft. Sani-Pro C ∆ 100°F = 5.0 inches Per
800
100 Ft.
600 DIMENSIONS
NOMINAL
I.D. O.D. WALL LENGTH
400 SIZE
1”* .856 1.106 .125 10’

200
1 1/2”** 1.356 1.606 .125 10’
0
-40 0 +40 +80 +120 +160 +200 +240 2”** 1.856 2.106 .125 10’
(I.D., O.D. and wall dimensions will vary
Temperature °F 2 1/2” 2.356 2.606 .125 10’ within established tolerances.)
To calculate working pressure divide burst pressure *Also available in flexible formulation. Use with 1” to 1 1/2”
by a safety factor of 5. 3” 2.856 3.106 .125 10’ adapter.
(Not for Specifications) **Also available in flexible formulation.
4” 3.810 4.060 .125 10’
SANI–PRO® T Sani-Pro T Sanitary Flanged Fittings PRICES ON REQUEST

• Superior corrosion and chemical resistance Elbows Tees Concentric Reducer
• Its pressure and temperature ranges are sufficient
to handle most moderate service applications.
(Other sizes
Cross-section demonstrates one- available)
piece construction of Sani-Pro T
unitized sanitary tubing ferrule.
1 1/2”, 2” and 3” 1 1/2”, 2” and 3” 1 1/2” to 2”, 1 1/2 to 3”, 2” to 3”
End Caps Gaskets Clamps 1 1/2”, 2”, 2 1/2”, 3” and 4”
(Available in
Hycar, Teflon*
and other
materials)
1 1/2”, 2” and 3” 1 1/2”, 2”, 2 1/2”, 3” and 4” (Axial and worm drive)
*Teflon is a Registered Trademark of E.I. Dupont Corp.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
CAUTION DIMENSIONS
Test
• Do not pneumatically test Sani-Pro compo- (I.D., O.D. and wall dimensions will vary Test
Method
Sani-Pro T
nents or systems using compressed air or within established tolerances.)
Rockwell Hardness, R D785A 75
gas. Hydrostatic testing procedures recom- NOMINAL
I.D. O.D. WALL LENGTH
mended. SIZE Tensile strength at
D638 4000 (28)
yield, psi (MPa)
• Do not use Sani-Pro for transport or stor- 1” .856 1.106 .125 10’
Izod impact strength,
age of compressed air or gas. ft-lbs/in.
1 1/2” 1.356 1.606 .125 10’
• Do not exceed working pressures or expan- @ 73°F D256A 10 (534)
sion/contraction limits for Sani-Pro T as @ 0°F D256A 1.0 (53.4)
2” 1.856 2.106 .125 10’
provided in tables. Elongation at yield, % D638 23
• When Sani-Pro T is used between stainless
2 1/2” 2.356 2.606 .125 10’ Flexural modulus,
steel tubing, hangers must be adjusted to D790B 160,000 (1,120)
psi (MPa)
provide for expansion. Request Bulletin 3” 2.856 3.106 .125 10’
SPHS. Coefficient of thermal
D696 5.4 x 10-5
expansion in/in/°F
• Temperatures should not exceed 185°F as 4” 3.810 4.060 .125 10’
damage may occur. FDA Regulation No. - 177.1520
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
BURST PRESSURE SANI–PRO T (Translucent White) EXPANSION

1400
(Typical Curve) OR CONTRACTION
Based on Tensile Strength
B. P. = (2) (T.S.) (WALL)
O.D.
1200
1000
PER 100 FT. OF PIPE
240
1
Temperature (Rise or Drop) in °F

O.D. 200
T
1. 606 O.D. –––●–––●–––● 800 Pr
o
160 ni-
2. 106 O.D. –––▲–––▲–––▲ Sa
3. 106 O.D. –––■–––■–––■ 600 120
All Walls .125 80

400
40
200 0
0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
0 Run in (inches)
-40 0 +40 +80 +120 +160 +200 +240
Temperature °F
To calculate working pressure divide burst pressure by a
safety factor of 5.
(Not for Specifications)
SANI-PRO® H
Halar® ECTFE (EthyleneChloroTriFluoroEthylene) offers an array system available. This system prevents product contamination,
of benefits to the Semiconductor, Biotechnology, Chemical and improves velocities, and is easier to clean. The fluoropolymer Halar®
Photographic processing Industries. Halar® exhibits a glass like virtually eliminate the possible adhesion of bacteria or particulates
while also reducing any product adhesion or shear stress. Sani-Pro®
micro-smooth surface that is unavailable in any other thermoplastic or H Is the ultimate fluid handling system for applications of ultra pure
metallic finish. Halar® is resistant to a wide range of chemicals includ- water, metal sensitive products, delicate emulsions and corrosive liq-
ing oxidizing acids, alkalies, metal etchants, photo developers and uids.
other organic solvents. In addition it offers a superior barrier to per-
Features:
meation of liquids, gases and vapors. Simply, there is no other ther-
• Sani-Pro® H is the ultimate fluid handling system
moplastic that can provide the versatility of Halar® ECTFE.
• Ideal choice for flow processing applications including semiconduc-
tor high purity water, acids and chemicals. Biotechnology protein
ECTFE is unique among the fluoropolymer family due to it’s
production, and purification.
extremely low leachability, excellent chemical resistance and remark-
• Superior corrosion and chemical resistance
able resistance to permeation. Halar’s® smooth surface finish when
• Easy to install and maintain
combined with FABCO’s sanitary connection and field flange forming
• Compatible with other sanitary systems
capabilities offers a user the purest and most versatile fluid handling
• Total system availability
Sani-Pro Halar® Components PRICES ON REQUEST
40 60
20 80
100
Sanitary Ball Valve Sanitary Teflon Diaphragm Sanitary Connection Self-Draining True Union Clamp
1/4” thru 2” Liquid-filled Pressure Gauge to Tube Barb Sanitary Diaphragm Valve 1/4” thru 2”
1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2”
Cross Tee Tee Sharp 90 degree 45 degree 90 degree Female Pipe Thread Support Pipe Clamp
1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2” Elbow Elbow Sweep Elbow to Sanitary Connection 1/4” thru 2”
1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2”
Concentric Reducer Eccentric Reducer End Cap Male Pipe Thread Gasket
1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2” 1/4” thru 2” to Sanitary Connection 1/4” thru 2”
1/4” thru 2”
Halar® is a Registered Trademark of Ausimont, Inc.
1-75
DOUBLE CONTAINED PIPING SYSTEM
Prevention Is The Best Solution
The best way to minimize leaks and fugitive emissions from your chemical piping sys-
1 tems is to prevent any possibility of their reaching the atmosphere or surrounding soils.
Guardian piping systems are engineered and constructed to provide you with this very
type of protection. We offer you a wide selection of materials designed to withstand any
type of corrosive, toxic or hazardous chemical that your facility handles. This includes
Double Contained Piping Systems
the more than 800 chemicals on the RCRA list that require piping and tanks to be
equipped with secondary containment. Our systems are constructed from proven, list-
ed components and are fabricated using our own proprietary methods.
Features & Benefits • Experience
• Wide Material Selection • Factory Assistance
• Pre-Tested Modular Components • Complete Fitting Selection
• Easy Installation • Financial Strength
Applications:
Diesel Generators Hazardous Chemicals
• Hospitals • Chemical Companies
• Greenhouses • Fertilizer Companies
• Telephone Companies • Nuclear Facilities
• Airports • Steel Companies
• Refrigeration Warehouses • Plastic Companies
• Government • Pesticide Manufacturers
Petroleum Products • Universities
Lab Waste
• Gas Stations • Prisons
• Hospitals
• Auto Plants
• Schools and Universities
• Airports Acids and Bases • R & D Facilities
• UPS, Federal Express • Paper Mills • Toxic Waste Sites
• Telephone Companies • Water Treatment • Government Installations
• Government • Plating Companies
• Marines • Chemical Companies Overhead Protective Piping
• Military Installations • Pharmaceutical Companies • Computer Rooms
• Telephone Equipment
System Options And Sizing • High Voltage Areas
Guardian offers a wide selection of materials and pressure ranges to choose from. This sec- • Employee Protection
tion shows some common material combinations and sizing selections available to meet your • Trestle Piping
requirements. When selecting the material and its size, always consider temperature, pressure • Cafeterias
and chemical compatibility. Our engineering department is ready to assist in your selection. • Gases in a Return Air Plenum
Considerations are:
(1) Chemical Compatibility (10) Future Requirements
(2) Pressure (11) Type of Leak Detection Cross Sectional Views
(3) Temperature (12) Local Codes
(4) Velocity (13) Economics
(5) Flow Requirements (14) Expansion/Contraction
(6) Distance to be moved (Expansion Loops & Elbows)
(7) Branches (15) Joining & Installation Methods
(8) System Design Life – Carrier (16) External Supports
(9) Underground (17) Termination – Test Fittings
PRESSURE RATING VERSUS TEMPERATURE SERVICE

MAXIMUM NON-SHOCK OPERATING PRESSURE (CARRIER PIPING ONLY)
AT 73° F. AT 140° F.
PVC / CPVC /
SIZE PP 80 PVDF 80 PVC 40 PVC 80 CPVC 80 PP 80 PVDF 80
CPVC 40 CPVC 80 CPVC/PVC – TEE
1/2 600 850 410 580 132 187 468 267 336
DISCONTINUED
DISCONTINUED
DISCONTINUED
DISCONTINUED
3/4 480 690 330 470 106 152 380 215 273 Testing
1 450 630 310 430 99 139 347 202 249 Every Guardian Double Containment Piping System Component is put
1 1/2 330 470 230 326 73 103 259 150 189 to the test prior to being readied for use. We subject every part to a vari-
2 280 400 200 270 62 88 220 130 157
ety of pressure tests and non-destructive examination (NDE) techniques,
3 260 370 190 250 57 81 204 124 145
4 220 320 160 220 48 70 176 104 128
prior to acceptance. First every fabrication is 100% visually inspected
6 180 280 140 190 40 62 154 91 110
every step of the way. Then, every fabricated component is pressure test-
8 160 250 - - 35 55 138 - - ed, using Guardian-developed hydrostatic and pneumatic testing equip-
10 140 230 - - 31 51 127 - - ment. Depending on the application and the fluid services, the compo-
12 130 230 - - 29 51 127 - - nent may be subjected to a variety of other non-destructive tests. No
NOTE: The maximum pressure rating for Guardian Piping Components, regard- other testing program is as rigorous as Guardian’s.
less of size, is 150 PSI at 73°F.
All drainage pressures should never exceed 20 PSI. Guardian by Chemtrol®
MATERIAL SELECTION / SYSTEMS OPTIONS
SYSTEM
PVC Sch 80/80
AVAILABLE SIZES JOINING METHOD FITTING AVAILABILITY TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Acids and bases chlorinated hydrocabons,
1
1/2/2 thru Solvent 90, 45, T, R, BV,
PVC SYSTEMS
PVC Sch 80/40 petroleum products, and a wide range

PVC Sch 40/40 18/24 Cementing BCV, TM, D, Z of organic and inorganic chemicals.
C, FD, 1/4B, 1/8B, Acid waste, chemical waste, inc,
PVC DWV/ 1 1/2/4 thru Solvent 1/16B, ST, P, W chlorinated hydrocarbons, petroleum
PVC DWV 18/24 Cementing Combo, D, TM, Z products, organic and inorganic chemicals.
CPVC Sch 60/ 1/2/2 thru Solvent 90, 45, T, R. BV, Acids and bases, chlorinated hydrocarbons,
CPVC SYSTEMS
CPVC Sch 80 8/12 Cementing BCV, TM, D, Z petroleum products, and a wide range of
organic and inorganic chemicals.
CPVC Sch 80/ 1/2/2 thru Solvent 90, 45, T, R, BV, Acids and bases, chlorinated hydrocarbons,
PVC Sch 80 12/18 Cementing BCV, TM, D, Z petroleum products, and a wide range of
organic and inorganic chemicals.
90, 45, T, R, BV, BCV, Acids and bases, acid waste, and a
PolyPropylene/ 1/2/2 thru Heat
PP
TM, D, Z, C, FD, 1/4B, wide range of organic and inorganic
DISCONTINUED
Polypropylene
PVDF/PVDF
8/12
1/2/2 thru
Fusion
Heat
1/8B, ST, P, W, Combo
90, 45, T, R, BV, BCV,
chemicals.
Strong acids, acid waste, chlorinated
PVDF
PVDF/PP 8/12 Fusion TM, D, Z, C, FD, 1/4B, compounds, halogens, and a wide range
PVDF/PE 1/8B, ST, P, W, Combo of organic and inorganic chemicals.
90, 45, T, R, BV, BCV, Strong acids, acid waste, and a wide
PE/PE 1/3 thru Heat
PE
TM, D, Z, C, FD, 1/4B, range of organic and inorganic

PE/PP 18/24 Fusion 1/8B, ST, P, W, Combo chemicals.
90. 45, T, R, BV, BCV,
1/2/3 thru Organic chemicals, petroleum
FRP
FRP/FRP Epoxy Cement TM, D, Z, C, FD, 1/4B,

18/24 1/8B, ST, P, W, Combo products, and mild acids and bases.
Carbon Steel*/ G.A.W./ Organic chemicals, petroleum

PVC Sch 80 1/2/2 thru Solvent 90, 45, T, R, BV products, some corrosives and
CS SYSTEMS
-40 18/24 Cementing BCV, TM, D, Z concentrated acids.

G.A.W./ Organic chemcials, petroleum
Carbon Steel*/ 1/2/2 thru Solvent 90, 45, T, R, BV, products, some corrosives and
CS-FRP 18/24 Cementing BCV, TM, D, Z concentrated acids.
COPPER
COPPER/PVC 1/2/2 thru Solder/ 90, 45, T, R, BV, Organic chemicals, petroleum products,
COPPER/FRP 6/10 Cement Epoxy BCV, TM, D, Z some corrosives and mild acids.
G.A.W., G.T.A.W.,
Stainless Steel**/ 1/2/2 thru 90, 45, T, R, BV, BCV, Organic chemicals, petroleum
SS
G.M.A.W./
FRP 18/24 Solvent Cementing TM, D, Z products, and mild acids and bases.
NOTE: *Available in a wide range of schedules.

**Available in 304, 304L, 316, 316L, and a wide range of other grades and schedules.
***Available in Schedule 40 and 80. Expansion loops available for all materials.
Fitting Code Index

Pressure 90=90° elbow • 45=45° elbow DWV C= Cleanout • FD= Floor drain
Fittings: • T= Tee • R= Reducer Fittings: • 1/4B= 1/4 Bend
• BV= Ball valve • BCV= Ball check valve • 1/8B= 1/8 Bend • 1/16B= 1/16 Bend
• TM= Termination • D= Discs • ST= Sanitary tee • P= P-Trap • W= Wye
• Z= Zone anchor • Combo= Wye and 1/8 Bend • D= Discs
• TM= Termination • Z= Zone anchor
1-79
90° ELBOW PRE-FABRICATED PIPE
PVC, CPVC
L1
1 OD2 OD1
L2
SPIDER
C1
C2 OD2 ID2 OD1 ID1
D1
D2 INTERSTITIAL ZONE
CPVC or PVC S/8040 PVC or CPVC S/8080

CARRIER/ APRX. CARRIER/
L1 L2 ID1 OD1 ID2 OD2 WT/FT
CONTAINMENT
C1 C2 D1 D2 OD1 OD2
WT. ALL PRICES ON REQUEST. QUOTED ON A CONTAINMENT
1/2 x 2 2.40 3.30 1.156 .875 2.375 .84 .83 PROJECT BASIS. DRAWINGS AND A COM- 1/2 x 2 20 5.0 .546 .840 1.939 2.375 1.30
3/4 x 3 3.72 4.72 1.875 1.00 3.50 1.05 2.06 PLETE MATERIAL RECOMMENDATION 3/4 x 3 20 5.0 .742 1.05 2.90 3.50 2.50
1x3 3.72 5.00 1.875 1.25 3.50 1.315 2.30 CHECKLIST ARE REQUIRED. 1x3 20 5.0 .957 1.315 2.90 3.50 2.60
1 1/2 x 4 4.34 5.70 2.00 1.375 4.50 1.90 4.18 1 1/2 x 4 20 6.0 1.50 1.90 3.826 4.50 3.90
2x4 4.34 5.80 2.00 1.50 4.50 2.375 4.86 2x4 20 6.0 1.939 2.375 3.826 4.50 4.20
3x6 6.50 8.40 3.00 1.875 6.625 3.50 7.54 3x6 20 7.0 2.90 3.50 5.761 6.625 7.40
4x8 8.60 10.90 4.00 2.25 8.625 4.50 26.77 4x8 20 7.0 3.826 4.50 7.625 8.625 12.5
6 x 10 10.70 13.70 5.375 3.00 10.75 6.625 41.54 6 x 10 20 10 5.761 6.625 9.564 10.75 17.6
8 x 12 12.72 16.70 6.875 4.00 12.75 8.625 74.5 8 x 12 20 10 7.625 8.625 11.37 12.75 26.0
PVC S/4040 PVC or CPVC S/8040

C1 C2 D1 D2 OD1 OD2 L1 L2 ID1 OD1 ID2 OD2 WT/FT
CONTAINMENT WT. CONTAINMENT
1/2 x 2 2.40 3.10 1.156 .68 2.375 .84 .62 1/2 x 2 20 5.0 .546 .840 2.067 2.375 .9
3/4 x 3 3.72 4.40 1.875 .72 3.50 1.05 1.69 3/4 x 3 20 5.0 .742 1.05 3.06 3.50 1.76
1x3 3.72 4.60 1.875 .875 3.50 1.315 1.87 1x3 20 5.0 .957 1.315 3.06 3.50 1.90
1 1/2 x 4 4.34 5.40 2.00 1.09 4.50 1.90 3.36 1 1/2 x 4 20 6.0 1.50 1.90 4.02 4.50 2.80
2x4 4.34 5.50 2.00 1.156 4.50 2.375 3.68
DOUBLE CONTAINMENT FITTING MATRIX 2x4 20 6.0 1.939 2.375 4.02 4.50 3.10
3x6 6.50 8.40 3.00 1.875 6.625 3.50 8.25 3x6 20 7.0 2.90 3.50 6.06 6.625 5.60
Pressure Drainage
4x8 8.60 10.60 4.00 2.00 8.625 4.50 22.45 4x8 20 7.0 3.826 4.50 7.98 8.625 8.50
• 90 DEG. ELBOW • 1/8 BEND
6 x 10 10.70 13.70 5.375 3.00 10.75 6.625 25.84 6 x 10 20 10 5.761 6.625 10.0 10.75 13.8
• 45 DEG. ELBOW • 1/4 BEND 8 x 12 20 10 7.625 8.625 11.93 12.75 19.5
8 x 12 12.72 16.70 6.875 4.00 12.75 8.625 50.0
• TEE • 1/6 BEND *
CPVC or PVC S/8080 • CONC. REDUCER • 1/16 BEND *
PVC/DWV
C1 C2 D1 D2 OD1 OD2 • BALL VALVE • SANITARY TEE L1 L2 ID1 OD1 ID2 OD2 WT/FT
CONTAINMENT WT. CONTAINMENT
• CHECK VALVE • WYE
1/2 x 2 2.75 3.60 1.50 .875 2.375 .84 1.30 1/2 x 2 20 5.0 0.622 0.840 2.06 2.375 0.9
• ZONE / ANCHOR • REDUCER
3/4 x 3 3.72 4.72 1.875 1.00 3.50 1.05 2.80 3/4 x 3 20 5.0 0.824 1.05 3.08 3.50 1.7
• TERMINATION • P-TRAP
1x3 3.72 5.00 1.875 1.25 3.50 1.315 3.04 1x3 20 5.0 1.04 1.315 3.08 3.50 1.8
• ACCESS TEE • ZONE / ANCHOR
1 1/2 x 4 4.60 6.00 2.25 1.375 4.50 1.90 5.51 1 1/2 x 4 20 6.0 1.61 1.90 4.02 4.50 2.6
• EXPANSION JOINT • CLEANOUT
2x4 4.60 6.10 2.25 1.50 4.50 2.375 6.20 2x4 20 6.0 2.06 2.375 4.02 4.50 2.8
• CLOSURE COUPLINGS • TERMINATION
3x6 6.50 8.40 3.00 1.875 6.625 3.50 14.5 3x6 20 7.0 3.08 3.50 6.06 6.625 5.0
• ACCESS TEE
4x8 8.70 11.00 4.00 2.25 8.625 4.50 28.00 4x8 20 7.0 4.02 4.50 7.98 8.625 7.5
• FLOOR DRAIN
6 x 10 11.40 14.40 5.50 3.00 10.75 6.625 54.00 6 x 10 20 10 6.06 6.625 10.0 10.75 11.5
*SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY 8 x 12 20 10 7.98 8.625 11.9 12.75 16.0
8 x 12 13.70 17.70 7.00 4.00 12.75 8.625 96.24
ABOVE FITTING MEETS ASTM SPECIFICATIONS: ABOVE PIPE MEETS ASTM SPECIFICATIONS:
PVC S/40 – D2466 DWV – D2665
PVC S/80 – D2467 PVC 80 OR 40 – D1785
CPVC S/80 – F439 CPVC 80 OR 40 – F441
COMMON DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING MATERIAL COMBINATIONS

PRIMARY PIPING MATERIALS
LINEAR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION FACTORS METAL THERMOSET THERMOPLASTIC
PER 100 FEET OF PIPE CS40/PVC40 FRP/PVC40 PVC80/PVC80
CS80/PVC40 FRP/PVC80 PVC80/PVC40
∆ DEG. F STEEL COPPER PVC FRP PP & PVDF CS40/PVC80 FRP/CPVC40 PVC40/PVC40
THERMOPLASTIC
0 0 0 0 0 0 CS80/PVC80 FRP/CPVC80 CPVC80/PVC80

DISCONTINUED
20 0.15 0.25 0.62 0.26 2.00 304SS40/PVC40 FRP/HDPE CPVC80/PVC40

SECONDARY PIPING SYSTEM
304SS80/PVC40 FRP/PP CPVC40/PVC80

40 0.30 0.45 1.30 0.52 4.00
304SS40/PVC80 CPVC40/PVC40
60 0.455 0.65 2.20 0.78 6.00
304SS80/PVC80 CPVC80/CPVC80
80 0.61 0.87 2.80 1.05 8.00
316SS40/PVC40 CPVC80/CPVC40
100 0.77 1.10 3.50 1.31 10.00
316SS80/PVC40 HDPE/HDPE
120 0.915 1.35 4.25 1.57 12.00 316SS40/PVC80
140 1.076 1.57 4.80 1.83 14.00 316SS80/PVC80
160 1.235 1.77 5.50 2.09 16.00 COPPER/PVC40
180 1.40 2.00 6.30 2.35 18.00 COPPER/PVC80
200 1.57 2.25 7.12 2.62 20.00 CS40/UL FRP UL FRP/UL FRP PVC80/FRP
CS80/UL FRP UL FRP/FRP PVC40/FRP
THERMOSET
The expansion for any length of pipe may be found by the following method: from the table CS40/FRP FRP/FRP CPVC80/FRP
above, obtain the difference in increase length at the minimum and maximum temperatures, CS80/FRP COPPER/FRP CPVC40/FRP
divide this result by 100 to obtain the increase in length per foot, and multiply by the length 304SS40/UL FRP
of the line in feet. This method should be used to calculate both the carrier and contain-
304SS80/UL FRP
ment pipes.
316SS40/FRP
316SS80/FRP
EXTERNAL LIQUID LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
Guardian Leak Detection System
Features/Benefits:
For Double Containment Piping Systems • Audible & Visual Alarms
• Eliminates need for manual/visual leak
detection
• “Push Button Test” capability on
1
Control Panel
• Access to all Leak Detection Sensors
• Saddle clamp sensor zones can easily
be relocated in above ground applications
• Operates off a 120 VAC line
• Meets RCRA Requirements
There are numerous methods available to mon-

itor tanks and piping systems. Guardian Leak
detection options include:
(1) External Sensors
(2) Continuous Sensing Cable
(3) pH Probes
(4) Liquid Level
(5) Moisture Sensors
(6) Pressure Sensors
(7) Visual (sump or well)
GUARDIAN has taken a unique approach to leak detection. An external inductive mon-
itoring system that senses any fluid in the interstitial space has been developed. This sys-
tem does not require any penetration of the containment pipe, thus not affecting the integri-
PRICES ON REQUEST ON A SEPARATE PER SYSTEM BASIS OR AS PART
ty of the containment system.
OF A COMPLETE DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING PACKAGE.
Our sensors are positioned against the outside of the containment piping, constantly
Guardian Leak Detection System
monitoring for leaks. Any fluid intersecting the sensors path within the interstitial space will
sound an alarm. Sensors can be removed for periodic testing if required, or in event of an
PART NO. 0524 PART NO. 1024 alarm, can be removed and tested without opening the containment system.
• 5 Zone Panel • 10 Zone Panel Whether the system is above or below ground, zone fittings and sensors are a cost
• 5 Leak Detection • 10 Leak Detection
Sensors Sensors
effective means of monitoring potential leaks. To complete the system, a zoned alarm
panel including resets, test lights and alarm horn is available.
OPTIONAL Wiring and connectors With any form of leak detection the interstitial space should be purged with clean dry
– Specified to conform to the application
and environment.
nitrogen or any inert gas.
12.0
4.0 4.0 2.75
OPTIONAL Portable Test Kit
– Hand Held Control Module 1.5
– Sensor with 5’ wire lead 2.675
Control Panel 6.25
Regulated 24VDC is sourced to the sen-

Guardian Leak Detection System *PATENT PENDING
sors from the control panel. The panel
Individual external capacitive sensors are affixed to the contain- requires 120VAC, and is internally fused. 9.75
ment pipe at each zone for detecting the presence of fluid leakage into Ease of maintenance is built in with plug-in 3.75
6.25
the interstitial space. 24VDC general purpose relays. The con- 1.125 DIA
Each sensor is completely self-contained in a plastic housing. A trols are housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure 3.5 2.0
2.0
TYP
built-in sensitivity control allows for sensing point adjustment. and can handle from 1 to 10 leak detection R R R R R
Sensors generate an output signal which is connected to a control zones. Panel size is 14” x 12” x 6.25” with ZONE
1 2 3 4 5
3.5
panel with audible and visual alarms. mounting flange. R R R R R
14.0
Audible (95DB) and visual signals in the ZONE
6 7 8 9 10
HANGER panel alert the operators when leaks are 3.0

3.0
3.5
TYP
detected. An LED indicator in the sensor is
POWER ACTIVATED TEST
CLIP ON SENSOR
also lit when detection occurs. GUARDIAN
3.5

DIVISION OF NIBCO INC.
Note: All dimensions indicated in inches
SENSOR WIRE SENSOR HANGER HANGER
SENSOR WIRE
Electrical Connections SENSOR WIRE
The capacitive proximity sensors are 3 wire, 24VDC, normally Application

open solid state switch. Regulated power is sourced to the sensors The system can be CLEAR PIPE SENSOR SENSOR
CLEAR
PIPE
from the control panel. Sensor switch closure occurs when fluid in the employed in above ground DRAIN VALVE DRAIN VALVE
outer containment pipe is detected. suspended pipeline appli-
CLEANOUT
cations, housing the sen-
+ – sors in a saddle type
GROUND
BROWN clamp, or underground
24 DVC SENSOR WIRE
pipeline systems utilizing a RISER
BLUE SENSOR EXTRACTOR
drip leg assembly.
BLACK
LOAD
SENSOR
LEAK DETECTION GUARDIAN
CLEANOUT
SENSOR CONTROL
PANEL
DRAIN VALVE
Guardian by Chemtrol®
1-81
Project Name
1 Anticipated Start Date
DOUBLE CONTAINMENT MATERIAL

RECOMMENDATION CHECKLIST
Please answer the following questions to help in determining the best system for your particular needs.
FLUID TO BE TRANSPORTED:
CHEMICAL CONCENTRATION:
WORKING PRESSURE:
DESIGN PRESSURE MIN/MAX:
WORKING TEMPERATURE:
DESIGN TEMPERATURE MIN/MAX:
CARRIER PIPE SIZE:
PREFERRED CARRIER PIPING MATERIAL:
PREFERRED CONTAINMENT PIPE MATERIAL:
TEST METHOD CARRIER:
TEST PRESSURE CARRIER:
TEST METHOD CONTAINMENT:
TEST PRESSURE CONTAINMENT:
TYPE OF INSTALLATION: [ ] UNDERGROUND [ ] ABOVE GROUND [ ] COMBINATION
LEAK DETECTION: [ ] GUARDIAN STD [ ] YES [ ] NO
OTHER TYPE (SPECIFY)
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS/CONDITIONS:
For firm quotation, please furnish line drawing or blueprints for system with approximate dimensional infor-
mation or bill of material.
COMPANY NAME: PHONE:
COMPANY CONTACT:
DISTRIBUTOR NAME:
GUARDIAN SALESPERSON: DATE:
DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEM
PP/PP FABCO CONTAINMENT SYSTEM
The protection of the environment is becoming increasingly impor-
tant. For this reason FABCO offers its double containment piping sys-
tem for the transportation of aggressive media. This system is joined
together using the Simultaneous Butt Welding Method.
Leakage control, as an additional safety factor, is an important
1
component of the double containment piping system and should be
taken into consideration from the start of planning the system.
Advantages:
• protection of individuals and the environment against failures
• leakage indicators can be installed
• safe, innovative transportation of hazardous media
Fields of application:
In construction of equipment and installations, for transportation of
liquids which are harmful to ground-water and the environment such
as acids, alkalis and solvents etc. as well as in the area of industrial
and municipal waste water, chemical plants and laboratories.
Double Containment Piping Systems

Available Combinations
Inner Pipe Outer Pipe
PE-HD PE-HD
PRICES ON REQUEST PP PE-HD
PVDF PE-HD NOTE: Simultaneous Butt Fusion

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEM PP/PP Joining/Welding System.
PP PP
Inner carrier pipe PN 6 • PN 10
Outer containment pipe PN 3.2 • PN 6 • PN10 DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEM PP/PP
Inner carrier pipe PN 6 • PN 10
Material Outer containment pipe PN 3.2 • PN 6 • PN10
Polyproplyene (PP) acc. to DIN 8078 type 1
code of practice GKR R 9.4.1 Material
Stress free due to subsequent heat treatment polyproplyene (PP) acc. to DIN 8078 type 1
da code of practice GKR R 9.4.1
Molding material Da
Stress free due to subsequent heat treatment
PP–H, ECH, 95 T 006 acc. to DIN 16 774
Molding material da
Dimensions Colour PP–H, ECH, 96 T 006 acc. to DIN 16 774 Da
DIN 8077 grey ˜ RAL 7032

standard length 5 m Dimensions Colour
DIN 8077 grey ˜ RAL 7032
Remarks standard length 5 m
This combination of inner and outer pipes should be used when a
leakage cable, with an appropriate coupling must be used as a warn-
Remarks
ing and indication system and a clearance between carrier and con-
This combination of inner and outer pipes can be used when leak-
tainment pipe of at least 21 mm is called for.
age position and indication equipment, e. g. probes, can be employed
Subject to technical and dimensional modifications.
or gradient low points can be used. Subject to technical and dimen-
sional modifications.
Inner Carrier Pipe Outer Containment Pipe
PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
da s s Da s s s
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
63 3.6 5.8 125 3.9 - -
63 3.6 5.8 140 - 8.0 - PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
63 3.6 5.8 160 - - 14.6 da s s Da s s s
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 9.1 -
90 5.1 8.2 180 - - 16.4 63 3.6 5.8 110 3.5 6.3 -
110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 - - 63 3.6 5.8 125 - - 11.4
110 6.3 10.0 200 - 11.4 18.2 90 5.1 8.2 160 - - 14.6
125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 11.4 - 110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 9.1 -
125 7.1 11.4 225 - - 20.5 110 6.3 10.0 180 - - 16.4
160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 - - 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 10.2 -
160 9.1 14.6 250 - 14.2 - 125 7.1 11.4 200 - - 18.2
160 9.1 14.6 280 - - 25.5 160 9.1 14.6 200 6.2 - -
180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 - - 160 9.1 14.6 225 - 12.8 20.5
180 10.2 16.4 280 - 15.9 25.5 180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 - -
225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 17.9 - 180 10.2 16.4 250 - 14.2 22.8
225 12.8 20.5 355 - - 32.3 225 12.8 20.5 280 - - 28.7
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 20.1 - 250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 17.9 -
250 14.2 22.8 400 - - 36.4 250 14.2 22.8 355 - - 32.3
1-83
SPACER RINGS PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
da Da s s s Da1 Da1 Da1 b
machined (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
63 110 3.5 6.3 - 103.0 97.4 - 10
1 Material
polyproplyene (PP)
63
63
63
90
125
140
160
160
3.9
-
-
5.0
-
8.0
-
9.1
11.4
-
14.6
14.6
109.4
-
-
150.0
-
124.0
-
141.8
102.2
-
130.8
130.8
10
10
10
15
Molding material 90
110
180
160
-
5.0
-
9.1
16.4
-
-
150.0
-
141.8
147.2
-
15
15
PP–H, ECH, 95 T 006 110 180 5.6 - 16.4 168.8 - 147.2 15
acc. to DIN 16 774 da
110 200 - 11.4 18.2 - 177.2 163.6 15
125 180 5.6 10.2 - 168.8 159.6 - 20
Colour DaF b 125 200 6.2 11.4 18.2 187.6 177.2 163.6 20
125 225 - - 20.5 - - 184.0 20
grey ˜ RAL 7032 F 160 200 6.2 - - 187.6 - - 30
Da = Da - 2 • s 160 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 211.0 199.4 184.0 30
Remarks 160 250 - 14.2 - - 221.6 204.4 30
160 280 - - 25.5 - - 229.0 30
This construction should be used when the spacer ring is welded on 180 225 7.0 - - 211.0 199.4 184.0 30
to the carrier pipe in the factory and the outer containment pipe is 180 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 234.4 - - 30
180 280 - 15.9 25.5 - 248.2 229.0 30
later pushed on to the completed inner pipe and welded (centering 225 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 295.4 279.2 257.6 30
possible). Subject to technical and dimensional modifications. 225 355 - - 32.3 - - 290.4 30
250 315 9.8 17.9 - 295.4 279.2 - 30
250 355 11.1 20.1 32.3 332.8 314.8 290.4 30
SPACER RINGS 250 400 - - 36.4 - - 327.2 30
machined
PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
Material da Da s s s Da1 Da1 Da1 b
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
polyproplyene (PP) 63 110 3.5 6.3 - 93.0 87.4 - 60
63 125 3.9 - 11.4 107.2 - 92.5 60
Molding material 63 140 - 8.0 - - 114.0 - 60
PP–H, ECH, 95 T 006 63 160 - - 14.6 - - 104.4 60
90 160 5.0 9.1 14.6 140.0 131.8 120.8 60
acc. to DIN 16 774 da 90 180 - - 16.4 - - 137.2 60
110 160 5.0 9.1 - 140.0 131.8 - 60
DaF b
Colour 110 180 5.6 - 16.4 158.8 - 137.2 60
110 200 - 11.4 18.2 - 163.2 149.6 60
grey ˜ RAL 7032
DaF= Da - 2 • s • weld seam height - 2mm 125
125
180
200
5.6
6.2
10.2
11.4
-
18.2
158.8
173.6
149.6
163.2
-
149.6
60
60
Remarks 125 225 - - 20.5 - - 166.0 60
160 200 6.2 - - 173.6 - - 60
This construction should be used when a carrier pipe is inserted into 160 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 193.0 181.4 166.0 60
an existing containment pipe (no centralised positioning of the inner 160 250 - 14.2 - - 203.6 - 60
pipe in the containment pipe). Subject to technical and dimensional 160
180
280
225
-
7.0
-
-
25.5
-
-
193.0
-
-
211.0
-
60
60
modifications. 180 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 116.4 203.6 186.4 60
180 280 - 15.9 25.5 - 230.2 211.0 60
225 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 273.4 257.2 235.6 60
225 355 - - 32.3 - - 268.4 60
ANCHORAGE PP/PP 250 315 9.8 17.9 - 273.4 257.2 - 60
250 355 11.1 20.1 32.3 310.8 292.8 268.4 60
Inner carrier pipe PN 6 • PN 10 250 400 - - 36.4 - - 305.2 60
Outer contanment pipe PN 3.2 • PN 6 • PN 10
Material a
b
a
polyproplyene (PP) PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
da s s Da s s s b a
Molding material 63 3.6 5.8 110 3.5 6.3 - 50 10
PP–H, ECH, 95 T 006 63 3.6 5.8 125 3.9 - 11.4 50 10
63 3.6 5.8 140 - 8.0 - 50 10
acc. to DIN 16 774 63 3.6 5.8 160 - - 14.6 50 10
90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 9.1 14.6 50 10
Colour 90 5.1 8.2 180 - - 16.4 50 10
grey ˜ RAL 7032 da 110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 9.1 - 50 10
Da 110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 - 16.4 50 10
110 6.3 10.0 200 - 11.4 18.2 50 10
Remarks 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 10.2 - 50 10
Extensions for socket or E–socket connections are possible. Subject 125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 11.4 18.2 50 10
to technical and dimensional modifications. 125
160
7.1
9.1
11.4
14.6
225
200
-
6.2
-
-
20.5
-
50
100
10
10
160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 100 10
160 9.1 14.6 250 - 14.2 - 100 10
REDUCING TEES 160 9.1 14.6 280 - - 22.5 100 10
(saddle–mounted) with internal 180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 - - 100 10
180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 100 10
thread made of pipes PN 6 • PN 10 l3
180 10.2 16.4 280 - 15.9 25.5 100 10
Connections for probes possible 225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 100 10
225 12.8 20.5 355 - - 32.3 100 10
250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 17.9 - 100 10
Material
Da1
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 20.1 32.3 100 10

polyproplyene (PP) 250 14.2 22.8 400 - - 36.4 100 10
z3
Molding material
s
Pipe PN 6 PN 10 Outlet
PP–H, ECH, 95 T 006 D1 s s di
(inch)
I3
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
acc. to DIN 16 774 z3 = 0,5 • Da1 + 40 mm
110 6.3 - 300
di 125 7.1 11.4 300
Colour 140 8.0 - 300
grey ˜ RAL 7032 160 9.1 14.6 300
180 10.2 16.4 300
200 11.4 18.2 300
Remarks 225 12.8 20.5 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 300
The loading capacity depends on the pipe. For geometric reasons, a 250 14.2 22.8 300
280 15.9 25.5 300
weakening reduction factor of 0.75 has to be taken into consideration. 315 17.9 28.7 300
Parts with a higher loading capacity can be manufactured. Subject to 355 20.1 32.3 300
400 - 36.4 400
technical and dimensional modifications.
BENDS 90° PP/PP PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10 radius
Inner bend shaped or welded from pipes PN 6 • PN 10 da s s Da s s s r z
Outer bend injection moulded or welded
from pipes PN 3.2 • PN 6 • PN 10
63
63
63
3.6
3.6
3.6
5.8
5.8
5.8
110
125
140
3.5
3.9
-
6.3
-
8.0
-
11.4
-
95
95
95
195
195
195
1
63 3.6 5.8 160 - - 14.6 95 195
Material z 90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 9.1 14.6 135 235
polypropylene (PP) 90° 90 5.1 8.2 180 - - 16.4 135 235
110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 9.1 - 165 315
Moulding material 110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 - 16.4 165 315
110 6.3 10.0 200 - 11.4 18.2 165 315
inner bend: PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 10.2 - 188 338
acc. to DIN 16 774 z 125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 11.4 18.2 188 338
outer bend: PP-R, ECH, 75 T 006 125 7.1 11.4 225 - - 20.5 188 338
160 9.1 14.6 200 6.2 - - 240 390
acc. to DIN 16 774 160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 240 390
160 9.1 14.6 250 - 14.2 - 240 390
Colour 160 9.1 14.6 280 - - 25.5 240 390
r = 1,5 • da
grey ~ RAL 7032 180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 - - 270 420
180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 270 420
Remarks 180 10.2 16.4 280 - 15.9 25.5 270 420
225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 338 488
With factory installed anchorages. 225 12.8 20.5 355 - - 32.3 338 488
Subject to technical and dimensional modifications. 250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 17.9 - 375 625
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 20.1 32.3 375 625
250 14.2 22.8 400 - - 36.4 375 625
PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
da s s Da s s s z
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
BENDS 45° 63 3.6 5.8 110 3.5 6.3 - 218
Inner bend shaped or welded from pipes PN 6 • PN 10 63 3.6 5.8 125 3.9 - 11.4 228
63 3.6 5.8 140 - 8.0 - 237
Outer bend shaped, injection moulded or welded from pipes
63 3.6 5.8 160 - - 14.6 249
PN 6 • PN 10 90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 9.1 14.6 249
90 5.1 8.2 180 - - 16.4 262
Material 110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 9.1 - 249
110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 - 16.4 262
polypropylene (PP)
110 6.3 10.0 200 - 11.4 18.2 274
Moulding material 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 10.2 - 262
125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 11.4 18.2 274
PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006
125 7.1 11.4 225 - - 20.5 290
acc. to DIN 16 774 160 9.1 14.6 200 6.2 - - 274
160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 290
Colour 160 9.1 14.6 250 - 14.2 - 412
grey ~ RAL 7032 160 9.1 14.6 280 - - 25.5 424
180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 - - 290
Remarks 180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 412
With factory installed anchorages. 180 10.2 16.4 280 - 15.9 25.5 424
Subject to technical and dimensional modifications. 225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 498
225 12.8 20.5 355 - - 32.3 520
250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 17.9 - 498
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 20.1 32.3 520
250 14.2 22.8 400 - - 36.4 548
PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
PN 6 PN 10
TEES PP/PP da s s Da s I I1 z s I I1 z s I I1 z
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Inner part injection moulded PN 6 • PN 10 63 3.6 5.8 110 3.5 223 34 109 6.3 238 44 118 - - - -
Outer part injection moulded PN 6 • PN 10 63 3.6 5.8 125 3.9 225 37 112 - - - - 11.4 252 50 125
63 3.6 5.8 140 - - - - 8.0 229 49 145 - - - -
63 3.6 5.8 160 - - - - - - - - 14.6 325 57 160
Material 90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 280 45 140 9.1 325 57 160 14.6 325 57 160
90 5.1 8.2 180 - - - - - - - - 16.4 359 56 180
polypropylene (PP) 110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 280 45 140 9.1 325 57 160 - - - -
110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 310 46 155 - - - - 16.4 359 56 180
110 6.3 10.0 200 - - - - 11.4 390 58 195 18.2 393 58 195
Moulding material 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 310 46 155 10.2 359 56 180 - - - -
125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 340 47 170 11.4 390 58 195 18.2 393 58 180
PP-R, ECH, 75 T 006 125 7.1 11.4 225 - - - - - - - - 20.5 437 57 219
acc. to DIN 16 774 160 9.1 14.6 200 6.2 340 47 170 - - - - - - - -
160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 450 58 225 12.8 437 57 219 20.5 473 57 219
Colour 160 9.1 14.6 250 - - - - 14.2 437 61 219 - - - -
160 9.1 14.6 280 - - - - - - - - 25.5 494 74 245
grey ~ RAL 7032 180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 450 58 225 - - - - - - - -
180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 450 61 225 14.2 437 61 219 22.8 437 61 219
Remarks 180 10.2 16.4 280 - - - - 15.9 494 74 245 25.5 494 74 245
With factory installed anchorages. 225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 550 74 275 17.9 540 74 268 28.7 540 74 268
225 12.8 20.5 355 - - - - - - - - 32.3 688 100 344
Subject to technical and dimensional modifications. 250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 550 74 275 17.9 540 74 268 - - - -
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 685 100 306 20.1 688 100 344 32.3 688 100 344
250 14.2 22.8 400 - - - - - - - - 36.4 688 100 344
1-85
BRANCHES 60° PP/PP
Inner part segment welded from pipes PN 10 PN 6 PN 10 PN 6 PN 10
1
da s s Da s s I2 Z2
Outer part segment welded from pipes PN 10 (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
63 3.6 5.8 110 6.3 - 500 325
Material 63 3.6 5.8 125 - 11.4 545 355
polypropylene (PP) 63 3.6 5.8 140 8.0 - 581 375
63 3.6 5.8 160 - 14.6 642 412
Moulding material 90 5.1 8.2 160 9.1 14.6 642 412
PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 90 5.1 8.2 180 - 16.4 700 450
110 6.3 10.0 160 9.1 - 642 412
acc. to DIN 16 774 110 6.3 10.0 180 - 16.4 700 450
Colour 110 6.3 10.0 200 11.4 18.2 759 487
125 7.1 11.4 180 10.2 - 700 450
grey ~ RAL 7032 125 7.1 11.4 200 11.4 18.2 759 487
Remarks 125 7.1 11.4 225 - 20.5 830 530
160 9.1 14.6 225 12.8 20.5 830 530
With factory installed anchorages. The loading capacity depends 160 9.1 14.6 250 14.2 - 905 580
on the pipe. With branches, for geometric reasons, a weakening 160 9.1 14.6 280 - 25.5 995 630
reduction factor of 0.65 has to be taken into consideration. 180 10.2 16.4 250 14.2 22.8 905 580
Subject to technical and dimensional modifications. 180 10.2 16.4 280 15.9 25.5 995 630
225 12.8 20.5 315 17.9 28.7 1090 690
225 12.8 20.5 355 - 32.3 1155 730
250 14.2 22.8 315 17.9 - 1090 690
250 14.2 22.8 355 - 32.3 1155 730
250 14.2 22.8 400 22.7 36.4 1250 800
PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
ANCHORAGE PP da s s Da s s s a b I I1 I2
for pipe clips (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
63 3.6 5.8 110 3.5 6.3 - 42 10 210 190 160
machined 63 3.6 5.8 125 3.9 - 11.4 42 10 210 190 160
63 3.6 5.8 140 - 8.0 - 42 10 210 190 160
63 3.6 5.8 160 - - 14.6 42 15 210 190 160
Material 90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 9.1 14.6 42 15 210 190 160
polypropylene (PP) 90 5.1 8.2 180 - - 16.4 42 15 210 190 160
110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 9.1 - 52 15 260 240 180
Moulding material 110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 - 16.4 52 15 260 240 180
110 6.3 10.0 200 - 11.4 18.2 52 20 260 240 180
PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 10.2 - 52 15 260 240 180
acc. to DIN 16 774 125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 11.4 18.2 52 20 260 240 180
125 7.1 11.4 225 - - 20.5 52 15 260 240 180
Colour 160 9.1 14.6 200 6.2 - - 52 20 260 240 180
160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 52 20 260 240 180
grey ~ RAL 7032 160 9.1 14.6 250 - 14.2 - 52 20 260 240 180
160 9.1 14.6 280 - - 25.5 52 20 260 240 180
Remarks 180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 - - 52 20 270 240 180
Subject to technical and dimensional modifications. 180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 52 20 270 240 180
180 10.2 16.4 280 - 15.9 25.5 52 20 270 240 180
225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 52 25 270 240 180
225 12.8 20.5 355 - - 32.3 52 25 270 240 180
250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 17.9 - 62 25 270 240 180
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 20.1 32.3 62 25 270 240 180
250 14.2 22.8 400 - - 36.4 62 30 270 240 180
PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
da s s Da s s s I I1 I2
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
63 3.6 5.8 110 3.5 6.3 - 60 20 10
63 3.6 5.8 125 3.9 - 11.4 60 20 10
CHANGE-OVER PIECE PP/PP 63 3.6 5.8 140 - 8.0 - 60 20 10
from double containment piping to single pipe PP machined 63 3.6 5.8 160 - - 14.6 60 20 10
90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 9.1 14.6 110 43 10
90 5.1 8.2 180 - - 16.4 110 43 10
Material 110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 9.1 - 100 37 10
polypropylene (PP) 110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 - 16.4 100 37 10
110 6.3 10.0 200 - 11.4 18.2 100 37 10
Moulding material 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 10.2 - 110 42 10
da
Da
PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 11.4 18.2 110 42 10
acc. to DIN 16 774 125 7.1 11.4 225 - - 20.5 110 42 10
160 9.1 14.6 200 6.2 - - 100 34 10
l1
Colour 160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 100 34 10
grey ~ RAL 7032 l l2 160 9.1 14.6 250 - 14.2 - 100 34 10
160 9.1 14.6 280 - - 25.5 100 34 10
Remarks 180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 - - 100 30 15
Also available with extensions for socket connections. 180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 100 30 15
180 10.2 16.4 280 - 15.9 25.5 100 30 15
225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 110 46 15
225 12.8 20.5 355 - - 32.3 110 46 15
250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 17.9 - 100 35 15
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 - 32.3 100 35 15
250 14.2 22.8 400 - 22.7 36.4 100 35 15
ENDCAPS PP/PP PN 6 PN 10 PN 3.2 PN 6 PN 10
da s s Da s s s I1 I
for double containment piping ends (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
machined
1
63 3.6 5.8 110 3.5 6.3 - 10 35
63 3.6 5.8 125 3.9 - 11.4 10 35
63 3.6 5.8 140 - 8.0 - 10 35
Material 63 3.6 5.8 160 - - 14.6 10 35
polypropylene (PP) 90 5.1 8.2 160 5.0 9.1 14.6 10 35
90 5.1 8.2 180 - - 16.4 10 35
da
Moulding material 110 6.3 10.0 160 5.0 9.1 - 10 40
Da
110 6.3 10.0 180 5.6 - 16.4 10 40
PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 110 6.3 10.0 200 - 11.4 18.2 10 40
acc. to DIN 16 774 125 7.1 11.4 180 5.6 10.2 - 10 40
125 7.1 11.4 200 6.2 11.4 18.2 10 40
Colour 125 7.1 11.4 225 - - 20.5 10 40
l1
grey ~ RAL 7032 l
160 9.1 14.6 200 6.2 - - 10 45
160 9.1 14.6 225 7.0 12.8 20.5 10 45
Remarks 160 9.1 14.6 250 - 14.2 - 10 45
160 9.1 14.6 280 - - 25.5 15 55
Subject to technical and dimensional modifications. 180 10.2 16.4 225 7.0 - - 15 55
180 10.2 16.4 250 7.8 14.2 22.8 15 55
180 10.2 16.4 280 - 15.9 25.5 15 55
225 12.8 20.5 315 9.8 17.9 28.7 15 60
225 12.8 20.5 355 - - 32.3 15 60
250 14.2 22.8 315 9.8 17.9 - 15 65
250 14.2 22.8 355 11.1 - 32.3 15 65
250 14.2 22.8 400 - 22.7 36.4 15 65
CONNECTION SOCKETS
Pipe
machined da I
(mm) (mm)
Material 110 200

polypropylene (PP) 125 200
140 200
Moulding material
da
PP-H, ECH, 95 T 006 160 250
acc. to DIN 16 774 180 250

200 250
Colour l
225 250
grey ~ RAL 7032
250 300
Remarks 280 300
Sockets without fins can be used as sliding socket connectors.
315 300
355 300
400 300
Pipe
da I Suitable for Pipe
SOCKETS (mm) (mm) PN
for heated coil welding 110 85 6 • 10
l 125 95 6 • 10
Material
polypropylene (PP) 160 100 3.2 • 6 • 10
Moulding material 200 110 3.2 • 6 • 10

PP-R, ECH, 75 T 006
acc. to DIN 16 774
da
Colour
grey
Remarks
The sockets have stop cams in the centre. If these are removed, the
sockets can be used as sliding socket connectors. Subject to techni-
cal and dimensional modifications.
PRICES FOR DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEMS FOR
AVAILABLE COMBINATIONS ARE QUOTED ON REQUEST.
1-87
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING SYSTEM
1 ontain • It TM
A whole new concept in Secondary

Containment Piping
• Split pipe and fittings
• Fits over virtually any carrier system
• Pressure rated
• Light weight, easy to install
• Clear construction
FEATURES AND BENEFITS

Environmental Protection Requirements Pressure Rated System/Testing
Federal, provincial and local regulations have been created to protect our Although normal containment systems are not required to handle high pres-
environment from industrial pollution. Many of these regulations provide crim- sures, the Contain-It system is pressure rated up to 75 psi. This rating will
inal penalties for owners, managers, and employees for environmental damage assure quick positive tests and provide enough safety factor for most carrier
caused by chemical spills and leaks. For example, the Clean Water Act allows failures.
fines of $25,000 to $50,000 per day of violation and prison terms of one to The system can be low pressure air tested at 5 psi or if preferred, a hydro-
three years. static test may be specified. The hydrostatic test pressures are dependent on
The Environmental Protection Agency has established a timetable for size and fitting configuration.
improvement of existing and new underground petroleum and chemical storage
tanks. Industry has been assessed clean-up expenditures which far exceed 4” System 75 psi
the costs to install protective measures. When penalties and fines are added 6” System 50 psi
to the costs of cleaning up spills and leaks, it becomes obvious that industry 45° Wye (4” and 6”) 40 psi
has a legal and financial responsibility for protecting our environment. Flexible Adapters 5 psi
This unique Secondary Containment System, Contain-It, provides the nec-
essary environmental protection at a fraction of the potential clean-up costs. NOTE: 1. A totally sealed Contain-It system can be rated at the test pressures
The system includes many features which yield benefits to the owner, engineer indicated for a period of 30 days. As major carrier failures are quick-
and installer.
ly detected and repaired, there is no real need for a long term con-
tainment pressure rating.
Clear Polyvinyl Chloride Construction 2. Adhesive Cure Times must be followed.
The clear construction allows for total inspection of the annular space which,
in above ground installations, may eliminate the need for expensive leak detec-
tion systems. Polyvinyl Chloride’s chemical resistance, high tensile strength Solid Pipe
and good impact resistance provides a material that is suitable for a broad Solid pipe may be combined with split fittings in installations which do not
range of applications. require retrofit capability or where it is preferred to pull a leak detection cable.
Because Contain-It is rated as a secondary containment system, many
chemicals which are unsatisfactory for PVC process piping are suitable for the
intermittent and short term exposure found in containment piping. Injection Bonding System
The Injection Bonding System provides a controlled application of the bond-
Rigid, Light Weight ing adhesive, eliminating the mess usually associated with brush applied resins
Contain-It PVC is a rigid plastic, however, it contains enough flexibility and and solvent cements. Furthermore, time consuming back welding and heat
is light enough to make installation easier than with more rigid and heavier fusion is eliminated allowing installation using less expensive tools. The bond-
fiberglass or metal pipe. ing adhesive is injected into the fitting socket and along the length of the split
The rigidity of Contain-It is also beneficial when installed underground pipe to provide a pressure rated leak free seal.
because it can support soil loads without folding, bending or pinching. This
prevents pockets from forming which might delay the detection of any leaks in
Drainage Pattern Fittings
the carrier line.
To provide smooth flow characteristics, drainage fittings are available for
Split Pipe and Fittings carrier and containment drain waste and vent systems. The off the shelf capa-
With pipe split along its length, the Contain-It piping system can be installed bility of injection moulded drainage fittings as compared to fabricated fittings
over virtually any tested carrier system. The carrier system can be tested with- improves availability and speeds construction.
out interference from the containment piping. Any leaks found during testing
can be easily repaired. Leak detection cable can be installed as the split com-
ponents are assembled, eliminating the need for time consuming cable pulling Field Support
or the inclusion of lines to pull the cable. Containment piping can be retrofitted Engineering and Installation advice is provided through the Fabco Sales /
over plastic and metallic systems above and below ground, protecting employ- Manufacturer Support Network. Local job site support is available through a
ees, equipment and the environment. number of Fabco Branches.
Contain-it™ is a Registered Trademark of R&G Sloane Manufacturing Company, Inc.

A whole new concept in Secondary Containment Piping
ontain • It TM
primary pipe can be

virtually any metal centralizers support pipe
1
wide external flanges while allowing leak detection
provide superior bond cables in annular space
strength when compared
fitting clip locators
to fabricated fittings
injection moulded bonding adhesive channels meter pre-drilled injection ports

fitting halves and control flow of adhesive on split pipe and fittings
FEATURES AND BENEFITS

One Source System Engineering Fitting Features:
Fabco provides one source for thermoplastic carrier and containment piping
systems. Pressure piping systems are available in Polyvinyl Chloride,
Injection Moulded Fitting Halves
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyvinylidene Fluoride and Natural
Polypropylene. Injection moulding provides for complete interchangeability of parts. Cut fit-
Drain, waste and vent systems are manufactured from Polyvinyl Chloride, tings require that mating components be kept together due to one of a kind cuts
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene and Pigmented Flame Retardant Polypropylene. which must be matched during assembly.
Retrofit Capabilities Interlocking Fitting Flange Construction

Unlike most other containment piping systems, Contain-It is comprised of the The interlocking feature aligns the fitting halves prior to the positioning of the
containment piping only. By using the split pipe and fittings, you can use Contain- fitting clips. This eliminates the difficulty of mating thin cross sections of cut fit-
It for retrofit of virtually any existing primary piping system. This allows tremen- tings and holding them for bonding.
dous cost savings if your primary system needs to be contained, but not
replaced. Fitting Clips
These quick and easy clips provide a force to hold the fitting halves together
Chemical Process Industry Use to facilitate the injection of the bonding media. The clip is designed to hold the
Two major advantages of Contain-It PVC are its outstanding chemical resis- fitting together while the fitting is being injected and the adhesive is curing. After
tance and its immunity to corrosion. the cure period, the clip serves no purpose and if desired may be removed. The
Because containment piping lines are only exposed to the piped material in clips eliminate the need for more expensive clamps which must be moved from
the event of a primary system leak, Contain-It PVC can be used with many chem- fitting to fitting. Thus the job is speeded up.
icals that are not usually recommended for PVC carrier piping systems. This
intermittent exposure allows containment piping of such materials as chromic Fitting Clip Locators
acid solutions, hydrogen peroxide, various fuels, nitric acid solutions and sulfuric
The locators provide precise locations for quick placement of the clips to
acid solutions.
secure the fitting around the carrier. The rounded edges of the clip locator ease
the assembly of the clips. The exact force is exerted to hold the fittings together
Petroleum/Service Station Use for injection bonding.
Contain-It is an ideal choice for containment of the fuel line used with under-
ground storage tanks. Contain-It PVC can effectively contain methanol (M-85) as Pre-Drilled Injection Ports
well as all standard fuels. Pre-drilled injection ports eliminate the need to field drill an injection location.
The location of the port has been provided to insure the maximum of flow and
New System Installations control.
Solid pipe combined with short pieces of split pipe makes new system instal-
lation of both primary and containment piping an easy operation. Except for any Engineered Bonding Media Channels
flex connector jacketing used, the Contain-It fittings can be added after assem- These channels meter and control the flow of the injected bonding media.
bly and testing of the primary system is completed, eliminating simultaneous
assembly hassle.
Wide External Flanges
These surfaces provide superior bond strength when compared to fittings
Easy Assembly
which are saw cut and fabricated around the carrier.
There are no nuts and bolts or split ends to match, making the Contain-It sys-
tem easier and faster to install than fiberglass systems. Contain-It is also easily
repaired by using split pipe and couplings. Rounded Fitting External Surfaces
Centralizers, combined with the smooth interior, allow flow of leaked fuels to This design provides a smooth silhouette and controls stress concentrations.
the detection sumps. The injection bonding process controls adhesive applica- The smooth edges also eliminate worker injuries while assembling the fitting
tion, eliminating obstructions in the annular space. halves.
1-89
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
1 L
G C
KEY: G = TAKE–OUT
C = SOCKET DEPTH
L = OVERALL LENGTH
W
H = OVERALL HEIGHT
H ID
W = WIDTH ACROSS FLANGES
ID = SMALLEST INNER DIAMETER
OD = LARGEST OUTER DIAMETER
OD
NOTE: BOX QUANTITIES ONLY
(W) (ID) (OD)
(C) (L) (H)
PART BOX (G) WIDTH SMALLEST LARGEST PRICE
TYPE SIZE SOCKET OVERALL OVERALL LBS.
NO. QTY. TAKE-OUT ACROSS INNER OUTER EACH
DEPTH LENGTH HEIGHT
FLANGES DIAMETER DIAMETER
TEE (SxSxS) Split Containment

4" 4601040 5 2 3/8 2 8 5/8 7 1/8 5 3/4 3 31/32 4 11/16 1.38 177.75
6" 4601060 5 3 1/2 2 23/32 12 7/16 10 5/16 8 1/8 5 31/32 6 7/8 3.32 266.63
90° ELL (SxS) Split Containment

4" 4606040 5 2 3/8 2 7 1/8 7 1/8 5 3/4 3 31/32 4 11/16 1.02 149.33
6" 4606060 5 3 1/2 2 23/32 10 5/16 10 5/16 8 1/8 5 31/32 6 7/8 2.75 238.19
45° ELL (SxS) Split Containment

4" 4617040 5 1 2 7 1/16 7 1/16 5 3/4 3 31/32 4 11/16 0.82 149.33
6" 4617060 5 1 7/8 2 23/32 10 3/8 10 3/8 8 1/8 5 31/32 6 7/8 2.09 238.19
COUPLING (SxS) Split Containment

4" 4629040* 5 3/8 2 4 3/8 N/A 6 1/8 3 31/32 4 11/16 0.69 117.30
6" 4629060* 5 3/8 2 23/32 5 13/16 N/A 8 1/8 5 31/32 6 7/8 1.46 177.75
*Add E to end of part number for Extended Style Coupling (PRICING ON REQUEST)
45°WYE (SxSxS) Split Containment

4" 4683040 5 3 9/16 2 11 1/8 10 3/4 5 3/4 3 31/32 4 11/16 1.86 238.19
6" 4683060 5 4 13/16 2 23/32 15 1/8 14 3/4 8 1/8 5 31/32 6 7/8 4.48 355.46
CAP, One Piece Containment

4" 4647040 5 N/A 1 7/8 2 7/32 N/A N/A N/A 4 1/2 0.43 88.89
*6" 4647060 5 N/A 2 5/8 3 3/16 N/A N/A N/A 6 3/4 1.01 142.20
*Includes 4687-060 to adapt IPS socket to containment socket
PLUG (MPT) IPS
4" 4650040 5 N/A N/A 1 7/8 N/A N/A 3 29/32 4 1/2 0.32 88.89
6" 4650060 5 N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A 5 15/16 6 1/2 0.78 142.20
COUPLING, REDUCING (SxS) Split Containment
6" x 4" 4629532 5 1 1/16 2 23/32 5 13/16 N/A 8 1/8 3 31/32 6 7/8 1.34 238.19
COUPLING, REDUCING ADAPTER (SxS) Split Containment x IPS (Termination Fitting)

4" x 1 1/2" 4628419 5 N/A 2 4 3/8 N/A 5 3/4 N/A 4 11/16 0.60 206.19
4" x 2" 4628420 5 N/A 2 4 3/8 N/A 5 3/4 N/A 4 11/16 0.60 206.19
6" x 3" 4628530 5 N/A 2 23/32 5 13/16 N/A 8 1/8 N/A 6 7/8 1.26 295.05
6" x 4" 4628532 5 N/A 2 23/32 5 13/16 N/A 8 1/8 N/A 6 7/8 1.32 295.05
FEMALE ADAPTER (SxFPT) One Piece

4" x 4" 4635040 5 5/8 1 3/4 3 1/8 N/A N/A 3 31/32 5 1/8 1.08 117.30
*6" x 6" 4635060 5 1 1/8 3 5 N/A N/A 5 31/32 7 3/8 1.82 177.75
*Includes 4687-060 to adapt IPS socket to containment socket
ADAPTER SLEEVE (SxS) Split Containment x IPS
4" x 4" 4687040 10 N/A 1 3/4 2 N/A N/A 3 31/32 4 9/16 0.19 88.89
6" x 6" 4687060 10 N/A 3 3 5/16 N/A N/A 5 13/16 6 5/8 0.58 142.20
GLOSSARY:
S = Slip Socket MPT = Male Pipe Thread FPT = Female Pipe Thread
SS = Stainless Steel IPS = Iron Pipe Size CON = Containment
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
(W) (ID) (OD)
(C) (L) (H)
PART BOX (G) WIDTH SMALLEST LARGEST PRICE
TYPE SIZE SOCKET OVERALL OVERALL LBS.
1
NO. QTY TAKE-OUT ACROSS INNER OUTER EACH
DEPTH LENGTH HEIGHT
FLANGES DIAMETER DIAMETER
NOTE: COUPLING, REDUCING ADAPTER, Flexible, One Piece Containment x IPS (Flexible Termination Fitting*)
FULL BOX 4" x 1" 4628417A 1 N/A 1 13/16 4 N/A N/A N/A 5 1/8 1.01 95.91
OR CRATE 4" x 1 1/2" 4628419A 5 N/A 1 13/16 4 N/A N/A N/A 5 1/8 0.97 95.91
QUANTITIES 4" x 2" 4628420A 5 N/A 1 13/16 4 N/A N/A N/A 5 1/8 0.89 95.91
ONLY 6" x 3" 4628530A 5 N/A 2 5/16 5 3/4 N/A N/A N/A 7 1/8 2.62 225.71
6" x 4" 4628532A 5 N/A 2 5/16 5 3/4 N/A N/A N/A 7 1/8 2.03 225.71
*Dimensions are the same for A (Coupling Reducing Adapter) and AT (Terminating Test Couplings). Test Fitting includes an air valve stem for test
purposes. Add $12.00 to price shown to establish AT List Price.
CENTRALIZER, Containment x IPS Carrier
4" x 1" 4686417 25 N/A N/A 1 3/16 N/A N/A 1 1/4 3 11/16 0.12 24.89
4" x 1 1/2" 4686419 25 N/A N/A 1 7/8 N/A N/A 1 7/8 3 25/32 0.21 24.89
4" x 2" 4686420 25 N/A N/A 1 7/8 N/A N/A 2 11/32 3 25/32 0.19 24.89
6" x 3" 4686530 25 N/A N/A 2 1/8 N/A N/A 3 15/32 5 11/16 0.39 35.55
6" x 4" 4686532 25 N/A N/A 2 1/8 N/A N/A 4 15/32 5 11/16 0.35 35.55
ADHESIVE INFORMATION Split Pipe - 10 Foot Lenghts

Use of Two Part Adhesive/Cold Weather Instructions Minimum
Pipe Part Crate Outside Weight
It is very important that prior to use, the adhesive be brought up to 73°F. At Size No. Qty. Diameter
Inside
LB/FT
Price/Ft.
this temperature the adhesive has its best flow viscosity and the cure cycle is Diameter
promoted. The table provides guidelines for ambient temperature conditions 4" 8326040AA 360 ft. 4.215 ± .009 3.525 1.37 27.40
versus cure times. 6" 8326060AA 120 ft. 6.275 ± .011 5.375 2.88 50.85
Adhesive Gun / Adhesive Cartridges

Part No. Box Qty. Description Price Each Solid Pipe - 20 Foot Lenghts
Minimum
4694201 1 Adhesive Gun 2,369.98 Pipe Part Outside Weight
Box Qty Inside Price/Ft.
Size No. Diameter LB/FT
Diameter
4694202 12 * Adhesive Cartridge 110.06
4" 8326040AB 520 ft. 4.215 ± .009 3.882 1.23 16.36
Note: Gun includes hose, regulator and gauge assembly
* Note: Adhesive has a limited life. Only order what you need for 6" 8326060AB 340 ft. 6.275 ± .011 5.782 2.56 32.78
job. Do not over order for job or order for stock.
Cure Time with Adhesive at 73°F

Ambient Temperature Cure Time
Pipe Clamp Usage Instructions
73° F (Plus) 6 hours*
30° F 18 hours Pipe Clamp
Below 30° F Elevate joint temperature above 30°F via
heat blankets or hot air heater. Normally Contain-It split pipe can be hand assembled by pressing the halves
*Note: Before pressure testing at temperatures below 50°F check the adhesive at one of the injection ports together. However, in some cases, additional force may be required to fully
to ensure that it is hard. If the adhesive is soft, lengthen the cure time until it becomes hard. engage the Contain-It split pipe seam. The GSR pipe clamp provides the addi-
Instructions for Counterbore Drill Bit Use on 4” & 6” tional force for assembling split four inch and six inch pipe.
Contain-It Pipe and Fittings
Part No. Box Qty. Description Price Each
Crossover Hole
4693102 1 4" & 6" Pipe Clamp Complete 969.01
3" Parting Line Split Pipe
8
Crossover Hole
1 or 2 3
FLAT
-Adhesive
Spit Pipe
Crossover Part No. Box Qty. Description Price Each
Hole Bit
4693103 5 6" Crossover Hole Bit 203.15
Part number 4693-103 is used to drill crossover holes in 6” split pipe only. This drill bit can
be easily identified by the flat ground on one side of the outside diameter. A short section
of split pipe should be test drilled and taken apart for inspection to ensure that a small sec-
5
tion of the interlock tab has been removed. 4
Injection Port
Parting Line Split Pipe Part List 4693-102
1" Injection Port
4
Item Part # Descrtiption Price
1 46931021 4" Clamp Half (2 required) P.O.R.
2 46931022 6" Clamp Half (2 required) P.O.R.

-Adhesive
3 46931023 Locking Pliers P.O.R.

Injection Port Part No. Box Qty. Description Price Each
Bit 4 46931024 Clevis Pin (2 required) P.O.R.
4693104 5 4" Injection Port Bit 91.42
5 46931025 Hair Pin Cotter (2 required) P.O.R.
4693105 5 6" Injection Port Bit 203.15
Part numbers 4693-104/105 are used to drill extra injection ports in 4” & 6” Contain-It pipe and fittings wher-
ever they may be needed. This counterbore drill should never be used to drill crossover holes in split pipe. Do
not use Part Number 4693-103 crossover hole bit to drill injection ports in pipe and fittings.
1-91
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ABS MINEPIPE
R
O C
D U
ABS is an industry designation for acrylonitrile butadiene-styrene – a family of rigid, chemically resistant thermoplastic materials.
ABS pipe is available in two distinct dimensional classification. These are identified by the designations IPS and SWP.
IPS stands for Iron Pipe Size and refers to pipe made to corresponding steel pipe outside diameter sizes: example 4" nominal steel pipe has
1 O.D. of 4.50" this is similar to ABS-IPS pipe.
ABS-IPS pipe is available in differing pressure ratings (or wall thicknesses) depending upon end usage/application.
ABS-IPS Schedule 40 is used extensively in drainage systems and is specifically covered in CSA Specification B181.1. ABS-IPS Class (or
Series) 80 refers to pipe with O.D. same as Iron Pipe Size but wall thickness suitable for 80 p.s.i. Since Schedule size pipe and IPS pressure
rated pipe have same O.D., fittings are interchangeable. This often allows the Mining Engineer to choose a thinner wall pipe for maximum econ-
omy, with standard fittings for versatility.
SWP pipe is made to dimensions developed by the Plastics Industry specifically for Mine Usage. Outside Diameter is smaller than corre-
sponding IPS size to enable addition of grooved sleeves for use where Victaulic couplings are required without reducing the pressure rating, or
the wear life of the pipe.
Applications: Advantages:
• Mining & Mill - Slurry Lines • Lightweight - 70 to 90% lighter than steel.
- Dewatering Lines - Light weight allows installation without heavy equipment
- Water lines or excessive manpower.
• Chemically Resistant - Excellent resistance to most chemicals.
• Industrial - Refrigeration, cooling • Easy Transition & Adaptability - ABS can be easily connected to other piping materials
water through Victaulic® couplings or flanges
- Water distribution • Rigid - Piping system allows for suspension on hangers to
- Pumplines accommodate field or building specifications.
• Toughness - Pipe characteristics maintain impact and abrasion resis-
tance at low temperatures.
• Flow - The smooth interior surface prevents mineral build-up
and scaling.
• Joining - Solvent weld efficiently bonds sections together for
strong coupling.
- Flange and Victaulic® couplings are also available.
PIPE DIMENSIONS
IMPERIAL PIPE CORPORATION offers a comprehensive range of ABS pipe from 1" to 12" in both IPS and SWP outside diameters. The
recommended continuous working pressures are identified by the SWP number (SWP 75, 125, 175), at 73°F. The IPS Schedule and Pumpline
pipe recommended working pressures are listed below. The Outside Diameter dimensions for Schedule dimensions and Pumpline dimensions
conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard D1527 and D2282.
ABS/SWP PIPE
WEIGHT PRICE PRICE
AVERAGE MINIMUM
NOMINAL PER UNIT PER UNIT PER UNIT
PART NO. OUTSIDE WALL
DIAMETER PLAIN END PLAIN END VICT. END
DIAMETER THICKNESS
20 FEET 20 FEET 20 FEET
SERIES 75 (SDR-34.3)
ABSSWP14 3" 3.250" 0.095" 9 71.70 96.92
ABSSWP16 4" 4.100" 0.120" 15 121.10 157.56
ABSSWP18 6" 6.220" 0.181" 33 256.58 339.19
ABSSWP20 8" 8.191" 0.239" 57 505.58 775.23
ABSSWP22 10" 10.312" 0.301" 91 795.75 1,156.24
ABSSWP24 12" 12.156" 0.354" 126 1,106.22 1,574.98
SERIES 125 (SDR-21)
ABSSWP26 2" 2.250" 0.107" 7 57.37 78.09
ABSSWP28 3" 3.250" 0.155" 15 113.13 138.34
ABSSWP30 4" 4.100" 0.195" 23 183.24 219.76
ABSSWP32 6" 6.220" 0.296" 53 439.83 522.46
ABSSWP34 8" 8.191" 0.390" 92 792.37 1,061.97
ABSSWP36 10" 10.312" 0.491" 145 1,260.58 1,621.10
ABSSWP38 12" 12.156" 0.579" 201 1,744.15 2,212.90
SERIES 175 (SDR-15.3)
ABSSWP40 2" 2.250" 0.147" 10 73.29 94.04
ABSSWP42 3" 3.250" 0.212" 20 149.80 175.01
ABSSWP44 4" 4.100" 0.268" 31 250.22 286.68
ABSSWP46 6" 6.220" 0.407" 71 572.15 654.78
ABSSWP48 8" 8.191" 0.535" 123 1,056.98 1,326.63
ABSSWP50 10" 10.312" 0.674" 195 1,674.62 2,035.09
ABSSWP52 12" 12.156" 0.795" 271 2,329.51 2,789.24
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
ABS MINEPIPE
R
O C
D U
ABS/SWP MINE PIPE VICTAULIC COUPLING/ADAPTERS
TYPE
Victaulic Adapter
PART
NO.
ABSSWP
2”
-020
8.21
3”
-030
8.99
4”
-040
13.95
6”
-060
30.36
8”
-080
121.44
10”
-100
169.20
12”
-120
217.21
1
Victaulic Adapter
ABSSWP 10.36 12.60 18.26 41.29 160.78 180.23 234.38
Installed (per end)
ABS FITTINGS*
PRICES ON REQUEST PRICES ON REQUEST
MOULDED FABRICATED
PART NOMINAL IPS SIZE 2” 3” 4” 6” NOMINAL IPS OR SWP SIZE 8” 10” 12”
PART
NO. SIZE NO. 020 030 040 060 NO. SIZE NO. 080 100 120
L F
L 2 27/32 5 3/16 5 1/4 7 1/4 B 13 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2
Coupling
Coupling
ABS 429 ABS 429
F 3/32 3/16 1/4 1/4 F 6 7 7 1/4
F B
F 14 15 3/4 16 3/4
F
Elbow 90°
G 1 1/4 1 7/8 2 3/8 3 1/2

G M M 6 1/2 7 8
Elbow 90°
ABS406 H
H 2 5/8 3 7/8 4 3/8 7 ABS 406 H 11 1/2 14 1/2 14 3/4
N H N 9 11 12
J L L 2 1/2 3 3
Elbow 45°
J 5/8 13/16 1 1 3/4

ABS417 M
Elbow 45°
M 10 12 15 1/2
K K 2 2 13/16 3 5 1/4
ABS 417
G F 6 7 7 1/4
G 1 1/4 1 7/8 2 3/8 3 1/2 F
Tee
ABS 401 F 13 1/2 16 18

H F G
H 2 5/8 3 7/8 4 3/8 7
Tee
ABS 401 G
C
A 2 5/8 H 6 7 7 1/4
H
®
Adapter
Victaulic
L F 30 1/2 34 3/4 37 1/2

ABS 427 A B B 2 3/8
Lateral
M H 20 3/8 23 1/8 25
C 2 7/8 ABS 402
M 6 7 7 1/4
C
A 3 1/2 4 1/2 6 5/8 L 10 1/8 11 5/8 12 1/2
®
Adapter
Victaulic
F H
ABS 427 L
Victaulic®
A
Adapter
C 2 2 3 1/2 ABS 427 L 4 1/2 5 5 1/2
C
A 2 3/8 3 1/2 4 1/2 6 5/8
IPS/SWP
Adapter
A 4 5/16 5 1/8 6 7/16

ABS 446 E
A B 4 5 6
C 2 2 2 3 1/2
C 1 1/8 1 3/16 1 1/4
Vanstone Flange
M 6 7 7/16 9 11 D 13 1/2 16 19
Flange
L R 11/16 7/8 1 1 1/4 ABS 451 E 11 3/4 14 1/4 17

ABS 451 R
L 1 3/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 4 Hole/Dia. 7/8 1 1
M B A
#Bolts 4 4 8 8 C Qty./Bolt 8 12 12
W D Dia. 3/4 7/8 7/8
W 2 3/64 2 31/32 3 3/16 5 11/64
End Cap
Len. 3 1/2 3 3/4 4

ABS 447
Long Sweep
2" to 6" R=36

L 43/64 31/32 3/16 1 11/64
Bend
L
ABS 490 8" R=60
R
2x3 4x6
10", 12" R=96
Reducer
Bushing
N
L 3.750 5.94
ABS 452 L HL
HL 2.125 3.94
N 0.125 0.25
* Moulded fittings from 1” – 6” diameter rated for ABS–IPS schedule 40. Sizes 8”, 10”, 12”
as well as long sweep elbows, laterals and victaulic adapters are fabricated. Any fittings
that are fabricated by cutting are fiberglass reinforced to attain 175 psi pressure rating.
1-93
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
HAND TOOLS FOR PLASTIC PIPE
R
O C
D U
ROCUT® Plastic Pipe Shears

Plastic pipe shears for easy, effortless one-handed cutting of PE, PP, VPE, PB and PVDF piping. For use in plumbing and heating installations.
• Double-sided blade and ratchet support • Replaceable specially hardened blade
1 • Wide pipe rest for right angled (orbital) cut • Especially useful for preparation of socket welds.
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
mm kg N0.
ROCUT 26 0 - 26 320 5.5090 84.03
Spare blade 70 5.5002 48.72
ROCUT 42 0 - 42 420 5.5091 111.69
Spare blade 80 5.5003 61.48
ROCUT 63 0 - 63 1260 5.5095 372.30
Spare blade 120 5.5096 126.58
Automatic Tube Cutter PL

Telescopic action tube cutter for fast and accurate cutting of PE, PP, VPE, PB and PVDF pipework and sound deadening waste water pipes. Features spring loaded
ratchet action for fast adjustment.
• Precise 90° cuts, with automatic rapid release • Fast adjustable telescopic action • Spare cutter wheel stored in knob: fold away reamer
• Specially ground, hardened cutter wheel for various materials • Will also cut copper tubing – just change the wheel
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
mm inch cut depth kg N0.
Size 2 50 - 125 2 - 5" 13.0 1600 7.0032 465.90
Standard spare
13.0 20 5.5054 26.59
cutter wheel
Special spare
8.6 10 5.5053 25.53
cutter wheel
Size 3 110 - 168 4 - 6.5/8" 16.0 1770 7.0033 551.00
Standard spare
16.0 20 5.5074 32.98
cutter wheel
Special spare
8.6 10 5.5053 25.53
cutter wheel
Plastic Pipe Chamfering Tool

Produces a 15” chamfer on plastic pipes up to 160 mm diameter.
• Infinetely adjustable to suit pipe gauge and diameter • Maximum gauge PN 10 • Replaceable blade
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
mm kg N0.
Size 1 16 - 110 720 5.5050 498.97
Size 2 32 - 160 800 5.5051 626.62
Spare blade for
30 5.5058 97.47
size 1 and 2 tools
EASYGRIP
Automatic strap wrench with ratchet quick release lever for rapid size adjustment. Plastic pipes are gripped by the special nylon strap.
• Concentric V-block prevents damage or deformation of the pipe surface. • Extremely useful tool, especially when working with large diameter pipes and fittings.
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
mm inch kg N0.
EASYGRIP 20 - 160 3/4 - 6" 1000 5.5075 266.89
Spare strap 110 5.5076 63.82
GRATFIX HSS Deburrer

• Quick-action deburrer with interchangeable blade • For deburring edges on pipe and sections made from all standard plastics
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
kg N0.
GRAFIX HSS Deburrer 50 2.1655 35.10
All purpose spare blade 10 2.1652 8.51
Plastic Pipe Joiner

PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
PPJ Plastic Pipe Joiner 2,012.20
PPJFA Fitting Attachments 885.32
PPJVS Universal Saddles PR4-16 1,094.12
PPJ4S 4" Saddles PR 254.41
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
HAND TOOLS FOR PLASTIC PIPE/SOCKET FUSION KITS

R
O C
D U
PLASTIC PIPE CUTTING AND CHAMFERING TOOLS

ROCUT® 110
Basic tool for 110 mm Ø, ready to accept insert sets for 32-100 mm Ø.
Supplied without pipe reamer, but with standard blade holder and cutter
blade (5.5029).
1
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
mm kg N0.
ROCUT 110 unit only 110 2450 5.5020 816.92
Insert sets 100 110 5.5048 111.40 ROCUT 160 with cutter blade
(1 set = 2 semi-circular segments) 90 150 5.5021 111.40
80 170 5.5047 111.40
78 180 5.5062 111.40
75 210 5.5022 111.40
63 220 5.5023 111.40
58 230 5.5013 109.08
56 270 5.5024 111.40
50 290 5.5025 111.40
40 300 5.5027 111.40
32 330 5.5026 111.40
ROCUT® 160 ROCUT® 4”

Basic tool for 160 mm Ø, ready to accept insert sets for 110 - 140 mm Ø. Basic tool for 4” Ø, ready to accept insert sets for 1 1/2” - 3” Ø.
Supplied without pipe reamer, but with blade holder with automatic tracing Supplied without pipe reamer, but with standard blade holder and cutter
device and cutter blade (5.5019). blade 5.5029.
All inch sizes refer to the outside diameter of the pipe.
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
mm kg N0. PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
ROCUT 160 unit only 160 3450 5.5030 1,088.46 inch/mm kg N0.
Insert sets 140 180 5.5031 141.57 ROCUT 4", unit only 4" (114.0 mm) 2450 5.5045 833.17
(1 set = 2 semi-circular segments) 135 220 5.5081 136.93 Insert sets 1.1/2" ( 48.2 mm) 290 5.5041 111.40
125 250 5.5032 141.57 (1 set = 2 semi-circular 2" (60.3 mm) 220 5.5042 111.40
110 310 5.5033 141.57 segments)
segments) 3" (88.9 mm) 150 5.5043 111.40
82.4 mm 170 5.5046 111.40
ROCUT® 250 ROCUT® 6”

Basic tool for 250 mm Ø, ready to accept insert sets for 180 - 225 mm Ø. Basic tool for 6” Ø, ready to accept insert sets for 4” Ø.
Supplied with blade holder and cutter blade 5.5085, wheel holder and cut- Supplied without pipe reamer, but with blade holder with automatic tracing
ter wheel 5.5074 as well as 2 handgrips and 2 floor supports. device and cutter blade 5.5019.
All inch sizes refer to the outside diameter of the pipe.
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
mm kg N0. PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
ROCUT 250 unit only 250 11.8 5.5080 3,142.75 inch/mm kg N0.
Insert sets 225 0.5 5.5083 313.31 ROCUT 6" unit only 6" (168 mm) 3450 5.5065 1,067.57
(1 set = 2 semi-circular segments) 200 0.7 5.5082 313.31 Insert sets (1 set = 2 semi-
4" (114 mm) 310 5.5066 136.93
180 0.9 5.5079 313.31 circular segments)
SOCKET FUSION WELDING KITS/METRIC

KORWELD P 63-2 KITS
Socket welder using spigot and socket heating elements for 16 - 63 mm Ø pipes and fittings.
Incorporates 2 welding positions: (1) for 16 - 40 mm Ø (2) for 16 - 63 mm Ø.
In carrying case, complete with 600 W socket welder, spigot and socket heating elements, 2 fixing bolts,
5 mm allen key, table clamp and wire stand.
PART NO.
HEATING
110/115V PRICE
PLATE VERSION
Capacity mm kg 50/60 Hz
20, 25, 32 thermostat 6.80 5.5577 1,883.14
Korweld P63-2 metric
20, 25, 32 electronic 6.95 5.5578 2,360.83
welding kit is shown.
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 thermostat 8.05 5.5507 2,509.17 *Voltage 230V/50-60 Hz
20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 electronic 8.20 5.5508 2,989.38 available on request.
• Very compact and easy to carry to your installation site. KORWELD P 125 KITS
• On/off switch with thermostatic control light and cut-out Socket welder for use with spigot and socket heating elements for 16 - 125 mm Ø pipes and fittings, also
switch to prevent overheating. for use with heating plate attachment for butt fusion welding work.
• Electrically tested and VDE approved with built-in safe- Heating plate has 4 pilot holes to accept the various sizes of socket and spigot heating elements.
ty control to ensure correct temperature. In carrying case, complete with 1300 W socket welder, spigot and socket heating elements, fixing bolts
• Heating plates are approved for safety (TÜV/GS) (2 per set), 5 mm allen key, table clamp and wire stand.
• Both Korweld P 63-2 and P 125 kits with the electronic
PART NO.
heating plate version have an officially approved tem- HEATING
230V PRICE
perature monitoring and adjustment system (DVS). capacity mm PLATE VERSION kg 50/60 Hz
• Convenient mounting point on handle for both the table 63, 75, 90, 110, 125 thermostat 16.90 5.5545 4,771.95
clamp and wire stand. 63, 75, 90, 110, 125 electronic 17.05 5.5546 5,274.79
1-95
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
SOCKET FUSION EQUIPMENT
R
O C
D U
Multiple Size Joining Kits – 1/2” - 2”, 3” - 4”
1
PART FOR PRICE
NO. SIZES EACH
70000030 1/2" - 2" 5,506.90
70000050 3" - 4" 6,331.95
Each kit contains all the components required for joining all sizes of socket fusion
connections specified for that kit, including: heating tool, male and female heat face
sets with bolts, depth gages, cold ring pipe clamp with inserts, pipe cutter, beveling
tool, timer, thermal blanket, auxiliary handle, hex key wrenches, thermostat adjust-
ment tool, joining instructions and rugged heavy duty tool box.
Note: Contact Customer Service for special arrangements such as 1/2” – 2”

heat face set mounted on 3” – 4” heating tool, etc.
Thermo-Seal Fusion Joining Machine for 3”, 4” and 6” joints
PART FOR PRICE

NO. SIZES EACH
70000200 3", 4", & 6" 58,105.56
The Thermo-Seal Fusion Joining Machine is designed to help facilitate the joining
of large diameter items. (Required for 6” and is desirable for the 3” and 4” sizes.) The
basic machine comes with machine frame, FM–1 heater tool, solid state temperature
control and joining instructions. The Joining Machine must be used with a Multiple
Size Machine Kit listed below.
Multiple Size Machine Kits for 1/2” thru 3” and 4” thru 6” joints
PART FOR PRICE

NO. SIZES EACH
MSMK 1/2-3 1/2" - 3" 21,754.19
MSMK 4-6 4" - 6" 16,032.49
Each kit contains all the components required for joining any individual size sock-
et fusion connection including: male and female heat faces with bolt, depth gauge,
collar with inserts, pipe cutter, beveling tool, timer, thermal blanket, hex key wrench-
es, joining instructions and rugged heavy tool box.
Teflon Coated Replacement

Heater Faces
for tools shown above
PART PRICE
DESCRIPTION
NO. EACH
70000007 Socket heat face set 1/2"* 252.89
70000008 Socket heat face set 3/4"* 252.89
70000009 Socket heat face set 1"* 252.89
70000011 Socket heat face set 1 1/2"* 308.05
70000018 Socket heat face set 6"* 1,022.78
70000037 DD-1A Heating tool 1/2-2" 1,741.90
70000053 DD-2 Heating Tool 3”-6" 3,054.67
NOTE: Please specify part number of basic tool at time of order to
*The heat face set consists of a male and female com- ensure proper heater face to tool assembly.
ponent. This is a matched set and cannot be ordered
separately.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
SOCKET FUSION MACHINES
P
R
O C
D U
Bench Fusion Machine For SYGEF PVDF System
DESCRIPTION
Bench Fusion Machine

SPECIFICATION
110V 20-110 mm
PART
NO.
799.350.196
PRICE
P.O.A.
1
Socket Fusion Machine for joints between 20 – 110 mm (1/2” – 4”).
All clamps to hold the fitting and the pipe are included.
Heater Bushings are included.
Transportation crate is not included.
Complete Fusion Machine SYGEF HP BCF

PART
DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION PRICE
NO.
BCF-Machine compelte 20-63mm / 115 VAC 790.122.018 P.O.A.
Completely equipped BCF fusion machine. Includes all heating stations, clamps, 2
bladders of ea. size, air hoses, accessories and transportation boxes for the machine.
Hand Fusion Tool

PART
DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION PRICE
NO.
DD-GF1 (max. 90mm) 800W 155.000.026 P.O.A.
DD-GF2 1650W 155.000.027 P.O.A.
For manual joining of Socket Fusion Fittings 16 – 50 mm (3/8” – 1 1/2”).
Heater Bushings are not included.
Fuseal Power Unit

Features: PART
PRICE
• Rugged solid state design NO.
FU-2000 2,350.30
• Lightweight (25 lbs.)
• Simple pipe size selection
• Dual joint capabilities through 4”
• Automatic time control Fusion Collar w / clamp
• Coil continuity check PART
SIZE PRICE
• Remote start button NO.
• Fusion indication lights FU-107 1 1/2" 0.72
• Automatic shut down FU-108 2" 0.85
FU-109 3" 1.42
• Audible horn at end of cycle
FU-110 4" 1.54
• Automatic voltage selection FU-112 6" 2.00
Sparktester Order Information:

The new FABCO High Frequency Spark Tester 8701-100 Spark Test Kit
Is the thermoplastic welding seam impervious? Is the rubber or c/w Spark Tester 6”
PVC coating 100% without fault? Testing with the Fabco Sparktester probe & Spare
will give the answer – fast, easy and at no great cost. Coil..................$1975.01
The new tester provides contactless spark generation: mainte-
nance-free, constant and reproducible. It is not affected by variation
in mains voltage due to an integrated stabilizing circuit.
These improvements mean less wear and tear, constant, reliable
performance and a long working life. When the sparks fly, you know
what is wrong. No sparks means everything is all right. The quality
is proved.
1-97
B C O
A
•
•
T S
BUTT FUSION WELDING TOOL KITS
P
R
O C
D U
KORWELD P 110
Light weight, compact plastic pipe welding machine, weighs only 8.5 kg and is 450
mm in overall length. Particularly suited to on-site work and/or for working in areas
1 of limited access. Both pipe clamps can be adjusted to a 15° angle which will enable
segmented bends to be produced. An extensive range of accessories is available for
various applications.
Welding machine for 40 – 110 mm Ø plastic pipes, supplied complete as

follows:
Basic unit with bench mounting fixture, hand operated facer, thermostatically or elec-
tronically controlled heating plate, main clamp set for pipe-to-pipe (110 mm Ø) and
left side fittings clamp (110 mm Ø) for pipe-to-fittings work, pipe-to-pipe and pipe-to-
fittings clamping inserts for 40 - 90 mm Ø, fittings tools, table clamp and steel carry-
ing case.
PART NO. PART NO. For butt fusion welding of

CAPACITY TEMPERATURE
DESCRIPTION 230V 110/115V PRICE
mm CONTROL PE, PP, PB and PVDF pipes and fittings
kg 50/60 Hz 50/60 HZ
KORWELD P 110 complete 40, 50, 56, 63, 75, 90, 110 thermostat 43.0 5.5834 5.5934 12,565.97 PN 2.5 - PN 16 Ø 20 - 90 mm
electronic 43.0 5.5844 5.5924 12,817.39 PN 2.5 - PN 10 Ø 20 - 110 mm
KORWELD P 315 B
High Performance plastic pipe welding machine 90 – 315 mm Ø
Portable, compact butt fusion welding machine for use on-site, in trenches and in the
workshop. Perfect for laying gas and water pipelines. A data recorder can be fitted
to the KORWELD P 315 B for documenting and evaluating the welding process. The
KORWELD P 315 B can also be factory upgraded to semi-automatic CNC operation.
Specification:
Basic unit with 4 main clamp sets (315 mm Ø), tubular steel skid frame, hydraulic unit
and 2 high pressure hoses (4 m, with quick action couplings), two complete sets of
adaptor clamping inserts for 90 - 280 mm Ø (pipe-to-pipe and pipe-to-fitting), electric
facing unit, heating plate with coded plug, control box with electronic temperature con-
trol, carrying frame for facer and heating plate, fitting tools and transport case.
PART NO. PART NO.
For butt fusion welding of
CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION 400V 110/115V PRICE PE, PP and PVDF pipes and fittings
mm kg 50 Hz 50 Hz
90, 110, 125, 140, 160, 180, PN 2.5 - PN 16 Ø 90 - 315 mm
KORWELD P315B complete 317.0 5.5445 5.5429 75,135.90
200, 225, 250, 280, 315
KORWELD P 315 W 2
High performance butt fusion welding machine for one-off and series or repetition work
in the workshop. All round machine suited to pipe-to-pipe, pipe-to-fittings welding, pre-
fabrication of flanges, segmented bends and T-pieces. The KORWELD P 315 W 2 can
be fitted with a data recorder to document and evaluate the welding procedure.
Specification of complete machine:
Basic unit with built-in hydraulic system, electric facer, heating plate with electronic
temperature control, timer, main clamps (315 mm Ø, left and right) for pipe-to-pipe
jointing, full set of adaptor clamping inserts for 90 - 280 mm Ø, fitting tools and trans-
port case.
PART NO.
CAPACITY
DESCRIPTION 400V PRICE
mm kg For butt fusion welding of
50 Hz
90, 110, 125, 140, 160, 180, PE, PP, PB and PVDF pipes and fittings
KORWELD P 315 W2 complete (4.4 kW) 523.0 5.5850 98,488.95
200, 225, 250, 280, 315
PN 2.5 - PN 16 Ø 90 - 315 mm
T-Pieces Clamping Facility

• Optional accessory for producing 90° T-pieces (with equal branches) in two welds
for 90 - 250 mm pipes, in all nominal pressure settings.
• 3 part clamp with adaptor inserts from 90 - 225 mm (6 segments per set) which fit
inside each other with fixing bolts.
T–Piece Clamp
For producing 90° T-pieces with equal branch sizes.
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE
kg N0.
Complete clamping arrangement on guide blocks

with a full set of adaptor inserts for 90 - 225 mm
118.0 5.5227 46,270.95
Effective August 19, 1998
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
THERMOPLASTIC WELDING GUNS
P
R
O C
D U
The torch is an electrically heated, variable gas flow tool of proven design, Two new high temperature elements (650 & 750 watts) make available a
featuring six new interchangeable “Located Heat” elements for welding temper- heat range of 850-1300°F. For speed welding of polypropylene and other
atures from 450-1300°F. This high production torch offers complete versatility of high temperature materials. Note that these elements require use of a special
temperature and air or inert gas selection for production and speed welding on
all types of thermoplastics.
long barrel.
1
Model 30-10 Basic High-Speed Torch
This is the basic Model 30-10 Torch equipped included with each torch. Additional elements and
with 12’ of vinyl hose, combination tip and choice accessories can be added at any time.
of one ‘Located Heat’ element. Specify 250, 350, Model 30-10 is a rugged, high quality
450, or 550 watt element with order. High-heat production tool. It is the most versatile and
elements (650 & 750 watts) can either be pur- advanced thermoplastic welding torch on the
chased separately (which will also require pur- market today. Lightweight and compact design
chase of the special long barrel) or by adding “HH” make Model 30-10 easy on the operator and
as a suffix to the unit’s model number (Example: convenient for tight work areas. Length - 10”,
30-10HH). On “HH” orders, the torch will be sup- weight - 15 ounces, 110/120 volt 60-cycle AC.
plied with long barrel only and one high-heat ele-
ments of your choice. See price list for details. PART NO. PRICE
Model 30-10 is shipped in a metal case with a
30-10 883.75
torch rest, a gauge and a regulator. A copy of the
64-page manual “Making Better Plastic Welds” is 30-10HH 954.45
High-Speed Fabricating Outfit Model 30-102

Model 30-102 Outfit features a new portable welding stand
with combination gas regulator and filter, thermometer,
combination tip and 64 page manual “Making Better Plastic PART NO. PRICE
Welds”. The welding stand is hammertone-finished steel with 30-102* 1,484.70
aluminum heat shield and convenient torch rest with retaining
clip. Model 30-102 Outfit includes a metal case. Additional 30-102HH** 1,555.40
elements and accessories can be added at any time.
NOTE: *specify choice of any two 250, 350, 450 and 550 watt elements.
**high heat elements (650 & 750 watts) specify choice of any
two elements.
Model 30-200 Portable Compressor/Torch Outfit

The industry’s first complete, portable Electrical Power:120 v 60 cycle
production welding outfit with its own built-in air Air Flow: From 2 1/2 cfm at 3 psi
compressor. All you need is electrical power! Heat Range 450-1300°F
Model 30-200’s built in compressor provides Wattage: 250, 350, 450, 550, 650 or 750
ample air supply even for speed welding. (specify)*
Shipped completely assembled, ready to work Shipping Weight: 47 lbs.
in a handy, rugged tool case. Torch Hose: 12’ Non-kink vinyl combination
Highest quality components and craftsmanship hose
throughout for top performance and trouble-free
operation.
PART NO. PRICE
NOTE: *Model 30-200 – specify choice of any two 250,
350, 450 and 550 watt elements, and for Model 30-200 4,065.25
30-200HH – high heat elements (650 & 750 watts)
30-200HH 4,135.95
specify choice of any two elements.
NEW!
Model LPNS Nitrogen Saver Unit
• Uses inexpensive compressed air during SPECIFICATIONS:
warm-ups and between welds! Electrical Power: 120 v, 60 cycle
• Cuts nitrogen consumption by 50%! Recommended Gas Pressures*:
• Pays for itself in a few weeks use Air: Min. 50 lbs. Max 125 lbs.
• Fail-safe controls prevent torch burn-outs even if Nitrogen: Min 40 lbs. Max 100 lbs.
gas runs out! Shipping Weight: 11 lbs.
• Complete gas and electrical controls on
one panel. PART NO. PRICE
LPNS 4,100.60
*Note: Incoming pressures of both gases should
be kept as closely balanced as possible.
1-99
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
THERMOPLASTIC WELDING GUNS
R
O C
D U
WEG 08 hand welder with electronic temperature control FOR WELDING THERMOPLASTICS
and automatic shut-off in case of air loss, 110V, 1000W. Features:
• Ultra lightweight, short balances handle
1 PART NO. PRICE

• Self regulating temperature control on black plate
• Automatic power shut off when air supply is off
• Cool “no burn” barrel
WEG08-13 2029.20
• Bayonet type metal element for long life and quick
WEG08-26 2079.00 replacements
• For use with all standard tips
WEGENER standard welding nozzles

A primary component of the WEGENER Hot Air Welding PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE
System are the stainless steel precision nozzles, which are HD
WEG08HD3 215.78 WEG08SSDHD4 560.21
highly valued by fabricators due to the combination of design
WEG08RD3 136.94 WEG08SSDHD5 560.21
and longevity. RD
WEG08RD4 136.94 WEG08SSDP3 1) 734.50
• Tacking tip model HD for tack welding without welding rod WEG08RD5 136.94 WEG08SSDP4 2) 734.50
• Round tip model RD for free hand welding, also available WEG08SSD3 410.82 WEG08SSDP5 3) 734.50 SSD
as RD/HD combination tip with tacking attachment.
WEG08SSD4 410.82 WEG08BSD15 4) 248.98
• High speed tip model SSD for round welding rod.
• Combination high speed/tacking tip for round rod model WEG08SSD5 410.82 WEG08BSD20 5) 248.98
SSD/HD, the preferred multi purpose tip. WEG08SSDHD3 560.21 WEG08BSD40 6) 294.63 SSD/HD
• High speed tip model SSD/Prof. for triangular rod, stan-
dard sizes and custom made. Note: WEG08SSD/P - high Note: Model WEG08BSD is
speed tip model for triangular available in the following
All tips are manufactured for rod sizes, 3, 4 and 5 mm. Other rod: sizes:
1) 3 x 3 x 5 4) 15mm
sizes made to order. 2) 4 x 4 x 6 5) 20mm SSD/Prof.
3) 5 x 5 x 7 6) 40mm
EXTRUSION WELDING: One pass is enough BSD

Thicker materials require multiple pass hand welds increasing fabrication cost and
risk of failure. WEGENER extrusion welders provide the technology to achieve
highest quality with one single pass - the safest and most cost effective solution.
The “Mini Extruder” WEG 332

With only 5 kg in weight, the WEG 332 incorporates the same technology as our
larger models. Separate heating systems for preheat air and extrudate allow pre-
cise temperature settings.
PART NO. PRICE WEG 362

WEG 332 26933.99
The “Workhorse” WEG 342

High performance at low weight. The engineered rod intake, electronic temperature
regulation with cold start protection and concealed thermocouple make this the
most streamlined and versatile machine for most applications.
PART NO. PRICE
WEG 342 33744.38
WEG 342
The “High Output Extruder” WEG 362
The WEG 362 is at home wherever time and speed are of essence. Ideally suited
for thicker gauge materials.
WEG 332
PART NO. PRICE
WEG 362 4270.77
DT 5 BLOWER
Supplies proper amount of clean, oil and water free air for one extrusion welder.
Mains Supply: 110V

Power Consumption: 1000W
Weight: 52 lbs.
Air capacity: Approx. 6 cfm
PART NO. PRICE
WEG DT 5 2548.40
WEG DT 7 3295.35
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PORTABLE WELDING GUNS

R
O C
D U
FABCO UNITHERM K 5.8 R and K 5.16 R Versions:

Electrical hot-air device with built-in blower, universally applica- connection-voltage heating element
ble: to heat, weld, bend and shrink thermoplastic materials, to 230 V ~ 800 W basic equipment
heat and dry, etc. Temperature adjustable by stepless thumb-
wheel control, the heating element is protected from overheat-
ing by the built-in electronic control device.
230 V ~
120 V ~
120 V ~
1600 W
800 W
1600 W
(for example for
Foil-Weld-nozzles
20 x 1,5)
1
Mains: 3 metres (120 inches) flexible cord with plug. Special versions on request
Weight: approx. 1.3 kg
Steel Box, empty 2810005-066 UNITHERM K5.8R 1,427.29
to accomodate the electrical hot-air unit K 5.8 R and K 5.16 R
with accessories. 2810005-067 UNITHERM K5.16R 1,427.29
Dimensions: 490 x 110 x 260 mm 2850196-002 STEEL BOX 223.38
FABCO JUMBOTHERM K 25.30 and K 25.16 Versions:

Electrical hot-air device with built-in blower, to heat, bend and connection-voltage heating element
shrink thermoplastic materials, temperature adjustable by step- 230 V ~ 3000 W
less thumbwheel control, the heating element is protected from 120 V ~ 1600 W
overheating by the built-in electronic control device.
Maximum temperature exceeding 600°C (1112°F), air volume
approx. 300 litres/min (11 cb. ft./min) with a pressure of 3000 Pa
(63 lbs/sq. ft.) 2810025-036 JUMBOTHERM K25.30 1,444.70
Mains: 3 metres (120 inches) flexible cord with plug.
2810025-037 JUMBOTHERM K25.16 P.O.R.
Weight: approx. 1.5 kg
Standard welding nozzle, screw on version, Tacking nozzle

diameter of airstream: 5mm, bend and cone shaped. especially for tackng of hard thermoplastic materials.
PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
283-0197-001 Standard Welding Nozzle 50.77 283-0197-002 Tacking Nozzle 71.08
Standard welding nozzle, slip on version, Rapid-nozzle, screw-on version

with preheating of the welding wire, especially for high-speed welding of soft
PVC, Polyethylene, Polypropylene
for round wire 3 and 4 mm dia.
for round wire 5 mm dia.
also for fusion welding cored (linoleum)
special sizes as per sample
2830198-033 Standard Welding Nozzle 171.16

Plug-in heating elements 2830198-021 Rapid Nozzle 3 and 4mm dia. 166.81
for UNITERM K5.8R and K5.16R
connection-voltage heating output 2830198-023 Rapid Nozzle 5mm diameter 166.81
120 V ~ 26 mm dia. 800W
120 V ~ 26 mm dia. 1600W
for JUMBOTHERM K25.30 and K25.16
connection-voltage heating output
120 V ~ 44 mm dia. 1600W
2840181-216 Heating Element 165.36
2840181-211 Heating Element 165.36 PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
Note: Other types available. 2840181-213 Heating Element 211.77
1-101
Effective September 14, 1998
B C O
A
•
•
T S
FLAMELESS HEAT GUNS
P
R
O C
D U
CONTROLLED INSTANT HEAT IN STAND OR HAND

HG 3002 LCD ELECTRONIC HOT AIR GUN
1 Electronically controlled with T.L.C.* Exact LCD temperature readout. Stepless

variable temperature control adjustable from 50°C to 650°C. Stepless variable air
volume control adjustable from 200 l/min to 500 l/min Two stage temperature
switch: Stage 1: 50°C, Stage 2: 50°C to 650°C, Maximum: 1500 watts/12.5 amps
The High-Output Hot Air Gun with Adjustable,

Variable Temperature Contol
Heat-shrink tubing Paint Stripping Soft-soldering of
The electronically-controlled temperature provides
copper pipes
countless uses of this hot air gun. The built-in tem-
perature sensor enables the use of reduction nozzles
(e.g. 14mm diameter) thus ensuring an exact spot-
orientated heat-flow. Only for HL1802E and Only for HL1802E and To be used only with
Ideal for painters, electricians, electro-technicians, plumbers and heating HL2000E Electronics HL2000E Electronics HL1802E and 2000E
engineers, carpenters, car mechanics, plastic-processors, hobbyists and DIY
entuhusiastics.
More than 100 possibilities of use, e.g. soft-soldering, de-soldering, PVC
welding and shaping, drying, shrinking, disinfecting, thawing out, preheating,
removal of adhesives, paint stripping, bitumastic welding, etc. etc.
PART NO. PRICE
345013 524.24
Note: *T.L.C. – Thermo Logic Control – prevention of heat back pressure in element when
using small reducer nozzles.
Reduction nozzle 14 mm Reduction nozzle 9 mm Reflector nozzle 14 mm
Spot-orientated hot air Spot-orientated hot air flow for heat shrink and solder-
HG 2000 E HOT AIR GUN when de-soldering and and basic element for weld- sink wire connectors.
Electronically controlled with T.L.C.* Five stage PVC-welding. ing nozzles and slit nozzle. No. 07461–1
variable temperature adjustable from 100°C to No. 07071–2 No. 07061–3
600°C.
One stage airflow switch @ 500 l/min
Maximum: 1500 watts/12.5amps NOZZLE ATTACHMENTS
The Hot Air Gun with Countless Uses PART NO. PRICE
Different temperatures are needed when working with different materials.
With this hot air gun you can choose varying temperatures between 100°C and 07071-2 25.30
600°C. The built-in temperature sensor automatically adjusts the selected tem- 07061-3 25.30
perature even when using narrow nozzles for welding, or soldering.
The most common applications are: 07461-1 28.64
• heat-shrink tubing
• soft-soldering of copper pipes
• De-soldering of electronic components
• welding of PVC covers, plastic pipes, floor tiles and plastic articles
• forming of plastic tubing or tiles
• drying out of building joints, paint samples or repair fillers
• removal/hardening of adhesives
• stripping of paint or plastic plastering
PART NO. PRICE
342616 384.85
Note: *T.L.C. – Thermo Logic Control – prevention of heat back pressure in element when
using small reducer nozzles.
MODEL MARK IV FLAMELESS HEAT GUN

FEATURES: perature adjustment within the unit’s rated heat range APPROX.
MODEL 1) PRICE
• Weighs only 2 3/4 lbs., including stand, for ease of han- • Double-jacketed nozzle and shield helps maintain cool TEMP. °F
dling exterior temperatures EP-2 100° - 300° 263.97
• Replaceable Brushes are easy to service and extend • Toggle type control switch provides hot-cold-off oper-
the operating life of the gun ation EP-3 300° - 500° 267.12
• Housing, handle, safety stand and trigger guard of • Nozzle air opening 1 3/16” diameter EP-5C 450° - 650° 276.55
rugged G.E. LEXAN® for superior electrical insulation • 50/60 cycle - AC motor
properties, corrosion and impact resistance • 6 ft. three-wire grounding type strain relief cord fea- EP-7 750° - 1000° 282.84
• Unique suspended Quick Change heating element tures neoprene jacketing and molded plug 1) Voltage: 115V
design prolongs life and eases servicing • Available in nine models in three heat ranges and a 2) CSA Listed
• Adjustable air intake regulator provides variable tem- choice of 115V or 230V versions
ACCESSORIES:
1. Sturdy circular stand and trigger guard of LEXAN. Stand can be adjusted to 3. Shrink tube reflectors in two sizes handle most requirements. One is for tub-
any angle in horizontal or vertical position. Easily attached and removed. ing up to 1” O.D. and the other up to 2” O.D.
2. Heat concentrator attachment for limited area coverage and efficient shrink- 4. Rugged polyethylene carrying case holds heat gun, stand and accessories.
ing of small size tubing.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
AUTOMATIC BUTT WELDING MACHINE
P
R
O C
D U
Features:
• Automatic Controls
• Shortest change-over times
1
• Automatic offset compensation
• Travel and force measurement
• Documentation of all welding data
• Heating sword shielded during welding cycle
Thermoplastic Materials Fused:

• PVC
• CPVC
• Polypropylene
• Polyethylene
• PVDF
• UHMW
Sheet Fusion Machine Capable
of Fusing 4 Meter Long Sheet
Individual Use Readily available documentation

The FABCO automatic butt welding machine welds thermoplastic The microprocessor controlled computer allows for continuous writ-
sheets from 5 to 30 mm thickness, customized models already from 3 ten documentation on the production cycle. A printer charts the cycles
mm or up to 50 mm, for working widths from 2000 to 6000 mm. The and prints both all input data as well as all actual parameters.
FABCO SM 05 can also weld seams along ducts and tubes. The high Additionally, the chart for the travel distance of the tables provides
welding quality is based on extremely short change-over times exact information whether the melting, heating and welding cycles
according to DVS standards, distinctly shorter than the recommenda- have been performed according to the input data.
tions of the material manufacturers.
Force measuring system with guaranteed weld quality
Highest quality - always reproducible The machine combines a three step force control with a force mea-
FABCO's automatic control guarantees highest accuracy and per- suring system. The force necessary to close the tables is measured at
manent reproducibility for all production operations. the beginning of the welding cycle. This offset is then added to all the
other cycles to guarantee a 100 % achievement of all pressure para-
Energy saving heating element meters.
The electronically controlled heating element assure proper mater-
ial specific temperatures during the cycles. An additionally integrated Crucial: maximizing the economics
heat shield prevents heat penetration onto the weld area during the Since manual tasks have been reduced to an absolute minimum,
welding/cooling process. When not in use, the heating element operation of the machine requires only one single person. Due to the
remains in this shield thus resulting in lower energy consumption. user friendly and easily accessible controls, adjustments and data
changes are quickly accomplished. Your benefit is time and labor sav-
ings at a failure rate of practically zero.
Operating Information
The welding tables are carried and guided laterally on hardened tion by two hand or foot switches. The normal distance between the
shafts with thrust-bearing bushes. Double-action compressed air plates and the table is about 20mm. It desired, it can be increased by
cylinders combined with a lever mechanism ensure synchronous trav- lifting the pressure beams.
el of two tables. Actuation by a hand switch with zero catch. Both melt- The "additional devices" serve not only for depositing but also for
ing-on and welding pressure are adjusted by a separate precision fixing the thick-walled plates to be welded. The pneumanc plant con-
pressure regulator. The precision manometers indicate the respective sists of a servicing unit with connecting nipple R1/4, and air filter, a
pressure. The compressed air pressure value required for pressing-on pressure regulator, a manometer and spray oiler, the double acting
is gathered from a diagram. cylinders for the table motion, the single-acting cylinder for Iifting the
If the tables have been separated pneumatically they can be moved pressure beam, the single-acting cylinders for the pressing plates, the
together by hand after operating one or two levers depending on the two cylinders for raising and lowering the heating sword, and the two
working range of the machine. Thus, if desired, butt weldings by hand cylinders for operating the straight edge.
are also possible. The pressure beams above the welding tables are The central part of the electrical installation is the stainless steel
pivoted at the back and carried in pillow blocks. At the front they are heating sword for low voltage. The length of the heating sword can be
pinned. After removal of the pins the pressure beams are lifted at the adapted to a given working range. The electrical power of 600 watts
front by actuation of a handswitch. Each pressure beam is equipped per metre of a normal width heating sword at a voltage of 30-60 volts
with a number of pressing plates which are put into opera- is supplied by a built-in transformer.
NOTE: Bending machines available on request.
PRICE/QUOTATION ON REQUEST
1-103
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
SUPER BLOC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES
R
O C
D U
SUPER BLOC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES (CHEMKOR)

Features:
• Unique double union/double block design for easier piping system or equipment
maintenance.
• Blocks in both directions – upstream or downstream.
• All engineered thermoplastic PVC, CPVC, Polypropylene or PVDF construction.
• Viton or EPDM “O” ring seals, self lubricating Teflon seats.
• Available with removable interference fit handle, electric or pneumatic actuation.
• Full–port design, minimum flow restriction.
• Sizes 1/2” through 4”.
2 • Available threaded, socket or flanged configuration.
• External adjustment for seat wear.
• Vacuum resistance 29.9 inches mercury.
• Double stem “O” Rings.
PARTS PARTS
No. COMPONENT QUAN. MATERIAL No. COMPONENT QUAN. MATERIAL

1 BODY 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 7 HANDLE 1 ABS
2 BALL 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 8 STEM 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF
3 CARRIER 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 9 STEM 'O' RING 2 EPDM, VITON®
4 UNION NUT 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 10 CARRIER 'O' RING 2 EPDM, VITON
5 CONNECTOR 2 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 11 FACE '0' RING 2 EPDM, VITON
6 BALL SEAT 1 TEFLON 12 SEAL CARRIER 1 PVDF
RETAINING RING
TRUE UNION “SUPER BLOC” BALL VALVES – VITON ‘O’ RINGS, TEFLON SEATS
ORDER INFORMATION:
PVC/TRUE UNION CPVC/TRUE UNION POLYPROPYLENE/TRUE UNION PVDF/TRUE UNION NATURAL
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES NON PIGMENTED BALL VALVES COLOUR BALL VALVES**
319100-(Size No.) Threaded*** 329100-(Size No.) Threaded*** 349100-(Size No.) Threaded*** 375100-(Size No.) Threaded
319090-(Size No.) Soc/Thrd* 329090-(Size No.) Soc/Thrd* 349090-(Size No.) Soc/Thrd* 375090-(Size No.) Socket
319120-(Size No.) Flanged 329120-(Size No.) Flanged 349120-(Size No.) Flanged 375120-(size No.) Flanged
Size No. 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 16
Material
Type/Size 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 1) 3 4
PVC/Viton Socket* 20.99 24.50 29.60 39.65 46.20 64.95 222.60 222.60 344.43
Flanged 32.00 38.55 45.10 59.90 74.65 97.60 294.00 294.00 466.00
CPVC/Viton Socket* 30.26 37.07 44.49 77.51 77.51 106.88 282.61 282.61 456.41
Flanged 65.58 68.64 85.24 112.68 122.68 178.69 414.00 414.00 633.80
PP/Viton Socket* 74.35 90.32 133.15 150.42 190.92 258.21 - 691.28 -
Flanged P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
PVDF/Viton Threaded 86.64 114.76 167.96 196.84 290.32 391.40 N/A 988.00 2,220.72
Flanged 186.20 238.64 334.40 378.48 487.16 665.76 N/A 1,447.80 2,778.56
1) 3” valve bushed to 2 1/2”
*In PVC, CPVC, PP 1/2” – 2” supplied with both socket and threaded ends. **PVDF Valves are also available with metric fusion sockets on request.
***only for sizes 2 1/2”, 3” and 4”
TRUE UNION “SUPER BLOC” BALL VALVES – EPDM ‘O’ RINGS, TEFLON SEATS
ORDER INFORMATION:
PVC/TRUE UNION CPVC/TRUE UNION
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES
319140-(Size No.) Threaded*** 329140-(Size No.) Threaded***
319130-(Size No.) Soc/Thrd* 329130-(Size No.) Soc/Thrd*
319160-(Size No.) Flanged 329160-(Size No.) Flanged
Size No. 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 16
Material
Type/Size 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 1) 3 4
PVC/EPDM Socket* 18.25 21.55 25.70 34.45 42.75 56.45 183.60 183.60 310.25
Flanged 31.15 35.30 41.85 55.80 68.90 91.00 269.00 269.00 424.00
CPVC/EPDM Socket* 26.50 32.50 40.50 71.50 71.50 100.80 272.00 272.00 432.00
Flanged 61.50 64.00 81.00 109.00 115.00 170.00 395.00 395.00 626.00
1) 3” valve bushed to 2 1/2”
*In PVC, CPVC, PP 1/2” – 2” supplied with both socket and threaded ends.
***only for sizes 2 1/2”, 3” and 4”
TRUE UNION BALL VALVES
TRU-BLOC TRUE UNION BALL VALVES (CHEMTROL)
The manually operated valve, with an easy-to-turn handle, indicates open or
closed position at-a-glance. Also available in pneumatic or electrically operat-
ed versions, the Chemtrol True Union valve meets a wide range of application
requirements. Excellent corrosion resistance is another advantage of Chemtrol
True Union valves. All engineered plastic construction assures long life and reli-
able operation in chemical and fluid applications such as acids, alkalies, salt
solutions and DI water. Pressures to 150 psi, temperatures to 140°F.
Features:
• Unique double union/double block design for easier piping system or equip-
ment maintenance.
•
•
Full port design.
Choice of threaded, socket or flanged connections.
2
• Single Union design and heavy duty stub-acme threaded seal carrier retain- • Wide range of applications.
ing ring provide safe, reliable downstream blocking of flow. • Choice of Viton or EPDM “O” Ring shaft seals, self lubricating Teflon seats.
• Compact design for limited-space applications. • External adjustment for seal wear.
• Corrosion resistant, all thermoplastic PVC or CPVC construction. • Manufactured and assembled without heavy hydrocarbon lubricants for appli-
• Temperatures to 140°F, pressures to 150 psi. cations requiring high purity.
ORDER INFORMATION:
PVC/EPDM CPVC/EPDM PVC/VITON CPVC/VITON
219140 (Size No.) Threaded** 22011 (Size No.) Threaded** 219100 (Size No.) Threaded** 229100 (Size No.) Threaded**
219130 (Size No.) Socket 22010 (Size No.) Socket 219090 (Size No.) Socket 229090 (Size No.) Socket
219160 (Size No.) Flanged 22012 (Size No.) Flanged 219120 (Size No.) Flanged 229120 (Size No.) Flanged
Size No. 07 08 09 10 11 12 14 16 18
Material
Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 3 4 6***
PVC/EPDM Soc. or Thd. 46.13 54.39 64.98 108.10 108.10 142.61 344.12 580.92 1,377.14
Flanged 121.22 124.41 143.92 195.29 195.29 206.23 466.44 871.39 1,483.06
CPVC/EPDM Soc. or Thd. 61.49 77.31 92.21 154.72 154.72 214.42 631.89 956.82 2,128.92
Flanged 137.20 145.31 175.97 241.76 241.76 330.62 814.24 1,550.04 2,489.61
PVC/Viton Soc. or Thd. 51.25 60.68 72.33 120.08 120.08 157.28 382.22 645.35 1,450.60
Flanged 128.00 136.46 159.93 216.82 216.82 229.46 519.25 895.30 1,510.41
CPVC/Viton Soc. or Thd. 67.65 85.12 101.49 170.18 170.18 234.94 630.17 956.48 1,934.48
Flanged 151.02 159.58 193.59 266.20 266.20 363.42 871.90 1,600.79 2,517.29
NOTE: 1/2” – 2” supplied with both socket and threaded ends
**For sizes 3”, 4” and 6”
***4” True Union venturied to 6” socket or flanged only
TRUE UNION BALL VALVES (+ GF +) Type: 346 Type: 560 Type: 370
Features:
• Blowout-proof stem with two seals.
• PTFE Teflon seats for tight sealing, long service life.
• Backing O-rings provide a self-adjusting seal between the seat and floating
ball.
• Access to all components – the ball, stem seats and seals – is provided by
removing a single threaded seat carrier.
3/8” – 2” 3”– 4” 6”
Premium true union ball Good safety features. Unrestricted bore for opti-
ORDER INFORMATION: valve, O-ring seat backing Economical, repairable, mum flow. Easy manual
provides constant torque. f u l l - bl o ck . A s s e m bl e d operation. Corrosion
3/8”- 2” PVC/EPDM or Viton, Soc/Thd/Flgd 161346 (Size No.) Maintenance free. Teflon without contaminating resistant and maintenance
CPVC/EPDM or Viton, Soc/Thd/Flgd 163346 (Size No.) seats. Tested 50,000 lubricants. free. Standard overall
3”- 4” PVC/EPDM or Viton, Soc/Thd/Flgd 161560 (Size No.) cycles - clean fluids. Can lengths with backing
CPVC/Viton Soc/Thd/Flgd 163560 (Size No.) be converted to actuated flanges. Teflon seats.
6” PVC/EPDM or Viton Flgd 161370 (Size No.) in-line.
Size (in) 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 3 4 6

Material
Connections Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No Price Size No. Price
PVC/EPDM Soc. or Thd. 301 47.00 302 48.61 303 56.99 304 69.76 305 88.56 306 114.41 307 144.08 009/039 306.72 010/040 524.34 011 831.06
Flanged N/A N/A 342 126.46 343 129.54 344 149.81 345 192.40 346 207.09 347 215.90 069 454.08 070 772.80 366 1,398.23
CPVC/EPDM Soc. or Thd. 301 82.84 302 82.84 303 93.70 304 112.95 305 195.34 306 205.62 307 257.03 009/039 464.36 010/040 836.20 011 1,540.45
Flanged N/A N/A 342 144.52 343 152.75 344 185.06 345 240.87 346 255.56 347 348.09 069 733.39 070 1,117.21 N/A N/A
PVC/Viton Soc. or Thd. 311 56.99 312 58.90 313 68.59 314 86.21 315 105.90 316 135.27 317 180.65 024/054 344.42 025/055 580.88 026 882.46
Flanged N/A N/A. 352 133.21 353 143.49 354 168.90 355 215.90 356 240.87 357 265.84 084 486.64 085 837.91 391 1,513.77
CPVC/Viton Soc. or Thd. 311 91.36 312 91.36 313 111.92 314 140.12 315 227.65 316 246.75 317 309.90 024/054 491.78 025/055 892.74 026 1,597.00
Flanged N/A N/A 352 158.62 353 167.44 354 204.15 355 254.09 356 268.78 357 383.34 084 762.52 085 1,170.33 N/A N/A
2-2
COMPACT/SPECIAL BALL VALVES
SUPER “C”™ COMPACT BALL VALVES
Features:
• Rugged construction
• Permanently sealed
• Double O-rings
• Self-lubricating Teflon seats
• Pressure rated to 150 psi @ 73°F
• Full flow design
• No corrosion
• Available in Schedule 80 socket or NPT thread
2 ORDER INFORMATION:
WHITE VALVE: PVC/EPDM SOC–30110 (SIZE NO.) W PVC/EPDM THRD–30120 (SIZE NO.)W GRAY VALVE: PVC/EPDM SOC–30110 (SIZE NO.)
CPVC/VITON SOC–30210 (SIZE NO.) CPVC/VITON THRD–30220 (SIZE NO.) PVC/EPDM THRD–30120 (SIZE NO.)
Materials Size No. 05 07 10 12 15 20

Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
GREY PVC/EPDM
Material Soc. 7.93 10.63 14.46 22.60 22.60 30.63
GREY PVC/EPDM Thd. 7.93 10.63 14.46 22.60 22.60 30.63
WHITE PVC/EPDM Soc. 7.93 10.63 14.46 22.60 22.60 30.63
WHITE PVC/EPDM Thd. 7.93 10.63 14.46 22.60 22.60 30.63
CPVC/Viton Soc. 14.25 18.97 23.74 45.93 45.93 63.19
CPVC/Viton Thd. 14.93 19.85 24.93 48.15 48.15 66.35
COMPACT BALL VALVES – PVC Body, Teflon Seats, EPDM Rings

Features:
• Cost Effective, Short Overall Length
ED
• Body and Ball and Stem – PVC Grey Coloured
•
•
Seats – Teflon
“O” Ring – EPDM
NTINU
• Full Bore, 232 PSI Rated (Non Shock)
ORDER INFORMATION: DISCO

WHITE VALVE: 30120 (Size No.) W – Threaded/30110 (Size No.) W – Socket
GRAY VALVE: 30120 (Size No.) – PVC/EPDM Threaded
30110 (Size No.) – PVC/EPDM Socket
METERING BALL VALVE

Features:
• Easy-to-read dial indicator
• Predetermined settings
• Fine flow control – Ounces to gallons per minute
• Rating: 150 psi at 68°F
For fine control and throttling in low-flow applications, this metering ball valve is
unique. It offers precise control of a needle valve, but eliminates stem breakage
and seat galling. The indicator dial permits the determined flow rates to be
duplicated exactly. EPDM seals are standard; Viton is available on special order.
3/8” 1/2”
Material Size (in.) Price Price
(Part No.) (Part No.)
PVC/EPDM Soc. 161.323.521 119.07 161.323.522 121.61
PVC/EPDM Thd. 161.323.541 135.91 161.323.542 140.80
PVC/Viton Soc. 161.323.531 129.44 161.323.532 134.34
PVC/Viton Thd. 161.323.551 162.93 161.323.552 168.22
MINI BALL VALVE

+ GF + 1/4” BALL VALVES 1/4”
Material Size (in.) Price
(Part No.)
These full-flow, rugged valves have PVC/EPDM Soc. 161.324.200 71.28
female socket or threaded connections. PVC/EPDM Thd. 161.324.454 71.28
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
SPECIAL/MULTI–PORT BALL VALVES
P
R
O C
D U
TRUE UNION MULTI-PORT BALL VALVES

Features:
• On-Off Plus Flow Diversion Control
• All Thermoplastic Non-corrosive Construction in Four Materials; PVC, CPVC,
Polypropylene and PVDF
• EPDM or Viton® “O” Ring, Self Lubrication Teflon Seats
• Sizes 1/2” through 2”
• Choice of Threaded, Socket or Flanged Connections
ORDER INFORMATION:
31782
31781
31784
(Size
(Size
(Size
No.)
No.)
No.)
: PVC/Viton Threaded
: PVC/Viton Socket
: PVC/EPDM Threaded
2
31783 (Size No.) : PVC/EPDM Socket
32782 (Size No.) : CPVC/Viton Threaded
32781 (Size No.) : CPVC/Viton Socket
32783 (Size No.) : CPVC/EPDM Socket
Size No. 007 008 009 010 011 012
Material
Size (in) 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2 3/4 x 3/4 x 3/4 1x1x1 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2x2x2
PVC/Viton Threaded 37.73 45.92 62.21 87.32 122.90 152.90
PVC/Viton Socket 37.73 45.92 62.21 87.32 122.90 152.90
PVC/EPDM Threaded 32.68 38.46 51.54 71.40 98.67 127.52
PVC/EPDM Socket 32.68 38.46 51.54 71.40 98.67 127.52
CPVC/Vition Threaded 69.41 75.66 101.46 135.30 135.30 219.73
CPVC/Vition Socket 69.41 75.66 101.46 135.30 135.30 219.73
CPVC/EPDM Socket 71.56 78.02 104.56 139.45 139.45 226.51
CALIBRATED NEEDLE VALVES
CN Series
The Calibrated Needle Valve is ideally suited to the fine regulation or liquid
flow required in instrumentation and laboratory work. The flow through the
1/4” valve can be accurately adjusted by observing the knob handle exposing
numerals moulded on the valve body.
Features: Part No. Size Price

• Precise flow measurement 2104004 1/4" FPT x 1/4" FPT 59.42
• Positive stop for safe operation
• Teflon seat prevents wear on needle
• All thermoplastic PVC Construction
• 150 psi at 73°F water – non-shock
CHEMCOCK VALVES
CC Series
The Chemcock Valve is ideal for laboratories, monitoring systems, sampling
and a variety of other applications as original equipment. It’s (4.8) calculated
fluid flow coefficient (Cv) is based on the laying length being equivalent to
1/4” Schedule 80 pipe.
Features: Part No. Size Price

• Easily adaptable to any type of connection. 2150704 1/4" Hose x 1/4" MPT 33.84
• Opens and closes with only a quarter turn. 2150504 1/4" MPT x 1/4" MPT 33.84
• Replaceable FPM “O”-ring seats and seals.
• Corrosion-resistant all thermoplastic PVC
construction.
• No sticking or galling.
• Full port design.
• Ideal for laboratories, monitoring systems,
original equipment and as sampling valve.
• 150 psi at 73°F water - non shock, full port.
2-4
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
BALL CHECK VALVES/FOOT VALVES
R
O C
D U
Features: FLOW COEFFICIENT – Cv

• Thermoplastic Corrosion Resistant Design Cv is the number of GPM of water
• Excellent Flow Characteristics at 73°F that will pass through a
• Union End Connector Simplifies Valve Maintenance given flow restriction at a pressure
• Unique Design Prevents Ball From Sticking or Chattering drop of 1 psi.
• Long Life Viton® Ball Seat
• Easily Converted to Foot Valve with Installation of Strainer Kit
• For Use in Vertical Position, Non Spring Loaded Nominal
Size Cv
(IPS)
3/8" 4.8
1/2" 8.3
2 ORDER INFORMATION:
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
15.4
17.5
29.5
1 1/2" 47.6
BALL CHECK VALVES (To Order Assemble: Part No. & Size No.) 2" 61.6
Material Threaded (Part. No.) Socket (Part. No.) Flanged (Part. No.) 3" 84.0
PVC/EPDM 318180 318170 378020
PVC/Viton 318000 318010 318020
CPVC/Viton 328000 328010 328020
PP/Viton 348000 348010 348020
Size No. 07 08 09 10 11 12 14 16
Material
Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 3 4*
Socket 20.70 24.75 29.35 49.40 49.40 67.45 182.56 225.50
PVC/EPDM Threaded 20.70 24.75 29.35 49.40 49.40 67.45 182.56 225.50
Flanged P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
Socket 22.60 27.34 35.38 57.91 57.91 84.54 236.26 247.50
PVC/Viton Threaded 22.60 27.34 35.38 57.91 57.91 84.54 236.26 247.50
Socket 33.25 39.70 47.15 79.35 79.35 108.30 249.40 352.10
CPVC/Viton Threaded 33.25 39.70 47.15 79.35 79.35 108.30 249.40 352.10
Socket 62.67 84.00 108.65 143.25 159.85 276.65 530.35 -
PP/Viton Threaded 62.67 84.00 108.65 143.25 159.85 276.65 530.35 -
*3” body with ends increased to 4”
ORDER INFORMATION:
FOOT VALVE STRAINER KITS (To Order Assemble: Part No. & Size No.)
318100 (Size No.) – PVC
328100 (Size No.) – CPVC
Size No. 07 08 09 10 11 12
Material
Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
PVC Slip-on 14.56 17.82 20.14 27.51 27.51 39.12
CPVC Slip-on 19.01 22.87 31.34 53.46 53.46 62.96 Scrubber and recirculation tank. PVC
Note: Requires cementing piping, PVC pumps, Polyethylene tank.
Y CHECK VALVES, 1/2” TO 4”, PVC

Features: Cv Factors
• Viton Seals SIZE VALUE SIZE VALUE
• Pressure rated for 150 psi @ 70˚ F non-shock 1/2” 0.8 2” 65
• PVC material 3/4” 3.0 2-1/2” 75
• Full flow design 1” 9.0 3” 110
• Minimum pressure drop 1-1/4” 26.0 4” 240
• Hex cap for easy removal
1-1/2” 45.0 - -
• PVC coil to guide disc to a positive seat
• Minimal back pressure required to seat disc
Selection Chart
SIZE End Connection
Socket, Threaded,
1/2”- 4”
ORDER INFORMATION: Flanged*
Y CHECK VALVE (To Order Assemble: Part No. & Size No.) * 1/2" to 1 1/2" not available flanged
Socket: YC10___S Threaded: YC10___T Flanged: YC10___F
Size No. 050 075 100 125 150 200 250 300 400
Size (in) 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Socket 118.56 126.51 139.35 217.11 236.98 296.58 620.12 620.12 1,016.04
Threaded 118.56 126.51 139.35 217.11 236.98 296.58 620.12 620.12 1,016.04
Flanged - - - - - 445.58 912.45 912.45 1,390.67
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
SPECIAL CHECK VALVES
P
R
O C
D U
SWING CHECK VALVES PVC Swing Check Valve PVC Swing Check Valve
Use in irrigation systems, and for preventing backflow of corrosive materials Series 1520 Series 1500
in waste water lines, sump pump disposal lines, sewage lift stations or ejector
systems. Use also where minimum heat loss or flow resistance is required, or
in swimming pools, hot tubs, or spa applications.
1520 (Size No.) 1500 (Size No.)

Size Size
PVC * PVC
Features: No. (in.)
Socket Conn. Comp. Conn.
•
•
•
No metallic parts, corrosion resistant.
Full flow design.
Angle seat and weighted flapper design for low pressure seal.
05
07
1/2
3/4
21.95
21.95
-
-
2
• PVC weighted and shielded flapper will retain backpressure up to 125 PSI. 10 1 22.87 -
• Solvent weld or compression ends. 12 1 1/4 23.78 38.31
• Ideal for close working areas, easy pipe alignment. 15 1 1/2 25.15 42.76
• Compression ends can be used as union connections. 20 2 39.10 67.45
• Designed for both horizontal or vertical usage.
30 3 72.26 125.20
• Pressure rated 125 PSI @ 72°F.
40 4 102.34 -
Note: *Clear PVC Swing Check Valves available on request.
Swing Check Valves, 3” to 8”, PVC or PPL Discs

CV Factors Selection Chart
Features:
• High temperature/pressure ratings SIZE VALUE
• Unique two-in-one seal design PRESSURE
3” 281 SIZE
• Built-in flange seals RATING
• Two drain ports 4” 506
• Self-aligning clapper seals 6” 1,133
• Available in PVC or glass-reinforced PPL 3" and 4" 225 psi@ 70° F
8” 2,042
• Viton or EPDM seals
• Flanged End connection
6" and 8" 150 psi@ 70° F
Options:
• Counterweight for closing assistance
Part # 3" Part # 4" Part # 6" Part # 8"

PVC/Viton SW1300V 1,636.52 SW1400V 2,224.14 SW1600V 3,261.29 SW1800V 4,496.75
PVC/EPDM SW1300E 1,300.11 SW1400E 1,732.01 SW1600E 2,560.55 SW1800E 3,657.93
PP/Viton SW4300V 2,049.32 SW4400V 2,777.97 SW4600V 4,076.61 SW4800V 5,619.11
PP/EPDM SW4300E 1,623.30 SW4400E 2,166.85 SW4600E 3,201.05 SW4800E 4,571.68
WAFER CHECK VALVE Features:

The Wafer Check Valve is a non-return valve ideal for limited space installa- • Compact
tions. These valves are economical and available for large pipe sizes. They are Requires little space in piping systems.
available in two versions – with or without disc springs. The spring adds clos- • Easy Installation
ing force. Wafer body slips between standard flanges. 10” PP valve weighs only 5 lbs.
2” - 12” PVC Body/14” - 24” PP Body • High Chemical Resistance
A large selection of materials of construction for every application.
Type
Without Spring With 316SS Spring • Horizontal or Vertical Operation
EPDM Seal Viton Seal •† EPDM Seal Viton Seal •† • Bubble Tight Shut-off
Size Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Provided by replaceable O-ring seal in disc.
2 WPA020E 472.44 WPA020V 527.69 WPA020ES 541.02 WPA020VS 596.27
2 1/2 WPA025E 556.26 WPA025V 624.84 WPA025ES 626.75 WPA025VS 695.33 Available With Disc Springs: Available Without Disc Spring:
3 WPA030E 645.80 WPA030V 727.71 WPA030ES 729.62 WPA030VS 811.53 • Faster disc closure reduces • For applications where no metals
4 WPA040E 760.10 WPA040V 868.68 WPA040ES 853.44 WPA040VS 962.03 amount of backflow. are desired.
5 WPA050E 1,022.99 WPA050V 1,158.24 WPA050ES 1,137.29 WPA050VS 1,272.54 • Maximum closure is obtained with • Low cost
6 WPA060E 1,146.81 WPA060V 1,310.64 WPA060ES 1,264.92 WPA060VS 1,428.75 low pressure differential.
8 WPA080E 2,327.91 WPA080V 2,545.08 WPA080ES 2,472.69 WPA080VS 2,689.86
• Suitable for pulsating flows.
14 WCB140E 3,417.57 WCB140V 4,539.62 WCB140ES 6,724.65 WCB140VS 7,846.70
†Supplied special order not returnable Note: Available in PVDF and alternate elastomer disc seals available are Buna-N and
•Available, but not normally stocked, confirm delivery Teflon.
2-6
BUTTERFLY VALVES
HAND LEVER BUTTERFLY VALVES PVC/EPDM with lever - Model “C”
Model “C” Features: Size (in.) Part No. Price

• One piece moulded PVC or CPVC body. 2" 21350012 303.66
• Low pressure drop wafer type disc. PPGF (PP Glass Filled)/EPDM with lever
• Disc is encapsulated with EPDM or Viton.
• 150 psi pressure rating at 73°F. Size (in.) Part No. Price
• Compatible with Chemtrol’s Actuation. 2" 31360012 203.02
• Built in “O”-ring seal on valves requires no additional
CPVC/EPDM with lever - Model “B”
gaskets between mating flanges.
2 Model “C” Materials:

Size (in.)
3"
Part No.
22350014
Price
499.83
CPVC/Viton with lever - Model “B”

• Body is to be manufactured from gray PVC, Type 1,
Size (in.) Part No. Price
Grade 1 (ASTM D-1784 cell class 12454B). Model “C” Butterfly Valve
• Disc is brass ASTM B-124 with EPDM encapsulated. 3" 22351014 815.79
Note: Recommended for water applica-
• Upper and lower shaft material is stainless steel ASTM
tions only.
A-582 TYPE 420.
• Bearings are PTFE bronze sintered on steel.
• Index plates (throttling plate) are zinc plated steel and the
heavy-duty gear operator is weatherproof and made of
aluminium.
• O-ring seals are EPDM.
HAND LEVER BUTTERFLY VALVES

Order Information:
Features: PVC/EPDM 31350 (Size No.)
• Unique design “Triple Seal” for maximum reliability. PVC/Viton 31351 (Size No.)
• Full face design assures positive flange sealing.
• Up to 50% lighter than metal valves. Size (in.) 3” 4” 6” 8”
Material
• PVC disk for optimized strength / Cv performance. Size No. 014 016 018 019
• Engineered to accommodate most popular PVC/EPDM 124.75 148.14 215.20 485.02
actuators – electric, pneumatic and hydraulic. PVC/Viton 270.46 329.35 533.14 882.08
• Ten position index plate for precise control. Note: Order materials available on request.
• Maximum Flow - I.D. exceeds schedule 80 pipe.
• Pressure rated to 150 psi, temperatures to 140°F.
• Kits available for field repair.
• Value assembly includes lever handle.
GEAR BOX BUTTERFLY VALVES
Features: Order Information:

• Corrosion resistance. PVC/EPDM 31350 (Size No.)
• Excellent flow characteristics.
Size (in.) 8” 10” 12”
• Lower flow loss. Material
Size No. 019G 020 022
• Lower torque and greater sealing capacity.
PVC/EPDM 666.50 831.40 1,017.78
• With clear indication of disc opening degree.
• Ideally suited for flow control in a minimum piping space. Note: Other materials available on request.
Material: CPVC, UPVC, PVDF, PP, PP + MP

Size: 8” to 12”
End Type: Flanged
Seat: EPDM or FPM (VITON)
Test Pressure: 180 PSI (8”, 10”)
150 PSI (12”)
Working Pressure: 150 PSI (8”, 10”)
100 PSI (12”)
BUTTERFLY VALVES
LARGE DIAMETER BUTTERFLY VALVES 10” to 24”, PPL Bodies with PVC or PPL Discs
CV Factors
Features: Options: SIZE VALUE
• Direct mount gear operators for • Stem extensions
10” 4,000
• easy valve operation • Electric or pnuematic operators
• Fully supported flange bolt holes • Lug body design 12” 6,000
• Stainless steel shaft • Chain operator 14” 6,500
• Positive locking body/liner seal 16” 8,300
• High torque manual gear box 18” 10,900
• Glass-reinforced PPL body for
•
•
extra strength
Available in Electric actuator/
20”
24”
14,100
18,500
2
• Pneumatic actuator/ Gearbox Operators
Selection Chart
PRESSURE BODY DISC

SIZE SEALS
RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL
Size
Materials Part No. Price
(in)
150 psi@
PP/EPDM 10 21350100 2,213.71 EPDM, Nitrile
10”, 12” 70˚ F PVC or PPL
PP/EPDM 12 21350120 3,052.37 or Viton
non-shock Glass Fiber
PP/EPDM 14 21350140 7,042.73
* psi@ Reinforced PPL
PP/EPDM 16 21350160 11,863.24 14”, 16”, 18”,
PP/EPDM 18 21350180 16,232.49 70˚ F PPL EPDM or Viton
20”, 24”
non-shock
PP/EPDM 20 21350200 18,152.46
PP/EPDM 24 21350240 26,233.93
+ GF + BUTTERFLY VALVES
Features: Order Information:

• Space-saving design PVC/EPDM or Viton 161367 (Size No.)
• Bubble-tight shutoff PP/EPDM or Viton 167367 (Size No.)
• Stainless steel shaft
2 1/2” 3” 4” 5” 6” 8”
• Excellent throttling characteristics Material
• Easy actuation Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
PVC/EPDM 005 499.37 126 523.85 007 567.91 008 758.84 009 815.14 010 1,057.49
PVC/Viton 025 724.57 146 744.16 027 893.48 028 1,204.36 029 1,304.72 030 1,684.14
PP/EPDM 005 525.07 126 591.90 007 716.01 008 926.03 009 1,024.68 010 1,314.27
PP/Viton 025 684.18 146 684.18 027 827.38 028 1,342.91 029 1,342.91 030 2,243.48
This is the only moderately priced, dynamically sealed butterfly

valve available. No liner is necessary and the seals are made of
either EPDM, Viton or natural silicone. These valve materials are
available: PVC (size 2.5” to 5” up to 150 psi at 73°F; 6” and 8” up to Suggested Applications:
90 psi at 73°F); POLYPROPYLENE up to 195°F; PVDF up to 250°F • Water treatment
at reduced pressure. The valve provides bubble-tight sealing, excel- • Swimming pools and filtration
lent throttling capabilities and a space-saving design, plus a truly • Waste water treatment
international valve - the flanged joint drilling meets ASA, ISO and DIN • Slurries
standards. • Irrigation systems
The valve comes standard with a corrosion-resistant handle. A • Secondary oil recovery
gear operator and electric or pneumatic actuator is optional. The • Chilled water
valve is readily retrofitted to accommodate optional operators and the • Golf courses
gear operator is furnished with an indicator showing the degrees of • Sea water
opening. The gear operator options include: • Tank trucks
1. A locking flange • Sewage systems
2. A remote indicator showing the relation of opening to full-closed • Chemical media
3. Memory stop
4. A chain wheel operator
2-8
B C O
A
•
•
T S
SPECIALTY VALVES
P
R
O C
D U
PVC GLOBE VALVES

• Good for throttling
• Heavy Duty – Extra strong stems
• Slow Closing – Prevents water hammer
Nom. PVC Price Each Polypro Price Each To Order: Part No. + Size No.
Size
Pipe Size GV00 GV02 GV15 GV17 Example:
no.
(in.) Thread Flanged Thread Flanged GV00005 - 1/2” PVC, Threaded
-005 1/2 60.39 155.26 86.68 128.21 Globe Valve
-007 3/4 64.20 161.93 90.49 139.83
2 -010
-012
-015
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
105.54
147.07
297.18
207.65
251.46
403.86
158.50
-
-
226.70
-
588.65
-020 2 453.39 573.41 - 796.29
-025 2 1/2 - 813.44 - 1,230.63
-030 3 - 950.60 - 1,468.76
-040 4 - 1,221.11 - 1,893.57 1/2” - 2” 3” - 4”
Note: Socket ends are available on a custom basis
PVC GATE VALVES

Features: To order:
• Low Installed Cost in all Plastic Cylindrical Disc and Large Seating
GT50-(Size No.) PVC Gate Valve,
Piping Systems – Fast and easy to Area
• High Working Pressure ASA Flanged Connections
install due to light weight.
• Suitable for Metal Piping System – • Good Abrasion Resistance Size Nom. GT50
Strong one-piece moulded flanged Streamlined Seating Area and Full No. Size PVC
body. Flow Port -015 1 1/2" 552.45
• AWWA Flanged Face to Face • Low Pressure Drop
-020 2" 563.88
Dimensions in sizes up to 8” – Can • Little Sediment Buildup
• Self Flushing -025 2 1/2" 735.33
easily replace corroded steel valves.
-030 3" 843.92
Size 1 1/2” to 14” -040 4" 1,179.20
With all wetted parts constructed of industrial thermoplastics, -050 5" P.O.R.
these valves are moulded into perfect monoblocks. Shaft is steel, -060 6" 2,343.15
encased in PVC or PVDF, and there is an indicator fitted to the valve -080 8" 3,819.53
to show opening and closing disc positions. Design allows for -100 10" 5,680.71
straight passage of fluids with very little pressure drop. Corrosion- -120 12" 6,332.22
resistant PVC gate valve is ideal for long service in harsh, corrosive -140 14" 13,125.45
applications. For even more severe conditions of corrosion and tem-
perature, PVDF construction is recommended. Thermoplastic body Sizes: 1 1/2” – 14”
Ends: Flanged
is far lighter in weight than a comparable metal valve, saving time on
installation as well as the cost of heavier piping supports. A 6” valve,
for example, weighs less than 50 pounds.
YP SERIES – “Y” PATTERN VALVE AC SERIES – ANGLE VALVE

Features: Features:
• Can be used as both on-off and throttling valve. • Beveled Teflon sealing disc mounted on pivot for constant positive
• Teflon sealing disc insures constant positive seating. seal.
• Double lead stem for rapid open-close operation. • Very effective as a throttling valve (See Cv).
• Liquid cannot come in contact with stem threads. • Double lead stem thread for rapid open-close operation.
• All thermoplastic PVC construction. • Easy in-line maintenance
• Easy in-line maintenance. • Liquid never touches stem threads.
• Viton and Teflon seals • All thermoplastic PVC construction.
• Sizes 1/4” through 3”. • Viton and Teflon seals
• Sizes 1/4” through 1”.
PVC (Type 1) PVC (Type 1)

THREADED THREADED
“Y” PATTERN VALVE Size Part No. Price
Size Part No. Price
Chemtrol Wye Pattern Valves
1/4" 2151204 63.78 with Teflon Seats Viton O-Rings 1/4" 2151804 63.78
1/2" 2151207 126.15 1/2" 2151807 126.15
ANGLE VALVE
3/4" 2151208 141.56 3/4" 2151808 141.56 Chemtrol PVC Angle Valves
1" 2151209 171.09 1" 2151809 171.09 with Teflon Seats Viton O-Rings
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
GATE VALVES
P
R
O C
D U
HEAVY DUTY GATE VALVES 1/2” through 2” PVC & CPVC

An excellent valve for Industrial and Commercial applications in • PVC Features Standard Buna-N
addition to irrigation, turf/landscape, pool and spa applications. O-rings with Optional EPDM or
Manufactured in high quality PVC materials with a polypropylene Viton®
wedge, the valve is available in sizes 1/2 inch through 2 inch ASTM • CPVC Features Standard Viton® O-
IPS. rings with optional Buna-N or EPDM
• 200 psi Maximum Internal Pressure
Rating @ 73°F
Gate Valve Features:
• Superior chemical and corrosion resistance
2 1/2” and 3” PVC
•
•
200 PSI, non-shock, maximum operating pressure at 73°F
Non-rising stem
• Standard Buna-N O-rings with
optional EPDM or Viton®
2
• Solid wedge disc
• 150 psi Maximum Internal Pressure
• Straight through flow with minimal pressure drop Rating @ 73°F
• Leak tight close-off with nominal tightening*
*Continued overtightening will cause unnecessary accellerated wear and damage. 4” PVC
• Standard EPDM O-rings with
All “O” ring seals are made from BUNA N elastometer materials. optional Buna-N or Viton®
BUNA N is generally resistant to most hydrocarbons, oils, hydraulic • 235 psi Maximum Internal Pressure
fluids, chemicals, and solvents. Rating @ 73°F
Order Information:
VALVE MATERIAL ‘O’ RING MATERIAL SIZE NO.
BUNA EPDM VITON
PVC Threaded GT25 B E V (Size No.)
PVC Socket GT20 B E V (Size No.)
PVC Flanged GT30 B E V (Size No.)
CPVC Threaded GT35 B E V (Size No.)
CPVC Socket GT40 B E V (Size No.)
CPVC Flanged GT60 B E V (Size No.)
Example: 2” PVC Socket Valve with EPDM ‘O’ Rings Part #GT20E020
PVC PVC
Threaded/Socket Flanged
Size Size O-Ring Material Size Size O-Ring Material
No. (in.) Buna-N EPDM Viton® No. (in.) Buna-N EPDM Viton®
005 1/2 43.74 48.09 52.93 005 1/2 212.11 240.53 275.65
007 3/4 53.62 58.98 62.07 007 3/4 238.66 270.04 308.13
010 1 63.54 69.92 76.91 010 1 262.07 296.05 340.00
012 1 1/4 87.76 96.58 106.22 012 1 1/4 295.20 338.90 402.19
015 1 1/2 112.03 124.47 135.53 015 1 1/2 344.55 393.25 462.07
020 2 143.90 158.37 174.15 020 2 443.53 465.93 498.82
025 2 1/2 795.68 874.95 962.47 025 2 1/2 994.26 1,331.25 1,464.34
030 3* 795.68 874.95 962.47 030 3 994.26 1,331.25 1,464.34
040 4* 1,560.96 1,734.41 1,907.83 040 4 1,957.05 2,174.61 2,390.22
*only slip connections available.
CPVC CPVC
Threaded/Socket Flanged
Size Size O-Ring Material Size Size O-Ring Material
No. (in.) Buna-N EPDM Viton® No. (in.) Buna-N EPDM Viton®
005 1/2 128.21 142.44 156.67 005 1/2 574.43 638.21 701.90
007 3/4 138.62 154.02 169.43 007 3/4 621.05 689.95 759.02
010 1 151.95 168.82 185.73 010 1 680.64 756.38 831.98
012 1 1/4 266.91 296.58 326.26 012 1 1/4 920.48 1,023.24 1,125.56
015 1 1/2 291.70 325.04 357.56 015 1 1/2 1,005.40 1,121.49 1,233.48
020 2 337.48 374.96 412.48 020 2 1,164.30 1,293.56 1,422.99
2-10
B C O
A
•
•
T S
PVC PADDLE/GATE VALVES
P
R
O C
D U
PVC WHITE GATE ASSEMBLIES WITH PLASTIC HANDLES

PART MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS
SIZE CONNECTION PRICE
NO.
SIZE 1 1/2” 2” 3”
I6101 1 1/2" Slip x Slip 21.44
COLOUR: White-Black White-Black White-Black
I6102 1 1/2" Slip x Spig 21.44
HUBS: PVC-ABS PVC-ABS PVC-ABS
I6103 1 1/2" Spig x Spig 21.44
I6104 1 1/2" Mipt x Mipt 22.79 BODY: ABS-ABS ABS-ABS ABS
I6105 1 1/2" Mipt x Slip 21.95 SHAFT: Stainless Stainless Stainless
2 I6106
I6107
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
Mipt x Spig
Fipt x Fipt
21.95
25.45
PADDLE:
HANDLE:
Acetal
Plastic
Acetal
Plastic
Acetal
Plastic
I6108 1 1/2" Fipt x Mipt 24.34 SEALS: Epdm/Buna Epdm/Buna Buna*
I6109 1 1/2" Fipt x Slip 22.97
PSI: 50 40 20
I6110 1 1/2" Fipt x Spig 22.97
* EPDM & Viton seals available upon request at additional charge.
I6201 2" Slip x Slip 33.63
I6202 2" Slip x Spig 33.63
I6203 2" Spig x Spig 33.63

I6301 3" Slip x Slip 41.28 SOCKET DEPTH
FIPT = Female Pipe Thread MIPT = Male Pipe Thread 1 1/2” 2” 3”
Slip = Female Glue Spig = Male Glue
.800 .750 1.500
LABOUR CHARGES
CUTTING • THREADING • BELLING • VIC GROOVE PRICES (NET PRICES)
BELLING
CEMENTING CUTTING THREADING VICTAULIC
SIZE PER END
PER END PER CUT PER END GROOVE
SCHEDULE 80
1/4" - 4.00 7.80 - 7.32
3/8" - 4.00 7.80 - 7.32
1/2" 1.50 6.00 7.80 - 7.80
3/4" 1.50 6.00 8.40 - 7.80
1" 1.50 8.00 8.52 - 7.80
1 1/4" 1.75 8.00 9.60 - 8.76
1 1/2" 1.75 8.00 9.60 - 9.60
2" 1.75 8.00 12.12 8.00 12.48
2 1/2" 2.20 8.00 15.60 8.00 13.80
3" 4.50 10.00 18.00 10.00 15.72
3 1/2" - 10.00 - - -
4" 6.90 14.00 24.00 14.00 19.44
5" 8.08 14.00 - - -
6" 8.95 18.00 33.60 20.16 25.20
8" 19.80 18.00 - 26.94 31.20
Fabco Instaduct Inventory Stored on Shelves
10" 19.80 22.00 - 48.57 33.60
12" 24.00 24.00 - 70.20 42.60
14" 32.40 29.00 - 100.80 51.00
16" 33.60 42.00 - 120.90 51.40
18" 36.00 54.00 - 147.90 67.20
2” 6” minimum 1000’ or 50 bells

Dimensions per ASTM D-2672
8” – 18” minimum 500’ or 25 bells
SPECIALTY VALVES
STANDARD PRESSURE REGULATORS
I.P.T. PVC
Price
Features:
Size Part No.
1. Adjustable knob and lock
1/2" FC-PR-50 345.58
2. Viton seals
3/4" FC-PR-75 446.60 3. All plastic construction
1" FC-PR-100 584.83 4. PVC to 140°F
1 1/2" FC-PR-150 770.92 5. Poly to 180°F
2" FC-PR-200 1,182.96 6. Kynar covered S.S. springs
I.P.T.
Size
1/2"
Poly.
Part No.
FC-PPPR-50
Price
425.33
(out of solution)
7. Inlet pressure 125 P.S.I. max.
8. Adjustable range 1/2” 5-75
2
3/4" FC-PPPR-75 558.25 P.S.I., 3/4”-2” 5-70 P.S.I.
1" FC-PPPR-100 624.71 9. Piston material, hi-density,
1 1/2" FC-PPPR-150 930.42 unpigmented polyethylene
2" FC-PPPR-200 1,355.75 10. Spring out of solution
11. Reduces line pressure and
I.P.T. Kynar stabilizes fluctuating pressure. Molded 1/2”-1” Machined
Price
Size Part No.
1 1/2” and 2” sizes
1/2" FC-KPR-50 584.83
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
P.V.C. Preset 30 P.S.I. “Prevents back siphonage”

AVOID HIGH PRESSURE DAMAGE
Features: Increase System Safety
1. All plastic – PVC
2. Piston control
Size Part NO. Price
3. Kynar covered spring
4. 30 PSI pressure relief setting 1/2" FC-PRCV-50-30 P.O.R.
5. Other Pressure Settings available Consult factory for other P.S.I. settings
6. Viton O-rings
Adjustable – All P.V.C. or Kynar

“All models prevent excessive line pressures”
Minature Model 1/4”
RELIEF
ADJUSTMENT
Miniature
Model
Lock nut secures setting Model 1 and 2
Relief Price
Const. Part No. Type Size
Range Each
PVC FC-MPR-25-1 Miniature 1/4" N.P.T. 15-75 P.S.I. 212.67
PVC FC-MPR-25-2 Miniature 1/4" N.P.T. 60-105 P.S.I. 212.67
PVC FC-MPR-50-3 Moulded 1/2" N.P.T. 10-80 P.S.I. 292.42
KYNAR FC-KMPR-50-3 Moulded 1/2" N.P.T. 10-80 P.S.I. 611.42
Model 3
1/2” Molded
2-12
SPECIALTY VALVES
PRESSURE BY-PASS VALVE
ADJUSTABLE CONTROL
All Plastic P.V.C. or Polypropylene
Pressure relief valve will bypass excess fluid or air whenever the pres-
sure you set with the handle is exceeded. This valve can be controlled
from 15 through 80 pounds.
Our pressure relief valve will permit straight through flow if mounted in
a straight line as in figure A. In this case the bottom port carries off the
excess when pressure setting is exceeded.
In other applications the valve can be mounted on the branch end of a
2 tee by plugging one side hole and piping to the side of the valve as in
figure B. The bottom outlet again is the relief. (Example – to relieve a
1 1/2” or larger line.)
Combination valve that’s adjustable –

Both a by-pass and a pressure relief valve
PRESSURE PLUG
RELIEF
ADJUSTMENT
LOOKING
NUT Features:
RELIEF
• No metal contacts solution
• Knob adjust pressure relief settings
ADJUSTMENT • Lock nut secures setting
• Uses as by-pass or pressure relief valve
IN OUT
• Piston material, hi-density, unpigmented polyethylene
IN OUT
Valve Price List

FLOW
RELIEF PVC Polypropylene
Size Price Price
MOUNTED IN–LINE MOUNTED OFF TEE
Part No. Each Part No. Each
Figure A Figure B 1/2" FC-P-50 303.05 FC-PPP-50 382.80
3/4" FC-P-75 425.33 FC-PPP-75 465.21
1" FC-P-100 499.77 FC-PPP-100 558.25
1 1/4" FC-P-125 P.O.R.
1 1/2" FC-P-150 691.17
2" FC-P-200 824.08
ONE-WAY AIR OPERATED VALVE

All Plastic P.V.C., Polypropylene, CPVC, PVDF, and Halar
Fail Safe Design
Important Features: 1/8"NPT
• Spring out of solution – 1/2”-3/4”-1”

• Normally closed – (spring to close - air to open)
• Normally open – (spring to open - air to close) "A" THDS.
(2) PLACES "E"
• Air to open – air to close DIM.
• Top entry – easy maintenance "B"

DIM. "D"
• Piston material – hi-density, unpigmented polyethylene DIM.
• Viton ‘O’ Rings "C"

DIA.
• Minimum air pressure for actuation – 30 P.S.I Ideal For Panel

• Mounting taps on bottom. Mounting
1/2”– 1” Molded Normally Closed Standard 1 1/2” & 2”

Valve Spring Machined
PVC Polypropylene
Out Of Solution Valve Spring
Size Price Price Out Of Solution
Part No. Each Part No. Each
1/2" FC-OAV-50 223.30 FC-PPOAV-50 255.20
3/4" FC-OAV-75 292.42 FC-PPOAV-75 305.71
1" FC-OAV-100 382.80 FC-PPOAV-100 425.33
1 1/2" FC-OAV-150 903.83 FC-PPOAV-150 983.58
2" FC-OAV-200 1,196.25 FC-PPOAV-200 1,222.83
1/2” Kynar Part No. FC-KOAV50-2 382.80
1 1/2” and 2” only furnished with M.P.T.

*Also available in PVDF, Halar and CPVC, consult us.
SPECIALTY VALVES
DIVERTER VALVE
AIR OPERATED THREE–WAY MULTIPURPOSE ALL PLASTIC PVC
Features: Port
C
• Corrosion resistant to most acids, alkalis and pure water
• Can be hydraulic or pneumatic controlled
• Valve will operate in any position Port
• Positive sealing in its complete pressure range A
• Rated 125 PSI at 75°F
• Top entry for in line maintenance Port
B
• No-mar spanner wrench installation
2
Multiple Uses: Examples
A. Flow from C Port to A Port – Apply air and flow diverts
C to B port. Kynar
Mat. of Price
B. Flow into B. Plug A. Apply air and flow goes through Size Part No.
Const.
Covered
Each
valve. (Valve normally closed.) Spring
C. Flow from A to C. Apply air. Flow inlet is changed from 1/2" FC-MAV-50-1 P.V.C. In P.O.R.
A to B and flow goes from B to C. 3/4" FC-MAV-75-1 P.V.C. In P.O.R.
1" FC-MAV-100-1 P.V.C. In P.O.R.
Note: 40 to 80 psi air or liquid is needed for actuation.
FOOT OPERATED VALVE

MOLDED BODY “AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF” POLYPROPYLENE
Important Features:
1. Valve rated at 125 PSI at 75°F.
2. PVC will operate to 140°F.
3. PP will operate to 180°F.
4. Kynar coated spring* and Viton “O” rings
*Spring is out of solution
5. Piston material, hi-density, unpigmented polyethylene.
6. Valve will close when pressure is released from pedal.
7. Push valve to open, spring to close.
Valve Price List*

PVC P.P.
N.P.T.
Part No. Price Part No. Price
1/2" FC-FOV-50 255.20 FC-PPFOV-50 292.42
3/4" FC-FOV-75 425.33 FC-PPFOV-75 425.33
1" FC-FOV-100 523.69 FC-PPFOV-100 584.83
*Available in all PVDF, CPVC and now in Halar. Call for prices.
Applications and Uses:

Foot control valve for Acid Fluid Valve
spray rinse tanks
Valve can be adapted for use
Control valve for filling on industrial rinse showers
containers
Used in combo with other
Quick action valve valves
FOOT HAND KNEE
A uniquely designed all plastic valve operated by using the hand, foot, or knee in either the horizontal or vertical position.
Extremely easy to mount.

Accessory Price List Mounting holes standard.
Spanner Wrench – used to disable valve for in-line maintenance
Part No. FC-SW/Price $31.90 each net
2-14
SPECIALTY VALVES
FLOAT VALVE All Plastic PVC or Polypropylene for controlled liquid levels in all types of tanks
Specially Designed For:
DEIONIZED WATER DISTILLED WATER HIGH FLOW RATES
CORROSIVE CHEMICALS
DEIONIZED
Float Valves have been successfully used throughout the United WATER
States. They can be installed with simple piping over the top edge of the
tank or by using a tank adapter. CORROSIVE
After installation, the Float Valve will automatically keep the tank as full CHEMICALS
as needed by replacing liquid lost by evaporation, spillage or drainage.
2 Features:
• Polypropylene Float*
• Easy to install Four mounting holes
at top of valve
• Pressure limit 80 psi
• Piston material, high-density, unpigmented polyethylene
FPT PVC Polypropylene SIMPLE TO INSTALL

Pipe Price Price
Size Part No. Each Part No. Each Over tank wall Thru tank wall
1/4" FC-FLV-25* 260.52 FC-PPFLV-25* 319.00
3/8" FC-FLV-38* 260.52 FC-PPFLV-38* 319.00
1/2" FC-FLV-50 260.52 FC-PPFLV-50 319.00
3/4" FC-FLV-75 398.75 FC-PPFLV-75 446.60
1" FC-FLV-100 478.50 FC-PPFLV-100 558.25
1 1/2" FC-FLV-150 1,302.58 FC-PPFLV-150 1,488.67
2" FC-FLV-200 1,515.25 FC-PPFLV-200 1,701.33
*Bushed From 1/2”
“FAIL SAFE” DIAPHRAGM AIR VALVE

Features:
• Body Materials – PVC – Natural Polypropylene – PVDF – CPVC – Halar
• Diaphragm Materials – Viton, EPDM or Teflon*
• Normally Closed (Spring to close – air to open)
• No pistons, springs, or O-Rings in solution
• No lubricants or O-Ring residue to contaminate solutions
• Type 30 – maximum line pressure 30 PSI, minimum air to open valve 40
PSI
• Type 60 – maximum line pressure 60 PSI, minimum air to open valve
80 PSI
*1/2 FPT size only.
*Teflon Diaphragm now available
Body Maximum
Part No. Diaphragm PRICE
Material Line Pressure
ADV-50-V-30 PVC Viton® 30 PSI 191.40

ADV-50-EP-30 PVC EPDM* 30 PSI P.O.R.
ADV-50-V-60 PVC Viton® 60 PSI 191.40
ADV-50-EP-60 PVC EPDM* 60 PSI P.O.R.
PADV-50-V-30 Polypropylene Viton® 30 PSI 212.67
PADV-50-EP-30 Polypropylene EPDM* 30 PSI P.O.R.
PADV-50-V-60 Polypropylene Viton® 60 PSI 212.67
PADV-50-EP-60 Polypropylene EPDM* 60 PSI P.O.R.
HTADV-50-V-30 CPVC Viton® 30 PSI P.O.R.
HTADV-50-EP-30 CPVC EPDM* 30 PSI P.O.R.
HTADV-50-V-60 CPVC Viton® 60 PSI P.O.R.
HTADV-50-EP-60 CPVC EPDM* 60 PSI P.O.R.
KADV-50-V-30 PVDF** Viton® 30 PSI 465.21
KADV-50-EP-30 PVDF** EPDM* 30 PSI P.O.R.
KADV-50-V-60 PVDF** Viton® 60 PSI 465.21
KADV-50-EP-60 PVDF** EPDM* 60 PSI P.O.R.
* Ethylene Propylene
** Polyvinylidene Fluoride
® Fluorocarbon
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
SPECIALTY VALVES
P
R
O C
D U
TYPE V85 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

Description Seals
+GF+ pressure reliefing valves may be used in EPDM or PTFE diaphragms and seals (union
all pipelines where no greater pressure than the ends come standard with Viton O-rings on PTFE
set line pressure is desired. The valve operates diaphragm models).
when the set line pressure is exceeded by 10%.
The lift being proportional to the increase in Temperature Range
pressure. The excess liquid is discharged PVC: 32°F - 140°F / 0°C - 60°C
through the branch back to source. The valve is PP: -4°F - 176°F / -20°C - 80°C
adjusted by a set screw and secured with a lock- PVDF: -4°F - 248°F / 20°C - 120°C
nut.
150 PSI / 10 BAR
Size
PVC BODY
To order assemble Part Number 708.401 ( ) and the number in brackets below
2
ID Threaded Flanged
Size Pressure Range
inch EDPM Price PTFE Price EDPM Price PTFE Price
inch mm OD psi bar
3/8 (207) 414.46 (224) 430.65 (373) P.O.R. (387) P.O.R.
3/8-2 16-63 3-60 0.2-4
1/2 (209) 453.32 (226) 472.75 (375) 508.37 (389) 524.56 3/8-2 16-63 45-150 3-10
3/4 (211) 540.75 (228) 563.41 (377) 602.27 (391) 628.17 2 1/2 75 15-90 1-6
1 (213) 667.03 (230) 702.65 (379) 754.45 (393) 790.07 3 90 15-90 1-6
Note: 4 110 15-90 1-4
1 1/4 (215) 796.55 (232) 864.55 (381) 929.31 (395) 997.30
1. Spigot connections available
1 1/2 (217) 845.12 (234) 900.16 (383) 1,016.73 (397) 1,071.78 2. 90 psi / 6 bar available
2 (219) 1,327.58 (236) 1,418.24 (385) 1,580.14 (399) 1,670.81 3. PP and PVDF available
TYPE V86 PRESSURE RETAINING VALVE

Description Seals
+GF+ pressure retaining valves are installed to EPDM or PTFE diaphragms and seals (union
maintain constant pressure in the line upstream ends come standard with Viton O-rings on PTFE
of itself. An increase in pressure upstream will diaphragm models).
cause the valve to open. Thereby maintaining
Temperature Range
the set constant pressure. The valve is adjusted
PVC: 32°F - 140°F / 0°C - 60°C
by a set screw and secured with a locknut.
PP: -4°F - 176°F / -20°C - 80°C
PVDF: -4°F - 248°F / 20°C - 120°C
150 PSI / 10 BAR PVC BODY
Size To order assemble Part Number 708.401 ( ) and the number in brackets below
ID Threaded Flanged
inch EPDM Price PTFE Price EPDM Price PTFE Price
Size Pressure Range
3/8 (116) 453.32 (135) 472.75 (444) P.O.R. (458) P.O.R.
inch mm OD psi bar
1/2 (118) 505.13 (137) 521.32 (446) 508.37 (460) 576.36 3/8-2 16-63 3-60 0.2-4
Note:
3/4 (120) 582.84 (139) 608.74 (448) 566.65 (462) 670.27 3/8-2 16-63 45-150 3-10
1. Spigot and socket union connec-
1 (122) 738.26 (141) 773.88 (450) 670.27 (464) 861.31 2 1/2-3 75-90 3-60 0.2-4
tions available
2. 90 psi / 6 bar and 60 psi / 4 bar 2 1/2-3 75-90 15-90 1-6
1 1/4 (124) 880.74 (143) 935.78 (452) 871.02 (466) 1,071.78
available 4 110 15-90 1-4
1 1/2 (126) 900.16 (145) 951.97 (454) 1,055.59 (468) 1,126.82
3. PP and PVDF available
2 (128) 1,314.63 (147) 1,385.86 (456) 1,152.73 (470) 1,638.43 4. Other sizes on request
TYPE V786 PRESSURE RETAINING VALVE

Description Seals
+GF+ pressure retaining valves are installed to EPDM or PTFE diaphragms and seals (union
maintain constant pressure in the line upstream ends come standard with Viton O-rings on PTFE
of itself. An increase in pressure upstream will diaphragm models).
cause the valve to open. Thereby maintaining Temperature Range
the set constant pressure. The valve is adjusted PVC: 32°F - 140°F / 0°C - 60°C
by a set screw and secured with a locknut. PP: -4°F - 176°F / -20°C - 80°C
PVDF: -4°F - 248°C / 20°C - 120°C
Hysteresis
150 PSI / 10 BAR PVC BODY 0.15 to 0.6 psi / 0.1 to 0.4 bar
ID Threaded Flanged
Note:
3/8 (085) 550.46 (091) 573.13 (513) P.O.R. (519) P.O.R. 1. Spigot and socket union Size Pressure Range
1/2 (086) 611.98 (092) 634.65 (514) 667.03 (520) 689.69 connections available inch mm OD psi bar
3/4 (087) 709.12 (093) 738.26 (515) 770.64 (521) 799.79
2. 60 psi / 4 bar available
3/8-1 16-32 7-150 0.5-10
3. PP and PVDF available
1 (088) 896.93 (094) 939.02 (516) 984.35 (522) 1,026.45 1 1/4-1 1/2 40-50 7-60 0.5-4
4. Other sizes on request
2-16
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
SPECIALTY VALVES
R
O C
D U
TYPE V82 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

Description Size Pressure Range
+GF+ pressure reducing valves maintain downstream inch mm OD psi bar
pressure irrespective of fluctuations of inlet pressure or 3/8 - 2 16-63 7-150 0.5-10
changes in flow demand. The valve is adjusted by a set 2 1/2 75 7-90 0.5-6
screw and secured with a locknut. The reduced pressure can 3 90 7-90 0.5-6
be seen on the optional manometer attached to the valve. 4 110 7-90 0.5-4
Seals
EPDM or PTFE diaphragms and seals (union ends come
2 standard with Viton O–Rings on PTFE diaphragm models).

Temperature Range
PVC: 32°F – 140°F/0°C – 60°C
PP: -4°F – 176°F/-20°C – 80°C
PVDF: -4°F – 248°F/-20°C – 120°C
150 PSI/10 BAR PVC BODY
ID Threaded Flanged
inch EPDM Price PTFE Price EDPM Price PTFE Price
3/8 (045) 809.50 (052) 890.45 (300) P.O.R. (307) P.O.R.
1/2 (046) 854.83 (053) 939.02 (301) 909.88 (308) 994.07
3/4 (047) 1,415.01 (054) 1,554.24 (302) 1,479.77 (309) 1,615.76
1 (048) 1,625.48 (055) 1,780.90 (303) 1,712.90 (310) 1,868.33
1 1/4 (049) 1,754.99 (056) 1,929.85 (304) 1,890.99 (311) 2,065.84
FLOW
1 1/2 (050) 1,878.04 (057) 2,059.37 (305) 2,049.65 (312) 2,230.98
2 (051) 2,185.65 (058) 2,402.60 (306) 2,441.45 (313) 2,655.16
Note: 1. Spigot and socket union connections available.

2. 90 psi/6 bar and 60 psi/4 bar available.
3. PP and PVDF available.
TYPE V782 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

Description Size Pressure Range
+GF+ pressure reducing valves maintain downstream inch mm OD psi bar
pressure irrespective of fluctuations of inlet pressure or 3/8-1 1/2 16-50 7-150 0.5-10
changes in flow demand. The valve is adjusted by a set screw
and secured with a locknut.
Seals
EPDM or PTFE diaphragms and seals (union ends come
standard with Viton O–Rings on PTFE diaphragm models).
Temperature Range Pressure Diffential between inlet and outlet
PVC: -32°F – 140°F/0°C – 60°C Minimum 0.3 psi/0.2 bar
PP: -4°F – 176°F/-20°C – 80°C
Adjustment range on outlet with an inlet
PVDF: -4°F – 248°F/-20°C – 120°C
pressure of 150 psi/10 bar
Hysteresis 0.75 to 142.4 psi/0.5 to 9.5 bar
0.15 to 0.6 psi/0.1 to 0.4 bar
150 PSI/10 BAR PVC BODY

ID Threaded Flanged
3/8 (000) 731.79 (006) 806.26 (336) P.O.R. (342) P.O.R.
1/2 (001) 780.36 (007) 858.07 (337) 835.40 (343) 913.12
3/4 (002) 1,275.77 (008) 1,415.01 (338) 1,337.29 (344) 1,479.77
1 (003) 1,483.00 (009) 1,648.14 (339) 1,570.43 (345) 1,735.57
1 1/4 (004) 1,612.52 (010) 1,790.61 (340) 1,748.52 (346) 1,926.61
1 1/2 (005) 1,735.57 (011) 1,926.61 (341) 1,907.18 (347) 2,101.46
Note: 1. Spigot and socket union connections available.

2. PP and PVDF available.
3. Other sizes available on request.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
VALVE ACTUATION DATA SHEET
P
R
O C
D U
To actuate all valves it is necessary to provide certain data to assure proper sizing and prevent damage to the system.
Please supply as much data as possible.
I. General Information:
Customer: Phone:
Address:
Contact Person:
Title:
2
II. Valve Information:
A. Type: Butterfly Ball (1/4 Turn) Ball(180° Turn) Diaphragm
B. Fig. No. Size Qty.

C. Conditions of Service: Maximum Fluid Pressure
System Velocity
5
System GPM
5
Temperature
Max. Outside Ambient Temp. Min. Outside Ambient Temp. Max./Min Fluid Temp.
Outside or Inside Installation
Type Chemical Application
Other
III. Actuator Information:
A. Electric: 1Voltage: Time for 90° Rotation:
Type Enclosure: Nema 4

3
Nema 7 Other
Special Requirements: 2
Brake Thermostat/Heater
Manual Override Extended Duty Cycle Other
B. Pneumatic:
Air supply to actuator psi (Min. 40 psi, Max 120 psi)
Actuator Type: Air-to-Air
Air-to Spring 4
Failsafe: Open Closed
Solenoid: Nema 4 Nema 7
Switch Box: If so: Nema 4

3
Nema 7
3
Type: SPDT DPDT
(2 each standard)
IV. Completion
Existing User Valves Existing User Actuators
Who is Competition on Job?
Delivery Requirements Other
V. Special Notes:
NOTES
If special features are required for actuators such as modulating positioners either for electric or pneumatic actuators, consult customer service.
1
Standard voltage is 120 VAC, 1 phase, 50/60 Hz, Nema 4
4
If not indicated, valve will be failsafe closed.
2
Break standard for butterfly valves, not standard for ball valves.
5
Velocity (ft) = 4085 GPM
3
Nema 4 - Weatherproof (sec.) (inside dia.)2
3
Nema 7 - Explosion proof.
2-18
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ELECTRIC–ACTUATED BALL VALVES
R
O C
D U
ACTUATED TRUE UNION BALL VALVES

Electric-actuated true union ball valves are available in polypropylene housing. The 100%-duty cycle motor is pro-
PVC, CPVC, polypro or PVDF. All valves are premium tected by a thermal overload switch that resets automati-
+GF+ Type 346 and are supplied with both socket and cally. The stroke speed of 6 seconds for 90° operation pre-
threaded end connectors for your installation convenience. vents water hammer. These valves also include manual
The reversible motor, heavy-duty gear train and controls override for emergency situations. The voltage 24 VAC/DC
are in a weather-tight, dust-tight, fiberglass-reinforced is standard, other voltages are available on request.
2
Type EA20 Actuated Ball
Optional Features: Valve w/Manual Override.
• Up to four extra limit switches for remote position-indica- ORDER INFORMATION: Available in 3/8
tor or networking of process system. thru 2 inch sizes.
PVC/EPDM – 199116 (Size No.)
• A potentiometer for continuous indication of valve posi- CPVC/EPDM – 199119 (Size No.)
tion to the microprocessor, positioner or controller (1,000
ohms for 90° rotation valves, 2,000 ohms for 180° rota- 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Material
tion valves). Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
• A variable electronic speed controller changes standard PVC/EPDM 162 2,028.85 163 2,032.23 164 2,055.90 165 2,089.72 166 2,130.29 167 2,187.78 168 2,252.03
six second/90° control time to any interval between 6 and CPVC/EPDM 162 P.O.R. 163 2,106.62 164 2,137.06 165 2,181.02 166 P.O.R. 167 2,380.52 168 2,492.11
50 seconds. Note: Prices quoted are for socket connections Standard Voltage: 24 VDC – AC/50-60 Hz
• A three-way L-port version is available in PVC. Flanged and Threaded connections available Standard manual override.
ACTUATED LARGE–DIAMETER BALL VALVES

The 50% duty-cycle motor is protected with a thermal- ORDER INFORMATION:
overlaod circuit that features automatic reset. The stroke PVC/EPDM – 199108 (Size No.)
speed of eight seconds for a 90° rotation prevents water PP/Viton – 199108 (Size No.)
hammer. A manual override and the voltage 24 VAC/DC is
standard. The jumper selectable voltage for 48 –240V is 2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
Material
available on request. Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
PVC/EPDM
647 4,023.89 648 4,186.20 649 4,862.48 650 P.O.R.
Optional Accessories: Socket
• Up to four extra limit switches for remote position indica- PVC/EPDM

846 4,270.73 847 4,537.87 843 5,254.73 845 6,015.55
Flanged
ton or networking of process system.
PP/Viton
• A potentiometer for continuous indication of valve posi- Flanged
596 4,301.17 597 4,608.88 598 5,488.04 599 6,658.02
tion to displays or control systems. Note: Standard voltage: 24 VDC – AC/50-60 Hz
• A variable electronic speed controller changes the stan- Standard manual override.
dard eight second/90° control time to any interval Type EA41 Large-
between eight and 90 seconds. Diameter Actuated Ball
• Space heater for damp or very cold installations. Valve. Available in 2 1/2
• Viton elastomers optional. thru 6 inch sizes.
Piping system around a Bleach Tank dispensing area.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PNEUMATIC–ACTUATED BALL VALVES

R
O C
D U
PNEUMATICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVES

This compact, low-cost pneumatic actuator is ble-acting. This valve comes supplied with a manu-
made of glass-filled polypropylene that provides al override standard and rack-and-pinion gearing.
resistance to harsh corrosive atmospheres. It’s Our test units have run in excess of one million
designed for either pneumatic (air) or hydraulic cycles. You have your choice of socket or threaded
(water) operation to 105 psi, using a solenoid valve end connectors. Premium Type 346 +GF+ true
for control. It’s available in fail-safe to close, or dou- union ball valves are used on 3/8” to 2” sizes.
Optional Accessories: ORDER INFORMATION: Type 346 Ball Valve

• Limit switches for remote position indicaton.
• Potentiometer for continuous valve position
indication.
PVC/EPDM
CPVC/EPDM
199223 (Size No.)
199226 (Size No.)
Type PA10 actuator sizes 1/2” – 1”
Type PA20 actuator sizes 1 1/4” – 2” 2
• Stroke limiter to adjust full open position. Material/ 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Function
• Needle valve to adjust full operating speed of Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
valve. PVC/FC 123 923.13 124 946.80 125 980.61 126 1,109.11 127 1,166.59 128 1,230.84
• Viton elastomers. CPVC/FC 123 997.52 124 1,027.95 125 1,071.91 N/A N/A 127 1,359.33 128 1,470.92
PVC/DA 163 926.51 164 950.18 165 983.99 166 1,109.11 167 1,166.59 168 1,230.84
CPVC/DA 163 1,000.90 164 1,031.33 165 1,075.29 N/A N/A 167 1,359.33 168 1,470.92
Note: Prices quoted are for “socket” connections and EPDM seals – other connections available, Viton
seals also available. Actuator “fail-safe to open” available at no additional cost.
FC – Fail Safe to Close DA – Double Acting
LARGE-DIAMETER ORDER INFORMATION:

PNEUMATICALLY ACTUATED PVC and PP 199208 (Size No.)
2 1/2” 3” 4” 6”
BALL VALVES Material/
Function
Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
These compact, rugged pneumatic actuators are
PVC/EPDM/FC
suitable for compressed air or water to 100 psi, Socket 004 2,407.57 005 3,279.98 006 3,584.30 N/A N/A
using a solenoid valve for control. They’re available PVC/EPDM/FC 066 2,654.41 067 3,631.64 068 3,976.55 069 4,737.37
in fail-safe closed or double-acting functions for reli- Flanged
PP/Viton/FC
able operation. The actuator case is coated with 136 2,684.85 137 3,702.65 138 4,209.87 139 5,379.84
Flanged
acid and alkali-proof epoxy paint and is easily PVC/EPDM/DA 044 2,407.57 045 3,279.98 046 3,584.30 N/A N/A
Socket
mounted in existing systems. PVC/EPDM/DA 106 2,028.85 107 2,576.64 108 2,921.55 109 3,682.37
Flanged
Optional Accessories: PP/Viton DA
Flanged 176 2,059.28 177 2,647.65 178 3,154.86 179 4,324.84
• Two limit switches for remote position-indication or
Note: PVC valves – prices quoted are for version with manual override.
interlocking of process system. PP valves – without manual override. Type 370 Ball Valve
• Available in fail-safe open. FC – Fail Safe to Close DA – Double Acting Type PA40 actuator size 2 1/2”
• Viton elastomers available. Actuator Fail Safe to Open available on request. Type PA50 actuator sizes 3” – 6”
PE-22 POSITIONER/CONTROLLER
+GF+’s PE-22 consists of a power supply circuit these valves (control function). With the addition of
board and a controller circuit board that plug direct- a potentiometer, the PE-22 compares to the desired
ly inside EA20 or EA41 actuator housing. Together position against the actual valve position (position
they can compare the process set point to the actu- function). The process variables, set point or posi-
al process valve and provide P+I control to match tion can be inputed via 4-20 mA, 0-5 or 0-10 Vdc.
Features:
The PE-22 Positioner/controller converts +GF+
electric-actuated valves to “smart” control valves by
adding a PER-22 Controller board and a PEV-22
power supply board directly into the actuator hous-
ing. For precise control of flow, blending or other
processes, the PE-22 interfaces with +GF+ Signet
or other transmitters, computers and PLCs to pro-
vide P+I control right in the valve.
The product is used as either a continuously
adjustable positioner from 0 to 90° or 0 to 180°, to Spare Parts For PE-22
position a valve relative to the setpoint signal of
Part Number 199190 (Size No. ) Voltages Size No. Price
4-20mA, 0-5 Vdc or 0-10 Vdc. In this configuration,
the PE-22 will sense the valve postion by a feed- PER22 Positioner/Controller Board All (225) 562.76
back signal from the internal potentiometer and PEV22 Power Supply Board (EA 20/EA 30) 120/240 VAC/50-60Hz (236) 768.07
compare that with the set point reference input. PEV22 Power Supply Board (EA 20/EA 30) 24VDC-AC/50-60Hz (237) 768.07
The PE-22 may also be used as a process con- PEV122 Power Supply Board (EA 41) 120/240VAC/50-60Hz (229) 934.72
troller where it compares the external reference PEV122 Power Supply Board (EA 41) 24 VDC-AC/50-60Hz (230) 934.72
input (set point) to the actual process signal from an
Note: Factory labour charge to be applied for the installation of any actuator
external transmitter and provides continuous modu- accessories listed above – Price to be advised if requested.
lation control. It’s capable of responding to refer-
ence inputs of 4-20 mA, 0 to 5 Vdc, and 0 to 10 Vdc
– PE-22 can accept most common signals utilized
in process control systems today.
2-20
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVES
R
O C
D U
BUTTERFLY VALVES – Electrically Actuated with Type EA30 Actuator

Manual Override Sizes: 2 1/2”-3”
Features: Type EA41 Actuator

• Corrosion-resistant plastic Sizes: 4”-8”
• Compact
• Lightweight Type EA50 Actuator
• New design Size: 10”
• Easy to automate
• 100% duty cycle Control Range: 90°
2 • +GF+ type EA41 Actuator

This rugged, high-torque electric actuator has an electric motor
Control Time: 2 1/2”-3”
4”-8”
10”
12 sec.
8 sec.
16 sec.
and gear box housed in reinforced polypropylene NEMA-4X housing, Duty: 2 1/2”-3” 100%
providing excellent resistance to corrosive environments. It comes 4”-8” 50%
supplied with manual override, and the standard unit is 24Vdc/dc. An Accessories:
automatic reset protects the valve from motor overload. • additional • heater
switches • positioner
Order Information: • potentiometer • controller
All types: 199035 (Size No.) • speed control • fail safe
2 1/2” 3” 4” 5” 6” 8” 10”
Material
Size No. Price Size No. Price SIze No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
PVC/EPDM 083 4,011.01 084 4,031.58 543 4,494.39 544 4,648.66 545 4,710.37 546 4,946.92 541 P.O.R.
PVC/Viton 093 4,144.71 094 4,182.42 553 4,641.81 554 4,854.35 555 4,892.06 556 5,190.32 551 P.O.R.
PP/EPDM 243 4,127.57 244 4,281.84 603 4,809.79 604 4,988.05 605 5,166.32 606 5,533.14 601 P.O.R.
PP/Viton 253 4,281.84 254 4,449.83 613 5,001.77 614 5,492.00 615 5,543.43 616 5,827.97 611 P.O.R.
PVDF/Viton* 423 5,042.91 424 5,378.87 673 6,150.22 674 6,695.31 675 7,374.09 676 8,220.86 671 P.O.R.
Note: Standard voltage: 24 VAC/DC
120/240 VAC/50-60 Hz available on request (no CSA approval)
*PVDF/EPDM available on request
BUTTERFLY VALVES – Pneumatically Actuated Type: PA40 Type: PA60

Size: 2 1/2”-3” Size: 6”-8”
without Manual Override
Type: PA50 Type: PA70
Size: 4”-5” Size: 10”
Control Range: 90°

Control Time: 5-1 sec. depending
on available air
Accessories:
• limit switches
• speed control
• pilot valve
Order Information:
All Types: 199036 (Size No.)
Note: FC – Fail safe to Close
DA – Double Acting
Actuator 2 1/2” 3” 4” 5” 6” 8” 10”

Material
Function
Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
PVC/EPDM FC 720 2,063.79 728 2,214.63 722 2,639.73 723 3,164.24 724 3,921.88 725 4,542.39 729 8,899.65
DA 760 1,528.98 768 1,576.98 762 1,782.67 763 2,091.21 764 2,434.03 765 2,995.12 769 5,639.42
PVC/Viton FC 730 2,197.49 738 2,365.47 732 2,787.14 733 3,369.94 734 4,103.58 735 4,785.79 739 8,885.94
DA 770 1,662.69 778 1,727.82 772 1,930.09 773 2,296.91 774 2,615.73 775 3,198.53 779 6,311.35
PP/EPDM FC 292 2,180.35 408 2,464.89 294 2,955.12 295 3,503.64 296 4,377.83 297 5,128.61 298 P.O.R.
DA 252 1,645.54 368 1,827.24 254 2,098.07 255 2,430.61 256 2,889.99 257 3,541.35 258 P.O.R.
PP/Viton FC 312 2,334.62 428 2,632.87 314 3,147.10 315 3,503.64 316 4,377.83 317 5,128.61 318 P.O.R.
DA 272 1,799.81 388 1,995.22 274 2,290.05 275 2,934.55 276 3,267.09 277 3,836.17 278 P.O.R.
PVDF/Viton* FC 552 3,095.68 668 3,561.92 554 4,295.56 555 5,210.89 556 6,585.60 557 7,816.33 558 P.O.R.
DA 512 2,560.88 628 2,924.27 514 3,438.50 515 4,137.86 516 5,097.76 517 6,229.07 518 P.O.R.
*PVDF/EPDM – available on request Note: Fail safe open available on request.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
VALVE ACTUATORS FOR CHEMTROL VALVES

R
O C
D U
WHY ACTUATED VALVES HOW IS AN ACTUATOR SELECTED
Demand for actuated valves is increasing annually because of the prohibitive Choosing the type of actuator is not simply a matter of evaluating the fea-
cost of labour associated with manually operated valves, especially those in tures and cost of the actuator alone, but also the cost of supplying motive
remote locations and for computer automated piping systems. power, installation, maintenance, service and possible future replacement.
Actuated valves can boost profits and productivity by: There are two basic types of actuators – electric and pneumatic and both have
• Providing closer control of critical processes by eliminating human error. their advantages and disadvantages. If both electricity and air are available, the
• Adapting easily and economically to full modulating control and computer first consideration is to select the type of power desired.
systems.
• Allowing automatic sequence of valve operation in multi-stage or multi-mix Both electric and pneumatic actuators are available in approximately equal
systems that are difficult, if not impossible to coordinate manually.
• Availability with a variety of cost and labour saving options that allow them to
fit process requirements and industrial environments more closely.
torque output ratings in the sizes available from Fabco. For 4” and larger valves,
pneumatic actuators are much less expensive. However, the smaller size,
lighter weight and generally simpler installation favours electric actuators in
2
• Helping satisfy safety requirements by providing fail safe modes and elimi- many applications.
nating the need for workers to manually operate a valve carrying hazardous
fluids. Speed control of both electric and pneumatic actuators is another important
consideration. Closing a valve too quickly on a flowing fluid can cause hydraulic
Series CE Electric Actuators shock and subsequent damage to the valve and related piping. The speed of
both pneumatic and electric actuators can be tailored to the application. Some
pneumatics can be adjusted in-line to obtain the correct cycle time for a specif-
Chemtrol offers electric actuators that are ideally suited for automated or ic application.
computer-controlled flow-control systems. They are especially convenient for
applications where the valve is not easily accessible - and for applications in
which lower labour costs are desired. With a wide variety of options, acces- Series CPDA Pneumatic Double-Acting Actuators
sories and controls, Chemtrol electric actuators provide increased flexibility for
flow-control operations. Chemtrol actuators operate on the gear reduction
motor principle, which allows opening and closing speeds ranging from two sec-
onds to one minute or longer. This helps to eliminate surges and hydraulic
shock in the piping system. With reversible motors that are rated for continuous
duty, Chemtrol actuators provide maximum torque output and longer life. They
also feature thermal overload protection to safeguard the motor from extreme
temperatures. Chemtrol electric actuators can be fitted with mechanical brakes
to prevent drift caused by flow dynamics. This option is available as standard
for butterfly valves. Precision-machined hardened-steel gears mounted in nee-
dle bearings provide constant torque, longer life and quieter operation than
actuators featuring powdered metal or plastic in their geartrains. And the per-
manently lubricated modular gear train design permits a wide range of speeds, The CPDA double-acting actuators are air-operated in both directions. With
withstands stall torque and minimizes maintenance. The body material is made a hardened yoke and angular engagement design, these compact actuators
of cast aluminium. A variety of voltages is available to satisfy most commercial provide high-output starting and ending torque, making them pound-for-pound
and industrial requirements, and motors are interchangeable for easy adapta- the most powerful performers in their class. Available in either single-or dual-
tion to changing flow-control requirements. piston designs, the CPDA series comes in four cylinder sizes. Equipped with
Like our pneumatic models, Chemtrol electric low-friction seals, the CPDA series ensures minimal maintenance and long ser-
actuators meet all domestic guidelines as well vice life without the need for lubrication. The end caps have adjustable screws
as international standards set forth by ISO. for fine adjustment of actuator travel. Clockwise closing is standard, but the CP
The international mounting design incorporat- actuators can easily be changed for counterclockwise closing (the pistons are
ed into Chemtrol actuators ensures long-term turned 180 degrees) without altering the position of the actuator. End stroke
industry acceptance. adjustment up to ± 3 degrees of travel is possible at the open or closed posi-
tion.
Series CPSR Pneumatic Spring-Return Actuators
Chemtrol spring-return actuators are air-operated in one direction. When the

spring is compressed, the actuator is set to return to the start position, provid-
ing a fail-safe mechanism in the case of a power failure or loss of air pressure.
Though the CPSR actuators are designed to close upon power failure, they can
also be mounted to open if power is removed. Standard springs are provided
for 80 psi service, but CPSR actuators can be modified with special spring com-
binations for pressures from 40 psi to 100 psi. The hardened yoke construction
enables these actuators to produce a higher torque at spring end than compa-
rable rack-and-pinion design actuators. As self-contained units, the spring car-
tridges may also be added to existing dual-action actuators for field installation.
2-22
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
VALVE ACTUATORS FOR CHEMTROL VALVES
R
O C
D U
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS

Model CE 202 Series CPDA
2 1 1 Manual Override Shaft Support Elements Drive Shaft
Material: Graphite-impregnated Material: Zinc-
Direct drive 1 to 1 ratio 3 ball design. acetal. Low friction. No metallic dichromate plate steel.
High torque transmission. contact between cylinder and piston. Flats for manual
Absorbs side load while operating. operation. Modified Yoke
6 Hardened yoke with
2 Motor Brake precision-angled slot for
higher break and closing
Full wave rectified electrical torque.
mechanical brake. Disc caliper type
50% duty cycle. Keeps disc Body
from drifting off the seat. Material:
Anodized
2 3 Limit Switches
Open/close or end-of-
aluminium.
travel switches: Primary

3 way to stop actuator
where required.
Auxiliary or independently
adjustable switches: Can
4 be used to; start or stop
5 pump, signal stages of travel, Female Drive
Female output drive Adjustment
trip alarms, or be a secondary coupling. For close-
signal in case primary is violated. Precise fine-adjustment of
coupled or direct piston position to ± 3
mounting. degrees can be obtained
at open or closed position.
4 Conduit Entrance Shaft Bearings Sealing Combination
Bearings of graphite- TFE seals and Buna-N O-rings for
Model CE 401 Two entrances, one for standard impregnated acetal for low friction and effective sealing.
voltage, one for control voltage. low-friction precision
2 1 For avoiding crossing wires or guiding of drive shaft. Chemtrol CP Series pneumatic actuators
transferring voltage from line to Spring Pack are compact, yet offer exceptional starting
No loose springs. and ending torque for their size. Ideally
control. Enclosed spring suited for most quarter-turn valves, they
Series CPSR cartridge for safe and easily meet the demand for high torque even
easy installation and in applications where the valve has been
5 Structural Housing changeover to spring closed for long periods of time. They are
return for fail safe designed for on-off duty, modulating or
Heavy sand cast aluminium. applications.
6 For NEMA 4 or NEMA 7. proportional control. With low-
friction seals combining O-
rings and TFE seals, these
actuators ensure a long,
6 Gear Train lubrication-free service life
(Not visible) with little maintenance
required. Used in a variety
8620 Case hardened of applications. CP Series
steel helical drive actuators are engineered to
gear. Wide tooth withstand the harshest
design. Needle conditions. All construction
materials included are
bearing. Grease thoroughly tested to exceed
lubrication. Allows industry specifications.
for side loads due to
misalignment, high
cycle life and low
4 friction.
Electric
3 5 • Brakes
• Heater and Thermostat
• Feedback potentiometers
ADAPTABLE MOUNTING • Auxiliary switches
CPVC mount kits provide cor- • Modulating controls
rosion-resistance and easy • Position transmitter
assembly to new or existing • Local/remote station
valves. Mount and drive kits con-
tain all necessary hardware for SPECIAL OPTIONS
installing actuators to Chemtrol Chemtrol also offers a wide
true union ball valves. Utilizing range of options that are avail-
ISO and MSS patterns allows able on special order.* Some
Chemtrol mounts to adapt with options include:
actuators from other manufactur-
ers. Pneumatic
• Manual override
ACCESSORIES • Stainless-steel body
A wide variety of accessories • Epoxy coated body
are available from stock for • Electric/Hydraulic power unit
immediate assembly and/or • High-and-low-temperature
delivery. Accessories include: seals
• Stainless-steel couplings and
Pneumatic hardware
• Solenoid control valve
• Switch box with limit switches Electric NOTE:
and beacon • Voltage (non-standard) *Please contact customer
• Position controllers • Breather and drain service for price and
• 60 psi spring cartridge • Epoxy coating delivery on special option
• Pneumatic speed control • NEMA 7/CSA order(s).
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS FOR CHEMTROL VALVES

R
O C
D U
ELECTRIC ACTUATOR MODEL NE-211 STANDARD REVERSIBLE

STANDARD FEATURES ACTUATOR WIRING (MODEL NE-211/NE-500)
• Operates 1/2” - 2” True Union ball valve
• De-clutching manual override 1 NO
SW#1
• High torque-single phase capacitor run motor with self reset- 2 THERMAL
AC OVERLOAD
ting integral cut-out NC
4
• Mechanical brake
ILL. CAM
• Standard Voltages 110 or 240VAC NC 6.44
ONLY SW#2
• Mechanical position indicator 3 7.55
• Permanently lubricated gear train 5
NO OPTIONAL
BRAKE
• Operating temperature -40°F to +140°F, -40°C to +60°C GND SCR
• 2 single pole double throw switches set for 90°. May be set
between 0° -270°. Rated: 250VAC 11 amps
• 50% duty cycle (i.e. 1 cycle followed by 2 cycle times at rest)
Notes of Wiring Diagram:
1. Switch shown for illustration only. (3mm)
2
2. Actuator shown in open position. 3.12
• Weights: 8.0-10.0 lbs. 3.6-4.5 kg. 12 8.25
• Aluminium enclosure Weatherproof to NEMA 4 (indoor or out- 3. Diagram shown is typical and may not
door operation protection against falling or hose directed represent the actuator you have
water, sleet or extreme condensation) received. Check specific schematic for
• Stainless steel output shaft your unit.
• Can be mounted in any position 4. Power to terminal “2” operates the actu-
• Dual conduit entrance ator to the open position.
5. Power to terminal “3” operates the actu-
MODEL NE-211 ator to the close position.
Output Speed Locked Rotor 6. Wiring must be to local and national
Torque 90° Current (AMPS) standards
IN/LBS 110V
140 4 0.51
190 7 0.52
Complete with manual override and (2) SPDT Limit Switches

Actuator NEMA 4 Mount Kit*
Valve
Model V/Hz/pH Part Price Valve Part Price
Size
Required Number Each Size Number
1/2" - 2"* NE-211- ➆ 110/60/1 T115447 1,288.94 1/2" T111556 208.39
1/2" - 2"* NE-211- ➃ 110/60/1 T115444 1,209.45 3/4" T111557 208.39
1/2" - 2"* NE-211- ➆ 24 VDC T115449 1,404.94 1" T111558 208.39
1/2" - 2"* NE-211- ➃ 24 VDC T115446 1,327.61 1 1/4"-1 1/2" T111566 240.59
1/2" - 2"* NE-211- ➆* 220/60/1 T115448 1,381.31 2" T111567 247.04
1/2" - 2"* NE-211- ➃ 220/60/3 T115445 1,306.12 NOTE: *Includes mount kit and drive kit.
*7 second cycle required for 2”.
NOTE: Circled number represents seconds to open or close.
ADDITIONAL 8.00 CLEARACE
1/2-14 NPT FOR COVER #10 SCREW
CONDUIT REMOVAL 5/32 HEX KEY
ELECTRIC ACTUATOR MODEL NE-500 ENTRY SUPPLIED

WITH PIPE PLUG
STANDARD FEATURES
• Operates 3” - 6” True Union ball valve 7.50 8.97
1/2-14 NPT 9.12
• De-clutching manual override STD. CONDUIT
ENTRY 10.59
• High torque-single phase capacitor run motor with self reset-
ting integral cut-out
• Standard Voltages 110 or 240VAC
1.94
• Mechanical position indicator
• Permanently lubricated gear train for high/low temp. application 1.47
• Operating temperature -40°F to +140°F, -40°C to +60°C 3.63

1.63 2.50 3.88 (3mm) 3.88
• 2 single pole double throw switches set for 90° May be set 9.75 7.75
.12
between 0° -270°. Rated: 250VAC 11 amps
(14 mm) .551
• 100% duty cycle (35 mm)
• Weights: 14.0-16.0 lbs. 6.3-7.2 kg. 1.377
(18.1mm) .712
• Aluminium enclosure Weatherproof to NEMA 4 (indoor or out- M6 TAP X 10mm (.39) DP
door operation protection against falling or hose directed water, 4-HOLES ON 50mm (1.968) DIA. B.C.
sleet or extreme condensation)

• Stainless steel output shaft Actuator NEMA 4 Mount Kit*
Valve
• Can be mounted in any position Size
Model V/Hz/pH Part Price Valve Part Price
• Dual conduit entrance Required Number Each Size Number
3" NE-500- ➉ 110/60/1 T115776 2,502.69 3" T111561 247.04
MODEL NE-500 3" NE-500- ➉ 24 VDC T115782 2,696.02 4" & 6" T111569 247.04
Output Speed Locked Rotor 3" NE-500- ➉ 220/60/1 T115778 2,685.29 NOTE: *Includes mount kit and drive kit.
Torque 90° Current (AMPS) 4" & 6" NE-500- 25 110/60/1 T115784 3,067.67
IN/LBS 110V
4" & 6" NE-500- 25 24 VDC T115790 3,261.00
600 10 .93
4" & 6" NE-500- 25 220/60/1 T115786 3,250.27
1400 25 .96
NOTE: Circled number represents seconds to open or close.
Part # Factory Mounting and Testing Price
ACTMOUNT All sizes 66.59
2-24
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS FOR CHEMTROL VALVES
R
O C
D U
SERIES CSPR PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR TOP

STANDARD FEATURES A B C
16 16 T3
• Air-operated in one direction REFERENCE
POINT "L" DIA
• Fail-safe designed to close upon power failure, or can be 79
mounted to open if power is removed

• Higher torque at spring end than comparable rack-and-pin-
E CL
ion design
• Standard working pressure: 80 psi D
• Operation medium: air or inert gases
• Ambient temperature: -22° to +175°F VALVE AIR PORTS
SIDE (1/8"FNPT)
• Weights; lbs/kg: CPSR05 2.25/1.1
2
REFERENCE
CPSR10 2.75/1.3 POINT "K"
CPSR20 4.25/3.0
REFERENCE POINT "C"
CPSR30 8.5/3.9 VALVE CENTRE
CPSR40 12.5/5.8
• Anodized aluminium body CPSR AIR SPRING RETURN DIMENSION (INCHES)
• Zinc plated output shaft
ACTUATOR A B C D E T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 V1 V2 V3 V4
NOTE: CPSR-05 1.65 4.65 2.11 6.65 2.95 1.50 1.50 0.63 0.39 0.27 1.42 .352 M5 0.35
When sizing/selecting CPSR actuators: CPSR-10 1.77 5.70 2.11 8.28 2.95 1.50 1.50 0.63 0.39 0.27 1.65 .431 M5 0.43
Torque shown at 0° is max. torque available from actuator to CPSR-20 5.70 5.70 2.11 8.28 2.95 1.18 3.15 0.63 0.39 0.27 1.97 .549 M6 0.43
open/closed (“break” seat) ball or butterfly valves. 90° position
CPSR-30 2.56 7.68 2.67 10.07 4.25 1.18 3.15 0.98 0.63 0.21 2.76 .667 M8 0.55
is when valve is wide open (no seat contact). The 30°/60°
CPSR-40 7.68 7.68 2.67 12.72 4.25 1.18 3.15 0.98 0.63 0.21 4.02 .864 M10 0.67
position is the lowest torque output position of actuator.
For Ball Valves (All Tru-Bloc® True Union) – Provided with 80 Pound Spring*
Air-To-Spring Actuators (Failsafe) Spring to Close is Standard Assembled*
Minimum Valve Part Price
Valve Air Pressure Model Part Price Size Number Each
Size Required (PSI) Required Number Each 1/2" T111556 80.40
1/2" - 1" 80 CPSR05 TL11234 325.62 3/4" T111557 82.41
1 1/4" - 11/2" 80 CPSR10 TL11235 395.97 1" T111558 98.49
2" 80 CPSR20 TL11236 512.55 1 1/4"-1 1/2" T111566 100.50
3” 80 CPSR30** TL11237 683.40 2" T111567 106.53
4” & 6” 80 CPSR40** TL11238 890.43 3" T111568 114.57
* 60 psi option is available. See accessories. 4" & 6" T111569 122.61
NOTE: ** represent consideration in buying Pneumatic Speed TOP
NOTE: * Includes mount kit assembly,
controls depending on flow capacity and velocity. A B C
drive kit, and testing. 16 16 T3
REFERENCE
POINT "L" DIA
79
CL
E
VALVE AIR PORTS

SIDE (1/8"FNPT)
REFERENCE
POINT "K"
SERIES CPDA PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR REFERENCE POINT "C"
VALVE CENTRE
STANDARD FEATURES
• Air-operated in both directions
ACTUATOR A B C D E T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 V1 V2 V3 V4
• High-output starting and ending torque
• Available in either single or dual-piston designs CPDA-05 1.65 2.17 2.11 6.65 2.95 1.50 1.50 0.63 0.39 0.27 1.42 0.352 M5 0.35
• Four cylinder sizes CPDA-05 1.65 2.17 2.11 8.28 2.95 1.50 1.50 0.63 0.39 0.27 1.42 0.352 M5 0.35
• Low-friction seals ensure minimal maintenance and CPDA-10 1.77 3.86 2.11 8.28 2.95 1.50 1.50 0.63 0.39 0.27 1.65 0.431 M5 0.43
long service life without the need for lubrication CPDA-20 3.86 3.86 2.11 10.07 2.95 1.18 3.15 0.63 0.39 0.27 1.97 0.549 M6 0.43
• Adjustable screws for fine adjustment of actuator travel CPDA-30 2.56 5.31 2.67 12.72 4.25 1.18 3.15 0.98 0.63 0.21 2.76 0.667 M8 0.55
• Clockwise closing is standard (spring to close) counter
clockwise closing can be done (the pistons are turned For Ball Valves (All Tru-Bloc® True Union) – Provided with 80 Pound Spring*
180° degrees) without altering the position of the
Assembled*
actuator Air-To-Air Actuators
Valve Part Price
• End stroke adjustment up to ± 3 degrees of travel (open
Size Number Each
or closed) Valve Available Air Model Part Price
1/2" T111556 80.40
• Standard working pressure: 80 psi Size Pressure (PSI) Required Number Each
• Operation medium: air or inert gases 3/4" T111557 82.41
1/2"-1 1/2" 80 CPDA05 TL11230 257.28
• Ambient temperature: -22° to +175°F 1" T111558 98.49
2" 80 CPDA10 TL11231 317.58
• Weights; lbs/kg: CPDA05=1.6/0.7 1 1/4"-1 1/2" T111559 100.50
3" 80 CPDA20** TL11232 404.01
CPDA10=2.25/1.0 2" T111560 106.53
4" & 6" 80 CPDA30** TL11233 544.71
CPDA20=3.0/1.3 3" T111561 114.57
CPDA30=6.5/3 * 60 psi option is available. See accessories.
NOTE: ** represent consideration in buying Pneumatic Speed 4" & 6" T111562 122.61
• Anodized aluminium body
controls depending on flow capacity and velocity. NOTE: * Includes mount kit assembly,
• Zinc plated output shaft
drive kit, and testing.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
ELECTRIC ACTUATORS FOR CHEMKOR VALVES

R
O C
D U
TA–200 SERIES MODEL TA-200 SERIES

STANDARD FEATURES Locked Rotor
Output Torque Speed
• Can be mounted in any position Current (AMPS)
90°
• High torque-single phase capacitor run IN/LBS NM 110V 220V
motor with self resetting integral cut-out 140 15 4 0.51
• Voltages 190 21 7 0.52
Standard 110 or 240 VAC
250 28 10 0.55
• Choice of speeds
• Mechanical brake OPTIONAL FEATURES
• Permanently lubricated gear train Internal External
• Operating temperature • Potentiometers • Epoxy or other special fin-
-40°F to +140°F
-40°C to +60°C
• 2 single pole double throw switches with
Standard 1K ohm linear
Other values on request
• Heater and thermostat for
ishes on request
• Positioner
For proportional control
2
micro adjustment cams set for 90° low temperature or high Input:
May be set between 0° -270° humidity 25 watt @ 110V 4-20mA; 0-10V; 1-5V
Rated: 250V AC 11 amps • Voltages: 220VAC Input impedance - consult
• 50% duty cycle 1 Phase Fabco
(i.e. 1 cycle followed by 2 cycle times at
rest) STANDARD REVERSIBLE
• Weight: 6 lbs. ACTUATOR WIRING (For TAR200 and TAR400)
2.7 kg THERMAL Notes On Wiring Diagram:
• Aluminium enclosure OVERLOAD
1 NO
1. Switch shown for illustration only.
Weatherproof to NEMA 4 (indoor or out- SW#1 2. Actuator shown in open position.
AC 2
door operation protection against falling 3. Diagram shown is typical and may not represent the actuator you
4 NC
or hose directed water, sleet or extreme have received. Check specific schematic for your unit.
condensation) ILL. CAM
NC 4. Power to terminal “2” operates the actuator to the open position.
ONLY SW#2
3 5. Power to terminal “3” operates the actuator to the close position.
Note: TAR200 Series does not have CSA NO 6. Wiring must be to local and national standards.
5
Approval. If CSA approval required please GND SCR
OPTIONAL
BRAKE
specify model TAR202 and add following
costs:
Ball Valves Butterfly Valves
Model Price Size Description List Price Size Description List Price
TAR202-4 $116.19 1/2" thru 1 1/2" Truetorq TAR200-4 626.67 Up to 1 1/2" Truetorq TAR200-4 598.10
TAR202-7 $95.24 2" Truetorq TAR200-7 775.24 2" & 2 1/2" Truetorq TAR200-7 699.05
TAR202-10 $110.48 2 1/2" Truetorq TAR200-10 805.71 3" Truetorq TAR200-10 748.57
TA–400 SERIES MODEL TA-400 SERIES

STANDARD FEATURES Output Torque
Locked Rotor
• De-clutching manual override Speed Current (AMPS)
• High torque – single phase capac- 90°
itor run motor with self resetting IN/LBS NM 110V 220V
integral cut-out 325 36 5 0.89 0.21
• Voltages 600 67 10 0.93 0.21
Standard 110 or 240 VAC 1000 113 15 0.94 0.21
• Mechanical position indicator
1400 158 25 0.96 0.22
• Permanently lubricated gear train
for high/low temp. application 1600 180 30 0.96 0.22
• Operating temperature 1600 180 45 0.96 0.22
-40°F to +140°F
OPTIONAL FEATURES
-40°C to +60°C
Internal
• 2 single pole double throw switch-
• Electro-mechanical brake (essential for all butterfly valve
es for 90° Ball Valves
and positional control applications)
May be set between 0° -270°
• Explosion proof enclosure certified to CSA or Designed Size Description Price
Rated: 250VAC 11 amps
to meet NEMA 7
• 100% duty cycle 3" Truetorq TAR400-10 1455.24
Class 1 groups C and D
• Weights: 14.0-16.0 lbs. 4" Truetorq TAR400-15 1666.67
Class 2 groups E, F and G
6.3-7.2 kg
• Heater and thermostat for low temperature or high
• Aluminium enclosure
humidity 25 watt @ 110V Butterfly Valves
Weatherproof to NEMA 4 (indoor
• Potentiometers
or outdoor operation protection Size Description Price
Standard 1K ohm linear
against falling or hose directed 4" Truetorq TAR400-10 1590.48
Other values on request
water, sleet or extreme condensa- 6" Truetorq TAR400-15 1801.90
• Voltages: 12 or 24 VDC consult factory
tion). 8" Truetorq TAR400-15 1820.95
• Positioner
• Can be mounted in any position
For proportional control
• Dual conduit entrance
Input 4-20mA; 1-5V: 0-10V Notes: Mechanical brake is included on all actua-
• CSA Approved
Input impedance – consult factory tors for Butterfly valves. Price includes Mounting
• 4-20mA feedback transmitter Installation & Testing of Chemkor Valve. Additional
• Up to four extra switches Limit switches available: For (2) SPDT, Please
External add $194.29. These notes apply for both TA–200
• Epoxy or other special finishes on request and TA–400 Series Electric Actuators.
2-26
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS FOR CHEMKOR VALVES
R
O C
D U
SERIES RPB AND RBQB PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS

Mechanical Components
The Bettis RPB-Series pneumatic rack rotate in one direction, are available with
& pinion actuators are specifically spring ending output torques up to 5150 lb-
designed for “quarter-turn” rotating mecha- in. Standard operating pressures are 40 to
nisms and are ideally suited for operation 120 PSIG. Operating media for both dou-
of plug, butterfly, or ball valves. These ble-acting and spring-return models may
quality constructed and uncomplicated be dry or lubricated non-corrosive gas.
actuators provide a dependable, reliable Standard operating temperatures are from
and economic method of opening and clos- -40° to +200° Fahrenheit. Optional high
ing a valve. temperature trim is available for 0° to +350°
2 Double-acting models, requiring pres-
sure to rotate in both directions, are avail-
Fahrenheit. All models are factory lubricat-
ed for the optimum cycle life of the actua-
able with output torques to 16,500 lb-in. tor. All actuators are constructed for indoor
Spring-return models, requiring pressure to or outdoor installation.
Double Acting Actuators FEATURES

RPB-Series 1. Bottom loaded, one piece blow-out proof output shaft, is
retained by a safety redundant internal retaining ring.
Volume Cu. In.** Max. Oper. Max. Allow.
Actuator Weight Oper. Time* 2. Self-contained space saving spring modules allow safe and
Pressure Wkg. Pressure
Model CW CCW (Lbs.) (Seconds)
(MOP) (MAWP) simple conversion from double-acting to spring-return or to a
RPB250 12.0 13.3 120 150 3.0 0.2 different spring configuration.
RPB450 20.5 24.2 120 150 4.2 0.4 3. Integral position stops allow up to ±5 degrees field adjustment
RPB1000 45.4 55.8 120 150 7.7 0.9 at the 90 degree position.
RPB2250 95.6 118.6 120 150 15.5 1.8 4. The highly visible position indicator may be indexed 90
RPB5000 228.8 205.6 120 150 41.0 1.8 degrees as appropriate for optional mounting configurations.
RPB11000 464.3 477.0 120 150 82.0 3.8 An exposed square male drive suitable for manual override or
*For one 90° operation with BettiSolenoid – no load (NEMA 4) accessory drive purposes may be removed along with the
**Displacement plus cavity position indicator to expose the low profile slot-type accesso-
ry drive.
Spring Return Actuators 5. All fasteners are stainless steel.
RPB-Series
6. Square female drive allows direct mount capability for a “low
Actuator Volume
Max. Oper. Max. Allow.
Weight
Oper. Time Seconds* profile” valve actuator assembly.
Pressure Wkg. Pressure
Model Cu. In.** (Lbs.)
(MOP) (MAWP) Spring Gas 7. Advanced UV resistant fluoropolymer impregnation of internal
RPB250-SR 13.3 120 150 3.4 0.6 0.4 and external housing surfaces plus fluoropolymer coating on
RPB450-SR 24.2 120 150 5.5 1.1 0.6
output drive shaft and end caps provides excellent hostile
RPB1000-SR 55.8 120 150 10.7 2.4 1.4
environment protection.
RPB2250-SR 118.6 120 150 20.0 2.9 5.5
Operating Temperature:
RPB5000-SR 205.6 120 150 68.0 1.0 1.3
Standard: -40°F to +200°F
RPB11000-SR 477.0 120 150 127.0 2.1 3.0
Optional: 0°F to +350°F
RPQB-Series PERFORMANCE DATA
Max. Oper. Pressure (MOP) Oper. Time Operating Pressure Range: 40 to 120 PSIG.
Actuator Displacement Max. Allow. Wkg. Pressure (MAWP) Weight Seconds*
Model (In3)** Lbs. *** Maximum Allowable Working Pressure: 150 PSIG.
SR 1.0 SR 1.5 SR 2.0 SR 2.5 SR 3.0 Spring Gas Maximum Operating Pressure: 120 PSIG.
RPQB11000-SR 735 90 95 105 100 120 158 2.5 7.2 Operating Media: Dry or lubricated non-corrosive gas.
*For one 90° operation with BettiSolenoid – no load. *** Maximum pressure allowed on the actuator under operating
**Displacement plus cavity conditions at the stop position.
Ball Valves
Double Acting / Air to Air Spring Return / Air to Spring
Size Description List Price Size Description List Price
1/2" Thru 1" Bettis RPB250 483.81 1/2" Thru 1" Bettis RPB250SR4 529.52
1 1/4" & 1 1/2" Bettis RPB250 512.38 1 1/4" & 1 1/2" Bettis RPB250SR4 558.10
NOTES:
1) Actuator Sizing is based on Maximum of 100 PSI line pres-
2" Bettis RPB250 512.38 2" Bettis RPB250SR4 647.62
sure
2 1/2" & 3" Bettis RPB450 643.81 2 1/2" & 3" Bettis RPB450 876.19 2) All above sizing is based on 80 PSI supply air to Actuator.
4" Bettis RPB1000 834.29 4" Bettis RPB1000 1144.76 3) Price includes Mounting Installation & Testing of Chemkor
Valve
Butterfly Valves 4) Optional Solenoid, NEMA 4 x 115V/1/60 $201.90
5) Optional Limit switch Westlock #1065-2 SPDT (no Beacon)
Double Acting / Air to Air Spring Return / Air to Spring $257.14
Size Description Price Size Description Price 6) Optional Limit switch Westlock #1065-2 SPDT (with Beacon)
Up to 2 1/2" Bettis RPB250 502.86 Up to 2 1/2" Bettis RPB450SR4 638.10 $299.05
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC DIAPHRAGM VALVES

R
O C
D U
Does your current supplier of diaphragm valves offer Teflon mould- If the answer is “No”, you’re probably spending more than you need
ed linings, plastic and plastic lined steel (not Tefzel) or industrial- to on maintenance and replacement. Take a look at what FABCO
quality plastic actuators? offers you.
LINED METAL PLASTIC

Universal accessories All plastics actuator bodies.
(including actuators)
mount with valve in line. No lubrication required – polished
stainless steel spindle and Teflon
Patented Teflon extra
heavy-duty diaphragm
impregnated bearings mean
smooth, extended operation. 2
All plastic bodies have thread-
ANSI 150-lb. flange drilling ed metal insert bushing for
easy mounting.
Choice of liners
Polypropylene or Teflon
Polyethylene caps cover external
hardware and mounting bushings.
LINED VALVES AVAILABLE IN PLASTIC AVAILABLE IN:

1/2”-6” Teflon-lined 1/2”-4” PVC/CPVC
1/2”-4” Polypropylene-lined 15-100 mm PP-PVDF
ALL VALVES: • Modular construction means interchangeability, and allows

upgrading through a complete line of accessories.
• Compact and lightweight
Example: Diaphragm Valve System
THE INTEGRATED
MODULAR
SYSTEM CONCEPT
– UNIQUE AND
Manual Operators Pneumatic Actuators Electric Actuators
LOGICAL
FABCO’s broad range of
body materials, seals and
actuator packages might lead
you to think that it’s a produc-
Valve Body tion nightmare to manufac-
ture. The fact is, it isn’t. Total
interchangeability of the com-
ponents, coupled with the fact
Example: Quarter–Turn Valve that one actuator can fit sev-
System eral valve body sizes, makes
it all possible. FABCO’s mod-
ular design is versatile and
economical.
Manual Operators Pneumatic Actuators Electric Actuators
Valve Body
2-28
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
TYPE 677 DIAPHRAGM VALVE

The FABCO type 677 is a manual thermoplastic diaphragm valve
designed with a non-rising stem and self-draining weir body. These
valves are bi-directional and will seal up to full working pressure
against flow in either direction. The weir body will operate in any
mounting position and is self-draining. The process diaphragm com-
pletely isolates the valves mechanical parts from the process fluid.
Lubrication or packing gland adjustments are not required.
The wide body cavity with its rounded contours yields high flow
2 rates with a short stroke. These smooth moulded body surfaces,

wide weir and durable diaphragms offer excellent service life. The
standard spigot body offers the shortest possible laying length
enabling you to use the same body with unions or flanges if required.
Advantages:
• Sanitary design
• Safety lock with removable key available. Type 677
• Industrial design provides extended dependable service.
• Total internal and external corrosion resistance. Materials and Operating Parameters:
• Modular construction minimizes spare parts requirements and sim- • Body Materials: PVC, CPVC, PVDF, or PP
plifies maintenance. • Bonnet Materials: PBTP (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
• Position Indicator shows fully open to fully closed. • Diaphragm Materials: EPDM or PTFE
• Common centre line on all valves thru 2” by using the mounting • Sizes: PVC 1/2” – 4”, CPVC 1/2” – 4”, PVDF 15 mm – 100 mm and
plate accessory. PP 15-100 mm
• Longer diaphragm life with free floating diaphragm mount, uniform • Maximum pressure rating – 150 psi @ 72°F
compressor support, built in limit stops and minimal stroke. • Maximum service temperature – PVC 140°F, CPVC 194°F, PVDF
• Sealing ridge moulded into valve body and bonnet effect a positive 194°F and 175°F
diaphragm seal. • Maximum viscosity – 400 centistrokes
• Excellent throttling characteristics.
• The mechanical parts of the valve are isolated from the process Options:
fluid. • Patented extra heavy duty Teflon, Viton, (Butyl or Hypalon on spe-
• Electrical position indicator available on all sizes for remote position cial request) diaphragms
indication. • Pneumatic actuators
• Flanged (150 lb. ANSI), union or threaded connections
Accessories:
• Locking device with removable key type 1155
• Electric position indicator type 1215
• Mounting plate type 1041
TYPE 677 MANUALLY OPERATED DIAPHRAGM VALVE

PVC Body PVC Body PVC Body CPVC Body CPVC Body CPVC Body
Size Size EPDM Dia. VITON Dia. PTFE Dia. EPDM Dia. VITON Dia. PTFE Dia.
No. (In.) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
67721643 67721443 67721543 67722643 67722443 67722543
005 1/2 131.67 228.69 286.44 261.03 358.05 422.73
007 3/4 143.22 240.24 300.30 284.13 381.15 445.83
010 1 177.87 274.89 332.64 293.37 390.39 455.07
012 1 1/4 244.07 388.08 445.83 395.01 559.02 632.94
015 1 1/2 288.75 452.76 522.06 443.52 607.53 683.76
020 2 353.43 632.94 635.25 522.06 801.57 847.77
025 2 1/2 762.30 1,508.43 1,122.66 1,127.28 1,873.41 1,510.74
030 3 928.62 1,674.75 1,288.98 1,323.63 2,069.76 1,704.78
040 4 1,275.12 2,499.42 1,702.47 1,783.32 3,007.62 2,233.77
PP Body PP Body PP Body PVDF Body

Size Size EPDM Dia. VITON Dia. PTFE Dia. PTFE Dia.
No. (mm) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
67725640 67725440 67725540 67724540
15 15 170.94 267.96 318.78 408.87
20 20 187.11 284.13 334.95 420.42
25 25 217.14 314.16 364.98 457.38
32 32 254.10 418.11 473.55 729.96 NOTE:
40 40 332.64 496.65 552.09 806.19
Prices quoted are for
spigot connection. Other
50 50 399.63 679.14 667.59 1,002.54
connections available.
65 65 817.74 1,563.87 1,178.10 2,494.80 PVC & CPVC are of
80 80 1,007.16 1,753.29 1,367.52 3,049.20 Imperial Size. PP & CPVC Manifold Piping for a
100 100 1,360.59 2,584.89 1,785.63 3,811.50 PVDF are of Metric Size.
Pulp & Paper Mill
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
TYPE 610 AND 617 DIAPHRAGM VALVES

The FABCO series type 610 and 617 diaphragm valves are the Materials and Operating Parameters:
smallest and most economical of the diaphragm valves offered. • Diaphragm materials – EPDM, Teflon, Viton optional
These valves are moulded from solid thermoplastic components for • Bonnet material – PBTP (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
internal and external corrosion resistance. They are bi-directional • Sizes and Connections – I.P.S. thread in 3/8” & 1/2”. Butt fusion in
and self-draining. The valve bodies, bonnets, actuators and 10, 15 & 20 mm PVDF, and 3/8” & 1/2” O.D. tubing size for PFA.
diaphragms are interchangeable. They will operate properly when Also Flare for 3/8” & 1/2” O.D. tubing sizes. Union ends available
mounted in any position. These valves will provide a bubble tight shut on several models.
off for gases, liquids, slurries and powders. • Maximum service temperature – PVC 140°F, PVDF 194°F, PP
175°F, PFA 250°F.
Advantages:
• All plastic construction provides total internal and external corro-
• Maximum pressure rating – 90 psi at 72°F (617), 75 psi at 72°F
(610)
2
sion resistance • Minimum control pressure – 60 psi
• Sealing ridges moulded in the body and bonnet provide a positive • Maximum control pressure – 105 psi
diaphragm seal and holds the diaphragm in place. • Maximum viscosity – 400 centistokes
• Compact design. • Weight – 610 = .5 lbs., 617 = .57 lbs.
• Threaded mounting bushings moulded into the bottom of each
valve body.
• Visual position indicator standard
• Wide weir surface and short stroke means longer diaphragm life.
• Free floating spindle linkage and uniform compressor support of
the diaphragm reduces stress and yields longer diaphragm life.
TYPE 610 PNEUMATICALLY OPERATED DIAPHRAGM VALVE

FUNCTION 1: AIR OPEN/SPRING CLOSE
BODY PVC PVC PVC PVDF PVDF PVDF
DIAPHRAGM EPDM VITON PTFE EPDM VITON PTFE
SOCKET SOCKET SOCKET
ENDS UNION UNION UNION
UNION UNION UNION
SIZE 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 15 15 15
PART NUMBER 61021617005 61021417005 61021517005 61024617005 61024417005 61024517005
PRICE ($) 244.48 323.40 334.95 383.08 419.65 431.20
BODY POLYPRO POLYPRO POLYPRO

DIAPHRAGM EPDM VITON PTFE
ENDS
UNION UNION UNION
SIZE 15 15 15
PART NUMBER 61023617005 61023417005 61023517005
PRICE $ 317.63 354.20 365.75
Type 610
Note: Prices quoted are for union connection. Other connections available.
Also Available: (Above prices apply for Function 1, 2 and 3)

Function 2: Normally Open/Close by Air
Function 3: Air to Air
TYPE 617 MANUALLY OPERATED DIAPHRAGM VALVE
BODY PVC PVC PVC PP PP PP
DIAPHRAGM EPDM VITON PTFE EPDM VITON PTFE
ENDS UNION UNION UNION UNION UNION UNION
SIZE 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 15 15 15
PART NUMBER 61721647005 61721447005 61721547005 61723647005 61723447005 61723547005
PRICE $ 131.67 175.56 173.25 164.01 207.90 203.28
BODY PVDF PVDF PVDF

DIAPHRAGM EPDM VITON PTFE
ENDS
UNION UNION UNION
SIZE 15 15 15
PART NUMBER 61724647005 61724447005 61724547005
PRICE $ 219.45 263.34 256.41
Note: Prices quoted are for union connection. Other connections available.
Type 617
2-30
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC ACTUATED DIAPHRAGM VALVES
R
O C
D U

The FABCO series type 690 plastic diaphragm valves are pneu-
matically actuated with corrosion resistant glass reinforced plastic
actuators. The self-draining weir bodies have smooth moulded sur-
faces, rounded contours, and wide body cavities that yield high flow
rates with short strokes. All are bi-directional. The type 690 is mount-
ed directly to the valve body and has an additional chamber in the
bottom of the actuator that separates the process diaphragm from the
actuator chambers.
The type 690 has three types of actuators available spring assist-
2 ed normally closed (NC), spring assisted normally open (NO), and
double acting air to air (AA).
Advantages:
• Industrial design features that are unique in plastic body diaphragm
valves provide extended dependable service.
• Total internal and external corrosion resistance with plastic body
and actuator housing.
• Modular construction minimizes spare part requirements and sim- Type 690
plified maintenance (e.g. one diaphragm size fits 27 different
valves).
• The mechanical parts of the valve are isolated from the process
fluid.
• Threaded mounting bushings moulded into the valve body. Options:
• Common centreline on all valves thru 2” using mounting plate • Patented extra heavy duty Teflon, Viton
accessory. (Butyl or Hypalon on special request)
• Excellent throttling characteristics. diaphragms
• Moulded ridges and cleats seal with a minimum force and positive- • Flanged (ANSI 150 lb), union or threaded
ly secure the diaphragm. connection
• Polished stainless steel spindle and Teflon impregnated bearing
sleeve for longer shaft seal life and lower torque. Accessories:
• Quad ring shaft seal isolates control air chamber. • Position indicator type 1300
• Nested spring design provides the most compact and lightweight • Electric position indicator with limit switch
actuator. type 1201
• Longer diaphragm life results from a free floating diaphragm mount • Electric position indicator with proximity
design, uniform compressor support, built-in limit stops and mini- switches type 1211
mal diaphragm stroke. • Pilot valve type 324
• Universal accessory mount makes field installation of accessories • Manual override handwheel type 1002
easy without removing the valve from service. • Stroke limiter type 1104
• Stroke limiters with visible indicator and
manual override type 1114
Materials and Operating Parameters:
• Mounting plate type 1041
• Body materials – PVC, CPVC, PVDF, or PP
• Electric single position indicator type 1215
• Actuator body – PBTP (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
• Positioner type 1413
• Process diaphragm – EPDM, Teflon, Viton
• Positioner mounting bracket type 1410
• Sizes - PVC 1/2” - 4”, CPVC 1/2” - 4”, and PVDF/PP 15mm-100mm
• Pressure rating – 150 psi @ 72°F
• Maximum temperature – PVC 140°F, CPVC 194°F, PP 175°F,
PVDF 194°F
• Maximum control temperature – 100°F
• Maximum viscosity – 400 centistrokes process fluid (40
VALVE AND ACTUATOR GUIDE
centistrokes control fluid)
Type 690 (PVC & CPVC Models)
Valve Laying*
Cv Weight
Size Length
ACTUATOR PRESSURE RATING Value (Lbs.)
(In.) (In.)
Normally Closed Normally Open Air To Air 1/2 5.52 6.5 3.9
3/4 5.69 9.5 3.9
Process Control Process Control Process Control 1 6.07 12.3 3.9
PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI
1 1/4 6.86 21.0 8.8
0-150 45-90 0-150 90 MAX. 0-150 90 MAX. 1 1/2 7.64 29.2 8.8
0-150 45-90 0-150 90 MAX. 0-150 90 MAX. 2 8.83 53.7 16.2
0-150 45-90 0-150 90 MAX. 0-150 90 MAX. 3 11.82 140.0 35.8
0-150 45-90 0-150 90 MAX. 0-150 90 MAX. 4 13.40 220.5 53.9
0-150 45-90 0-150 90 MAX. 0-150 90 MAX. NOTE: For complete dimensional data contact
0-90 45-90 0-150 90 MAX. 0-150 90 MAX. your local service centre. *PVDF models
0-90 45-90 0-150 90 MAX. 0-150 90 MAX. have slightly shorter laying lengths.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC ACTUATED DIAPHRAGM VALVES

R
O C
D U
TYPE 690 PNEUMATICALLY ACTUATED DIAPHRAGM VALVE

FUNCTION 1: NORMALLY CLOSED (BY SPRING FORCE)
PVC Body PVC Body PVC Body CPVC Body CPVC Body CPVC Body
Size Size EPDM Dia. Viton Dia. PTFE Dia. EPDM Dia. Viton Dia. PTFE Dia.
69021613 69021613 69021513 69022613 69022413 69022513
005 1/2 535.92 632.94 683.76 725.34 822.36 884.73
007 3/4 565.95 662.97 713.79 746.13 843.15 907.83
010 1 589.05 686.07 736.89 755.37 852.39 917.07
012 1 1/4 785.40 949.41 1,004.85 1,025.64 1,189.65 1,265.88
015
020
025
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
822.36
1,152.69
1,799.49
986.37
1,432.20
2,545.62
1,041.81
1,420.65
2,159.85
1,074.15
1,464.54
-
1,238.16
1,744.05
-
1,314.39
1,790.25
-
2
030 3 2,224.53 2,970.66 2,584.89 - - -
040 4 2,575.65 3,799.95 3,000.69 - - -
PP Body PP Body PP Body PVDF Body

Size Size EPDM Dia. Viton Dia. PTFE Dia. PTFE Dia.
No. (MM) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
69023613 69023413 69023513 69024513
15 15 586.74 683.76 734.58 820.05
20 20 619.08 716.10 766.92 850.08
25 25 642.18 739.20 790.02 880.11
32 32 843.15 1,007.16 1,062.60 1,316.70
40 40 884.73 1,048.74 1,106.49 1,355.97
50 50 1,224.30 1,503.81 1,492.26 1,820.28
65 65 1,824.90 2,571.03 2,185.26 3,384.15
80 80 2,268.42 3,014.55 2,628.78 4,167.24
100 100 2,619.54 3,843.84 3,044.58 4,885.65
NOTE: Prices quoted are for spigot connection. Other connections available.
NOTE: Also available: Function 2: Normally open (close by air)

Function 3: Open by air (close by air)
ABOVE PRICES APPLY FOR FUNCTION 1 AND 2 ONLY.
The FABCO type 693 is an electrically actuated motorized PVDF and Polypropylene Etching
diaphragm valve, used for installations as a regulation valve or on/off and Cleaning Station
service.
Advantages:
• Compact and lightweight design
• Durable, reversible synchronous motor
• Direct application of the electrical control. Signals 4/2 – ma
• Electrical position indication by means of a potentiometer (addition-
al cost optional)
• Maintenance-free synchronous belt actuator: Quiet and smooth
performance. Teeth on belt ensure non slipping
• Built-in emergency hand device with optical position indicator
• Valve can be installed in any position and will close with corrosives
or slurries
Materials of Construction:
• Body of PVC, PP, or PVDF
• Diaphragms EPDM, Viton, PTFE
Electrical Characteristics:
• 110 volt, 60 Hz standard, 24 volt and 220 volt also available.
• Power consumption – 10 VAC
• 20 second switching rate
Type 693
PRICES ON REQUEST
2-32
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
METAL DIAPHRAGM VALVES
R
O C
D U
METAL DIAPHRAGM VALVES (2/2 WAY, MANUALLY OPERATED)

TYPE 671 – DIAPHRAGM VALVE WITH PLASTIC BONNET
(FOR TEMPERATURE TO 194°F)
TYPE 675 – DIAPHRAGM VALVE WITH METAL BONNET
(FOR TEMPERATURE TO 300°F)
Description:
The FABCO Series types 671 are 675 and manually operated plastic lined metal bodied diaphragm valves. Their
durable 150 lb drilled flanged bodies have corrosion resistant epoxy coating. The 671 series has a bonnet and
handwheel made of corrosion resistant plastic, and is used for temperatures to 194°F/90°C. The 675 series bon-
2 net and handwheel are epoxy coated ductile iron and are used in temperatures to 300°F/150°C. Both types are
available with either PP or Teflon liner, which can operate between full vacuum and 150 psi. These heavy duty
Type 671 – shown with optional
industrial valves are designed to handle a variety of highly corrosive chemicals and slurries. The self-cleaning weir
design has not pockets or cavities for material to collect or bacteria to grow. lock and single position indicating
switch
Advantages: PRICES ON REQUEST
• PFA and PTFE Teflon linings offer superior physical and chemical properties compared to conventional Tefzel liners.
• Excellent internal and external corrosion resistance.
• Short stroke design minimizes diaphragm wear.
• Free floating diaphragm mounting design on all diaphragms for longer service life.
• Modular construction minimizes spare parts and simplified maintenance.
• Patented Teflon diaphragm designed with elastomer cushion between mounting stud and Teflon face is optional.
• Stops at full open and full close to prevent over stressing of diaphragms.
• Wide weir sealing surface for more positive shut off.
• Excellent throttling characteristics.
• No lubrication or packing gland adjustment required.
• Sealing ridge moulded into valve body and bonnet effect a positive seal with minimum compressive force.
• Position indicator standard.
• These valves can be easily actuated without removing the bodies from the piping system.
• The mechanical parts of the valve are isolated from the process fluid.
• Laying length is compatible with most competitors lined steel valves.
Type 675
Materials and Operating Parameters:
• Sizes – 1/2” - 4” PP or PFA lined, 6” PTFE lined PRICES ON REQUEST
• Body Materials – 1/2” - 4” ductile iron, 6” cast iron
• Lining Materials – PP, PFA, PTFE
• Bonnet Materials – PBTP or ductile iron Options: Accessories:
• Diaphragm Materials – EPDM, Teflon • Stainless steel body • Locking device with removable key
• Connection – flanged (150 lb. ANSI drilling) • Hypalon and Nitrile diaphragms type 1155
• Maximum Service Temperatures – 250°F (type 671) 350°F (type 675) • Patented extra heavy duty Teflon • Electric position indicator type 1215
• Process Pressure Rating – 150 psi @ 72°F diaphragm with either EPDM or Viton
• Maximum Process Viscosity – 400 centistrokes backing
METAL DIAPHRAGM VALVES WITH PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS

TYPE 687/TYPE 695/TYPE 620 DIAPHRAGM VALVES
Description:
The FABCO series types 620, 687, and 695 lined metal diaphragm valves are pneumatically actuated. The actu-
ators are either normally closed (NC), normally open (NO), or air to air (AA). The 695 valves have the actuators
mounted directly to the valve body. The 620 and 687 valves have an adaptor between the actuator and valve body
that dissipates heat and allows these valves to operate at elevated temperatures.
All models have a self-draining weir design and are bi-directional. The mechanical parts of the valves are iso-
lated from the process fluid by the process diaphragm. The actuator diaphragm isolates the springs from the con-
trol air in the NC and NO models.
A variety of liners and diaphragms are available to handle corrosive gases, liquids, slurries, or powders.
Advantages:
• PFA and PTFE Teflon linings offer superior physical and chemical properties compared to conventional Tefzel liners
• Excellent external corrosion resistance with epoxy coated metal components and plastic body actuators
• Compact and lightweight design
• Modular construction enables you to interchange parts and reduce inventories
• Excellent flow characteristics using a minimum of strokes mean less stress and longer life for the process and
actuator diaphragms
• ANSI 150 lb flange drilling
• Universal accessory mounting can be accomplished without removing the valve from the process piping
• Optional patented industrial Teflon diaphragm for maximum service life and chemical resistance (utilizes an Type 687 – with plastic actuator
EPDM or Viton cushion between the mounting stud and Teflon face). and extension for temperatures
• No lubrication or packing gland adjustment required to 300°F Size 1/2” to 2”
• Sealing ridges moulded into valve body and actuator provide a positive seal with minimum of compressive force
• Polished stainless steel spindles and Teflon impregnated bearing sleeve for longer shaft seal life and lower torque. PRICES ON REQUEST
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
METAL AND PLASTIC DIAPHRAGM VALVES

R
O C
D U
Material and Operating Parameters:

• Sizes – 1/2”-2” type 687 and 695, 3”-6” type 620
• Body Materials – 1/2”-4” ductile iron, 6” cast iron
• Lining Materials – 1/2”-4” PFA -6” PTFE
• Diaphragm Materials – EPDM or Teflon
• Connection – 150 lb ANSI flange drilling
• Maximum Service Temperature – PP lined 194°F, Teflon lined 300°F for type
629 and 687, 194°F for all type 695
• Process Pressure Rating – 150 psi @ 72°F
• Maximum viscosity – 400 centistrokes (process)/40 centistroke (control)
• Laying length is compatible with most other lined steel diaphragm valves
Options:
• Viton, Butyl or Hypalon diaphragms
Type 695 – WITH PLASTIC Type 620 – WITH METAL
2
• Stainless steel bodies
ACTUATOR AND EXTENSION ACTUATOR AND EXTENSION
Accessories: FOR TEMPERATURES TO 194°F FOR TEMPERATURES TO 300°F
• Visual position indicator type 1300 SIZE 1/2” TO 2” SIZE 3” TO 6”
• Electric position indicator with limit switches type 1201
• Electric position indicator with proximity switches type 1211 PRICES ON REQUEST
• Pilot valve type 324
• Manual override handwheel type 1002
• Stroke limiter type 1104
• Stroke limiter with position indicator and manual override type 1114
• Single position indicator type 1215
• Positioner type 1411 and 1413
• Positioner mounting bracket type 1410
FABCO ACTUATED DIAPHRAGM VALVES

W THE “INTELLIGENT” 600 SERIES
NE
ELIMINATES REDUNDANT MANUAL BACK-UP VALVES
Standard Features:
• Emergency manual override and continuously adjustable (0 to 100%) open flow restrictor. Standard optical
position Indicator
Spring
• Integral stroke limiter.

• Optical encapsulated position indicator. Standard Connection plate
continuous
• Actuator is rotatable 90° or 180° for easy control connections. limiter
according to NAMUR
- directly adaptable
• Moulded in mounting lugs in valve body. for 3/2 and 5/2 way
pilot valves
• Available 1/2” thru 2” I.P.S. in PVC and CPVC, 15 mm thru 50 mm in polypropylene and
PVDF.
• Easily adaptable spigot end connections.
• Compact corrosion resistant plastic actuator housing.
• All accessories bolt on or screw in, for in-the-field attachment with no special tools
required.
Control Functions: 1/4”
• Fail safe open (Air-to-Spring) Standard emergency

• Fail safe closed (Air-to-Spring) manual operator and
continuous minimum
• Double acting (Air-to-Air) flow regulator
TYPE 600 PNEUMATICALLY ACTUATED DIAPHRAGM VALVE

FUNCTION 1: NORMALLY CLOSED (BY SPRING FORCE)
Choice of seal
PP Body PP Body PP Body PVDF Body material
Size Size EPDM Dia. Viton Dia. PTFE Dia. PTFE Dia. choice of
No. (MM) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. body material
600305141 60030541 600305521 6003020521
15 15 679.14 776.16 836.22 949.41
Variable mounting
20 20 718.41 815.43 873.18 988.68 plates
25 25 743.82 840.84 900.90 1,021.02
32 32 967.89 1,131.90 1,201.20 1,501.50
40 40 1,018.71 1,182.72 1,252.02 1,552.32
50 50 1,432.20 1,711.71 1,716.33 2,111.34
PVC Body PVC Body PVC Body CPVC Body CPVC Body CPVC Body NOTE: Prices quoted are for spigot connection. Other
Size Size EPDM Dia. Viton Dia. PTFE Dia. EPDM Dia. Viton Dia. PTFE Dia. connections available.
600301141 60030141 60030152 600302141 60030241 600302521 NOTE: Also available: Function 2: Normally open
005 1/2 649.11 746.13 803.88 776.16 873.18 940.17 (close by air)
007 3/4 686.07 783.09 843.15 801.57 898.59 965.58
Function 3: Open by air
(close by air)
010 1 713.79 810.81 868.56 810.81 907.83 974.82
012 1 1/4 940.17 1,104.18 1,173.48 1,148.07 1,312.08 1,395.24
ABOVE PRICES APPLY
015 1 1/2 988.68 1,152.27 1,219.68 1,203.51 1,367.52 1,450.68
FOR FUNCTION 1 AND 2 ONLY.
020 2 1,404.48 1,683.99 1,686.30 1,626.24 1,905.75 1,961.19
2-34
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC DIAPHRAGM / PILOT VALVES
R
O C
D U
TYPE 647 DIAPHRAGM VALVE Advantages:

The FABCO series Type 647 diaphragm valve is nor- • Direct loading of the process diaphragm is the most
mally open (NO) and operated by directly loading the economical means of automating a diaphragm valve.
process diaphragm. The pressure over the diaphragm • Excellent internal and external corrosion resistance.
must be greater than the pressure of the process fluid in • Wide weir sealing surface for more positive shut off.
order to close the valve. These valves are bi-directional • Maintenance free design requires no lubrication.
and will operate when mounted in any position. They are • Threaded mounting bushings moulded into the valve
self-draining when the top centre of the bonnet forms a body.
15° angle or less to the horizontal. There is no lubrication • Common centre line on 1/2” – 2” valves using the
or packing gland adjustment required. mounting plate.
• Sealing ridge moulded into valve body and bonnets
2 Material and Operating Parameters:

•
•
Body materials – PVC, CPVC
Bonnet materials – PBTP (Polybutylene Terephthalate)
hold the diaphragm firmly in place.
Accessories:
• Diaphragm – EPDM • Mounting plate type 1041
• Sizes – PVC and CPVC 1/2” – 2” • Visual position indicator with manual override and
• Maximum pressure rating – 150 psi @ 72°F cover type 1114
• Maximum service temperature – PVC 140°F, CPVC • Pilot valve type 324
194°F
Options:
TYPE 647 DIRECT LOAD DIAPHRAGM VALVE • Flanged, union, or threaded connections
• Teflon diaphragm
PVC Body PVC Body
Size Size EPDM Dia. VITON Dia. • PVDF and PP bodies
No. (In.) Part No. Part No. • PP lined and PFA lined ductile bodies
64721653 64721453
005 1/2 133.98 251.79
007 3/4 147.84 263.34
010 1 166.32 284.13 NOTE: Spigot connections are standard, other connection are available on
request. PP or PVDF bodies available on request. 1/4” air connections is Type 647 – DIRECT LOAD
012 1 1/4 221.76 429.66
standard. Hypalon, Viton, Nitrile and extra heavy-duty Teflon (EPDM and
015 1 1/2 244.86 452.76 Viton backed) diaphragms available on request. May be used with type 324
(shown with position indicators,
020 2 304.92 651.42 pilot valves. stroke limiter and manual override)
TYPE 320, 322 AND 324 PILOT VALVES

Description: Material and Operating Parameters:
The FABCO series types 320, 322 and 324 solenoid • Body materials – PBTP (Polybutylene Terephthalate
valves are most commonly used as 3/2 way pilot valves Polyester)
for non-aggressive gases. They are available normally • Internal Material – Stainless Steel and Copper
closed (NC) or normally open (NO). The all plastic body • Seal Material – Nitrile and polyacrylate
is standard. • Operating Pressure – 0-150 psi
The 320 is used for single valve applications and has • Maximum Process Temperature – 120°F
a 1/4” threaded air supply connection with a 1/8” air inlet • Maximum Ambient Temperature – 120°F
and 1/8” outlet. The body has a straight-through design. • Valve Constant – Cv No. 1.9, NC 2.3 Type 322
The 322 is designed for battery or gang mounting but • Maximum Switching Frequency – 600 per minute
may be used as a single valve if necessary. Its 1/4” air • Switching time – 25 ms
inlet and 1/8” outlet are at 90° to one another. • Duty Cycle – 100% (continuous operation)
The 324 is designed to mount directly on a pneumati- • Voltages – 110 VAC 60Hz or 24 VDC
cally actuated process valve using its spacer and 1/4” hol- • Inrush Current – 25 VA
lowed bolt. Its 1/8” air inlet and direct hollow bolt outlet • Holding Current – 25 VA
are at 90° to one another. • Permissible Volt Fluctuation – 10% + 5% as tested by
If these valves are installed in an enclosed box they VDE 0580 standards in Europe
must have adequate ventilation. • Protection class – IP65
• Weight – .5 lbs.
Advantages:
• PBTP (Polybutylene Terephthalate Polyester) moulded
solenoid and valve body provides excellent exterior cor- TYPE 320 / PART NO. PRICE
rosion resistance NC 320/2/M1254-1-G 136.29
• Lockable manual override Type 324
NO 320/2/M1254-2-G 166.32
• Threaded inserts in valve body for panel or track
mounting
• DC solenoid minimizes heat buildup during continuous
operation TYPE 322 / PART NO. PRICE
• Mounting clips and O-ring seals make battery (gang) NC 322/2/M1254-1-G 143.22
mounting easy (322)
NO 322/2/M1254-2-G 173.25
• Can be installed in any position
• Specially designed electric plug connector for quick
change out. It can be rotated at 90° intervals
Options: TYPE 324* / PART NO. PRICE
• 240, 220, 110, 42, 24 volt AC in 50 or 60 cycles NC 324/2/M1254-1-G 152.46
• A complete line of accessories available on request. NO 324/2/M1254-2-G 182.49
* Hollow screw with male thread,

NOTE: BPS to NPT air inlet adaptor supplied with each valve. G1/4” (1/8” available) Type 320
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
ACCESSORIES
Fabco 1300 Fabco 1700 Fabco 1201-1232 Fabco 1114

2
Optical Position Indicator Mounting Bracket Electrical Stroke limiter with optical
Complete with screws Position Indicator position indicator and
emergency hand operation
Fabco 1410 Fabco 1002 Fabco 1100 Fabco 1041

Positioner Handwheel Stroke limiter Mounting Plate
Fabco 1215 Fabco 1570 Fabco 1450/1460 Fabco 1470

Electrical Emergency Power Mounting Bracket Control air adapter
Position indicator Supply complying with NAMUR
Fabco 1150 Fabco 1050 Fabco 1225 Fabco 1572

Stroke Limiter with Mounting Plate Electrical AC to DC voltage converter
Optical Position Indicator Position Indicator
Fabco 1060
Angle Piece
2-36
DIAPHRAGM VALVES
HAND OPERATED DIAPHRAGM VALVES
• True union PVC body: Union nuts simplify installation and

removal. The handle can be rotated after installation to any position. PVC Body with
• The throttling ability is excellent. The valve is well-suited for slur- true union
ries and abrasive media. socket ends
• Has a position indicator on every valve at no extra charge, which
indicates the degree to which the valve is open. The indicator is
enclosed within the transparent cap.
• Constructed of a corrosion-resistant body, bonnet and hand-
2 wheel. The entire valve is moulded from thermoplastic materials to
resist internal and external corrosion.
• Diaphragm materials: The PVC, CPVC and polypro valves have
EPDM diaphragms because of the close similarity in chemical resis-
tance to body materials. Also available: nitrile rubber at no extra Body with
charge and PTFE at a slightly higher price. The SYGEF (PVDF) spigot ends
valves have PTFE diaphragms and are EPDM-backed for strength.
Order Information:
PVC/EPDM 161314 (Size No.)
CPVC/EPDM 163315 (Size No.)
PP/EPDM 167317 (Size No.)
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 3” 4” 6”
Material
Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
PVC/EPDM Socket 617 107.18 618 119.74 619 154.91 620 235.86 621 238.65 622 276.33 - - - - - -
CPVC/EPDM Spigot 717 174.45 718 189.81 719 244.23 720 315.41 721 344.72 722 367.05 - - - - - -
PP/EPDM Flanged 517 203.36 518 223.30 519 255.20 520 320.99 521 382.80 522 458.56 324 776.67 325 1,124.18 027 3,010.56
Note: Teflon diaphragm available
PNEUMATIC OPERATED DIASTAR NEW

DIAPHRAGM VALVES
Features:
MATERIALS: The body materials are as indicated, the PVC is rated • Excellent for
to 140°F, the CPVC and POLYPRO to 180°F, SYGEF (PVDF) to aggressive or
250°F. All topworks are made of PPGF, while the diaphragm materi- abrasive media
al is EPDM for PVC, CPVC and polypro, with Teflon available as an • Long service life
option. Teflon PTFE diaphragms are standard on SYGEF valves. (200,000 cycles)
• No dead spaces
TO OPERATE pneumatic-controlled valves, connect by the air lines to • Self draining,
an appropriate control valve such as those shown below. Electric sig- non-closing
nals, from such sources as ON/OFF or liquid level switches, cause the
control valve to deliver air pressure to the bonnet for opening or clos-
ing. If desired, more than one valve may be actuated.
Both all-thermoplastic valves are equipped with a position indicator

for visual open/closed indication, manual override and a stroke limiter.
The maximum line pressure is 150 psi; the maximum control pressure
is 100 psi with cycle-speed adjustment screw. All hardware is SS.
EPDM and Teflon diaphragms are available.
Order Information:
All Types: 199025 (Size No.) FC – Fail-Safe Close DA – Double Acting
Actuator 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Material
Function
Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price Size No. Price
PVC/EPDM Socket FC 751 260.52 752 275.14 753 293.75 754 369.51 755 461.22 756 563.57
DA 763 152.85 764 163.49 765 174.12 766 217.98 767 273.81 768 332.29
CPVC/EPDM Spigot FC 481 285.77 482 303.05 483 322.99 484 406.73 485 507.74 486 619.39
DA 501 176.78 502 188.74 503 200.70 504 249.88 505 315.01 506 382.80
PP/EPDM* Spigot Metric FC 201 321.66 202 338.94 203 361.53 204 455.90 205 568.88 206 693.83
DA 221 171.46 222 183.43 223 194.06 224 244.57 225 307.04 226 370.84
*Flanged, diameters up to 6” available.

Note: PTFE diaphragm and Fail Safe to Open actuator available on request.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
DIAPHRAGM VALVES
R
O C
D U
AV–TYPE FLANGED DIAPHRAGM VALVES

Features: Options: † *
Excellent Chemical Resistance An Excellent Throttling Valve • Socket Ends
• These valves, fitted with Teflon diaphragms, • Alternate Diaphragms – Hypalon, Natural
are suitable for extremely aggressive ser- Abrasion Resistant Rubber, Viton, Nitrile (Buna–N), or CPE
vices. • Outlast lined metal valves. (Chlorinated Polyethylene).
• The PVC and CPVC valve materials have • PVDF Vapour Barrier for Teflon Diaphragms
wide chemical resistance rating. Suitable for Metal Piping Systems on chlorine and concentrated acid services.
• Strong, solid monobloc flanged bodies. • PVDF Bonnet on PVDF valves for tempera-
Externally Corrosion Resistant • Due to plastic’s elasticity, high stresses will tures 100–120°C
• Plastic bonnet, handwheel, covered and
sealed indicator.
• Bonnet O–Ring protects internal metal parts
not develop when valve body strained.
Outperform Metal Valve

• Vacuum-Proof Diaphragms for full vacuum
rating 3” up. 2
from corrosive atmospheres. • No lining which may peel, crack or abrade Accessories: † *
away. • Chain Wheel Operator, Stem Extensions, 2”
Light Weight Square Operating Nut, Locking Capability.
• The soundest design choice for plastic pip- Easily Replace Corroded Metal Valves • Pneumatic Actuators.
ing – will not strain piping. • Standard flange face-to-face dimensions
• Easily installed – 6” valve weighs only 57 lbs.
PVC Diaphragm Valves

Size Diaphragm End Conn. Part No. Price Size Diaphragm End Conn. Part No. Price
1/2" EPDM Threaded DVA005ET 189.17 2" EPDM Threaded DVA020ET 476.25
EPDM Flanged DVA005EF 268.61 EPDM Flanged DVA020EF 685.80
1/2" Teflon Threaded DVA005PT 299.09 2" Teflon Threaded DVA020PT 773.43
Teflon Flanged DVA005PF 434.34 Teflon Flanged DVA020PF 1114.43
3/4" EPDM Threaded DVA007ET 203.84 2 1/2" EDPM Flanged DVA025EF 984.89
EPDM Flanged DVA007EF 299.09 Teflon Flanged DVA025PF 1552.58
3/4" Teflon Threaded DVA007PT 320.04 3" EDPM Flanged DVA030EF 1122.05
1" EPDM Threaded DVA010ET 262.89 4" EDPM Flanged DVA040EF 1638.30
EPDM Flanged DVA010EF 381.00 Teflon Flanged DVA040PF 2722.25
1" Teflon Threaded DVA010PT 422.91 6" EDPM Flanged DVA060EF 3448.9
1 1/2" EPDM Threaded DVA015ET 401.96 8" EDPM Flanged DVA080EF†* 6567.88
EPDM Flanged DVA015EF 573.41 Teflon Flanged DVA080PF†* 8100.05
1 1/2" Teflon Threaded DVA015PT 630.56 10" EDPM Flanged DVA0100EF†* 11172.48
Teflon Flanged DVA015PF 904.88 Teflon Flanged DVA0100PF†* 15497.77
Note: Alternate Materials: CPVC/EPDM, CPVC/Teflon, PP/EPDM, PP/Teflon, PVDF/Teflon. Prices on request.
True Union diaphragm valves 1/2” – 2” also available, contact Fabco for price and delivery.
Note: † supplied special order, not returnable
* available, but not normally stocked, confirm delivery and prices.
5” size is also available.
VP–TYPE FLANGED DIAPHRAGM VALVES

Features: Specifications:
• Completely corrosion resistant because of • Lower maintenance cost, because Size: 1/2” – 6”
glandless construction. diaphragms are replaceable and have a long End Type: Flanged
• Smooth and exact operation because of life. Body Material: PVC, PP, PVDF
non-corrosion and soft touch, and with clear • Over tightening can be prevented by Bonnet Material: PVC, PP + GF, PP
indication of opening degree. adjustable stopper. Diaphragms: EPDM, FPM (Viton),PTFE
Size PVC/EPDM PP/EPDM

(in) Part No. Price Part No. Price
1/2" VP-71005P 241.75 VP-71005PP 318.78
3/4" VP-71007P 269.18 VP-71007PP 351.57
1" VP-7101P 342.90 VP-7101PP 444.47
1 1/2" VP-71015P 516.07 VP-71015PP 684.92
2" VP-7102P 617.22 VP-7102PP 812.43
2 1/2" VP-71025P 886.40 VP-71025PP 1140.32
3" VP-7103P 1009.85 VP-7103PP 1309.73
4" VP-7104P 1474.47 VP-7104PP 1919.97
6" VP-7106P 3104.01 VP-7106PP 3863.61
Note: For alternate body and diaphragm materials please contact Fabco for pricing and delivery.
2-38
PLASTIC SEDIMENT STRAINERS
SEDIMENT STRAINERS
Modern thermoplastic technology made possible this FABCO PVC
Sediment Strainer with transparent body. You can see at a glance
exactly what’s happening at all times.
Other Sediment Strainer features:

• Maintenance can be performed easily without disconnection from the
system. Simply isolate the strainer and drain the system behind it. By
unscrewing the plastic plug and removing it from the body, the O-
2 Rings or the filter screen can be quickly replaced.

• All thermoplastic construction for outstanding chemical resistance to
nearly all corrosive media.
• Filter screen of polyvinyl chloride in 1.5 mm mesh provided with
Sediment Strainer. (Other mesh sizes available on special order:
1 mm, 2.0 mm, and 2.5 mm)
• Supplied with solvent welded or threaded female connections. All parts are easily replaceable
Materials
The O-Ring seal of the plug is furnished in Epdm (for Transparent strainers) & Viton for all other strainers,
Body, plug and other components are PVC.
Size No. 005 007 010 012 015 020 030 040
Material
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4"
Connection Part No. Price Price Price Price Price Price Price Price
PVC Thrd. Transparent 1072 110.68 120.74 146.28 241.49 241.49 294.12 601.14 1,001.03
PVC Sock. Transparent 1073 110.68 120.74 146.28 241.49 241.49 294.12 601.14 1,001.03
PVC Thrd. Opaque 1074 41.20 51.50 59.25 73.75 73.75 98.25 419.89 704.76
PVC Sock. Opaque 1075 41.20 51.50 59.25 73.75 73.75 98.25 419.89 704.76
CPVC Thrd. Opaque 1076 120.00 130.00 150.00 250.00 250.00 310.00 583.70 1,011.54
CPVC Sock. Opaque 1077 120.00 130.00 150.00 250.00 250.00 310.00 583.70 1,011.54
PVDF Thrd. Natural 1078 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
PVDF Sock. Natural 1079 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
Polypro Thrd. Opaque 1080 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
PVC STRAINERS – YS SERIES (TRUE UNION STYLE)

Strainers are available with a choice of 24, 35 or 55 mesh PVC filter screens.
EPDM O-ring seals are supplied standard.
Options:
• 316 S.S. Screens
• Alternate O-ring materials
PVC Strainers – YS Series

Size End Conn. Part No. Price Size End Conn. Part No. Price
1/2" Threaded YSA005ET 136.85 1 1/2" Threaded YSA015ET 299.07
1/2" Socket YSA005ES 136.85 1 1/2" Socket YSA015ES 299.07
3/4" Threaded YSA007ET 148.59 2" Threaded YSA020ET 357.75
3/4" Socket YSA007ES 148.59 2" Socket YSA020ES 357.75
1" Threaded YSA010ET 180.96 3" Threaded YSA030ET 787.43
1" Socket YSAO10ES 180.96 3" Socket YSA030ES 787.43
1 1/4" Threaded YSA012ET 314.21 4" Threaded YSA040ET 1,319.32
1 1/4" Socket YSA012ES 315.35 4" Socket YSA040ES 1,319.32
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO BASKET STRAINERS

R
O C
D U
SIMPLEX BASKET STRAINERS

The problem of unwanted material in pipelines is never–ending,
and plastic piping is no exception. Whether the fluid is water, film pro-
cessing solutions, chemicals or food products, there is almost always
something in the line that can cause trouble. Often, equipment such
as pumps and instrument–like flowmeters can stop functioning
because of clogging.
The simplest way to solve this problem is to install a basket strain-
er. It can go on the upstream, or suction side; or on the downstream,
or pressurised side. In any case, it will entrap dirt, lumps of product
and other debris. The heart of the strainer is a basket or screen,
where unwanted material is trapped. All basket strainers have a min-
2
imum 6:1 ratio of open area through the strainer basket to the corre-
sponding pipe cross-section. There is no skimping on construction of
these Fabco baskets – they are moulded, and sturdy enough to take
any reasonable wear.
The strainers can be opened in seconds without tools. The
cover–to–body seal is a Viton O–ring, assuring full line–pressure with
Features
no leaks. All basket strainers have a bottom clean–out plug.
• Viton O-ring cover seals. • Size: 1/2” – 8”
K • Rated at 150 PSI operat- • Material: PVC, CPVC, PP
A ing pressure at 75°F. • Type: Threaded/Socket/Flanged
C Screens:
J
A 1/32” screen is standard for
- CLEARANCE FOR
REMOVAL OF BASKET 1/2” to 1” sizes. A 1/8” screen is Basket Perforations
standard for 1.5” to 8” sizes. (shown actual size)
Stainless steel screens are
D available. Contact your Fabco
Branch for details.
For Duplex Basket Strainers,
see the next page.
FLOW 1/32" 1/16"
B 22% Open Area 23% Open Area
H (N.P.T.) E
G (N.P.T.)
1/8" 3/16"
F 40% Open Area 50% Open Area
DIMENSIONS – Dimensions are in inches - for reference only. For installation purposes, request certified drawings. CV FACTORS
Wgt. Lbs Empty Vol. when Full
Size A B C D E F G H J K Size GPM
Soc/Thd Flanged Gal. Liters
1/2 7 8-3/8 7 3 5-1/4 3-9/16 3/8 1/2 7 9 3-1/4 4 0.2 0.75 1/2 6.0
3/4 7 8-3/8 7 3 5-1/4 3-9/16 3/8 3/4 7 9-1/2 3-1/4 4 0.2 0.75 3/4 9.5
1 7 8-3/8 7 3 5-1/4 3-9/16 3/8 1 7 9-1/2 3-1/4 4 0.2 0.75 1 29.0
1 1/2 40.0
1 1/2 10-3/8 12 10-3/8 4 8 5-1/2 3/8 1-1/2 10-1/8 13-5/8 12-1/2 13-3/4 0.7 2.7
2 55.0
2 10-3/8 12 10-3/8 4 8 5-1/2 3/8 2 10-1/8 13-5/8 12-1/2 13-3/4 0.7 2.7 3 125.0
3 15-1/8 16-1/2 15 6-1/8 10-1/2 7 3/8 3 12-1/8 19 21 26 2.1 7.9 4 155.0
4 15-1/8 21-1/8 15 6-1/8 14-7/8 7 3/8 4 16-3/8 19 24 32 2.8 10.5
ORDER INFORMATION:
PVC BASKET STRAINER CPVC BASKET STRAINER POLYPROPYLENE BASKET
BS10 (size no.) T - threaded BS20 (size no.) T - threaded STRAINER
BS10 (size no.) S - socket BS20 (size no.) S - socket BS40 (size no.) T - threaded
BS10 (size no.) F - flanged BS20 (size no.) F - flanged BS40 (size no.) F - flanged
Type Size No. -050 -075 -100 -150 -200 -300 -400 -600 -800
Dia. 1/2* 3/4"* 1" 1 1/2"** 2" 3" 4" 6" 8"
PVC Soc/Thd 539.88 539.88 539.88 949.49 949.49 2,185.21 2,896.47 - -

Flanged - - 618.71 1,129.45 1,129.45 2,623.96 3,426.06 7,304.59 9,630.34
CPVC Soc/Thd 1,000.91 1,000.91 1,000.91 1,523.65 1,523.65 3,234.11 4,296.72 - -

Flanged - - - 1,715.60 1,715.60 3,873.39 5,074.83 - -
PP Thread - - 898.08 1,729.31 1,729.31 - - - -

Flanged - - 1,024.91 1,946.98 1,946.98 - - - -
* Reduced from 1” body. ** Reduced from 2” body.
Note: For 1/2”, 3/4” and 1” Basket strainers standard perforation is 1/32”.
For 1 1/2” thru 8” Basket strainers standard perforation is 1/8”.
2-40
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO BASKET STRAINERS
R
O C
D U
DUPLEX BASKET STRAINERS

If uninterrupted flow is required, a Fabco Duplex Strainer is the answer. The line never has to be shut down for cleaning or servicing bas-
kets. When your basket is full, the flow is diverted to the other basket by a simple movement of a single lever. Plastic three–way valves, an
integral part of the unit, provide tight shut–off. The full basket is then removed, cleaned and replaced ready for use again. All this is done quick-
ly without the use of any tools. All sizes have a minimum 6:1 ratio of open area through the strainer basket to the corresponding cross-sec-
tional pipe area. This allows maximum straining capacity with minimum pressure loss. In addition to plastic baskets, type 316 stainless steel
baskets can also be supplied made of perforated sheet lined with either 40 or 100 mesh screen.
2 Features CV FACTORS B
A H
CLEARANCE
• Size: 1/2” – 4” Size GPM TOP FOR REMOVAL
VIEW OF BASKET
• Material: PVC/CPVC 1/2 5.0
3/4 6.0 C
• Type: Threaded/Socket/Flanged
1 7.0
• Viton O–ring cover seals 1 1/2 28.0 FLOW
• Rated at 150 PSI operating 2 35.0 D E
pressure at 75°F 3 80.0 F
4 100.0
3/8 NPT G
SIDE VIEW
DIMENSIONS – Dimensions are in inches – for reference only. For installation purposes, request
certified drawings.
Weight in LBS.
Size A B C D E F G H
Socket Flanged
1/2 15-1/4 17-1/8 15-1/8 12 8-3/8 5-1/4 12-3/4 7 10-3/4 11-3/4
3/4 15-1/4 17-5/8 15-1/8 12 8-3/8 5-1/4 12-3/4 7 10-3/4 11-3/4
1 15-1/4 17-5/8 15-1/8 12 8-3/8 5-1/4 12-3/4 7 10-3/4 11-3/4
1 1/2 22-1/2 25-5/8 22-1/2 16 12 8 19-1/8 10-1/8 33 34-1/2
2 22-1/2 25-7/8 22-1/2 16 12 8 19-1/8 10-1/8 33 35-1/2
3 32 36 32 23-3/4 16-1/2 10-1/2 25 12-1/8 93 98
4 35-1/2 40 35-1/4 28 21-1/8 14-7/8 28-1/2 16-3/8 99 107
ORDER INFORMATION:
PVC DUPLEX STRAINER CPVC DUPLEX STRAINER
DS10 (size no.) T - threaded DS20 (size no.) T - threaded
DS10 (size no.) S - socket DS20 (size no.) S - socket
DS10 (size no.) F - flanged DS20 (size no.) F - flanged
Type Size No. -050 -075 -100 -150 -200 -300 -400
Dia. 1/2"* 3/4"* 1" 1 1/2"** 2" 3" 4"
Soc/Thd 2,615.39 2,615.39 2,615.39 4,073.91 4,073.91 9,196.73 12,132.62
PVC
Flanged 2,675.38 2,675.38 2,675.38 4.228.16 4.228.16 9,529.22 12,545.67
Soc/Thd 3,919.66 3,919.66 3,919.66 6,110.01 6,110.01 13,774.53 18,120.95

CPVC
Flanged 4,003.64 4,003.64 4,003.64 6,337.96 6,337.96 14,324.68 18,845.92
*Reduced from 1” body. **Reduced from 2” body.
NOTE: For 1/2”, 3/4” and 1” Basket strainers standard perforation is 1/32”
For 1 1/2”, 2”, 3” and 4” Basket strainers standard perforation is 1/8”
NOTE: SAME BASKET PERFORATIONS

AS SIMPLEX BASKET STRAINERS Fume Scrubbing System and Treatment Area
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PUMP SELECTION GUIDE

R
O C
D U
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS SELF-PRIMING PUMPS SPECIAL SERVICE PUMPS

Ideal type for recirculating or transferring large Usually these are positive-displacement pumps Many pumps are designed for specific applica-
volumes of liquid against modest discharge of relatively low flow rates against reasonably tions even though they may be either centrifugal
pressures. Centrifugals are generally quiet and high discharge pressures. Self-priming pumps or self-priming. Included in this are pumps for
vibration-free while operating. Most must be normally have higher noise and vibration levels metering small flows, injecting chemicals into
located below the liquid level of the reservoir so than centrifugals. As the name implies, these fluid lines, transferring from drums or barrels,
that the pump cavity is filled by gravity flow pumps have varying abilities to lift liquids from partially or completely submersible. These
(flooded suction). reservoirs below the pump levels and prime
themselves.
pumps are usually the best options for the types
of applications described. 3
WHY PUMP FLOW CURVES? PUMP TERMS
Pump curves express the relationship between Shaft Seat – Lip seals are the simplest and
a pump’s discharge volume and various head least expensive but are limited to low pressures
pressures (resistance to flow in the line beyond and short life. Mechanical seals offer longer life
the discharge). Generally discharge flow (e.g. and higher pressures but are more expensive.
gpm) diminishes as resistance (psi or ft. H20) Both seal the rotating shaft where it penetrates
increases. Each pump will have a separate the rear of the pump body.
HEAD-FLOW CURVES Magnetic Drive – No shaft, therefore no seals
FLOW IN LITERS PER MINUTE
curve for each combination of speed and
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 impeller diameter. Centrifugal pumps are very to worry about. Only a magnetic field passes
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE IN METERS OF WATER
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE IN FEET OF WATER
80
C8 WITH 4.25 IMPELLER
HEAD FLOW- HORSE POWER
AT 3500 RPM 22 susceptible to pressure changes in the dis- through the pump body to turn an internal mag-
70 HEAD FLOW
HORSE POWER
20 charge piping, and flows reduce dramatically as net attached to the impeller creating the rotation.
60
C7 WITH 3.75 IMPELLER
18
pressure increases; whereas most self-priming Dry Running – In a word, DON’T. When most
16
50
14 (positive-displacement) pumps are affected less pumps are operated with no liquid in the pump
40 12
2
by increased pressures. cavity (or partially filled), reduced or zero flow
HORSE POWER
C5 WITH 2.75 IMPELLER 10

30
C8 8 occurs. Worse yet, high heat is generated from
20
C7
1 6
4
friction, which damages seals, shafts or pump
10
C5 2 bodies. Even some self-priming pumps can be
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 affected by dry-running more than 30 seconds.
FLOW IN U.S GALLONS PER MINUTE
PUMP SPECIFICATION REQUEST

Material to be pumped ____________ Weight __________ lbs. per gallon Temperature: Min ________°F Max ________°F
Specific Gravity ________________________________________________________________________________________________
Viscosity ____________________________________________ Centipoise or ________________________________________ S.S.U.
Corrosive? Yes _________ No __________
Abrasive content ___________________ % solution Size of particle ____________________________________________
Material similar to _______________________________________________________________________________________________
Capacity required (constant or variable)
U.S. Gals. per min _______________________________________________________________________________________ Constant
U.S. Gals. per min _______________________________________________________________________________________ Variable
Is Suction Flooded? Yes __________ No __________
Vertical drop to pump __________________________________ ft. Suction lift to pump___________________________________ ft.
Is there method of priming? ______________________________
Horizontal length ______________________________________ ft. Suction line diameter _________________________________ in.
Material of suction line ___________________________________ No. of Elbows _________________________________________
Vertical length ________________________________________ ft. Horizontal length ____________________________________ ft.
Discharge line diameter ________________________________ in. Material of discharge line ________________________________
Discharge thru additional equipment Yes ________ No ________
If yes, what is discharge pressure ______________________________________________________________________________ p.s.i.
SERVICE CYCLE Hours per day _________________________
CONSTRUCTION FEATURE
Is Sanitary Pump required? Yes ___________ No ___________
MOTOR REQUIREMENT
AC DC Voltage _____________________ Cycle_______________________ Phase _____________________
Open Totally Enclosed Explosion Proof Sanitary
3-1
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CPVC/PP/PVDF SEALLESS VERTICAL PUMPS
R
O C
D U
SERIES P FABCO/Penguin vertical immersible pumps are As a standard feature, the FABCO vertical pump
Flows from 9 to 175 GPM compact, portable and self priming when comes equipped with an air purge/vent screw
Pressures to 166 Ft. TDH
immersed. Simple in design and efficient in per- assembly in the bottom of the motor housing. If uti-
formance, this pump has only one moving part. lized, this air purge requires 5 psi air creating a
Constructed completely of CPVC, Polypropylene positive displacement extending the life of the
or PVDF, this pump is suitable for pumping, agitat- lower motor bearings.
ing, filtering or circulating acid and alkaline solu- The FABCO vertical pump is equipped with a
tions (pH 0–14), abrasive fluids and other corrosive totally enclosed fan cooled motor with an oversized
solutions. Maximum temperature ratings are as bearing set for easy replacement. Most motor
follows: CPVC – 200°F, Polyproplyene – 160°F, housings come standard with epoxy coating for
PVDF – 280°F. Because PVDF is ultra pure, it is acid resistance (optional on P–1/15 and P–1/6).
recommended for use in high purity deionized Single phase motors are wired 115V and supplied
water, HF and liquids that must remain contamina- with a 6 foot cord and grounding plug. Three
tion free. The FABCO vertical pump has a rigid, phase motors are shipped unwired.
solid stainless steel, one piece rotor drive shaft FABCO vertical pumps are versatile, easy to
covered with a one–piece sleeve and impeller. install and require a minimal amount of tank space,
There is no liquid to metal contact. Because of the thus saving valuable floor space. They can be eas-
3 unique single impeller design, this pump has no

seals, no pump bearings, no bushings, no wearing
ily moved from tank to tank, mounting on the tank
flange or on the outside of the tank if room not per-
parts and thus requires little or no maintenance. mitting.
Features: NOMENCLATURE
1. Choice of CPVC, PVDF or PP. P – 1/2 A
2. Runs dry without damage. Penguin Horsepower Construction O-Ring elastomer
3. Self-Priming when immersed. Vertical 1/15 = 1/15 material material
Pump 1/6 = 1/6 A = CPVC/EPR
4. No metal contact. 1/4 = 1/3 B = Polypropylene/EPR
5. Chemical resistant. 1/2 = 1/2 C = PVDF/Viton
6. Epoxy motors and Drip Covers. 3/4 = 3/4
Recommended for: 1=1
7. Explosion–Proof and Air–Driven Motors 1 1/2 = 1 1/2
• Sump Puming • Plating Solution available. 2=2
• Transfer Pumping Filtering 3=3
• Recirculating • Fume Scrubbing
8. One piece rotor shaft assembly.
5=5
Pumping • Waste Treatment 9. Viton Lip Seal/Fume Barrier assembly 7 1/2 = 7 1/2
P•5
MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR

MOTOR
F
F P•3
F F
C
DISCHARGE
D
E D D
E H D
DISCHARGE DISCHARGE DISCHARGE
H C
G E
E E E
SUCTION
G B
B B B
A SUCTION A SUCTION A SUCTION SEE NOTE BELOW A
P-1/15 P-1/6, P-1/4 P–1/2, P–3/4, P–1, P-1 1/2, P-2 P–3, P–5, P–71/2
Note: P-1/15, P-1/6 and P-1/4 discharge is P-1/6, P-1/4 FPT PERFORMANCE CURVES
DIMENSIONS
Model A B C D E F G H
P-1/15 2 1/2 2 1/2 5 3/4 9 3/8 2 3/8 14 3/8 3 3/4 5/8
P-1/6 2 1/4 3 1/4 6 1/2 8 7/8 1 1/2 14 3/8 4 1
P-1/4 2 1/4 3 1/2 8 9 3/8 1 1/2 19 5/8 5 1 1/8
P-1/2 3 3/4 3 3/4 9 1/4 10 3/4 1 3/4 23 1/4 6 1/2 1 1/4
P-3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 9 1/4 10 3/4 1 3/4 23 1/4 6 1/2 1 5/8
P-1 4 1/2 5 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/8 2 22 5/8 6 1 5/8
P-1 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/8 2 22 5/8 6 1 5/8
P-2 4 1/2 5 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/8 2 23 3/4 6 1 5/8
P-3 6 7 9 12 1/2 3 28 1/4 9 2 1/8
P-5 6 7 9 12 1/2 3 28 1/4 9 2 1/8
P-7 1/2 5 1/2 9 9 12 2 5/8 28 3/4 9 3 1/8
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CPVC/PP/PVDF SEALLESS VERTICAL PUMPS

R
O C
D U
PERFORMANCE CURVES
P-3
*MAX. IMPELLER DIAMETER – 6.00”

**MAX. IMPELLER DIAMETER – 7.00”
– – – DUTY LINE
SPECIFICATIONS
Max Max MOTOR DIMENSIONS Part No. Model Price
MODEL
Flow Head Suction Discharge
NO.
(gpm) (ft) 930001 P-1/15A 733.33
HP RPM Volts Hertz Phase Amps Ht Wth Lth Wt
931001 P-1/15B 733.33
1/15 3000 115 50/60 1 2 10 10 18 9
P-1/15 12 9 3/4 MPT 1/2 FPT 932001 P-1/15C 1,321.31
1/25 3300 230 50/60 1 0.8 10 10 18 9 930021 P-1/6A 1,033.88
115 50/60 1 2 11 11 19 11 931021 P-1/6B 1,033.88
P-1/6 22.5 18 1 FPT 3/4 FPT 1/6 3200 932021 P-1/6C 1,719.13
230 50/60 1 1.2 11 11 19 11
930003 P-1/4A 1,406.56
P-1/4 33 18.5 1 FPT 3/4 FPT 1/3 3450 110/220 50/60 1 5.4/2.7 11 11 26 27 931003 P-1/4B 1,430.60
115/230 60 1 7.8/3.9 11 11 26 45 932003 P-1/4C 2,358.47
P-1/2 40 23 1 FPT 3/4 MPT 1/2 3450 930004 P-1/2A 1,671.04
208-230/460 60 3 1.9-1.8/.9 11 11 26 43
930004HP P-1/2A-HP 1,815.30
115/230 60 1 9.8/4.9 11 11 26 47
931004 P-1/2B 1,719.13
P-3/4 64 27.5 1 1/4 FPT 1 MPT 3/4 3450 115/230 50/60 1 10/5 11 11 26 49 931004HP P-1/2B-HP 1,863.39
208-230/460 50/60 3 2.7-2.6/1.3 11 11 26 46 932004 P-1/2C 2,685.25
932004HP P-1/2C-HP 2,926.78
115/230 60 1 11/5.5 11 11 26 50
P-1 74 52 1 1/2 FPT 1 MPT 1 3450 930006 P-3/4A 1,839.34
208-230/460 50/60 3 3.4-3.2/1.6 11 11 26 47 930006HP P-3/4A-HP 1,983.61
115/230 60 1 15/7.5 11 11 26 53 931006 P-3/4B 1,887.43
931006HP P-3/4B-HP 2,031.69
P-1 1/2 82 62 1 1/2 FPT 1 MPT 1 1/2 3450 115/230 50/60 1 17.8/8.9 11 11 26 55
932006 P-3/4C 3,012.02
208-230/460* 50/60 3 4.9-4.6/2.3 11 11 26 48 932006HP P-3/4C-HP 3,267.76
P-2 112 69 2 FPT 1 1/2 MPT 2 3450 208-230/460 50/60 3 5.8-5.4/2.7 11 11 26 60 930008 P-1A 2,224.04
931008 P-1B 2,272.13
P-3 135 88 2 FPT 1 1/2 MPT 3 3450 208-230/460 50/60 3 8.2-7.8/3.9 12 12 28 100
932008 P-1C 3,509.29
P-5 172 122 2 FPT 1 1/2 MPT 5 3450 208-230/460 50/60 3 12.2-11.6/5.8 12 12 28 120
930009 P-1 1/2A 2,392.35
P-7 1/2 175 166 2 FPT 1 1/2 MPT 7 1/2 3450 208-230/460 50/60 3 20.5-19.0/9.5 12 12 29 130 931009 P-1 1/2B 2,440.44
*Standard motor voltage & cycle. 932009 P-1 1/2C 3,679.78
RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION 930012 P-2A 2,753.00
931012 P-2B 2,801.09
1. In-tank installation SUCTION LIFT 2. Out-of-tank installation 932012 P-2C 4,219.67
930013AK P-3AK 4,049.18
Discharge Valve SUCTION HEAD
LIQUID LEVEL 931013 P-3B 4,120.22
932013 P-3C 6,013.11
1 2 Discharge Valve
930014AK P-5AK 4,674.32
1 2 931014 P-5B 4,745.35
1 2
932014 P-5C 6,686.34
930015AK P-7 1/2AK 5,782.51
1/2 H
H
Check Valve
T-Connection
+ Valve for filling
up pump and Check Valve
suction line
3-3
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CPVC HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
R
O C
D U
SERIES HV CENTRIFUGAL PUMP SERIES HV

Flows to 110 GPM
FABCO/PENGUIN series HV horizontal centrifulgal pumps are Pressures to 74 Ft. TDH
designed according to the latest hydraulic technology. A true volute
design provides an energy saving pump because less horsepower
is required. The HV series pump has a higher flow versus pressure,
yet very smooth and quiet operation. The volute design eliminates
shock losses, eliminates shaft failure fatigue and prolongs seal life.
The rear impeller vanes are designed to insure proper lubrication of
the seal cavitiy as well as balancing the axial forces hydraulically.
FABCO series HV pumps are easy to assemble and disassem-
ble. The pumps bracket and half the volute are one piece.
Constructed of CPVC, there is no metal contact with the solution
being pumped. If the HV series pump runs dry, only the seal insert
needs to be replaced, saving the cost of the pump bracket and
volute.
Motors and Shafts
Totally enclosed, fan cooled motors with extended shafts are
standard. All shafts are sleeved in CPVC for no metal contact.
Titanium shafts without sleeves are available as an option. An over-
3 sized bearing set is supplied for easy replacement. Single phase

motors are wired 115V and supplied with a cord and grounding
plug. Three phase motors are shipped unwired. Recommended for: Features:
Model HV – 3/4DV (with water flush)
Elastomers • Plating solution filtering/circuit etching • True Volute Design

Ethylene propylene (EPR) is the standard elastomer for O–ring • Fume scrubbing/pollution control • Very High Efficiency
• Transfer pumping • Energy Saving – Less Horsepower
and seal components. Viton is available as an option.
• Recirculation pumping/water treatment • Higher Flow vs. Pressure
Seals • Photographic • No Metal Contact
Single – standard are mechanical seals carbon/ceramic/EPR.
Carbon/ceramic/viton and silicon carbide/silicon carbide/viton are PERFORMANCE SERIES HV
available as options. For suction pressures which exceed 10 psi, a SPECIFIC GRAVITY
springless carbon/ceramic/EPR Diplo internal seal can be supplied. INCREASED HP
The diplo seal has no metallic spring. Diplo seals are also available Model Motor HP Specific Gravity
1/2 HP* 1.0
in carbon/ceramic/viton and silicon carbide/silicon carbide/viton as
HV-1/2 3/4 HP 1.1-1.5
an option.
1 HP 1.5-2.0
Double – standard with a water flush including flow meter, flow 3/4 HP* 1.0
valve and hose. Maximum required flow for water flush is 5 gph. HV-3/4 1 HP 1.1-1.3
Standard seal is carbon/ceramic/EPR. Carbon/ceramic/viton and 1 1/2 HP 1.4-2.0
silicon carbide/silicon carbide/viton are available as options. 1HP* 1.0

HV-1 1 1/2 HP 1.1-1.5
Double seals are recommended for high temperature and highly
2 HP 1.5-2.0
corrosive applications. Double seals allow the pump to run dry for
1 1/2 HP* 1.0
a limited time without damage. HV-1 1/2 2 HP 1.1-1.3
3 HP 1.3-2.0
NOMENCLATURE *STANDARD MOTOR

HV - 1/3 S E - 3/4
Horizontal Horsepower Seal Type Seal Material Optional increased
Volute 1/3 = 1/2 S = single mechanical E = Ethylene/propylene horsepower
pump 3/4 = 3/4 N = single diplo carbon/ceramic 3/4 = 3/4
1=1 D = double V = viton/ 1=1 C
1 1/2 = 1 1/2 carbon/ceramic 1 1/2 = 1 1/2 B
A
S = viton/ 2=2 DISCHARGE
silicon carbide/ SINGLE
J I PHASE ONLY
silicon carbide
DIMENSIONS K
H G
O
Model A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
HV-1/3 8 3/4 13 3/4 16 1/2 7 5/8 3 4 8 8 1/4 4 1/2 4 5/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8 7 L
SUCTION E D
HV-3/4 9 1/4 14 1/4 17 7 5/8 3 4 8 9 4 1/2 5 3/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8 7 F
N
HV-1 9 3/4 14 3/4 17 1/2 7 5/8 3 4 8 9 4 1/2 5 3/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8 7 M OPTIONAL
DOUBLE SEAL
HV-1 1/2 9 3/4 14 3/4 17 1/2 7 5/8 3 4 8 9 4 1/2 5 3/8 3 1/8 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8 7 CONNECTIONS
(1/4" MPT)
SPECIFICATIONS
Max Max MOTOR DIMENSIONS Part No. Model Price Part No. Model Price
Model Flow Head Suction Discharge
(gpm) (ft) HP RPM Volts Hertz Phase Amps Ht Wth Lth Wt 935001 HV-1/2SE 1,707.10 935104 HV-1 1/2SE 2,272.13
HV-1/2 49 31 1 1/2" FPT 1" FPT 1/2 3450 115/230 60 1 7.8/3.9 11 11 26 38 937001 HV-1/2NE 1,707.10 937104 HV-1 1/2NE 2,272.13
936001 HV-1/2DE 1,971.58 936104 HV-1 1/2DE 2,536.61
3450 115/230 60 1 10.0/5.0
HV-3/4 82 46 2" FPT 1 1/2" MPT 3/4 11 11 26 43 935002 HV-3/4SE 1,911.47 935105 HV-2SE 2,416.39
3450 208-230/460 60-50 3 2.7-2.6/1.3
937002 HV-3/4NE 1,911.47 937105 HV-2NE 2,416.39
3450 115/230 60 1 1.2/6
HV-1 93 54 2" FPT 1 1/2" MPT 1.0 11 11 26 44 936002 HV-3/4DE 2,187.98 936105 HV-2DE 2,680.87
3450 208-230/460 60-50 3 3.6-3.2/1.7 935103 HV-1SE 2,139.89
115/230 60 1 15/7.5 937103 HV-1NE 2,139.89
HV-1 1/2 110 74 2" FPT 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2 3450 115/230 60-50 1 17.8/8.9 11 11 26 44 936103 HV-1DE 228.42
208-230/460 60-50 3 6.0-4.6/2.3 NOTE: For V=Viton/Carbon/Ceramic Seal add $50.00 to price shown.
Example: HV-1/2DV - List Price should be $1,887.92.
Note: Specifications on new HV-2 available on request.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CPVC HORIZONTAL VOLUTE PUMPS

R
O C
D U
SERIES HN CENTRIFUGAL PUMP SERIES HN

FABCO/PENGUIN series HN horizontal centrifugal pumps are Flows to 181 GPM
designed according to the latest hydraulic technology. A true volute
design provides an energy saving pump because less horsepower
is required. The center discharge of the volute housing prevents air
locking. The HN series pump has a higher flow versus pressure, yet
smooth quiet operation. The volute design eliminates shock losses,
eliminates shaft failure fatigue and prolongs seal life. The rear
impeller vanes are designed to insure proper lubrication of the seal
cavity as well as balancing the axial forces hydraulically.
FABCO series HN pumps are easy to assemble and disassem-
ble. The pump bracket and half the volute are one piece. The
V–band tightens and seals the front cover to the volute housing,
thus eliminating the use of many housing cover nuts and bolts.
Constructed of CPVC, there is no metal contact with the solution
being pumped. If the HN series pumps run dry, only the seal insert
needs to be replaced, saving the cost of the pump bracket and
volute.
Motors and Shafts

Totally enclosed, fan cooled standard NEMA 184JP frame
motors. Motor mounting feet and threaded shaft are supplied. WET
ENDS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY FOR PLACEMENT ON Recommended for: Features:
Model HN – 5S
3
CUSTOMERS OWN MOTORS. • Plating Solution Filtration • True Volute Design with Center Discharge
• Circuit Etching • Very High Efficiency
Elastomers
• Fume Scrubbing/Pollution Control • Corrosion Resistant
Ethylene propylene (EPR) is the standard elastomer for O–ring
• Recirculation Pumping/Water Treatment • High Flow Rates
and seal components. Viton is available as an option. • No Metal Contact
Seals SERIES HN
Single – standard are mechanical seals carbon/ceramic/EPR. PERFORMANCE SPECIFIC GRAVITY
Carbon/ceramic/viton and silicon carbide/silicon carbide/viton are INCREASED HP
available as options.
Double – standard with water flush including flow meter, flow Model Motor-HP Specific Gravity
valve and hose. Maximum required flow for water flush is 5 gph. 3-HP* 1.0
Standard seal is carbon/ceramic/EPR. Carbon/ceramic/viton and HN-3 5 HP 1.0 -1.6
silicon carbide/silicon carbide/viton are available as options. Double
7 1/2 HP 1.6 - 2.5
seals are recommended for high temperature and highly corrosive
applications. Double seals allow the pump to run dry for a limited 5 HP* 1.0
HN-5
time without damage. 7 1/2 HP 1.0 - 1.5
T–Bolt Saddle Latch *STANDARD MOTOR

A unique quick release V–clamp is supplied in 300 stainless steel
designs for applications which require frequent assembly and dis-
assembly. The T–bolt passes through a notch in the strap or latch
allowing the clamp to open without removing the knob.
NOMENCLATURE C
HN - 5 D E - 7 1/2 DISCHARGE
A
Horizontal Horsepower Seal Type Seal Material Optional Increased
Volute 3=3 S = single mechanical E = Ethylene/propylene Horsepower E
Pump 5=5 seal carbon/ceramic 5=5
7 1/2 = 7 1/2 D = double mechanical V = viton/ 7 1/2 = 7 1/2
seal carbon/ceramic
F
S = viton/
silicon carbide/ STOCK MOTOR
NEMA - 184JP B
silicon carbide SUCTION
D
Part No. Model Price

DIMENSIONS
935106 HN-3SE 2,478.37
Model Suction Discharge A B C D E F G H I J K L M
937106 HN-3SV 2,522.53
HN-3 2 1/2" FPT 2" MPT 3 5/8 10 3/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 7 3/4 5 1/4 20 1/2 13 3/4 9 5 1/2 6 1/2 7 1/2 8 1/4 936106 HN-3DE 2,655.01
HN-5 2 1/2" FPT 2" MPT 3 5/8 10 3/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 7 3/4 5 1/4 20 1/2 13 3/4 9 5 1/2 6 1/2 7 1/2 8 1/4 938106 HN-3DV 2,699.18
935107 HN-5SE 2,817.53

HN-7 1/2 2 1/2" FPT 2" MPT 3 5/8 10 3/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 7 3/4 5 1/4 20 1/2 13 3/4 9 5 1/2 6 1/2 7 1/2 8 1/4
937107 HN-5SV 2,861.69
SPECIFICATIONS
936107 HN-5DE 2,994.18
Max Max Dimensions
Motor
Model Flow Head Suction Discharge HP RPM Hertz Phase Amps 938107 HN-5DV 3,038.34
Volts
(gpm) (ft) HT Wth Lth Wt
935108 HN-7 1/2SE 3,011.84
HN-3 156 91 2 1/2" FPT 2" MPT 3 3450 230/460 60/50 3 8.6/4.3 15 20 36 73
937108 HN-7 1/2SV 3,056.00
HN-5 171 120 2 1/2" FPT 2" MPT 5 3450 230/460 60/50 3 12.8/6.4 15 20 36 78
936108 HN-7 1/2DE 3,188.49
HN-7 1/2 181 146 2 1/2" FPT 2" MPT 7 1/2 3450 230/460 60/50 3 19.2/9.6 15 20 36 83
938108 HN-7 1/2DV 3,232.65
Note: Optional Equipment - For Explosion Proof Motors

add $964.35 to List Prices shown for all pumps.
3-5
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CPVC HORIZONTAL DIFFUSER PUMPS
R
O C
D U
SERIES HD MULTI-STAGE DIFFUSER PUMP SERIES HD

Flows to 104 GPM
FABCO/PENGUIN multi-stage horizontal diffuser
pumps are designed for higher pressure applications
where a metallic pump is unacceptable. Series HD pumps
create flows with pressures comparable to pumps with
impellers 2 or 3 times their size with less disk friction loss.
Instead of using a relatively large diameter impeller, the
same pressure can be obtained by utilizing two or more
smaller impellers in series. Thus, smaller pump cases are
needed requiring less installation space. The diffuser
vanes required to guide the fluid from one impeller to the
next creates a perfectly radial hydraulic balance, increas-
es efficiency and guarantees a quiet smooth operation.
FABCO diffuser pumps are constructed of CPVC and a
316SS or optional titanium shaft allowing for temperatures
to 200°F. HD Series pumps are available in 2–stage 1 1/2
3 hp or 2 hp and 3–stage in 2 hp or 3 hp. Three phase

motors are shipped unwired.
Recommended for: Features:
Model HD – 1 1/2–2
Note: 2 - stage and 3 - stage pumps available. • Plating Solution Filtering • Corrosion Resistant
• Fume Scrubbing/Pollution Control • Optimum Efficiency
• Transfer Pumping • Choice of Three Horsepowers
• Recirculation Pumping/Water Treatment • High Pressure, Utilizing Smaller Pump Cases
• Diplo Springless Seal
DIMENSIONS PERFORMANCE
2–STAGE
C
K
B DISCHARGE
L
A
J
H
D
E N
SUCTION
M
F
3–STAGE
C K
B DISCHARGE
L
A
J
D N
E SUCTION
M
F
Model A B C D E F H I J K L M N
HD-1 1/2-2 9 3/4 13 7/8 19 1/2 6 5/8 3 4 1/2 7 3 1/2 5 1 3/4 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8
HD-2-2 11 1/4 15 3/8 20 3/4 6 5/8 3 4 1/2 7 3 1/2 5 1 3/4 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8
HD-2-3 11 1/4 15 3/8 26 7 3 4 1/2 7 3 1/2 5 1 3/4 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8
HD-3-3 12 16 3/8 26 3/4 7 3 4 1/2 7 3 1/2 5 1 3/4 3 1/2 6 1/2 4 7/8
SPECIFICATIONS
Max Max MOTOR DIMENSIONS
PART
Model Flow Head Suction Discharge Price
NO.
(gpm) (ft) HP RPM Volts Hertz Phase Amps Ht Wth Lth Wt
933001 HD-1 1/2 - 2E 87 91 2 FPT 1 MPT 1 1/2 3450 208-230/460 60/50 3 4.9-4.6/2.3 20 9 9 41 2,463.43
933002 HD-2-2E 93 105 2 FPT 1 MPT 2 3450 208-230/460 60/50 3 5.8-5.4/2.7 21 9 9 46 2,630.44
933003 HD-2-3E 93 132 2 FPT 1 MPT 2 3450 208-230/460 60/50 3 5.8-5.4/2.7 26 9 9 58 3,214.99
933004 HD-3-3E 104 150 2 FPT 1 MPT 3 3450 208-230/460 60/50 3 7.8-7.4/3.7 27 9 9 68 3,517.70
Note: E = Standard seal material: Ethylene/propylene/carbon/ceramic. Other seal materials available on request.
For V = Viton/carbon/ceramic seal add $50.00 to prices shown. Example: HD-2-2V list price should be $2,501.59.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS

R
O C
D U
Fabco magnetic pumps feature a variety of models and the impeller

from compact to large size types for industrial process is operated by
applications. Their excellent performance and good the magnets. The Impeller
durability are valued highly in every industrial field combined cou-

throughout the world. The uses to which these pumps pling torque of
can be put have been expanded considerably to meet the drive magnet
various application demands. Almost all chemical fluids and im-peller
can be transferred with safety. magnet gives
sufficient driving
No leakage power against Driven Magnet Drive Magnet
the motor torque.

The magnetically driven sealless pump prevents cor-
rosion caused by fluid leakage through the pump Good durability
assembly, which means contamination around the
pump is prevented without seal replacement. Therefore, As a special-purpose design for highly corrosive flu-
it is most suitable for incorporation in the equipment. ids, corrosion resistant E-TFE (copolymer of ethylene
and PTFE) and SiC are used for the main part of the
Operating principle MD-F type pump. It can be used to pump almost all
chemical fluids. Also, MD type made of polypropylene
The centrifugal pump is driven by a pair of magnets have good corrosion resistance. Ceramics, Rulon® and
which are incorporated in the impeller and motor shaft
respectively. The sealless pump structure eliminates
shaft seals such as conventional mechanical seals
fluoroelastomers are used for the spindles, bearings
and O-rings of the pumps. Therefore, excellent perfor-
mance is ensured when they are used as chemical
3
because the pump chamber is shielded by the casings pumps for transferring chemicals.
Applicable to high density acids
MD-F Fluoroplastic/Performance curves The MD-F type is designed for pumping strong
acids. Two or three sizes of impellers are available
40
according to the liquid specific gravity. It can be
X MD-30LF Y MD-100LF used for high density strong acids such as con-
1.5
35 MD-15LF 35 MD-55LF centrated sulfuric acid without overload.
1.4 1.6
High efficiency type by economical
30 30 Z
Y 1.8
1.5 selection
25 25
Z Y
1.4 Special-purpose high head and high capacity
1.5 2.2
1.7 models are available respectively for such services
2.1 2.1
20 20 Z as low flow and high head or low head and high
1.4
1.6
1.3 2.0 flow. Economical selection is possible because
15 15 pump performance is equivalent to the standard
Y 2.0
2.2 model of one size above.
1.4 2.1
Z
10 10 Various models
2.1
2.0 1.9 1.3 1.9 1.3

5 5 The MD series can be selected for every appli-
1.5
1.3 2.0 cation because two types and twenty three models
ft 1.9 ft
that have a maximum flow rate between 2.6 GPM
gal/min 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 gal/min 5 10 15 20 25 30 and 35 GPM are available.
• The figures on the curves show limits of liquid specific gravity when the viscosity of a fluid is 1cP. Ease of operation and maintenance
MD Polypropylene/Performance curves The pump assembly consists of only a few uni-

tized simple parts. Therefore, maintenance, disas-
sembly and inspection are very easy to perform.
24 MD-6L MD-40RLT
MD-30RLT MD-100RLT
20 40
30RL
20R
40 30
RL RL
T
LZ
ZT
ZT
16 32
T
100
RL
T
12 24
15 30RL 70
RL 30 XT RL
T 20 RL 40R 55 T
20RLX RL T LT RL
8 T T 16 T
40RL
XT
10
4 L 8 30R
6L 30 LXT
RL
T
ft ft
gal/min 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 gal/min 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
Notes • Allowable ambient temperature: 32 to 104°F • Pumping slurries may shorten pump life. • Pump should not be allowed to run dry. •
The performances illustrated are based on pumping water at ambient temperature.
3-7
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS
R
O C
D U
Construction and Material

MD-6L MD-20RLXT MD-30RLZT MD-100LF
OUT OUT
OUT
4 3 5 6 3 5 6
OUT
4 3 5 6
3 6
1 1
1
1 4
5
IN IN
IN
IN
2
2 2
2
Dimensions MD–Polypropylene MD–F Fluoroplastic

Model W H L a b c d e f g
Part Material Part Material
MD-15RLT 3 1/2" 4 31/64" 7 15/64" 2 3/8" 3 1/8" 4 7/32" 2 5/8" 2 5/32" 1 33/64" 27/32"
➀ Casing GFRPP ➀ Casing Carbonfiber-filled E-TFE
3 MD-30RLT
MD-40RLT
MD-20RLZT
3 1/2"
4 3/8"
3 1/2"
5 7/64" 10 19/32"
4 61/64" 10 57/64"
4 59/64" 8 35/64"
2 3/8"
3 1/8"
2 3/8"
3 1/8"
3 7/8"
3 1/8"
7 13/64"
7 37/64"
5 25/32"
2 5/8"
3 3/8"
2 5/8"
2 23/64" 1 57/64"
2 13/64" 1 57/64"
2 5/32" 1 9/16"
1 7/32"
1 7/32"
1 33/64"
➁ Impeller
➂ Spindle
➃ Bearing
GFRPP or CRFPP
Ceramic
Rulon LD®
➁ Impeller
➂ Spindle
➃ Bearing
Carbonfiber-filled E-TFE
Silicon Carbide ceramic
Silicon Carbide ceramic
MD-30RLZT 3 1/2" 5 7/64" 9 41/64" 2 3/8" 3 1/8" 6 17/64" 2 5/8" 2 23/64" 1 35/64" 1 33/64"
➄ Thrust ring Ceramic or PE ➄ Thrust ring Silicon Carbide ceramic
MD-20RLT 3 1/2" 4 7/16" 8 15/64" 2 3/8" 3 1/8" 5 15/32" 2 5/8" 1 49/64" 1 19/64" -
➅ O-ring FKM (fluoroelastomer) or EPDM ➅ O-ring FKM (fluoroelastomer)
MD-20RLXT 3 1/2" 4 9/16" 8 29/32" 2 3/8" 3 1/8" 6 9/64" 2 5/8" 1 49/64" 1 53/64" -
® Dixon Corp. Reg. T.M.
MD-30RLXT 3 1/2" 5 21/64" 10 13/16" 2 3/8" 3 1/8" 7 27/64" 2 5/8" 2 23/64" 1 31/32" -
MD-40RLXT 4 3/8" 5 11/64" 11 1/8" 3 1/8" 3 7/8" 7 13/16" 3 3/8" 2 13/64" 1 31/32" -
TYPE MD TYPE MD
• MD–15RLT, 30RLT, 40RLT • MD–6L, 10L
MD-55RLT 4 23/32" 6 7/64" 10 49/64" 1 37/64" 2 33/64" 7 13/16" 3 15/16" 2 9/16" 2 27/64" 1 37/64"
MD-70RLT 5 5/8" 6 3/32" 10 13/64" 2 3/4" 3 3/4" 7 3/32" 4 1/4" 2 9/16" 2 3/32" 1 11/16" f
g 1732" 43 "
64
MD-100RLT 6 9/64" 6 7/8" 12 43/64" 2 49/64" 3 15/16" 7 3/4" 4 21/64" 2 61/64" 2 35/64" 1 45/64"
MD-15LFY 3 1/2" 4 23/32" 7 33/64" 2 3/8" 3 1/8" 4 31/64" 2 5/8" 2 5/32" 1 11/32" 1 1/8"
5 "
14964" 3 8
MD-30LFY 3 1/2" 5 7/64" 9 41/64" 2 3/8" 3 1/8" 6 17/64" 2 5/8" 2 23/64" 1 35/64" 1 33/64" H
MD-55LF 4 23/32" 6 7/64" 10 5/8" 1 37/64" 2 33/64" 7 13/16" 3 15/16" 2 9/16" 2 19/64" 1 9/16"
e
MD-100LF 6 9/64" 6 55/64" 12 47/64" 2 49/64" 3 15/16" 7 13/16" 4 21/64" 2 61/64" 2 39/64" 1 45/64"
c
1316" 42
7"
a
b
d
8 22364"
L W 3 "
32 22932"
TYPE MD TYPE MD TYPE MD–F
• MD–20RLZT, 30RLZT • MD–20RLT, 20RLXT, 30RLXT, 40RLXT • MD–55LF, 100LF
f g f
f g
H
H H
e
e e
a c
d c c
b a d a d
L W b b
L W L W
Standard duty point Motor

Model/Part No. Connections Temp. limit S.G.* Price
ft - gal / min Output Speed
MD-6L 35/64" 2.6-1.3 32 to176°F 1.2 1/250 HP 3100rpm 187.50
MD-10L 35/64" 3.3-2.1 32 to176°F 1.1 1/125 HP 2900rpm 187.50 TYPE MD–F
MD-15RLT 1/2" NPT 4.9-3.2 32 to176°F 1.3 1/75 HP 3100rpm 318.75 • MD–15LF, 30LF
MD-20RLT 3/4" NPT 6.6-5.8 32 to176°F 1.1 1/38 HP 3100rpm 362.50 f
g
MD-20RLXT 1" NPT 3.3-10.6 32 to176°F 1.3 1/38 HP 3100rpm 393.75
MD-20RLZT 3/4" NPT 13.1-2.6 32 to176°F 1.1 1/38 HP 3100rpm 425.00
MD-30RLT 3/4" NPT 8.2-6.6 32 to176°F 1.3 1/16 HP 3150rpm 475.00
H
MD-30RLXT 1" NPT 6.6-12.2 32 to176°F 1.1 1/16 HP 3150rpm 475.00
MD-30RLZT 3/4" NPT 19.7-3.7 32 to176°F 1.0 1/16 HP 3100rpm 500.00 e
MD-40RLT 3/4" NPT 13.1-9.0 32 to176°F 1.1 1/12 HP 3200rpm 600.00 a c

d
b
MD-40RLXT 1" NPT 6.6-17.2 32 to176°F 1.1 1/12 HP 3200rpm 600.00 L W
MD-55RLT 1" NPT 13.1-11.9 32 to176°F 1.2 1/9 HP 3400rpm 687.50
MD-15LFY 1/2" NPT 9.8-1.8 32 to176°F 1.3 1/75 HP 3100rpm 850.00 TYPE MD
MD-15LFZ 1/2" NPT 8.2-1.6 32 to176°F 1.9 1/75 HP 3100rpm 850.00 • MD–55RLT, 70RLT, 100RLT
MD-30LFX 1/2" NPT 27.9-2.5 32 to176°F 1.3 1/16 HP 3200rpm 993.75 f
g
MD-30LFY 1/2" NPT 19.7-2.1 32 to176°F 1.5 1/16 HP 3200rpm 993.75
MD-30LFZ 1/2" NPT 21.3-1.8 32 to176°F 1.9 1/16 HP 3200rpm 993.75
MD-55LFY 1" NPT 17.7-7.9 32 to176°F 1.3 1/9 HP 3300rpm 1,812.50
H
MD-55LFZ 1" NPT 14.8-6.6 32 to176°F 2.0 1/9 HP 3300rpm 1,812.50
MD-100LFY 1" NPT 26.2-18.5 32 to176°F 1.3 1/3 HP 3300rpm 1,987.50 e
MD-100LFZ 1" NPT 21.3-14.5 32 to176°F 1.9 1/3 HP 3300rpm 1,987.50 c

a d
b
*Limit of specific gravity at the maximum flow when the viscosity of a fluid is 1cP. L W
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
MAGNETIC DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

R
O C
D U
CHEMTREX PUMPS
KC SERIES
FEATURES:
• Runs dry for up to 30 minutes
• Excellent chemical resistance
• S.G. to 1.8
• Temperatures to 220°F (104°C)
• Standard motor mounting
• Rugged cantilever design KC11 PVDF KC22 PVDF KC32 PVDF
• Back pull-out design
• Flows to 255 gpm (58 m3/hr.)
• Heads to 135 ft. (42 meters)
• Ultra pure materials
• Viscosities to 50 cps.
• Smaller, lighter and stronger sealless
magnetic drive pump
3
KC11 POLYPRO KC22 POLYPRO
PERFORMANCE CURVES
KC 11 KC 22/32
SPECIFICATIONS
Model Suction Impeller Size Max. Flow Max. Head Motor Drive Materials of
(Construction) Discharge Construction
inch cm 3450 gpm 2900 m3/hr 3450 ft 2900 m h.p. k.w.
KC1130(P,V) Suction: 1 1/2" FNPT 3.0 7.6 73 13.5 40 8 1-1.5 ,55-,75 “P” PolypropyleneXX
Glass filled,
Suction: 1 1/2" FNPT Carbon/Teflon®, High Purity Ceramic
KC1135(P,V) 3.5 8.9 85 16 53 11 1.5-2 ,75-1,1 and Viton. Max. temp. 180°F (82°C)
KC1140(P,V) Discharge:111/4"
Discharge: 1/4" 4.0 10.2 95 18 68 15 1.5-3 ,75-2,2 “V” PVDF Carbon filled, Carbon/
MNPT Teflon®, High Purity Cermic and
KC1145(P,V) 4.5 11.5 105 20 83 18 2-3 1,1-2,2 Viton. Max. temp. 220°F (104°C)
KC2245(P,V) Suction: 2" FNPT 4.5 11.5 180 34 75 16 3-5 1,5-3,7 “P” Polypropylene Glass filled,
Suction: 2" FNPT Carbon/Teflon®, High Purity Ceramic
KC2250(P,V) 5.0 12.7 200 37 84 20 5-7.5 2,2-3,7 and Viton. Max. temp. 180°F (82°C)
KC2255(P,V) Discharge: 2" MNPT 5.5 14.0 225 42 105 24 5-7.5 3,7-5,5
Discharge: 2" MNPT
KC2260(P,V) 6.0 15.2 255 46 135 29 7.5 3,7-5,5
KC3245(P,V) Suction: 3" flange 4.5 11.5 180 34 75 16 3-5 1,5-3,7 “V” PVDF Carbon filled, Carbon/
Teflon® High Purity Ceramic and
Suction: 3" flange Viton. Max. temp. 220°F (104°C)
KC3250(P,V) 5.0 12.7 200 37 84 20 5-7.5 2,2-3,7
KC3255(P,V) Discharge: 2" flange 5.5 14.0 225 42 105 24 5-7.5 3,7-5,5
Discharge: 2" flange
KC3260(P,V) 6.0 15.2 255 46 135 29 7.5 3,7-5,5
Part No. HP Price Part No. HP Price Part No. HP Price Part No. HP Price
KC1125P10 1.0 2,812.50 KC1125V15 1.5 3,668.75 KC2260P75 7.5 6,187.50 KC3250P50 5.0 6,343.75
KC1125P15 1.5 2,881.25 KC1135V20 2.0 3,681.25 KC2245V30 3.0 8,331.25 KC3260P75 7.5 6,518.75
KC1135P20 2.0 2,893.75 KC1145V30 3.0 3,806.25 KC2250V50 5.0 8,437.50 KC3245V30 3.0 8,668.75
KC1145P30 3.0 3,018.75 KC2245P30 3.0 5,906.25 KC2260V75 7.5 8,612.50 KC3250V50 5.0 8,775.00
KC1125V10 1.0 3,600.00 KC2250P50 5.0 6,012.50 KC3245P30 3.0 6,237.50 KC3260V75 7.5 8,950.00
3-9
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
MAGNETIC DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
R
O C
D U
CHEMTREX PUMPS
GP SERIES
FEATURES:
• Seal combinations
• Complete pumps individually tested
• S.G. to 1.8
• Temperatures to 220°F (93°C)
• Standard motor mounting GP22 POLYPRO SGP22 PVDF GP11 POLYPRO
• Back pull-out design
PERFORMANCE CURVES
• Flows to 260 gpm (59 m3/hr.) GP 11 GP 22/32, SGP 22
• Heads to 150 ft. (46 meters)
Standard Design
• Polypropylene or CPVC housings
• PVDF impellers
3 Stanitary Design
• Pure PVDF or pure polypropylene
• Pure PVDF impeller
SPECIFICATIONS
Model Suction Impeller Size Max. Flow Max. Head Motor Drive Materials of
Construction Discharge Construction
inch cm 3450 gpm 2900 m3/hr 3450 ft 2900 m h.p. k.w.
GP1125(P,V) 2.5 6.4 85 19.3 30 9.1 .75-1.5 ,37-,75 “P” Polypropylene $
Glass filled.
Suction: 1 1/2" FNPT Max. temp. 180°F (82°C)
GP1135(P,V) 3.5 8.9 110 25.0 55 16.8 2-5* ,75-1,5 “V” Pure PVDF Max. temp. 220°F
Discharge: 1 1/2" (104°C)
GP1145(P,V) FNPT 4.5 11.5 115 26.1 85 25.9 3-5* 1,5-2,2
GP2245(P,V) 4.5 11.5 220 50.0 78 23.8 3-5 1,5-3,7

Suction: 2" FNPT “P” Polypropylene Glass filled.
GP2250(P,V) 5.0 12.7 240 54.5 100 30.5 5-7.5 2,2-3,7 Max. temp. 180°F (82°C)
“V” Pure PVDF Max. temp. 220°F
GP2255(P,V) 5.5 14.0 260 59.0 120 36.6 5-7.5 3,7-5,5 (104°C)
Discharge: 2" MNPT
GP2260(P,V) 6.0 15.2 260 59.0 150 45.7 7.5-10* 3,7-5,5
GP3245(P,V) 4.5 11.5 220 50.0 78 23.8 3-5 1,5-3,7

Suction: 3" flange “P” Polypropylene Glass filled.
GP3250(P,V) 5.0 12.7 240 54.5 100 30.5 5-7.5 2,2-3,7 Max. temp. 180°F (82°C)
“V” Pure PVDF Max. temp. 220°F
GP3255(P,V) 5.5 14.0 260 59.0 120 36.6 5-7.5 3,7-5,5 (104°C)
Discharge: 2" flange
GP3260(P,V) 6.0 15.2 260 59.0 150 45.7 7.5-10* 3,7-5,5
*Pedestal Mount on 5 + 10 h.p. motors

Mountings: Close-coupled, Pedestal Seals: Bellows - Carbon/Ceramic/Viton Optional Materials - High purity ceramic, Accessories: Cooling collar, closed-loop
Motors: Standard: TEFC Multispring - carbon/high-purity Ni-resist, siliconized carbon, silicon barrier system, restrictor
Optional: Explosionproof ceramic/viton carbide, Teflon®, EPDM and Kal-Rez® bushing and service tools
Washdown Double - carbon/ceramic/viton
Sanitary - carbon/high-purity
ceramic/Buna N
Part No. HP Price Part No. HP Price
GP1125P075 0.75 1,331.25 GP2250P50 5.0 2,506.25

GP1125P10 1.0 1,368.75 GP2260P75 7.5 2,562.50
GP1125P15 1.5 1,437.50 GP2245V30 3.0 3,512.50
GP1135P20 2.0 1,450.00 GP2250V50 5.0 3,712.50
GP1145P30 3.0 1,575.00 GP2260V75 7.5 3,768.75
GP1125V075 0.75 2,106.25 GP3245P30 3.0 2,568.75
GP1125V10 1.0 2,143.75 GP3250P50 5.0 2,768.75
GP1125V15 1.5 2,212.50 GP3260P75 7.5 2,825.00
GP1135V20 2.0 2,225.00 GP3245V30 3.0 4,200.00
GP1145V30 3.0 2,350.00 GP3250V50 5.0 4,400.00
GP2245P30 3.0 2,306.25 GP3260V75 7.5 4,456.25
Diaphragm Valve Installation – Control Area and Pump Stations
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
NON–METALLIC MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS

R
O C
D U
FOR GREATER RELIABILITY IN DIFFICULT APPLICATIONS
No Leaks, No Corrosion, No Comparison

Constructed of polypropylene (for most chemical process applications) or E-TFE flu-
oroplastic (for more aggressive fluids), FABCO MDH-(F) sealless magnetic drive cen-
trifugal pumps provide excellent cost/performance. A modular impeller and magnet
capsule facilitate impeller change or replacement. Rifled bearings force fluid across the
spindle surface to create a “liquid sleeve”, resulting in reduced friction and rapid, even
cooling of all bearing surfaces, prolonging pump life.
MDH-(F) 400/401 Series. The spindle system, cantilevered from the rear casing,
eliminates suction flow restriction normally associated with a front spindle support (see
Fig. A). NPSHr is markedly reduced.
Modular replaceability of impeller, driven magnet and other components reduces
maintenance expense and maximizes application flexibility.
The cooling circuit features a rifled bearing, precision ground wear surfaces and pos-
itive lubrication to dramatically extend bearing life.
MDH-(F) 412/413 Series. The impeller/front casing design improves efficiency
(see Fig. B). NPT M threads eliminate overtightening damage.
The rugged GFRPP pump base prevents corrosion. Outputs to 130 GPM suit many
3
chemical process applications.
Applications: Features:
• Plating • Printed circuit board • Flows through 130 GPM • Reduced NPSHr
• Chemical processing manufacturing • Unique positive cooling circuit • High purity capability
• Photoprocessing • Aquaculture • Sealless construction for • Dramatically improved efficiency
• Semiconductor • Heat exchangers environmental safety • Expanded selection of bearing/
• Pure water, RO and DI • Fish farming • Modular impeller magnet capsule spindle materials
• Pharmaceutical • Wet scrubbers • Decreased maintenance and cost • Pump Flow Control available*
• Metal finishing • Pulp and paper • NEMA C-face motor compatibility
*Fabco “PFC” Pump Flow Control systems are available to maintain any flow, pressure, tem-
perature or pH setpoint. Coupled with a MDH Series pump, the “PFC” system directly con-
trols pump speed in response to a variety of input signals.
PUMP IDENTIFICATION – MDH-F➀ 400➁ FV➂ X➃
➀ CASING MATERIAL No “F” = Polypropylene, F = E-TFE * Specific Gravity limits for impeller trims:
➂ SEE CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS
Impeller trim Specific Gravity**
➁CONNECTIONS ➃IMPELLER 6, 7 1.1
Series Suction Discharge Impeller G 1.2
400 1 1/2" NPTM 1 1/2" NPTM (1/2 HP) 6, X, Y, Z X 1.2 (1.5†)
(3/4 HP) 7, G, X, Y Y 1.5 (2.0††)
401 1 1/2" NPTM 1 1/2" NPTM (1 HP) 6, X, Y, Z Z 2.0
1 1/2" NPTM (1 1/2 HP) 7, G, X, Y † X impeller trim used with 400 series / 3/4 HP or with 401 series /
412 2" NPTM 1 1/2" NPTM 6, X, Y, Z 1 1/2 increases S.G. limit to 1.5.
†† Y impeller trim used with 400 series / 3/4 HP or with 401 series /
413 2" NPTM 1 1/2" NPTM 6, X, Y, Z 1 1/2 increases S.G. limit to 2.0.
** Limit of specific gravity at maximum flow when fluid viscosity is 1cP
MODEL 400 AND 401 DIMENSIONS MODEL 412 AND 413

H H
E I E I NPT
NPT
B
B
G
G
NPT NPT
D J F D J F
A C A C
Pump Dimensions (in inches)

Model Motor Required C*
HP NEMA A B 1ph 3ph D E F G H I J
MDH-(F) 400 1/2 56C 5.51 8.27 18.00 18.00 4.33 2.01 3.86 3.74 8.75 3.19 5.79
MDH-(F) 400 3/4 56C 5.51 8.27 18.00 18.00 4.33 2.01 3.86 3.74 8.75 3.19 5.79
MDH-(F) 401 1 56C 6.30 9.76 22.63 20.75 5.12 2.26 5.12 4.53 11.50 3.84 7.17
MDH-(F) 401 1 1/2 56C 6.30 9.76 22.63 21.38 5.12 2.26 5.12 4.53 11.50 3.84 7.17
MDH-(F) 412 2 145TC 10.24 9.76 24.78 23.97 8.19 2.56 7.87 4.53 12.84 3.19 5.79
MDH-(F) 413 3 145TC 10.24 9.76 - 24.84 8.19 2.56 7.87 4.53 12.84 3.19 5.79
*Using factory-supplied motor Specifications are subject to change without notice
3-11
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
NON–METALLIC MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS
R
O C
D U
MDF–(F) 400/401 (FIGURE A) MDF–(F) 412/413 (FIGURE B)
A E D H B A E D H B
G G
F F
C C
CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS

Model MDH MDH-F
Construction CV RV SE AV CV FV
A Casing & Impeller glass fiber-filled polypropylene carbon fiber-filled E-TFE
B Magnet Capsule glass fiber-filled polypropylene carbon fiber-filled E-TFE
C O-Ring FKM (flouroelastomer) EPDM FKM (fluoroelastomer)
D Spindle alumina ceramic 316SS alumina ceramic 99.8% alumina ceramic
3 E Bearing
F Mouth Ring
G Thrust Ring
H Drive Magnet
carbon
alumina ceramic
rulon
rulon
ferrite
carbon
316SS
alumina ceramic
alumina ceramic
rulon
high density carbon
ferrite
99.8% alumina ceramic
Rulon: Specially-compounded PTFE (Dixon Corp. trade name)
PERFORMANCE CURVES
MDH-(F) 400 (1/2 HP) MDH-(F) 400 (3/4 HP) MDH-(F) 401 (1 HP)
80 80 80
3.0 3.0
3.0
2.5 70 2.5 70
2.5 70
H 2.0 H 2.0
H 2.0
P 1.5 60 P 1.5 60
P 1.5 60
1.0 1.0
1.0
0.5 50 0.5 50
0.5 50
40 N N
N 40
40 P P
P 60 S 60 S
60 S 30
E 50 H E 50 30 H
E 50 30 H r r
F 40 F 40
F 40 r
F 30 20 20 F 30 20 20
F 30 20 20 % 20 15 % 20 15
% 20 15 10 10 10 10 10 10
10 10 10 F 5 F 5
F 5 T T
T 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM)
FLOW (GPM)
MDH 400-6 ––––––––– MDH(F) 400-X –– - –– - –– MDH 400-7 ––––––––– MDH(F) 400-G –– - –– - –– MDH 401-6 ––––––––– MDH(F) 401-X –– - –– - ––
MDH(F) 400-Y –----------- MDH(F) 400-Z – – – – – - MDH(F) 400-X ------------ MDH(F) 400-Y– – – – – – – MDH(F) 401-Y ------------ MDH(F) 401-Z– – – – – – –
MDH-(F) 401 (1-1/2 HP) MDH-(F) 412 (2 HP) MDH-(F) 413 (3 HP)
80 80 80
3.0 3.0 3.0
2.5 70 2.5 70 2.5 70
H 2.0 H 2.0 H 2.0
P 1.5 60 P 1.5 60 P 1.5 60
1.0 1.0 1.0
0.5 50 0.5 50 0.5 50
40 N 40 N 40 N
P P P
60 S 60 S 60 S
E 50 30 H E 50 30 H E 50 30 H
F 40 r F 40 r F 40 r
F 30 20 20 F 30 20 20 F 30 20 20
% 20 15 % 20 15 % 20 15
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
F 5 F 5 F 5
T T T
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM) FLOW (GPM)
MDH 401-7 ––––––––– MDH(F) 401-X--------------- MDH 412-6 ––––––––– MDH(F) 412-X–– - –– - –– MDH 413-6 ––––––––– MDH(F) 413-X –– - –– - ––
MDH(F) 401-Y – – – – – MDH(F) 401-G––––––––– MDH(F) 412-Y ------------ MDH(F) 412-Z– – – – – – MDH(F) 413-Y ------------ MDH(F) 413-Z– – – – – – –
Model/Part No. Motor HP Price Model/Part No. Motor HP Price STANDARD MOTORS FOR ALL LISTED PUMPS
MDH-400-CV-T05 3/4 1250.00 MDHF-400-CV-T05 3/4 1937.50 NOTE: • Motor RPM: 3600
• Voltage: 575V/60H/3 Phase
MDH-401-CV-T05 1 1/2 1700.00 MDHF-401-CV-T05 1 1/2 2850.00
• Motor Enclosure: TEFC
MDH-412-CV-T05 2 2900.00 MDHF-412-CV-T05 2 4112.50 • Pumps listed are suitable for a wide range of chemically corrosive
environments and cover many heavy duty applications.
MDH-413-CV-T05 3 3525.00 MDHF-413-CV-T05 3 4918.75
• Other options are available
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
HORIZONTAL FIBERGLASS PUMPS

R
O C
D U
SERIES 1500 FYBROC® vides unparalleled strength without degrada-

tion in corrosive environments.
HORIZONTAL PUMPS
Fybroc is an advanced technology pump
Design features of the
manufacturer specializing in reinforced com-
posite centrifugal pumps, designed to han- Series 1500 Pump
dle corrosive liquids. The Fybroc Series 1500 pump is
The Series 1500 combines an extensive designed for broad corrosion resistance
knowledge of materials and production tech- through the use of high quality materials and
niques to provide exceptional structural state-of-the-art engineering. Its simplicity
integrity, excellent corrosion resistance, and and versatility make it the ideal choice for all
dependable service in difficult operating tough pumping requirements.
environments. The Fiberglass components are manu-
factured utilizing the Resin Transfer
Materials of construction are Moulding technique which enables complete
control of the fiberglass reinforcement in
available for a wide range of high stress areas. Metallic pump compo-
corrosive liquids nents are not in contact with the pumped flu-
Only FABCO has the flexibility in materi- ids.
als selection to solve your difficult corrosive
1. ANSI B73.1 CONFORMANCE ensures
or abrasive pump problems.
Fybroc’s standard vinly ester resin, VR-1,
handles the vast majority of corrosive appli-
interchangeability with existing metal
ANSI pumps, eliminating any need for
piping or foundation changes when
3
cations. This premium quality resin offers
upgrading an installation to Fybroc Series
broad corrosion-resistance to most acids, 1500 pumps.
caustics, bleaches, sea water and other liq- 2. SMOOTH HYDRAULIC PASSAGES pro-
uids. mote increased pump efficiency.
Fybroc’s epoxy resin, EY-1, offers out- Fabco Fiberglass Pumps with capacities to 4500 GPM
3. SINGLE PIECE GUSSETED CASING
standing solvent resistance and is available easily withstands the rigors of plant pip-
in many pump sizes for difficult organic ing loads. Pressure–Temperature ratings
applications. 4. IMPELLER PUMPOUT VANES and relief * STANDARD 150 POUND FLANGES
Fybroc offers two (2) forms of abrasion- holes reduce axial thrust and stuffing box NOTE: Refer to Corrosion Guide for specific
resistant materials for handling liquids con- application ratings.
pressure.
taining abrasive solids; VR-1S for moderate 5. HASTELLOY INSERT with rounded
250
1650
abrasion resistance form solids such as edges carries impeller torque loads with 225
crystals or light silt, and VR-1A for highly low stress.
1500
GROUP II *
abrasive services such as titanium dioxide or 6. VERSATILE CASING COVER permits 1350 200
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE - PSI
fly ash. the use of a large number of mechanical 1200 175

Fybroc’s VR-1V material provides a pro- seals or packing for specific applications. GROUP I
KILOPASCAL - kPa
tective synthetic veil barrier on applications 1050 150

7. FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION for all
such as hydrofluoric acid which would attack wetted parts in either Vinyl Ester or 900 GROUP III
125
the fiberglass reinforcement of a normally Epoxy resin provids tough corrosion 750
constructed pump. resistance for a wide range of difficult liq- 100
Fybroc can also provide FDA-approved 600
uids. 75
vinyl ester resin for use on acids, brines or 8. CASING THROUGH - BOLTS maintain 450
caustics in food processing plants. casing O-ring seal integrity under all 300
50
For further information on corrosion resis- hydraulic operating conditions.
150 25
tance to specific chemicals, refer to Bulletin 9. INTEGRAL SHAFT SLEEVE design
TEMPERATURE - °F
MS101, Chemical Resistance Guide, or con- eliminates gaskets and O-rings. 0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
tact Fabco’s Sales Department. 10. LARGE-CAPACITY BEARINGS ensure
The fiberglass components are manufac- operating life well in excess of the mini- -18 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
TEMPERATURE - °C
tured utilizing the Resin Transfer Moulding mum specified by ANSI B73.1.
technique which enables complete control of 11. EXTERNAL IMPELLER ADJUSTMENT Materials of Construction
the fiberglass reinforcement in high stress allows field setting of impeller-to-casing
areas. Metallic pump components are not in clearance. COMPONENT VINYL ESTER PUMP EPOXY PUMP†
contact with pumped fluids. 12. HEAVY-DUTY SHAFT minimizes deflec- Casing VR-1* EY-1**
Critical components such as the single- tion to maximize mechanical seal life. Impeller VR-1 EY-1
piece casing, with its heavily gusseted suc- 13. EPOXY-COATED POWER FRAME com-
Cover VR-1 EY-1
tion and discharge flanges, benefit from the ponents prevent external corrosion.
reinforcing properties of the RTM process. 14. CORROSION-RESISTANT FIBER- Gland VR-1 EY-1
This permits the handing of normal pipe GLASS BASEPLATES. High strength Shaft 303-Stainless Steel 303-Stainless Steel
loads under full working pressures. This integral catch basin with drip rim con-
Bearing Hsg. Epoxy-Coated Iron Epoxy-Coated Iron
method of reinforcement in the impeller truction/ANSI dimensions/stilt-mounting
extends the life of this component and pro- available as option. Adaptor Epoxy-Coated Iron Epoxy-Coated Iron
Hardware 303 Stainless Steel 303 Stainless Steel
Shaft horsepower (KW) limits 0-Rings Viton A Viton A
RPM 3500 2900 1750 1450 1150 *VR-1 Fiberglass Reinforced Vinyl Ester **EY-1 Fiberglass Epoxy
Group I 40 HP 33 HP 20 HP 17 HP 13 HP †Not Available in Group III Sizes
(30 KW) (25 KW) (15 KW) (12 KW) (9.8 KW)
Group II 140 HP 116 HP 70 HP 58 HP 46 HP PRICES: All prices for Series 1500 and Series 5500 pumps available on
(104 KW) (88 KW) (52 KW) (43 KW) (34 KW) request or on a per quote basis.
Group III - - 260 HP 215 HP 170 HP
(194 KW) (160 KW) (127 KW) NOTE: Series 5500 Fiberglass Vertical Pumps are also available.
FYBROC® is a Registered Trademark of Met-Pro Corporation
3-13
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO DRUM PUMP
R
O C
D U
PERFECTION IN A DRUM PUMP ADVANTAGES:

• Low price • 1 1/4” NTP discharge connec-
Unmatched in performance to any competitive drum pump avail- • Seal-less tion
able at the lowest price world-wide, the new PF Series is a revolution • Unique double suction impeller • Same pump tube interchange-
in drum pump design. • Variable flow orifice (PFP only) able with choice of drives
TUBES
PF Performance PF Series
• Sealless
• Aggressive liquids
24.3 80 • Polypropylene or stainless
steel
21.7 70 • 27” (68.6 cm)
• 40” (91.4 cm)
18.3 60
• 48” (122 cm)
HEAD (WATER)
• 40 gpm (150 L/min.)

3 15.6 50
• 80 ft (24 M) head
EL
EC
12.2 40 • 500 cps

TR
AI
• 1.8 sg
IC
R
9.1 30 • Max 160°F (70°C) –

polypropylene
EX PRO
6.1 20
• Max 220°F (105°C) –
PL O
OS F
3.0 10 stainless steel

IO
N
METERS
0
8 16 24 32 40 48 GPM
FEET
30.3 60.6 90.8 121.1 151.4 181.7 LPM *U.S. patent 4,741,664
MOTORS
O Series A Series
• Open dripproof • Air operated
• Non-corrosive environment • Corrosive/flammable
• 110/60/1 or 220/50/1 environments
• 10,000 rpm • 300 – 6,000 rpm
• 1/2 Hp (480 W) • 1/2 Hp (373 W Output)
• Continuous duty rated • 3/4 Hp (560 W Output)
• Handle w/built-in switch • 50 – 80 psi (3.5 - 5.6
• Thermal overload kg/cm2)
• Manual reset • 17 – 25 cfm (8 - 12 L/sec.)
• 12 ft. (3.8 M), 3-wire cord • Regulator valve and muffler
with plug
• Rechargeable and 12V
• CSA approved
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE ACCESSORIES:
NO.
• 2” drum adapters
PFP-40 40" PP Tube Assembly 462.50 • Inlet strainers
PFS-40 40" 316SS Tube Assembly 800.00 • Discharge tubing filter lubricator
• Assembly and 15’ (4.5 M) air hose
A101058 MC3 1/2 HP O-Series Motor Assembly 650.00
• Wall mount bracket
NOTE: Other types/options available on request. • Static projection kit
Contact Fabco sales department for pricing.
Motors: T-Series Tubes: TT-Series Drum Pump BT-Series
X-Series Types: BP-Series
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CHEM–FEED® METERING PUMPS / INJECTORS

R
O C
D U
CHEM–FEED® DIAPHRAGM–TYPE METERING INJECTORS

Fabco’s CHEM-FEED metering injectors provide efficient, dependable service in a variety of applications. The key is quality and flexibility.
Because we manufacture most of the components, including the all ball bearing gear motor, right in our own plant we can offer CHEM-FEED
injectors with any number of configuration, material, voltage and feed rate options.
We invite you to compare CHEM-FEED metering injectors with those of other manufacturers. You’ll find CHEM-FEED units are tops in
benefits and value.
CHEM-FEED Benefits Include: CHEM-FEED Options Include:
• Durable, efficient pump heads. • Pump head design and material options.
• All ball bearing gear motor for smooth, powerful operation, plus • Electronic and mechanical timers.
permanent lubrication. • Voltage options • 24V, 115V, 230V–60HZ • 24V, 220V–50HZ
• Quick adjusting feed mechanisms. all AC/12V–DC (115 Volt Standard).
• Efficient, dependable design – each unit factory tested. Shipping Information:
• Field serviceable. CHEM-FEED pumps are individually packaged, and master
• Backed by an excellent limited warranty and dependable packed in four packs and six packs. Packaged units weigh approxi-
authorized service centers. mately 10 lbs. each. Each unit is factory tested.
CHEM–FEED Applications Include:
MIXING
• Water treatment and conditioning. UNIT PUMPING
3
UNIT
• Soap, wax and detergent injection.
• Biocide feed.
• Swimming pool chlorination/ph control.
• Cooling tower and boiler water treatment. OPTIONAL
THREADLESS
• Fertilizer and nutrient injection. INJECTION FITTING
STANDARD 1/4" STORAGE

• Wastewater treatment. INJECTION
POINT
N.P.T. INJECTION
FITTING
TANK
PLEASE NOTE: Injectors are factory tested using tap water at 70°F, 0 PSI. All models are adjustable from
0 to Maximum output and will vary slightly. Feed rates shown are for units with 115V/60Hz Motors. 50 cycle CHEM FEED LEG FROM WELL
INSTALLATION PUMP TEE
models will run approximately 20% slower.
CHEM-FEED® NOIR C-1500N

The superior design of the C-1500N starts with the heavy duty cartridge valve pump head. This
durable head is injection molded of Polypropylene and includes: Double sealed PVDF cartridge valve
fittings; Viton O-ring seals; ceramic ball checks; Hastelloy C valve springs; and a Teflon/EPDM
diaphragm. The C-1500N has a stylish housing of weather-resistant black Valox that not only protects
the gear motor, but maintains its good looks even after years of service.
NOIR C-1500N DELUXE
The Deluxe C-1500N has all the benefits and features of the standard unit, as well as a built-in elec-
tronic percentage timer – adjust the feed rate with just the timer, or adjust both the stroke of the
diaphragm and the timer for precise feed control.
Both the Standard and Deluxe CHEM-FEED NOIR C-1500N units may be wall or shelf mounted,
and each unit is shipped with Fabco’s exclusive flow indicator.
You’ll appreciate the quality, benefits and value of the C-1500N units.
STANDARD MODEL Ordering Information
MODEL NO. STROKES MAX. MIN. MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX. HEAD O-RING DIAPHRAGM
PRICE
115v/60Hz PER MIN. GPD GPD GPH OZ.MIN. ML/MIN PSI MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
C-15N002X 14 8.3 0.83 0.3 0.7 22 125 Polypropylene Viton Teflon/EP 459.64
NOIR C-1500N
DELUXE MODEL – Dual Control - Stroke and Timer

MODEL NO. STROKES MAX. MIN. MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX. HEAD O-RING DIAPHRAGM
PRICE
115v/60Hz PER MIN. GPD GPD GPH OZ.MIN. ML/MIN PSI MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
C-15N102I 30 17.4 0.35 0.7 1.6 46 125 Polypropylene Viton Teflon/EP 502.57
Other electrical and material options available. Please contact Fabco or authorized area representative for
ongoing information on modifications. Ordering matrix available on request. NOIR C-1500N DELUXE
STANDARD DIMENSIONS DELUXE DIMENSIONS
Height: 9 1/2” Width: 5” Height: 9 1/2” Width: 6”
Depth: 6” Ship Wt.: 10 lbs. approx. Depth: 6” Ship Wt.: 10 lbs. approx.
CHEM-FEED® is a Registered Trademark of Blue–White
3-15
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
CHEM-FEED® NOIR, JR C-800

NOIR, JR is 40% lighter and smaller than our standard NOIR C-1500N, yet, giving up size doesn’t mean
giving up power - NOIR, JR can meter up to 0.8 gallon per hour, and can handle pressure up to 80 psig.
NOIR, JR is rugged. It’s constructed of some of the newest and toughest materials available, starting with
an injection moulded Kynar (PVDF) pump head. Kynar is tough enough to be used with many aggressive
chemicals. The NOIR, JR head also features ceramic ball checks and a Teflon/EPDM diaphragm.
An optional Deluxe pump head features a built-in priming valve which facilitates priming against line pres-
sure. Simply turn the knob counter-clockwise, and the pump primes from line pressure to atmospheric
pressure, a great feature for the busy operator or service technician.
Consider NOIR, JR for your next application requiring a low volume, precise metering injector.
JR C–800 Ordering Information

CHEM-FEED NOIR JR C-800
MODEL STROKES MAX
GPH ML/MIN. OZ/MIN PRICE DIMENSIONS
NUMBER PER MIN. PSI
Height: 7”
C-8101 30 0.4 25 0.8 80 395.66
Width: 3” CHEM–FEED NOIR JR.
C-8201 45 0.6 37 1.2 80 395.66 Depth: 5”
C-8301 60 0.8 50 1.7 80 395.66 Ship Wt: 4 lbs. approx.
3 CHEM-FEED® C-600P and C-3000P

The C-600P sets the standard for simple and efficient design and operation. Moving parts are kept
to a minimum, helping to keep the unit practically maintenance-free. C-600P metering injectors have
a front mounted head and an easy to adjust, side mounted, cam-type diaphragm stroke adjustment
(feed rate control). The C-600P has a heavy duty cartridge valve pump head of injection moulded
Polypropylene that resists fouling and airlocks. Additionally, the C-600P may be ordered with an option-
al solid state, or mechanical timer mounted directly to the pump housing.
The C-3000P features the same styling as the C-600P unit, however, it has a larger pump head of
machined acrylic, fitted with large valves which allow greater quantities of fluid to be pumped. The C-
3000P is often used as a transfer pump, and it can run dry without damage to the unit.
For simple, efficient, dependable service consider the CHEM-FEED C-600P or CHEM-FEED
C-3000P metering injectors.
C-600P Ordering Information C-600P C-600P DIMENSIONS
C–600P
Height: 5 1/2”
MODEL STROKES MAXIMUM FEED RATE MAX. NSF Width: 6 5/8”
PRICE
NUMBER PER MIN. GPD GPH ML/MIN PSI Depth: 5 3/8”
C-614P 14 24.0 1.0 64 100 370.69 Ship Wt.: 8 lbs. approx.
C-630P 30 57.6 2.4 155 100 361.85
C-645P 45 91.2 3.8 240 80 385.77
C-3000P DIMENSIONS
C-660P 60 110.4 4.6 290 60 385.77 Height: 8”
C-6125P 125 237.6 9.9 625 30 393.54 Width: 7”
C-6250P 250 439.2 18.3 1160 10 401.32 Depth: 6 1/2”
Ship Wt.: 8 lbs. approx.
C-3000P Ordering Information

MODEL STROKES MAXIMUM FEED RATE MAX.
PRICE
NUMBER PER MIN. GPD GPH ML/MIN PSI
C-3060P 60 189 7.8 498 20 490.46
C-3125P 125 398 16.5 1047 10 498.81
C-3250P 250 792 32.9 2081 5 508.28
C–3000P
CHEM-FEED® C-1700N
The C-1700N Duplex head injector is loaded with benefits and versatility. The C-1700N has
dual, side-mounted heavy duty cartridge valve heads of injection moulded Polypropylene.
Each head is independently controlled by an easy to adjust, top-mounted feed adjustment.
The C-1700N may be used in a variety of applications, to inject: Different amounts of like
chemical into separate systems; feed two different chemicals into the same system; or to feed
different chemicals into separate systems; or when a single head pump doesn’t provide quite
enough output.
Consider the C-1700N duplex head pump for your next application requiring a highly
efficient, dependable and versatile metering injector.
C-1700N Ordering Information

MODEL MAXIMUM FEED RATE
STROKES MAX. CHEM-FEED C-1700N
PRICE
NUMBER PER MIN. GPD GPH ML/MIN PSI DIMENSIONS
C-17N004X00V0 14 24 1.2 66 125 683.36 Height: 9 1/2”
C-17N302X00V0 30 66 2.7 174 125 663.84 Width: 7 1/2” C–1700N
Depth: 4”
C-17N402X00V0 60 127 5.3 337 60 663.84
C-17N401X00V0 125 252 10.6 670 20 663.84
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
THE STAR SYSTEM

The STAR SYSTEM is a practical, efficient, self-contained, metering system. It begins with a
sturdy Polyethylene tank. The tank has extra heavy thickness for durability, and it may be ordered
in one of three convenient sizes: 7, 15 or 30 gallon capacity. The tank is rectangular in shape for
convenient storage, and features a multi-position opening which allows the operator the option of
opening, closing or venting the lid.
The STAR SYSTEM includes the CHEM-FEED C-1500N metering injector. It’s loaded with fea-
tures and benefits, including: A heavy duty cartridge valve pump head of injection moulded
Polypropylene, outfitted with PVDF fittings, ceramic ball checks, Viton O-ring seals, and Hastelloy
C valve springs; a durable Teflon/EPDM diaphragm; housing of attractive, weather-resistant black
Valox; Fabco’s exclusive all ball bearing gear motor; and a flow indicator.
The STAR SYSTEM may also be ordered with the Deluxe C1500N. It has all the features of the
standard unit, as well as a built-in electronic percentage timer for even more precise feed control.
The operator can adjust the feed with just the timer, or adjust both the stroke of the diaphragm and
the timer.
Whichever STAR SYSTEM you order you’ll appreciate the quality, dependability and service this
innovative metering system provides.
WITH STANDARD MODEL C-1500N Ordering Information
3
MODEL NO. STROKES MAX. MIN. MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX.
PRICE
115v/60Hz PER MIN. GPD GPD GPH OZ./MIN. ML/MIN PSI
T-15N002X 14 8.4 0.84 0.35 0.7 22 125 486.73
T-15N004X 14 12.0 1.20 0.50 1.1 34 125 486.73 STAR SYSTEM
T-15N102X 30 17.5 1.75 0.73 1.6 46 125 486.73
T-15N104X 30 31.0 3.10 1.30 2.7 82 125 486.73
T-15N202X 45 29.3 2.93 1.22 2.6 77 125 486.73
T-15N204X 45 49.0 4.90 2.00 4.3 129 125 486.73
T-15N302X 60 35.0 3.50 1.46 3.1 92 125 486.73
T-15N304X 60 60.0 6.00 2.50 5.3 158 125 486.73 A
T-15N402X 125 68.4 6.84 2.85 5.9 180 125 486.73
T-15N404X 125 119.0 2.38 4.90 10.6 315 70 486.73
WITH DELUXE MODEL C1500N

MODEL NO.
STROKES MAX. MIN. MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX.
115v/60Hz
PER MIN. GPD GPD GPH OZ/MIN. ML/MIN PSI
PRICE B C
(w/5 sec. timer)
T-15N102I 30 17.5 0.35 0.73 1.6 46 125 519.33
T-15N104I 30 31.0 0.62 1.30 2.7 82 125 519.33
STAR SYSTEM TANKS DIMENSIONS
T-15N202I 45 29.3 0.57 1.22 2.6 77 125 519.33
SHIPPING
T-15N204I 45 49.0 0.98 2.00 4.3 129 125 519.33 MODEL NO. CAPACITY HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH PRICE*
WT.
T-15N302I 60 35.0 0.70 1.46 3.1 92 125 519.33 STAR 7 19 lbs. 7 Gal. 17 1/2" 12" 16" 179.35
T-15N304I 60 60.0 1.20 2.50 5.3 158 125 519.33 STAR 15 27 lbs. 15 Gal. 22" 15 1/2" 19 1/2" 287.27
T-15N402I 125 68.4 1.37 2.85 5.9 180 125 519.33 STAR 30 35 lbs. 30 Gal. 27" 20" 24" 395.34
T-15N404I 125 119.0 2.38 4.90 10.6 315 70 519.33
*TANK ONLY
INTRODUCING STAR II SYSTEM

The new STAR II is a value priced self-contained metering pump and tank system specially designed for low
feed/moderate pressure applications.
STAR II begins with the CHEM-FEED NOIR, JR. metering injector. It meters up to 0.8 gallon per hour at pres-
sures up to 80 psig. The NOIR, JR. pump head is manufactured of Polypropylene with polished ceramic ball valves,
Hastelloy valve springs, and Viton O-ring seals. This superior head is equipped with a built-in priming valve. This
facilitates priming against line pressure - simply turn the knob counter-clockwise, and the pump primes from line
pressure to atmospheric pressure.
NOIR, JR. features a micrometer-type feed control (10:1), Fabco’s exclusive all ball bearing gear motor, and an
attractive, weather resistant all plastic housing.
The superior injector is then mounted on a sturdy 10 gallon solution tank of moulded Polyethylene. An opening
in the tank allows for easy addition of chemical.
The STAR II is shipped in one convenient package which includes: footvalve, injection valve and tubing.
Consider STAR II when you need a high quality metering system for low feed/moderate pressure applications.
STAR II SYSTEM Capacity and Ordering Information

OUTPUT MAXIMUM
MODEL NUMBER PRICE
ML/MIN GPH PSI STAR II SYSTEM
T-8101X20001 25 0.40 80 P.O.R. DIMENSIONS
T-8201X20001 37 0.50 80 P.O.R.
Capacity: 10 Ga.
T-8301X20001 50 0.80 80 P.O.R.
Height: 13 3/4”
Width: 27”
Depth: 13 3/4”
3-17
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PERISTALTIC METERING PUMPS / INJECTORS
R
O C
D U
FLEXFLO® PERISTALTIC–TYPE METERING INJECTORS

Fabco’s Peristaltic injectors are well suited to metering solutions that could foul pump heads with conventional check valves. Peristaltic pump
heads have rollers which compress the pump tube in a progressive squeezing action. FLEXFLO peristaltic injectors feature our exclusive,
patented pump tube design. The FLEXFLO pump tube is easy to install, and does not need to be manually advanced.
FLEXFLO peristaltic pumps are recommended for metering tough-to-handle solutions in low pressure applications.
BENEFITS INCLUDE: APPLICATIONS INCLUDE:
• A unique (U.S. Patent #4,496,295) pump tube design that offers long service life • Water treatment and conditioning
and is simple to install. • Pool & spa chlorination, pH control
• Pump tube assemblies of Tygon Vinyl or NORprene. • Down well chlorination
• A transparent dust cover that allows easy viewing of pump operation, as well as • Wastewater treatment
preventing airborne contaminants from fouling the roller and tube assemblies. • Biocide feed
• Durable pump head of glass reinforced Polyamide holds tolerances even under • Chemical procession equipment
some extreme temperature conditions. • Cooling tower and boiler water treatment
• The manufacturer’s exclusive ball bearing gear motor with permanent lubrication. • Rinse aid and detergent dispensing
• Steel gears for added strength. • Slurry feed . . . and many more.
• Attractive, durable pump housings.
• Some units available with variable speed motor.
• A wide range of voltages including: 24V, 115V, 230V/60HZ; 24V, 220V/50HZ/ACc; EXPLODED VIEW OF THE
3
®
12V, 24V DC (115 volt standard). PUMP HEAD

• FLEXFLO peristaltic metering pumps may be ordered with pump tube assemblies
of Tygon, Vinyl or NORprene. NORprene is available in 3/8” or 7/16” O.D. It is rec-
ommended for use with most acids and alcohols.
• Tygon Vinyl is available in 1/4”, 3/8” or 7/16” O.D. It is suitable for many applica-
tions, including chlorination. Please request a chemical resistance chart from
Fabco.
SHIPPING INFORMATION:
Each FLEXFLO metering injector is individually packaged, and then master packed
in convenient six pack cartons.
A-100 SERIES
Take a look at the A-100, compare it with other manufacturers’ peristaltic injectors, and you’ll see
why the A-100 is the industry leader. It’s loaded with terrific features including: an exclusive pump
tube design and superior pump head; a chemical resistant all plastic housing that maintains it’s good
looks even after years of service: an integral, all solid state, 60 second controller for precise adjust-
ment; and dual running lights that let the operator know when there is power to the unit, and when the
injector is in the metering portion of the time cycle. A number of voltage and feed rate options are
available. In addition, the A-100 is shipped complete with an accessory package including: A foot-
valve/strainer; threadless injector fitting; 10’ of tubing; two pump tube assemblies*; and a feed indica-
tor (3/8” only).
THE SPA OPTION NSF
The low feed A-100 series was designed to meet the feed requirements of small pools and spas.
It has a solid state feed controller that can be adjusted from 1/2 to 6 seconds time on, recycled every
60 seconds. A push button feed override ensures easy priming and quick evacuation of lines. The low
feed A-100 can feed as little as 0.2 ounce per hour.
A-100
A-100 ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL STROKES MAX. RATE PUMP FEED MAX
PRICE
NUMBER PER MIN. GPD ML/MN TUBE O.D. LINE O.D. PSI
A-114-3N* 14 1 3 3/16" 1/4" 25 517.61 A-100 DIMENSIONS
A-130-4 30 15 40 1/4" 1/4" 25 501.09 Height: 6”
A-114-6 14 22 60 3/8" 3/8" 25 505.90 Width: 7”
Depth: 7”
A-114-7 14 28 75 7/16" 3/8" 25 505.90
A-130-6 30 49 130 3/8" 3/8" 25 501.09
A-130-7 30 74 195 7/16" 3/8" 25 501.09
A-145-7 45 112 295 7/16" 3/8" 25 523.22 BE CERTAIN TO ASK FOR SPA OPTION.
* Tygon Only - Models with NORprene are
* Available with NORprene pump tube only. shipped with one pump tube.
To order with a NORprene pump tube assembly, add the letter “N” to the model number (i.e. A-130-4N)
Most pumps available with assorted pump tube sizes.
A-100 LOW FEED ORDERING INFORMATION

MODEL MAX. FEED RATE PUMP FEED MAX
RPM PRICE
NUMBER GPD OZ./HR. ML/MN TUBE O.D. LINE O.D. PSI
A-130-3N 30 0.4 2 1 1/4" 1/4" 25 512.67
A-130-4L 30 1.8 10 5 1/4" 1/4" 25 501.09
A-130-6L 30 5.8 31 15 3/8" 3/8" 25 501.09
Available with NORprene pump tube assembly, add the letter “N” to the model number (i.e. A-130-6N).
FLEXFLO® is a Registered Trademark of Blue-White
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PERISTALTIC METERING PUMPS / INJECTORS

R
O C
D U
AV-100 SERIES
The AV-100 combines all the terrific features of the A-100 series, like the superior
head and pump tube assemblies, and attractive all plastic enclosure (housing), with an
all ball bearing VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR. The motor is adjusted by means of an all
solid state controller. The operator simply increases or decreases motor speed to
achieve the desired feed rate.
An accessory kit package is shipped with each AV-100 unit, it includes: A foot-
valve/strainer; ceramic weight; threadless injector fitting; two pump assemblies; and 10’
of tubing.
Consider the AV-100 for your next application requiring a superior variable speed peri-
staltic injector.
AV-100 ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL STROKES MAX. RATE PUMP FEED MAX
PRICE
AV-114-4 14 8 21 1/4" 1/4" 25 654.22
AV-130-4 30 18 49 1/4" 1/4" 25 641.76 AV-100
AV-114-6 14 29 76 3/8" 3/8" 25 654.22
AV-100 DIMENSIONS
AV-114-7
AV-130-6
AV-130-7
14
30
30
38
61
88
102
162
232
7/16"
3/8"
7/16"
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
25
25
25
654.22
641.76
641.76
Height: 6”
Depth: 7”
Width: 7”
3
AV-145-7 45 138 365 7/16" 3/8" 25 669.34 Ship Wt.: 8 lbs. approx.
Available with NORprene pump tube assembly, add the letter “N” to the model number (i.e. AV-130-4N).
A-1600 SERIES
The FLEXFLO A-1600 is particularly well suited for OEM use. It has a basic design that
not only makes it economical, but virtually maintenance free. The standard unit features
the exclusive FLEXFLO head and pump tube assemblies, and the compact housing of
the CHEM-FEED C-600P.
The A-1600 has a fixed feed rate with a number of RPM from which to choose.
A number of modifications are possible, including a cycle control percentage timer.
The A-1600 is shipped complete with an accessory package that includes: A foot-
valve/strainer; ceramic weight; two pump tube assemblies; a threadless injector fitting;
10’ of tubing; and a flow indicator (3/8” only).
A-1600 ORDERING INFORMATION

MODEL STROKES MAX. RATE PUMP FEED MAX.
PRICE
A-1614-3N 14 1 3 3/16" 1/4" 25 342.43
A-1630-3N 30 4 11 3/16" 1/4" 25 335.90
A-1645-3N 45 5 14 3/16" 1/4" 25 357.18
A-1600
A-1614-4 14 6 17 1/4" 1/4" 25 331.81 A-1600 DIMENSIONS
A-1630-4 30 15 40 1/4" 1/4" 25 325.49 Height: 4 3/4”
A-1614-6 14 22 60 3/8" 3/8" 25 331.81 Depth: 6 1/4”
A-1614-7 14 28 75 7/16" 3/8" 25 331.81 Width: 10”
A-1630-6 30 49 130 3/8" 3/8" 25 325.49 Ship Wt.: 9 lbs. approx.
A-1645-6 45 74 195 3/8" 3/8" 25 347.93
A-1645-7 45 112 295 7/16" 3/8" 25 347.93
Available with NORprene pump tube assembly, add the letter “N” to the model number (i.e. A-1614N).
TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS
PUMPING
UNIT T.I. FITTING PUMPING
UNIT
OPTIONAL
CENTER
THREADLESS
OF PIPE STANDARD 1/4" INJECTOR FITTING
N.P.T. INJECTOR
FLOW FITTING
DISCHARGE
SUCTION
3-19
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CHEM–FEED / FLEXFLO ACCESSORIES
R
O C
D U
FLUID HANDLING PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

PUMP HEAD KIT – INJECTION MOULDED PERISTALTIC FLEXFLO PUMP HEAD KIT
HEAVY DUTY HEADS A practical choice –- the FLEXFLO pump head kit! Keeping a
It’s always a good idea to keep a spare pump head kit on hand. spare peristaltic pump head kit around will ensure your system’s
These kits come assembled and are easy to install on your CHEM- down time is minimal.
FEED diaphragm pump.
Part No. Price
Part No. Tube Size O.D. O-Ring Material Price 72001-067 92.90
C-535K6-6 3/8" Viton/EP 146.60 FLEXFLO Kit for A-100 Only
EP/Teflon Diaphragm
FLEXFLO PUMP TUBE ASSEMBLIES
CHEM-FEED DIAPHRAGMS These easy to change FLEXFLO pump tube assemblies are made
of top grade Tygon or NORprene material with sturdy PVC ends.
These diaphragms are Teflon coated, backed by either EP or Viton, Keep a supply handy for quick, efficient replacement.
reinforced with Dacron. They are easy to replace simply by remov-
ing the four pump head screws and unscrewing the diaphragm Part No. Tube Size O.D. Material Price
counterclockwise.
A-002-3N 3/16" NORprene 19.84
Part No. Material Price Part No. Material Price
A-002-4 1/4" Tygon 12.70
C-406E EP 19.14 C-3106NT EP/Teflon Face 39.39
A-002-4N 1/4" NORprene 20.86
C-406T EP/Teflon Face 29.23 for C-3000P
A-002-4-6 1/4" w 3/8" Adapters Tygon 14.01
3
C-406V Viton 29.05 C-3106NV Viton 39.39
A-002-6 3/8" Tygon 14.01
C-406VT Viton/Teflon Face 39.23 for C-3000P
A-002-6N 3/8" NORprene 21.70
THREADLESS INJECTOR FITTING A-002-7 7/16" Tygon 15.26
The Threadless Injector has a one piece moulded Polypropylene A-002-7N 7/16" NORprene 23.08
body, a positive seating Viton O-ring seal, and a Hastelloy spring. A
standard check valve feature allows disconnection of the pump with-
COMBINATION PRESSURE
out shutdown of the system. It’s easy to install, and comes with gas- RELIEF/PRIMING VALVE
ket seal and mounting clamp. No plumbed in “TEE” is required, and Install this dual purpose valve on the pump discharge tubing. This
no tapping. valve protects the pump from working against excessive pressure.
It also enables user to easily prime against line pressure.
Part No. Suction Tubing O.D. Pipe Size Price
Part No. Tube Size O.D. O-ring Material Price
T140-4V 1/4" 1 1/4", 1 1/2" & 2" 31.75
C-393-6E 3/8" EP 69.95
T140-6V 3/8" 1 1/4", 1 1/2" & 2" 31.16
C-393-6V 3/8" Viton 73.40
T148-4V 1/4" 2 1/2" 31.71
C-393-4E 1/4" EP 69.95
T148-6V 3/8" 2 1/2" 31.71
C-393-4V 1/4" Viton 73.40
FLOW INDICATORS
In-line flow indicators are an excellent diagnostic tool no pump should ANTI-SIPHON INJECTION VALVES
be without. Flow indicators are installed on the pump suction tubing. The durable PVC anti-siphon valve prevents backflow of liquid in the system
The bobbin rises and falls as solutions are pumped, air bubbles would through lines and fittings during ON and OFF cycles. It’s specially designed
indicate the need for replenishment of chemical in drum. to keep the pumped liquid from siphoning through the pump head.
CHEMFEED Tube O-Ring FLEXFLO Tube O-Ring
CHEM-FEED INDICATOR ORDERING INFORMATION Part No. Size O.D. Mat.
Price
Part No. Size O.D. Mat.
Price
Part No. Tube Size O.D. Price C-395HD-4E 1/4" EP 31.95 A-014HD-6V hvy dty 3/8" Viton 31.95
FI-100S-6V 3/8" S.S. Float 30.17 C-395HD-4V 1/4" Viton 31.95 A-014HD-4V hvy dty 1/4" Viton 31.95
FI-100-6V 3/8" Glass Float 30.17 C-395HD-6E 3/8" EP 31.95 A-014HD-6E hvy dty 3/8" EP 31.95
FI-100KS-6V 3/8" 12 pk display kit of FI-100S-6V's 336.91 C-395HD-6V 3/8" Viton 31.95 A-014HD-4E hvy dty 1/4" EP 31.95
FI-100K-6V 3/8" 12 pk display kit of FI-100-6V's 336.91 A.S. Viv for

C-3395-10E EP 72.32 A-014-6V 3/8" Viton 26.46
C-3000P
FLOW TUBE INDICATOR ORDERING INFORMATION C-3395-10V
A.S. Viv for
Viton 75.40 A-014-4V 1/4" Viton 26.46
C-3000P
70000-638 tube indicator w/5' of 3/8" tubing glass float 19.57
FOOTVALVE STRAINERS
TUBING These Footvalve strainer bodies are constructed of moulded Polypropylene with
Fabco/Manufacturer stocks high quality discharge and intake tub- Polypropylene screens. The screens act as filters (strainers) to keep particles
ing in a variety of convenient bulk lengths to cut in the specific from entering the suction line. They may be used as either an integral footvalve,
lengths you need. or, when equipped with an adapter nut and gasket, a bulkhead fitting.
Tube Size O-Ring Part No. Tube Size O-Ring
Part No. Price Price
O.D. Mat. Bulkhead Fitting O.D. Mat.
DISCHARGE TUBING SUCTION TUBING C-340N-4E 1/4" EP 23.32 C-345N-4E Bulkhead fitting 1/4" EP 24.59
ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION
C-340N-4V 1/4" Viton 24.59 C-345N-4V Bulkhead fitting 1/4" Viton 25.74
Tube Size Tube Size
Part No. Length Price Part No. Length Price
O.D. O.D.
C-340N-6E 3/8" EP 23.32 C-345N-6E Bulkhead fitting 3/8" EP 24.59
C-335-6-25 3/8" 25 ft. 21.43 C-334-6-25 3/8" 25 ft. 24.80
C-340N-6V 3/8" Viton 24.59 C-345N-6V Bulkhead fitting 3/8" Viton 25.74
C-335-6-100 3/8" 100 ft. 69.82 C-334-6-100 3/8" 100 ft. 84.71
C-335-6-500 3/8" 500 ft. 295.13

THE B-TEC PERCENTAGE TIMER
C-335-4-100 1/4" 100 ft. 43.11 The compact and efficient timer has all solid state circuitry, precise
control (by means of a front mounted knob control), and durable
C-335-4-500 1/4" 500 ft. 215.88 plastic housing. It is available in time cycles of 5 seconds, 6 sec-
onds, 60 seconds and 10 minutes. It may be ordered as an acces-
sory, with cords attached, or mounted directly to the pump housing
PRESSURE SWITCHES of the C-600P or C-3000P.
The P-105N pressure switches are constructed of glass filled Noryl, mak-
ing them well suited for use with a variety of chemicals. The pressure VOLTAGE OPTIONS TIMER OPTIONS
switch is designed so that no metal surface comes in contact with the liquid
in the system. The P-105N pressure switch will handle 3 amps at 125V AC. No. Description Price No. Description Price
Switch normally open or normally closed contacts.
BTEC1-0 230V/60Hz 198.47 T-10-0 1 min. cycle 115V/60Hz 312.92
Part No. Description Price BTEC1-20 220V/50Hz 251.55 T-10-20 1 min. cycle 230V/50/60Hz 338.05
P-105NE Pressure switch with EP elastomer 58.26 BTEC10-0 24V/60Hz 256.30 T-10-21 10 min. cycle 115V/60Hz 338.05
P-105NV Pressure switch with Viton elastomer 65.29
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC DIAPHRAGM PUMPS

R
O C
D U
DIAPHRAGM PUMPS
Constructed of top-quality unfilled, unpigmented polypropylene for exceptional chemical resistance to nearly all
acids, alkalis, alcohols, and other corrosive media. This unit offers increased structural strength with light-weight
convenience.
Even the intermediate section (non-wetted) is non-metallic for protection from chemical attack resulting from spills
or leakage on the pump. Highly aggressive liquids should be checked for compatibility.
Because of its thermoplastic construction, the pump is essentially non-aging, with outstanding weathering charac-
teristics. With low thermal conductivity, the unit maintains more uniform temperatures in the pumped product than
steel pumps with a high coefficient of thermal conductivity.
Features and Benefits: Applicatons:
• Self-priming from a dry start. • Chemical, Petrochemical
• Leakproof. No seals or packing glands. No impellers, rotors, gears, or other and Hydrocarbon
close-fitting or rotating parts. Processing
• Can run dry indefinitely without damage. • Paints, Inks and Resins
• Explosion-proof. No electrical motors or switches. • Solvent Recovery
• Low internal velocities for trouble-free pumping of abrasives, viscous materials. • Slurry Transfer
• Stops automatically if discharge is closed. Resumes running when line is • Dry Powder Transfer
opened. No by-passes or switches required. • Waste Water/Pollution
• Infinitely variable flow control up to pump’s maximum capacity. Uses only enough Control
air to do the job. • Mining/Construction
• Heads to 100 PSI.
Materials:
• Food, Beverage &
Pharmaceutical 3
Polypropylene/PVDF/Acetal/Carbon-Filled Acetal/Teflon® PFA M4 PLASTIC DIAPHRAGM PUMP
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION, WETTED HOUSINGS

Rubber/TPE-Fitted M.025 Pump (Water Chambers, Inlet/Discharge Manifolds)
Material Shp. Wt. Temperature Limits
BAR FEET PSIG Polypropylene 3.2 lbs. +32 (0) to +175 ( 79.4) F° (C°)
240 (1) [1.7] AIR CONSUMPTION PVDF 3.6 lbs. +10 (-12.2) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
6.8 100 (SCFM) [M3/Hr.]
(2) [3.4] Acetal 3.6 lbs. -20 (-28.9) to +180 ( 82.2) F° (C°)
Carbon-Filled Acetal 3.6 lbs. -20 (-28.9) to +150 ( 65.6) F° (C°)
5.4 180 80 (3) [5.1]
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION, NON-WETTED HOUSINGS
Description Materials
4.1 140 60 Centre Section Polypropylene or Acetal or Carbon-Filled Acetal,
(4) [6.8] Air Valve Brass, Brass/Teflon® – Coated or Solenoid-Operated
100
2.7 40 SUCTION LIFT CAPABILITY
Dry Lift Primed Lift
4.5’ (1.37m) 25’ (7.62m)
1.3 40 20 The above figures represent both TPE and Teflon® – fitted pump capabilities.
MAXIMUM DIAMETER SOLIDS

GPM 1 2 3 4 5 1/64” (.396mm) Diameter
Water Discharge
Flowrates [l/min] [3.8] [7.6] [11.4] [14.1] [18.9]
ELASTOMER OPTIONS
PRICES ON REQUEST Material Temperature Limits
Buna-N +10 (-12.2) to +180 ( 82.2) F° (C°)
M.025 Plastic Pump Flows up to 4.9 G.P.M. Teflon® PTFE +40 ( 4.4) to +220 (104.4) F° (C°)
Maximum pump operating pressures should not exceed 125 psig (8.62 Bar). Wil-Flex™ - 40 (-40.0) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
Volumes indicated on charts were determined by actually pumping water into calibrated tanks. Viton - 40 (-40.0) to +350 (176.7) F° (C°)

Rubber/TPE-Fitted M1 Pump (Water Chambers, Inlet/Discharge Manifolds)
BAR FEET PSIG Polypropylene 9.25 lbs. +32 (0) to +175 (79.4) F° (C°)
240 Carbon-Filled Acetal 10.25 lbs. +32 (0) to +150 (65.6) F° (C°)
(3) [5.1] AIR CONSUMPTION
6.8 100 (5) [8.5] (SCFM) [M3/Hr.]
PVDF 10.75 lbs. +10 (-12.2) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
Teflon®PFA 11.60 lbs. - 20 (-28.9) to +300 (48.9) F° (C°)
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION, NON-WETTED HOUSINGS

5.4 180 80
(10) [17] Description Materials
Center Section Polypropylene or Carbon-Filled Acetal
Air Valve Lube-Free Plastic Composite or Brass or Brass/Teflon® – Coated or
4.1 140 60 Brass/Nickel-Plated or Solenoid-Operated
(15) [25.5]
100 SUCTION LIFT CAPABILITY

2.7 40 Dry Lift Primed Lift
10’ (3.05m) 25’ (7.62m)
The above figures represent rubber-fitted pump capabilities.
1.3 20 Consult Fabco for TPE and/or Teflon®-fitted pump data.
40
1/16” (1.59mm) Diameter
Water Discharge GPM 5 10 15 ELASTOMER OPTIONS
Flowrates [l/min] [18.9] [37.9] [56.8] Material Temperature LImits
PRICES ON REQUEST Polyurethane +10 (-12.2) to +150 (65.6) F° (C°)
Buna-N +10 (-12.2) to +180 (82.2) F° (C°)
Viton - 40 (-40.0) to +350 (176.7) F° (C°)
M1 Plastic Pump Flows up to 14 G.P. M. Saniflex™ - 20 (-28.9) to +220 (104.4) F° (C°)
Maximum pump operating pressures should not exceed 110 psig (7.59 Bar). Teflon® PTFE +40 (4.4) to +300 (148.9) F° (C°)
Volumes indicated on charts were determined by actually pumping water into calibrated tanks. Wil-Flex™ - 40 (-40.0) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
3-21
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC DIAPHRAGM PUMPS
R
O C
D U
Rubber/TPE-Fitted M2R Pump MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION, WETTED HOUSINGS

(Water Chambers, Inlet/Discharge Manifolds)
BAR FEET PSIG
Polypropylene 18 lbs. +32 (0 ) to +175 ( 79.4) F° (C°)
240 (10) [17] AIR CONSUMPTION PVDF 23 lbs. +10 (-12.2) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
6.8 100 (SCFM) [M3/Hr.]
(15) [25.5] MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION, NON-WETTED HOUSINGS
(20) [34]
Description Materials
5.4 80 Centre Section Polypropylene
180 Air Valve Lube-Free Plastic Composite or Brass or Brass/Teflon® – Coated or
Brass/Nickel-Plated or Solenoid-Operated
(25) [42.5]
4.1 140 60 SUCTION LIFT CAPABILITY
Dry Lift Primed Lift
100 17’ (5.18m) 25’ (7.62m)
2.7 40 The above figures represent rubber-fitted pump capabilities.
Consult Fabco for TPE and/or Teflon®-fitted pump data.
1.3 40 20 1/8” (3.17mm) Diameter
ELASTOMER OPTIONS
Material Temperature Limits
Water Discharge GPM 10 20 30 40 Polyurethane +10 (-12.2) to +150 (65.6) F° (C°)
Flowrates [l/min] [37.9] [75.7] [113.6] [113.6] Neoprene 0 (-17.8) to +200 (93.3) F° (C°)
Buna-N +10 (-12.2) to +180 (82.2) F° (C°)
3 Nordel - 60 (-51.1) to +280 (137.8) F° (C°)

PRICES ON REQUEST
Viton - 40 (-40.0) to +350 (176.7) F° (C°)
M2R Plastic Pump Flows up to 33 G.P.M. Saniflex™ - 20 (-28.9) to +220 (104.4) F° (C°)
Maximum pump operating pressures should not exceed 125 psig (8.62 Bar). Teflon®PTFE +40 (4.4) to +300 (148.9) F° (C°)
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION, WETTED HOUSINGS

BAR FEET PSIG Polypropylene 39 lbs. +32 ( 0 ) to +175 (79.4) F° (C°)
PVDF 49 lbs. +10 (-12.2) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
240 (20) [34] AIR CONSUMPTION
6.8 100 (30) [51] Teflon®PFA 52 lbs. - 20 (-28.9) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
(40) [68] (SCFM) [M3/Hr.]
(50) [85]
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION, NON-WETTED HOUSINGS
Description Material
5.4 180 80 (60) [102] Centre Section Polypropylene
Air Valve Brass or Brass/Teflon®-Coated or Brass/Nickel-Plated or
4.1 140 60 Stainless Steel
(70) [119]
SUCTION LIFT CAPABILITY
100 Dry Lift Primed Lift
2.7 40 17’ (5.18m) 27’ (8.23m)
1.3 40 20
GPM 20 40 60 80
ELASTOMER OPTIONS
Water Discharge
[l/min] [75.7] [151.4] [227.1] [302.8] Material Temperature Limits
Flowrates
Polyurethane +10 (-12.2) to +150 (65.6) F° (C°)
Neoprene 0 (-17.8) to +200 (93.3) F° (C°)
PRICES ON REQUEST
Buna-N +10 (-12.2) to +180 (82.2) F° (C°)
Nordel - 60 (-51.1) to +280 (137.8) F° (C°)
M4 Plastic Pump Flows up to 84 G.P.M. Viton - 40 (-40.0) to +350 (176.7) F° (C°)
Maximum pump operating pressures should not exceed 125 psig (8.62 Bar). Saniflex™ - 20 (-28.9) to +220 (104.4) F° (C°)
Volumes indicated on charts were determined by actually pumping water into calibrated tanks. Teflon® PTFE +40 (4.4) to +220 (104.4) F° (C°)
Wil-Flex™ - 40 (-40.0) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)

BAR FEET PSIG Polypropylene 74 lbs. +32 (0) to +175 (79.4) F° (C°)
PVDF 96 lbs. +10 (-12.2) to +225 (107.2) F° (C°)
240 (20) [34] (40) [68] AIR CONSUMPTION
6.8 100 (60) [102] (SCFM) [M3/Hr.] MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION, NON-WETTED HOUSINGS
(80) [136] Description Material
Centre Block Polypropylene or Aluminium or Aluminium/Teflon®-Coated or
5.4 180 80
Aluminium/Nickel-Plated or Stainless Steel
(100) [170]
Air Valve Brass or Brass/Teflon®-Coated or Brass/Nickel-Plated or
Stainless Steel
4.1 140 60
SUCTION LIFT CAPABILITY
100 Dry Lift Primed Lift
2.7 40 17’ (5.18m) 25’ (7.62m)
1.3 40 20
Water Discharge GPM 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 ELASTOMER OPTIONS

Flowrates [l/min] [76] [151] [227] [303] [378] [454] [530] [606] Material Temperature Limits
Polyurethane +10 (-12.2) to +150 (65.6) F° (C°)
Neoprene 0 (-17.8) to +200 (93.3) F° (C°)
PRICES ON REQUEST Buna-N +10 (-12.2) to +180 (82.2) F° (C°)
Nordel - 60 (-51.1) to +280 (137.8) F° (C°)
Viton - 40 (-40.0) to +350 (176.7) F° (C°)
M8 Plastic Pump Flows up to 157 G.P.M. Saniflex™ - 20 (-28.9) to +220 (104.4) F° (C°)
Maximum pump operating pressures should not exceed 125 psig (8.62 Bar). Teflon® PTFE +40 (4.4) to +220 (104.4) F° (C°)
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
COMMODITY SIPHON PUMPS

R
O C
D U
SIPHON DRUM PUMP

All polyethylene construction - no leakage. Hand pump starts siphoning to lower level.
Meets new Federal Health and Safety Act (OSHA) requirements for steel drum pumping.
Maximum delivery of 5.1 GPM.
MODEL DESCRIPTION PRICE
PT No. 1079 For 55 gallon drums with 2" IPS

33.95
Model 4A Female opening.
PT No., 1069 Same as 4A - except heavy duty-flows
55.62
Model 4A-HD 7.5 GPM
Resists: Acids, caustics, light oils, disinfectants or water based fluids.
3
SIPHON PUMPS FOR JUGS, BOTTLES
AND CANS
Sturdy, all polyethylene, heavy duty, hand bellows oper-
ated syphon pump. Ideal for dispensing corrosives &
water based fluids. It fits 1, 2, 2 1/2, and 5 gallon glass,
plastic, or metal containers. Pumps to higher level or
starts siphon action to lower level. Receptacle to allow
line drainage back into container.
DESCRIPTION PRICE
PT No. 1002,
28.37
Model 2A
Model 4A
Model 2A
SIPHON PUMP INFORMATION

DESCRIPTIONS:
• This siphon pump is made of polyethylene that will not rust.
• This siphon pump is made for use of transferring water and light oil from upper container to lower container.
INSTRUCTIONS: CAUTIONS:
1. Place the shortest tube into supply container opening.
2. Place the outlet of the delivery hose into receiving container Do not use this pump for HOT WATER.
opening.
3. Grip handle, pressing down repeatedly until liquid begins to flow. Do not use this pump for transferring the following liquids: ACETONE,
Liquid will continue flowing through delivery hose as long as the BENZEN, CREOSOL ACID, ETHYL, PHENOL, METHYLETHYL,
level of contents of the supply container is higher than that of the Concentrated CAUSTIC SODA LIQUID, NITRIC ACID,
receiving container. HYDROCHLORIC ACID, SULFURIC ACID, etc.
4. If siphon action stops because the level in the supply container is
very low, grip handle pressing down repeatedly or raise the con- The above liquids may cause decay, deterioration of mechanical
tainer, so it is above receiving vessel. strength by absorption or an appearance of circumstantial crack.
5. To stop siphon flow at any time, unscrew cap at the top of the These may be DANGEROUS AND HARMFUL to you.
grip. To restart flow, close the cap and repeat step 3.
3-23
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
TANK AND DRUM MIXERS
R
O C
D U
FABCO/PENGUIN
PROPELLER/TURBINE SPECIFICATIONS
SERIES PM MIXER
TANK SINGLE DUAL
TYPE PROPELLER PROPELLER
PROPELLER TURBINE Cylindrical Height <1 Height >1
or Conical Diameter Diameter
Height <1 Height >1
Square
Side Dimension Side Dimension
Height <1 Height >1
Rectangular Longest Side Longest Side
Dimension Dimension
55 Gallon drum Turbine N/A
INTRODUCTION
Penguin mixers are designed to handle a large range of chemicals

MOUNT SPECIFICATIONS for both tanks and drums without difficulty. These mixers are com-
pletely constructed of 316SS shafts, couplings, and propellers. For a
Penguin mixers are available in four different mounts. The completely metalless mixer where in contact with the solutions, a
3 heavy duty construction of each mount provides a mixer

capable of withstanding operational stresses.
polypropylene propeller and sleeved shaft are supplied. All mixers
have been tested for proper operations. To obtain optimum service
life, please follow all instructions.
CLAMP MOUNT:
Allows the mixer to be mounted on the tank side wall or INSTALLATION

other vertical surface. Clamp mechanism provides for
Model PM mixers must be mounted at least two times the propeller
various positions of the mixer on the tank.
diameter from the bottom of the tank. If the mixer is to be used in a
BRACKET MOUNT: fully baffled tank, a bracket or flange mount must be utilized. For
maximum mixing, install the unit vertically in the center of the tank.
Provides a 3/4” or 1” CPVC bracket for mounting the mixer Clamp Mount - A clamp mount mixer is most efficient 10-20
on a tank cover or other flat surface. degrees off the vertical axis for non-fully baffled tanks. Exceeding
120 degree angle is not recommended. On clamp mount mixers, the
THREAD MOUNT:
motor and mixer shaft are mounted off center in respect to the clamp,
Is equipped with a 2” PVC nipple for direct mounting in the thus the force on the tip and the spindle of the clamp is very high. For
bung of a 55 gallon drum or other threaded connector. mixers 1/4 hp and larger, it is necesary to support the tip and the end
Used primarily with a turbine. of the spindle with rigid flat pieces of wood or plastic in order to pre-
vent damage to the tank wall or lip. Some force on the handle is nec-
FLANGE MOUNT: essary in order to move the mixer in the desired position. Once the
mixer is in the desired position, it will not move by itself. Models PM-
Constructed from PVC or polypropylene and is used for
1/4 through PM-1 require even greater force due to the heavier weight
mounting the mixer directly over the shaft hole in the tank
cover or other flat surface. of the unit. Do not adjust the bolt and nut of the swivel clamp mount.
The bolt and nut are adjusted properly and locked.
ELECTRICAL
FEATURES: Model PM-1/20 mixers are supplied in single phase, 115V, 60Hz
• Economical and Efficient use in both Tanks and Drum motors. All other models supplied in single phase are dual voltage,
• 316SS Shaft & Couplings 115V/230V motors. When the factory supplies a cord and plug, all
• 316SS or Polypropylene Propellers/Polypropylene Drum turbines dual voltage motors are wired for the lower voltage (115V) unless oth-
• 4 Mounts Available erwise requested. When changing 115V wiring to 230V wiring, follow
the motor manufacturer’s wiring instructions which are found in the
motor junction box or motor label. The three phase motor is dual volt-
PROPELLER/TURBINE age 230/460V, 50/60Hz, which is not wired at the factory. Many
options are available on the PM Series mixers including single
The Penguin turbine is most effective in 55 gallon drums and/or phase/50Hz and explosion-proof motors. If these options are
heavy viscosities. Constructed of polypropylene, the turbine creates required, please check the motors carefully or consult the factory.
a downward and horizontal type flow for maximum mixing.
OPERATION
The Penguin propeller provides a directional flow pattern accept- Dual Propellers - The top propeller of the dual propeller mixer is
able for most mixing applications. Propellers are constructed of adjustable. It is very important to position this propeller halfway
polypropylene or 316SS. The size of propellers vary with each horse- between the liquid level and the bottom propeller. Do not exceed 1/3
power. Use the Propeller/Turbine Specification Chart to see if dual of the total shaft length measured from the bottom propeller.
propellers are required, if so the second propeller is to be installed
halfway between the liquid level and the first propeller, but not to Dual propellers should only be utilized when H >1
exceed 1/3 the total shaft length measured from the lower propeller. D
There is no power increase for dual propellers. The lower propeller or H - Tank height
turbine should be installed at least two times their diameter from the D - Average diameter of the tank. (The largest dimensions of a
bottom of the tank. rectangular tank is to be considered your average diameter).
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
TANK AND DRUM MIXERS

R
O C
D U
FABCO/PENGUIN
Shaft Specifications
SERIES PM MIXER HP Shaft Length Shaft Dia.
1/20 28" 1/2"
SHAFT 1/4 34" 1/2"
The shafts and coupling of the Penguin mixer are constructed of 316 stainless steel. 1/3 36" 1/2"
The mixer shafts are designed for safe operation based on torsion and bending. The 1/2 36" 5/8"
large shaft diameter insures proper mechanical design as noted in the Shaft 1 44" 5/8"
Specification Chart. The mixers operate below the first critical speed zone.
Polypropylene sleeved shafts are also available as an option. Motor Specifications
HP RPM Volts Hertz Phase Amps
MOTOR 1/20 1500 115 60 Single 1/5
The standard motor supplied on Penguin mixers are TEFC. All motors are shipped 1/4 1725 115/230 60 Single 6.8/3.4
unwired with the exception of the PM-1/20 which is wired 115V as noted in the Motor 1/3 1725 115/230 60 Single 6.8/3.4
1 1725 115/230 60 Single 9.0/4.5
Specificaiton Chart. For single phase motors, a cord and plug can be ordered as an
1 1725 230/460 60 Three 2.0/1.0
option. Other available options include, special voltages, 50 Hz, lower RPM, explosion
1/2 1725 115/230 60 Single 13.6/6.8
proof in 1/3 hp, 1/2 hp, 1 hp and air motors with the exception of the PM-1/20.
1/2 1725 230/460 60 Three 3.6/1.8
NOMENCLATURE 3
PM 1/2 P C EXP
Penguin Horsepower Mixer Material & Type/ Mount Options
Mixers 1/20 = 1/20 Coupling & Shaft Material C = Clamp ODM = Open drip motors
1/4 = 1/4 P = Polypropylene propeller/316SS B = Bracket EXP = Explosion proof motors
1/3 = 1/3 S = 316SS Propeller/316SS F = Flange D = Dual Propellers
1/2 = 1/2 V = Polypropylene turbine/316SS T = Thread PS = Polypropylene sleeved shaft
1=1 CP = Cord and plug
A = Air motor
FLOW Flow Specifications

For efficient mixing, the recommended turnover in the tank is approximately 6-10 minutes. To calcu- Dimensions/Type GPM
late the correct flow, use the Flow Specification Chart. Example: which propeller would be most efficient 3"/Propeller 8
for a 50 gallon tank. 50 gallon/8 gpm = 6.25 minutes. Thus, the 3” propeller would be the proper size. 2"/Turbine 12
4"/Propeller 18
5"/Propeller 38
VISCOSITY
An increase in viscosity will also increase the power absorption. Use the Viscosity Specification Chart
for proper horsepower and propeller size. For viscosities over 500 centipoise, consult the factory.
Turnover will be approximately 15-20 minutes for PM-1 mixers for tank volumes of 1000 gallons.
VISCOSITY SPECIFICATIONS
Tank Volume Gallons
Viscosity
50 100 200 500 1000
1 Cp PM-1/20 PM-1/4 PM-1/4 PM-1/2 PM-1
100 Cp PM-1/20 PM-1/4 PM-1/4 PM-1/2 PM-1 Mixers & Misc. Series PM Tank and Drum Mixers
300 Cp PM-1/4 PM-1/4 PM-1/3 PM-1/2 N/A Model Mixer Price Model Mixer Price
500 Cp PM-1/3 PM-1/3 PM-1/2 PM-1 N/A PM-1/20PC 672.22 PM-1/3SB 1,106.14
Propeller Size 3" or 4" 3" or 4" 4" 5" 5" PM-1/4PC 1,110.63 PM-1/2SB 1,299.48
PM-1/3PC 1,157.85 PM-1SB 1,598.50
PM-1/2PC 1,346.70 PM-1/20PF 631.76
PM-1/20SC 780.14 PM-1/4PF 993.72
HORSEPOWER PM-1/4SC 1,243.28 PM-1/3PF 1,038.69
The Horsepower Specification Chart is based on a specific gravity of 1.0 PM-1/3SC 1,285.99 PM-1/2PF 1,234.29
for a specific gravity higher than 1.0 multiply the ratio of gravities directly with PM-1/2SC 1,506.32 PM-1/20SF 730.68
PM-1SC 1,805.34 PM-1/4SF 1,121.87
the minimum required horsepower. Example: If using a 1/3 hp mixer for liq-
PM-1/20PB 593.54 PM-1/3SF 1,169.09
uid with a specific gravity of 1.0 and this mixer is to be used in liquid with spe- PM-1/4PB 921.78 PM-1/2SF 1,389.41
cific gravity of 1.5, the horserpower required would be 1/3 x 1.5 = .595. Thus, PM-1/3PB 948.76 PM-1SF 1,688.43
a 1/2 hp would be the proper motor. PM-1/2PB 1,137.61 PM-1/20VT 643.00
PM-1/20SB 681.22 PM-1/4VT 991.48
PM-1/4SB 1,058.92
HP Specifications
Dimension/Type Minimum HP
3"/Propeller 1/20
2"/Turbine 1/20
4"/Propeller 1/4
5"/Propeller 1/2
3-25
FABCO TURBINE MIXER / GAUGE GUARD
PORTABLE TURBINE TUBE MIXER
TUBES MOTORS
TM Series T Series
• Sealed • TEFC, IP54
• Blending or mixing liquids • Corrosive environment
• Stainless steel or USDA sani- • 110/60/1 or 220/50/1
tary • 3,450 and 10,000 rpm
• 36” (91.4 cm) length • 1/4 Hp (220 W)
• 4-blade turbine design • 1/2 Hp (480 W)
• Bung entering • Continuous duty rated
• Non-areating or vortexing • Double insulated
• 14 gpm (53 L/min.) circulation • Handle w/built-in switch
• 1,000 cps • Thermal overload
• Max 200°F (93°C) • Manual reset
• 12 ft. (3.8 m), 3-wire cord with plug
• CSA approved
A Series
3 • Air operated
• Corrosive/flammable
environments
• 300 – 6,000 rpm
PART
DESCRIPTION PRICE • 1/2 Hp (373 W Output)
NO.
• 3/4 Hp (560 W Output)
TMS-36 36" 316SS Mixer Assembly 768.75 • 50 – 80 psi (3.5 - 5.6 kg/cm2)
A101134 M7T 1/4 HP T-Series Motor Assembly 900.00 • 17 – 25 cfm (8 - 12 L/sec)
• Regulator valve and muffler
NOTE: Other types/options available on request.
Contact Fabco sales department for pricing.
BOOT TYPE ACCURACY TO 3 PSI GAUGE GUARDS

The FABCO all plastic GAUGE GUARD is a unique guard or insulator of cor- filter elements need changing. A Fabco GAUGE GUARD will make accurate
rosive liquids from gauges. The GAUGE GUARD will protect gauges from serious gauge reading always a certainty. In addition, a gauge will prevent undue back
internal corrosive attack which generally makes them inoperable or completely pressure to seals and excessive motor wear of pumps due to this back pressure.
inaccurate and useless. The savings you realize from the reliable performance of a gauge will pay for
When used with a filter, a gauge is the only way you can accurately tell when your GAUGE GUARD and gauge many times over.
• Prevents internal corrosion of gauge. 1/4" N.P.T.

Gauge Hole
• Dampens needle vibration
Polypropylene
• Increases gauge life Boot isolates
corrosive liquids
• Guarantees accurate readings from gauge.
• For all gauges
• Pressures to 150 PSI (at ambient temp.)
• Temperatures to 180° F.
• 1/4” NPT Bottom outlet standard
• Polypropylene
• Compact 1 3/4” x 4 1/4” size (less gauge)
• 100% product replacement guarantee 1/4" mounting
• Accuracy 3 to 5 P.S.I. N.P.T. hole
• Polypropylene model features non-contaminating isolator
• PREVENTS PURE LIQUID CONTAMINATION

• PREVENTS GAUGE CORROSION ILLUSTRATION
• GUARANTEES ACCURATE READINGS With Pump and Filter
• CORROSION PROOF SYSTEMS
PRICES AND SPECIFICATIONS

Polypropylene (Round) Size 1 3/4” dia. x 3” long
PART NO. SPECIFICATIONS PRICE
FC-PG-300 0-30 PSI Gauge 212.67
FC-PG-600 0-60 PSI Gauge 212.67 Boot Type

FC-PG-1000 0-100 PSI Gauge 212.67
FC-PG-1600 0-160 PSI Gauge 212.67

FC-PG Guard only - No Gauge 127.60
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PRESSURE GAUGE AND GUARD

R
O C
D U
SERIES PGG/PRESSURE GAUGES AND GUARDS Pressure Gauges

PGG-A – CPVC
and Guards
PGG-B – Polypropylene Guard without Gauge
PGG-C – PVDF
Model Price
RECOMMENDED FOR: PGGA 125.03

PGGB 130.71
Total Instrument protection
PGGC 221.64
Guard with Gauge

FEATURES:
Model Price
• Choice of materials for body – CPVC, Polypropylene, PGGA-030 184.70
PVDF and diaphragm – Viton PGGA-060 184.70
• Total instrument protection PGGA-100 184.70
• Maintains system purity/no possible leakage PGGA-160 184.70
• Moulded threaded connections between joint PGGB-030 187.54
• No metals utilized internally or externally PGGB-060 187.54
• Confined O-ring seal and impermeable diaphragm PGGB-100 187.54
• Bleed for filling/no air entrapment for most accuracy PGGC-030 278.47
• Flats on both moulded parts for proper tightening. PGGC-060
PGGC-100
PGGC-160
278.47
278.47
278.47
3
Nomenclature Specifications
PGG A 060
Instrument Process Dimensions
Penguin Construction O-ring Pressure Model
Connection Connection Ht Wth Lth Wt
Gauge material elastomer material Gauge
Guard rating PGGA 1/4" 1/2" 7 1/2 4 1/4 3 3/4 1
A = CPVC / viton 030 = 0-30 PGGB 1/4" 1/2" 7 1/2 4 1/4 3 3/4 1
B = Polypropylene / viton 060 = 0-60 PGGC 1/4" 1/2" 7 1/2 4 1/4 3 3/4 1
C = PVDF / teflon coated viton 100 = 0-100
160 = 0-160
INTRODUCTION MAINTENANCE
The Penguin plastic gauge guard is a unique, compact, moulded
design consisting of two threaded fluid chambers. There is no possi- Assembly
bility of leakage due to uneven screwed components. The gauge/instrument utilized must have a 1/4” MPT connection.
Each piece contains a matching groove which confines the true Be sure the gauge has the proper pressure rating. Apply sealant, sil-
O-ring incorporated on the OD of the impermeable diaphragm. icon rubber or teflon tape on threaded end of the gauge. Screw gauge
A bleed plug and O-ring are included in the design for proper filling in the top half of the guard assembly and line the gauge up with the
of the incompressible liquid in the gauge side chamber.
filter/bleeder screw hole. With the upper body of the guard assembly
This prevents air entrapment, thus providing an accurate reading
upside down, place the diaphragm into the matching O-ring groove.
with no needle vibrations.
The choice of materials permits these gauge guards to be utilized Screw the lower body on the guard assembly into the upper body until
on highly corrosive and ultra-pure solutions. Gauge guards are pre- it bottoms out. Tighten both halves with wrenches on the flats.
assembled at the factory with pressure ratings of 0-30, 0-60, 0-100 or Do not overtighten.
0-160. Guards can also be purchased separately from gauges.
The instrument connection is 1/4” NPT. The process connection is Filling
1/2” NPT. Other special connections are available such as sockets for The proper liquid to use in any gauge assemble is glycerine.
solvent cement of fusion welding. Glycerine is a neutral, non-flammable liquid which is 99.5% incom-
pressible and has a high viscosity. This will result in a very accurate
INSTALLATION gauge reading with no needle vibration. As an alternative, synthetic
hydraulic oil can be used. With the assembled unit on a flat surface
Plumbing
Gauge guards with gauges – Series PGG gauge guards should with the filler/bleeder hole and the gauge facing upward, start filling
be attached to the piping system using a 1/2” pipe nipple. Teflon tape the guard assembly slowly by means of an injection needle or small
or other acceptable pipe sealant should always be used on threads. tube with container. It is recommended to insert the needle or tube all
The gauge guard should be tightened only slightly more than hand the way into the guard assembly. This will start filling at the bottom
tight. Pipe wrenches should never be used. Series PGG gauge while simultaneously pushing the air out of the bleed hole. When the
guards should NEVER be attached to metal pipe threads. Sharp guard is visibly filled, check to see if there are any airlocks by insert-
metal threads can scratch the plastic, leading to a possible rupture. It ing a pin or needle into the liquid. Take the nylon screw with the O-
is recommended to use a T-connection with bleed valve at the bottom
ring and screw it into the filler/bleeder hole until it bottoms out. Test
of the gauge assembly. This will bleed the lower side of the
the gauge guard assembly by placing a finger into the 1/2” FPT
diaphragm.
Gauge guards without gauges – The above instructions are also threaded connection of the gauge guard and push against the
applicable. When attaching a gauge or other instrument to the gauge diaphragm. Observe the movement of the needle. If the needle does
guards, both gauge guard and instrument must be solidly filled; other- not react immediately with the pushing of your finger, and airlock is
wise, a loss in accuracy will result. entrapped in the liquid. Repeat the proper bleeding step.
3-27
PUMP DRY-GUARD™ / MINI-MAX™ LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
DRY–GUARD™ — Safety Vacuum Controlled Switch
The Fabco DRY-GUARD™ is a safety control switch. Injection The DRY-GUARD™ is mounted on the inlet side of the pump
moulded of CPVC (Hi-Temp PVC), this switch is designed specifical- between the source of supply and the pump. The switch will remain
ly for corrosive atmospheres and solutions. The DRY-GUARD™ pre- in ON position with a vacuum of not less that 1” of mercury.
vents breakdown of pumps caused by dry running and makes the The push button, or a remote starting switch can be held down until
attending of your pumps unnecessary when transferring a small or the pump is primed. The pump then remains running, but will shut off
limited amount of solution. if fluid is not in the system, preventing dry running of the pump.
DRY–GUARD™ — Prevents Dry Running Pumps

Features:
• Constructed of chemical resistant CPVC
• Easily Installed – 1/2” base
• Switch Rating – 10 amps, 120 volts AC, 1/3 HP: 7 amps, 24 volts
DC (Use relay for higher current applications)
• Resistant to 185°F of piped media and 150°F environment 4.00"
• Hypalon Diaphragm
3 • Vacuum of not less than 1” of mercury

• Diaphragm activated switch
Can Be Used With These Pumps:

• Flexible Impeller • Flying Vane • Turbine
• Centrifugal • Magnetic • Gear 3 1/2"
Part No. Price

FC-VS-125DC 196.72
Model FC-VS-125DC
with conduit adapter
WIRING DIAGRAM FIGURE 1 WIRING DIAGRAM FIGURE 2 WIRING DIAGRAM FIGURE 3

(for pump motors up to 1/4 HP) (for pump motors 1/3 HP or higher) (for DC pump motors up to 7 amps 24 VDC)
GROUND GROUND
PUMP PUMP PUMP TO POWER SOURCE
MOTOR TO POWER SOURCE MOTOR TO POWER SOURCE MOTOR
DRY-GUARD
DRY-GUARD TO POWER SOURCE
DRY-GUARD
MINI-MAX™ FLEXIBLE ARM
Level Limit Float Switch

Mini-Max™ is an inexpensive float switch designed particularly
for pure water service. Mini-Max™ will not contaminate high purity
water such as distilled, deionized, or de-mineralized.
Electrical Specifications: BUILT IN

Rated at 10 AMPS (1/2 HP) 115/120 VAC. For other service con- TANK ADAPTER
sult our sales department.
Features:
• Compact 3" 6 3/4"
Will accept
• Easy installation 1/2" conduit
adapter
• No adjustment necessary
• All PVC construction with Polyethylene float
2"
• Built in mounting adapter and conduit connector
CONTACT ON RISING BREAK ON RISING

Float
Part No. FC-MM-MR Part No. FC-MM-BR
Built in
Price 196.72 Price 196.72 mounting
adapter
IDEAL FOR HIGH OR LOW LEVEL ALARM SERVICE

Mini–Max™ will control high or low levels of water or other liquids.
WATER TIGHT CONDUIT SHOULD BE USED IN ALL INSTALLATIONS.
LIQUISTAT™ LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
LIQUISTAT™
Liquid Level Control
Features:
Our compact, easy-mounting Liquistat™ liquid level control is designed for trouble-free handling of corrosive
liquids. The polypropylene* tube and float operate without metallic contact or electric current in your solution.
The Liquistat™ will maintain high-low liquid levels in your tanks, empty sumps when full and fill tanks when
emptied – all automatically. Other uses include actuating pumps, triggering solenoid valves and turning off
heaters if fluid is lost from your tanks. Helps prevent dry running of pumps. High or low level alarms or sec-
ondary pump starts are optionally available for any model. Conduit connection is standard.
The absolutely corrosion-proof Liquistat™ is available in a model designed to meet your requirements.
*See Type 1 For a standard unit up to 3’ length with 2 switch positions. Unit shown with bracket option D. See below for bracket options and for
additional switch and length.
*Now available also in 316 stainless steel and CPVC. See below for ordering information.
Applications:
3
HIGH OR LOW LEVEL CONTROL SIGNALS TURN
PUMPS, TANKS, HEATERS ON AND OFF. EXTRA
CONTROL TO PREVENT FIRES AND OTHER SAFETY
CONTROLS. TYPE 1
Pump STARTS when

P1 float reaches position
P2 and STOPS when
float rises to position
P1.
P2
How To Order:
Units Available from 3” to 20 Feet Long
TYPE 2
1. Specify Liquistat™ Type 1 or Type 2. Pump STARTS when

float rises to position
P1 and STOPS when
Bracket Options:
2. Specify voltage: 24 VAC or 115 VAC (standard). float reaches position
BRACKET A
Wire fractional H.P. motors direct, up to 1/4 H.P. sin- P2.
8" 1/4"
gle phase, (Part No. FC-LLC-105), or up to 1/3 H.P.
single phase (Part No. FC-LLC-110). R
/2" 3"
11
3. Indicate mounting bracket desired. Bracket A, B or See price list note below for longer units and additional switches.
(Two switches standard)
C included in price of standard unit. If D is required
add $75.67 and specify Y dimension (1/4”, 3/8”, or BRACKET B
1/2”). Price List Notes: 1/4"
4. Give all level control dimensions from top of vessel. • PP and CPVC add $7.44 per foot
Describe function to be performed at each level. If over 3’.
indicator lights or alarms are required, also diagram • 316 SS and PVDF add $37.22 per dia 4 1/2" x 1/4" dia
6"
these positions. For example: P1 stop pump 6”; P2 foot over 3’.
start pump 24”; P3 ring low level alarm 29”. • Add $37.22 for each switch over 2.
• The lowest switch position must be
3” above the bottom of the vessel, BRACKET C
otherwise a well is required for the
Units 3’ long with 1 or 2 switches in base price float.
• Switches can be as close as 2” 2"
Mat'l. Load Part No. Price from each other.
P.P. 115V to 5 Amps (1/4 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-105 638.00 • Temperature limit on PP and
Specify
P.P. 225V to 10 Amps (1/3 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-110 691.17 CPVC units is 185°F. Limit on 316 2", 3", or 4" M.P.T.
P.P. 24VAC FC-LLC-24 744.33

SS and PVDF is 300°F.
CPVC 115V to 5 Amps (1/4 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-105HT 850.67 BRACKET D
7"
CPVC 115V to 10 Amps (1/3 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-110HT 914.47 Description Part No. Price
CPVC 24VAC FC-LLC-24HT 957.00 Reed Switch FC-RS 66.46 1/
2"
R
1
R x x 3"
316 S.S. 115V to 5 Amps (1/4 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-105SS P.O.R. 5 Amp Relay FC-05R 239.25 2"
1/
1
316 S.S. 115V to 10 Amps (1/3 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-110SS P.O.R. 10 Amp Relay FC-10R 319.00
316 S.S. 24VAC FC-LLC-24SS P.O.R. P.P. Float Assy. FC-PFA 252.54
2 1/2"
PVDF 115V to 5 Amps (1/4 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-105K 1,528.54 CPVC Float Assy. FC-CFA 319.00
4"
PVDF 115V to 10 Amps (1/3 H.P. or under) FC-LLC-110K 1,648.17 S.S. Float Assy. FC-SFA P.O.R.
Y SPECIFY “Y”
PVDF 24VAC FC-LLC-24K 1,701.33 PVDF Float Assy. FC-KFA 638.00 5" DIMENSION
3-29
MINI–STAT™ MINIATURE LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
MINI–STAT™
Miniature Level Limit Control
Features:
• COMPACT DESIGN – Uses minimum space
• Available in CPVC/Polypropylene combination
• Available in all natural PVDF
• Service to 180°F for the CPVC/PP Model and 250°F for the PVDF Model
• Adjustable height by means of extension pipe and mounting bracket
• Voltage 115 VAC
• Maximum 1/2 amp. load (For higher amp service and 3 phase operation
consult Fabco/Manufacturer.)
• 3 feet of wire furnished with unit
• Add wire for deeper service
3
Examples of Uses
Maintains liquid level in tanks Heater cut off Will sound low or high level alarms
by operating solenoid valves HELPS PREVENT FIRES Prevent tanks from overflowing
Mini-Stat™ uses a magnetically acutated single pole, double throw switch. Use 2 Mini-Stats™ to turn power on or off
at different levels or turn supply valves off
The Mini-Stat™ can be used in the following modes: at different times.
black
white
black
white
black
red
red
A B C
A. Switch opens when float rises B. Switch closes when float rises C. Black to red opens when float rises Will fit 2” bung on
Switch closes when float falls Switch opens when float falls Black to white closes when float rises drums to signal empty
Black to red closes when float falls drum or shut-off
MAXIMUM 115 VAC @ 1/2 AMP Black to white opens when float falls pump
Adjusting Screw MINI-STAT™
Part No. Description Price

FC-MT-1 Mini-Stat™, CPVC/Polypro 257.86
FC-KMT-1 PVDF Mini-Stat™ 473.18
FC-MTMB-1 Mounting Bracket 66.46
FC-MTR-6 6" Extension with Coupling 66.46
FC-MTR-12 12" Extension with Coupling 66.46
FC-MTC Treaded Coupling CPVC 66.46
FC-EL 3/8" 90° Elbow CPVC 66.46
For extra long extensions specify length Mounting Bracket Add extension for deeper
service requirements
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION CHAMBERS
R
O C
D U
FABCO/PENGUIN FILTRATION CHAMBERS FEATURES:

• Leakproof
Penguin offers a wide range of chambers in CPVC, polypropylene • Corrosion Resistant
and PVDF. Construction contains no fragile lucite or glass. There is • Quick Tube Change
no metal to liquid contact, no springs to lose or break and no crushed • Choice of PVC or CPVC
tubes. Penguin CPVC and polypropylene chambers are recommend- • Removes solid dirt particles
ed for most acid and alkaline solutions. PVDF chambers are recom- • Choice of filter tubes or filter sleeves
mended for high temperature acids and alkalies., HF, and electroless
nickel. All Penguin chambers can be mounted on a common RECOMMENDED FOR:
polypropylene base and manifolded together for greater capacities or • Precious Metal Plating Solutions
space saving requirements. For portability, casters can be added as • Acids
an option. • Fluoborates
Penguin filter chambers are available in single tube, three tube, five • Cyanides
tube and twelve tube vessels. Each filter chamber is equipped with an • Electroless Plating Solutions
initial Penguin 15 micron filter cartridge or set of filter cartridges. • Alkaline Solutions
Because of the unique Penguin design, these cartridges ensure max-
imum particle retention and no liquid bypass. Our series CB cham-
bers include a 5 micron filter bag. Our Style 6C/6CT, 8C/8CT and
12C/12CT come equipped with a Penguin pressure gauge/guard
assembly and air bleed valve. As an option, this gauge and guard
SERIES C: FILTER CHAMBERS 3
assembly can also be placed on the inlet or discharge line of our style
Style 3C
3C/3CT or 4C/4CT.
The most economical of filter chambers, this single cartridge unit
will accommodate 6”, 10”, 20” or 30” length filter cartridges. 10” car-
TYPES OF FILTER CHAMBERS tridges may not be stacked inside a 20” or 30” chamber because there
is no centre rod. Because of the unique cartridge compressor design,
Series C: Filter Chambers
this chamber can accept a cartridge length variance of 1/4” without
Flows to 10,800 gph
any liquid by-pass. The special top knife edge moves up and down
with the filter cartridge length. There are no longer any centre rods
Removes Solid Dirt Particles
protruding through the chamber top to break or stretch, and the top is
Quick Change Cartridge
now threaded onto the shell via an acme thread configuration. The
Choice of Construction Materials
inlet and outlet ports from 1/2” MPT to 3/4” FPT connections have
Can Use Filter Cartridges, Submicronic Pleated Cartridges or Filter
been increased as well as the chamber diameter to increase the fil-
Sleeves
tration flow rate and to eliminate the possibility of broken MPT
inlet/outlet connections. A base is included for surface mounting. Our
Series CN: In - Tank Filter Chambers series CN includes a B-mount bracket for mounting the chamber on a
Flows to 2160 gph tank lip without a base for minimal space requirements. This chamber
can accept double open end, single open end with internal #020 O-
Complete In-Tank Filtration ring, or double open end with internal #120 O-ring each end.
Removes Solid Dirt Particles
Quick Change Cartridge Style 4C
Rugged CPVC Material of Construction including Mounting Bracket This high pressure, heavy-duty single cartridge chamber will
accommodate 10”, 20”, or 30” length filter cartridges. Because of the
internal rod design, this chamber can accept various filter cartridge
Series CT: Carbon Treatment Chambers lengths ± 1/4” without liquid bypass. The 4C chamber can accommo-
Flows to 3780 gph date non-standard cartridge lengths with more than the 1/4” length
from standard by adjustment of the internal rod length; consult the fac-
Removes Organic Contaminants & Solid Dirt Particles tory for details. The special head is threaded onto the shell via a
Easy Conversion to Filter Chamber Dartlett, self-locking thread configuration. The 1” FPT inlet/outlet con-
Choice of Disposable Carbon Cartridge or Bagged Granular Carbon nections and 4” chamber diameter allow for increased filtration flow
Recommended For Purification Filtration of: rates, especially for larger O.D. sub-micronic cartridges (2.50” - 2.90”
Precious Metal Baths O.D.), while also eliminating the possibility of broken MPT connec-
Bright Plating Baths tions.
Acid or Alkaline Solutions
Other High Purity Solutions Style 6C/8C/12C
These three filter chambers incorporate heavy reinforced ribbing
within the moulded parts. The double labyrinth O-ring sealing and the
Series CB: Filter Bag Chambers long-sleeved flanges, top and bottom, allow these chambers to oper-
Flows to 4800 gph ate at higher pressures and/or temperatures while also eliminating the
use of external frame rods. The simplicity in design and accessibility
Corrosion Resistant CPVC Construction allow one to completely disassemble and reassemble these chambers
Filtration Down to 1 Micron in order to replace any broken or damaged part. These chambers can
Simple Filter Bag Replacement also be converted in the field to a carbon treatment unit or to accept
High Volume Surface Filtration single open end, double #222 O-ring seal sub-micronic cartridges with
Lower Initial Cost & Reusable Filter Media only a small modification. This simple conversion process eliminates
Economical Solution To a Variety of Corrosive Filtration Requirements the expense of purchasing a completely new chamber.
3-31
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION CHAMBERS
R
O C
D U
Series C: Specifications
Gallons per Hour

No. & Length of Cartridge Pleated Cartridge End Cap Configuration Connections
based on 70° Water
Chamber
DOE internal single SOE external
Style
Wound Pleated Wound Pleated DOE 120 O-rings/SOE double
Inlet Outlet
Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge Flat Gasket internal 020 O-rings/ 222 O-ring/button
button end cap end cap
3C-6 0-160 NA 1-6" NA NA NA NA 3/4" FPT 3/4" FPT

3C-1 150-300 ** 1-10" 1-10" STD STD NA 3/4" FPT 3/4" FPT
4C-1 150-300 ** 1-10" 1-10" STD NA OPT 1" FPT 1" FPT
6C-3 450-900 ** 3-10" 2-10" OPT NA OPT 1" MPT 1" FPT
3
8C-5 750-1500 ** 5-10" 4-10" OPT NA OPT 1 1/2" MPT* 1 1/2" FPT
12C-12 1800-3600 NA 12-10" OPT OPT NA NA 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
CHAMBERS MANIFOLDED TOGETHER IN PARALLEL AND INDIVIDUALLY VALVED (single inlet / dual outlet)
2-6C-6 1350-2430 ** 6-20" 4-20" OPT NA OPT 1 1/2" FPT 2-1" FPT
2-6C-9 2025-3240 ** 6-30" 4-30" OPT NA OPT 1 1/2" FPT 2-1" FPT
2-8C-10 2250-4050 ** 10-20" 8-20" OPT NA OPT 2" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
2-8C-15 3375-5400 ** 10-30" 8-30" OPT NA OPT 2" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
2-12C-24 5400-8640 NA 24-20" OPT OPT NA NA 3" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
2-12C-36 8100-11340 NA 24-30" OPT OPT NA NA 3" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
* For PVDF construction, consult factory.

** 25% to 100% increase in flow rate and up to 3-4 times the life of string wound and polyspun cartridges.
Series CN: In - Tank Filter Chambers
Fabco/Penguin in-tank filter chambers allow for depth filtration completely limited to inside the tank. Thus, there is no possibility of solution
loss. These filter chambers are completely constructed of CPVC including the rugged mounting bracket. Five sizes include single cartridge
and three cartridge vessels in 10”, 20” and 30” cartridge length. These chambers incorporate all the unique construction advantages of our
style 3C and 6C chambers. The cartridge compressor design in the style 3C chambers and the double labyrinth O-ring sealing along with the
long sleeved flanges on the top of style 6C are also incorporated into our series CN chambers.
Series CN: Specifications

Gallons per Hour
No. & Length of Cartridge Pleated Cartridge End Cap Configuration Connections
based on 70° Water
Chamber
DOE internal single SOE external
Style
Wound Pleated Wound Pleated DOE 120 O-rings/SOE double
Inlet Outlet
Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge Flat Gasket internal 020 O-ring/ 222 O-ring/button
buton end cap end cap
3CN-1 150-300 ** 1-10" 1-10" STD STD NA 3/4" FPT 3/4" FPT
6CN-6 900-1620 ** 3-20" 2-20" STD NA OPT 1" MPT 1" FPT
6CN-9 1350-2160 ** 3-30" 2-30" STD NA OPT 1" MPT 1" FPT
** 25% to 100% increase in flow rate and up to 3-4 times the life of string wound and polyspun cartridges.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION CHAMBERS
R
O C
D U
Series CT: Carbon Treatment Chambers chambers come equipped with a flow plate, polypropylene mesh car-
bon bag, short and long filter cartridge rods and an initial set of 3
Fabco/Penguin carbon treatment chambers are available with car- micron filter cartridges used during carbon treatment.
bon cartridges or bagged granular carbon. Each carbon cartridge
chamber comes equipped with a Penguin series PC disposable car- Style 6CT/8CT/12CT
bon cartridge containing pure, low sulfur, activated carbon granules. Incorporating all the features of the 6C/8C/12C filter chambers,
All carbon cartridges can be replaced with filter cartridges if straight these carbon treatment units contain a reusable polypropylene mesh
filtration is required. Carbon bag chambers contain a reusable bag to be filled with Penguin low sulfur granular carbon. These car-
polypropylene mesh bag to be filled with Penguin style GC sulfur-free, bon bags can hold up to 100 pounds of carbon. These chambers can
activated granular carbon. Depending upon the style selected, the also be easily converted into a total filtration chamber. With the 6CT,
chambers hold from 5 to 100 pounds of carbon. When the carbon 8CT and 12CT holding 3 cartridges, 5 cartridges and 12 cartridges
becomes exhausted, only the granular carbon and not the bag needs respectively.
to be replaced. Penguin granular carbon quickly reaches its satura-
tion point in absorbing minimal amounts of brighteners yet continues Style 3CT/4CT
to have excellent absorption for organic impurities. Following organic For smaller tanks when a single carbon cartridge is adequate,
decontamination, the solution is automatically depth filtered through a these heavy duty carbon treatment chambers will accommodate a
3 micron filter surrounding the core of the carbon cartridge or set of 3 10”, 20”, or 30” carbon cartridge. These chambers incorporate the
same unique engineering designs as the Penguin style 3C/4C cham-
micron filter cartridges attached to the carbon bag chamber head.
This entraps all foreign particles and solids. Carbon bag chambers
can easily be converted to straight filtration if required. All carbon bag
ber. If straight filtration is required, a filter cartridge can replace the
carbon cartridge.
3
Series CT: Specifications
No. & Length of Cartridge Carbon Capacity
Connections
Carbon Cartridge Chamber Carbon Bag Chamber
Gallons
Chamber per Hour Carbon Filter Filter Cartridge
Filter
Style based on Cartridge/ Cartridge with Carbon
Cartridge
70° Water Capacity lbs replacing Bag/Capacity Inlet Outlet
without
of carbon in carbon lbs. of granular
carbon bag
cartridge cartridge carbon in bag
3CT-6 0-90 1-6"/0.4 1-6" NA NA 3/4" FPT 3/4" FPT
3CT-1 60-150 1-10"/0.6 1-10" NA NA 3/4" FPT 3/4" FPT
3CT-2 120-300 1-20"/1.2 1-20" NA NA 3/4" FPT 3/4" FPT
3CT-3 180-450 1-30"/1.8 1-30" NA NA 3/4" FPT 3/4" FPT
4CT-1 60-150 1-10"/0.6 1-10" NA NA 1" FPT 1" FPT
4CT-2 120-300 1-20"/1.2 1-20" NA NA 1" FPT 1" FPT
4CT-3 180-450 1-30"/1.8 1-30" NA NA 1" FPT 1" FPT
6CT-3 280-400 3-10"/1.8 3-10" NA NA 1" MPT 1" FPT
6CT-6 300-540 NA NA 3-6"/5 3-20" 1" MPT 1" FPT
6CT-9 450-720 NA NA 3-30"/10 3-30" 1" MPT 1" FPT
8CT-5 300-750 5-10"/3.0 5-10" NA NA 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
8CT-10 500-900 NA NA 5-6"/9 5-20" 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
8CT-15 750-1200 NA NA 5-10"/18 5-30" 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
12CT-12 720-1800 12-10"/7.2 12-10" NA NA 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
12CT-24 1200-1920 NA NA 12-6"/35 12-20" 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
12CT-36 1800-2520 NA NA 12-10"/50 12-30" 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
CHAMBERS MANIFOLDED TOGETHER IN PARALLEL AND INDIVIDUALLY VALVED (single inlet / dual outlet)
2-6CT-6 450-810 NA NA 6-6"/10 6-20" 1 1/2" FPT 2-1" FPT
2-6CT-9 675-1080 NA NA 6-10"/20 6-30" 1 1/2" FPT 2-1" FPT
2-8CT-10 750-1350 NA NA 10-6"/18 10-20" 2" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
2-8CT-15 1125-1800 NA NA 10-10"/36 10-30" 2" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
2-12CT-24 1800-2880 NA NA 24-6"/70 24-20" 2" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
2-12CT-36 2700-3780 NA NA 24-10"/100 24-30" 2" FPT 2-1 1/2" FPT
Series CB: Filter Bag Chambers
Fabco/Penguin filter bag chambers are designed for high volume Series CB: Specifications
surface filtration. Completely constructed of CPVC, these filter
Gallons Filter Bag Connections
chambers allow for filtration down to 1 micron. Filter bag replace- Chamber per Hour
ment is easy with the removal of one snap ring. These are four Style based on
Bag Bag
70° Water Inlet Outlet
sizes incorporating all the construction advantages of our style 6C Diameter Length
and 8C chambers. The double labyrinth O-ring sealing and the long 6CB-6 up to 1500 5" 20" 1" MPT 1" FPT
sleeved flanges, top and bottom, allow these chambers to operate 6CB-9 up to 3000 5" 30" 1" MPT 1" FPT
8CB-10 up to 2400 7" 16" 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
at higher pressure and/or temperatures while eliminating the use of
8CB-15 up to 4800 7" 32" 1 1/2" MPT 1 1/2" FPT
external frame rods.
3-33
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION CHAMBERS
R
O C
D U
Engineering Specifications
Temperature Correction Factors:
Nomenclature
Temperature (°F) vs. Pressure
2 12 C 24 A
Operating Factors
Temp.
No symbol = Chamber Chamber No. of 10” length Construction O-ring Elastomer
0°F CPVC POLYPRO PVDF single chamber Diameter Series in Chamber Material Material
2 = chambers
73 1.0 1.0 1.0 manifolded 3 = 3” C = Filter 1 = 1 A = CPVC/EPR
80 0.94 0.93 0.93 together 4 = 4” CB = Filter bag 2 = 2 B = Polypropylene/EPR
90 0.86 0.83 0.87 in parallel/ 6 = 6” CT = C a r b o n 3 = 3 C = PVDF/Viton
100 0.78 0.71 0.82 individually 8 = 8” Treatment 5 = 5
110 0.71 0.66 0.76 valved (single 12 = 12” CN = In-tank 6 = 6*
120 0.64 0.58 0.71 inlet/dual outlet) 9 = 9
Not all combinations available. 10 = 10
130 0.57 0.51 0.65
Consult factory. 12 = 12
140 0.50 0.40 0.61
150 0.43 0.38 0.57
15 = 15
24 = 24
160 0.37 0.23 0.54
36 = 36
180 0.25 N/R 0.47
3 200
210
220
0.18
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0.41
0.38
0.35 Filter Chamber Recommended
*3C-6 = 6”
End Cap Configuration

Operating Pressures (psi)
240 N/R N/R 0.31
250 N/R N/R 0.28 Maximum Operating Pressure
Chambre Based on 73°F Water Single Open End
280 N/R N/R 0.22 Description
Model Double Open End
290 N/R N/R N/R CPVC POLYPRO PVDF
3C/3CT 80 psi 40 psi 80 psi

DOE Flat Gasket
4C/4CT 80 psi 40 psi 80 psi
6C/6CT/6CB 80 psi 40 psi External Double
SOE 222 O-rings
8C/8CT/8CB 70 psi 40 psi 60 psi
/button end cap
12C/12CT 60 psi 40 psi
Internal Single
DOE
Operating Pressure Rating x Temperature Correction Factor 120 O-rings
= Design Pressure Internal 020 O-ring/
SERIES C SOE
button end cap
FILTER CHAMBERS
Model Price
3C-6A 427.97 Filter Chamber Prices SERIES CT
CARBON TREATMENT CHAMBERS
3C-1A 448.85
3C-1B 448.85 Carbon Cartridge Chambers
3C-1C 929.01 Model Price
3C-2A 594.98 3CT-6A 448.85
3C-3A 761.99 3CT-1A 469.72
4C-1A 584.54 3CT-2A 647.17
4C-1B 584.54 3CT-3A 824.62
4C-1C 1,148.21 SERIES C
4CT-1A 605.42
FILTER CHAMBERS
4C-2A 782.87 4CT-1B 605.42
Chambers Manifolded Together
4C-2B 782.87 4CT-2A 824.62
Model Price
4C-2C 1,691.00 4CT-2B 824.62
4C-3B 908.13 2-6C-6A 5,511.41
4CT-3B 981.20
4C-3C 2,181.60 2-6C-9A 6,085.51
6CT-3A 1,503.11
6C-3A 1,440.48 2-8C-10A 7,578.18
8CT-5A 2,244.23
6C-3B 1,544.86 2-8C-15A 8,381.93
8CT-5B 2,452.99
6C-6A 1,722.31 2-12C-24A 10,427.83
12CT-12A 3,601.20
6C-6B 1,826.70 2-12C-36A 11,461.22
12CT-12B 3,809.97
6C-9A 2,014.59 Carbon Bag Chambers
6C-9B 2,118.97 Model Price
8C-5A 2,129.41 SERIES CN 6CT-6A 1,837.14
8C-5B 2,338.17 IN-TANK CHAMBERS
6CT-9A 2,118.97
WITH B-MOUNT
8C-5C 7,790.16 8CT-10A 2,693.07
8C-10A 2,526.06 Model Price
8CT-15A 3,100.17
8C-10B 2,734.83 3CN-1A 532.35 8CT-20A 3,559.45
8C-10C 9,217.80 3CN-2A 678.49 12CT-24A 4,070.93
8C-15A 2,922.72 3CN-3A 824.62 12CT-36A 4,582.40
8C-15B 3,131.48 6CN-3A 1,638.81 12CT-48A 5,156.51
8C-15C 9,989.42 6CN-6A 1,931.08 Chambers Manifolded Together
8C-20A 3,392.44 6CN-9A 2,223.35 Model Price
12C-12A 3,585.95 2-6CT-6A 5,741.05
12C-12B 3,747.34 2-6CT-9A 6,315.15
12C-24A 3,851.72 2-8CT-10A 7,922.65
12C-24B 4,269.25 2-8CT-15A 8,726.39
12C-36A 4,352.76 2-12CT-24A 10,907.99
12C-36B 4,770.29 2-12CT-36A 11,920.50
12C-48A 4,926.86
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION SYSTEMS
R
O C
D U
SERIES A SYSTEM
CPVC IN-TANK PUMP / OUTSIDE FILTER SYSTEM

A CHOICE OF 3 FILTRATION SYSTEMS
SERIES A / In-Tank Pump with Outside Floor Mounted Filter (Flows to 10,000 gph)
SERIES A-A / In-Tank Pump with Tank Mounted Filter (Flows to 2,150 gph)
SERIES A-B / In-Tank Pump with In-Tank Mounted Filter (Flows to 2,150 gph)
SERIES A SYSTEM
SERIES A: Flow Capacities to 10,000 GPH
Features: Recommended For:

• Self Priming when Immersed • Acid and Alkaline Solutions
• Corrosion Resistant/No Metal Contact • Electroless Nickel and Copper
• Heavy Duty Operation • Fluoborates
•
•
Completely Leakproof
Unique Design – No Liquid Bypass
• Electropolishing Solutions
3
MODEL A-3600
Fabco/Penguin series A filter systems The easy grip handle (no tools required) tact with the solution are either high tempera-
are ruggedly constructed and corrosion releases filter chamber head. Unscrew tube ture CPVC or PVC providing a highly corro-
resistant. These systems are designed nuts and simply replace filter cartridge. No dis- sion resistant filter system with no wearing
for continuous operation with no metal to mantling and no danger from breakage. parts. As an option, most systems, both pump
liquid contact. Series A filter systems are Penguin filter chambers are one-piece heavy- and chamber are available in polypropylene.
versatile and easy to install since both duty CPVC to 180°F (series 6C and 8C) and All Penguin A series filter systems are fully
pump and filter chamber are independent PVC to 160°F (series 12C) construction fea- equipped and ready to operate including 20
units. The Penguin series P pump can be turing completely leakproof filtration. Penguin feet of reinforced braided hose, all necessary
mounted anywhere along the tank lip. filter chambers have no springs or fragile lucite clamps and fittings, drain valve, flow control
Only the filter chamber needs to be floor or glass. They can accept either Penguin valve, and initial set of Penguin (PF series) fil-
mounted, thus series A filter systems Series PF filter cartridges or series PS filter ter cartridges (15 micron unless otherwise
require minimum floor space. Simple in sleeves. The series P pumps are in-tank, seal- specified).
design and efficient in performance, less, bearing-free, self-priming, when Penguin series P pumps are equipped with
these systems are recommended for all immersed supplying maintenance free opera- totally enclosed fan cooled motors with over-
precious metal plating baths, electroless tion. Series P pumps can even run dry without sized bearing set. All pumps come standard
nickel and copper, as well as any acid and damage. with an epoxy coated motor housing for acid
alkaline solutions. Series A filter systems Penguin Series A filter systems are avail- resistance. All single phase motors are sup-
are easy to clean. Filter cartridge able in numerous sizes to serve all medium plied with an 8 foot cord/grounding plug and
replacement is simple. and large volume tanks. All materials in con- three phase motors are shipped unwired.
CPVC PUMP/CPVC FILTER CHAMBER

Filter Filtration Number of Pump Chamber
Pump Chamber
System Rate Filter Tubes Dimensions Weight Dimensions Weight Price
Model Model
Model GPG and Length LxWxH Lbs. LxWxH Lbs.
A-300 300-720 P-1/4A 6C-3A 3 - 10" 7 x 10 x 22 32 7 x 7 x 25 34 3,536.49
A-500 500-1200 P-1/2A 8C-5A 5 - 10" 7 x 10 x 22 45 9 x 9 x 25 40 4,640.37
A-600 600-1440 P-1/2A 6C-6A 3 - 20" 7 x 10 x 22 45 7 x 7 x 35 43 4,033.35
A-900 900-2160 P-3/4A 6C-9A 3 - 30" 7 x 10 x 22 47 7 x 7 x 45 52 4,624.64
A-1000 1000-2400 P-3/4A 8C-10A 5 - 20" 7 x 10 x 22 47 9 x 9 x 35 55 5,256.39
A-1500 1500-3600 P-1-1/2A 8C-15A 5 - 30" 6 x 10 x 28 53 9 x 9 x 45 67 6,306.32
A-1800 1800-3240 P-1-1/2A 2-6C-9A* 6 - 30" 6 x 10 x 28 53 24 x 14 x 45 130 9,280.75
A-3000 3000-5400 P-2A 2-8C-15A* 10 - 30" 6 x 10 x 28 60 26 x 16 x 45 155 11,546.98
Note: All 8C chambers can be supplied in PVC. Consult Factory.
CPVC PUMP/PVC FILTER CHAMBER

A-1200 1200-2800 P-1A 12C-12D 12 - 10" 7 x 10 x 22 50 16 x 16 x 25 85 6,578.36
A-2400 2400-4200 P-1-1/2A 12C-24D 12 - 20" 6 x 10 x 28 53 16 x 16 x 35 110 7,531.61
A-3600 3000-6000 P-2A 12C-36D 12 - 30" 6 x 10 x 28 60 16 x 16 x 45 130 8,365.71
A-4800 4800-7200 P-3A 2-12C-24D* 24 - 20" 9 x 9 x 24 100 35 x 24 x 35 240 15,042.99
A-7200 7200-10000 P-5A 2-12C-36D* 24 - 30" 9 x 9 x 24 120 35 x 24 x 45 275 17,158.59
*Chambers mounted in parallel on common polypropylene base, piped and individually valved.
3-35
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
TANK FILTRATION SYSTEMS
R
O C
D U
Fabco/Penguin series A-A, and series A-B filter systems are all SERIES A-A, A-B SYSTEMS
purpose, compact, fully portable, corrosion resistant, metalless Flows to 2150 gpm
and require no floor space. Series A-B systems can be mounted
entirely in-tank which is especially recommended for precious
metal filtration. Series A-A filter systems incorporate an in-tank
pump and a tank lip-mounted filter chamber. If desired, both sys-
tems can be mounted outside the tank. Unlike the one-piece sub-
merged filter system, Penguin A-A, A-B filter systems need not be
removed from the tank for cleaning or replacing filter cartridges.
The threaded heads on the filter chambers can be unscrewed and
a new filter tube simply dropped in. There is no dismantling and
no danger from breakage. The Penguin 3C, 3CN and 6CN series
filter chambers supplied with the A-A, A-B filter systems incorpo-
rate the unique Penguin design which provides for leakproof filtra-
tion with no liquid bypass. There are no springs to lose or lucite to
break. These chambers can accept either Penguin series PF filter
cartridges or series PS filter sleeves. The pump supplied in this
filter system is the P series CPVC in-tank pump which provides
3 sealless, bearing-free, maintenance-free operation. It is also self-
priming when immersed. The Penguin pump can even run dry
without any damage.
Penguin A-A filter systems are available in 6 sizes to serve all
small and medium volume tanks. Series A-B filter systems are MODEL A-100B MODEL A-100AL
available in 11 sizes to accommodate larger volume tanks. All with optional
PVDF construction
materials in contact with solution are high temperature CPVC pro-
viding a highly corrosion-resistant filter system with no wearing
parts. Both series can be supplied in polypropylene or PVDF.
Consult the factory for details. Penguin A-A, A-B series combine
P-1/15A pumps and 3C filter chambers to produce a reliable, eco- Features:
nomical filter system. Penguin A-AS/A-AL series feature P- • Completely leakproof
1/6A/P-1/4A pumps and 3C filter chambers. Penguin A-AS/A-BL • Self-Priming when immersed
series have P-1/6A, P-1/4A, P-1/2A, P-3/4A and P-1A pumps • Corrosion resistant Metalless
combined with 3CN and 6CN filter chambers. The AL and BL • Unique design – No liquid bypass
series provide a higher flow for continuous filtration, agitation and
extended filter cartridge life. As an option, all A-A, A-S, A-L filter
systems can be supplied with solid piping.
Penguin P series pumps are equipped with totally enclosed fan
cooled motors with an oversized bearing set for easy replacement. Recommended For:
The P-1/4A, P-1/2A, P-3/4A and P-1A pumps come standard with • Acid and Alkaline Solutions
an epoxy coated motor housing for acid resistance. Epoxied • Electroless Nickel and Copper
motor housings can be supplied on the P-1/15A pump as an • Precious Metal Solutions
option. Single phase motors are equipped with cord and ground- • Fluoborates
ing plug. Three phase motors are shipped unwired. • Electropolishing Solutions
Filter Filtration Number of Dimensions

Pump Chamber
System Rate Filter Tubes Price
Model Model
Model GPH & Length Ht Wth Lth Wt
A-60A 0-160 P-1/15A 3C-6A 1-6" 23 4 6 13 1,261.26
A-100A 100-200 P-1/15A 3C-1A 1-10" 27 4 6 14 1,285.99
A-200A 300-540 P-1/6A 3C-2A 1-20" 37 4 6 18 1,731.15
A-100AS 200-300 P-1/6A 3C-1A 1-10" 27 5 7 25 1,571.52
A-100AL 200-300 P-1/4A 3C-1A 1-10" 27 5 8 37 1,917.75
A-200AL 300-540 P-1/4A 3C-2A 1-20" 37 5 8 39 2,077.38
A-100B 100-200 P-1/5A 3CN-1A 1-10" 18 10 6 14 1,285.99
A-200B 300-540 P-1/6A 3CN-2A 1-20" 28 11 7 18 1,731.15
A-100BS 200-300 P-1/6A 3CN-1A 1-10" 18 11 7 25 1,571.52
A-100BL 200-300 P-1/4A 3CN-1A 1-10" 18 11 8 37 1,917.75
A-200BL 300-540 P-1/4A 3CN-2A 1-20" 28 11 8 39 2,077.38
A-300BS 450-700 P-1/4A 3CN-3A 1-30" 38 11 8 41 1,904.26
A-300BL 500-800 P-1/2A 3CN-3A 1-30" 38 11 8 41 2,250.49
A-600B 900-1600 P-1/2A 6CN-6A 3-20" 35 20 8 81 3,871.47
A-600BL 1100-1700 P-3/4A 6CN-6A 3-20" 35 20 8 83 4,031.10
A-900B 1350-2100 P-3/4A 6CN-9A 3-30" 45 20 8 92 4,352.60
A-900BL 1400-2150 P-1A 6CN-9A 3-30" 45 20 8 95 4,712.32
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION SYSTEMS
R
O C
D U
DUAL FILTRATION AND CARBON TREATMENT SYSTEMS

FABCO/PENGUIN series CTL carbon treatment systems are designed for high
volume carbon treatment purification and/or filtration.
The solution is pumped continuously and steadily through the dense bed of
activated, sulfur-free granular carbon. Highly selective, this carbon quickly reach-
es its saturation point absorbing minimal amounts of brighteners yet continues to
have excellent absorption for organic impurities. Following organic decontamina-
tion, the solution is automatically depth filtered through twelve short Penguin
polypropylene filter tubes per chamber, entrapping all foreign particles and solids.
The chamber is heavy duty PVC one-piece construction for leakproof operation
and easy carbon pack and filter tube replacement. The chamber head is simple
to remove by twisting six swing bolts. No tools are required. The moulded
polypropylene carbon bag enables the maximum amount of granular carbon to be
placed in each chamber.
The carbon pack can be replaced with full length FABCO filter tubes thus pro-
viding a system for carbon treatment/filtering or complete filtration. Various com-
binations of piping are offered from the simplest pump-filter combination to those
which include drain, vent or bypass valves or tank for mixing (filter aid, carbon)
priming or slurry addition. The dual chambers are manifolded with a valve system
permitting simultaneous or alternate, independent or intermittent operation, thus,
3
single chamber operation allows the other chamber to be cleaned, completely
eliminating down time. All FABCO carbon treatment systems are complete and
ready to operate including drain, protected pressure gauge, 30 feet reinforced
hose, set of FABCO short filter tubes, set of full length filter tubes for straight fil-
MODEL CTM - H3000 with optional slurry tank
tration, or optional FABCO filter sleeves and 40 lbs. of FABCO granular carbon.
SERIES CTS* SERIES CTM* SERIES CTL

Carbon Treatment Carbon Treatment Carbon Treatment
Flows to 450 gph Flows to 1350 gph Flows to 3780 gph
Filtration Filtration Filtration
Flows to 750 gph Flows to 4050 gph Flows to 11340 gph
Flow Rate-GPH No. of Dimension

System Pump System Chamber Lbs. of Wgt.
Price Pump Price Filter Pump & Chamber
Model Model Model Model Carbon Lbs.
Model Filter Carbon Tubes LxWxH
CTL-H2400 HV-1-1/2SD 9,683.18 CTL-P2400 P-1-1/2A 8,711.94 3600-5760 1200-1920 12CT-24D 35 12-6" 24 x 28 x 38 175
Filtration Only 12-20”
CTL-H3600 HV-1-1/2SD 10,326.18 CTL-P3600 P-2A 9,519.06 5400-7650 1800-2520 12CT-36D 50 12-10" 24 x 28 x 48 240
CTL-H4800 H-3S 16,448.14 CTL-P4800 P-3A 16,504.35 5400-8640 1800-2880 2-12CT-24D 70 24-6" 48 x 32 x 38 360
CTL-H7200 H-5S 16,036.72 CTL-P7200 P-5A 18,619.95 8100-11340 2700-3780 2-12CT-36D 100 24-10" 48 x 32 x 48 450
Note: *For Series CTS and CTM prices available on request.
SPACEMAKER FILTER SYSTEMS – SERIES SM

Pump Chamber Weight
System Price Rate Filter Tubes Pump & Chamber
Model Model Lbs.
Model GPH & Length LxWxH
SM-60* 1,438.88 0 - 90 M-1/14B 3C-6A 1 - 6" 11 X 6 X 19 21
SM-100* 1,463.61 100 - 200 M-1/14B 3C-1B 1 - 10" 11 X 6 X 23 25
SM-200* 1,758.13 200 - 300 M-1/8B 3C-2A 1 - 20" 11 X 6 X 33 30
SM-300L* 2,371.90 300 - 400 M-1/4B 3C-3A 1 - 30" 16 X 9 X 43 45
SM-300LB* 2,652.93 300 - 500 M-1/3B 4C-3B 1 - 30" 16 X 9 X 43 52
SM-300 3,747.82 300 - 550 M-1/3B 6C-3A 3 - 10" 16 X 9 X 31 75
SM-600 4,188.48 600 - 900 M-1/2B 6C-6A 3 - 20" 24 X 10 X 41 113
SM-900 4,826.98 900 - 1400 M-3/4B 6C-9A 3 - 30" 24 X 10 X 51 122
*No drain valve.

(20’ of reinforced hose, clamps and fittings, drain and flow control valve and set of filter tubes are
included unless specified).
SERIES SM FEATURES
Flows to 1400 gph
Ultra compact and ultra efficient magnetic drive polypropylene pump and CPVC fil-
ter chamber with no metal contact. Excellent for acids and alkalines.
Recommended for plating solutions, photographic solutions and pharmaceuticals.
MODEL SM–600 MODEL SM–300L
with optional priming
chamber
3-37
Effective July 2, 1998
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION SYSTEMS
R
O C
D U
PRECIOUS METAL RECOVERY SYSTEMS SERIES SR SERIES MR

SERIES SR / SERIES MR Tank Capacities To 50 Gallons Tank Capacities Over 50 Gallons
Fabco/Penguin precious metal recovery systems are a
simple, economical method for reclaiming gold and
other precious metals from processing rinse water and
drag out tanks. The exchange resin of standard porosi-
ty extracts precious metals as well as all positive and
negative charged ions from processing wastes. Up to
three troy ounces of precious metal can be recovered
per pound. Thus, even with our smallest unit containing
just four pounds of resin, the system can pay for itself
after just the first use. These precious metals would
normally be wasted down the drain. At the same time,
these precious metal recovery units are most effective
in obtaining high purity, virtually silica-free rinse water
for spotless reject-free plating. Various pump/chamber
combinations provide for small laboratory operations up
3 to larger volume tanks. Our custom chambers can

accommodate 100 pounds of resin especially signifi-
cant in the mining industry.
Series SR and MR are simple to install and easy to
operate. Equipped with a magnetic-driven pump and
priming chamber or a vertical in-tank pump, the solution MODEL SR-20 MODEL MR-10-2
is pumped through the resin charge with no liquid
bypass. The ion exchange resin through this closed loop
system continuously extracts metal ions from the solu-
tion. An additional chamber is offered as a second resin
chamber mounted in series to recover any precious met- Features:
als which may escape from the initial chamber. Since the • Recovers 99% of Precious Metals
reclaim resin is most effective on clean solutions, an • Improves Purity of Rinse
optional prefilter is available on all units. When exhaust- • Low Initial Cost
ed, the resin is removed and sent to your local refinery. • Pays for itself during normal plating sequence
The resin chamber is then reloaded and the recovery • Selection of Sizes to fit all plating tanks
process continues. • Longer Life before Resin Changes
RECLAIM RESIN IS IN STOCK AT THE FACTORY • Depth Filtration Available
FOR IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT.
PUMPS
Series M Recommended For:
These magnetically driven pumps are constructed of • Acid and Alkaline Rinse Tanks
polypropylene. There is no metal contact, no seals and • Drag out Tanks
no pump bearings. The only moving part is the • Recovery of all precious metal – gold, silver,
polypropylene encapsulated impeller-magnet assembly platinum, rhodium, palladium
which rotates on an internal pure ceramic spindle. A • Water demineralization
priming chamber is supplied as standard equipment on
all precious metal recovery systems which incorporate
the M series pumps. This chamber reduces the problem Dimensions
Lbs. of
of run dry operation. Model Pump Chamber
Resin Ht Wth Lth Wt/Lbs
Price
SR-20 M-1/14B R-20 4 26 12 17 25 1,955.97

Series P SRF-20 M-1/14B R-20 4 33 12 17 28 2,250.49
Completely constructed of CPVC where in contact PSF-20 P-1/15A R-20 4 25 4 4 25 1,868.29
with the solution, these in-tank vertical pumps have no 2-SR-20 M-1/8B 2-R-20 8 26 12 22 35 2,893.49
pump bearings, seals, bushings or wearable parts. The MR-10-1 M-1/8B 6R-10 8 25 18 16 35 2,832.79
pump is self-priming when immersed in solution. PR-10-1 P-1/15A 6R-10 8 24 7 7 27 2,733.86
Utilizing the P series pumps saves valuable floor space MR-10-2 M-1/4B 2-6R-10 16 25 18 24 50 4,514.47
since only the resin chamber is mounted on the floor. PR-10-2 P-1/4A 2-6R-10 16 25 10 24 50 4,402.06
MR-20-1 M-1/4B 6R-20 16 35 18 16 50 3,970.40
PR-20-1 P-1/4A 6R-20 16 34 7 7 52 3,857.98
MR-20-2 M-1/4B 2-6R-20 32 35 18 24 73 5,885.90
PR-20-2 P-1/4A 2-6R-20 32 35 10 24 75 5,786.98
Gold Reclaim Resin MR-30-1 M-1/4B 6R-30 24 45 18 16 57 4,341.36

PR-30-1 P-1/4A 6R-30 24 44 7 7 57 4,303.14
Part No. Price$/lb. MR-30-2 M-1/3B 2-6R-30 48 45 18 24 78 6,814.42
GRR601B 25.97 PR-30-2 P-1/3A 2-6R-30 48 45 10 24 80 6,702.01
NOTE: Larger units with capacities up to 50 pounds of resin per chamber are available.
Consult factory for details.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FILTRATION SYSTEMS / FILTER HOUSINGS

R
O C
D U
SERIES HF / HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL Series HF

PUMP FILTER SYSTEMS Flow Capacities to 10,800 GPH
Fabco/Penguin series HF filter systems are constructed of
high temperature CPVC, thus excellent for most corrosive chem-
Features:
icals and capable of pumping solution to 200°F. Equipped with • No Metal Contact
the Penguin series HV horizontal volute pump or on larger sys- • Chemical Resistant
tems the series H centrifugal pump and the rugged Penguin • CPVC Construction
CPVC for continuous high temperature operation. When the • High Temperature Operation
optional double mechanical seal with the water flush is incorpo- • Optional Double Mechanical
rated into the pump, the HF system provides excellent filtration Seal with Water Flush
for electroless nickel and copper solutions. These systems also Recommended For:
are recommended for acid and alkaline solutions. The larger HF • Plating Solutions
systems provide a high volume, high pressure filter system to • Electroless Nickel and
which casters are to be added for portability. Penguin HF filter Copper Solutions
systems are easy to clean and simple for filter tube replacement. • Acid and Alkaline Solutions
The easy grip handle (no tools required) releases the filter cham- • Photographic Solutions
ber head. There is no dismantling and no danger from breakage. MODEL HF-7200D
Penguin filter chambers are one-piece heavy duty CPVC to
200°F (series 4C, 6C and 8C) or PVC to 160°F (series 12C) con-
struction featuring completely leakproof construction. Penguin
CPVC Pump/CPVC Filter Chamber
Filter
Sytems Price
Filtration
Rate
Pump
Model
Chamber
Model
Number of
Filter Tubes
Dimensions
Pump & Chamber Wt.
3
Model GPH and Length LxWxH
filter chambers have no springs or fragile lucite or glass. They HF-200* 2864.26 200-350 HV-1/3S 4C-2 1 - 20" 14 x 10 x 31 43
can accept either Penguin series PF filter tubes or series PS fil- HF-300L* 2999.16 300-500 HV-1/3S 4C-3 1 - 30" 14 x 10 x 41 47
ter sleeves. The series HV and H pumps are CPVC construction HF-300 4572.93 300-550 HV-1/3S 6C-3 3 - 10" 21 x 18 x 28 75
HF-500 5276.63 500-750 HV-1/3S 8C-5 5 - 10" 21 x 19 x 28 89
with a viton/carbon-ceramic seal. As an option, an oversized
HF-600 4876.44 600-900 HV-1/3S 6C-6 3 - 20" 21 x 18 x 38 113
priming chamber can be added for quick priming. All Penguin fil- HF-900 5355.31 900-1400 HV-1/3/4S 6C-9 3 - 30" 21 x 18 x 48 122
ter systems are fully equipped and ready to operate including HF-1000 6443.46 1000-1500 HV-3/4S 8C-10 5 - 20" 21 x 19 x 38 118
solid plumbing and valves, polypropylene base, 20 feet of rein- HF-1500 7142.67 1500-2300 HV-3/4S 8C-15 5 - 30" 21 x 19 x 48 127
forced braided hose, all necessary clamps and fittings, drain HF-1800 8867.07 1800-2700 HV-1-1/2S 2-6C-9** 6 - 60" 33 x 20 x 48 160
HF-3000 11376.11 3000-4500 HV-1-1/2S 2-8C-15** 10 - 30" 35 x 22 x 48 175
valve, flow control valve, and initial set of Penguin filter tubes (15
micron unless otherwise specified). Penguin series HV pumps *No solid plumbing or drain valves.
Note: All 8C chambers can be supplied in PVC. Consult Factory
are equipped with an 8-foot cord, grounding plug, and toggle
switch (single phase only). Three phase motors are shipped
CPVC Pump/PVC Filter Chamber
unwired.
Pump Chamber
Systems Price Rate Filter Tubes Pump & Chamber Wt.
Model Model
Note: For double mechanical seal, add “D” to model number. Model GPH and Length LxWxH
HF-1200 7637.28 1200-1800 HV-3/4S 12C-12 12 - 10" 24 x 28 x 28 144
HF-2400 8700.70 2400-3600 HV-1-1/2S 12C-24 12 - 20" 24 x 28 x 38 175
HF-3600 9330.21 3600-5400 HV-1-1/2S 12C-36 12 - 30" 24 x 28 x 48 240
FILTER HOUSINGS HF-4800 14991.28 4800-7200 H-3S 2-12C-24** 24 - 20" 48 x 32 x 38 360
Fabco/Penguin PH series filter housings are reinforced HF-7200 18912.22 7200-10800 H-5S 2-12C-36** 24 - 30" 48 x 32 x 48 450
polypropylene consisting of cap, sump and sealing ring for rust ** Chambers mounted in parallel on common polypropylene bases piped and individually valved.
and corrosion resistance and extra durability. The hot water/high
pressure housing uses a special glass reinforced nylon. The
simplified design offers easy installation, fast cartridge change Features:
and accepts standard piping for in-line installation. PH series • Low Cost
accepts most standard filter cartridges including Penguin PF • Simplified Design
series. These sturdy quality built filter housings were designed • Built-In Adaptability
by Penguin to meet the growing need for reliable, long-lasting fil- • Optional Hot/High Pressure
ter systems. • IAPMO Approved
These compact two-piece units are completely rust resistant,
quick to install and easy to maintain.
The Penguin housings provide a long service life of depend-
able performance. The housings pass a cyclic pressure test
designed to simulate line hammer of 250,000 cycles from zero to
150 psi line pressure at a rate of 12 to 20 cycles per minute with-
out failure of the housing. These housings also pass the Water
Conditioning Foundation’s recommended standards for hydro-
static leak and burst pressures.
SPECIFICATIONS
Cold Max. Operating Max. Operating Connection Number of Filter
Model Colour Wt Price
Hot Temperature Pressure Cartridge & Length
Inlet Outlet
PH-10C cold/125°F 125 psi blue/black cap 3/4" NPT 3/4" NPT 1 - 10" 3 1/2 65.76
PH-20C cold/125°F 125 psi blue/black cap 3/4" NPT 3/4" NPT 1 - 20" 4 1/4 167.01
PH-10H hot/200°F 200 psi red 3/4" NPT 3/4" NPT 1 - 10" 4 256.78 MODEL PH-10C
3-39
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FILTER CARTRIDGES
R
O C
D U
POLYPROPYLENE WOUND CARTRIDGE FILTERS

Series PF Features:
Fabco’s wound cartridge filters are manufactured using a high speed, continuous wind • True Depth Filtration • Chemical and Temperature
process which creates a superior one-piece filter with hundreds of diamond shaped tunnels that • Various Core and Wind Compatibility
get progressively smaller from the outer diameter to the core. Finer particles are progressive- Material Combinations - • Wide Choice of Porosities
ly trapped as fluid travels to the centre of the filter allowing for much greater retention capacity Including Pre-leached
than that which is associated with straight surface filter media of the same dimensions and Fibrillated Polypropylene
porosity. The winding pattern provides 3.5 square feet per 10” cartridge filter. For each 10” fil-
ter length there will be approximately 1/2 to 1 lb. retention of solids before replacement becomes Series PF
necessary. The amount of solids retained depends on the type of solids in the solution as well
as the head pressure developed by the pump.
FILTER MEDIA SELECTION GUIDE

MEDIA DESCRIPTION
Standard Polypropylene For concentrated acids, and alkalies, strong oxidizing agents, corrosive fluids
and gases. Non-FDA to FDA is available - consult factory. Easily incinerated to
trace of ash. For use to 200°F.
Fibrillated Polypropylene Non-migrating slit film polypropylene free of extractables used in ultra-pure liq- Polypropylene with
3
uids, electronics, and plating where non-leaching is critical. Chemical resistance Polypropylene core
equal to standard polypropylene.
Utility Grade Polypropylene Same applications as standard polypropylene but less consistency in appear-
ance due to discolouration, nicknamed “rainbow”. For use to 200°F.
Natural Cotton For oils, water, paints, organic solvents, alcohols, petroleum. Non FDA. For use
to 300°F.
CORE SELECTION GUIDE
Bleached Cotton Bleached to meet FDA standards for distilled water, beverages, vegetable oils,
petroleum, fatty acids and alcohols. For use to 300°F. MEDIA DESCRIPTION
Rayon Fluid compatibility similar to bleached cotton, but has a more coarse fibre and is Polypropylene Economical core of choice for most applications in
less absorbent than cotton. Swells in aqueous solutions. For use to 300°F. water and corrosives to 200°F. FDA material.
Polyester Chemical resistance similar to polypropylene with high temperature resistance. Tin Plated Steel General purpose metal core for oils, solvents, paints
For use to 350°F. and other non-FDA applications. For use to 400°F.
Nylon For special process applications, concentrated alkalies, and hydrocarbons. For 304SS For high temperature applications on diluted acids and
use to 300°F. moderately corrosive fluids. FDA applications. For
Modacrylic For strong acids, concentrated alkalies and oxidizing agents. For use to 200°F. use to 750°F.
Heat Cleaned Glass Fibre For oxalic acids, phosphoric acids, sulphuric acids, oxidizing agents, sodium 316SS For high temperature applications on strong acids and
cyanide, nitryl acids, organic solvents, oils, organic acids, strong acids, dilute highly corrosive liquids. FDA applications. For use to
acids. 750°F.
ALL PRICES/EACH
10* 12** 14*** 60 61
Material #
Micron Length Bleached Natural Bleached Std. Elec. Grade
/Part #
Cotton cotton Cotton Polypro Polypro
100 01 0.5 10" 4.94 4.51 6.14 4.62 4.80
200 01 0.5 20" 9.89 9.03 12.28 9.23 9.61
300 01 0.5 30" 14.83 13.54 18.42 13.85 14.41 ALL PRICES/EACH
400 01 0.5 40" 19.77 18.06 24.56 18.46 19.22 10* 12** 14*** 60 61
Material #
100 02 1 10" 4.33 3.90 5.52 4.00 4.19 Micron Length Bleached Natural Bleached Std. Elec. Grade
/Part #
Cotton Cotton Cotton Polypro Polypro
200 02 1 20" 8.65 7.79 11.05 8.00 8.37
060 09 30 6" - - - 2.67 3.00
300 02 1 30" 12.98 12.32 16.57 11.99 12.56
100 09 30 10" 3.47 3.04 4.67 3.14 3.33
400 02 1 40" 17.30 15.59 22.09 15.99 16.75
200 09 30 20" 6.94 6.08 9.33 6.28 6.66
060 03 3 6" - - - 3.24 3.59
300 09 30 30" 10.40 9.12 14.00 9.42 9.99
100 03 3 10" 4.14 3.71 5.33 3.81 4.00
400 09 30 40" 13.87 12.16 18.66 12.56 13.32
200 03 3 20" 8.27 7.41 10.67 7.62 8.00
100 10 40 10" 3.42 2.99 4.62 3.10 -
300 03 3 30" 12.41 11.12 16.00 11.43 11.99
200 10 40 20" 6.84 5.98 9.23 6.18 -
400 03 3 40" 16.54 14.83 21.34 15.23 15.99
300 10 40 30" 10.25 8.88 13.85 9.27 -
060 05 5 6" - - - 3.09 3.44
400 10 40 40" 13.67 11.87 18.46 12.36 -
100 04 5 10" 3.96 3.53 5.16 3.64 3.82
060 50 50 6" - - - 2.56 -
200 04 5 20" 7.92 7.06 10.32 7.26 7.64
100 11 50 10" 3.34 2.91 4.54 3.01 3.20
300 04 5 30" 11.88 10.59 15.47 10.90 11.46
200 11 50 20" 6.68 5.83 9.08 6.03 6.41
400 04 5 40" 15.84 14.12 20.63 14.53 15.28
300 11 50 30" 10.03 8.74 13.62 9.04 9.61
100 05 10 10" 3.78 3.35 4.98 3.46 3.64
400 11 50 40" 13.37 11.65 18.16 12.06 12.81
200 05 10 20" 7.57 6.71 9.96 6.91 7.29
100 12 75 10" 3.30 2.88 4.50 2.98 -
300 05 10 30" 11.35 10.06 14.94 10.37 10.93
200 12 75 20" 6.61 5.75 9.00 5.95 -
400 05 10 40" 15.13 13.42 19.92 13.82 14.58
300 12 75 30" 9.91 8.63 13.50 8.93 -
060 15 15 6" - - - 2.80 3.13
400 12 75 40" 13.22 11.50 18.00 11.97 -
100 06 15 10" 3.62 3.19 4.82 3.29 3.48
100 14/13 150/100 10" 3.28 2.85 4.48 2.95 -
200 06 15 20" 7.24 6.38 9.63 6.58 6.96
200 14/13 150/100 20" 6.56 5.70 8.95 5.90 -
300 06 15 30" 10.86 9.57 14.45 9.87 10.44
300 14/13 150/100 30" 9.84 8.55 13.43 8.85 -
400 06 15 40" 14.48 12.76 19.27 13.16 13.92
400 14/13 150/100 40" 13.11 11.44 17.91 11.80 -
060 20 20 6" - - - 2.75 -
100 07 20 10" 3.57 3.14 4.77 3.24 - NOTE: For other material combinations, see filter and core media selec-
200 07 20 20" 7.14 6.28 9.53 6.48 - tion guides, and for larger quantity pricing please contact Fabco.
300 07 20 30" 10.71 9.42 14.30 9.72 -
400 07 20 40" 14.27 12.56 19.07 12.96 -
100 08 25 10" 3.51 3.08 4.70 3.18 3.37
200 08 25 20" 7.01 6.15 9.53 6.36 6.73
300 08 25 30" 10.52 9.23 14.11 9.53 10.10
400 08 25 40" 14.02 12.31 11.81 12.71 13.47
* with PP Core ** with Tin Plated Steel Core *** with 304SS Core
ALL-PLASTIC FILTERS
PLASTIC SIMPLEX BAG FILTER, SINGLE AND DOUBLE LENGTH SIZES, PPL AND PVDF
Features: Options:
• All-plastic construction • Vent gauge with gauge guard
• Hand removable cover • Pressure differential gauge
• Integral mounting flange • Pressure differential switch
• Integral basket handle • PPL filter bags
• External cover threads • Flanged connections
• In-line or loop flow • EPDM seals
Technical Specifications:
Material of Construction: Glass-reinforced polypropylene or PVDF
Piping Connections: 2" NPT (2" ANSI flange optional)
Drain Connection: 2" NPT
Bag Sizes: Single length 7" x 16", 2.0 sq ft
Double length 7" x 32", 4.1 sq ft
Pressure Rating: PPL 225 psi, PVDF 100 psi
PRICES ON REQUEST
Seals:
Nominal Bag Ratings:
Viton
1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100 and 200 microns
3
Flow Rate: Up to 100 gpm (clean bag)
PLASTIC DUPLEX BAG FILTER, SINGLE AND DOUBLE LENGTH SIZES

PPL FILTER HOUSINGS WITH CPVC VALVE ASSEMBLIES
Features: Options:
• Two PPL simplex bag filters linked • Vent gauge with gauge guards
with a custom CPVC valve assembly • Pressure differential gauges
• No line shutdown for bag changeout • Pressure differential switches
• Built-in mounting platform • Automated operation - electric
• In-line or loop flow or pneumatic
Technical Specifications:
Material of Construction: Glass-reinforced PPL and CPVC
Piping Connections: 2" ANSI flanged
Drain Connection: 2" NPT
Pressure Rating: 150 psi @ 70° F
Seals: Viton
Hardware: Stainless steel
Nominal Bag Ratings: 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100 and 200 microns
PRICES ON REQUEST Flow Rate: Up to 100 gpm (clean bag)
ALL-PLASTIC, HIGH CAPACITY CARTRIDGE FILTERS WITH PPL AND PVDF HOUSINGS
Features: Cartridge Types:

• No rust, corrosion or contamination • Hayward HC 16" cellulose nominally
• Rated to 150 psi rated 5 and 25 microns
• Threaded or flanged connections • Hayward PF 20" and 30" PPL absolutely
• Viton and EPDM seals rated at 1, 5 and 10 microns
• In-line or loop flow
• Hand-removable cover
• Simplex or Duplex designs
Hayward Max. Hayward Max.

Housing HC Cartridge Flow Rate PF Cartridge Flow Rate
CFLT4201 One 16" 50 gpm - -
CFLT4202 Two 16" 100 gpm Five 30" 100 gpm
CFLT4203 - - Five 20" 50 gpm
PRICES ON REQUEST
3-41
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
FLOW MONITORING SYSTEMS / INSTRUMENTATION
Flow Instrumentation
A Complete Product Line can be combined in a variety of ways, to meet your special application
Fabco offers a practical solution to all of your flow instrumentation needs. Whether it’s totalizing water usage, monitoring flow rates in a
requirements with a full line of products for application in everything coolant line, batching specific volumes in a process tank, or interfac-
from chemical processing, water treatment and food processing to ing with a master computer, we do it all. You can choose from one of
semiconductor manufacturing. the wide flow ranges in the industry - with flowsensors that measure
Fabco flow sensors are designed to supply accurate information for from .5 gallons per minute to millions of gallons per day. Our full line
manual control processes all the way to totally automated operations. of instruments include everything from microprocessor-based con-
Plus Fabco patented sensor designs are every bit as accurate as units trollers, to direct-dial indicators. There’s even a self-powered elec-
twice their size and cost. tronic unit that requires no external power or batteries.
Fabco flow instrumentation includes everything from insertion sen-
sors to flow meters, transmitters and controllers. All of these instru- How It Works
ments are designed to work together to give you reliable information The inline FLOWSENSORS measure flow through a full pipe by
and make it easy for you to build and expand your control system. converting the solution flow velocity into an electrical signal. Flow rate
is a function of velocity and pipe diameter. The flowsensors generate
Wide Applications Range a linear repeatable signal. The flowmeter then translates the signal
If you are considering upgrading your flow system, you’ll like the into units of volume per time and an accumulated total.
added flexibility our line gives you. For instance, Fabco Instruments
BUILD YOUR OWN LIQUID FLOW SYSTEM
Select one item from each section (where applicable)
4 to complete your Flow Meter System.
1. FLOW SENSORS/TRANSMITTERS
A wide choice of sensor materials is available for com-
patibility with virtually any corrosive or ultra pure liquid
you need to monitor.
2. INDICATORS/CONTROLLERS
Choose from self-powered analog flow
meters or digital readout, battery operated
3. INSTALLATION FITTINGS meters ideal for monitoring in remote areas
Select from a full range of sensor installation fittings to as well as precision batch controllers,
accommodate almost any pipe size or material available. alarms, transmitters and pump pulsars.
Flow Sensors/Transmitters
METALEX TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS

Provides a 2-wire, 4-20 mA signal for interface Power: external 10-30 VDC
to process control instrumentation. The transmit- Accuracy: 1% of full scale
ter is supplied with the Metalex flow sensors and Temp. range: -30°C to 70°C
includes all necessary mounting hardware.
Part No. Price
3-8525-1 1,579.50
3-8525-2 1,579.50
MK 8500 COMPAK FLOW TRANSMITTER 3-8525-3 1,579.50
Utilises patented paddlewheel flow sensor to ensure accurate,
repeatable output up to 30 fps with negligible head loss and no
cavitation.
Accuracy ±1%; provides 4-20 mA current output to a recorder
or controller. NEMA 4X enclosure.
Housing Pipe Size Sensor

Part No. Price
Material (in.) O.D. x Length (in.)
3-8500-OP Polypro 1/2-4 1.05 x 3.50 867.10
3-8500-OV PVDF 1/2-4 1.05 x 3.50 1,232.40
3-8500-IP Polypro 5-8 1.05 x 5.00 939.90 NOTE: CSA APPROVED AND
3-8500-IV PVDF 5-8 1.05 x 5.00 1,232.40 EXPLOSION PROOF
Bearing Material: High Alumina Ceramic
MK 515 ROTOR-X FLOW SENSOR MK 525 METALEX FLOW SENSOR
Compact, dependable flow sensor that oper- Rugged all-metal sensor with stainless steel
ates on a simple electromechanical principle. body. Flow rate 1.5 to 30 fps, linearity ±1% of
Flow rate range 1-30 fps, accuracy ±1% of full full range, output signal, sine wave.
scale, output signal 1v p-p/fps. Ideal for handling
a wide range of liquids including corrosive fluids in Materials:
chemical processing. Rotor: CD4MCU Stainless Steel
Sensor body: 316 Stainless Steel
Rotor shaft: 316 Stainless Steel/
Tungsten Carbide
Part No. MK-515-PO MK-515-P1 MK-515-VO MK-515-VI Rotor bearings: Fluoroloy B (teflon based
Housing Material Polypro Polypro PVDF PVDF plastic)
Shaft Material Titanium Titanium Hastelloy C Hastelloy C Shaft retainers: 316 Stainless Steel
Pipe Size (in.) 1/2-4 5-8 1/2-4 5-8
Sensor O.D. (in.) 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 Part No. MK-525-1 MK-525-2 MK-525-3
Sensor Length (in.) 3.50 5.00 3.50 5.00 Pipe Size (in.) 1/2-1 1 1/4-12 2-12
PRICE 392.60 419.90 776.10 803.40 Style Mini-tap Mini-tap Saddle
Sensor Length (in.) 1.512 2.50 4.50
Max. Temp. (°F) 300 300 300
MK 2507 MINI-FLO SENSOR Max. Pressure (psi) 1500 1500 300
PRICE 638.30 638.30 638.30
METALEX FLOW SENSOR NOW CSA APPROVED AND
Ideal for precision low flow monitor-
INTRINSICALLY SAFE
ing of hard-to-handle corrosive chemi-
cals or high purity fluids. Available in
six flow ranges. Accuracy ±2% of flow
rate, linearity ±0.25%, output signal
5V.
MODEL 4500 FLOW TOTALIZER
This Flow sensor with built-in six digit bat-
4
tery powered electromechanical counter is
Part No. Range ml/min Price ideal for remote locations where a power
MK-507-2 500 to 2800 583.70 source is not available. The counter retains
MK-507-3 700 to 4200 583.70 accumulated readings even if the batteries
MK-507-4 1300 to 6000 583.70 fail. The model 4500 can be calibrated to
MK-507-6 3200 to 12000 583.70
read in litres, gallons or pounds.
MK 2502 FLOW SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS

Ideal for measuring minute amounts Range: 1 - 20 fps
of flavouring and dies for foods, fra- Pipe sizes: 1/2” - 36”
grances for cosmetics or critical com- Accuracy: ±1% of full range
ponents for pharmaceuticals. Pressure/temp. rating:
(Polyprop) 180 psig @ 20°C,
Output signal: 0-5V pulse 25 psig @ 90°C
Linearity: ±1% of full scale (PVDF) 200 psig @ 20°C,
Liquid opacity 35 psig @ 90°C
requirements: Must transmit IR light. Enclosure: NEMA 4X
Battery Life: 3 years/5 million
Part No. MK-502-2
counts
PIPE SIZE 1/4"
Part No. Pipe Size Price
STD. SCALE 0-6000 ml/min
PRICE 1,012.70 Polypropylene
3-4500-0P 1/2" - 4" 876.20
3-4500-1P 5" - 8" 939.90
MODEL 2530 FLOW SENSOR 3-4500-2P 10" and up 1,003.60
For low flow monitoring PVDF
3-4500-0V 1/2" - 4" 1,232.40
Fabco 2530 Rotor-X low flow
3-4500-1V 5" - 8" 1,323.40
sensor monitors flow rates as low 3-4500-2V 10" and up 1,414.40
as .3 fps. It’s particularly suited for
applications where gravity feed
lines and final effluent are Part No. Pipe Size Price SPECIFICATIONS
involved. It works on the simple Polypropylene Range: 0.3 to 10 fps
but precise insertion type paddle- 3-2530-0PB 1/2" - 4" 482.30 Pipe sizes: 1/2” thru 36”
wheel principle and the signal can 3-2530-1PB 5" - 8" 509.60 Accuracy: ±1% full range
be transmitted 500 ft to any Fabco 3-2530-2PB 10" and up 536.90 Pressure/temp. rating:
PVDF (Polyprop) 180 psig @ 20°C, 25 psig @ 90°C
powered flow meter or other
3-2530-0VB 1/2" - 4" 846.30 (PVDF) 200 psig @ 20°C, 25 psig @ 90°C
devices such as data loggers, Enclosure: NEMA 4X glass filled polypropylene
3-2530-1VB 5" - 8" 882.70
chart recorders, etc. 3-2530-2VB 10" and up 919.10 Output: 4-20mA
4-2
Indicators/Controllers
9020 Power requirement:

BATCH CONTROLLER 90 to 132 V AC
Frequency range:
The Signet 9020 Batch Controller features two SPDT 5A
0 to 10 kHz
relays configurable for 2–stage shutdown or overrun alarm
K–Factor range:
and a 5V square wave sensor pulse output to drive addi-
0.0001 to 19,999
tional indicators or controllers. An optional remote
Display:
start/stop/resume card, with end of batch and counter
4.5 digit 0.5” LCD (upper)
pulse outputs is available.
8.0 digit 0.3” LCD (lower)
Accuracy:
PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE flow: ±0.05% of reading
MK-9020 9020 controller, input card, 2-relay card 1,201.20 batch: ±1 pulse
(90 to 132 V AC).
3-9020 Remote start/stop/resume card with 191.10
counter pulse and end-of-batch pulse outputs 9020 Batch Controllers
MK 576/586 BATTERY MK 585 FLOW ALARM

OPERATED FLOWMETERS Controls a high or low flow rate
MK 576 Flowmeter and MK 586 Flowmeter/Totalizer automatically point with capability to select a
average flow rate with ±1% accuracy full scale using 6 VDC lithium single alarm set point over
battery (supplied). Flow rate indication is 0.7” high four digit LCD dis- 100% of the full scale range.
Compatible with all Fabco flow
4 play. MK 586 also has 0.3” eight digit LCD display for total flow indi-
cation.
Units are compatible with Fabco MK 515, 415, 525 and 565 flow
sensors.
Alarm relay: SPDT 3A at 240VDC
sensors. Recorder output: 0-5 VDC
Power requirement: 120 VAC
PART NO. PRICE
Part No. Price
MK-585 903.50
MK-576 666.90
MK-586 949.00
Dimensions: 5.5” sq. bezel; MK 575/575R ACCUM-U-FLO

depth: 4.75” Provides flow rate and totalized flow volume readings. MK 575 fea-
case: 5.02” sq. tures 7-digit non-resettable counter for continuous totalizing while MK
575R has 5-digit front resettable counter for periodic totalizing.
5 1/2” analogue dial, ±1% of full scale accuracy and totalized vol-
MK 509 SELF POWERED ume accuracy ±2% of flow rate. Supplied with power converter (117
INDICATOR VAC to 12 VDC).*
For use with MK 515 sensor only.
• No external power source or battery
required Part No. Type Price
• Quick easy installation on instrument MK-575 Continuous 949.00
panel, pipe or wall MK-575R Resettable 949.00
• Easy-to-read 5” dial
• FM approved as intrinsically safe for
hazardous areas *Power supply P/N SS–DV 1250–CSA
• Accuracy ±2% of full scale PART NO. PRICE
MK-509 410.80 MK 514 SIGNAL CONDITIONER,
E-Z BATCH MK-9520
MK 584 FLOW RATE Converts signal output from flow sensor or flow meter for quick
compatibility with chemical injection pumps, chart recorders, CPU’s,
INDICATOR mini-computers and other instruments or repetitive batching. Power
Designed for high vibration environments, converter included.
features smooth flow readings with ±1%
accuracy full scale, 5 1/2” dial plus TTL
outlet to drive an additional meter or feed Part No. Output Price
data logger. MK-514-1 0.5 VDC 803.40
Power requirement: 8 to 18 VDC (power MK-514 4-20 MA 803.40
MK-9520 E-Z BATCH 821.60
converter 117 VAC to 12 VDC included).*
MK-527 Process Pulser 949.00
PART NO. PRICE
*Power supply P/N SS–DV 1250–CSA MK-584 666.90
ORP/pH & Conductivity/Resistivity Instrumentation
MK 8700 pH/ORP TRANSMITTER MK 2700 pH/ORP SENSORS
Economical, rugged sensor transmitter features two-wire design, Fabco MK2700 pH/ORP sensors
input-output isolation, automatic temperature compensation, field have moulded glass-filled polypropy-
adjustable output signal and replacement combination sensor. lene bodies and double junction elec-
Suitable for field mounting in submersible or in-line applications. trode with teflon reference junction for
long life in harsh environments. They
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS are configured for in-line (fitting
Power: 10-30 VDC (24V nominal) required) or submersible installations.
Resistance: 700 ohms @ 24 VDC For use with Intelek-Pro 9030/9040
Output Isolated 4-20 mA vs 0-14 pH controllers.
Accuracy: ±1% F.S. (includes sensor)
LCD standard Part No. Description Price
SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS MK-2710-12

General purpose pH
518.70
sensor
Pressure rating: 100 psig @ 25°C max. Complete ORP
Response time: 0.5 second MK-2711-1 591.50
sensor
Temperature range: 0 to 100°C
MK 2800 CONDUCTIVITY SENSOR
The MK2800 reduces oxidation, coating
and sample stagnation problems in reverse
pH transmitter,
3-8700-12
teflon junction
1,254.50 osmosis, steam condensates return, plating
high pH transmitter, rinse tanks and cooling tower process. High
3-8700-32 1,254.50
HOPE junction accuracy is provided in measurements from
ORP transmitter, with
3-8701-P
platinum electrode
1,254.50 10 µS/cm to 200,000 µS/cm 2.0 cell constant
MK 8800 CONDUCTIVITY TRANSMITTER

sensor.
Part No. Description Price 4
MK-2801-14 Use with MK9850 336.70
True two-wire design, input/output isolation, designed for in-line or MK-2801-13 Use with MK9859 336.70
submersible installations. Also available MK2801 conductivity/resistivity sensor.
Contact Fabco
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
Power: 10-30 VDC (24V nominal)
Resistance: 700 ohm with 24 VDC
power supply
Output: isolated 4-20 mA
Accuracy: ±1% F.S.
SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure rating: 200 psig @ 25°C
Temperature rating: 95°C @ 50 psig
3-8800-1P 0-20 µmho 1,254.50 MK 9860 RESISTIVITY CONTROLLER

0.05 cell constant
Fabco MK9860 is the ultimate in resistivity control. Pressure sen-
3-8800-2P 0-200 µmho 1,254.50
0.05 cell constant
sitive front panel switches allow programming of high and low set
3-8800-3P 0-2000 µmho 1,254.50 points and the current output range. Programmed settings are
2.0 cell constant secured through adjust enable entry sequence. Resistivity alarms
3-8800-4P 0-10.000 µmho 1,254.50
Optional LCD Display 3-8020 are also provided for a single cell input. The controller is suitable for
2.0 cell constant add $227.50 applications in chip washing and printed circuit board cleaning, where
DI is essential.
MK 2801 CONDUCTIVITY/ Since ultra-pure water presents such non-linear curves with tem-
RESISTIVITY SENSOR perature changes, only a computer can process all the information.
Designed for applications in the util- Temperature fluctuations cause ionisation to occur rapidly, which can
ity, pharmaceutical, and semiconduc- throw off the measurement. However, the quality does not and
tor industries, the MK2801’s exposed should not reflect any changes in the measurement due to tempera-
triple loop electrode resists air entrap- ture alone.
ment and requires no minimum flow PRICING ON REQUEST
rate. The 0.05 cell constant ensures
precise measurements in low conduc-
tance solutions (0 to 250 S/cm scale
range) and normal resistivity spans up
to 18.3 M-cm. In-line and submersible
versions of the MK2801 are available
with a special adapter required for NOTE: ADDITIONAL SENSOR CONFIGURATIONS
submersion applications. PRICING ON REQUEST ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST
4-4
ORP/pH & Conductivity Controllers
INTELEK PRO pH/ORP CONTROLLER • Plug-in I/O options
Complete Software Control • Fully isolated inputs
The operation and calibration of the Intelek-Pro™ is completely • 1/4 DIN case, NEMA 4X
software controlled. System set-up, including pH standardization and front
slope, relay setpoints and hysteresis, 4 to 20 mA output span, and 4 • Menu driven operation
to 20 mA calibration, are all set with a simple pushbutton procedure. • Non-volatile memory
The Intelek-Pro™ prompts the operator through every step, and • Dual proportional control
includes specific on-screen instructions when needed. A security option
code feature is also available to prevent unauthorized tampering with • Accepts standard analog
settings. inputs
• System diagnostics
3-9030.111 Basic unit - pH input 1,155.70
3-9040.111 Basic unit - ORP input 1,155.70
3-9000.440-1 2-relay output card 109.20
3-9000.400-1 Proportional control card 109.20
3-9000.450-1 4-20 mA output, non-isol. 81.90
3-9000.460-1 4-20 mA output, isolated 182.00 MK 9759/9769 pH and ORP ANALYZERS
Economical instruments with easy-to-read dial displays, alarm
SPECIFICATIONS
relays and recorder outputs.
Power: 16-30 VDC @ 0.5A max., 100-120 VAC (±10%)
Display: 4.5 digit LCD
Ranges: pH: 0.00 to 14.00 Accuracy: display (pH): ±0.02
ORP: ±2000 mV (ORP): ±0.1% F.S.
4 Temp: -25 to 105°C
MK 9850 CONDUCTIVITY CONTROLLER

analog output): ±0.5% F.S.
• Displays conductivity and temperature.

• Two programmable alarm relays/hysteresis.
• Programmable temperature coefficient.
• 4-20 mA isolated or non-isolated output.
• Accuracy: ±75% of range. SPECIFICATION MK9759 MK9769
• Ranges: 0-19.99, 199.9 and 1999 µS/cm Range: 2-12, 0-14 or 4-10 pH -1000 to ±1000 mV
0-19.99 and 0-199.9 mS/cm Accuracy: ±2% F.S. ±2% F.S.
Output: 4.20mA and 0-5 VDC non-isolated
Power Supply: 110/220 VAC
Alarm range: 0-14 pH ±1000 mV
Alarm range: dual SPDT dual SPDT
PART NO. MK-9759 MK-9769
PRICE 755.30 755.30
Specify range when ordering: 2-12, 0-14, 4-10 pH.

MK 9859 CONDUCTIVITY ANALYZER
• Automatic temperature compensation.
ED
with Pt 100 T.C. and non-
MK-9850-11 1,246.70 • Three analogue display ranges:
isolated current output
MK-9850-12 with non-isolated output 1,392.30 2µS to 2000µS
100µS to 100,000µS
U
Dual channel conductivity/resistivity controllers also

available. For specifications and pricing, contact Fabco. 1000µS to 1,000,000µS
N
• Accuracy: ±1% F.S.

TI
• Output 0-5 VDC and 4-20 mA

• Dual SPST alarm relays.
N
• 120/240 VAC power supply.

O
C
IS
D
MK-9859 Analog conductivity analyzer 755.30

Specify range when ordering
Laboratory Scale Gold Plating Pilot Plant PP Tanks,
For selection of appropriate sensor, see previous page.
Process Instrumentation Heaters.
Magnetic Flowmeters
Fabco 2550 Insertion Magmeter
The latest in bi-polar DC technology and the best features of an
insertion sensor are packed into the FABCO 2550 Insertion
Magmeter. Simple installation, easy maintenance, and state-of-the-
art microprocessor technology make the 2550 the best alternative to
traditional full-line magmeters.
The 2550’s time saving and cost effective design was engineered
to have you fully operational with minimal installation time, and a start-
up investment a fraction of in-line counterparts. One sensor fits a
range of pipe sizes with the use of an adjustment mechanism, and
installs quickly using only a standard installation fitting and simple
hand tools. In addition, the 2550 is compact, easy to handle, and
easy to remove from line for quick maintenance without the time and
expense of major shutdowns.
Features:
Performance: • One sensor fits a range of pipe sizes
Substantial cost savings does not mean compromising perfor- • Display for local readout
mance. The 2550 utilizes the latest in magnetic flow sensor technol- • Multiple isolated outputs
ogy to ensure reliable measurements for strict process control • Simple installation
requirements. • Security code protection
Exclusive temperature compensation techniques deliver ±2% • Digital calibration
accuracy of reading for flow rates as low as 0.3 ft/s. • Rugged, metal design
A standard isolated 0 to 20/4 to 20 mA output provides signal trans-
mission to devices such as PLC’s, recorders and network systems. The powerful 16-bit microprocessor design offers you push-
Or simply use the pulse output to any Fabco flow controller, such as
the Intelek-Pro™.
button access to features such as:
• 50/60 Hz noise rejection
4
The 2550’s durable construction offers corrosion resistance and • Fluid diagnostic routines to eliminate installation problems
ruggedness necessary for the most demanding applications. A cus- • Selectable response time to suit your requirements
tom designed, NEMA 4/IP 65 rated cast aluminium housing protects • Automatic calibration based on pipe dimensions or volumetric
the electronics from moisture and corrosion. In addition, wetted parts calibration for special applications
of 316 stainless steel and Teflon® offer chemical compatibility to most • Built-in engineering units selection
common industrial fluids. • Fully adjustable analog output span
Specifications: Complete Control Capability

Flow Velocity Range Menu-Driven Software
0.3 to 20 ft/s, 0.1 to 6 m/s Removing the 2550’s cover
Accuracy panel allows you to access the 0 to 20 mA (iso) or Open Collector
±2% of reading display module for all calibration 4 to 20 mA (iso) 0 to 500 Hz (iso)
Pipe Size Range and operational setups. Even

2 in. and greater in diameter, with the cover removed the unit
plastic or metal using standard is splashproof, providing added
Chart
fittings protection for the unit’s internal Recorder
Power Requirements instrumentation. In addition, the SIGNET
24 VDC ± 10%, ≤600 mA display module can be rotated

Current Output for the best viewing angle. Four SIGNET 9010
Intelek-Pro
Isolated 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 push-button keys and menu-dri- Flow Controller
mA ven software guide you through

Frequency Output an easy calibration procedure to Data
Acquisition
Isolated, open collector, maxi- fine tune the sensor for your
mum 500 Hz application.
Housing
NEMA 4/IP 65 Proven Reliability
4 6 8
Fluid Temperature Range The 2550 Insertion Magmeter 2

ACCUM-U-FLO
10
SIGNET 575R
32 to 212°F/0 to 100°C combines proven reliability, an Control
0 12 Analog Flow
Rate Indicator
Maximum Operating Pressure economic design, and durable Valve
≤250 psi construction, with the latest tech-

nology in microprocessor engi-
neering. The result is a rugged,
dependable magnetic insertion
flow sensor for the best FABCO 2550 Insertion Magmeter Ordering Information
price/performance value avail- Part No. Description Price
able today. 3-2550.100-110S Insertion Magmeter with NPT Fitting 4,777.50
3-2550.100-110T Insertion Magmeter with NPT Fitting and Installation Tool 4,914.00
4-6
Installation Fittings
INSTALLATION
FITTINGS
MK515
NOTE: Fitting price does not include “Pipe PLUG” shown in photos. If required, order separately.
Polypropylene plug: SS-MK-315-36-1 $49.40; PVDF plug: SS-MK-315-36-2 $88.40.
Pipe
PVC 40 & 80 PVDF POLYPROPYLENE STAINLESS 316 CARBON STEEL
Material
Pipe Size Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price
1/2" PV8T005 136.50 SFMT005 374.40 PPMT005 252.20 CR4T005 504.40 CS4T005 401.70
3/4" PV8T007 136.50 SFMT007 374.40 PPMT007 252.20 CR4T007 504.40 CS4T007 401.70
1" PV8T010 136.50 SFMT010 410.80 PPMT010 274.30 CR4T010 504.40 CS4T010 401.70
1 1/4" PV8T012 152.10 SFMT012 440.70 PPMT012 314.60 CR4T012 252.20 CS4T012 200.20
1 1/2" PV8T015 167.70 SFMT015 482.30 PPMT015 374.40 CR4T015 321.10 CS4T015 297.70
2" PV8T020 182.00 SFMT020 564.20 PPMT020 452.40 CR4T020 401.70 CS4T020 383.50
2" PV8S020 182.00 - - - - - - - -
2 1/2" PV8T025 191.10 SFMT025 673.40 PPMT025 547.30 CR4W025 676.00 CS4W025 191.10
2 1/2" PV8S025 191.10 - - - - - - - -
3" PV8T030 230.10 SFMT030 776.10 PPMT030 611.00 CR4W030 676.00 CS4W030 191.10
3" PV8S030 230.10 - - - - - - - -
4" PV8T040 270.40 SSFMT040 845.00 PPMT040 659.10 CR4W040 676.00 CS4W040 191.10
4" PV8S040 270.40 - - - - - - - -
4 5"
6"
8"
N/A
PV8S060
PV8S080
N/A
338.00
421.20
SFMT050
SFMT060
SFMT080
1,082.90
1,292.20
1,719.90
PPMT050
PPMT060
PPMT080
811.20
946.40
1,179.10
CR4W050
CR4W060
CR4W080
718.90
718.90
718.90
CS4W050
CS4W060
CS4W080
258.70
258.70
258.70
FITTING STYLES: T = Tee: PVC has slip ends: PVDF (metric) has socket ends. S = Saddle: cement-on for PVC.
W = Weldolet: weld to existing pipe.
INSTALLATION FITTINGS MK525
Pipe Pipe
METALEX METALEX
Material Material
Pipe Size Part No. Price Pipe Size Part No. Price
1/2" 526-2005 379.60 3" 526-2030 379.60
3/4" 526-2007 379.60 3" 526-1030 464.10
1" 526-2010 379.60 4" 526-2040 379.60
1 1/4" 526-2012 379.60 4" 526-1040 464.10
1 1/2" 526-2015 379.60 5" 526-2050 379.60
2" 526-2020 421.20 526–1 526–2
5" 526-1050 507.00
2" 526-1020 421.20 6" 526-2060 379.60
2 1/2" 526-2025 422.50 6" 526-1060 507.00
For additional fitting installation
2 1/2" 526-1025 422.50 8" 526-2080 379.60
8" 526-1080 527.80
materials and sizes, contact Fabco.
METALEX FITTING STYLES: 526-1 = Saddle: “double strap-on”
526-2 = Mini-Tap: “weld on”
MK 561 FLOW TEST BOX Meter Test: Crystal controlled frequency drives
Save money by quickly identifying any malfunctions Signet powered meter
D
in your Signet flow sensor or meter, with the MK-561 Selectable
E
Flow Test Box. Simply test the flow sensor by reading Frequencies: 15, 30, 60, 105, 140 Hz
U
its frequency output. Or, select one of the crystal-con-
IN
trolled MK-561 test box frequencies - for instrument
recalibration.
T
Output Voltage: Square wave, 0 to 5 VDC
Power Requirements:
Internal: 4 AA size alkaline batteries ( not supplied)
SPECIFICATIONS:
CON External: 16-19 VDC, but does NOT charge batteries

Dimensions: 5.91” L x 3.15” W x 1.97” D
DIS
Operating Modes:
Sensor Test: Accepts frequency Input from ROTOR-
X™, (MK-515), METALEX™(MK-525),
Perma-Flow™, (MK-2517), or MIGHTY- PART NO. PRICE
MAG™ (MK-565). P56140-1 P.O.R.
Please contact FABCO for special fitting requirements not covered on this chart.
Selecting Your Fabco Flow System
Three individual components comprise your Signet Flow System: a material configurations, and allowable solid size, are explained in
sensor, a matched sensor installation fitting, and an indicator or detail in the appropriate sensor pages of this catalogue.
controller. To determine the system that best fits your requirements, 3. OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE – Different sensor
you’ll want to closely consider these application parameters: materials also feature varying temperature and pressure limitations.
So once you’ve determined the sensor materials that are compati-
1. FLOW RATE – Fabco offers systems calibrated in scale ranges to ble with your fluid, cross check this selection with its temperature
comply with industry velocity standards for piping systems. and pressure limitations (as shown in the graph below) against your
Recommended full scale calibration ranges for individual pipe size operation’s requirements.
installations, and minimum flow velocities required for each Fabco 4. SIZE AND MATERIAL OF PIPE – Based on the size and material
Flow Sensor, are shown in the chart below. Choose your scale of your pipe, plus your selected sensor, choose a sensor installation
range so that your average flow rate is in the upper 50% of the fitting from the appropriate section of this catalogue.
scale, for maximum accuracy. 5. VOLUMETRIC UNIT/TIME UNIT CALIBRATION – Although sys-
tems are normally calibrated in gallons per minute (GPM), virtually
2. TYPE OF FLUID – A wide choice of Fabco sensor materials ensure any volumetric unit (i.e. seconds, hours, days) are available for use
chemical compatibility with almost any fluid you wish to monitor or in your particular system calibration (this is assuming the combina-
control. In addition, fluid particulate size must be considered when tion you select will relate to the recommendations shown in the
making your sensor choice. For this purpose, individual sensor scale range chart as GPM).
RECOMMENDED SCALE RANGES (in Gallons per Minute)

ROTOR-X™, METALEX™ 200
Pipe Rotor-X Metalex Standard Optional Mininum Standard

Size Minimum Minimum Scale Scale Scale Totalizer
(Inches)
0.50
0.75
Flow
1
1.5
Flow2
1.5
2.5
Range
0-18
0-30
Range
0-12
0-18
Range1
0-8
0-12
GAL
GAL
Scale PRESSURE IN PSI 150
4
1 2.7 4.1 0-50 0-30 0-18 GAL
1.25 4.5 7.0 0-80 0-50 0-30 GAL x 10
100
1.50 6.2 9.6 0-120 0-80 0-50 GAL x 10
2 10.5 16 0-180 0-120 0-80 GAL x 10
2.50 15 23 0-300 0-180 0-120 GAL x 10
3 23 35 0-500 0-300 0-180 GAL x 10
4 39 60 0-800 0-500 0-300 GAL x 100 50
5 61 95 0-1200 0-800 0-500 GAL x 100
6 88 135 0-1800 0-1200 0-800 GAL x 100
8 154 235 0-3000 0-1800 0-1200 GAL x 100
10 240 370 0-5000 0-3000 0-1800 GAL x 100
50 100 150 200 250
12 346 530 0-8000 0-5000 0-3000 GAL x 1000
TEMPERATURE IN °F
1
Not available on MK-509 or MK-517
2
METALEX cannot be used with MK-509 or MK-517 ROTOR-X (MK 515)
MICRO (MK 2502)
MICET (MK (508)
METALEX TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE ARE NOT INTER-

DEPENDENT; TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM IS 300°F, PRESSURE
MAXIMUM IS 1500 PSI.
Large Scale Cleaning/Etching Lines with PP Filters,

Tanks, Piping and Flow Instrumentation.
4-8
ANALYZERS/CONTROLLERS
MODEL 2200 pH and ORP MICROPROCESSOR MODEL 2100C CONDUCTIVITY ANALYZER/CONTROLLER
ANALYZER/CONTROLLER
The Aqua-Metrix 2200 Series instru-

ments are fully microprocessor based.
They are rugged, industrial grade This series of instrumentation is
instruments which provide reliable, designed for those who prefer
accurate measurements, flexible on/off analogue display. An analog meter
relay control, analog outputs and other gives the operator a better feel as to
features that only a microprocessor the trend of the value and the time and
can provide. They incorporate the lat- distance from the desired value.
est in high density CMOS technology
Features: coupled with non volatile memory. A microprocessor is incorporated in Features:
• Automated calibration The series includes instruments for the circuitry to provide the conve- • Automated calibration
• Automatic buffer recognition pH, ORP, conductivity, turbidity, flow nience of front panel pushbutton • Setpoints configured by
• Two control relays for bi-directional and dissolved oxygen measurement. calibration and programming of set- push buttons
control The pH instrument may be used for points and outputs. • Control Relay operates on rising or
• High/low alarm relay bi-directional control and will accept falling conductivity, switch selectable
• Cycling on/off control option either the field proven Aqua-Metrix Instruments for the measurement of • High/Low alarm relay
• User friendly menu driven operation differential probe or a conventional pH, ORP and conductivity are included • User friendly menu driven operation
• Diagnostic error messages identify combination probe. Another version in this series. • Economically priced
abnormal conditions provides bi-directional proportional pH
• Readouts for pH and temperature control.
SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
DISPLAY: 31/2" digit LED, 1/2" high digits 10 feet maximum for direct connection of DISPLAY: 31/2" Analog meter with mirrored SYSTEM ERROR: A rectangular LED indi-
4 MEASURING RANGE: pH: 0.00 to 14.00 pH

ORP: 0 to 600 mV, or 0 to 1000 mV, or -600
to 600 mV, or -1000 to 1000 mV
conventional combination electrode (a Aqua-
Metrix 100 series preamplifier is required for
distances greater than 10 feet)
scale
MEASURING RANGES: Fifteen ranges
POWER REQUIREMENTS: 98-132 Vac,
cates system error. The alarm relay transfers
upon system error.
TEST: Display value and analog outputs
Temperature: 0°C to 100°C(32°F to 212°F) TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION: 50/60 Hz (less than 5 VA) can be set manually to any value for
Automatic 0 to 100°C (32 to 212°F) OPTIONAL: 196-264 Vac, 50/60 Hz testing and diagnostic purposes. This
POWER REQUIREMENTS: 98-132 Vac, feature allows the operation of the control
50/60 Hz (less than 11 VA) CALIBRATION: Two point or automatic with AMBIENT CONDITIONS: -30 to 50°C (-22
buffer recognition relay, alarm relay and outputs to be tested
OPTIONAL: 196-264 Vac, 50/60 Hz to 122°F) 0 to 90% R.H. non-condensing independently of process value.
AMBIENT CONDITIONS: -30 to 50°C (-22 SYSTEM ERROR: A rectangular LED indi- CONTROL RELAY: The control relay can be
cates system error. The alarm relay can be SAFETY AND SECURITY:
to 122°F) 0 to 90% R.H. non-condensing set for operation in response to rising or Non-volatile memory (EEPROM)
programmed to transfer upon system error. falling value. Deadband (hysteresis) fully
CONTROL RELAYS: Two relays can be Watch-dog timer monitors microprocessor
independently set for operation in response DIAGNOSTICS: Invalid entries are identified adjustable Rating: 5A 115/230 Vac, 5A Instrument automatically returns to on line
to rising or falling value and for fail-safe by respective flashing LED. When system 30Vdc. SPDT Auto/Off/On switch permits operation if accidentally left in menu mode.
operation. Deadband (hysteresis) indepen- error is indicated call STATUS to obtain con- relay override
dition code. SENSITIVITY: 0.1% of span
dently adjustable Rating: 5A 115/230 Vac, ALARM RELAY: High-Low with fixed dead-
5A 30Vdc. SPDT Auto/Off/On switch permits TEST: Display value and analog outputs can band of 2% of full scale STABILITY: 0.1% of span per 24 hrs.,
Relay A override be set manually to any value for testing and Rating: 5A 115/230 Vac, 5A 30Vdc. SPDT non-cumulative
OPTIONAL: Both relays can be provided diagnostic purposes. This feature allows the RELAY INDICATORS: Two rectangular NON-LINEARITY: 0.1% of span
with cycle action. On time and off time are operation of the control relays, alarm relay LED's indicate status of the control relay REPEATABILITY: 0.1% of span or better
each adjustable from 1 second to 600 and outputs to be tested independently of and the alarm relay
seconds. process value. TEMPERATURE DRIFT:
ANALOG OUTPUTS: Non-isolated 0-1 mA, Zero: 0.01% of span per °C
ALARM RELAY: High-Low with fixed dead- SAFETY AND SECURITY: 100 ohms maximum load Non-isolated 0-5 Span: 0.01% of span per °C
band of 2% of full scale. Normal or fail-safe Non-volatile memory (EEPROM) Vdc, 1000 ohms minimum load Isolated
operation Passcode protected if selected RESPONSE TIME: 0.5 second to 90% of
4-20 mA. 800 ohms maximum load The iso- value upon step change
Rating: 5A 115/230 Vac, 5A 30Vdc. SPDT Watch-dog timer monitors microprocessor lated output is isolated from the input,
Instrument automatically returns to on line ground, line power and all other outputs. ENCLOSURE: NEMA 4X molded fiberglass
RELAY INDICATORS: Three individual operation if accidentally left in menu mode. reinforced polyester enclosure with four 1/2"
rectangular LED's indicate status of the RANGE EXPAND: The 4-20 mA analog out-
(This feature may be field disabled put can be made to represent 10% or larger conduit holes and mounting feet for surface
two control relays and the alarm relay if desired) mount. A NEMA 4 plug is provided for
segment of the measuring scale.
ANALOG OUTPUTS: Non-isolated 0-1 mA, SENSITIVITY: 0.1% of span OUTPUT HOLD: The analog outputs are one hole
100 ohms maximum load Non-isolated 0-5 automatically placed on hold during calibra- MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS:
Vdc, 1000 ohms minimum load Isolated STABILITY: 0.1% of span per 24 hrs.,
non-cumulative tion or other setup operations. Standard is surface mount
4-20 mA, 800 ohms maximum load. The Optional panel mount hardware.
isolated output is isolated from the input, NON-LINEARITY: 0.1% of span TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION:
Automatic 0 to 100°C (32 to 212°F) Part No. 35-68
ground, line power and all other outputs. REPEATABILITY: 0.1% of span or better Optional pipe mount hardware.
RANGE EXPAND: The 4-20 mA analog CELL TO ANALYZER DISTANCE: Part No. 35-69
output can be made to represent 1.5 pH TEMPERATURE DRIFT: Zero: 0.01% of 300 feet maximum
or larger segment of the measuring scale span per °C Span: 0.01% of span per °C NET WEIGHT: 3-1/2 lb (1.6 kg)
(200 mV for ORP) RESPONSE TIME: 0.5 second to 90% of
OUTPUT HOLD: The analog outputs are value upon step change
automatically placed on hold during calibra-
tion or other setup operations. ENCLOSURE: NEMA 4X molded fiberglass
reinforced polyester enclosure with four 1/2"
Item No. Description Price
TEMPERATURE OUTPUT: The 0-1 mA and
the 0-5 Vdc outputs jointly can be pro- conduit holes and mounting feet for surface 2200P PH Controller in Nema
mount. A NEMA 4 plug is provided for 2200P1A 4X Enclosure 110 volt
1,130.00
grammed to follow the process temperature
or pH. (The ORP outputs can follow temper- one hole.
2200R ORP Controller in Nema
ature if the probe is ordered with a tempera- MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS: Standard 2200R1A 4 Enclosure 110 volt 4-20 MA
1,130.00
ture sensor.) is surface mount Optional panel mount hard-
ware. Part No. 35-68 Optional pipe mount 2200C Conductivity Controller in
SENSOR-TO-ANALYZER DISTANCE: 2200C1A Nema 4X 110 volt 60
1,130.00
3000 feet maximum for Aqua-Metrix 5-wire hardware. Part No. 35-69
differential electrode technique sensor. NET WEIGHT: 3-1/2 lb (1.6 kg) ®
ALL PRICES ON REQUEST ALL PRICES ON REQUEST
PROBES AND CELLS
INDUSTRIAL pH PROBES CONDUCTIVITY CELLS
The best analyzer is only as good as Since its inception, Aqua-Metrix has
the sensor connected to it. For many been designing and manufacturing
years, Aqua-Metrix has been manufac- conductivity cells. A wide variety
turing a unique ph probe utilizing a dif- of cells is offered to satisfy any
ferential measurement technique. This industrial application.
technique virtually eliminates ground
loop problems and permits the system The MS Series features electrodes
to stay on line even with severe fouling. made from specially impregnated
The latest innovation is a threadless graphite. This technology, developed Features:
Features: type which is inserted in the process by Aqua-Metrix, ensures years of drift • Graphite electrodes
through a specially designed 1-1/4", free performance. These cells, inserted • Economically priced
• Easy in: no special tools
compression fitting. No more twisted in the process through a special • Automatic temperature
• Easy out: no twisted cable
cables or crossed threads to worry compression fitting, allow adjustable compensation
• Flat face: easy cleaning
about! insertion length and avoid the • Adjustable insertion length
• Compact: mounts in 1-1/4" pipe
nuisance of conventional threaded • Ball Valve “Hot Taps” types
• Adjustable insertion depth
Of course, Aqua-Metrix also manufac- types. "Hot Tap", high temperature and • Constants from 0.01 to 100
• Field-proven differential
tures conventional combination food grade cells are also offered. • High temperature versions
measurement
probes with or without temperature
• Encapsulated preamplifier
compensation. SPECIFICATIONS
• Transmits over 3000 ft of cable
• 4-20 mA version optional
CELL CONSTANTS: 0.01 to 100 SAFETY FEATURE: Shoulder on cells
SPECIFICATIONS provides an integral safety stop
THREAD SIZE: 3/4" NPT
TEMPERATURE and PRESSURE:
RANGE: pH: 0-14 (Most pH applications fall SENSITIVITY: 0.001 pH TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION:
in the range of 2 to 12 pH. Applications Automatic, 0-120°C TYPE Max. Press (psi) Max Temp. °C
STABILITY: 0.03 pH per day, non-cumulative
below 2 or above 12 may require special
electrodes. Such applications should be
discussed with Aqua-Metrix).
PRESSURE LIMIT: 100 psig
TEMPERATURE LIMITS: -5 to 95°C
CABLE LENGTH: 4 m (13ft)
INSERTION LENGTH: Variable.
See table below
P
S
50
100
150
250
60
50
20
105
4
ORP: -1000 mV to 1000 mV (23 to 203°F) C - 100
WETTED MATERIALS: Graphite, epoxy and
FLOW RATE: 10 ft/sec max. Flow should be AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE COMPENSA- VC 30 100
Nitrile® plus PVC or 316 stainless steel
as low as possible in low conductivity water TION: -5 TO 95°C (23 to 203°F) 90 60
and in solutions with high suspended solids. BALL VALVE TYPES: Model BVCPCV. 3/4" 180 20
PROBE CABLE: 5 conductor plus shield socketweld CPVC Model BVSS, 3/4" NPT VS 250 105
WETTED MATERIALS: CPVC, ceramic, 4.6m (15 ft) long type 304 stainless steel
glass, titanium palladium alloy and viton
TRANSMISSION DISTANCE:
(Also platinum in ORP probe)
900 metres (3000 ft)
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART # DESCRIPTION PRICE
pH Probe complete with universal installation fitting for
P60C-6-1
flow-through or submersion applications
595.00 ORDERING INFORMATION
Select codes for constant and type and complete model number. MS _ _ EXAMPLE: MS05S
P60C-6-0 pH Probe only 570.00 is a high temperature cell with a constant of 0.5 and with a stainless steel fitting.
Probe complete with installation fitting for flow-through CELL CONSTANT SELECTION
R60C-6-1 670.00
or submersion applications CONSTANT 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100
R60C-6-0 ORP Probe only 645.00 CODE 001 005 01 05 1 2 5 10 20 50 100
R60C-7 (ORP) Probe for use with Aqua-Metrix Hot-Tap hardware 615.00
TYPE SELECTION
35-70 Protection shroud for submersion applications 37.00 DESCRIPTION CODE
Cell with PVC fitting P
Cell with 316 stanless steel fitting S
MOUNTING HARDWARE Cell for submersion, PVC fitting C
Cell with CPVC Ball Valve VC
PART # DESCRIPTION PRICE Cell with stainless steel Ball Valve VS
Replacement Cell for Type P PR
JB-1 Junction box with terminal strip 75.00
Replacement Cell for Types S and C SR
50 feet of interconnect cable, dressed both ends (Other Replacement Cell for Types VC and VS VR
35-71 70.00
lengths available)
Mounting kit for submersion applications includes 1-1/4"x1"
STC60-6 reducer, 4 feet of 1" NPT CVPC pipe with a watertight strain 150.00 SUBMERSION MOUNTING HARDWARE
relief fitting and securing assembly
Model MHMSC. Consists of 24" (610mm) long 1" CPVC pipe, cable clamp and bracket.
4-10
FLOW INSTRUMENTATION
CTR 600 BATCH CONTROLLER
For accurate and reliable batching or blending of a variety of liquids. The Fabco batch controllers are
compatible with all Fabco flowsensors. The flowsensor supply voltage is provided by the controller. By
prescale function, the incoming pulses from the flowsensor are scaled by a preset function to any
desired unit of volume, for example litre, litre x 10, litre x 100, m3, gallon, etc.
The batch volume to be delivered is entered by means of keys on the front panel in the prescaled
volumetric unit. Batch operation is activated by pressing the reset key on the front panel, or remotely
by the external reset, or by a programmed auto reset which operates the output relay, or relays where
2 preset levels are in use (version 601 or 602).
• Power supply: 85 to 265 V AC 50 Hz.
• Batch size: 6-digits.
• Preset level: 1 (CTR 601) or 2 (CTR 602)
• Relay output: Volt free change-over contact rated at 0.5 Amp/220 V AC or 2 Amp at 30 V DC.
CTR 700 FLOWCONTROL SYSTEM FOR SWIMMING POOLS

Flow rate indicator with integrated no-flow switch for swimming pools.
The flowcontrol system CTR 700 is a combination of a CTR 100 flowsensor, a PP or PVC pipe
saddle and a 3 digit flow rate indicator with integrated no-flow switch. The system is very cost
effective, and very simple to install.
The flow rate indicator is factory calibrated in m3/h to the required range, and the flow-switch
is preset, as standard at 0.15 m/s, below which two Volt free change-over contacts are activat-
ed, rated at 660 VA or 150 W.
The primary function of the no-flow switch is to stop the dosing of chemicals if the flow drops
below the factory preset level.
4 • Power supply: 200 to 240 V AC 50 Hz.

• Flow rate indicator: 3-digit, 7-segment LED (green).
• Flowsensor velocity range: < 0.15 to 10 m/s.
The following information is
• Transmission distance: sensor may be mounted more than 100 metres from the display.
needed for calibration.
• Total accuracy: ±1% over the calibrated flow rate range.
• Outside pipe diameter (mm).
Technical Data • Inside pipe diameter (mm).
• Decimal point: selectable. • Operating temperature: 0° to 60° C. • Maximum expected flow rate in
• Two output relays: each with a Volt free change • Humidity range: <90% relative, non condensing m3/h (<999 m3/h).
over contact rated at 60 W or 66 VA. DIN 40042. • Flow velocity preset value if
• Housing: ABS for rail or wall mounting DIN 46277. • Maximum % Solids: 10%, with particular size not 0.15m/s is not acceptable.
• Protection class: IP54, DIN 40050. exceeding 0.5 mm cross section or length.
INSTALLATION FITTINGS
• T–fittings DN 15 to DN 32 in PVC, PP, and PVDF.
• Pipe saddle d 50 to d 315 mm in PP or PVC up to d 225 mm.
• Weld–On adaptor in Stainless or Carbon Steel covering a pipe range of d 65 to d 315 mm.
INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
Installation
Inlet and Outlet sections shown 25 x d 5xd 15 x d 5xd
represents different piping config- 12 x d 5xd
2x90° ELBOW REDUCER
urations and obstacles in the flow
line such as valves, elbows, pipe
bends and strainers which create
varying amounts and profiles of
disturbance; therefore they require 40 x d 5xd
20 x d 5xd 50 x d 5xd
different lengths of straightening. 2x90° ELBOW
3 DIMENSIONAL 90° ELBOW VALVE
FIG. 1 FIG. 2 FIG. 3
Mounting positions
• Fig. 1 and 2: Recommended
installations.
• Fig. 3: Recommended installa-
tions if the fluid contains no air-
pockets.
VARIABLE AREA FLOWMETERS
Fabco/Cal-Q-Flo flowmeters are made from high FEATURES INCLUDE APPLICATIONS INCLUDE
quality engineering plastics. Internal parts are con- • Durable meter bodies constructed of either • Reverse osmosis equipment
structed from a variety of durable materials includ- machined acrylic or injection moulded • D.I. and Ultrapure water systems
ing: stainless steel, brass, teflon and PVC. We are Polysulfone. • Pollution treatment and regulating equipment
happy to quote prices on special materials and • Corrosion and wear resistant internal parts • Film and x-ray processing
design modifications for volume users. • Easy to read silk screened scales in a • Chemigation
Standard meters are calibrated for use with water variety of ranges for liquids and air (STP). • Filtration systems
or air (STP). However, Cal-Q-Flo meters are suit- • OEM options include exotic materials, design • Solar heating systems
able for use with many other liquids and gases. modifications and private labeling. • Electronic and microchip procession
F-300 SERIES – For Closed Pipe Installations

The F-300 series flowmeter has been a pool industry standard for more than 30 years.
It is also well suited to irrigation and municipal water system applications. The F-300 series
has a tough, one piece machined acrylic meter body, corrosion resistant float, permanent F-300 SERIES DIMENSIONS:
screen printed scale, and a calibrated pitot tube. Standard F-300 series flowmeters are MODELS FOR 1” - 4”
Height: 6”
designed to mount on a horizontal pipe, however, should your system lack the room required
MODELS FOR 6” - 8”
for this type of installation, the D & U (downstream or upstream flow) series, for vertical mount, Height: 7 1/2”
is offered. * Does Not Include Pitot Tube
F-300 ORDERING INFORMATION
CALIBRATION
D & U 300 SERIES
MODEL* PIPE OR FLOAT
NUMBER TUBE SIZE MATERIAL
PRICE DIMENSIONS:
GPM LPM
ALL MODELS
F-30100P 5 to 40 20 to 150 1" #316 S.S. 78.57 Height: 6 7/8”
F-30125P 15 to 75 55 to 275 1 1/4" #316 S.S. 78.57 *Does Not Include Pitot Tube
F-30150P 20 to 100 75 to 375 1 1/2" #316 S.S. 78.57
F-30200P 40 to 150 150 to 550 2" #316 S.S. 84.44
F-30250P 60 to 240 250 to 900 2 1/2" #316 S.S. 96.36 D & U SERIES F–300 SERIES
F-30300P 80 to 300 300 to 1125 3" #316 S.S. 108.62
F-30400P
F-30600P
F-30800P
125 to 500
250 to 1050
500 to 1900
500 to 2000
900 to 3900
1800 to 7200
4"
6"
8"
#316 S.S.
#316 S.S.
#316 S.S.
118.48
191.60
212.96
270
F-300 SERIES* 4
*To order for use on schedule 40 pipe, add the letter “P” at the end of the Model Number, ie., F-30100P
To order for use on Type K-L copper tube, add the letter “T” to the Model Number, ie., F-30100T
230
VERTICAL (D & U) MOUNT ORDERING INFORMATION
TEMPERATURE °F
MODEL FLOW CALIBRATION PIPE OR 190
PRICE
NUMBER DIRECTION GPM LPM TUBE SIZE
D-30150P Down 20 to 100 75 to 375 1 1/2" Pipe 95.81 150
D-30150T Down 20 to 100 75 to 375 1 1/2" Tubing 95.81
D-30200P Down 40 to 150 150 to 550 2" Pipe 103.25 110
D-30200T Down 40 to 150 150 to 550 2" Tubing 103.25
U-30150P Up 20 to 100 75 to 375 1 1/2" Pipe 95.81 70
U-30150T Up 20 to 100 75 to 375 1 1/2" Tubing 95.81 0 30 60 90 120 150
U-30200P Up 40 to 150 150 to 550 2" Pipe 103.25
U-30200T Up 40 to 150 150 to 550 2" Tubing 103.25 STATIC PRESSURE PSI
F-400 SERIES – For In-Line Installations

The F-400N series flowmeter is one of Fabco’s most popular units.
This versatile and functional flowmeter is constructed of clear-as-glass machined acrylic with
corrosion resistant internal parts, reinforced FPT adapters, and Viton O-ring seals.
Newly introduced for the F-400N series is a HIGH/LOW LEVEL
ALARM. This option is available on units with flow rates of 0.5 to 5.0 GPM, and 2.0 To 20
GPM, with adapter connectors in 3/4” and 1” FPT. F-400N SERIES DIMENSIONS:
The F-400N is particularly well suited to many OEM applications. Should you require modi- MODEL F-40250LN – F-40500LN
fications in materials or flow rates, please contact our sales staff for assistance and quotation. Height: 8 3/16” Width: 1 1/4”
ORDERING INFORMATION FOR UNITS WITHOUT HIGH/LOW LEVEL ALARM MODEL F-40750LN – F-41000LN
Height: 11” Width: 1 3/4”
MODEL CALIBRATION FLOAT ADAPTER
PRICE
NUMBER GPM LPM MATERIAL SIZE
F-40250LN-4 0.025 to 0.25 0.1 to 1.0 #316 S.S. 1/4" FPT 101.91
F-40375LN-6 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 0.4 PVC 3/8" FPT 87.15 F-400N SERIES*
F-40376LN-6 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 3/8" FPT 87.15 F–400N with Switch F–400N
270
F-40500LN-8 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 #316 S.S. 1/2" FPT 87.15
F-40750LN-12 1.0 to 10 4.0 to 38 #316 S.S. 3/4" FPT 167.90
230
F-41017LN-16 1.0 to 17 - #316 S.S. 1" FPT 167.90
TEMPERATURE °F
F-41000LN-16 5.0 to 21 8.0 to 78 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 167.90

190
UNITS WITH HIGH/LOW LEVEL ALARM
150
PRICE
110
FA-41500LN-12 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 #316 S.S. 3/4" FPT 358.54
FA-41500LN-16 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 358.54
70
FA-41000LN-12 2.0 to 20 8.0 to 78 #316 S.S. 3/4" FPT 368.54 0 30 60 90 120 150
FA-41000LN-16 2.0 to 20 8.0 to 78 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 368.54
STATIC PRESSURE PSI
4-12
F-451 SERIES – In-Line Flowmeters
The F-451 series flowmeter has recently undergone a design change. Formerly offered with
“V” clamp connectors, the units have been upgraded and are now equipped with half union
adapted connections which greatly facilitate both installation and maintenance.
F-451 SERIES DIMENSIONS:
The F-451 features a one-piece meter body of heat and chemical resistant Polysulfone. A
ALL MODELS
precision textured light admitting surface on the rear of the meter body diffuses ambient light Height - 14 1/4” Width - 3 3/16”
and creates a softly illuminated background which enhances meter readability.
The F-451 series has a stainless steel float guide and float, 1” FPT Polysulfone adapters,
and Viton O-ring seals. F-451 SERIES*
For harsh applications, consider the Specially Equipped F-451*. It has a Hastelloy C float 270
guide and float of either Hastelloy or Teflon (depending on flow range).
For accuracy and dependability choose the F-451 series flowmeter. 230
TEMPERATURE °F
F-451 ORDERING AND CAPACITY INFORMATION 190
MODEL NUMBER GPM LPM FLOAT MATERIAL ADAPTER SIZE PRICE
150
F-451006LHN 0.5 to 6.0 - Teflon 1" FPT 255.82
F-451001LHN 1.0 to 10 3.0 to 38 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 272.31
110
F-451002LHN 2.0 to 20 7.5 to 75 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 285.80
F-451003LHN 3.0 to 30 12 to 115 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 313.14
SPA OPTION SPA OPTION 70
0 30 60 90 120 150
F-451004LHN 4.0 to 40 15 to 155 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 328.70
CALIBRATION SCFM
CALIBRATION STATIC PRESSURE PSI
F-451002GHN 8 to 80 - #316 S.S. 1" FPT 285.80
F-451 SPECIALLY EQUIPPED ORDERING AND CAPACITY INFORMATION

F-451006HKN 0.5 to 6.0 - Teflon 1" FPT 466.48 F–451 SERIES
4
F-451001HKN 1.0 to 10 3.0 to 38 Hastelloy 1" FPT 466.48
F-451002HKN 2.0 to 20 7.5 to 75 Hastelloy 1" FPT 501.67
F-451003HKN 3.0 to 30 12 to 115 Hastelloy 1" FPT 537.69
F-451004HKN 4.0 to 40 15 to 155 Hastelloy 1" FPT 591.27
*The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters for use with liquid other than water. Customers are
required to do their own compatibility testing. Request Kit #70000-718 free of charge.
F-451 SERIES WITH PROTECTIVE SHIELD AND/OR 90° ADAPTERS

For In-line or Panel Mount Installation
In response to customer requests, our engineering department took the popular F-451 series flowmeter and devel-
oped two new optional features for these units.
Certain applications require flowmeters to be equipped with a PROTECTIVE SHIELD. The F-451 is now available
with a durable Protective Shield constructed of Poly-carbonate. This configuration provides the desired protection with-
out interfering with meter readability.
Another new option for the F-451 series flowmeters is 90 DEGREE ADAPTERS, for use in panel mount installations.
All F-451 series flowmeters feature a one piece meter body of injection moulded Polysulfone, Polysulfone adapters,
stainless steel float guide, and floats of either stainless steel or Teflon (float material depends on calibration), and Viton
O-ring seals. The units may be ordered Specially Equipped* with Hastelloy C float guide and floats of either Hastelloy
C or Teflon (depending on calibration).
No matter which F-451 unit you choose you can be assured of getting a top quality, efficient flowmeter at a reason-
able price.
UNITS WITH SHIELD
F-451006LHNC 0.5 to 6.0 - Teflon 1" FPT 359.98

F-451001LHNC 1.0 to 10 3.8 to 38 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 373.80
F-451002LHNC 2.0 to 20 7.5 to 75 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 387.29
F-451003LHNC 3.0 to 30 12 to 115 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 414.66
F-451004LHNC 4.0 to 40 15 to 155 #316 S.S. 1" FPT 430.20
To order these units with Hastelloy float guides and floats (F-451006LHN has Teflon float), simply add the
letter “K” to the Model Number, i.e., F-451001LHKN. F–451 F–451
w/Protective Shield w/90° Adapters
UNITS WITH 90° ADAPTERS – For Panel Mount Installations
F-451006LHNE 0.5 to 6.0 - Teflon 1" MPT 315.24

F-451001LHNE 1.0 to 10 3.0 to 38 #316 S.S. 1" MPT 315.24
F-451002LHNE 2.0 to 20 7.5 to 75 #316 S.S. 1" MPT 327.47
F-451003LHNE 3.0 to 30 12 to 115 #316 S.S. 1" MPT 352.36
F-451 WITH PROTECTIVE SHIELD DIMENSIONS:
F-451004LHNE 4.0 to 40 15 to 155 #316 S.S. 1" MPT 366.46
ALL MODELS
To order these units with Hastelloy float guides and floats (F-451006LHN has Teflon float), simply add the let- Height - 14 1/2” Width - 3 5/16”
ter “K” to the Model Number, i.e., F-451006LHKN. F-451 WITH 90° ADAPTERS DIMENSIONS:
*The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters for use with liquid other than water. Customers are required ALL MODELS
to do their own compatibility testing. Request Kit #70000-718 free of charge. Height - 17” Centres - 15”
F-500 AND F-500A SERIES – Panel Mount Flowmeters
You’ll appreciate the handmade quality of the F-500 and F-500A series flowmeters. F-500 SERIES DIMENSIONS:
These durable meters feature a solid, one piece machined acrylic meter body, uniform MODEL F-50250 – F-50500
dimensions on lower rate units (to 5.0 GPM), stainless steel internal parts, rear inlet and out- Height - 8 15/16” Centres - 8 1/2”
MODEL F-50750 – F51000
let ports for panel mounting, and excellent accuracy. The stainless steel float guide helps
Height - 10” Centres - 8”
reduce float oscillation and improve overall meter perfomance. Permanent screen printed
scales are positioned directly in front of the float for easy reading. For greater versatility and
control, the F-500 series may be ordered with an integral flow adjustment valve (F-500A).
If your installation requires special materials of construction, design modifications or alter-
F-500A SERIES DIMENSIONS:
nate calibrations, please contact our sales staff for assistance and quotation.
ALL MODELS
F-500 ORDERING INFORMATION Height - 8 15/16” Centres - 6 1/2”

PRICE
F-50250L 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 130.19
F-50375LN 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 #316 S.S. 3/8" MPT 126.38
F-50376LN 0.2 to 2.0 0.75 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 3/8" MPT 126.38
F-50500LN 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 126.38
F-50750L 1.0 to 10 8.0 to 38 #316 S.S. 3/4" MPT 163.95
F-51017L 1.0 to 17 4 to 64 #316 S.S. 1" MPT 192.56
F-51000L 6.0 to 21 24 to 80 #316 S.S. 1" MPT 208.05
CALIBRATION SCFM
F-500 SERIES* F-500A SERIES*
F-50250G 0.15 to 1.0 #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 130.19
F-50375GN 0.5 to 4.0 #316 S.S. 3/8" MTP 126.38 270 270
F-50376GN 1.0 to 7.0 #316 S.S. 3/8" MTP 126.38
F-50500GN 2.0 to 20 #316 S.S. 1/2" MTP 126.38
230 230
TEMPERATURE °F
TEMPERATURE °F
F-500A ORDERING INFORMATION 190 190
PRICE
NUMBER
F-50250LA
F-50375NA
GPM
0.025 to 0.250
0.1 to 1.0
LPM
0.1 to 1.0
0.4 to 4.0
MATERIAL
#316 S.S.
#316 S.S.
SIZE
1/4" MPT
3/8" MTP
192.48
186.76
150
110
150
110
4
F-50376NA 0.2 to 2.0 0.75 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 3/8" MTP 186.76
F-50500NA .05 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 #316 S.S. 1/2" MTP 186.76 70 70
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
CALIBRATION SCFM
F-50250GA 0.15 to 1.0 #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 192.58 STATIC PRESSURE PSI STATIC PRESSURE PSI
F-50375GNA 0.5 to 4.0 #316 S.S. 3/8" MTP 186.84
F-50376GNA 1.0 to 7.0 #316 S.S. 3/8" MTP 186.84
F-50500GNA 2.0 to 20 #316 S.S. 1/2" MTP 186.84
F-452 SERIES – In-line Flowmeters

The F-452 series flowmeter is Fabco’s highest capacity in-line unit. F-452 series flowme-
ters feature a tough one piece meter body of heat and chemical resistant injection moulded
Polysulfone. Half union connectors couple the meter body to 2” FPT Polysulfone adapters at
each end of the flowmeter, O-ring seals are Viton, and floats are #316 Stainless Steel or Teflon
(depending on calibration). Permanent, screen printed scales are positioned directly in front of
the float for easy reading.
A #316 stainless steel float guide reduces float oscillation, and protects critical float sur-
faces.
The F-452 series may be ordered Specially Equipped* for harsh environments. These units
have float guides of Hastelloy C, and floats of either Hastelloy C or Teflon (depending on
calibration).
These high quality materials, combined with an efficient design, make the F-452 series
F-452 SERIES
suitable for many applications where glass or metal flowmeters are usually required. DIMENSIONS:
F-452 ORDERING AND CAPACITY INFORMATION ALL MODELS
Height - 18 7/8”
Width - 4 1/2”
F-452020LH 2.0 to 20 - Teflon 2" FPT 551.74

F-452060LH 6.0 to 60 30 to 230 #316 S.S. 2" FPT 551.74
F-452 SERIES*
F-452080LH 10 to 80 40 to 300 #316 S.S. 2" FPT 551.74 270
F-452100LH 5.0 to 100 20 to 380 #316 S.S. 2" FPT 551.74
F-452130LH 15 to 130 60 to 500 #316 S.S. 2" FPT 613.73
230
TEMPERATURE °F
F-452175LH 20 to 175 - #316 S.S. 2" FPT 744.33

CALIBRATION
Calibration SCFM SCFM
- 190
F-452250GH 30 to 230 - #316 S.S. 2" FPT 551.74
150
ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIALLY EQUIPPED*
110
F-452020LHK 2.0 to 20 - Teflon 2" FPT P.O.R.

70
F-452060LHK 6.0 to 60 30 to 230 Hastelloy 2" FPT 1,019.58 0 30 60 90 120 150
F-452080LHK 10 to 80 40 to 300 Hastelloy 2" FPT 1,076.20
F-452100LHK 5.0 to 100 20 to 380 Hastelloy 2" FPT 1,139.49
STATIC PRESSURE PSI
F-452130LHK 15 to 130 60 to 500 Hastelloy 2" FPT 1,250.37
*The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters for use with liquid other than water. Customers are required
to do their own compatibility testing. Request Kit #70000-718 free of charge.
4-14
F-440 AND F-450N SERIES – In-Line Flowmeters
The F-440 and F-450 series flowmeters offer high quality materials of construction, efficient
design, and good accuracy all at a very economical price.
Both series have a one piece, injection moulded heat and chemical resistant Polysulfone
meter body and adapters, a stainless steel float guide, Viton O-ring seals, and floats of #316
stainless steel, PVC or Teflon/Noryl (depending on calibration). The F-450N is a slightly larger
flowmeter than the F-440.
Both the F-440 and the F-450N series flowmeters may be ordered with brass sweat or brass
threaded adapters, and both units are also available Specially Equipped. When ordered Specially F-440 SERIES DIMENSIONS:
Equipped the flowmeters are outfitted with Hastelloy C float guides and floats of either Hastelloy MODEL F-44250-F-44560
C, Teflon or PVC (depending on calibration). Height - 6 3/16” Width 1 11/16”
For performance, styling and economy consider the F-440 and F-450N series flowmeters. MODEL F-44750
Height - 7 1/2” Width 1 7/8”
NEW FEATURE: The F-450N is now available with a PROTECTIVE SHIELD.
F-440 ORDERING INFORMATION

F-450N SERIES DIMENSIONS:
ALL MODELS
F-44250LH-8 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 PVC 1/2" MPT 78.94 Height - 8 7/8” Width 1 7/8”
F-44375LH-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 78.94
F-44376LH-8 0.2 to 2.0 0.75 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 78.94
F-44500LH-8 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to18 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 78.94
F-44750LH-12 1.0 to 10 5.0 to 37.5 #316 S.S. 3/4" MPT 90.95
F-450N ORDERING INFORMATION F-440 SERIES* F-450N SERIES*

270 270
F-45375LHN-6 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 N/T* 3/8" FPT 78.94 230 230
TEMPERATURE °F
TEMPERATURE °F
F-45375LHN-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 N/T* 1/2" MPT 84.75
F-45376LHN-6 0.2 to 2.0 0.75 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 3/8" FPT 84.75 190 190
F-45376LHN-8 0.2 to 2.0 0.75 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 84.75
150 150
F-45500LHN-6 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to18 #316 S.S. 3/8" FPT 84.75
F-45500LHN-8 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to18 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 84.75 110 110
F-45500LHN-12 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to18 #316 S.S. 3/4" MPT 88.31
4 F-45750LHN-12
*N/T = Noryl and Teflon.

1.0 to 10 0.4 to 40 #316 S.S. 3/4" MPT 97.88 70
0 30 60 90
STATIC PRESSURE PSI

120 150
70
0 30 60 90
STATIC PRESSURE PSI

120 150
F-440E and F-450NE SERIES – For Panel Mounting

The popular F-440 and F-450N series flowmeters may be ordered equipped with 90 degree
adapters for panel mount installation. In addition, the flowmeters can be ordered with an integral F-440E SERIES DIMENSIONS:
flow adjustment valve which can be installed at either the intake or discharge end of the flowmeter. MODEL F-44250E - F-44560E
The adjustment features metering valve construction of injection moulded Polysulfone, double O- Height - 7 1/8” Centres - 6”
ring packing on the valve stem, and a 15° valve stem point for accurate flow control. MODEL F-44750E
Height - 8 1/8” Centres - 6 3/4”
Both the F-440 and F-450N with 90° adapters, and/or the adjustment valve option, may also be
ordered with the Specially Equipped option. When ordered Specially Equipped the flowmeters are F-450E SERIES DIMENSIONS:
outfitted with Hastelloy C float guides and floats of either Hastelloy C, Teflon or PVC (depending on MODEL F-45330E - F45500E
calibration). Height - 9 7/8” Centres - 8 9/16”
For versatility, performance and economy consider the F-440E and F-450NE series flowmeters. MODEL F-45750E
Height - 10 1/2” Centres - 9 1/4”
F-450EA SERIES DIMENSIONS:

F-440E ORDERING INFORMATION MODEL F-45330EA - F-45500EA
Height - 9 7/8” Centres - 8 9/16”
UNITS WITH 90° ADAPTERS
MODEL F-45750EA
CALIBRATION Height - 10 5/8” Centres - 9 1/8”
MODEL NUMBER FLOAT MATERIAL ADAPTER SIZE PRICE
GPM LPM
F-44250LHE-8 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 PVC 1/2" MPT 94.93
F-44375LHE-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 94.93
F-440E SERIES* F-450NE SERIES*
F-44376LHE-8 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 94.93
270 270
F-44500LHE-8 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 94.93
F-44750LHE-12 1.0 to 10 4.0 to 38 #316 S.S. 3/4" MPT 110.95 230 230
TEMPERATURE °F
TEMPERATURE °F
UNITS WITH ADJUSTMENT KNOB 190 190

CALIBRATION
MODEL NUMBER FLOAT MATERIAL ADAPTER SIZE PRICE 150
GPM LPM 150
F-44250LEA-8 0.025 to 0.250 0.1 to 1.0 PVC 1/2" MPT 140.92
110 110
F-44375LEA-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 140.92
F-44376LEA-8 0.2 to 2.0 1.0 to 7.5 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 140.92
70 70
F-44500LEA-8 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 #316 S.S. 1/2" MPT 140.92 0 30 60 90 120 150 0 30 60 90 120 150
F-44750LEA-12 1.0 to 10 4.0 to 38 #316 S.S. 3/4" MPT 156.96
STATIC PRESSURE PSI STATIC PRESSURE PSI
F-450NEA ORDERING INFORMATION
UNITS WITH ADJUSTMENT KNOB F-450NE ORDERING INFORMATION
UNITS WITH 90° ADAPTERSa
CALIBRATION
MODEL NUMBER ADAPTER SIZE PRICE CALIBRATION
GPM LPM MODEL NUMBER ADAPTER SIZE PRICE
F-45375LEA-8 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 1/2" MPT 147.35 GPM LPM
F-45375LEA-12 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 3/4" MPT 147.35 F-45375LHNE-12 0.1 to 1.0 0.4 to 4.0 3/4" MPT 100.95
F-45500LEA-8 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 1/2" MPT 147.35 F-45500LHNE-6 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 3/8" MPT 100.95
F-45500LEA-12 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 3/4" MPT 156.96 F-45500LHNE-8 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 1/2" MPT 100.95
F-45750LEA-8 1.0 to 10 5.0 to 37.5 1/2" MPT 147.35 F-45500LHNE-12 0.5 to 5.0 1.8 to 18 3/4" MPT 100.95
F-45750LEA-12 1.0 to 10 5.0 to 37.5 3/4" MPT 159.98 F-45750LHNE-12 1.0 to 10 4.0 to 40 3/4" MPT 113.55
*The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters for use with liquid other than water. Customers are required to do their own compatibility testing. Request Kit #70000-718 free of charge.
F-500E Series–Panel Mount Flowmeter

The F-500E panel mount series flowmeter features body styling similar to that of
the F-500 series, however, it is much smaller in size to accommodate a different
range of applications.
The F-500E has meter body construction of machined acrylic, Viton O-ring
seals, and floats of #316 stainless steel.
If you don’t see the calibration you require, contact our sales staff for assistance.
F-500E ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL NUMBER CALIBRATION FLOAT MATERIAL ADAPTER SIZE PRICE

F-500E SERIES DIMENSIONS:
F-501E 2 to 20 CFH #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 62.92 ALL MODELS
F-502E 4 to 30 CFH #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 62.92 Height - 4 3/16” Centres - 3”
F-503E 5 to 50 CFH #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 62.92
F-504E 2 to 24 LPM/Air #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 62.92
F-505E 1 to 11 GPH #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 62.92 F-500E SERIES*
F-506E 0.8 to 5 SCFM #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 69.28 270
F-507E 0.2 to 1.2 GPM #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 69.28
F-508E 12 to 72 GPH #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 69.28
230
F-509E 0.7 to 4.5 LPM #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 69.28
TEMPERATURE °F
F-510E 60 to 300 CFH #316 S.S. 1/4" MPT 69.28
190
F-511E 2 to 20 ML/MN #316 S.S. 1/8" FPT 69.28
F-512E 10 to 100 ML/MN #316 S.S. 1/8" FPT 69.28
150
F-513E 0.3 to 3.0 oz/min #316 S.S. 1/8" FPT 69.28
F-514E 4.0 to 40 oz/hour #316 S.S. 1/8" FPT 69.28
110
4
70
0 30 60 90 120 150
STATIC PRESSURE PSI
F-750 Series–Panel Mount Flowmeter

The F-750 series flowmeter is an economical panel mount flowmeter. The
meter is designed to connect directly to a 1/4” I.D. flexible PVC tubing via gluing or
clamping. For extreme low flow applications, reducer adapters are provided to
enable the connection of 1/8” O.D. lubing via gluing. An optional flow control
adjustment valve is available on all models. F-750 SERIES
Directly applied, permanent silkscreen ink scales resist corrosion. Internally
molded float guides vitually eliminate float vibration. A white, corrosion proof, PVC
textured background panel provides excellent contrast for viewing the float. The
meter’s unique body design allows for exceptional side viewing of float location.
Single-scale liquid flow ranges are available in: GPH, Oz/min, ml/min, and LPM.
Single-scale air flow ranges are available in: SCFM and cc/min. Scale length is 2.0
inches / 50.8 mm. The meter is accurate to within +/- 10% of the full scale reading.
UNITS WITH ADJUSTMENT VALVE - UNITS WITHOUT ADJUSTMENT VALVE
MODEL NUMBER FLOW RATE ADAPTER SIZE PRICE MODEL NUMBER FLOW RATE ADAPTER SIZE PRICE
F-750-GPHS-A .5.5-5 GPH 1/4" MPT 31.20 F-750-GPHS .5.5-5 GPH 1/4" MPT 39.00
F-750-MLMC-A 20-200 ML/MN 1/4" MPT 31.20 F-750-MLMC 20-200 ML/MN 1/4" MPT 39.00
F-750-0ZMS-A 2-12 OZ/MN 1/4" MPT 31.20 F-750-0ZMS 2-12 OZ/MN 1/4" MPT 39.00
F-751-GPHG-A 1-16 GPH 1/4" MPT 31.20 F-751-GPHG 1-16 GPH 1/4" MPT 39.00
F-751-MLMT-A 80-750 ML/MN 1/4" MPT 31.20 F-751-MLMT 50-750 ML/MN 1/4" MPT 39.00
F-751-OZMT-A 2-25 OZ/MN 1/4" MPT 31.20 F-751-OZMT 2-25 OZ/MN 1/4" MPT 39.00
*Pressure and temperature limits are inversely proportional. At the maximum sug-
gested pressure the temperature should approach 70°F; at the maximum suggest-
ed temperature the pressure should approach zero psi. We cannot guarantee our
flowmeters will not be damaged either at or below the suggested limits simply
because of many factors which influence meter integrity; stress resulting from meter
misalignment, damage due to excessive vibration and deterioration caused by con-
tact with certain chemicals to name a few. These situations and others tend to
reduce the strength of the materials from which the meters are manufactured. Use
these charts as a general guideline only.
*The factory does not guarantee their flowmeters for use with liquid other than water. Customers are required
to do their own compatibility testing. Request Kit #70000-718 free of charge.
4-16
DIGITAL FLOWMETERS
DIGI–FLO F–900 3.15”
The DIGI-FLO F-900 is a paddle-wheel type insertion flow sensor that utilizes precise
digital technology to accurately monitor flow rates from 1.0 to 20 feet per second. Because
the signal is digital the F-900 will interface with many of the process meters, electronic
process control devices and computer systems currently on the market.
2.50”
FEATURES INCLUDE:
• TTL/CMOS compatible digital (discreet) output signal
• One mile signal range WITHOUT boosters
• NEMA 4X rated
• Wetted parts are Kynar (PVDF), Hastelloy C-276 and Viton E 60
F–900 SPECIFICATIONS:
Output Signal: Digital Square Wave Maximum Solids: 1.0% fluid volume
(discreet) Standard Cable Length: 25 feet
Flow Rate Range: 1.0 to 20 feet per sec- Power Requirement: 6 to 24V DC (120V FLOW DIRECTION
ond AC to 9V DC plug-in
Linearity: 1.0% of full scale power supply 10 x PIPE ID 4 x PIPE ID
Repeatability: 0.5% included)
DIGI–FLO F–900 ORDERING INFORMATION:

ORDER PIPE CONNECTER PIPE SENSOR SADDLE SHAFT
O-RING PRICE
NUMBER SIZE STYLE TYPE MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
F-90A3V0XXX 3/8" FPT In-Line Kynar Polypropylene Hastelloy Viton 353.71
F-90B3V0XXX 1/2" FPT In-Line Kynar Polypropylene Hastelloy Viton 353.71
F-90C3V0XXX 3/4" FPT In-Line Kynar Polypropylene Hastelloy Viton 353.71
F-90D3V0XXX 1" FPT In-Line Kynar Polypropylene Hastelloy Viton 353.71
F-9011V0XXX 1 1/2" Slip Sch 80 PVC Kynar Kynar Hastelloy Viton 559.88
4 F-9021V0XXX
F-9031V0XXX
F-9041V0XXX
2"
3"
4"
Slip
Slip
Slip
Sch 80 PVC
Sch 80 PVC
Sch 80 PVC
Kynar
Kynar
Kynar
Kynar
Kynar
PVC
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Hastelloy
Viton
Viton
Viton
559.88
559.88
604.32
F-9051V0XXX 6" Slip Sch 80 PVC Kynar PVC Hastelloy Viton 648.76
F-9061V0XXX 8" Slip Sch 80 PVC Kynar PVC Hastelloy Viton 693.18
DIGI–FLO MODEL MA 3.78”

The high accuracy 4-20 mA Signal Generator is housed in a rugged stainless steel
and anodized aluminium, NEMA 4 rated enclosure. The model MA is designed to
mount directly to the F-900 Flow Sensor. Zero and span controls are factory calibrat-
ed to ensure accuracy. The output signal is a two wire, isolated 4-20 mA computer
compatible signal, which is proportional to flow rate.
4.25”
MODEL MA FEATURES INCLUDE:
• Mounts directly to F-900 DIGI-FLO Sensor
• NEMA 4 rated enclosure
• Rugged construction
• Complete with 25 foot signal cable
MODEL MA SPECIFICATIONS:
Output Signal: 4-20 Milliamp Repeatability: 0.5%
Load: 200 OHM Maximum Maximum Solids: 1.0% fluid volume
Flow Rate Range: Calibrated at 1.0 to 5.0 Power Requirement: 9 to 24V DC (120V
FPS or 5-20 FPS AC to 9V DC plug-in
Linearity: 1.0% of full scale transformer included) FLOW DIRECTION
10 x PIPE ID 4 x PIPE ID
DIGI–FLO MA ORDERING INFORMATION: DIGI–FLO MA ORDERING INFORMATION:

STANDARD RANGE UNITS LOW RANGE UNITS
ORDER PIPE CONNECTOR PIPE MOUNTING STD. FLOW ORDER PIPE CONNECTOR PIPE MOUNTING LOW FLOW
PRICE PRICE
NUMBER SIZE STYLE TYPE STYLE RANGE (GPM) NUMBER SIZE STYLE TYPE STYLE RANGE (GPM)
F-93A3V3AAS 3/8" FPT In-Line On Sensor 2-8 886.93 F-93A3V3AAL 3/8" FPT In-Line On Sensor .4 - 4 886.93
F-93B3V3AAS 1/2" FPT In-Line On Sensor 3-14 886.93 F-93B3V3AAL 1/2" FPT In-Line On Sensor .7 - 7 886.93
F-93C3V3AAS 3/4" FPT In-Line On Sensor 6-27 886.93 F-93C3V3AAL 3/4" FPT In-Line On Sensor 1.3 - 13 886.93
F-93D3V3AAS 1" FPT In-Line On Sensor 11-44 886.93 F-93D3V3AAL 1" FPT In-Line On Sensor 2.2 - 22 886.93
F-9311V3AAS 1 1/2" Slip Sch 80 PVC On Sensor 27-110 1,093.10 F-9311V3AAL 1 1/2" Slip Sch 80 PVC On Sensor 5 - 55 P.O.R.
F-9321V3AAS 2" Slip Sch 80 PVC On Sensor 46-183 1,093.10 F-9321V3AAL 2" Slip Sch 80 PVC On Sensor 9 - 92 P.O.R.
Flange Mount available for 4”, 6”, & 8” units. Flange Mount available for 4”, 6”, & 8” units.
DIGITAL FLOWMETERS
DIGI–FLO MODEL RT 3.75”
This high accuracy rate meter and flow totalizer can be mounted directly on the F-900
Flow Sensor, or mounted in a panel located up to one mile from the sensor. Two front panel
push buttons allow the operator to toggle between rate and total displays, clear total
amounts or enter the programming mode functions. The reset button can be easily dis-
abled to prevent tampering.
The Model RT is factory calibrated, or can be user programmed to any engineering unit.
4.25”
MODEL RT BENEFITS INCLUDE:
• Rate & Total modes operate simultaneously
• Five digit rate mode screen
• Eight digit totalizer screen
• Front panel mode switching and total reset
• NEMA 4 rated enclosure
MODEL RT SPECIFICATIONS:
Display: 0.43” high LCD Maximum Solids: 1.0% fluid volume
Decimal Point: Programmable five places Power Requirements:
Flow Rate Range: Calibrated at 1.0 to, or Model RT - 3 Volt
5.0 to 20 FPS (back-up battery included)
Linearity: 1.0% of full scale F-900 Sensor - 6 to 24V DC
Repeatability: 0.5% (120V AC to 9V DC plug-in transformer FLOW DIRECTION
included) 10 x PIPE ID 4 x PIPE ID
DIGI–FLO RT STANDARD RANGE ORDERING INFORMATION: DIGI–FLO RT LOW RANGE ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODEL PIPE CONNECTOR PIPE MOUNTING FLOW RANGE MODEL PIPE CONNECTOR PIPE MOUNTING FLOW RANGE
PRICE PRICE
NUMBER SIZE STYLE TYPE STYLE (GPM) NUMBER SIZE STYLE TYPE STYLE (GPM)
F-93A3V2AAS 3/8" FPT In-Line On Sensor 2-8 798.05 F-93A3V2ALL 3/8" FPT In-Line On Sensor .4-2 798.05
F-93B3V2AAS 1/2" FPT In-Line On Sensor 3-14 798.05 F-93B3V2ALL 1/2" FPT In-Line On Sensor .7-3 798.05
F-93C3V2AAS 3/4" FPT In-Line On Sensor 6-27 798.05 F-93C3V2ALL 3/4" FPT In-Line On Sensor 1.3-6 798.05
F-93D3V2ASS
F-9311V2ASS
F-9321V2ASS
1"
1 1/2"
2"
FPT
Slip
Slip
In-Line
Sch 80 PVC
Sch 80 PVC
On Sensor
On Sensor
On Sensor
11-44
27-110
46-183
798.05
1,004.24
1,004.24
F-93D3V2ALL
F-9311V2ALL
F-9321V2ALL
1"
1 1/2"
2"
FPT
Slip
Slip
In-Line
Sch 80 PVC
Sch 80 PVC
On Sensor
On Sensor
On Sensor
2.2-11
5-27
9-46
798.05
1,004.24
1,004.24
4
F-9331V2ASS 3" Slip Sch 80 PVC On Sensor 103-412 1,004.24 F-9331V2ALL 3" Slip Sch 80 PVC On Sensor 21-103 1,004.24
DIGI–FLO MODEL BC
The Model BC is a microprocessor based controller capable of displaying: Flow:
rate/total flow; batch process; and time. It can function in three different modes, and serve
a wide range of applications, from as simple as displaying flow rate to as complex as detect-
ing out-of-limit conditions, triggering alarms and channelling communications for a process
control system. The front panel displays values and messages using six, 14 segment
LED’s and indicates which mode is being displayed through three mode LED’s, and alarm
status through four set point LED’s. Five front panel push buttons allow access to the
meter’s features.
MODEL BC BENEFITS INCLUDE:

• Front panel programming for easy access
• Five open collector points for rate, total and time alarms
• NEMA 4 rated front panel (1/8 DIN)
• Easy scaling in any engineering unit.
MODEL BC SPECIFICATIONS:
Display: 0.54” High, 14 segment, 6 digit, Linearity: 1.0% of full scale
red LED Repeatability: 0.5%
Decimal Point: Fully programmable 6 posi- Maximum Percent Solids: 1.0% fluid
tion volume
Flow Rate Range: Calibrated at 1.0 to 5.0 Power Requirement: 115V AC
FPS or 5.0 - 20 FPS NOTE: All Models listed include the F–900 Sensor.
DIGI–FLO BC STANDARD RANGE ORDERING INFORMATION: DIGI–FLO BC LOW RANGE ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODEL PIPE CONNECTOR PIPE MOUNTING FLOW RANGE MODEL PIPE CONNECTOR PIPE MOUNTING FLOW RANGE
PRICE PRICE
NUMBER SIZE STYLE TYPE STYLE (GPM) NUMBER SIZE STYLE TYPE STYLE (GPM)
F-93A3V4AAS 3/8" FPT In-Line Panel 2-8 1,953.36 F-93A3V4ALL 3/8" FPT In-Line Panel .4-2 1,953.36
F-93B3V4AAS 1/2" FPT In-Line Panel 3-14 1,953.36 F-93B3V4ALL 1/2" FPT In-Line Panel .7-3 1,953.36
F-93C3V4AAS 3/4" FPT In-Line Panel 6-27 1,953.36 F-93C3V4ALL 3/4" FPT In-Line Panel 1.3-6 1,953.36
F-93D3V4AAS 1" FPT In-Line Panel 11-44 1,953.36 F-93D3V4ALL 1" FPT In-Line Panel 2.2-11 1,953.36
F-9311V4ASS 1 1/2" Slip Sch 80 PVC Panel 27-110 2,159.53 F-9311V4ALL 1 1/2" Slip Sch 80 PVC Panel 5-27 2,159.53
F-9321V4ASS 2" Slip Sch 80 PVC Panel 46-183 2,159.53 F-9321V4ALL 2" Slip Sch 80 PVC Panel 9-46 2,159.53
4-18
GENERAL FLOWMETER INFORMATION
FLOWMETER PRESSURE DROP
SCALE MAX PSI SCALE MAX PSI SCALE MAX PSI
FLOWMETER FLOWMETER FLOWMETER
READING DROP READING DROP READING DROP
F-300 ALL 0.00 F-44500 5.0 0.25 F-451004 40.0 0.25
F-40250 0.250 0.10 F-44750 10.0 0.25 F-452100 100.0 1.75
F-40375 1.0 0.25 F-44330 30.0 GPH 0.10 F-452130 130.0 2.00
F-40376 2.0 0.25 F-44560 60.0 GPH 0.25 F-50250 0.250 0.12
F-40377 3.0 0.25 F-45375 1.0 0.25 F-50375 1.0 0.30
F-40500 5.0 0.25 F-45375 2.0 0.25 F-50376 2.0 0.30
F-40750 10.0 1.00 F-45500 5.0 0.50 F-50500 5.0 1.50
F-41017 17.0 1.50 F-45750 10.0 2.00 F-50750 10.0 1.50
F-41000 21.0 2.00 F-451001 10.0 0.25 F-51000 21.0 1.50
F-44375 1.0 0.25 F-451002 20.0 0.25
F-44376 2.0 0.25 F-451003 30.0 0.25
The above PSI values are approximate. Values obtained using Bourdon tube type pressure gauge 0-30 PSI.
IMPORTANT FLOWMETER INFORMATION

Fabco Flowmeters are instruments and care must be used when installing. Teflon tape has proven to be the tread sealant of choice. Avoid
using commercial sealants, such as Loctite, etc. These sealants are harmful to plastics. PVC glues and fumes cannot come in direct contact
with flowmeters. Fast opening valves (solenoid and ball type) installed near the meter (above or below) can cause meter damage (rapid float
acceleration) and should be avoided.
Vibration from machinery or venturi type injectors should be avoided. Flexible tubing to the meter helps isolate vibration. If any of the above
adverse conditions occur, it could jeopardize warranty status.
Flowmeters are tested and calibrated for water or air only. Although meters may be suitable for use with chemicals, Fabco cannot guar-
4 antee their suitability.
Fabco Plastic makes no guarantee that any of the flowmeters are suitable for use with any material other than water.
PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE

Pressure and temperature limits are inversely proportional. At the maximum suggested pressure the temperature should approach 70°F; at
the maximum suggested temperature the pressure approach zero psi. We cannot guarantee our flowmeters will not be damaged either at or
below the suggested limits simply because of many factors which influence meter integrity; stress resulting from meter misalignment, damage
due to excessive vibration and deterioration caused by contact with certain chemicals to name a few. These situations and others tend to
reduce the strength of the materials from which the meters are manufactured.
FLOWMETER CONVERSION TABLE FOR LIQUIDS WITH

SPECIFIC GRAVITIES OTHER THAN 1.00
Specific 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Gravity CONVERSION FACTOR
0.4 1.647 1.626 1.605 1.585 1.565 1.548 1.529 1.513 1.495 1.479
0.5 1.462 1.447 1.433 1.418 1.404 1.391 1.377 1.364 1.351 1.339
0.6 1.326 1.316 1.304 1.292 1.282 1.271 1.259 1.250 1.239 1.229
0.7 1.220 1.211 1.202 1.192 1.183 1.175 1.167 1.157 1.149 1.142
0.8 1.134 1.125 1.117 1.111 1.104 1.096 1.089 1.082 1.075 1.068
0.9 1.062 1.055 1.048 1.042 1.035 1.030 1.024 1.017 1.011 1.005
1.0 1.000 0.994 0.988 0.982 0.978 0.972 0.967 0.962 0.956 0.951
1.1 0.947 0.943 0.936 0.932 0.927 0.923 0.917 0.913 0.909 0.904
1.2 0.900 0.895 0.891 0.887 0.883 0.878 0.871 0.870 0.866 0.862
1.3 0.858 0.854 0.850 0.846 0.842 0.838 0.835 0.831 0.827 0.824
1.4 0.820 0.818 0.814 0.810 0.806 0.803 0.800 0.797 0.794 0.791
1.5 0.787 0.784 0.781 0.778 0.776 0.773 0.770 0.767 0.764 0.759
1.6 0.756 0.754 0.751 0.748 0.745 0.742 0.740 0.737 0.734 0.730
1.7 0.728 0.726 0.723 0.720 0.717 0.714 0.712 0.709 0.706 0.704
1.8 0.701 0.699 0.696 0.694 0.691 0.689 0.686 0.684 0.682 0.679
1.9 0.677 0.674 0.672 0.669 0.667 0.665 0.663 0.661 0.658 0.657
2.0 0.654 0.652 0.650 0.648 0.646 0.644 0.641 0.640 0.637 0.636
Example: S.G. of 1.54; use Factor of 0.776
PLEASE NOTE:
Although Fabco has obtained this information from reliable sources, the company cannot assume any responsibility for its accuracy.
Please verify this information before using.
FABCO FLOWMETERS WITH ACCESSORIES
Construction
The FABCO plastic flowmeter operates according to the variable
area principle, whereby the float can move freely within the metering
tube.
Metering tubes are available in Trogamid, suitable for neutral
media, and in Polysulfon, for corrosive media. Both materials are
highly resistant to impact and pressure and possess high flectional
strength.
Floats are available in polypropylene (PP) or stainless steel
(1.4571), depending on flow medium and range requirements. Male
treads on the ends of the metering tube allow for easy mounting of
unions, which are available in PVC or malleable iron. The O-ring seals
in EPDM or Viton ensure reliable sealing between metering tube and
union without radial forces, which could lead to bursting of the tube.
Dovetail sections moulded on to the metering tube allow for easy Type 1274/1279
mounting of adjustable flow indicators (supplied with the flowmeter), FABCO 1274 and 1279 monitoring
min. and/or max. limit switches, or a continuous readout transmitter. transmitters are designed to receive
The scale on the metering tube can be suited to the medium and is input from FABCO 800/850 series
flowmeters equipped with FABCO
available in l/h, m3/h or %.
1270/1271 sensors, which indicate
flow rate, and output an analog signal.
Max. and min. set points can be
Type 800/850 entered for any point along the full
The FABCO 800/850 series of range (0-100%). The read out can be
flowmeters are variable area rotame- set for either 0-100% or the actual gpm
ters that are highly accurate. Both values.
polyamide and polysulfon tubes are
available with socket union end con-
nectors made of either PVC, CPVC, E-MODULE 1274 E-MODULE 1279
If the flow rate should drop below
the min. set point or above the max. set
point, a corresponding LED will provide
4
PP, PVDF, malleable iron or stainless the appropriate indication.
steel. This provides you with a wide
range of chemical resistance and Type 1281-1289
excellent durability. The addition of
FABCO 1281-1289 controllers are
external limit switches provides you
designed to:
with remote read out and control as
• Indicate the valve position
well as a direct visual read out.
• Send an output of 0-20 mA or 4-20
Available sizes: 1/8” - 2 1/2”
mA to reposition the valve according
Scale range: .52 gpm to 114 gpm
to the control set point.
• Set and indicate max. and min.
points.
Type 840 • Receive an analog input of 0-20 mA
The FABCO 840 flowmeter uses or 4-20 mA from a FABCO
a GEMU 850 variable area rotame- 1274/1279 or other transmitter.
ter to read the differential across the • Receive a 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA signal
orifice plate. This provides highly from a FABCO 613/618 and 693/698
accurate flow measurement over a E-MODULE E-MODULE electrically operated valves or a
13 gpm to 220 gpm range. 1281/1284 1286/1289 FABCO pneumatically operated
The end connections are either valve equipped with I/P positioner.
3” plastic unions or flanges.
Type 1520/1521
FABCO 1520/1521 indicating
amplifiers provide a visual max./min.
indication from one or two FABCO
800/850 flowmeters equipped with
Type 1251-57 are limit switches 1251-57 limit switches. Output to a
1251, 1252 for FABCO plastic flowmeters. Each remote indicator is also incorporated
device uses a bistable reed switch, into the design.
actuated by the magnet in the float. E-MODULE 1520 E-MODULE 1521
They are fixed to the dove-tailed
section on the outside of the flowme- Type 1570/1572
ter. The float must be equipped with The E-Module 1570 provides a
a permanent magnet. stand-by power supply for direct current
Type 1270/1271 is an instru- actuators by means of an integral
ment sensor for flowmeters operating rechargeable battery in the case of loss
according to the variable area princi- of mains voltage. The required final
ple. In the stainless steel tube are position of the actuated unit can be pro-
grammed by a selector switch. LED
reed contacts which produce a read-
indicators show whether the main sup-
ing in the form of a voltage across a
ply or the stand-by supply is in use.
chain of resistors, without breaking
The E-Module 1572 converts a.c.
the circuit. The voltage is thus pro- voltage to an unsmoothed 24 volts,
1256, 1257 1270, 1271 portional to the height of the flowme- E-MODULE 1570 E-MODULE 1572
direct current.
ter float.
4-20
FABCO FLOWMETERS WITH ACCESSORIES
Plastic Flowmeter - Series 800 A
Tube Flow range
Size Order No. $/pc
Connection Material medium water*
PP
PP (Polypropylene) float
O-ring material
O-ring material EPDM
Unions 1 0.08-0.7gpm 805/1 /72114-1-51-0.7 gpm 270.32
PVC 1 0.1 -1.1 gpm 805/1 /72114-1-52-1.1 gpm 270.32
1 0.2 -1.8 gpm 805/1 /72114-1-53-1.8 gpm 270.32
1 0.3 -3.0 gpm 805/1 /72114-1-54-3.0 gpm 270.32
Troga- 1 1/4 0.4 -4.6 gpm 805/1 1/4 /72114-1-61-4.6 gpm 360.43
mid-T 1 1/4 0.75-7.5gpm 805/1 1/4 /72114-1-62-7.5 gpm 360.43
2 1.0 - 11 gpm 805/2 /72114-1-71-11 gpm 588.21
2 2.0 - 18 gpm 805/2 /72114-1-72-18 gpm 588.21
2 3.0 - 28 gpm 805/2 /72114-1-73-28 gpm 588.21
2 1/2 6.0 - 50 gpm 805/2 1/2 /72114-1-76-50 gpm 1,036.24
Medium NaOH
Medium NaOH 30%
1 0.02-0.4 gpm 805/1 /72114-1-52-0.4 gpm 270.32
Medium NaOH
Medium NaOH 50%
1 0.02-0.6 gpm 805/1 /72114-1-54-0.6 gpm 270.32
Unions 1 0.08-0.7 gpm 805/1 /72214-1-51-0.7 gpm 305.37
PVC 1 0.1 - 1.1 gpm 805/1 /72214-1-52-1.1 gpm 305.37
1 0.2 - 1.8 gpm 805/1 /72214-1-53-1.8 gpm 305.37
1 0.3 - 3.0 gpm 805/1 /72214-1-54-3.0 gpm 305.37
1 1/4 0.4 - 4.6 gpm 805/1 1/4 /72214-1-61-4.6 gpm 405.49
Poly- 1 1/4 0.75-7.5 gpm 805/1 1/4 /72214-1-62-7.5 gpm 405.49
sulfon 2 1.0 - 11 gpm 805/2 /72214-1-71-11 gpm 600.79
2 2.0 - 18 gpm 805/2 /72214-1-72-18 gpm 600.79
2 3.0 - 28 gpm 805/2 /72214-1-73-28 gpm 600.79 TYPE 800
2 1/2 6.0 - 50 gpm 805/2 1/2 /72214-1-76-50 gpm 1,166.40
Medium
MediumHCL HCL30-33%
30-
1 0.06 -0.58gpm 805/1 /72214-1-51-0.58 gpm 305.37
1 0.075-0.95gpm 805/1 /72214-1-52-1.95 gpm 305.37 Standard flowmeter:
1 0.10 - 1.6 gpm 805/1 /72214-1-53-1.6 gpm 305.37
4 1 0.2 - 2.5 gpm

1.4571
1.4571(stainless
O-ringmaterial
O-ring
805/1 /72214-1-54-2.5 gpm
(stainlesssteel) float
materialEPDM
305.37 Scale in gpm
Medium – water*.
Unions 1 0.1 - 1.1 gpm 807/1 /72114-1-51-1.1 gpm 270.32 Note: Only for liquids.
PVC 1 0.2 - 1.8 gpm 807/1 /72114-1-52-1.8 gpm 270.32
1 0.3 - 3.0 gpm 807/1 /72114-1-53-3.0 gpm 270.32
1 0.4 - 4.6 gpm 807/1 /72114-1-54-4.6 gpm 270.32 Available ranges:
Traga- 1 1/4 0.75-7.5 gpm 807/1 1/4 /72114-1-61-7.5 gpm 360.43 Complete, consisting of tube,
mid-T 1 1/4 1.0 - 11 gpm 807/1 1/4 /72114-1-62-11 gpm 360.43 float, float stops, value pointers,
2 2.0 - 18 gpm 807/2 /72114-1-71-18 gpm 588.21 O-rings in EPDM, unions in PVC.
2 3.0 - 28 gpm 807/2 /72114-1-72-28 gpm 588.21
Plastic Flowmeter - Series
2 8004.0 - 46 gpm 807/2 /72114-1-73-46 gpm A 588.21
Tube 2 1/2 10 - 50 gpm 807/2 1/2 /72114-1-76-80 gpm 1,036.24 At additional price:
Medium
Medium NaOHNaOH 50% Unions in malleable iron (galvanized).
1 1/4 0.1 - 2.6 gpm 807/1 /72214-1-61-2.6 gpm 360.43 O-rings in FPM (Viton), 2 pcs.
Unions 1 1.45710.1
(stainless steel) float 807/1 /72214-1-51-1.1 gpm
- 1.1 gpm 305.37 Scale available in range 10-100%
PVC 1 O-ring0.2
material
- 1.8EPDM
gpm 807/1 /72214-1-52-1.8 gpm 305.37
1 0.3 - 3.0 gpm 807/1 /72214-1-53-3.0 gpm 305.37 instead of gpm.
1 0.4 - 4.6 gpm 807/1 /72214-1-54-4.6 gpm 305.37 Please give viscosity and temperature.
Poly- 1 1/4 0.75-7.5 gpm 807/1 1/4 /72214-1-61-7.5 gpm 405.49
Sulfon 1 1/4 1.0 - 11 gpm 807/1 1/4 /72214-1-62-11 gpm 405.49
2 2.0 - 18 gpm 807/2 /72214-1-71-18 gpm 660.79
2 3.0 - 28 gpm 807/2 /72214-1-72-28 gpm 660.79
2 4.0 - 46 gpm 807/2 /72214-73-46 gpm 660.79
2 1/2 10 - 80 gpm 807/2 /72214-76-80 gpm 1,166.40
Plastic Flowmeter, Orifice Plate System - Series 840 A

Tube Flow range
Size Order No. $/pc
Connection Material medium water*
PVC float, O-ring material EPDM, PVC orifice plate material
Spigot 2 1/2 13 - 88 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-36- 88 gpm 1,914.80

PVC 2 1/2 17.6-110 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-40-110 gpm 1,914.80
2 1/2 22 - 140 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-44-140 gpm 1,914.80
2 1/2 26 - 176 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-48-176 gpm 1,914.80
2 1/2 35 - 220 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-52-220 gpm 1,914.80
PVC float, O-ring material EPDM, stainless steel orifice plate material
Spigot 2 1/2 13 - 88 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-36- 88 gpm 2,059.97
PVC 2 1/2 17.6-110 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-40-110 gpm 2,059.97
2 1/2 22 - 140 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-44-140 gpm 2,059.97
2 1/2 26 - 176 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-48-176 gpm 2,059.97
2 1/2 35 - 220 gpm 840/2 1/2 /D0114-1-52-220 gpm 2,059.97
Note: *Medium-viscosity 1 at 20°C temperature. Check resistance of measuring tube and float materials.
Additional prices: Malleable iron unions: Ref. no. 6 instead of 1: DN 1” $14.—, DN 1 1/4” $ 21.—, DN 2” $ 28.—, TYPE 840
DN 2 1/2” $ 35.— O-ring FPM (Viton): Ref. no. 4 instead of 14: DN 1” $ 3.—, DN 1 1/4” $ 5.,
DN 2” $ 7.—, DN 2 1/2” $ 21.—. Special scales: $42.— per range.
CUSTOM MACHINED PARTS
VALUE ADDED FABCO SERVICE
• Competitive Prices FABCO would be pleased to provide quotations for your

• Cost Effective custom machining requirements.
• Prompt Delivery
• Precision Quality Machining Our Machine Shop is fully equipped with:
• Computerized Lathes
• Machining Lathes
• Milling Machines
• Horizontal Boring Lathe
Our specialties include:

(Short and Long Runs)
• Worm Gears
• Timing Screws
• Bushings
• Bearings
• Sprockets
• Nozzles
• Plugs
• Wear Strips
• Instrumentation
• Spacers
• Rollers 4
Machined parts in PVC, PP, CPVC and PVDF
Machined parts in PP and Clear PVC or Acrylic Machined parts in Teflon, PP, Nylon, PVC
4-22
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ROTATIONALLY MOULDED POLYETHYLENE TANKS
R
O C
D U
THE ROTATIONAL MOULDING PROCESS: Computer controlled roto-moulding machine.
A pre-determined amount of The mould is then rotated The mould is rotated in a The high quality moulded
powdered resin is metered on two axis in a heated cool-down phase allowing part is removed for final
into a precision mould. oven, allowing the resin to the plastic to solidify. inspection, trimming and
flow throughout the mould. packaging.
MATERIAL:
RECTANGULAR TANKS
Fabco tanks are molded from premium grade linear low density
polyethylene, specially formulated to withstand stress cracking and All rectangular tanks containing liquid loads require side support.
impact damage, which makes it superior in most operating conditions. Tanks up to 50 gallons without support will bulge but are structurally
sound. Tanks over 50 gallons without support are NOT structurally
Standard items are molded in natural (translucent white) material sound. All tanks, regardless of load or temperature must be fully sup-
and are made from F.D.A. approved Virgin Polyethylene, suitable for ported on the base. Overhang is not acceptable.
use in food contact applications.
HORIZONTAL TANKS
All polyethylene products are subject to degradation due to ultra
violet light. Black pigmented tanks are recommended for maximum All listed sizes are acceptable for specific gravity of up to 1.5 and
5 outdoor service with non food contact applications. temperatures up to 150 degrees F. constant, 170 degrees F. intermit-
tent but must be fully supported lengthwise and half of the circumfer-
Operating temperature range: ence.
-40°C to +63°C (-40°F to +145°F)
CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY:
APPLICATIONS: Be sure that polyethylene is compatible with your chemical. Use
the chemical resistance charts at the back of this catalogue as a
Polyethylene resins used for Fabco tanks and containers are gen- guideline only. If any doubt exists contact the chemical manufacturer.
erally compatible with most Inspect your tank upon receipt and water test prior to adding chemi-
cals. Inspect your tank on a regular basis for chemical contact dete-
• foodstuffs, liquids and beverages rioration.
• inorganic chemicals and compounds
• acids (organic and inorganic) at normal concentration
and many
• organic chemicals and compounds
• oils, fats and waxes.
TEMPERATURE AND LOADS:
CYLINDRICAL TANKS
Acceptable up to 500 imperial gallon capacity without external sup-

port for specific gravity of 1.5 or less at temperatures up to 150
degrees F. constant, 170 degrees F. intermittent tanks larger than 500
gallons need external support if temperature exceed 100 degrees F.
or specific gravity exceeds 1.2. All tanks regardless of load or tem-
perature must be fully supported on the base. Overhang is not
acceptable.
Ducting, Scrubber, Polyethylene Tanks and Piping
for a Heavy Machinery Production Plant
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
TECHNICAL INFORMATION – ROTO MOULDED MATERIALS

R
O C
D U
FDA Regulation Common Stress–Cracking Agents
The resins used in NALGENE low–density and high–density poly- Detergents, surface active chemicals, lubricants, oils, ultrapure
ethylene tanks comply with U.S. Food and Drug Administration water and plating additives such as brighteners and wetting agents.
Regulation 177.1520. These tanks may be used with the following Relatively small concentrations of stress–cracking agent may be
kinds of food products: sufficient to cause cracking. (Stress cracking agents are identified in
the Chemical Resistance Chart.)
• Nonacid, aqueous products; may contain salt or sugar or both (pH
above 5.0) Susceptibility to Stress–Cracking
• Dairy products and modifications: oil–in–water emulsions, high or
low fat This varies from plastic to plastic depending on several character-
• Moist bakery products with surface containing no free fat or oil istics of the molecular structure. Cross–linked high-density polyethyl-
• Dry solids with the surface containing no free fat or oil (no end-test ene is inherently more resistant to stress–cracking than either low– or
required) and under all conditions of use as described in Table 2 high–density polyethylene. PVDF and nylon also have excellent
of FDA Regulation 177.1520 except for condition A — high–tem- stress–crack resistance.
perature heat sterilization (e.g., over 100˚C)
Physical Service Capabilities
The resin used in NALGENE PVDF tanks complies with FDA
Regulation 121.2593.
Prolonged use of a plastic tank at temperatures above ambient will
shorten tank life. Temperature effects are directly dependent on the
Plastic Products For Biotechnology characteristics of the plastic resin, specific gravity of tank contents,
tank size and configuration, exterior support and wall thickness of the
Knowing whether a plastic is toxic to cell cultures is critical to tank.
biotechnology production. To test for cytotoxicity, NALGE submitted
representative molded resin samples to an independent laboratory. Temperature cycling will shorten tank life. The impact resistance of
Samples were evaluated utilizing an MEM Elution Procedure, utiliz- most rotomolded tanks declines at low temperatures. Cross-linked
ing a W.I. 38 cell line. This is a standard cytotoxicity test for pharma- high–density polyethylene retains much of its impact resistance in low
ceutical, medical devices and ophthalmic products (though it typically temperature applications.
utilizes an L929 cell line).
RESINS NON-TOXIC TO CELL CULTURES Ultraviolet (UV) Stabilization
Plastics are attacked and deteriorate when exposed to direct sun-

RESIN
Cross-Linked High-Density
COLOUR
Natural
PRODUCT
Tanks
light. When plastic tanks absorb the sun’s ultraviolet light, the UV
energy excites the polymers’ chains, causing them to break. The
5
Polyethylene (XLPE)
effects are discoloration, embrittlement and eventually cracking.
High-Density Polyethylene Elevated temperatures and oxygen tend to accelerate the deteriora-
Natural Tanks and Carboys
(HDPE) tion. Those tanks listed as suitable for outdoor service are protected
Low-Density Polyethylene from UV attack by: coloring or pigmenting and/or adding internal sta-
(LDPE) bilizers which preferentially absorb or dissipate the UV energy.
Shading tanks from the sun will also prevent deterioration.
Polypropylene (PP) Natural Tanks and Carboys
Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Natural Tanks
Contact FABCO Technical Service for details.
Environmental Stress–Cracking
Environmental stress-cracking is the failure of a plastic material in
the presence of certain types of chemicals. This failure is not a result
of chemical attack. Simultaneous presence of three factors causes
stress-cracking:
• Tensile stress
• A stress–cracking agent
• Inherent susceptibility of the plastic to stress–cracking
Tensile Stresses
These are set up during some molding and fabrication processes.
Environmental conditions can add tensile stress particularly if the tank
is inadequately supported. Rotational molding creates parts that are
virtually stress–free so rotomolded tanks are less subject to environ-
mental stress–cracking than fabricated tanks. Use of an FRP casing Test Assembly of a Complete Bleach
will minimize tensile stress from added load and further decrease the Dispensing Facility for Malaysian Market
likelihood of environmental stress–cracking.
5-2
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE CYLINDRICAL TANKS
R
O C
D U
OPEN TOP CYLINDRICAL TANKS

Capacities: 5 to 3,000 Imp. Gallons, 6 to 3,600 U.S. Gallons, 23 to Rugged, natural colour cylindrical tanks are available in a wide
13,500 Litres. range of sizes up to 13,500 litres (3,000 gallons). All are rotation-
ally moulded of tough polyethylene for years of trouble-free use.
Acceptable up to 500 imperial gallon capacity without external

support for specific gravity of 1.5 or less at temperatures up to150°F
constant, 170°F intermittent. Tanks larger than 500 gallons need
external support if temperature exceeds 100°F or specific gravity
exceeds 1.2. All tanks regardless of load or temperature must be
fully supported on the base, with no overhang.
Accessories (See Tank Fittings and Accessories page for

details)
• Covers • Dollies
• Stand • Wooden gridles
• Agitator mounts • Fittings
Place on Level Floor or Solid Base Note: See Tank Fittings and Accessories Page for Tank Cover Part
Standard Colour: Natural Numbers.
Gal. I.D. x DEPTH WALL APPROX. WT. Gal. I.D. x DEPTH WALL APPROX. WT.
CODE Litres inches inches TANK COVER TANK COVER CODE Litres inches inches TANK COVER TANK COVER
NO. cm mm Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE NO. cm mm Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE
kg kg kg kg
5 11 x 16 1/8 3.0 1.0 175 30 x 71 1/4 70.0 6.0

463-1 31.94 13.99 790-1 329.46 37.94
22 28 x 41 3 1.5 0.5 790 76 x 180 6 32.0 3.0
12 13 x 27 1/8 4.0 1.0 175 36 x 48 1/4 52.0 8.0

305-1 40.94 14.96 355-1 299.51 51.93
50 33 x 68 3 2.0 0.5 790 91 x 122 6 23.5 4.0
15 16 x 24 1/8 6.0 1.0 200 36 x 56 1/4 70.0 -

301-1 50.91 16.98 C114 324.00 59.00
65 41 x 61 3 2.5 0.5 900 91 x 142 6 31.5 -
15 17 x 18 1/8 8.0 - 240 42 x 48 1/4 65.0 11.0

C102-17 50.00 17.00 347-1 384.39 73.89
68 43 x 46 3 3.6 - 1090 107 x 122 6 30.0 5.0
5 C103
20
90
25
17 x 24
43 x 61
17 x 30
1/8
3
3/16
12.0
5.4
14.0
-
-
-
49.00 17.00 C115
250
1120
270
42 x 52
107 x 132
42 x 54
1/4
6
1/4
90.0
40.5
72.0
-
-
11.0
365.00 87.00
C104-17 69.00 17.00 607-1 435.29 73.89

112 43 x 76 5 6.4 - 1225 107 x 137 6 33.0 5.0
25 16 x 35 3/16 8.0 1.0 300 48 x 48 3/8 100.0 22.0

304-1 67.89 16.98 645-1 481.22 150.84
110 41 x 89 5 3.5 0.5 1360 122 x 122 9 45.0 10.0
30 18 x 33 3/16 9.0 1.0 400 52 x 60 3/8 170.0 26.0

302-1 74.87 22.98 808-1 660.91 152.73
130 46 x 84 5 4.0 0.5 1810 132 x 152 9 77.0 12.0
30 22 x 22 3/16 16.0 - 400 48 x 64 3/8 160.0 -

C105-22 84.00 24.00 C118 696.00 135.00
135 56 x 56 5 7.3 - 1800 122 x 163 10 72.7 -
30 20 x 27 1/2 3/16 14.0 2.0 500 48 x 84 3/8 175.0 22.0

443-1 74.87 22.98 373-1 778.75 151.02
130 51 x 69 5 6.0 1.0 2270 122 x 213 9 79.0 10.0
45 22 1/2 x 34 3/16 17.0 3.0 500 60 x 51 3/8 180.0 -

330-1 108.97 22.98 C119-60 750.00 197.00
200 57 x 87 5 8.0 1.5 2250 152 x 130 10 81.8 -
50 22 x 37 3/16 23.0 - 600 60 x 51 3/8 180.0 -

C107 119.00 24.00 C120 814.00 197.00
225 56 x 94 5 10.5 - 2700 152 x 152 10 90.9 -
60 22 1/2 x 45 3/16 19.0 3.0 750 72 x 54 3/8 230.0 -

469-1 144.74 22.98 C121 977.00 274.00
270 57 x 114 5 8.5 1.5 3375 183 x 137 10 104.0 -
75 24 x 48 3/16 23.0 3.0 1000 60 x 100 3/8 300.0 -

471-1 157.76 26.64 C123 1,411.00 197.00
340 61 x 122 5 10.5 1.5 4500 152 x 254 10 135.0 -
75 26 x 42 3/16 32.0 - 1000 72 x 70 3/8 280.0 -

C109 167.00 32.00 C122 1,173.00 274.00
338 66 x 107 5 14.5 - 4500 183 x 178 10 126.0 -
817-1 90 28 x 42 1/4 39.0 5.0 174.70 32.96 375-1* 1000 69 x 84 3/8 360.0 36.0 1,218.02 199.67
400 71 x 107 6 18.0 2.0 4540 175 x 213 9 163.5 16.0
†
321-1 100 30 x 42 1/4 32.0 6.0 196.67 37.94 779-1* 2000 78 x 126 3/8 535.0 48.0 2,366.09 316.53
450 76 x 107 6 14.5 3.0 9090 198 x 320 9 243.0 22.0
†
125 30 x 48 1/4 38.0 6.0 2000 89 x 91 1/2 560 - -
346-1 260.59 37.94 C125 2,491.00 1,100.00
560 76 x 122 6 17.0 3.0 9000 226 x 231 13 255.0 -
125 36 x 35 1/4 49.0 - 2500 90 x 109 1/2 680.0 -
C111 271.00 59.00 C126 3,081.00 1,100.00
560 91 x 89 6 22.3 - 11250 229 x 277 13 310.0 -
338-1 150 36 x 42 1/4 45.0 8.0 273.57 51.93 C127 3000 90 x 135 1/2 800.0 - 3,553.00 1,100.00
680 91 x 107 6 20.0 4.0 13500 229 x 343 13 360.0 -
* Wooden support girdle required for extreme applications such as materials with high specification gravity or operating temperatures
in excess of 100°F (38°C).
† Domed cover supplied - 375-15” High 779-15” High
Note: Cover price marked P.O.R. means that cover can be custom fabricated.
POLYETHYLENE RECTANGULAR TANKS
OPEN TOP RECTANGULAR TANKS
Capacities: 6 to 500 Imp. Gallons, 7 to 600 U.S. Gallons, 25 to Tough and durable, these rectangular containers are available in a
2,270 Litres. broad range of sizes. Sizes up to 50 gallons can be used free-stand-
ing. Optional stands are available for added support and versatility.
All rectangular tanks containing liquid loads require side support.

Tanks up to 50 gallons without support will bulge but are structurally
sound. Tanks over 50 gallons without support are NOT structurally
sound. All tanks, regardless of load or temperature must be fully sup-
ported on the base, with no overhang.

details)
• Stands
• Covers
• Fittings
Note: See Tank Fittings and Accessories Page for Tank Cover Part
Place on level Floor or Solid Base. Numbers.
Standard Colour: Natural
Imp. DIMENSIONS WALL APPROX. WT. Imp. DIMENSIONS WALL APPROX. WT.
CODE Gals. (L x W x D) Inside inches TANK COVER TANK COVER CODE Gals. (L x W x D) Inside inches TANK COVER TANK COVER
NO. Litres inches cm Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE NO. Litres inches cm Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE
cm kg kg cm kg kg
6 11 x 11 x 15 5/32 6.0 1.0 30 35 x 23 x 10 3/16 18.0 6.0

623-1 59.50 P.O.R. 389-1 123.30 81.10
25 28 x 28 x 38 4 2.5 0.5 130 89 x 58 x 25 5 8.0 2.5
RN100
27
6 12 x 12 x 12
31 x 31 x 31
5/32
4
6.0
2.7
-
-
42.00 16.00 D I S C O N T I N U E D
RN148
31
139
30 x 24 x 12
76 x 61 x 31
3/16
5
19.0
8.6
-
-
485.00 42.00
9 12 x 12 x 18 5/32 7.0 - 35 18 x 18 x 30 3/16 21.0 -

RN101 P.O.R. P.O.R. RN127 495.00 22.00
40 31 x 31 x 46 4 3.2 - 159 46 x 46 x 76 5 9.5 -
9 18 x 12 x 12 5/32 7.0 - 36 24 x 24 x 18 3/16 20.0 -

RN108 51.00 19.00 RN141 493.00 32.00
5
40 46 x 31 x 31 4 3.2 - 162 61 x 61 x 46 5 9.0 -
12 24 x 12 x 12 5/32 9.0 - 37 24 x 18 x 24 3/16 22.0 -

RN116 98.00 22.00 RN134 164.00 26.00
56 61 x 31 x 31 4 4.0 - 166 61 x 46 x 61 5 10.0 -
14 18 x 12 x 18 5/32 10.0 - 37 36 x 12 x 24 3/16 28.0 -

RN109 60.00 19.00 RN1120 P.O.R. P.O.R.
63 46 x 31 x 46 4 4.5 - 166 91 x 31 x 61 5 12.7 -
RN124
14
63
18 x 18 x 12
46 x 46 x 31
5/32
4
10.0
4.5
-
-
64.00 22.00 D I S C O N T I N U E D
RN156
37
166
36 x 24 x 12
91 x 61 x 31
3/16
5
25.0
11.3
-
-
501.00 158.00
399-1
15
65
24 x 15 x 11
61 x 38 x 28
5/32
4
10.0
4.5
2.0
1.0
81.10 P.O.R. D I S C O N T I N U E D
RN172
39
175
30 x 30 x 12
76 x 76 x 31
3/16
5
25.0
11.3
-
-
501.00 46.00
15 45 x 22 x 5 5/32 18.0 7.0 45 25 x 25 x 27 3/16 21.0 4.0

456-1 110.30 84.35 307-1 196.85 P.O.R.
65 114 x 56 x 13 4 8.0 3.0 200 63 x 63 x 69 5 9.5 2.0
18 18 x 12 x 24 5/32 12.0 - 47 30 x 24 x 18 3/16 26.0 -

RN110 67.00 19.00 RN149 185.00 42.00
83 46 x 31 x 61 4 5.4 - 211 76 x 61 x 46 5 11.8 -
D I S C O N T I N U E D
RN132
18
83
24 x 18 x 12
61 x 46 x 31
5/32
4
12.0
5.4
-
-
P.O.R. P.O.R. RN142
50
225
24 x 24 x 24
61 x 61 x 61
3/16
5
24.0
10.8
-
-
177.00 32.00
20 23 x 19 x 16 5/32 11.0 3.0 50 45 x 22 x 15 3/16 28.0 7.0

517-1* 87.60 51.90 458-1 218.45 84.35
90 58 x 48 x 41 4 5.0 1.5 225 114 x 56 x 38 5 13.0 3.0
20 23 x 23 x 12 5/32 11.0 4.0 56 24 x 18 x 36 3/16 34.0 -

418-1 87.60 P.O.R. RN136 200.00 26.00
90 58 x 58 x 30 4 5.0 2.0 252 61 x 46 x 91 5 15.5 -
350-1
20
90
24 x 10 x 24
61 x 25 x 61
5/32
4
12.0
5.5
2.0
1.0
111.40 P.O.R. D I** S C O N T I N U E D
RN157
56
252
36 x 24 x 18
91 x 61 x 46
3/16
5
33.0
15.0
-
-
516.00 158.00
25 24 x 12 x 24 3/16 17.0 - 60 35 x 23 x 23 3/16 28.0 6.0

RN118 154.00 22.00 522-1 240.10 80.05
112 61 x 31 x 61 5 7.7 - 270 89 x 58 x 58 5 13.0 2.5
28 18 x 18 x 24 3/16 18.0 - 62 24 x 24 x 30 3/16 32.0 -

RN126 96.00 22.00 RN143 510.00 32.00
126 46 x 46 x 61 5 8.0 - 279 61 x 61 x 76 5 14.4 -
28 24 x 18 x 18 3/16 17.0 - 62 30 x 24 x 25 3/16 34.0 -

RN133 168.00 26.00 RN150 215.00 42.00
126 64 x 46 x 46 5 7.7 - 279 76 x 61 x 64 5 15.5 -
30 30 x 14 x 24 3/16 16.0 3.0 75 36 x 24 x 24 3/16 38.0 -

RN158
343-1†
130 76 x 36 x 61 5 7.0 1.5
123.30 P.O.R. ** 337 91 x 61 x 61 5 17.3 -
215.00 158.00
• Rolled Edge * Tapered † Top Dimensions Restricted Indicates Fabricated Cover c/w handle
**
Note: Cover price marked P.O.R. means that cover can be custom fabricated.
5-4
POLYETHYLENE RECTANGULAR TANKS
OPEN TOP RECTANGULAR TANKS
Imp. DIMENSIONS WALL APPROX. WT. Imp. DIMENSIONS WALL APPROX. WT.
CODE Gals. (L x W x D) Inside inches TANK COVER TANK COVER CODE Gals. (L x W x D) Inside inches TANK COVER TANK COVER
NO. Litres inches cm Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE NO. Litres inches cm Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE
cm kg kg cm kg kg
75 48 x 24 x 18 3/16 50.0 - 140 30 x 24 x 54 1/4 70.0 -

RN165
** 337 122 x 61 x 46 5 22.7 -
297.00 211.00
RN155
630 76 x 61 x 137 6 31.8 -
731.00 42.00
75 42 x 24 x 24 3/16 32.0 7.0 140 36 x 30 x 36 1/4 70.0 -

RN184
341-1
340 107 x 61 x 61 5 14.5 3.0
288.75 90.85 ** 630 91 x 76 x 91 6 31.8 -
877.00 176.00
78 30 x 30 x 24 1/4 40.0 - 140 60 x 36 x 18 1/4 70.0 -

RN194
RN174
351 76 x 76 x 61 6 18.2 -
281.00 46.00 ** 630 152 x 91 x 46 6 31.8 -
379.00 264.00
93 30 x 24 x 36 1/4 44.0 - 140 54 x 30 x 24 1/4 70.0 11.0

RN152 295.00 42.00 351-1 454.25 168.70
418 76 x 61 x 91 6 20.0 - 630 137 x 76 x 61 6 32.0 5.0
93 36 x 24 x 30 1/4 45.0 - 149 48 x 24 x 36 1/4 80.0 -

RN159 RN168
** 418 91 x 61 x 76 6 20.5 -
212.00 158.00 ** 677 122 x 61 x 91 6 36.0 -
457.00 211.00
93 36 x 30 x 24 1/4 50.0 - 160 48 x 30 x 30 1/4 75.0 11.0

D I ** S C O N T I N U E D
RN182
418 91 x 76 x 61 6 22.7 -
596.00 176.00 308-1
720 122 x 76 x 76 6 34.0 5.0
497.50 151.40
97 30 x 30 x 30 1/4 50.0 - 163 42 x 36 x 30 1/4 90.0 -

RN191
RN175
436 76 x 76 x 76 6 22.7 -
P.O.R. P.O.R.
(see below) ** 733 107 x 91 x 76 6 40.9 -
P.O.R. P.O.R.
98 42 x 36 x 18 1/4 50.0 - 186 60 x 36 x 24 1/4 90.0 -

RN189
** 441 107 x 91 x 46 6 22.7 -
P.O.R. P.O.R. RN195
837 152 x 91 x 61 6 40.9 -
457.00 264.00
100 37 x 26 x 31 1/4 40.0 7.0 190 60 x 30 x 30 1/4 75.0 -

534-1 351.50 101.65 558-1 540.75 P.O.R.
450 94 x 66 x 79 6 18.0 3.0 860 152 x 76 x 76 6 34.0 -
105 60 x 19 x 24 5/16 68.0 - 200 48 x 24 x 48 1/4 80.0 10.0

RN302S
** 479 152 x 48 x 61 8 30.6 -
359.00 P.O.R. 770-1
900 122 x 61 x 122 6 36.0 4.5
575.35 P.O.R.
116 36 x 30 x 30 1/4 60.0 - 298 72 x 24 x 46 3/8 160.0 -

D I ** S C O N T I N U E D
RN183
552 91 x 76 x 76 6 27.0 -
712.00 176.00 RN1170
** 1341 183 x 61 x 117 10 72.7 -
672.00 247.00
124 30 x 24 x 48 5/16 60.0 - 300 72 x 36 x 33 1/4 135.0 18.0

RN154
558 76 x 61 x 122 8 27.0 -
721.00 42.00 361-1
1360 183 x 91 x 84 6 61.0 8.0
870.60 150.30
124 48 x 24 x 30 5/16 60.0 - 335 72 x 36 x 36 3/8 160.0 -

RN167 RN202
** 558 122 x 61 x 76 8 27.0 -
343.00 211.00 ** 1507 183 x 91 x 91 10 72.7 -
1,190.00 285.00
5 RN161
**
130
585
36 x 24 x 42
91 x 61 x 107
5/16
8
60.0
27.0
-
-
828.00 158.00 319-1
2270
500 84 x 42 x 42
213 x 107 x 107
1/4
6
190.0
86.0
26.0
12.0
1,439.50 351.50
Note: Cover prices marked P.O.R. means that cover can be custom fabricated. RN1170 “Not a flat bottom tank”.
Indicates Fabricated Cover c/w handle
**
Side End
SPECIAL CLOSED TOP CYLINDRICAL TANKS

(FOR SECONDARY CONTAINMENT VESSEL COMBINATION)
This 500 gallon (2250 litres) capacity unit is available with two openings (16” manway or 7” screw cap) and
in two wall thicknesses. Designed to fit inside our Open Top 600 gallon unit, this new tank allows you to 21.7
5'
have available a secondary containment vessel combination for special applications. For a small up- 6'
charge the outer tank and lid can be coloured and labelled for custom requirements. (Tare weight: approx-
imately 132 lbs. or 60 kgs.)
62.5'
Note: Tank dimensions are - 57 1/2” diameter x 62 1/2” overall height (DW is available on request) 6' 25'
WALL THK.
MODEL NO. MODEL NO.

WALL PRICE PRICE
C/W 16” MANWAY C/W 7” SCREW CAP
57.5'
20'
3/8" HD 1510-058063-0000 790.00 1500-058063-0000 780.00
1/4" LD 1515-058063-0000 536.00 1505-058063-0000 526.00
The 600 gallon tank Part No. (1000-0600-62-0000 or C120) lists at $874.00, with a lid
18.25'
(0020-060000-0000) list of $166.00.
WIDE MOUTH CYLINDRICAL TANKS

CAPACITY I.D. x HEIGHT WALL WEIGHT * Agricultural duty tank inculdes 2” dia. bulkhead
MODEL NO. PRICE fitting with syphon.
Imp. Gal Litres Inches cm Inches mm lbs. kg
- Tank supplied with 16” manway on top or slope
1500-080075-00-00 1050 4775 80 X 75 203 X 190 3/8 10 350 159 1,097.00 of top or with 30” diameter loose fitting lid.
Specify at time of order.
• Rolled Edge
1505-080075-00-00 1050 4775 80 X 75 203 X 190 1/4 6 233 106 *743.00 *Tapered and top dimensions restricted.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CLOSED TOP CYLINDRICAL TANKS

R
O C
D U
CLOSED TOP CYLINDRICAL TANKS

Capacities: 40 to 5,670 Imp. Gallons, 48 to 6,804 U.S. Gallons, 130 Fabco’s self-supporting closed-top tanks are ideal for short or long
to 25,740 Litres. term storage of a wide variety of liquids. The seamless one-piece,
stress-free construction and large filler openings combine strength
Style A with versatility of use.
Style D All closed top tanks are rated self supporting for 1.5 S.G. at 100°F.
All tanks regardless of load or temperature must be fully supported on
the base, with no overhang.

details)
• Fittings
Place on level floor or solid base.

Style E
Style B
Style C
OVERALL Imp FILLER WEIGHT OVERALL Imp. FILLER WEIGHT

CODE DIAMENSIONS Gal. OPENING Lbs. TANK CODE DIMENSION Gal. OPENING Lbs. TANK
STYLE (D x H) Litres inches kg STYLE (D & H) Litres inches kg
NO. PRICE NO. PRICE
ins./cm cm ins./cm cm
23 x 30 40 8 20.0 63 x 120 1250 16 325.0

5004-1 E 169.72 5022-1 A 2,765.57
53 x 76 130 20 9.0 160 x 307 5680 40 148.0
22 1/2 x 41 50 5 1/2 22.0 86 x 77 1400 16 275.0

995-1 B 229.63 5023-1 A 2,022.26
57 x 104 225 14 9.5 218 x 195 6435 40 125.0
5005-1 E
23 x 46
58 x 117
60
270
8
20
29.0
13.0
249.61 5024-1 A
64 x 144
166 x 365
1670
7570
16
40
475.0
216.0
4,044.52
5
31 x 42 90 10 35.0 86 x 96 1800 16 400.0
5007-1 E 259.59 5025-1 A 2,652.71
79 x 106 400 25 16.0 218 x 244 8330 40 182.0
31 x 59 135 10 50.0 90 x 103 2000 16 640.0

5008-1 E 379.40 CT125 - 2,961.00
79 x 150 615 25 22.5 230 x 262 9000 40 291.0
43 x 42 180 10 80.0 95 x 98 2300 16 450.0

5009-1 E 399.97 5026-1 A 3,235.64
109 x 107 815 25 36.0 241 x 249 10600 40 205.0
47 1/2 x 43 3/4 200 6 80.0 90 x 122 2500 16 760.0

1346-1 C 439.27 CT126 - 3,670.00
121 x 111 900 15 36.0 230 x 310 11250 40 345.0
43 x 59 250 14 90.0 95 x 112 2670 16 560.0

5006-1 E 549.64 5027-1 A 3,747.13
104 x 150 1135 35 41.0 241 x 284 12100 40 255.0
57 x 44 1/2 300 6 110.0 90 x 148 3000 16 880.0

1332-1 C 658.92 CT127 - 4,356.00
145 x 113 1360 15 49.5 230 x 376 13500 40 400.0
54 x 67 400 16 170.0 86 x 154 3000 16 975.0

5010-1 E 798.69 5028-1 A 6,066.79
137 x 170 1818 40 77.0 218 x 391 13625 40 443.0
64 x 51 1/2 500 6 150.0 120 x 105 3600 16 860.0

1350-1 C 778.74 5029-1 A 6,661.57
163 x 131 2270 15 68.0 305 x 267 10200 40 391.0
72 x 68 750 16 280.0 95 x 155 3750 16 1070.0

CT121 - 1,360.00 5030-1 A 6,780.53
183 x 173 3375 40 127.0 241 x 394 17000 40 486.0
72 x 85 1000 16 340.0 90 x 190 4000 16 *1340

CT122 -
183 x 216 4500 40 155.0
1,597.00 CT128 -
DISCONTINUED
230 x 485 18000 40 *617
N/A
86 x 52 1000 16 190.0 120 x 135 4670 16 1250.0

5011-1 A 1,274.60 5031-1 A 7,851.13
218 x 132 4540 40 86.0 305 x 343 21200 40 568.0
73 x 99 1100 16 360.0 120 x 148 5670 16 1400.0

1333-1 D 1,687.23 5032-1 A 10,230.27
185 x 251 5000 40 163.0 305 x 376 25740 40 636.0
* Includes Wooden Girdle.
5-6
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
SPECIAL POLYETHYLENE TANKS
R
O C
D U
CONICAL BOTTOM TANKS

These round tanks are designed for vertical mounting, and feature a
conical bottom for complete drainage and contaminant settlement.
Standard colour: Natural
Imp. I.D. x DEPTH ANGLE WALL APPROX. WEIGHT

CODE gal. inches OF inches TANK COVER TANK COVER
NO. Litres cm INCIDENCE cm Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE
kg kg
45 22 x 37 20° 3/16 20 3.0

1454-1 119.82 23.96
205 57 x 94 5 9 1.5
80 30 x 37 20° 1/4 34 6.0

1455-1 184.72 37.94
360 76 x 94 6 15 3.0
200 42 x 45 20° 1/4 67 11.0

1456-1 314.51 73.89
900 107 x 114 6 30 5.0
Accessories (See Tank Fittings and Accessories 2543-1

400 53 x 64 20° 3/8 160 N/A
629.22 P.O.R.
page for details) 1810 135 x 162 9 72
• Stands *Cover can be custom fabricated.
• Covers
• Agitator mounts
• Fittings
CONICAL BOTTOM TANKS
5
CAP I.D. x SIDE O.A.H. WALL WEIGHT
Imp. gal. WALL inches inches Lbs. TANK CALIB.
DESCRIPTION MODEL NO. Litres Inches cm mm kg PRICE PRICE
cm
26 17 x 32 35 3/16 15
1200-017032-00-00 74.00 39.00
(C204) 118 43 x 81 90 5 7
60 22 x 45 51 3/16 25
Straight side walls 1200-022045-00-00 140.00 54.00
and 30° conical (C208) 270 56 x 114 30 5 11
bottom.
200 36 x 56 68 1/4 70
1200-036056-00-00 331.00 78.00
(C214) 980 92 x 142 173 6 32
425 48 x 61 73 3/8 160

1200-048061-00-00 663.00 117.00
(C218) 1910 122 x 155 185 10 73
1200 72 x 69 107 3/8 315

1200-072069-00-00 1,557.00 154.00
Straight side walls (C222) 5480 183 x 175 273 10 143
and 50° conical
bottom. 1450 72 x 86 124 3/8 360
1200-072086-00-00 1,725.00 170.00
(C224) 6585 183 x 218 315 10 164
80 31 x 21 46 1/4 32
Hopper bottom with 1200-031021-00-00 277.00 39.00
slide gate. (C220) 365 79 x 53 117 6 15
OPTIONS
• Custom steel frames

• Calibration
• Custom placement of fittings and valves
• Standard covers
Note: See Tank Fittings and Accessories Page for

Tank Cover Part Numbers.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
LOW PROFILE/HORIZONTAL TANKS

These versatile tanks feature a large top opening for easy filling and
the seamless construction makes cleaning easier. Roto-moulded of
durable polyethylene, they are the toughest one-piece tanks on the
market.

Accessories (See Tank Fittings and Accessories
page for details)
Imp. DIMENSIONS FILLER WIEGHT

CODE Gal. (L x W x D) OPENING Lbs. TANK
NO. Litres inches inches kg PRICE
cm cm
586-1 60 31 x 32 x 29 6 39 179.74
270 79 x 81 x 74 15 18
581-1 100 52 x 33 x 27 16 55 299.51

450 132 x 84 x 69 40 25
582-1 200 63 x 41 x 35 16 106 402.34

900 160 x 104 x 89 40 48
583-1 300 69 x 48 x 40 16 151 480.21

1360 175 x 122 x 101 40 69
ROUND HORIZONTAL TANKS

Our rugged, natural colour tanks are ideal for a wide range of liquid
storage.
Accessories (See Tank Fittings and Accessories
page for details)
CODE
NO.
Imp.
Gal.
Litres
DIMENSIONS
(L x W x D)
inches
cm
FILLER
OPENING
inches
cm
WEIGHT
Lbs.
kg
SADDLE
PRICE
TANK
PRICE
5
1506-1 135 32 x 55 8 64 648.28 315.85
600 81 x 140 20 29
1507-1 180 38 x 50 8 75 729.32 330.49

800 97 x 127 20 34
1508-1 275 38 x 74 8 110 756.33 480.21

1200 97 x 188 20 50
1458-1 440 48 x 82 16 160 918.40 597.03

2000 122 x 208 40 73
POLY TOTE TANKS
* Available in 100, 200, and 300 Litre capacities.
Poly Tote Tanks are supplied with the following standard features:
• 2 full length installation pads on top

• 6” cap with gasket
• Calibration in litres and U.S. gallons for reference only.
POLY TOTE TANK SPECIFICATIONS

CODE CAPACITY I.D. HEIGHT WEIGHT TANK
NO. PRICE
Imp. gal Litres inches cm inches cm lbs. kg
4500022033000 22 100 22" 56 23 1/2" 60 15 7 75.00
4500022039000 44 200 22" 56 38 1/2" 98 28 13 115.00
4500022055000 66 300 22" 56 55" 140 36 16 140.00
5-8
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
SPECIAL CYLINDRICAL TANKS

CAPACITY I.D. x DEPTH WALL WEIGHT
TANK CALIB
DESCRIPTION MODEL NO. imp. gal inches inches inches
PRICE PRICE
litres cm cm cm
UED Straight wall tank with

C202
40 23 x 27 3/16 18
115.00 47.00
N
180 58 x 69 5 8
I
flange and depressed
T
bottom with moulded 55 27 x 27 3/16 25
N
in 2” fitting for maxi- C201 134.00 47.00
O
mum drainage. 247 69 x 69 5 11
DISC C203
280
62 23 x 42
58 x 107
• Often specified for small volume chemical feed/mixing applications.

3/16
• Special depressed bottom with moulded - in 2” (50mm) fitting for maximum drainage.
30
14
192.00 63.00
• Straight wall tank with flange.
HEAVY DUTY TANK ADAPTERS (BULKHEADS)

PVC PP-BLACK PP-NATURAL CPVC
C
SIZE
(IN.)
PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE
1/2 P7025807DT 12.09 PB7025807DT 8.13 PP7025807DT 8.13 CP7025807DT 36.27
A
3/4 P7025808DT 13.78 PB7025808DT 8.13 PP7025808DT 8.13 CP7025808DT 41.34

B
1 P7025809DT 15.34 PB7025809DT 10.53 PP7025809DT 10.53 CP7025809DT 46.02
1 1/4 P7025810DT 18.46 PB7025810DT 10.53 PP7025810DT 10.53 CP7025810DT 55.38
1 1/2 P7025811DT 20.28 PB7025811DT 13.00 PP7025811DT 13.00 CP7025811DT 60.84

N
5 Note: Moulded, with double tapped NPT internal threads.

DIMENSIONS
SIZE PVDF-RED PVDF-NAT PE FIPT
A B C N
(IN.) SIZE
PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE PART NO. PRICE
1/2” 1-3/8” 2-1/8” 1-3/4” 2-1/4”
1/2 PVR7025807DT 60.45 PV7025807DT 60.45 PE7025807DT 8.94
3/4” 1-3/8” 2-1/8” 1-3/4” 2-1/4”
3/4 PVR7025808DT 68.80 PV7025808DT 68.90 PE7025808DT 8.94
1” 2-1/4” 2-7/8” 1-7/8” 3”
1 PVR7025809DT 76.70 PV7025809DT 76.70 PE7025809DT 11.58 1-1/4” 2-1/4” 2-7/8” 1-7/8” 3”
1 1/4 PVR7025810DT 92.30 PV7025810DT 92.30 PE7025810DT 11.58 1-1/2” 3” 4-7/16” 2-1/4” 4”
1 1/2 PVR7025811DT 101.40 PV7025811DT 101.40 PE7025811DT 14.30 2” 3” 4-7/16” 2-1/4” 4”

3” 5-9/16” 6-15/16” 4-1/4” 7-5/8”
2 PVR7025812DT 150.15 PV7025812DT 150.15 PE7025812DT 14.30
4” 5-9/16” 6-15/16” 4-1/4” 7-5/8”
3 PVR7025814DT 276.25 PV7025814DT 276.25 PE7025814DT 55.77
Note: Heavy duty bulkhead fittings feature double tapped internal
4 PVR7025816DT 544.05 PV7025816DT 544.05 PE7025816DT 104.88 NPT threads and a unique left hand self tightening nut.
Complete with one (1) EPDM gasket (other gasketing materials
available upon request).
Gasket effectively seals against curved or irregular surfaces.
IRIS DIAPHRAGM VALVE

The Fabco Iris Diaphragm Valve is a tank bot- Features:
tom throttling valve for bulk solids handling, espe- • High Chemical Resistance
cially suited for all plastic tanks. Its corrosion All-plastic body of reinforced polypropylene and
Nylon diaphram provides excellent corrosion resis-
resistance makes it perfect for chemicals, fertiliz-
tance to a wide range of materials.
er or purity applications such as food stuffs. • No contamination of product
Indeed it is suitable for most powder and granu- Valve cannot rust.
lar handling applications. • Adjustable Flow Capacity
• Ideal for Dry Solids Orifice diameter is adjustable by rotating control han-
• Corrosion Proof dle. Position lock holds opening in diaphragm.
Reinforced Polypropylene* • Easy Installation
Valve is lightweight and has 6 bolt holes for
Series: ID
mounting onto 8” hopper flange. SIZE PART NO. PRICE
Size: 8” Orifice • Safety cover secured with two thumbscrews
Diaphragm: Nylon Fabric Keeps humidity out of the container and protects 8" ID8080 988.70
diaphram during transport.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
TANK FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
P
R
O C
D U
ACCESSORIES
WOODEN GIRDLES OPEN & RECTANGULAR TANK COVERS*
CYLINDRICAL TANK COVERS
CLOSED TOP TANKS
DIAMETER TANK SIZE (L x W)
MODEL NO. PRICE MODEL NO. TANK SIZE PRICE MODEL NO. PRICE
inches cm
0020-011000-00-00 11 28 14.00 0040-072055-00-00 72 x 55 712.00 0010-012012-00-00 12 x 12 31 x 31 15.00
0020-013000-00-00 13 33 15.00 0040-072068-00-00 72 x 68 712.00 0010-018012-00-00 18 x 12 46 x 31 18.00
0020-014000-00-00 14 36 16.00 0040-060102-00-00 60 x 102 874.00 0010-018018-00-00 18 x 18 46 x 46 21.00
0020-016000-00-00 16 41 17.00 0040-072072-00-00 72 x 72 874.00 0010-024012-00-00 24 x 12 61 x 31 21.00
0020-017000-00-00 17 43 18.00 0040-072085-00-00 72 x 85 1,550.00 0010-024018-00-00 24 x 18 61 x 46 25.00
0020-018000-00-00 18 46 23.00 0040-090090-00-00 90 x 90 1,550.00 0010-024024-00-00 24 x 24 61 x 61 30.00
0020-022000-00-00 22 56 23.00 0040-090103-00-00 90 x 103 1,896.00 0010-030024-00-00 30 x 24 76 x 61 40.00
0020-026000-00-00 26 66 30.00 0040-090109-00-00 90 x 109 1,896.00 0010-030030-00-00 30 x 30 76 x 76 44.00
0020-030000-00-00 30 76 38.00 0040-090122-00-00 90 x 122 1,896.00 0010-036012-00-00 36 x 12 91 x 31 25.00
0020-036000-00-00 36 91 52.00 0040-090135-00-00 90 x 135 2,740.00 0010-036024-00-00 36 x 24 91 x 61 150.00**
0020-042000-00-00 42 107 74.00 0040-090148-00-00 90 x 148 2,740.00 0010-036030-00-00 36 x 30 91 x 76 168.00**
0020-048000-00-00 48 122 151.00 0040-090190-00-00 90 x 190 3,538.00 0010-042036-00-00 42 x 36 107 x 91 196.00**
0020-060000-00-00 60 152 166.00 0010-048024-00-00 48 x 24 122 x 61 201.00**
0020-072000-00-00 72 183 308.00 * Lifting lugs or handles not included.

COLOUR CODES **Fabricated flat sheet cover.
0020-090000-00-00 90* 230 1,074.00*
Natural (white) 00-00
* FRP COLOURS: When ordering colours other than natural
Blue 30-00 (white) see colour code chart. ie. Model No.
Note: Stands, agitator mounts, dolly 1000-011016-00-00 is natural. Model No.
Black 80-30
with castors: P.O.R. 100-011016-80-30 is black. Add 10% to price.
Yellow 10-00
Note: Special custom fabricated cover
sizes available on request.
Green
Red
41-00
11-00
5
INSTALLED FITTINGS/inches (mm)
Description 1/2" (13) 3/4" (19) 1" (25) 1 1/4” (32) 1 1/2” (38) 2" (50) 2 1/2" (65) 3" (75) 4" (100) 6" (150)
PVC Removable
22.09 23.78 25.34 28.46 30.28 40.03 - 65.25 118.81 -
Bulkhead/Tank Adapter
Welded Poly Boss
47.00 50.00 56.00 60.00 73.00 85.00 104.00 104.00 122.00 270.00
FNPT
Welded Poly Flange 79.00 85.00 92.00 96.00 99.00 105.00 138.00 146.00 175.00 340.00
Drum Faucet N/A P.O.R. N/A N/A N/A P.O.R. N/A N/A N/A N/A
VALVES AND FITTINGS

FITTINGS: The Standard threaded fittings recommended for our poly- CUSTOM PLACEMENT OF VALVES AND FITTINGS: FABCO is
ethylene tanks are the welded polyethylene female Boss and the ready to help with your specific requirements and can assemble a
removable PVC Bulkhead fitting. Half and full welded couplings are tank-accessory package that will uniquely meet your storage, mixing
also available. All threaded fittings are standard NTA. or dispensing application.
VALVES: PVC True Union ball valves and polypropylene gate valves ORDER INFORMATION: When ordering a tank with fitting(s)
are available. The PVC TU ball valve permits easy disconnect without installed, identify the connection, type, size, and exact location. If
disturbing plumbing and has replaceable seats and seals. An econo- positioning is critical to the installation, it is recommended that a
my tap is available for small tank applications and is used with either dimensional drawing accompany the order. If installing your own fit-
a threaded Boss or bulkhead fitting. tings, cut holes at least 1/16” (1.59 mm) larger in diameter than piece
to be installed. Care must be taken to allow clearance of inside flange
or bottom inside radius of tank.
5-10
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
1. BULKHEAD
Fittings and Accessories 13. AGITATOR
FITTINGS MOUNTS
Heavy duty P.V.C. c/w Painted steel as per
Neoprene Gaskets applicable stand –
To add to the versatility of your shipping, shown installed
storage and material handling containers,
Fabco offers a complete range of acces-
2. BULKHEAD sories. Each is engineered and manufac- 14. DOLLIES
FITTINGS tured to work precisely with the container it’s Painted Steel
LIGHT DUTY P.V.C. designed for.
c/w Neoprene
Gaskets for use on
45 gallon or under.
3. WELDED BOSS 8. 3/4” I.D. HOSE 15. SADDLES

Side or Bottom ASSEMBLY Painted Steel
placement.
4. TAP 9. 3/4” BOTTOM FIT 16. COVERS

Polyethylene Tap for TAP ASSEMBLY Polyethylene cov-
5/240 gal. tanks – ers for cylindrical
3/4” NPT. tanks.
5. NEEDLE TYPE 10. 3/4” SIDE FIT TAP 17. CONE BOTTOM
5 Polyethylene for
5/240 gal tanks –
ASSEMBLY TANK STANDS
Shown with option-
3/4” NPT. al agitator mount.
11. STANDS - 18. STEEL BANDED

6. BALL VALVE WOODEN GIRDLE
CYLINDRICAL
Threaded – P.V.C. For our No. 375-1
Painted Steel.
Normal leg height - and 779-1 cylindri-
12 in. cal tank.
19. IRIS VALVE

12. STANDS - The 8 in. (20 cm) valve
7. COVERS for our Payloader
Polyethylene cover RECTANGULAR
range is completely
for Rectangular Painted Steel
anodized to resist oxi-
Tanks. Normal leg height - dation with the trigger
12 in. and support segments
molded in Delrin.
Note: Identify fitting and specify its exact location. If installing your own fittings, cut holes at least 1/16 in. larger in diameter than piece to be installed. Care
must be taken to allow clearance of inside flange. Refer to price sheets for available sizes of fittings.
FABRICATION
• Welded poly bosses full and half couplings,
Notes on Fittings: Alternative: and gusseted flanged nozzles are available
The standard threaded fitting recommended Where chemical reaction does not permit for installation on all containers.
for polyethylene tanks is a removable P.V.C. P.V.C. and Neoprene Fittings, Polyethylene • Fabricated options such as baffles, interior
Adaptor (Bulkhead or Compression Fitting) welded Boss with FEMALE N.P.T. can be piping, welded covers and tank extensions
with FEMALE N.P.T. and Neoprene Gaskets. substituted. Also used for complete drainage. are available.
• Special and custom sizes available on
request.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
GUIDELINES FOR FACTORY-INSTALLED FITTINGS

Before ordering a FABCO Tank with factory installed welded fittings, consider: space constraints, tank elevation, whether indoor or outdoor
use, location, building codes, safety regulations, piping and all other equipment that will be attached to the tank.
1. When a fitting is welded onto the side of a tank that is not ele- 3. When tanks are elevated, welded fittings can be installed low on
vated, complete drainage is impossible. This applies to flanges, the tank wall, providing drainage to within 1/4 in. of the bottom
spigots, and bulkheads. Specify that the fitting’s centreline must (bulkheads vary with size). The bulkhead must not interfere with
be as close as possible to the bottom of the tank. For maximum the support.
drainage, see descriptions below.
2. Fittings welded to tank bottoms will drain to within 1/8 in. of the 4. Welded fittings are not flush with tank bottom. This prevents
bottom (bulkheads vary by size). The tank’s foundation must complete drainage.
have a cut-out or channel for the fitting and its piping.
How To Specify Fittings And Their Locations

When you order factory-installed fittings on your FABCO Tanks, you NOTE: On cylindrical tanks, fittings will be installed 6 inches to the
must provide detailed installation information.
You must give us:
left of the calibration marks, unless otherwise specified.
On conical-bottom tanks, fittings will be center-bottom drains 5
1. The catalogue number for each fitting. installed at the cone tip, unless otherwise specified.
2. The catalogue number for each tank.
3. Two complete views of each tank with its fitting(s). Large clear, SPECIFY ALL “X” DIMENSIONS IN INCHES OR DEGREES
freehand drawings - as shown - are acceptable.
X
X X
X
X
X
X X
X X
OPEN TOP TANKS CLOSED TOP TANKS
MEASURING FABCO TANKS B

A
DEPTH HEIGHT
Fabco provides a wide variety of tank sizes to meet the Inside
depth
needs of industry. Dimensions are indicated per the

sketches. Open top tanks have a flanged top rim approx-
imately 1 1/2” (4cm) wide x 1 1/2 (4 cm) high. As actual
dimensions may vary slightly please advise Fabco of close I.D I.D Inside
width
Inside
length
fit requirements. All sizes, thicknesses and weights are L
nominal. W
DIMENSIONS DIAGRAM
5-12
B C O
A
•
•
T S
POLYETHYLENE TOTE BOXES
P
R
O C
D U

*Covers available

*Covers available
Type D – Straight Sided Tote Box

DIMENSIONS AT WEIGHT
CODE TOP INSIDE Lbs.
l. x w. x d. kg PRICE
NO.
Ins. cm
Type A – Nesting Tote Box 18 x 15 x 5 5.0
*412-2 45.40
46 x 38 x 13 2.0
l. x w. x d. kg PRICE 410-2 20 x 18 x 8 7.0 56.20
NO.
Ins. cm 51 x 46 x 23 3.0
*524-2 18 x 11 x 9 4.0 39.96

41 x 28 x 23 2.0
*504-2 22 x 16 x 9 7.0 56.20

56 x 41 x 23 3.0

*Covers available
Type E – Cross Stack and Nest Tote Box

l. x w. x d. kg PRICE
NO
Ins. cm
Type B – Stacking Tote Box 19 x 12 x 5 4.0
448-2 39.96
48 x 30 x 13 2.0
CODE TOP INSIDE Lbs. 22 x 13 x 6 5.0
NO. l. x w. x d. kg PRICE 450-2 45.40
Ins. cm 56 x 33 x 15 2.5
*333-2 24 x 15 x 6 7.0 56.20 452-2 24 x 15 x 7 7.0 56.20

61 x 38 x 15 3.0 61 x 38 x 18 3.0
872-2 36 x 32 x 4 21.0 115.60 774-2 26 x 17 x 9 9.0 64.00

97 x 81 x 10 9.5 66 x 43 x 23 4.0
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE PAILS AND TUBS

R
O C
D U
Tote Barrels Standard Colour: Natural
Imp. DIAMETER - INSIDE HEIGHT WALL WEIGHT
CODE Gal. inches inches BARREL COVER HANDLE

TOP BOTTOM CONT. COVER
NO. Litres cm cm PRICE PRICE PRICE
inches inches Lbs. Lbs.
cm cm kg kg
10 15 3/4 12 3/4 18 1/8 4.0 1 1/2

542-4 48.60 P.O.R. 24.00
45 40 32 46 3 2.0 0.5
15 17 13 1/2 24 1/8 6 3/4 1 1/2

510-4 55.00 27.00 24.00
65 43 34 61 3 3.0 0.5
20 17 1/2 14 30 1/8 8.0 1 1/2

537-4 72.00 P.O.R. 24.00
90 44 36 76 3 4.0 0.5
35 22 1/2 19 29 1/2 3/16 11 1/2 2 1/2

615-4 105.00 37.80 25.00
160 57 48 75 5 5.0 1.0
45 25 1/2 20 31 3/4 3/16 14 1/2 2 1/2

775-4 118.00 48.60 25.00
200 65 51 81 5 6.5 1.0
NOTE: POR means that cover can be custom fabricated.
ACCESSORIES: Stainless Steel Handles, Covers
Pails
Standard Industrial Pail – Plain Lip Standard Industrial Pail – Pouring Lip
• With galvanized metal handle • Heavy duty – for acids
Standard Colour: Natural •With galvanized metal handle
Imp. I.D. (Top) x HEIGHT WALL WEIGHT
5
Gal. I.D. (Top) x HEIGHT WALL WEIGHT
CODE Litres inches inches lbs PAIL CODE Gal. inches inches PAIL
CONT. COVER
NO. cm cm kg PRICE NO. Litres cm cm PRICE
Lbs. Lbs.
kg kg
340A-4 3 11 1/4 x 11 1/8 2.0 75.60
381A-4 3 11 x 12 1/2 1/8 4 1 74.00
14 29 x 28 3 1.0
14 28 x 32 3 2 0.5
303A-4 5 12 3/4 x 14 1/8 3 1/2 82.00
467A-4 5 13 1/4 x 16 1/2 1/8 5 1 99.00
22 32 x 36 3 1.5
22 34 x 42 3 2 0.5
ACCESSORIES: Stainless Steel Handle - $25.00 extra. ACCESSORIES: • Stainless Steel Handles • Covers
Tubs
Square Tote Tubs

Round Tote Tubs
Standard Colour: Natural Standard Colour: Natural

• Multi-purpose containers for materials handling
Imp. DIMENSIONS HEIGHT WALL WEIGHT
Imp. TOP DIAMETER - INSIDE WALL WEIGHT
CODE Gal. inches inches inches TUB COVER
CONT. COVER Gal. inches inches
NO. Litres cm cm cm PRICE PRICE CODE BOTTOM HEIGHT CONT. COVER TUB COVER
Lbs. Lbs. Litres cm cm
kg kg NO. inches inches Lbs. Lbs. PRICE PRICE
cm cm kg kg
15 15 3/4 x 15 3/4* 20 1/8 4 1/2 1 1/4
3 11 1/4 9 1/4 11 1/8 1 3/4 1
65 40 x 40 51 3 2 0.5 340-4 48.60 18.36
492-4 60.50 P.O.R. 14 29 23 28 3 1.0 0.5
14 1/2 x 14 1/2†
37 x 37 5 12 3/4 11 14 1/8 2 3/4 1
303-4 50.76 15.20
NOTE: POR means that cover can be custom fabricated. 22 32 28 36 3 1.5 0.5
* Top † Bottom
5-14
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE INDUSTRIAL BOX TRUCKS
R
O C
D U
Straight Wall Box Trucks

Two versions of these durable box trucks are available.
Type A is designed for solid loads and features a solid
plywood base. Type B features reinforced walls and is
ideal for extra heavy and liquid loads. It features a
removable body and painted, low-maintenance tubular
steel chassis.
Accessories
• All swivel castors
• Steel base plate – Type A only
• Soft tread castors
• Stainless steel chassis available upon request
• Covers
Standard colour: Natural • Drain outlets
See Tank Fittings and Accessories page for details.
OVERALL DIM. INSIDE DIM. AT

CAPACITY CASTER/LOAD RATING
CODE AT TOP TOP
NO (L x W x D) (L x W x D) Cu. Ft. Bu. A A B B
inches inches m3 litres inches Lbs. inches Lbs.
cm cm mm kg mm kg
28 x 28 x 32 25 x 25 x 27 8.00 7 4 300 4 450

307T-3
71 x 71 x 81 64 x 64 x 69 0.23 247 100 136 100 204
39 x 27 x 29 35 x 23 x 23 11.00 10 4 400 4 600

522T-3
99 x 69 x 74 89 x 58 x 58 0.32 352 100 180 100 272
5 341T-3
46 x 29 x 31
117 x 74 x 79
42 x 24 x 24
107 x 61 x 61
14.00
0.40
12
423
4
100
500
227
4
100
750
340
41 x 31 x 37 37 x 26 x 31 16.00 14 4 650 4 1000

534T-3
104 x 79 x 94 94 x 66 x 79 0.45 493 100 295 100 454
58 x 34 x 32 54 x 30 x 25 22.00 20 5 900 5 1400

351T-3
147 x 86 x 81 137 x 76 x 64 0.62 705 125 409 125 636
51 x 34 x 37 48 x 30 x 30 25.00 22 5 1000 5 1600

308T-3
130 x 86 x 94 122 x 76 x 76 0.71 775 125 454 125 727
66 x 36 x 37 60 x 30 x 30 30.00 26 5 1200 5 1900

558T-3
168 x 91 x 94 152 x 76 x 76 0.85 916 125 545 125 863
77 x 40 x 42 72 x 36 x 33 45.00 40 6 1900 6 3000

361T-3
196 x 102 x 107 183 x 91 x 84 1.30 1410 150 863 150 1364
Code No. 307T-3 522T-3 341T-3 534T-3 351T-3 308T-3 558T-3 361T-3
Type A
Plywood 250.71 275.68 385.72 399.35 484.43 508.24 596.72 889.45
Base
Type B
Steel 347.22 346.07 505.20 467.43 613.14 625.41 813.50 1,201.94
Base
Type C
Tubular 716.36 275.68 865.11 879.43 984.17 1,199.06 1,223.29 1,362.13
Chasis
All
Swivel 34.56 34.56 34.56 34.56 49.72 49.72 49.72 49.72
Upcharge
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE INDUSTRIAL BOX TRUCKS

R
O C
D U
Cross Pattern Tapered Wall Box Trucks

(tilt or non-tilt) Choose from two models of these versatile trucks. Type A is designed for solid
loads and features a treated plywood base. Type B is ideal for liquid loads and comes
complete with a removable body in a painted tubular chassis for added support. Both
types offer two standard wheel arrangements: Cross Pattern (tilt or non-tilt) or Corner
Fit. Two fixed and two swivel hard tread, sleeve bearing wheels are provided.

Standard Wheel Arrangements
Accessories
Corner Fitment
• All swivel castors
• Steel base plate – Type A
• Stainless steel chassis available
• Soft tread castors
• Covers
• Drain outlets
See Tank Fittings and Accessories page for details.
OVERALL DIM. INSIDE DIM. AT

CAPACITY CASTER/LOAD RATING
5
CODE AT TOP TOP
NO (L x W x D) (L x W x D) Cu. Ft. Bu. A A B B
inches inches m3 litres inches Lbs. inches Lbs.
cm cm cm Kg cm Kg
33 x 20 x 20 29 x 17 x 16 5.00 4 3 200 3 300

388T-3
84 x 51 x 51 73 x 43 x 41 0.14 141 75 90 75 136
33 x 21 x 24 29 x 19 x 20 7.00 6 3 250 3 400

390T-3
84 x 53 x 61 74 x 48 x 51 0.20 211 75 114 75 182
36 x 25 x 29 33 x 21 x 23 9.00 8 4 400 4 600

392T-3
91 x 64 x 74 84 x 53 x 58 0.26 282 100 182 100 273
39 x 27 x 31 35 x 23 x 25 11.00 10 4 400 4 700

394T-3
99 x 69 x 79 89 x 58 x 64 0.31 352 100 182 100 318
39 x 29 x 34 35 x 25 x 27 14.00 12 4 600 4 900

396T-3
99 x 74 x 86 89 x 64 x 69 0.40 423 100 273 100 409
43 x 31 x 34 39 x 27 x 27 16.00 14 4 650 4 1000

398T-3
109 x 79 x 86 99 x 69 x 69 0.45 493 100 295 100 454
Code No. 388T-3 390T-3 392T-3 394T-3 396T-3 398T-3
Type A
Plywood 208.75 222.39 250.71 276.83 383.46 399.35
Base
Type B
Steel 252.60 281.55 309.40 345.02 449.65 465.18
Base
All
Swivel N/C N/C 34.56 34.56 34.56 34.56
Upcharge
Note: Tubular chassis on request.
5-16
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE DUMP AND ELEVATED BOX TRUCKS
R
O C
D U
Elevated Chassis Box Trucks

These trucks feature an elevated chassis for easier
458T-3
loading and unloading of parts and components. The
456T-3 all-swivel casters make handling easy, even in tight
quarters.
389T-3
Y - DIMENSIONS Z - DIMENSIONS CAPACITY CASTOR/LOAD RATING All

CODE (L x W x D) (L x W x D) Swivel
Cu. Ft. Bu. inches Lbs. Price
NO. inches inches Upcharge
cm cm m3 litres mm kg Price
48 x 24 x 34 45 x 22 x 5 2 2 4 150
456T-3 743.90 34.56
122 x 61 x 86 114 x 56 x 13 .06 70 100 68
39 x 27 x 29 35 x 23 x 10 5 4 4 300
389T-3 646.92 34.56
99 x 69 x 74 89 x 58 x 25 .14 141 100 136
48 x 24 x 34 45 x 22 x 15 8 7 4 500
458T-3 743.90 34.56
122 x 61 x 86 114 x 56 x 38 .23 247 100 227
NOTE: Price includes plywood base.
Dumping Box Trucks

5 Designed for solid loads, the balanced design of
these wheelable trucks makes them easy to tilt and
dump.
The seamless roto-moulded container cleans easily.
Standard colour: Black
CAPACITY OVERALL TOTAL WT.

CODE DIMENSIONS Lbs. COVER
DESCRIPTION (L X W X D) kg PRICE
NO. Cu. Ft. Lbs. PRICE
m3 kg inches/cm
*590T-3 5/8 cu. yd. light-duty dump truck. Two 8” neoprene wheels (20 cm). 16 1/2 500 54 x 26 x 38 61 509.39 150.90
One rear castor - 3” dia. (7.5 cm). Painted base plate.
0.45 227 137 x 66 x 97 28
5/8 cu. yd. standard dump truck. Two 10” neoprene wheels (25 cm). 16 1/2 850 54 x 26 x 38 97
*592T-3 One rear castor - 4” dia. (10 cm). Painted welded steel frame with side 677.29 143.85
rails. 0.45 386 137 x 66 x 97 44
1 cu. yd. standard dump truck. Two 12” neoprene wheels (30 cm). 27.00 1250 67 x 32 x 40 162
*594T-3 One rear castor - 4” dia. (10 cm). Painted welded steel frame with side 819.11 225.74
rails. 0.85 567 170 x 81 x 102 73
1 cu. yd. heavy duty dump truck. Two 12” neoprene wheels (30 cm). 27.00 2000 67 x 32 x 40 180
*595T-3 One rear castor - 4” dia. (10 cm). Painted heavy duty welded steel 1,321.69 215.20
frame with side rails and wheel guard. 0.85 907 170 x 81 x 102 82
2 cu. yd. standard dump truck. Two 12” neoprene wheels (30 cm). 54.00 2000 84 x 51 x 54 303
596T-3 Two rear castors - 5” dia. (12.5 cm). Painted welded steel frame with 2,061.97 -
side rails and wheel guard. 1.50 907 213 x 130 x 137 137
*Hinged covers available these sizes only.

NOTE: Price includes full assembly.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE STACKING CONTAINERS

R
O C
D U
Single Wall Square Stacking Containers

Depending on the size, these versatile, forkliftable containers can
be stacked up to eight high, saving valuable floor space. The durable
one-piece food-grade polyethylene construction makes them
reusable time-and-time-again.
DIMENSIONS SHIPPING CAPACITY

CODE AT TOP INSIDE WEIGHT COVER
Cu. Ft. LOAD STACKED PRICE
NO. inches Lbs. PRICE
cm kg m3 Lbs./kg
36 x 36 x 18 50.0 11 250
919-2 8 324.46 89.64
90 x 90 x 45 22.7 .31 113
36 x 36 x 32 72.0 21 500
880-2 4 367.57 89.64
Standard colour: Natural 90 x 90 x 80 32.7 .59 227
44 x 44 x 44 125.0 44 1000
949-2 2 623.95 93.05
110 x 110 x 110 56.7 1.2 454
Single Wall Dumping Containers

Rugged and versatile, these containers feature special base plates
to facilitate rotator dumping. Strengthening ribs are used throughout,
and the side walls are parallel to the reinforced lip to prevent break-
age. Two-way fork-lift entry is provided.
CODE
NO.
DIMENSIONS
inches
cm
SHIPPING
WEIGHT
Lbs.
kg
Cu. Ft.
m3
CAPACITY
LOAD
Lbs./kg
STACKED PRICE
5
1491-2 43 x 43 x 22 85 17 800
5 493.50
Standard colour: Grey 107 x 107 x 55 39 .48 362
Stackable Spiltainers
Spiltainers are designed to contain leakage from drums and other
containers. Roto-moulded of chemical–resistant polyethylene, they
feature a reinforced design and one–piece seamless construction for
long lasting, heavy–duty use. They are available in one, two and four
drum sizes.
One–Drum Spiltainer Two–Drum Spiltainer Four–Drum

Stackable Spiltainer
DRUM SPILTAINER FEATURES INCLUDE:

• Moulded-in locator rings on bottom of unit for secure • Designed to be positioned on standard skids for easy fork- • Unique design assures protection even when skids of
seating of drums lift access for stacking/transporting drums are stacked
• Extra high walls for maximum spill-leak protection • Covers available for outside storage • Smooth surface cleans easily
PART LOAD DIMENSIONS SHIPPING FORK PRICE COVER

NO. CAPACITY (L X W X H) WEIGHT CLEARANCE PRICE
SP-55 (1-Drum) 900 lbs. 30 1/4 O.D. x 26 H 25 lbs. 8 1/4 W x 5 1/4 H 138.65 76.10
SP-255 (2-Drum) 1800 lbs. 56 x 30 x 24 45 lbs. 9 1/2 W x 5 H 275.95 272.95
SP-455 (4-Drum) - 50 1/2 x 50 1/2 x 17 1/2 55 lbs. - 324.46 309.30
5-18
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE TRANSPORT / SPILL TRAYS
R
O C
D U
Haz-Box
Roll your spills away with this handy 13 c.f. fork or pallet entry cart. (castors optional)
PART DIMENSIONS WHEEL WEIGHT PRICE

NO. (L X W X H) SIZE
103 JRW 34 x 30 x 29 3" 45 lbs. 273.42
103 JR 34 x 30 x 25 N/A 35 lbs. 146.07
Transport Spill Kit

Installs under trailer. Allows driver easy access to spill containment and safety materials.
PART DIMENSIONS WEIGHT PRICE

NO. (L X DIA.)
SP-40 36 x 20 30 lbs. 210.85
Pallet/Drum Tray
• 110% containment • Fork and pallet liftable
• Spill response made easy • One piece easy construction
• Holds 1 to 4 drums • Easy to clean
PART DIMENSIONS WEIGHT PRICE

NO. (L X W X H)
SP-455-P 55 1/2 x 55 1/2 x 13 75 lbs. 446.66
Drum Funnel/Spill Tray

PART DIMENSIONS WEIGHT DESCRIPTION PRICE FABCO’s Universal High Wall Drum
NO. (DIA. X H)
Funnel is ideal for those hard to pour liq-
SP-03Y 25 x 6 6 lbs. Funnel 41.70 uids. It works hand-in-hand with our 25-
5 SP-12
SP-16
12 x 3 1/2
16 x 4
2 lbs.
3 lbs.
Tray
Tray
22.71
27.69
inch Spill Tray for extra protection against
spills. Both are designed to accomodate
30 and 55 gallon drums. Additional Spill
SP-22 22 x 4 1/2 5 lbs. Tray 35.14
Trays are available in 12”, 16”, 22” and 25”
SP-25 25 x 4 1/2 6 lbs. Tray 41.70
diameters.
Double Wall Insulated Boxes
• New design featuring three replaceable fork

CODE CAPACITY DESCRIPTION PRICE
lift pads for easy, inexpensive repair in the
NO. event of fork lift damage.
1801 - 500 Lb. capacity 338.62 • Nine large rugged bolts fasten legs to
9 cu. ft. 42” x 24” x 26”
1901C
Without fork pockets 110.93 bottom of tank.
Rugged and stackable, these insulated (cover)
• Recesses in cover locate container for
boxes are ideal for the shipping and temporary **1945 - 1500 Lb. capacity 48” 560.43
secure and stable stacking – also stacks
24 cu. ft. x 43” x 36 1/2”
storage of a wide range of perishable materi- 1945C 128.45
(cover) Stacks 4 high without cover.
als. Each features a double-wall food-grade - 2000 Lb. capacity 48” • Flush fit corner lifting/tie down lugs.
**2045 647.97
polyethylene construction sandwiching an 1945C
35 cu. ft. x 43” x 47” Stacks 3
128.45 • Convenient access to side drain plug.
(cover) high
insulating core of polyurethane foam. • Replaceable nylon pads eliminate container
- 1000 Lb. capacity 48”
Other features include: 1745
18 cu. ft. x 43” x 28 3/4” Stacks
391.12
bottom wear.
1945C 128.45
• Sloped bottom for complete drainage (cover) 5 high
• Fourway fork/two way pallet entry with
• Adjustable 4-corner tie-down clips 1545 - 1500 Lb. capacity 48” 560.43 integral rotating bars.
24 cu. ft. x 43” x 38 3/4” Stacks
• Four-way fork-lift/pallet truck entry 1945C
4 high 128.45 • Cover overlaps box and prevents content
(cover)
• Seamless inner surfaces for easy cleaning contamination.
1645 - 2000 Lb. capacity 647.97
• Removable feet on some models 35 cu. ft. 48” x 43” x 50” • Standard 4 corner fasteners.
1945C 128.45
• Easy-to-clean – food use approved (cover) Stacks 3 high
• Fork lift pockets with dumping bar (molded
• Smooth bottom for stationary use **Removeable feet lift/tip bar each end).
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE BULK CONTAINERS

R
O C
D U
Single Wall Reusable Hoppers CODE

DIMENSIONS
(L X W X H) (appox.)
WEIGHT
Lbs.
ANGLE
OF
CAPACITY LOAD
(per container)
DESCRIPTION STACKED PRICE
Constructed of food-grade, chemical- NO. inches kg INCIDENCE Cu. Ft. Gal. Lbs.
cm m3 Litre kg
resistant polyethylene, these versatile
hoppers can be bag lined for increased 51 x 46 x 43 105 37 225 1500
1482-2 Hopper 30° - 467.43
product security. 129 x 116 x 109 47 1.0 1022 680
-
The smooth surfaces are designed for 29
easy flow and cleaning. A convenient slid- 1482C Cover - - - - - - 186.04
11
ing cover prevents contamination while - - - - -
allowing easy inspection of contents. 52 x 47 x 49 85
1483-2 Base - - - - - 372.13
132 x 119 x 50 38
- - - - -
Assembl
Assembled 52 x 47 x 49 219
ed - - - - 3 1,898.59
(including valve) 132 x 119 x 124 96
- - - -
TRANSPORT AND DISCHARGE HOPPER
Hopper bottom nests in matching base Available 20 cm (8-inch) Iris valve on tapered
for secure loads. Empty containers nest easily for bottom of hopper allows full discharge con-
economical return. trol. The valve can be fully accessed through
base opening. 5
COLLAPSIBLE DOUBLE WALL CONTAINER/RETRAX®
These unique, space- saving containers are storage.

designed to assemble in seconds, then collapse to Ideal for fragile parts or heavy metal stampings
one-third height for easier, lower cost return or and assemblies.
Consider these innovative features:

• Durable, double-wall polyethylene construction
• Available with or without drop gate
• Maintenance-free design – no painting, cleans
easily (smooth finish)
• Moulded identification card holders on two sides
• Wide range of colours for corporate identification
• Four-way fork-lift entry
• Assembled containers stack 3 high
• Never needs painting
• No shart edges or protruding parts
• Collapses to 1/3 height in seconds for low cost
return transport
Standard colour: Black
CODE DIMENSIONS COLLAPSED CAPACITY LOAD SHIPPING STACK PRICE

NO. OVERALL INSIDE WEIGHT
32" x 30" x 33 1/2" 29" x 27" x 27 7/8" 32" x 30" x 12 7/8" 13 cubic ft. 1200 lbs. 71 lbs.
1793 3 P.O.R.
81cm x 76cm x 85cm 74cm x 69cm x 71cm 81cm x 76cm x 33cm .36 cu. meters 544 kg 32 kg
NOTE: Available to quote large quantities only in either standard or drop gate version.
5-20
ALL POLYETHYLENE/ • Forkliftable, stackable, transportable, reusable • Complete drainage – no product waste, reduces
time and time again. risk of product contamination.
POLY PAYLOADERS® • Bulk handling – bulk savings. • Ball valve is recessed and protected.
Ideally suited for liquid loads. • Maintains clean appearance. • Special bracket supports valve. Handle
Successfully used for bulk ship- • Saves space and manpower. locks to prevent accidental opening.
ment of various chemicals and • No painting required • Optional wear pads available for rough flooring.
petroleum products.
• 6” poly screw cap sary. uct as well as
c/w Buna N “O” • Pressure and vac- structural support
ring seal. Addi- uum relief is avail- and bottle protec-
tional 16” opening able as a safety tion.
available. Both option and is • Unique patented
THE OLD WAY openings can be required on DOT ball valve assem-
sealed to indicate approved unit. bly. Polyprop
THE NEW WAY tampering. Painted • Sight slots to moni- ylene ball valve
steel stacking tor product level. with EPDM “O” ring
plates allow for sta- Calibration strip seals against poly-
ble stacking. offers approximate ethylene drain tube
• Optional 16” open- metering of liquid. using P.P. split ring
ing with stainless • Polyurethane foam thread and Buna
steel clamp allows core provides insu- “N” gasket.
tank access when lation for tempera-
cleaning is neces- ture sensitive prod-
CTC.
SP.1220
DOT #E9645
CTC #SP1220
CAPACITY DIMENSIONS WALL TOTAL
CODE Gal. ANGLE OF (L X W X H) inches WEIGHT
PRICE
NO. Litres INCIDENCE inches mm Lbs.
cm kg.
300 U.S./250 Imp. 48 x 45 x 60 3/4 3/8 400

1732-5 Dished P.O.R.
5 1130 122 x 114 x 154 10 182
STEEL FRAME PAYLOADERS® The proven payback. Ideally suited for liquid loads. Successfully used for bulk shipment of vari-
ous chemicals and petroleum products.
•Polyethylene shock pad to • Approved by Canadian and • 6 in. (15 cm) filler hole.
absorb road shocks. U.S.A. governments for trans- Stacking facility.
•Metal supports protect pad port of dangerous chemicals. •Unique patented ball valve
and bottle from forklift • Sturdy painted steel frame assembly. Polypropylene ball
• Steel gate and locked valve supports with protective side valve with EPDM “O” ring
prevents accidental opening. panels. Rugged polyethylene seals against polyethylene
•Manhole clean-out available tank construction. Polyethy- drain tube using P.P. split ring
(no details at time of printing). lene pad to absorb shocks. thread and Buna “N” gasket.
• Forkliftable, stackable, trans-
DOT-E 9645 PORTABLE TANK
portable, reusable time and TANK MANUFACTURER – BONAR PLASTICS LTD.
TEST PRESSURE 15 PSIG.
time again. SERIAL NUMBER –- ____________________________
DATE OF MANUFACTURE, MONTH AND YEAR ______
TARE WEIGHT _________________ LBS.
RATED GROSS WEIGHT _________________ LBS.
CAPACITY _________________ U.S. GAL.
Specifications
CAPACITY DIMENSIONS WALL TOTAL DOT #E9645
CODE ANGLE OF (L X W X H) inches WEIGHT CTC #SP1220
PRICE
NO. U.S. Imp. Gal. INCIDENCE inches cm Lbs.
Gal. Litre cm kg
165 48 3/4 x 40 1/2 x 48 1/2 3/8 360

1752-5 200 Dished P.O.R.
750 123.8 x 102.8 x 123.2 10 164
180 48 3/4 x 40 1/2 x 48 1/2 3/8 375

1770-5 225 Dished P.O.R.
818 123.8 x 102.8 x 123.2 10 170
D
1767-5 I250 S C
200
909
O
Dished N T I
48 3/4 x 40 1/2 x 52 5/8
123.8 x 102.8 x 134.0
N U
3/8
10
E
390
180
D
P.O.R.
250 54 x 45 x 52 1/2 3/8 500

1351-5 300 Dished P.O.R.
1130 137.1 x 114.3 x 134.0 10 226
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
BULK TRANSPORT AND STORAGE CONTAINERS

R
O C
D U
SEMI-BULK TRANSPORT AND STORAGE CONTAINERS
CHEM-TAINER®
• One-piece moulded bottle for maximum safety.
• Food grade polyethylene.
• Stackable.
• 2” drain valve assembly.
• Suitable for shipping storage and process appli-

cations.
• Save space and handling costs .... safely.
CHEM-TAINER® CT300 & CT301 CHEM-TAINER® CT303 & CT304
• One piece seamless roto moulded polyethylene bottle for maximum • Semi bulk storage and shipping containers.
safety. • Suitable for all other chemicals compatible with polyethylene.
• Polyethylene bottle material complies with F.D.A. requirements. • 2” (50 mm) PVC ball valve drain and male camlock adaptor.
• 6” (150 mm) top opening gasketed polyethylene cover (model CT- • Sloped bottom for complete drainage.
300 c/w rupture disk). • 6” (150 mm) polyethylene screw thread fill cap.
• 2” (50 mm) bottom drain PVC ball valve, camlock and end cap. • 4 point lift lugs.
• 2” x 2” (50 mm x 50 mm) mesh on CT-300, 301. • Fork liftable.
• 2” x 4” (50 mm x 100 mm) mesh on CT-302. • Stackable: 46” (1168 mm) centres.
• Closed cell polyurethane support cushion. • Heavy duty steel frame black epoxy painted.
• Built-in spreader bar for safe lifting. • Unpigmented polyurethane bottle.
• Four way lifting fork enclosure. • Closed cell polyurethane support bottom cushion.
• Stackable four high. • One piece seamless roto moulded polyethylene bottle for maximum
• Sloped bottom for complete drainage.
• .280 diameter steel wire mesh cage - lockable, palleted.
• Replaceable wire cage components.
safety.
• Polyethylene bottle material complies with F.D.A. requirements
(model CT-300 c/w rupture disk)
5
• 2” (50 mm) bottom drain PVC ball valve, camlock and end cap.
OPTIONS FOR CT303: FEATURES FOR CT304:
• Frames coloured to your choice on minimum order of 10 units. • Sturdy and stackable steel frame.
• Polyethylene bottle available in light green colour for continuous out- • One piece moulded polyethylene bottle.
door service. • Weighs only 550 lbs.
• Calibration in metric, Imperial or U.S. measure. • Rated capacity to specific gravity of 1.53.
• Meets the requirements of TC225, CGSB43-146 and U.N. specifi-
OPTIONS FOR CT304: cations for worldwide transportation of dangerous goods.
• Liftable through four corner eyelets. Interstackable on 5” oversized
• Epoxy painted frame. corner plates. Tethered and sealable 6” screw cap.
• 12” kick plated. • Lockable, vertical siding door.
• Polypropylene or stainless steel valves. • Drain assembly consists of 2” nipple, ball valve, camlock and dust
• 4 way entry anti-tip plates. cap assures positive seal.
• Fully enclosed sides. • Polyethylene base support pad. Recessed drain valve for complete
• Laser cut identification panel. drainage.
• Painted heavy duty steel frame with anti-tip pocket fork lift entry.
CAPACITY LXWXH WEIGHT
MODEL PRICE
DESCRIPTION Imp.
NO.
Gal Litres inches cm Lbs. kg
DOT CHEM-TAINER®
CT300 4000-494060-00-00 250 1120 49 x 40 x 60 125 x 102 x 152 500 227 P.O.R.
Complete (Wire Cage)
CTO CHEM-TAINER®
CT301 4002-494060-00-00 250 1120 49 x 40 x 60 125 x 102 x 152 500 227 2,500.00
Complete (Wire Cage)
CHEM-TAINER®
CT303 4006-484060-00-00 250 1120 48 x 40 x 60 122 x 102 x 152 440 200 P.O.R.
Complete (Steel Frame)
CHEM-TAINER®
CT304 4007-484063-00-00 250 1136 48 1/2 x 40 1/2 x 63 1/4 123 x 103 x 161 550 250 2,237.50
Complete (Steel Frame)
NOTE: Contact factory for special colours (white poly bottles - 00-00 or black epoxy frame for model 4006) shown above.
5-22
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
CYLINDRICAL AND RECTANGULAR HOPPERS
These rugged hoppers are ideal for storage Standard colour: Natural
ANGLE OF O.D. HEIGHT - in. (cm) WALL TOTAL
and discharge of a wide variety of food prod- Gal. INCIDENCE inches inches WEIGHT
CODE Cu. Ft. TANK OVERALL PRICE
ucts and chemicals. Tanks are roto-moulded NO. Litres m3
(Taper) cm
inches inches
mm Lbs.
kg
from seamless food-grade polyethylene for cm cm
durability and long life, and are mounted in a 991-5 125 20 45° 47 1/2 39 5/8 47 1/2 1/4 280 1,416.00*
473 .56 118.8 99 118.8 6.5 127
painted, low maintenance solid steel frame. 40
cm (16-inch) top openings make filling easy, 1331-5 250 40 45° 47 1/2 60 5/8 69 1/2 1/4 365 1,995.00*
946 1.1 118.8 151 173.8 6.5 165.6
and 20 cm (8-inch) discharge openings facili-
tate a wide range of materials like powders and 635-5 275 44 45° 43 66 77 1/4 350 2,011.00*
1173 1.4 107.5 165 192.5 6.5 158.8
granulars. Especially designed to be “space-
(L x W)
savers” and to interstack. Proven successful in 400 64
50 1/2 x 42 1/2
87 98 3/8 715
1337-5 62° & 57°
the food and chemical industries. Heavy-duty 1514 1.8 (L x W) 218 249 10 324
P.O.R.
steel support and stacking frame is standard 126 x 106
and hoppers are F.D.A. approved. *Iris or Slide Valve available but not included in price.
1) Price with Iris Valve 2) Price with Slide Gate Valve Note: Price includes Assembly.
POLY COMBO Benefits include:

• Lighter weight and less cost than stainless steel.
Poly Combo bins are ideal for easy in-plant handling • Replaceable feet save wear and tear on bottom of bins.
5 and over-the road hauling of all kinds of food products and
bulk materials. The seamless, one-piece food-grade poly-
• Nests when empty, saves space and return shipping costs.
• Improved de-nesting with anti-jam design
ethylene design features extra thick corners and floor for • Virtually maintenance-free
outstanding resistance to impact and wear. • Stacks two high.
• Four-way fork-lift/pallet entry.
• Smooth seamless surfaces clean quickly and easily.
#1877
#1875
Poly Combo Bottom Conventional Simple-Wall Bottom

#1876
CAPACITY #1874
SHIPPING OUTSIDE
PART WEIGHT DIMENSIONS
PRICE
NO. Cubic Imperial Lbs. inches
Feet Gallons (L X W X H)
1875 30 180† 108 50 x 42 x 36 462.87
1877 34 200† 113 50 x 42 x 39 515.06
1874 48 290† 135 50 x 42 x 52 737.45
1876 53 320† 140 50 x 42 x 55 782.82
1878 (Stack Lid)** - - 35 - 144.08
1040-6 (Dust Cover) - - 21 - 91.89
**Stack 2 high only, maximum static load 1500 lbs. †Maximum wt. capacity 2000 lbs. All dimensions nominal.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
HOW TO CHOOSE YOUR NALGENE TANKS

R
O C
D U
Tank Resin Selection Guide – For NALGENE tanks

• Tanks with Fiberglass–Reinforced Polyester (FRP) Casings offer • Regardless of resin, black–pigmented tanks are strongly recom-
service to higher temperatures and with higher specific gravity con- mended for outdoor use.
tents. • Continuous service temperatures in ranges above ambient can
• Both operating conditions and type of chemical can decrease maxi- affect tanks in at least two ways: I) the useful life of the tank may be
mum service temperatures. shortened; and 2) the ability of the container to maintain its shape
• Some fittings of these resins are FDA–acceptable. may decrease, perhaps resulting in distortion.
Resin Selection Guide*

Chemical Maximum Colour
Stress-crack Brittleness Impact Abrasion Clean- Trans- Weldability FDA Oudoor
resistance service Rigidity (natural, un-
resistance1 temperature2 resistance2 resistance ability lucence (hot gas) acceptance use
(general) temperature pigmented)
Linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE)
Liquid
Very Very Very
140°F/60°C -94°F/-70°C Good Good Fair level Weldable Yes3 White No
Good Good Good
observable
Advantages: Lightweight. Easy to clean. Corrosion resistant; no painting/maintenance. Less expensive than stainless steel or fiberglass.
Applications: Storage of foodstuffs/liquids/beverages, inorganic chemicals/compounds, or organic/inorganic acids. Plating. Water treatment.
Brine storage. Storage of laboratory and photographic chemicals.
Not Generally Recommended for: Strong oxidizing agents, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons, liquefied petroleum gas, solvents.
High-density polyethylene (HDPE)
Liquid
Very Very
Good 150°F/65°C -94°F/-70°C Good Good Good level Weldable Yes3 White No
Good Good
observable
Advantages: Hard, smooth surface. Easy to clean. Less expensive than stainless steel or fiberglass.
Applications: Storage of caustics or organic/inorganic acids. Metal finishing. Water treatment. Storage of laboratory and photographic chemicals. Plating.
Cross-linked high-density polyethylene (XLPE)

Liquid
Very -180°F/ Very Not
Excellent 150°F/65°C Excellent Good Good level No Off-White No
Good -118°C Good Weldable
observable
Advantages: Excellent impact resistance. Suitable for many corrosives not handled by fiberglass-reinforced polyester (FRP). Outstanding weatherability.
Applications: Storage of many corrosives, including sulfuric, hydrochloric, and hydrofluoric acids, and sodium hydroxide. Storage of organic/inorganic
chemicals/compounds. Storage of sodium hypochlorite. Storage of boiler treatment chemicals. Water/sewage treatment. Outdoor use.
Polypropylene (PP)
Very
Good
Advantages:
Excellent 220°F/104°C 32°F/0°C Fair Good Good Good Opaque
Broad chemical resistance to pickling and plating solutions. Good resistance to many organic chemicals.
Less expensive than comparable stainless steel tanks. Hard, smooth surface; easy to clean.
Weldable No Off-White No
5
Applications: Plating and pickling lines. Etch tanks for processing silicon wafers.
Not Generally Recommended for: Strong oxidizing acids, aromatic or chlorinated hydrocarbons, subfreezing temperatures.
Polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)
Liquid
Very Very
Excellent Excellent 230°F/110°C -40°F/-40°C Fair Excellent level Weldable Yes3 Tan No
Good Good
observable
Advantages: Superior resistance to inorganic acids, strong oxidizing agents, and halogenated compounds. High purity; does not contaminate process fluids.
Applications: Etch tanks for processing silicon wafers. High-purity water storage. Precios metal recovery. Storage/processing of halogenated compounds
such as bromine. Storage of bleach and sulfuric acid for pulp and paper processing. Industrial battery casings. Insecticide manufacturing.
Not Generally Recommended for: Ketones; esters; hot, concentrated caustics; nascent chlorine gas; concentrated cuastic soda.
1 XLPE is recommended for use with stress-cracking agents. * Reprinted with permission of Nalge Company.
2 Brittleness temperature per ASTM test D-746. The impact resistance of most rotomold tanks declines at freezing temperatures. XLPE tanks are well-suited for outdoor storage in winter.
3 LLDPE and HDPE tanks comply with FDA Regulation 177.1520; PVDF tanks comply with FDA Regulation 121.2593.
4 Open-top tanks should be black for outdoor use. Only tanks which are UV-stabilized may be used outdoors.
Storage of Sodium Hypochlorite stored over a period of time. Contamination We recommend the following steps to be
in Polyethylene Tanks such as trace metals, e.g. iron. copper, etc., taken by the end user:
Some concerns have been expressed to which may be generated from pumps, plumb- • Flush/clean tanks periodically to remove
FABCO regarding the storage of sodium ing, fittings, etc., or a poor quality (trace con- contaminants, deposits
hypochlorite in polyethylene tanks. tamination) sodium hypochlorite shipment,
• Check quality of received NaOCI (chem-
Although polyethylene storage tanks have can cause brittleness and cracking of the
polyethylene tanks. ical analysis/purity)
been used for storage of sodium hypochlorite
in the field for many years, there have been We feel the main contributor to premature • Check plumbing, pumps and delivery
premature failures in very specific locales. failure of polyethylene storage tanks is conta- methods for materials of construction
We have reviewed all data available on the mination; the presence of sunlight cat- • Protect non–black tanks from sunlight
chemistry and technology of sodium alyzes/accelerates the rate on attack of poly- We wish to emphasize that noncontami-
hypochlorlte storage, and we have the follow- ethylene. Fabco/Nalge Company will only nated sodium hypochlorite storage in poly-
ing information: warrant tanks for the storage of sodium ethylene is an acceptable and compatible
Sodium hypochlorite (NaOCI) has no hypochlorite if the following points are
combination. It appears that cracking and
direct effect on polyethylene. This has been met:
confirmed by the resin suppliers. • Heavy-walled tanks (bulk tanks, 1.9 premature tank failures occur only when sodi-
It is suspected, however, that contaminat- specific gravity) um hypochlorite is contaminated with trace
ed sodium hypochlorite does cause acceler- • Only black tanks amounts of metals and subjected to sunlight.
ated deterioration of polyethylene tanks when • Cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE)
5-24
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
SPECIAL APPLICATION TANKS
R
O C
D U
High - Performance plastics to match your applications.

FABCO plastic tanks, rotational-molded for seamless, lightweight, uniform construction, have led the industry in quality for years. Our selection of industrial tanks
and accessories is unsurpassed. Our technical service capabilities and national distribution make it easy to find the right products for your needs. And now we
offer even more:
High-density polyethylene (HDPE) has very good chemical resistance and Polypropylene (PP) has very good chemical resistance, excellent stress-
maximum service temperature of 65°C (150°F). It has a hard, smooth surface crack resistance, and maximum service temperature of 104°C (220°F). It pos-
that is easy to clean. It is commonly used for storage of caustics or acids, metal sesses broad chemical resistance to pickling and plating solutions. Its hard,
finishing, water treatment, plating, and dispensing of laboratory and photo- smooth surface is easy to clean. PP tanks are used for plating and pickling
graphic chemical. HDPE tanks comply with FDA Regulation 177.1520. lines, as etch tanks for processing silicon wafers, and for high-purity storage.
Cross-linked high-density polyethylene (XLPE) has very good chemical
resistance, excellent stress-crack and impact resistance, and maximum service Polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) has excellent chemical resistance, stress-
temperature of 65°C (150°F). It is used for storage of many corrosives, includ- crack resistance, and rigidity. It has very good abrasion resistance and maxi-
ing sulfuric, hydrochloric, hydroflouric acids and sodiumum hydroxide, as well as mum service temperature of 110°C (230°F). In particular, it offers superior
storage of sodium hypochlorite and boiler treatment chemicals. resistance to inorganic acids, strong oxidizing agents, and halogenated com-
Nylon A form of polyamide plastic. Because of its chemical structure nylon pounds. Its high purity does not contaminate process fluids. This resin is UV
is very strong and tough, has a very high temperature resistance limit stable, resisting weather and sunlight. PVDF tanks are used as etch tanks for
(300°F/149°C) and excellent chemical resistance to aromatic and aliphatic processing silicon wafers, and for high-purity-water storage, precious metal
hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons and other similar fuels and solvents. recovery, storage and processing of halogenated compounds such as bromine,
WARNING: Do not expose nylon tank to acids. Acids will cause softening, storage of bleach and sulfuric acid for pulp and paper processing, and insecti-
loss of strength and rigidity, and eventual failure of the tank. cide manufacturing. PVDF tanks comply with FDA Regulation 121.2593.
INSIDE
Cylindrical Tanks
Flat-Bottom Cylindrical Tanks
Nominal Wall Thickness By Resin
Tanks on this page are supplied with covers.

Stepped-Flange
Cat. No. 11100 Cat. No. 18100 Design
HEAVYWEIGHT HEAVYWEIGHT HEAVYWEIGHT APPROX. SHIP.
HDPE XLPE PP WEIGHT, Lbs.
PVDF
SIZE SIZE GRAD. Natural Black Natural Black Natural Natural
SIZE
U.S. Imp. Gal./ O.D. x Depth Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. PRICE
CODE
Gal. Gal. Litre 11100 PRICE 18100 PRICE 11300 PRICE 18300 PRICE 11200 PRICE 11500
5
Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall TANK TANK
Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness LIGHT HEAVY
0.5 11 x 15
5 4.10 -0005 3/16 67.80 † † 3/16 89.85 † † 3/16 111.72 3/32 548.26 4 5.5
2 -
0.5 12 x 18
7.5 6.14 -0007 3/16 92.02 † † 3/16 153.31 † † 3/16 128.26 - - 4 1/2 7
-
1† 13 x 20
10 8.20 -0010 3/16 94.02 † † 3/16 160.15 † † 3/16 136.27 3/32 755.01 7 8
-
1 13 x 27
15 12.30 -0015 3/16 117.90 † † 3/16 178.52 † † 3/16 165.16 3/32 1,023.38 8 11.5
4 -
2.5 18 x 30
30 24.55 -0030 3/16 185.20 3/16 187.21 3/16 265.53 3/16 281.73 3/16 264.53 3/32 1,464.42 12 19
10 19 1/8 x 30 1/4
2.5 22 x 36
55 45.00 -0055 1/4 255.01 1/4 258.02 1/4 377.09 1/4 399.80 1/4 349.03 1/8 2,630.75 18 27
10 23 x 36 1/4
5 24 x 48
80 65.50 -0080 1/4 488.81 1/4 500.33 1/4 620.07 1/4 657.48 1/4 654.81 - - - 50
20 24 3/4 x 48 1/4
5 28 x 44
100 81.80 -0100 1/4 519.20 1/4 551.10 1/4 766.86 1/4 813.12 1/4 751.67 - † - 50
20 29 3/16 x 44 1/4
10 31 x 49
150 122.70 -0150 1/4 705.24 1/4 727.95 1/4 840.68 1/4 891.11 1/4 902.30 - † - 60
40 32 7/16 x 49 1/4
25 36 x 51
200 163.60 -0200 1/4 765.53 1/4 786.07 1/4 886.94 1/4 940.88 1/4 950.23 - † - 80
100 37 1/2 x 51 1/4
25 42 x 49
275 225.00 -0275 1/4 1,018.20 1/4 1,060.28 1/4 1,144.28 1/4 1,213.26 1/4 1,254.50 - † - 110
100 43 1/2 x 49 1/4
25 48 x 49
360 295.00 -0360 1/4 1,239.31 1/4 1,303.77 1/4 1,393.28 1/4 1,477.28 1/4 1,545.59 - - - 120
100 49 3/8 x 49 1/4
25 53 x 62
500 409.10 -0500 5/16 1,672.67 - - - - - - - - - - - 190
100 54 1/8 x 62 1/4
25 66 x 72
1000 818.20 -1000 7/16 2,800.59 - - - - - - - - - - - 300
100 67 1/2 x 72 1/4
* FABCO 7.5- and 10-gal. cylindrical Please order by Cat. No. and Size Code. WARNING: Never use FRP casings
tanks do not have litre calibrations. For example a 100-gal. Natural HDPE alone as tank. Always use a liner. For con-
† These sizes quoted on request. tank would be Cat. No. 11100, Size Code tinuous service elevated temperatures or
- = Not Available -0100. storage of high specific-gravity materials,
always use an FRP casing with your tank.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
SPECIAL RECTANGULAR TANKS

R
O C
D U
Rectangular Tanks, Nominal Wall Thicknesses by FRP (fiberglass-reinforced polyester) support casings are available for rec-
tangular tanks. These casings are steel-reinforced, chemical-resistant and
Resin, inches. maintenance-free. FABCO recommends using FRP casing or exterior support
with all rectangular tanks used at elevated temperatures, with high specific
Choice of Five Premium Resins. gravity liquids or having any dimension greater than 18 inches.
FABCO Rectangular Tanks are available in five premium resins: HDPE, Used in Many Applications FABCO Rectangular Tanks have proven them-
XLPE, PP, Nylon and PVDF. All Fabco Rectangular Tanks are rotational selves in many demanding applications:
moulded in one piece: there are no fabricated seams that are prone to stress,
cracking and failure. Moulded Fabco Tanks cost less than fabricated plastic • Dry cleaning • Etching
tanks or stainless steel tanks of the same size. All Special Application tanks • Metal parts degreasing • Silicon wafer processing
are supplied with covers. These tanks offer a broad range of resistance to • Chemical processing • Circuit board production
chemicals, stress-cracking, impact and abrasion, depending on the resin. • Waste/Water • Photofinishing
• Photographic applications • Food handling
• Plating
GROSS SHIP.
HDPE HDPE PP PP XLPE PVDF PVDF
XLPE Weight Lbs.
INTERIOR Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
SIZE SIZE Cat. No. (Approx.)
DIMENSIONS SIZE 14100 15100 14200 15200 15300 14500 15500
U.S. Imp. PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE 14300 PRICE PRICE PRICE PRICE
APPROX. CODES Wall w/casing Wall w/casing w/casing Wall w/casing
Gal. Gal. Wall
LXWXD Thickness Wall Thickness Wall Wall Thickness Wall
Thickness
Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Tank w/casing
8x8x8 2 1.64 -0002 5/32 75.99 3/16 251.67 3/16 95.36 3/16 292.75 5/32 101.37 3/16 298.60 3/32 512.52 3/16 639.78 4 10
14 x 10 x 10 6 4.91 -0005 5/32 83.83 3/16 321.98 3/16 109.72 3/16 345.52 5/32 120.41 3/16 424.85 3/32 768.87 3/16 935.03 7 16
12 x 12 x 12 7 5.73 -0010 5/32 96.53 3/16 329.16 3/16 115.90 3/16 353.21 5/32 120.74 3/16 364.06 3/32 783.23 3/16 943.05 8 15
18 x 12 x 12 11 9.00 -0015 5/32 130.26 3/16 454.07 3/16 190.05 3/16 486.30 5/32 189.38 3/16 502.00 1/8 996.99 3/16 1,232.79 10 22
24 x 12 x 12 15 12.27 -0020 5/32 183.70 3/16 544.09 3/16 264.53 3/16 582.00 5/32 267.70 3/16 633.43 1/8 1,231.63 3/16 1,490.81 13 33
24 x 24 x 12 30 24.55 -0021 5/32 231.13 3/16 1,025.05 3/16 372.74 3/16 1,138.27 5/32 369.74 3/16 1,063.29 - - - - 17 35
30 x 30 x 12 47 38.46 -0022 5/32 399.80 3/16 1,383.26 1/4 620.41 3/16 1,566.79 5/32 586.84 3/16 1,448.56 - - - - 25 52
18 x 4 x 18 6 4.91 -0030 5/32 155.48 3/16 439.54 3/16 217.77 3/16 511.52 5/32 231.63 3/16 526.38 - - - - 8 20
12 x 12 x 18 11 9.00 -0035 5/32 164.66 3/16 509.18 3/16 190.05 3/16 523.71 - - - - - - - - 11 20
18 x 12 x 18 15 12.27 -0040 5/32 177.69 3/16 569.19 3/16 220.27 3/16 638.44 5/32 251.34 3/16 671.84 1/8 1,256.51 3/16 1,513.35 13 26
18 x 18 x 18 25 20.46 -0042 5/32 269.71 3/16 741.81 1/4 405.14 3/16 784.90 - - - - - - - - 16 36
24 x 12 x 18 22 18.00 -0043 5/32 267.03 3/16 667.00 1/4 397.46 3/16 708.75 - - - - - - - - 14 44
24 x 18 x 18 30 24.55 -0045 5/32 226.29 3/16 785.90 1/4 350.03 3/16 843.18 5/32 342.52 3/16 905.64 1/8 1,759.18 3/16 2,162.98 20 35
36 x 20 x 20
18 x 12 x 24
24 x 12 x 24
60
22
30
49.09
18.00
24.55
-0050
-0060
-0062
5/32
5/32
5/32
379.93
267.03
283.57
3/16
3/16
3/16
1,087.00
679.52
708.92
1/4
1/4
1/4
600.53
380.09
438.21
3/16
3/16
3/16
1,189.04
728.29
788.89
3/16
5/32
-
612.56
353.87
-
3/16
3/16
-
1,334.16
742.48
-
1/8
1/8
-
3,250.49
1,324.98
-
3/16
3/16
-
3,682.68
1,839.17
-
41
15
19
76
41
52
5
24 x 18 x 24 45 36.82 -0065 5/32 320.47 3/16 925.04 1/4 467.77 3/16 989.81 5/32 477.45 3/16 1,021.21 1/8 1,868.56 3/16 2,215.42 24 65
30 x 30 x 24 94 76.91 -0066 3/16 523.55 3/16 1,835.66 5/16 828.15 3/16 2,079.65 3/16 733.63 3/16 1,923.67 - - - - 33 70
36 x 24 x 24 90 73.64 -0070 3/16 543.59 3/16 1,404.64 1/4 820.81 3/16 1,648.79 - - - - - - - - 45 68
24 x 4 x 30 12 9.82 -0075 1/8 262.02 3/16 833.83 3/16 407.65 3/16 855.21 - - - - - - - - 14 25
24 x 8 x 30 25 20.46 -0080 1/8 290.08 3/16 994.82 3/16 424.51 3/16 1,066.13 - - - - - - - - 16 30
30 x 30 x 30 117 95.73 -0081 3/16 590.35 3/16 2,113.39 5/16 816.63 3/16 2,419.33 3/16 775.88 3/16 2,209.24 - - - - 38 87
24 x 24 x 36 90 73.64 -0090 3/16 528.22 3/16 1,638.41 1/4 806.11 3/16 1,906.47 - - - - - - - - 38 80
30 x 30 x 36 140 114.55 -0091 3/16 637.11 3/16 2,561.61 5/16 949.06 3/16 2,904.13 3/16 892.62 3/16 2,664.99 - - - - 46 110
Maximum Service 150°F 220°F 220°F 150°F 220°F 230°F

M
Temperature 65°C 104°C 104°C 65°C 104°C 100°C
- = Not Available
Tanks with Flat Wide Flange
HDPE PP XLPE GROSS SHIPPING
NOMINAL INTERIOR
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Weight, Lb. (Approx.)
DIMENSIONS SIZE SIZE
inches Gal. CODES
14150 15150 14250 15250 14350 15350 Tank w/casing
L x W x Depth
w/casing w/casing w/casing
24 x 12 x 12 15 -0020 5/32 3/16 1/4 3/16 5/32 3/16 13 33
24 x 18 x 18 30 -0045 5/32 3/16 1/4 3/16 5/32 3/16 20 35

Stepped-flange tanks have a 1/2 in. flat that can be
Maximum Service 150°F 220°F 220°F 150°F 220°F
used to secure equipment support covers. Cover bolts Temperature 65°C 104°C 104°C 65°C 104°C
and gasket not included.
HINGE FOR
COVERS, HINGE LENGTH
Installed Hinges for FABCO Rectangular Tank Covers. Cat. No. 87500 inches
SIZE CODES
-0024 up to 24
Flexible PP hinge provides access to rectangular tanks with-
out completely removing cover. FABCO cuts the cover to your -2536 25 to 36
specifications then installs the hinge with stainless steel rivets.
-3748 37 to 48
Hinge length and exact location must be listed separately on
your purchase order. Check your rectangular tank’s dimen- -4960 49 to 60
sions to determine proper hinge length.
Hinges for Cylindrical Tanks are also available.
5-26
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS
R
O C
D U
FABCO vertical bulk storage tanks have a number of unique features. The entire FABCO vertical storage tanks have flat bottoms for easy installation. Smaller
line offers: tanks (550--1550 gallons) incorporate narrow diameter design for space-saving
bulk storage. This makes them economical for in-plant use.
• Sizes ranging from 550 gallons to 12,000 gallons
• Seamless construction Tanks are engineered for tough applications. They provide excellent low-tem-
• Leakproof design perature impact resistance and are UV stabilized for outdoor use.
• Mounting flats on the bottom portion of the tank (up to 4000 gal.)
• Choice of two resins (XLPE, HDPE) and two specific gravities (1.5, 1.9) Fittings and other accessories can be added as specified to meet your require-
• Tie-down lugs ments. Discuss options with your Fabco Representative.
• Translucent*; observable liquid level; tanks up to 12,000 gallons are gray
(XLPE) or natural (HDPE) NOTE: When factory-installed fittings are required, you must provide us with the
• Circular top head flat for fittings (excluding 550-gallon size) catalogue number for each fitting, catalogue number for each tank, and draw-
• Moulded-in graduations up to 4000 gallons. (90 in. diameter excluded) ings (freehand is acceptable) of each tank with its fitting(s).
• Several cover options
• ASTM D 1998-91†
F F
F
F
G G G
D G
D
G
D D
F
B C B C B C
B C
E B C
E E
E
A
A A A
550-GAL. TANK 850-,1100-, 1550-GAL. TANK A 3000-, 4000-GAL. TANK (90-in. DIA.) 5500-, 6500-, 8000-,
U.S. GALLONS U.S. GALLONS 2000-,2500-,3000-, 4000-GAL. TANK U.S. GALLONS 10,000-, 12,000-GAL. TANK
5 U.S. GALLONS U.S. GALLONS
U.S. Gallons
Vertical Tanks Vertical Tank Dimensions
TANK SIZE GRADUATIONS, XLPE HDPE WALL** APPROX. STANDARD
SPECIFIC PART PART THICKNESS WEIGHT COVER
U.S. Imp. U.S. Imp. GRAVITY PRICE PRICE
Gal. Gal. Gal. Gal.
NO. NO. inches Lbs. inches TANK
SIZE A B C D E F G
1.5 - - - - - U.S. Gal. inches inches inches inches inches inches inches
550 450 50 41
1.9 51309-0550 1,178.19 51109-0550 1,178.19 0.25 140 16
550 48 84 72 - 11 X 12 9 26
1.5 51305-0850 1,399.13 51105-0850 1,399.13 0.25 150 16
850 700 100 82
1.9 51309-0850 1,583.33 51109-0850 1,583.33 0.28 170 16 850 64 74 62 6 11 X 12 16 26
1.5 51305-1100 1,509.68 51105-1100 1,509.68 0.31 190 16
1100 900 100 82 1100 64 93 79 6 11 X 12 16 26
1.9 51309-1100 1,620.07 51109-1100 1,620.07 0.37 220 16
1.5 51305-1550 1,950.56 51105-1550 1,951.40 0.34 280 16 1550 64 127 113 6 11 X 12 16 26
1550 1270 100 82
1.9 51309-1550 2,485.29 51109-1550 2,485.29 0.41 415 16
2000 96 83 66 12 13 X 16 18 32
1.5 51305-2000 2,282.89 51105-2000 2,282.89 0.31 320 16
2000 1635 250 205
1.9 51309-2000 2,982.45 51109-2000 2,982.45 0.44 445 16 2500 96 99 82 12 13 X 16 18 32
1.5 51305-2500 3,148.12 51105-2500 3,148.12 0.38 430 16
2500 2045 250 205 3000 96 116 99 12 13 X 16 18 32
1.9 51309-2500 3,829.31 51109-2500 3,829.31 0.50 625 16
1.5 51305-3000 3,810.94 51105-3000 3,810.94 0.44 620 21

3000 90 126 109 9 7 X 9* 15 30
3000 2455 250 205 90-in dia.
1.9 51309-3000 4,786.55 51109-3000 4,786.55 0.56 800 21
4000 96 145 128 12 13 X 16 18 32
1.5 51305-3090 3,810.94 51105-3090 3,810.94 0.44 620 21
3000 2455 - -
90-in dia. 1.9 51309-3090 4,786.55 51109-3090 4,786.55 0.56 800 21 4000 90 162 145 9 7 X 9* 15 30
90-in dia.
1.5 51305-4000 5,615.04 51105-4000 5,615.04 0.56 850 21
4000 3275 250 205 5500 120 134 123 14 - 30 1/2 32
1.9 51309-4000 7,492.96 51109-4000 7,492.96 0.81 1100 21
1.5 51305-4090 5,615.04 51105-4090 5,615.04 0.56 850 21 6500 120 155 144 14 - 30 1/2 32
4000 3275 - -
90-in dia. 1.9 51309-4090 7,492.96 51109-4090 7,492.96 0.81 1100 21
5500 4500 - -
1.5 51305-5500 7,529.70 51105-5500 5,309.43 0.58 1100 21 *The minimum elevation for bottom outlet fittings is 9 inches. (6 inches
1.9 51309-5500 8,560.75 51109-5500 6,443.53 0.73 1600 21 for 90 in. diameter tanks) up to 3 in. diameter fitting.
1.5 51305-6500 8,910.45 51105-6500 7,732.27 0.69 1400 21
6500 5320 - -
1.9 51309-6500 9,610.02 51109-6500 9,536.37 0.87 1900 21
NOTE: On request, Fabco can have your bulk storage tank hydrosta-
**Wall thickness based on bottom side wall.
tically tested. This is available at an additional cost.
*Storage tanks with up to 3/4 in. wall thickness are translucent; however,
observation of liquid level depends on favourable light conditions, liquid
colour and a clean tank wall. NOTE: All dimensions noted on tank drawings are nominal. Vertical
†Available at additional cost. tanks do not include fittings, which must be ordered separate-
ly. Covers are included.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CONICAL-BOTTOM BULK STORAGE TANKS

R
O C
D U
Available in sizes from 1575 U.S. gallons to 8000 U.S. gallons; • Moulded-in tie-down lugs (1575, 2600, 6000 and 8000 gal. sizes)
these tanks are durable, chemical-resistant, and ideal for applications • Rugged steel stand with chemical-resistant coating
requiring complete drainage. All sizes are available in XLPE and • Moulded-in graduations on 1575 and 2600 gal. only.
HDPE. Tank features include: • Note: Welded fittings cannot be installed on XLPE tanks.
• Seamless, one-piece construction - 1.9 specific gravity
• UV inhibitor for sunlight protection *Storage tanks with up to 3/4 in. wall thickness are translucent; however, observation of liquid level depends
on favourable light conditions, liquid colour and a clean tank wall.
• Observable liquid level (translucent)*
G
L F
G
F
A F
F A
F
A
A A
B C K
B C K
B
C K B C K C K
B
D
D D D D
H H
H H H
I I
E I E E I I
E E
1575-U.S. GAL. TANK 2200-U.S. GAL. TANK 2600-U.S. GAL. TANK 3000-, 4200-U.S. GAL. TANKS 6000-, 8000-U.S. GAL. TANKS
NOTE: Bolted stand construction for field assembly. (refers to 6000- and 8000- sizes only)
5
CONICAL-BOTTOM TANKS AND STANDS/DIMENSIONS CONICAL-BOTTOM STANDS
TANKS APPROX.
TANK PART CONE
SIZE PRICE WEIGHT
SIZE A B C D E F G H I K L NO. ANGLE
Gal. Lbs.
Gal. inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches
1575 53009-1575 2,200.39 440 45°
1575 86 60 103 9 53 16 - 86 14 45 -
2200 53009-2200 2,307.77 400 30°
2200 96 74 105 8 40 24 10 97 14 59 -
2600 53009-2600 2,200.39 440 45°
2600 86 99 145 9 53 16 - 86 14 84 -
3000 53009-3000 2,307.77 400 30°
3000 90 117 140 8 38 21 10 90 14 102 28
4200 53009-4200 3,649.45 400 30°
4200 96 137 163 8 40 21 10 97 14 122 28
NOTE: Tanks and stands must be ordered individually.
NOTE: Maximum bottom outlet fitting up to 4200 gallons is 3 inches.
NOTE: “H” dimensions is total height of tank and stand.
CONICAL-BOTTOM TANKS
TANK SIZE XLPE HDPE XLPE XLPE STANDARD GRADUA-
SPECIFIC PART PART WALL APPROX. COVER TIONS,
PRICE PRICE
U.S. Imp. GRAVITY NO. NO. THICKNESS** WEIGHT inches Gal.
Gal. Gal. inches Lbs.
1575 1290 1.9 53309-1575 3,074.47 53109-1575 3,074.47 .50 450 16 50
2200 1800 1.9 53309-2200 3,810.94 53109-2200 3,810.94 .56 600 24 -
2600 2130 1.9 53309-2600 4,492.13 53109-2600 4,492.13 .57 700 16 50
3000 2455 1.9 53309-3000 5,246.81 53109-3000 5,246.81 .56 825 21 -
4200 3440 1.9 53309-4200 7,658.62 53109-4200 7,658.62 .88 1100 21 -
**Wall thickness based on bottom side wall.
5-28
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
HORIZONTAL STORAGE TANKS AND CRADLES
R
O C
D U
HDPE and XLPE Horizontal Tanks From 300 to 2500 Gallons

• Continuous service to 150° F/65° C • Excellent chemical resistance
• Factory installed bulkhead fittings available (welded fittings • Saddles or skids with cradles for secure support
not available on the tanks) • Large fill-wells
• 1.5 specific gravity minimum • Tight-fitting, secure covers
• Reinforcing ribs for added strength • Smooth seamless interior for easy cleaning
• Natural HDPE resin complies with U.S. FDA Reg. 177.1520 • Moulded-in calibrations
(see footnote #3) • Note: Welded fittings cannot be installed on XLPE tanks
• XLPE is excellent for outdoor storage of industrial chemicals
(not for food products)
C C C
C C
H H H
H
D
G G G
D D E E
G E D
E
E
B B B
B B
U
F F F F F
A A A A A
300 U.S. GAL. 500 U.S. GAL. 1.000 U.S. GAL. 1.650 U.S. GAL. 2.500 U.S. GAL.
CAT.
NO.
2240
SIZE
CODE
-0015
NOMINAL
CAPACITY,
U.S. Gal./
Litres
1 1/2
6
TIN GRAD.,
U.S. Gal./
Litres
1/4
1
NO. IN
CASE
6
PRICE/
Case
354.38
N
2240 -0025 2 1/2 1/4 6 402.35
10 1
O
2240 -0050 5 1 4 386.09
20 4
5 Steel Cradles with Skids
C
• 1000 and 1650 U.S. gallon tanks are mounted with coated steel
hoops that are inserted into moulded grooves and bolted to the skid.
S
• Complete steel support and framing for stationary mounting Hoops are made of rolled pipe with male threaded ends.
I
• Curved bottom cradle for total support Options:
• Cutout for sump exposure and fitting • Steel cradles with welded forklift channels
D
• Chemical-resistant paint • When tank and skid are ordered together, tank will be mounted to
• Complete with bands skid at factory
32 in Rad
C
B
19 in Rad
or
24 in Rad B
C
B
A A A
300 & 500 U.S. GAL. 2500 U.S. GAL. 1000 and 1650 U.S. GAL.
(Skid and hoops; tanks have moulded in legs
Footnote #3: The resins used in FABCO linear low- and high-density polyethylene and 176.170. Polypropylene meets all FDA food grade requirements except for use with Food
polypropylene tanks comply with U.S. Food and Drug Administration Regulation 177.1520. Type IV A (water-in-oil-emulsions) and Food Type V (low-moisture fats and oils). The food
Polyethylene meets all FDA food grade requirements, however this product is restricted to type definitions are listed in FDA CFR-21 176.120(C). The resin used in PVDF tanks com-
contacting food only of the types identified in 21 CFR 176.170 Table 1, under categories I, IV- plies with Regulation 121.2593.
B, VII-B, VIII, and under conditions of use B through H described in Table 2 of 21 CFR
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
POLYETHYLENE HORIZONTAL LEG TANKS

R
O C
D U
HORIZTONAL LEG POLYETHYLENE TANKS Features and Benefits

• Economical (no saddles or cradles)
New cost-efficient design makes installation easy • Moulded of natural high-density polyethylene (HDPE) for applica-
and can save you money. tions with FDA requirements (i.e. potable water)
New FABCO horizontal tanks with moulded legs conveniently • Moulded of UV-stabilzed XLPE for outdoor chemical storage
mount on flat surfaces without any additional support. Eliminating FRP • Sturdy, self-supporting construction
saddles and steel cradles allows easy installation and provides signif- • Wide selection of available fittings.
icant cost reduction. Most fittings are factory installed before shipping. • Up to 1.5 specific gravity service
Note: Welded fitting cannot be installed on XLPE tanks. • Maximum operating temperature to 150°F/65°C
G B
D E
A
RESIN COLOUR PRODUCT
Cross-Linked High-Density
Natural Tanks
Polyethylene (XLPE)
High-Density Polyethylene
(HDPE)
Low-Density Polyethylene
(LDPE)
Polypropylene (PP)
* FABCO recommends all fittings be factory installed.
Natural Tanks and Carboys 5
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT BASINS
• UV-stabilized black HDPE for outdoor use
HDPE Secondary Containment Basins, black • Tapered walls for easy nesting
• Rib and steel spreader bar divides 218-in. length into two equal
Designed as durable barriers between storage tanks and the environ- sections (1750- and 3500-gal. basins only)
ment, these secondary containment basins feature:
L X
H
W
SIDE VIEW (square basin) Typical Containment Basin
with Tank in Place
TOP VIEW (square basin)
HDPE Secondary Containment Basins, black

WALL
CAPACITY LXWXH X DIMENSION Y DIMENSION PART WEIGHT
PRICE THICKNESS
Gal. inches inches inches NO. Lbs.
inches
375 66 x 66 x 24 56 1/2 56 1/2 59040-0375 568.80 .220 100
495 69 x 69 x 28 1/2 59 1/2 59 1/2 59040-0495 817.47 .250 125
950 85 x 85 x 48 69 69 59040-0950 1,896.29 .375 320
1650 99 x 99 x 53 85 85 59040-1650 2,343.51 .375 400
1750 218 x 108 x 21 94 203 59040-1750 3,202.23 .500 580
3500 218 x 108 x 40 94 203 59040-3500 5,688.69 .500 1020
NOTE: Basin walls are tapered; be sure to reference outside tank dimensions. Contact your local regulatory
body for approval before selecting secondary containment basins because of varying requirements.
5-30
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
GUIDELINES FOR INSTALLATION OF BULK TANKS
R
O C
D U
File Information Tank “Tie Downs”

Keep this information in an accessible file relat- For severe wind, loading or seismic activity, the
ing to your equipment. The tank’s serial number, tank should be anchored to the site using the
supplier, and purchase and installation date are molded tie-down lugs. Avoid excessive tension on
important reference information. the lugs, since the tank must be free to move as it
expands or contracts. See Figure 6.
Horizontal Tanks
Horizontal tanks must be supported with a full Figure 6
cradle that supports the bottom one-third of the
tank circumference (2500-gal. cradle supports two- Tie-down lug
thirds of the tank circumference) for its entire
length. Use retaining bands to prevent tank from
slipping in the cradle or saddle. See Figure 7.
Horizontal leg tanks (up to 500 gallons) can be
mounted on a strong, flat supporting surface
(1000, 1650 and 2500 gallon tanks require skids). Restraint
cable
Figure 7
Base
Plate
Lateral tank restraint... Cable type with base plates
Your project engineer should determine specific

requirements for your installation. For seismic
restraint information, contact FABCO.
Horizontal
5
Miscellaneous
If specific application is to change, be sure to
check chemical compatibility of tank, fitting and
gasket. Misapplication can void tank warranty.
Polyethylene tanks may slightly expand and con-
tract. This should not cause undue concern, pro-
vided the specific gravity of the liquid is below the
specific gravity rating of the tank.
Conical-Bottom Tanks
Conical-bottom tanks 4,200 gallons and smaller
are shipped fully assembled with stands. These
tanks must have a concrete foundation.
See Figure 8.
Figure 8
Six Sulphuric Acid Cooling Towers, Supplied and

Installed at a Zinc Refinery in Tasmania
Conical Bottom
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CARBOYS AND DISPENSING EQUIPMENT

R
O C
D U
Choose from FABCO's wide selection of rugged, lightweight portable containers and accessories for handling industrial materials.
Sold in case lots only.
IMPORTANT NOTE – POLYPROPYLENE PRODUCTS! WARNING:

• Before autoclaving any polypropylene carboy, always remove or com- • Do not use FABCO bottles, carboys or other containers under pressure
pletely disengage the closure to prevent collapse of the carboy when or vacuum, except those products that are specifically designed and test-
cooling. ed for these applications. The application of pressure or vacuum to prod-
• Although plastics, in general, are extremely durable, some plastics may ucts not designed for such use may result in eventual failure of the prod-
break under certain conditions. At room temperature, polypropylene is ucts, damage to property, or personal injury.
brittle and may crack or break if dropped from roughly three (3) feet or • Before storing flammable liquids in any FABCO container, consult the fire
higher. codes applicable in your area.
Carboys with Handles

• LDPE with white PP screw closure NOMINAL
BRIM CAP., NO.
• Excellent for storing and shipping CAT. SIZE SHOULDER
U.S. gal/litres IN
PRICE/
NO. CODE CAP., Each
applications U.S. gal/litres
(Approx.) CASE
• Wide shoulder handles for easy carry- 2210 -0020 2 1/2 / 10 3 1/4 / 12 1/2 6 494.98
ing and pouring 2210 -0040 4 / 15 4 3/4 / 18 4 399.87
• Leakproof 2210 -0050 5 1/2 / 20 6 1/8 / 23 4 456.44
• Closure size is 83B 2210 -0065 6 1/2 / 25 7 3/8 / 28 4 563.10
• Graduated in US gallons and litres 2210 -0130 13 / 50 14 1/4 / 54 4 251.26
Carboys with Handles

• PP with white PP screw closure
• Identical in design to Cat. No. 2210, NOMINAL
BRIM CAP., NO. Cat. No. 2210
CAT. SIZE SHOULDER PRICE/
but of autoclavable polypropylene NO. CODE CAP.,
U.S. gal/litres IN
Each
(Approx.) CASE
• Leakproof U.S. gal/litres
• Closure size is 83B 2250 -0020 2 1/2 / 10 12 1/2 6 610.24

• Excellent for storing distilled water 2250 -0050 5 1/2 / 20 24 4 581.49
• Graduated in US gallons and litres 2250 -0130 13 / 50 55 4 310.66
Amber Carboy
Opaque, amber high-density polyethylene carboy meets U.S. Pharmacopoeia Light Transmission
5
Test (USP XXII, 661) requirements for storage of light–sensitive materials. Excellent for mixing and
storing photosensitive chemicals, reagents, buffers and standards. Leakproof with uniform wall thick-
ness and smooth interior – no inside seam where contents can accumulate and contaminate your
next sample. Unique flat bottom allows use for applications using a stir bar.
CAT. NO. 2256 -0020
Brim cap., litres/US gal. 12.1 / 3.2

Nom. shoulder cap., litres/US gal. 10 / 2.5
No. in case 6
Price $/each 546.37
Cat. No. 2256
Carboys with Sanitary Flange

Standard FABCO carboys with an installed 1 1/2–inch sanitary fitting welded in for use as a dis-
pensing port. Fitting is located on side near bottom and provides a secure hook–up allowing the car-
boy to be used as a supply reservoir to a larger system such as a fermentor or chromatography col-
umn . Molded in autoclavable PP. All materials are non-cytotoxic and pass USP Class VI Biosafety
Evaluation. Leakproof. Closure size is 83B (83 mm). Not recommended for use with hazardous mate-
rials. Accept No. 13 1/2 rubber stopper. Before autoclaving, just set cap or closure on top of contain-
er without engaging the threads.
CAT. NO. 2640 -0020 -0050 -0130
Nom. shoulder cap., litres/US gal. 10 / 2 1/2 20 / 5 1/2 50 / 13

Brim cap., litre (approx.) 12.5 24 55
Price $/each 442.18 468.82 589.03 Cat. No. 2640
5-32
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Large Wide–Mouth Square Bottle

High–density polyethylene with polypropylene
CAT. NO. 2123 -0010
closure. Molded–in handgrips provide greater
convenience and safety when pouring. Excellent Approx. brim cap., litres/US gal. 4 1/4 / 1 1/8
for collecting, storing and transporting dry chem- Dim., mm 279 x 140 x 140
icals, environmental samples, reagents and dis- in. 11 x 5 1/2 x 5 1/2
tilled water. Square shape saves space and wide Closure size, mm 100
mouth allows easy access to contents. 100–mm Price $/case 212.61
closure is leakproof.
Cat. No. 2123
Wide–Mouth Carboys with Handles

• LDPE with white PP screw closure NOMINAL
BRIM CAP.,
• Wide mouth for easy filling and pouring CAT. SIZE SHOULDER
U.S. gal./litres
NO IN PRICE/
NO. CODE CAP CASE Case
• Wide shoulder handles U.S. gal./litres
(Approx.)
• Leakproof 2234 -0020 2 1/2 / 10 3 1/4 / 12 6 488.85

• Closure size is 100 mm 2234 -0030 4 / 15 4 3/4 / 18 6 590.32
• Graduated in US gallons and litres 2234 -0050 5 1/2 / 20 6 1/8 / 23 4 450.79
Cat. No. 2234
FABCO Dispensing Carboys

All FABCO carboys with spigot feature the FABCO quick-action spigot for positive flow control, leak–proof oper-
ation. The polypropylene spigot takes tubing with 5/8–in. I. D.
A tubing adapter is included, which takes tubing with 1/4–in. or 5/16–in. I.D. The spigot screws onto a boss which is
molded into the carboy to prevent leakage. Only fits FABCO carboys (1 1/8–in x 12–in. straight female threads).
Carboys with Spigot
5 • LDPE with white PP spigot and screw closure
• Leakproof
• For collecting and dispensing distilled water
CAT.
NO.
SIZE
CODE
NOMINAL
SHOULDER
CAP
U.S. gal./litres
BRIM CAP.,
U.S. gal./litres
(Approx.)
CLOSURE
SIZE
mm
NO IN
CASE
PRICE/
Case
and acids 2318 -0010 1/4 4 1/8 38-430 6 680.84

• Four largest sizes have wide shoulder han- 2318 -0020 2 1/2 / 10 12 83B 6 977.35
dles for easy carrying 2318 -0050 5 1/2 / 20 22 1/2 83B 4 780.54
• Closure size is 83B 2318 -0065 6 1/2 / 25 27 1/2 83B 1 222.27
• Graduated in US gallons and litres 2318 -0130 13 / 50 54 83B 1 336.71 Cat. No. 2318
Clearboys™ Transparent Carboys with Spigot

• PC with white PP spigots and screw closures
NOMINAL
• Transparent CAT. SIZE SHOULDER
BRIM CAP.,
NO IN PRICE/
U.S. gal./litres
• Extremely tough NO. CODE CAP CASE Case
(Approx.)
U.S. gal./litres
• Autoclavable when empty
2317 -0020 2 1/2 / 10 12 4 1,004.22
• Leakproof, with nontoxic gasket
2317 -0050 5 1/2 / 20 22 1/2 4 1,301.09
• Closure size is 83B
• Graduated in US gallons and litres
Cat. No. 2317
Carboys with Spigot

• PP with white PP spigot and screw closure NOMINAL
BRIM CAP.,
• Autoclavable CAT. SIZE SHOULDER
U.S. gal./litres
NO IN PRICE/
NO. CODE CAP CASE Case
• Excellent chemical resistance U.S. gal./litres
(Approx.)
• Leakproof with non-toxic gasket 2319 -0020 2 1/2 / 10 12 6 1,093.44

• Closure size is 83B 2319 -0050 5 1/2 / 20 22 1/2 4 913.24
• Graduated in US gallons and litres 2319 -0130 13 / 50 54 1 401.88
Cat. No. 2319

B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
Rectangular Carboys
• HDPE with white PP screw closure NOMINAL
• Molded–in graduations in gallons and litres CAT. SIZE SHOULDER DIMENSIONS, NO IN PRICE/
NO. CODE CAP inches CASE Case
• Molded–in handgrips on 5-US gal. size U.S. gal./litres
• Built–in shoulder loops with sturdy stainless 2211 -0020 2/9 8 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 13 1/2 6 523.15
steel handle attached 2211 -0050 5 / 20 12 1/2 x 8 5/8 x 15 4 511.25
• Wide mouth for easy filling
• Leakproof
• 100–mm screw closure
Cat. No. 2211
Autoclavable Rectangular Carboys

Polypropylene with polypropylene screw closure. Space-saving carboys molded in tough, autoclavable
polypropylene. Ideal for storing solutions, media and sterile water. Especially useful for handling large volumes
of powders and other solid samples. 3 1/2–in. neck opening. Sturdy stainless steel handle attached to mold-
ed–in shoulder loops. Calibrated in litres and gallons. Leakproof.
NOTE: Before autoclaving, just set cap or closure on top of the container without engaging the threads
CAT. NO. 2212 -0020 -0050
Nom. cap. litres/US gal. 9/2 20 / 5

Dim., mm/in. 216 x 146 x 356 / 8 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 14 318 x 219 x 381 / 12 1/2 x 8 5/8 x 15
No. in case
Price $/each
6
700.99
4
667.75 Cat. No. 2212 5
Rectangular Carboys with Spigot

• HDPE with white PP spigot and 100–mm NOMINAL
BRIM CAP.,
screw closure CAT. SIZE SHOULDER
U.S. gal./litres
NO. PRICE/
NO. CODE CAP IN CASE Case
(Approx.)
• Molded–in graduations in US gallons and U.S. gal./litres
litres 2320 -0020 2/9 8 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 14 6 980.30
• Very good chemical resistance 2320 -0050 5 / 20 12 1/2 x 8 5/8 x 15 4 817.66
• Molded–in handgrips on US 5–gal. size
• Sturdy stainless steel handle
Cat. No. 2320
Lowboys™
• HDPE with PP screw closure NOMINAL
BRIM CAP.,
• Low–profile design fits on shelves, in CAT. SIZE SHOULDER
U.S. gal./litres
NO. PRICE/
NO. CODE CAP IN CASE Case
refrigerators U.S. gal./litres
(Approx.)
• Can be stacked up to three high 2323 -0008 2/8 6 1/2 x 14 1/2 x 12 4 645.36
• Leakproof 2323 -0015 4 / 15 8 x 14 1/2 x 14 1/2 4 738.35 Cat. No. 2323
• Closure size is 63 mm
Lowboys™ – Nalgene Industrial Product Group
5-34
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
SINKS AND DISPENSING EQUIPMENT
R
O C
D U
Jerricans
• HDPE with PP screw closure NOMINAL
GRAD.,
CAT. SIZE CAPACITY, NO. IN PRICE/
• Rugged, heavy-duty design and material NO. CODE U.S. Gal./
U.S. Gal./
CASE Case
• Integral spout for accurate pouring Litres
Litres
• Molded-in graduations in gallons and litres 1 1/2 1/4
2240 -0015 6 354.38
• Recessed bottom provides second handgrip for 6 1
pouring
2240 -0025 2 1/2 1/4 6 402.35
• Leakproof
10 1
• Closure size is 53B
• Graduated in gallons and litres 2240 -0050 5 1 4 386.09
20 4 Cat. No. 2240
Bucket with Graduations

• White HDPE CAT SIZE NO. PRICE/
• More durable than a hard rubber bucket NO. CODE IN CASE Case
• Handle and wide-lipped pour spout for the tough- 7002 -0025 6 701.88
est service requirements
• Graduated in pints and litres
• 2 1/2 U.S. gal. capacity
Cat. No. 7002
SINKS/LABORATORY
Corrosion-Resistant Plastic Sinks
Black polyethylene sinks are molded in one piece with rounded corners for easy cleaning and complete drainage.
Stainless Steel Sink Frames for Flanged Sinks

Flanged Sinks • For flush sink installation
• Sturdy 1 1/4 in. flange; tapered sides E
• Include convenient mounting clips and bolts
• 1/4 in. wall thickness • Tight seal prevents mold build-up and countertop
11/4"
• Easily installed either flush or below bench level decomposition
5 • Integral waste fitting with 1 1/2 in. male straight C

D
A
threads (11-1/2 threads per inch) H
• Strainer and plug included SINK
• Ideal for factory or lab G
COUNTERTOP
SINK
FRAME
99101–99115
SINK SHIPPING SINK FRAMES

A B C D E F G H DRAIN
Cat. No. & PRICE WEIGHT Cat. No. & PRICE
inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches LOCATION
Size Code Lbs. Size Code
99102-1410 231.80 14 10 6 16 1/2 12 1/2 8 1/4 4 4 Corner 4 99801-1410 123.18

99103-1586 428.06 16 8 7 18 1/2 10 1/2 9 1/4 3 3 Corner 4 99801-1586 123.18
99104-1606 392.52 16 6 6 18 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 7 3/4 2 3/4 Center 4 99801-1606 123.18
99105-1608 498.23 16 16 8 18 1/2 18 1/2 11 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 Corner 7 99801-1608 133.29
99106-1812 450.43 18 12 8 20 1/2 14 1/2 12 4 4 Corner 8 99801-1812 123.18
99107-1815 284.23 18 15 12 20 1/2 17 1/2 14 1/4 4 4 Corner 10 99801-1815 133.29
99110-2118 351.37 21 18 10 23 1/2 20 1/2 14 4 4 Corner 11 99801-2118 137.58
99111-2317 668.91 23 18 12 25 1/2 20 1/2 14 1/4 4 4 Corner 12 99801-2317 137.58
99114-2820 682.39 28 20 9 30 1/2 22 1/2 12 4 4 Corner 11 99801-2820 126.24
99115-3117 827.33 31 17 10 33 1/2 19 1/2 13 1/2 4 4 Corner 15 99801-3117 126.24
Cup Sinks
• Black PP B
• Integral waste fitting with 1 1/2 in. male straight threads
• Excellent chemical and corrosion resistance
C
• Seamless, leakproof construction A
APPROX. Male thread

CAT. NO. & A B C D SHIPPING
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL PRICE
SIZE CODES inches inches inches inches WEIGHT
Lbs. D
99242-0906 9 in. x 3 in. Oval Cup PP 8 1/2 10 1/2 5 1/2 4 3/8 1 122.57
99242-0603 6 in. x 3 in. Oval Cup PP 8 7/16 7 4 3/8 3 7/8 1 94.99
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
DILUTION AND ACID NEUTRALIZATION TANKS

R
O C
D U
Thousands of installations have proven the suitability of polyolefin acid waste marble chips, 1” – 3" dia., with a high calcium carbonate equivalent content in
drainage systems for handling really tough effluents. Our expanded line of poly- excess of 85%. Water added to the tank helps to dilute the chemical bearing
olefin neutralization tanks complements these waste systems whether they be wastes. In operation, as acids percolate up through the tank, they read chemi-
polypropylene or polyethylene. These heavy–duty tanks are built to withstand cally with the limestone to become neutral salts, water and carbon dioxide. A
the heat of neutralization and the corrosive attack of acids, alkalies, toxic or word of caution: since there are many variables affecting neutralization and dilu-
other types of chemical wastes. tion of chemicals discharged through a system, professional assistance should
be employed in analyzing the effluent, recommending appropriate equipment
They are rugged and easy to install. A complete selection of inlet and outlet and necessary maintenance services.
adapters permits connection to any piping material. See "How To Order" below.
NOTE: Inexpensive limestone or marble chunks may be used in neutraliza-
FUNCTION: FABCO dilution/neutralization tanks are designed to dilute and tion tanks. Successful neutralization involves many factors. including rate, vol-
neutralize harmful wastes that may be discharged from laboratories, industrial ume, composition and temperature of effluent, length of exposure to limestone
processes or any other polluting sources. Even when harmful wastes are des- and surface area of limestone. Because effective neutralization is a complex
tined for a chemical treatment plant or municipal water treatment facility, these process, FABCO recommends that a professional engineer analyze the efflu-
tanks can still be useful in diluting the polluted effluent, thereby reducing the bur- ent, suggest appropriate equipment and prescribe necessary maintenance ser-
den of treatment placed upon such plants or facilities. vices before ordering neutralization tanks. Do not bury these tanks.
OPERATION: The neutralization medium can be either lump limestone or
HOW TO ORDER
1. Select your capacity. 2. Determine inlet and outlet locations. 3. Choose connecting adapters
Order Cat. No. 97100 and appropriate Size FABCO offers standard positions or you to be installed on the inlet and outlet.
Code. can specify dimensions A, B and C to suit
your application (see diagram below).
Your total cost will be: the tank with cover plus factory–installed inlets and outlets with connecting adapters.
Dilution and Neutralization Tanks Inlets and Outlets

These heavy–duty black polyethylene tanks offer service to 150°F/65˚C. The price of each inlet and outlet is added to the price of the tank for the total
Large opening for easy access. Complete with bolt–down cover, gasket and price. Inlets include: connecting adapters and dip pipe. If a vent is required,
stainless steel nuts, bolts and washers. You must specify connecting order any outlet listed in the chart shown.
adapters for inlets and outlets; see below. Tanks do not include fittings.
INLET & OUTLET POSITIONS APPROX.
CAT. NO. TANK I.D. x
MAX.
Standard Tank SHIPPING
PRICES
CAP., INLET &
97100
Gal.
INT. HEIGHT
OUTLET A B C WEIGHT PRICE ON
Size Codes inches lbs.
inches inches inches inches REQUEST
-0005 5 11 x 16 2 2 13 11 7 520.91
-0015 15 15 x 24 3 2 19 17 13 1/2 735.40 MATERIAL:
OUTLET
18 1/2 -H.D.Black Molded
-0030 30 17 x 32 3 3 24 21 857.97 B
-0055
-0100
55
100
22 x 33
24 x 48
4
4
3
3
25
42
21
38
28
50
1,072.46
1,869.15
Polyethylene Tanks.
-Natural Polyethylene
Tanks also available.
C
5
-0150 150 30 x 48 4 6 39 35 78 1/2 2,298.13
A
-0200 200 36 x 48 6 6 39 35 136 2,635.19
-0250 250 42 x 48 6 6 40 38 172 3,339.95
-0350 350 48 x 48 6 6 38 34 200 3,922.14 Specify Connecting Adapters
-0500 500 52 x 60 6 6 53 49 340 4,872.03
-1000 1000 69 x 84 6 6 74 69 500 8,426.47
Square Dilution and Neutralization Tanks

Flange (drilled to 150 NPT female threads
lb. ASA) to male IPS threads
96402, 93402 99842, 93842
SIZE INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET

SIZE
PIPE CAT. NO. CAT. NO. CAT. NO. CAT. NO.
CODE
inches 96402 93402 99842 93842
-0150 1 1/2 409.42 197.29 341.18 93.34
BAFFLE PLATE -0200 2 496.40 207.54 413.66 109.25
OUTLET
-0300 3 814.95 260.57 679.19 199.05
-0400 4 986.07 319.62 821.67 304.06
C -0600 6 1,597.73 678.83 1,331.50 P.O.R.
WATER
INLET
INLET
A B
Plain end pipe NPT female threads

CAPACITY SIZE (inches) connection to male IPS threads
PART
Imp. PRICE 92802, 92803 99842, 93842
NO.
Gal. Litres A B C SIZE SIZE
CODE PIPE INLET OUTLET INLET OUTLET
SQ 35 170 24 24 24 P.O.R.
inches CAT NO. CAT NO. CAT NO. CAT NO.
SQ65 85 380 36 36 24 P.O.R. 92802 92803 96852 93852
SQ140 140 630 36 36 36 P.O.R. -0150 1 1/2 341.18 164.40 341.18 164.40
SQ220 220 1000 36 48 36 P.O.R. -0200 2 413.66 172.89 413.66 172.89
SQ250 250 1130 48 48 36 P.O.R. -0300 3 679.19 217.08 679.19 217.08
-0400 4 821.67 266.23 821.67 266.23
Material of Construction - Polypropylene, Fabricated at time of order -0600 6 1,331.50 565.69 1,331.50 565.69
5-36
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO / SIMONA PLASTIC SHEETING
R
O C
D U
FABCO’s association with Simona, the foremost quality extrusion

company, offers you the broadest range of industrial plastic sheeting,
rods and tubes. Only the highest grades of resins are used to pro-
duce consistent superior finish and corrosion resistant sheeting.
Compare the following production range:
NOMINAL
GRAD.,
CAT. SIZE CAPACITY, NO. IN PRICE/
U.S. Gal./
NO. CODE U.S. Gal./ CASE Case
Litres
Litres
2240 -0015 1 1/2 1/4 6 354.38

6 1
2240 -0025 2 1/2 1/4 6 402.35

10 1
2240 -0050 5 1 4 386.09

20 4
Call FABCO for complete pricing and availability.
Simona program of products

Polyvinylchloride Rigid (PVC) Polypropylene (PP)
Type of Material
CAW MZ GLAS SIMOCEL-AS COPLAST-AS DWU DWST PPs
Properties flame retardant acc. to flame retardant, flame retardant acc. to flame retardant acc. to Composite material of low spec. gravity applicable up to low spec. gravity,
DIN 4102 B1, impact increased impact DIN 4102 B1 normal DIN 4102 B1 excellent PVC-U and PVC-foamed, 100°C, physiologically acceptable, can applicable up to 100°C,
resistant, can be vacu- strength acc. to DIN 16 impact strength, light print characteristics, dust repellant due to anti- be vacuum formed, no water absorp- flame retardant acc. to
um formed, resistant to 927, can be vacuum transmission up to 89% dust repellant due to static execution, self extin- tion DIN 4102 B1, can be
light and water formed, high resistance depending on thickness antistatic execution, guishing, high rigidity with vacuum formed, no
to light and weather, high rigidity with low low weight, sound and PP-DWU: water absorption
heat insulation resistance
therefore ideal for out- PVC-GLAS-UV: weight, can be vacuum high heat stability
to light and weather,
door applications UV-stabilized, high formed, water absorp- excellent print characteris-
weather resistance tion about 1.0% tics, dust repellant due to
antistatic execution
Technical data
Density g/cm3 1.42 1.42 1.37 0.75 0.70 0.91 0.90 0.95
DIN 53 479
Yield stress
58 52 74 19 17 32 30 32
N mm2 DIN 53 455
Elongation at yield
4 4 4 3 4 8 8 8
%DIN 53 455
Elongation at break % 15 20 11 10 10 70 70 70
Flexural-E-modulus
3000 2800 3400 1000 1000 1200 1200 1300
N/mm2 DIN 53 457
Impact strength
without break without break without break 11 25 without break without break without break
kJ/m2 DIN 53 453
Notched impact strength
4 10 2 - - 7 7 6
kJ/m2 DIN 53 453
Ball indentation hardness
6
130 110 140 10 16 70 70 70
N/mm2 DIN 53 456
Shore hardness D
82 77 83 50 65 72 70 72
DIN 53 505
Average thermal coefficient of elongation
0.8 •10-4 1.0 •10-4 0.8 •10-4 0.8 •10-4 0.83 •10-4 1.6 •10-4 1.6 •10-4 1.6 •10-4
K-1 DIN 53 752 (°C-1)
Thermal conductivity W/mk
0.159 0.159 0.159 0.067* 0.068 0.22 0.22 0.22
DIN 52 612
Flame retardancy
B1 B2 (K1) B1 B1 B1** B2 B2 B1
DIN 4102
Dielectric strength
39 34 30 11 46 52 58 22
kV/mm DIN 53 481
Surface resistance ≤1012 according to
Ohm DIN 53 482 1013 1014 1014 1014 1014 1014 1014
atmospheric moisture
Temperature range °C 0 to +60 -20 to +60 0 to +60 0 to +60 0 to +60 0 to +100 0 to +100 0 to +100
Chemcial resistance high resistance against acids and alkalis high resistance against acids, alkalis and solvents
Physiologically acceptable no no no no no yes yes no
Welding yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
Glueing, glassfibre reinforcing yes yes yes yes yes possible with coated sheets
Lacquering, printing yes yes yes yes yes only after preparatory treatment
Hot forming good good very good possible conditional good good good
chemical apparatus, chemical apparatus, chemical apparatus, advertising, chemical apparatus, laboratories, ven- ventilation technics
laboratories, advertising and signs, mechanical engineer- photo mounting, stand construction signs and tilation ducts, ventilators, water treat-
electrical industry, construction industry, ing, display, sales promotion, door panels, casing ment plants, food processing industry,
Applications advertising, mechanical engineer- electrical industry,
* measured at test specimen of 6 mm thickness
cutting pads, cases folders,
construction industry ing advertising and signs PP pipes for aggressive media and
** sheets 10 mm thickness only on request avail-
higher temperatures
able
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO / SIMONA PLASTIC SHEETING

R
O C
D U
Standard Types
PVC–CAW chemical resistant, apparatus engineering, PE–HWU high heat resistant, UV–stabilized
weather stabilized PE–HWST high heat resistant, standard
PVC–D especially for printing sector PE–HML 500 high molecular
PVC–MZ medium PE–HMG 1000 ultra high molecular
PVC–GLAS luminous transmittance up to 88% PVDF Polyvinylidenfluoride
PVC–GLAS–UV UV–stabilized PVDF–SK with stretch backing
SIMOCEL–AS foamed PVC
COPLAST–AS co–extruded PVC-foam transPET transparent thermoplastic copolyester
SIMOCEL–AS COLOR
COPLAST COLOR ORTHOPLAS thermoplastic copolymer for orthopaedic parts
PP–DWU permanent heat resistant
PP–DWU–SK with stretch backing for direct laminating ethylene–chlorotrifluorethylene
E–CTFE
PP-DWST permanent heat resistant, standard with glass–fabric laminated
E–CTFE–GK
PP–C–PK PP copolymer with PP stretch backing
PPs flame retardant
High Density Polyethylene (PE-HD) Polyvinyliden-

Type of Material fluoride transPET ORTHOPLAS E-CTFE
HWU HWST HML 500 HMG 1000 (PVDF)
Properties low spec. gravity, physiologically accept- low spec. gravity, high low spec. gravity, high- flame retardant acc. to high transparence, physiologically accept- excellent chemical
able, no water absorption, can be vacu- molecular weight, est molecular weight, DIN 4102 B1, physio- physiologically acceptable, can be easily resistance and weath-
um formed, shock-proof and impact physiologically accept- in colour natural physi- logically acceptable, able, food safe, can be vacuum formed, good er resistance, physio-
excellently thermo- resistance against
resistant able, no water absorp- ologically acceptable, extremely resistant to formed and vacuum organic and diluted logically acceptable,
tion, high impact no water absorption, nearly all chemicals, formed, good resis- inorganic acids, nearly very good electrical
PE-HWU: strength, good sliding extremely high impact can be vacuum tance against diluted no attrition, can be insulation properties,
especially UV-stabilized for outdoor use properties, abrasion strength, good sliding formed, high mechani- organic and inorganic welded and glued, can high resistance
resistance properties, high abra- cal strength values, acids, can be welded be easily glass-fibre against stress cracking
and bonded, ecologi- reinforced and thermo-
sion resistance good radioresistance cally formed
Technical data
Density g/cm3 0.95 0.945 0.95 0.94 1.78 1.27 0.95 1.69
DIN 53 479
Yield stress N/mm2 DIN 53 455 22 22 28 22 56 52 30 31
Elongation at yield
9 9 8 10 10 7 - 3
%DIN 53 455
Elongation at break % 300 500 300 350 22 75 250 125
Flexural-E-modulus
800 750 850 800 1950 2000 380 1700
N/mm2 DIN 53 457
Impact strength
without break without break without break without break without break without break without break
kJ/m2 DIN 53 453
Notched impact strength
12 13 50 without break 12 15 - -
kJ/m2 DIN 53 453
Ball indentation hardness
40 43 45 40 120 - 26 56
N/mm2 DIN 53 456
6
Shore hardness D
63 62 66 64 78 76 60 72
DIN 53 505
Average thermal coefficient of elongation
1.8 •10-4 1.8 •10-4 1.8 •10-4 1.3 •10-4 0.8 •10-4 1.5 •10-4 5 •10-4
K-1 DIN 53 752 (°C-1)
Thermal conductivity W/mk
0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.14 - 0.30* 0.15
DIN 52 612
Flame retardancy
B2 B2 B2 B2 B1 B2 B2 B1
DIN 4102
Dielectric strength
47 50 44 44 25 16* - -
kV/mm DIN 53 481
Surface resistance
Ohm DIN 53 482 1014 1014 1014 1014 1013 1014* - 1015
Temperature range °C -50 to +80 -100 to +80 -260 to +80 -50 to +140 - - -76 to +150
resistant to diluted resistant to organic

extremely resistant to very good resistance
Chemcial resistance high resistance against acids, alkalis and solvents acids and leaches, and diluted inorganic
nearly all chemicals against chemicals
soaps, oils, alcohols acids
Physiologically yes
yes yes* yes* yes yes yes no
acceptable acc. to BGA (in colour natural)*
Welding yes yes yes possible ues yes yes yes
possible with coated

Glueing, glassfibre reinforcing yes yes yes
sheets
only after prepatory treatment
Lacquering, printing yes yes yes yes
Hot forming good good possible - good excellent very good good
chemical apparatus and electroplating industry, lining of bunkers and silos, quarries and mines, any applications where chemical apparatus, Production of orthesis Radiation protection,
laboratories, mechanical engineering, refrigera- paper industry, mechanical engineering, food high standards of tem- medical applications, and prothesis storage tanks, tank con-
tors, food processing industry, meat industry, processing industry, freezing technics, bottling perature and chemical food industry electron- struction for picking
*literature values plants, pumps for paper
Applications push-pull pallets, Type HWV for orthopaedic lines resistance are ic industry, sanitary
industry, cyclones and
parts required ware and decoration centrifuges
PE-HD pipes generally applicable section
*literature values
6-2
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
TECHNICAL DATA FOR PLASTIC WELDING
R
O C
D U
Guide Values – Hot Gas Welding

Speed cm/min
temperature
air measured in the
Material
l/min welding nozzle circular nozzle high-speed welding nozzle
°C
Ø3 mm Ø4 mm Ø3 mm Ø4 mm
PE
-HWU, -HWST 60 to 70 300 to 340 10 to 15 appr. 10 50 to 60 40 to 50
-HWU-B 60 to 70 300 to 340 10 to 15 appr. 10 50 to 60 40 to 50
-HML 500 60 to 70 270 to 300 - - 25 to 30 20 to 25
-HMG 1000 - - - - - -
PP
-DWU, -DWST 60 to 70 280 to 320 appr. 10 <10 50 to 60 40 to 50
-DWU-B 60 to 70 280 to 320 appr. 10 <10 50 to 60 40 to 50
PPs 60 to 70 280 to 320 appr. 10 <10 50 to 60 40 to 50
PVDF 60 to 70 360 to 400 10 to 15 ca. 10 40 to 50 30 to 40
PVC
-MZ 50 to 60 360 to 380 15 to 20 ca. 15 50 to 70 40 to 60
-GLAS 50 to 60 350 to 360 15 to 20 ca. 15 60 to 80 50 to 70
-CAW 50 to 60 380 to 400 15 to 20 ca. 15 60 to 80 50 to 70
PVC-COPLAST-AS 45 to 50 340 to 360 20 to 25 15 to 20 appr. 100 appr. 75
PVC-SIMOCEL-AS 45 to 50 340 to 360 20 to 25 15 to 20 appr. 100 appr. 75
Guide Values – Heated Tool Welding

sheet adaptation pre-heating changing time to full cooling
thickness over time pressure
temp bead height pressure time pressure pressure time
Material mm °C mm N/mm2 sec N/mm2 sec sec N/mm2 min
3 45 3 3
>0 0.1 0.01 <3 0.3
4 60 4 4
225 to 230
5 75 5 5
>0 0.1 0.01 <3 0.3
6 90 6 6
PVC
8 120 8 8
-CAW >0 0.1 0.01 <3 0.3
10 150 10 10
12 220 to 225 12 12
15 >0 0.1 180 to 225 0.01 <3 15 0.3 15
20 20 20
3 75 3 4.5
205 to 210 1 0.1 0.01 <3 0.1
4 100 4 6
PP 5 125 5 7.5
-DWU 200 to 205 1 0.1 0.01 <3 0.1
6 150 6 9
-DWST
8 200 8 12
6 PPs
10
12
195 to 200 1 0.1
250
300
0.01 <3
10
12
0.1
15
18
15 190 to 195 1 0.1 375 0.01 <3 15 0.1 22.5
20 500 20 30
3 30 3 4.5
200 to 205 1 0.15 0.01 <3 0.15
4 40 4 6
5 50 5 7.5
195 to 200 1 0.15 0.01 <3 0.15
6 60 6 9
PE
-HWU 8 80 8 12
-HWST 190 to 195 1 0.15 0.01 <3 0.15
10 100 10 15
12 120 12 18
15 185 to 190 1 0.15 150 0.01 <3 15 0.15 22.5
20 200 20 30
PE-HML 500 190 to 200 1 0.15 sheet 0.01 <5 sheet >0.3 sheet
thickness thickness thickness
in in in
PE-HMG 1000 190 to 200 1 0.5 mm x 20 0.01 <5 mm >1.0 mm x 1.5
3 60 3 6
235 to 240 1 0.15 0.01 <3 0.3
4 80 4 8
5 100 5 10
230 to 235 1 0.15 0.01 <3 0.3
6 120 6 12
PVDF 8 120 8 16
225 to 230 1 0.15 0.01 <3 0.3
10 150 10 20
12 180 12 24
15 220 to 225 1 0.15 225 0.01 <3 15 0.3 30
20 300 20 40
PVC SHEETS
PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride)
Rigid PVC has excellent corrosion resistance, very good dielectric properties, low moisture absorption, high rigidity, good abrasion resistance
and excellent weathering properties. The material is also self-extinguishing.
PVC/C.A.W. (NORMAL IMPACT) SHEET

EXTRUDED – GREY COLOUR – CHEMICAL GRADE
PVC / CAW SHEET SIZES
THICKNESS 2000 x 1000 2440 x 1220 48” X 96” 3000 x 1500
mm mm inches mm
mm inches Part No. Weight Lbs. Price Part No. Weight Lbs. Price Part No. Weight Lbs. Price
1 0.039 S110012 6.17 13.68 - - - - - -
1.5 0.059 S110112 9.48 21.01 S110111 13.89 41.53 - - -
2 0.079 S112012 12.57 22.63 S112011 18.74 33.35 S112013 28.22 50.82
3 0.118 S110212 18.74 33.75 S110211 28.00 50.43 S110213 42.33 76.24
4 0.158 S112212 25.13 45.27 S112211 37.26 67.10 S112213 56.44 101.65
4.5 0.177 S110312 - 50.82 S110311 41.89 75.44 S110313 - 114.36
5 0.197 S112512 31.31 56.38 S112511 46.52 83.78 S112513 70.55 127.06
6 0.236 S110412 37.48 67.50 S110411 56.00 100.85 S110413 84.43 152.08
7 0.276 S114812 43.87 79.02 S114811 65.22 117.53 S114813 98.55 177.49
8 0.315 S114612 50.04 90.13 S114611 74.52 134.21 S114613 112.66 202.90
9 0.354 S114912 - 101.65 S114911 83.78 150.89 S114913 - 228.31
10 0.394 S113012 62.61 112.77 S113011 93.26 167.56 S113013 140.87 253.73
12 0.472 S110612 75.18 135.40 S110611 111.77 201.39 S110613 169.09 304.55
15 0.591 S113112 93.92 169.15 S113111 139.77 251.78 S113113 211.42 380.79
20 0.787 S113212 125.22 225.53 S113211 186.29 335.52 S113213 281.75 507.45
25 0.984 S110812 156.53 281.92 S110811 233.03 419.70 S110813 352.30 634.51
30 1.181 S110912 187.83 378.34 - - - S110913 422.62 851.26
35 1.378 S113412 219.14 534.81 - - - - - -
40 1.575 S111012 250.44 611.21 - - - - - -
50 1.969 S111212 313.06 1,074.29 - - - - - -
PVC/IND UTILITY INDUSTRIAL SHEET PVC/KYR (NORMAL IMPACT) SHEET

EXTRUDED – GREY COLOUR Pressed – Grey Colour – Chemical Grade (RAL 7011)
PVC Type 1, Grade 1 (Normal Impact) Thickness Size
Part 2000 x 1000
Price
Thickness Size (inches) No. mm
Part 48 x 96 mm inches lbs/sheet
Price
No. Approx. S111312 60 2.36 375.66 900.05
mm inches lbs/sheet
S112312 70 2.76 438.27 1,043.93
S100211 3 1/8 30.72 54.16
S111612 80 3.15 500.89 1,344.89
S100311 4.5 3/16 46.08 81.22
S111712 90 3.54 563.50 1,510.34
S100411 6 1/4 61.44 108.31
S100511
S100611
S100711
10
12
19
3/8
1/2
3/4
92.16
122.88
184.32
162.47
216.60
408.03
S111812 100 3.94 626.11 1,678.16
6
S100811 25 1 245.76 588.53 PVC-MZ SHEET (Light Grey Colour)
Thickness Size
Part 2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500
Price
No. mm mm
mm inches lbs/sheet lbs/sheet
S064212 1 0.039 6.17 - 20.13
S064312 2 0.078 12.34 - 40.98
S060212 3 1/8 18.74 - 61.11
S060213 3 1/8 - 42.33 138.04
S062212 4 0.158 25.13 - 81.96
S062213 4 0.158 - 56.44 184.05
S062512 5 0.197 31.31 - 102.09
S062513 5 0.197 - 70.55 230.06
S060412 6 1/4 37.48 - 122.22
S060413 6 1/4 - 84.44 275.36
S064612 8 0.315 50.04 - 163.20
S064613 8 0.315 - 112.66 367.38
S063012 10 3/8 62.61 - 204.18
S063013 10 3/8 - 140.87 459.41
S060612 12 1/2 75.18 - 245.16
S063112 15 0.591 93.92 - 306.27
PVC Sheet formed and welded for hoods and ducting S063212 20 0.787 125.22 - 408.36
at a metal finishing plant. S060812 25 1 156.53 - 587.19
S063312 30 1 1/4 187.83 - 704.63
6-4
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CLEAR / COLOURED PVC SHEETS
R
O C
D U
PVC – GLAS – INTECLEAR SHEET NEW PRODUCT

Thickness Size
PVC – GLAS – CLEAR SHEET (UV Stabilized)
Part 48 x 96 2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500
Price Thickness Size
No. inches mm mm
mm inches lbs/sheet lbs/sheet lbs/sheet Part 48 x 96 2000 x 1000
Price
No. inches mm
S114521 0.8 0.032 7.17 - - 25.12 mm inches lbs/sheet lbs/sheet
S114522 0.8 0.032 - 4.85 - 22.16 S074321 2 0.078 17.86 - P.O.R.
S114221 1 0.039 8.97 - - 31.37 S074322 2 0.078 - 11.99 P.O.R.
S114222 1 0.039 - 5.95 - 25.16 S070221 3 1/8 26.79 - P.O.R.
S110121 1.5 0.058 13.46 - - 67.22 S070222 3 1/8 - 17.99 P.O.R.
S110122 1.5 0.058 - 9.04 - 38.20 S072221 4 0.158 35.69 - P.O.R.
S114321 2 0.078 17.94 - - 62.74 S072222 4 0.158 - 23.99 P.O.R.
S114322 2 0.078 - 12.13 - 49.33 S072521 5 0.197 44.62 - P.O.R.
S114323 2 0.078 - - 27.12 110.33 S072522 5 0.197 - 29.99 P.O.R.
S110221 3 1/8 26.90 - - 85.36 S070421 6 1/4 53.55 - P.O.R.
S110222 3 1/8 - 18.08 73.55 S070422 6 1/4 - 35.98 P.O.R.
S110223 3 1/8 - - 40.79 221.55
NOTE: PVC - GLAS sheets are protected with film on both sides.
S112222 4 0.158 - 24.25 98.67
S112223 4 0.158 - - 54.45 221.55
S110321 4.5 3/16 40.57 - - 128.03
S112522 5 0.197 - 30.20 - 122.89
S112523 5 0.197 - - 67.90 276.27
S110421 6 1/4 54.01 - - 187.81
S110422 6 1/4 - 36.16 - 147.10
S110423 6 1/4 - - 81.57 296.44
S114622 8 0.315 - 48.28 - 196.44
S110521 10 3/8 89.72 - - 297.38
S110522 10 3/8 - 60.41 - 245.77
S110621 12 1/2 107.66 - - 397.54
S110622 12 1/2 - 72.53 - 295.11
S113122 15 0.591 - 90.61 - 368.66
COLOURED PVC/CAW SHEET (Normal Impact)

Colour: White*
Thickness Size
Part 2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500
6
Price
No. mm mm
S114262 1 0.039 6.17 - 19.75
S110162 1.5 0.059 9.48 - 30.33
S114362 2 0.078 12.57 - 40.21
S114363 2 0.078 - 28.22 90.29
S110261 3 1/8 18.74 - 59.96
S110263 3 1/8 - 42.33 135.43
S112261 4 0.158 25.13 - 80.41
S112263 4 0.158 - 56.44 180.58
S112561 5 0.197 31.30 - 100.17
S112563 5 0.197 - 70.55 225.72
S110461 6 1/4 37.48 - 119.92
S110463 6 1/4 - 84.44 270.16
S114861 7 0.276 43.87 - 140.37
S114863 7 0.276 - 98.55 315.31
S114661 8 0.315 50.04 - 160.12
S113061 10 3/8 62.61 - 200.33
*ALSO AVAILABLE IN RED AND BLACK COLOURS ON SPECIAL ORDER
Machine fusion of PVC sheet

on micro processor controlled fusion machine four meters long
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO / SIMONA SPECIALTY PLASTIC SHEETING

R
O C
D U
INTECELL/PVC INTEGRAL RIGID FOAM CORE SHEET

Thickness Sheet Size
Sheets Part
Per Case No. 1220 x 2440
mm inches 48” x 96”
Fabco/InteCell foamed core PVC sheet is used where higher rigidity 10 .394 60 S450561 222.84
is required in applications for sign making, graphic arts and display
and booth building. Excellent weathering, insulation and sound 13 .512 50 S450661 289.75
dampening properties. InteCell is waterproof and self-extinguishing. 16 .630 40 S4506615 356.55
Standard colour is white. 19 .748 35 S450761 423.47
22 .866 30 S4507615 490.34
25 .984 25 S450861 557.18
30 1.181 20 S450961 668.55
WHITE INTEFOAM/PVC FOAM SHEET

Part 48” x 96”
Price/Sheet
No. & Weight
mm inches (lbs.)
1 .39 S250061 4.8 37.48
INTEFOAM/PVC FOAM SHEET
A new graphic arts material, half the normal weight of PVC, InteFoam 2 .078 S250161 9.5 52.26
is a low density, high rigidity, waterproof and self extinguishing 3 .118 S250261 14.2 68.71
material. It can be printed, you can screw, rivet, bond, weld, bend and 4 .157 S250361 18.95 97.46
glue it. Standard colour is white. 5 .197 S2503615 23.7 121.91
6 .236 S250461 28.5 137.51
10 .394 S250561 48.0 248.31
12.7 .500 S250661 60.96 312.78
Note: *InteFoam has been tested and conforms to the Fire Rating. UL 94 UL VO Rated.
PROCESSING OF INTEFOAM
After printing allow to dry naturally. Do not dry in an oven. COLOURED INTEFOAM/PVC FOAM SHEET
BONDING – Use standard PVC cements, contact adhesives or 2
component adhesive. Part 48” x 96”
Colour Price/Sheet
WELDING – Use standard PVC weld rod at 280°C. mm inches
No. & Weight
(lbs.)
BENDING AND FORMING – InteFoam can be bent and vacuum
3mm .118 Grey S250211 14.2 75.61
formed in the same manner as other thermoplastic materials.
3mm .118 Black S250241 14.2 74.27
InteFoam does not require predrying or conditioning prior to thermo-
forming.
MECHANICAL FASTENING – InteFoam can be nailed, riveted,
3mm
3mm
.118
.118
Blue
Yellow
S250251
S250271
14.2
14.2
85.94
85.94
6
3mm .118 Green S250281 14.2 85.94
screwed or bolted. It is recommended that mechanical fasteners be
3mm .118 Red S250291 14.2 95.37
inserted no less than 1/4” from the edge of the InteFoam sheet and
that a washer be used. OPTION: Colours available: Black, Grey, Red, Yellow, Blue and Green 6 mm x 4’ x 8’
CUTTING, DRILLING, MACHINING – Same as all common plastic sheets available on request.
materials.
InteFoam and InteCell sheet used for trade show booth exhibition.
6-6
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
POLYPROPYLENE SHEETING
R
O C
D U
POLYPROPYLENE / PP-DWU SHEETS

PP-DWU Sheeting is made from a high molecular homopolymer. It has exceptional resistance to strong chemicals and heat. While it is not
UV stabilized, it displays good weathering resistance. In fabrication, the PP-DWU is easily thermoformed and has less memory after forming
than other polypropylenes. Very easy to weld. TAN/GRAY colour. Extruded “LOW” stress. Flat sheet.
Sheet Sizes / PP-DWU grey colour

Thickness
2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500 4000 x 2000
mm mm mm
mm inches Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price
0.5 0.017 S234412 1.98 9.77 - - - - - -
0.8 0.032 S234512 3.31 16.33 - - - - - -
1 0.039 S234212 3.97 15.16 - - - - - -
1.5 0.059 S230112 5.95 22.72 - - - - - -
2 0.079 S234312 7.94 25.21 S234313 18.08 57.40 - - -
3 0.118 S230212 12.13 38.51 S230213 27.12 86.10 - - -
4 0.158 S230312 16.09 51.08 S230313 36.16 114.79 - - -
5 0.197 S232512 20.06 63.68 S232513 45.19 143.46 - - -
6 0.236 S230412 24.03 76.29 S230413 54.23 172.16 S230419 96.34 305.84
8 0.315 S234612 32.19 102.19 S234613 72.31 229.56 S234619 128.31 407.33
10 0.394 S230512 40.12 127.37 S230513 90.17 286.25 S230519 160.50 509.52
12 0.472 S230612 48.06 152.57 S230612 108.25 343.65 S230619 192.68 611.68
15 0.591 S232012 60.19 191.08 S232013 135.36 429.71 S232019 240.74 764.25
20 0.787 S230712 80.25 254.76 S230713 180.56 573.21 S230719 320.99 1,019.02
25 0.984 S230812 100.31 335.66 S230813 225.75 755.41 - - -
30 1.181 S233312 120.37 402.78 S233313 270.95 906.65 - - -
35 1.378 S233912 140.43 656.67 - - - - - -
40 1.575 S232412 160.50 750.51 - - - - - -
POLYPROPYLENE / DWST SHEETS

(Natural Color, Smooth Finish)
Polypropylene has excellent dielectric strength, excellent chemical resistance and outstanding heat resistance, its moisture absorption is
practically nil and it is unsurpassed in flexural strength; unlike polyethylene, polypropylene is not prone to environmental stress cracking.
6
Sheet Sizes / PP-DWST natural colour
Thickness
2000 x 1000 2440 x 1220 3000 x 1500
mm mm mm
mm inches Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price
0.5 0.017 S234432 1.98 8.92 - - - - - -
0.8 0.032 S234532 3.31 14.91 - - - - - -
1 0.039 S234232 3.97 13.80 - - - - - -
1.5 0.059 S230132 5.95 20.68 - - - - - -
2 0.079 S234332 7.94 23.84 S234331 11.91 35.77 S234333 17.86 53.63
3 0.118 S230232 11.91 35.77 S230231 17.64 52.97 S230233 26.90 80.78
4 0.158 S232232 15.87 47.66 S232231 23.59 70.84 S232233 35.72 107.27
5 0.197 S232532 19.84 59.58 S232531 29.54 88.71 S232533 44.75 134.38
6 0.236 S230432 23.81 71.50 S230431 35.49 106.58 S230433 53.57 160.87
8 0.315 S234632 31.75 95.35 S234631 47.18 141.68 S234633 71.43 214.50
10 0.394 S233032 39.68 119.16 S233031 59.08 177.42 S233033 89.29 268.14
12 0.472 S230632 47.62 143.00 S230631 70.77 212.52 S230633 107.14 321.74
15 0.591 S233132 59.52 178.74 S233131 88.63 266.16 S233133 134.04 402.52
20 0.787 S233232 79.37 238.35 S233231 118.17 354.87 S233233 178.57 536.25
25 0.984 S230832 99.21 314.95 S230831 147.49 442.91 S230833 223.33 670.66
30 1.181 S230932 119.05 377.94 S230931 177.25 532.28 - - -
40 1.575 S232432 158.73 524.33 - - - - - -
POLYPROPYLENE SHEETING
POLYPROPYLENE PRESSED SHEETS
Sheet Sizes / PP-DWU grey colour Sheet Sizes / PP-DWST natural colour
Thickness
2000 x 1000 4120 x 2010 2000 x 1000 4120 x 2010
mm mm mm mm
mm inches Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price
50 1.969 S231212 200.62 880.42 S231219 830.69 3,645.85 S231232 198.41 870.84 S231239 821.65 3,605.80
60 2.362 S232112 240.74 1,056.60 S232119 996.92 4,375.00 S232132 238.10 1,045.01 S232139 985.90 4,326.90
70 2.756 S232312 280.87 1,232.69 S232319 1,162.93 5,104.24 S232332 277.78 1,219.18 S232339 1,150.14 5,048.10
80 3.150 S232612 320.99 1,408.87 S232619 1,329.15 5,833.39 S232632 317.46 1,393.35 S232639 1,314.38 5,769.20
Note: Other thicknesses available on request.
Available on request: PP-SR Sheets - Industrial Grade Extruded

and Pressed Sheeting
Extruded sheets
• PP–DWST in the dimension 4000 x 2000 mm
• PP–DWU–B for vessels requiring a test certificate made from PP-SR natural colour
moulding compounds approved by IfBT (Institute for structural engi- Thickness
Sheet Sizes (inches) 48” x 96”
neering Berlin) in other dimensions and thicknesses
• PP–C–DWU–B for vessels requiring a test certificate Approx.
• PP–DWU–SK in rolls mm inches Part No. Weight Lbs Price
• Grained execution 3.175 1/8 S200231 19.2 54.03
• PP–TV with talc 4.763 3/16 S200331 28.8 81.07
• PP–DWST–CU copper stabilized 6.35 1/4 S200431 38.4 108.07
• PP–DW–EM elastomer modified 9.525 3/8 S200531 57.6 161.82
• SIMOCART–PP–C–grained 12.7 1/2 S200631 76.8 215.85
• PP–EL electrically conductive
19.05 3/4 S200731 115.2 323.92
• PP–EL–SK dito, with stretch backing
25.4 1 S200831 153.6 431.71
• PP–AS white antistatic
31.75 1 1/4 S200931 192.0 720.64
Pressed/continuously pressed sheets 38.1 1 1/2 S201031 230.9 903.46
• Other lengths 44.45 1 3/4 S201131 268.8 1,119.10
• Blocks up to size 1000 x 1000 mm up to 500 mm thickness 50.8 2 S201231 307.2 1,279.18
• PP–EL electrically conductive
• PP–TV with talc
• PP–DW–EM elastomer modified
6
FIRE RETARDANT POLYPROPYLENE SHEETS
Sheet Sizes / PPS grey colour

Thickness
2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500
mm mm
mm inches Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price
3 0.118 S250212 12.57 46.19 S250213 28.22 103.91
4 0.157 S252212 16.76 61.58 S252213 37.70 138.54
5 0.197 S252512 20.94 76.98 S252513 47.18 173.18
6 0.236 S250412 25.13 92.39 S250413 56.66 207.81
8 0.315 S252912 33.51 119.22 S252913 75.40 277.08
10 0.394 S253012 41.89 153.95 S253013 94.36 346.36
12 0.472 S250612 50.27 184.74 - - -
15 0.591 S253112 62.83 243.21 - - -
20 0.787 S253212 83.78 324.27 - - -
Available on request:
Sheet, rod and welding rod
Extruded sheets
• Size 4000 x 2000 up to 4 – 12 mm thickness
• PP–FL–EL flame retardant
• PPS white
• PPS–AS white antistatic
6-8
FABCO / SIMONA POLYETHYLENE SHEETING
POLYETHYLENES
Polyethylene materials are divided into three categories based on
their specific gravity: a) low density polyethylene having specific gravi-
ty of .901; b) medium density polyethylene, specific gravity .926 – .940;
and c) high density (linear) polyethylene specific gravity .941 – .965.
The major advantages of polyethylenes are: low cost, light weight,
excellent chemical resistance, low moisture absorption, good impact
strength, excellent low temperature properties, and low coefficient of
friction.
High density have a similar range of properties to the low density
materials but their properties are extended and improved because of
the greater crystallinity of the polymers. H.D. polyethylenes have high-
er rigidity, better chemical resistance and can withstand greater service
temperatures than the low density materials.
PE-HWST Tank Cover Complete with Doors

for a Steel Pickling Mill
POLYETHYLENE EXTRUDED SHEETS

Sheet Sizes / PE-HWU black colour Sheet Sizes / PE-HWST natural colour
Thickness 2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500 4000 x 2000 2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500
mm mm mm mm mm mm
Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price
0.5 S314442 2.2046 P.O.R. - - - - - - - - - - - -
0.8 S314542 3.31 17.75 - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 S314242 4.19 17.26 - - - - - - - - - - - -
1.5 S310142 6.39 26.32 - - - - - - - - - - - -
2 S314342 8.38 26.25 S314343 18.96 59.38 - - - S314332 8.38 26.24 S314333 18.74 58.69
3 S310242 12.57 39.37 S310243 28.22 88.38 - - - S310232 12.57 36.37 S310233 28.22 88.38
4 S312242 16.76 52.49 S312243 37.70 118.07 - - - S312232 16.76 52.49 S312233 37.48 117.38
5 S312542 20.94 65.58 S312543 47.18 147.75 - - - S312532 20.94 65.58 S312533 46.96 147.07
6 S310442 25.13 78.70 S310443 56.66 177.44 S310449 100.53 314.83 S310432 24.91 78.01 S310433 56.22 176.06
8 S314642 33.51 104.94 S314643 75.40 236.13 S314649 134.04 419.77 S314632 33.29 104.25 S314633 74.96 234.75
10 S313042 41.89 131.19 S313043 94.36 295.51 S313049 167.55 524.72 S313032 41.67 130.50 S313033 93.70 293.44
12 S310642 50.27 157.43 S310643 113.10 354.20 S310649 201.06 629.66 S310632 50.04 156.71 S310633 112.44 352.13
15 S312042 62.83 196.77 S312043 141.32 442.57 S312049 251.32 787.06 S312032 62.61 196.08 S312033 140.65 440.47
20 S313242 83.78 262.37 S313243 188.49 590.29 S313249 335.10 1,049.43 S313232 83.33 260.97 S313233 187.61 587.54
25 S310842 104.72 345.92 S310843 235.67 778.49 S310849 418.87 1,311.78 S310832 104.28 344.47 - - -
6 30
35
S313342
S313442
125.66
146.61
415.09
584.93
S313343
-
282.85
-
934.34
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
S313332
-
125.00
-
412.91
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
40 S313542 167.55 668.47 - - - - - - - - - - - -
50 S311242 209.44 988.35 - - - - - - - - - - - -
POLYETHYLENE PRESSED SHEETS AND EXTRUDED SHEETS
Sheet Sizes / PE-HWU black colour Sheet Sizes/ PE-HWSTNatural colour Sheet Sizes / HD-PE HWST Sheet Sizes / HD-PE IND
Thickness 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1000 Thickness 48” x 96” 48” x 96”
mm mm mm inches
Approx.
Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price
60 S312142 251.32 1380.05 S312132 250.00 1,372.80 1/16 - - - S340131 10 28.87
70 S312342 293.21 1735.86 S312332 291.67 1,726.75 1/8 S310231 20.37 90.65 S340231 20 57.73
80 S312642 335.10 1983.86 S312632 333.34 1,973.44 3/16 S310331 30.45 135.50 S340331 30 86.63
90 S313642 376.99 P.O.R. S313632 375.00 P.O.R. 1/4 S310431 39.16 174.26 S340431 40 115.49
100 S313742 418.87 P.O.R. S313732 416.67 P.O.R. 3/8 S310531 61.99 275.86 S340531 60 173.22
110 S313842 460.76 P.O.R. S313832 458.34 P.O.R. 1/2 S310631 81.57 362.99 S340631 80 230.99
120 S313942 502.65 P.O.R. S313932 500.00 P.O.R. 5/8 S312031 100.49 447.18 - - -
140 S314042 586.42 P.O.R. - - - 3/4 S310731 123.96 551.62 S340731 120 346.45
150 S314142 628.31 P.O.R. - - - 1 S310831 163.11 766.62 S340831 160 461.94
200 S314742 837.75 P.O.R. - - - 1 1/4 S310931 203.89 958.28 S340931 200 800.24
1 1/2 S311031 244.67 1,149.95 S341031 240 986.64
1 3/4 S311131 285.44 1,341.57 S341131 280 1,168.66
2 S311231 326.22 1,533.23 S341231 320 1,396.32
UHMW POLYETHYLENE SHEETING
UHMW POLYETHYLENE SHEETS
Fabco offers two European grades of UHMW Polyethylene:
UHMW–PE–HMG 1000 UHMW–PE–HML 500

The highest available molecular weight in excess of 5,000,000 mol- High molecular weight in the range of three to four million molecu-
ecular weight. This sheet is characterized by extremely high abrasion lar weight. This sheet has excellent abrasion and impact resistance,
and impact resistance, low water absorption, good sliding properties. is also of low specific gravity with low water absorption. The material
Not hand weldable due to molecular weight in excess of 5,000,000. can be welded and fused.
Sheet Sizes / UHMW PE-HML 500 natural colour* Sheet Sizes / UHMW PE-HMG1000 natural colour*
Thickness
2000 x 1000 4120 x 2010 2000 x 1000 4120 x 2010
mm mm mm mm
mm inches Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price Part No. Weight Lbs Price
3 0.118 S360231 12.57 44.83 - - - - - - - - -
4 0.157 S362231 16.54 59.77 - - - - - - - - -
5 0.196 S362531 20.94 74.72 - - - - - - - - -
6 0.236 S360431 25.13 89.66 - - - - - - - - -
8 0.314 S361531 33.51 119.54 - - - - - - - - -
10 0.393 S360532 41.89 149.43 - - - S370532 41.45 267.43 - - -
12 0.472 S360632 50.27 188.94 - - - S370506 49.82 321.49 - - -
15 0.591 S360620 62.83 236.18 S3606201 260.14 977.87 S370520 62.17 369.15 S370620 257.50 1,528.95
20 0.787 S360607 83.78 314.91 S3606071 346.78 1,303.55 S370507 82.89 492.20 S370607 343.27 2,038.16
25 0.984 S360608 104.72 393.63 S3606081 433.65 1,630.06 S370508 103.62 582.99 S370608 429.02 2,413.84
30 1.181 S360932 125.66 472.36 S360609 520.29 1,955.74 S370509 124.34 699.59 S370609 514.77 2,896.37
35 1.378 S360934 146.61 551.09 S360634 606.93 2,281.42 S370534 145.06 816.19 S370634 600.75 3,380.13
40 1.574 S360910 167.55 629.81 S360610 693.79 2,607.92 S370510 165.79 932.79 S370610 686.51 3,862.65
50 1.969 S360912 209.44 787.27 S360612 867.29 3,260.11 S370512 207.23 1,165.99 S370612 858.03 4,827.69
60 2.362 S360921 251.32 944.72 S360621 1,040.57 3,911.47 S370521 248.68 1,476.59 S370621 1,029.77 6,114.49
70 2.756 S360923 293.21 1,309.27 S360623 1,214.07 5,241.16 S370523 290.13 1,722.69 S370623 1,201.29 7,132.92
80 3.149 S360926 335.10 1,720.95 S360639 1,387.58 7,126.11 S370526 331.57 2,139.47 S370639 1,373.03 8,859.43
90 3.543 S360936 376.99 P.O.R. - - - S370536 373.02 2,406.90 - - -
100 3.937 S360937 418.87 P.O.R. - - - S370537 414.47 2,674.33 - - -
110 4.330 S360938 460.76 P.O.R. - - - S370538 455.91 2,941.76 - - -
120 4.724 S360939 502.65 P.O.R. - - - S370539 497.36 3,209.20 - - -
140 5.512 on - - - - - on - - - - -
150 5.905 request - - - - - request - - - - -
Note: *Size 3000 x 1500 available on request
6
UHMW P.E. SHEET – 4’ x 8’ (48” x 96”) UHMW P.E. SHEET – 4’ x 10’ (48” x 120”)
Part No. Inches MM Weight Lbs Price Part No. Inches MM Weight Lbs Price
S371231 1/16 1.5 10.0 98.75 S370136 1/16 1.59 13 145.69
S370231 1/8 3.175 20.2 107.72 S370236 1/8 3.175 25 134.63
S370331 3/16 4.763 30.1 155.98 S370336 3/16 4.763 38 200.01
S370431 1/4 6.35 40.4 199.20 S370436 1/4 6.35 50 248.57
S370531 3/8 9.525 60.6 298.50 S370536 3/8 9.525 75 374.01
S370631 1/2 12.7 80.8 398.40 S370636 1/2 12.7 100 497.14
S372031 5/8 15.875 101.0 497.14 S3706536 5/8 15.875 125 622.58
S370731 3/4 19.05 121.2 597.01 S370736 3/4 19.05 150 748.01
S370831 1 25.4 161.6 795.65 S370836 1 25.4 200 996.59
S370931 1 1/4 31.75 202.0 994.29 S370936 1 1/4 31.75 250 1,246.31
S371031 1 1/2 38.1 242.4 1,194.01 S371036 1 1/2 38.1 300 1,496.03
S371131 1 3/4 44.45 282.8 1,392.65 S371136 1 3/4 44.45 350 1,745.75
S373031 2 50.8 320.0 1,636.19 S371236 2 50.8 400 2,046.12
S371436 2 1/2 63.5 500 2,559.35
S371636 3 76.2 600 3,245.22
S371736 3 1/2 88.9 700 4,177.37
S371836 4 101.6 800 5,121.04
6-10
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
HIGH TEMPERATURE / HIGH IMPACT PVC SHEETS
R
O C
D U
PVC C–HT / CPVC SHEETS Thickness Sheet Size*

Part 1000 x 2000 1100 x 2100 1220 x 2900*
• Highest anti-corrosive resistance No.
Price
mm mm mm
• Good impact resistance inches mm kg/sheet kg/sheet kg/sheet
• High temperarure resistance under operating conditions: S180212 1/8 3 9.3 - - 164.98
85°C S180214 1/8 - - 10.74 - 190.55
• Standard opaque colours: GREY RAL 7005 S180211 1/8 - - - 16.45 291.85
GREY RAL 7037 S180312 3/16 4.5 13.95 - - 247.47
S180311 3/16 - - 16.11 - 285.83
ATTENTION: Welding of PVC C–HT S180314 3/16 - - - 24.68 437.78
In order to obtain maximum results when welding PVC S180412 1/4 6 18.60 - - 329.96
C–HT it becomes necessary to remove the surface of the S180411 1/4 - - 21.48 - 381.11
S180414 1/4 - - - 32.90 583.71
sheet and to bring the rod into contact with the sub. surface
S180512 3/8 10 31.00 - - 549.94
part of the sheet. The welding temperature and the weld-
S180511 3/8 - - 35.81 - 635.18
ing speed should be established by the operator according
S180514 3/8 - - - 54.84 972.84
to his own experience. It is of utmost importance to avoid S180612 1/2 12 37.20 - - 659.93
obtaining carbonized particles. We advise to run prelimi- S180611 1/2 - - 42.97 - 762.22
nary tests in order to establish a proper method. S180614 1/2 - - - 65.81 1,167.41
S180712 3/4 20 62.00 - - 1,099.88
S180812 1 25 77.50 - - 1,374.85
S181012 1 1/2 40 124.00 - - 2,199.76
S181212 2 50 155.00 - - 2,749.70
*Grey sheets
*OTHER SHEET SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST. 1500 x 2000, 1500 x 3000, 1500 x 4000
in thickness 15 – 50 mm.
CLEAR PVC / WIRE REINFORCED SHEETING

(HIGH IMPACT)
Typical Application:
Machinery guards, fan housing, protective devices, glazing (windows
& doors), light-fixture guards.
Features:
Excellent transparency. Impact strength 25 times greater than glass.
TYPE C TYPE D
Pressed steel sheet 0.8 mm thickness Steel mesh 12 x 12 mm
Pressed aluminium sheet 0.8 mm thickness Wire 0.5 mm Ø
6 The pressed laminates may be reinforced in their inner section with steel or aluminium inserts as shown above under type C and D.
With this reinforcement an increased rigidity is obtained, in certain cases providing higher safety (for protective parts and fans).
The reinforced laminates can be transparent or opaque.
The application example for the reinforced opaque laminates type C would be fan housings.
An example for transparent laminates would be light domes and shafts, protective enclosures for machines and packaging/bottling lines.
It should be noted that laminates with aluminium reinforcement can be used in minor stretch applicatons.

Part Wt/Sheet
Type 1270 x 2990 Price
No. Lbs
mm inches mm
S050221 3 1/8 C 49 x 112 37.81 P.O.R.
S050321 4.5 3/16 C 49 x 112 55.00 P.O.R.
S050421 6 1/4 C 49 x 112 73.85 P.O.R.
S050226 3 1/8 D 49 x 112 38.94 P.O.R.
S050326 4.5 3/16 D 49 x 112 56.65 P.O.R.
S050426 6 1/4 D 49 x 112 76.10 P.O.R.
REINFORCED POLYPROPYLENE
Type: PP KV 30% (30% Chalk reinforced) Size Range: 2 mm to 4 mm thickness to 1 meter x 2 meter
PP TV 20 (20% Talcum reinforced) sheet size
PP TV 30 (30% Talcum reinforced)
FABCO reinforced polypropylene sheet features high rigidity, hard-
Applications: Reactors, plate separators and most heat/chemi- ness and dimensional stability normally good electrical properties.
cal resistance equipment EXCELLENT for use where expansion is of a concern due to low coef-
PRICES ON REQUEST ficient of expansion under heat, in addition to (1.0 to 1.1 x 10-4)
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PERFORATED SHEETS
R
O C
D U
PERFORATED SHEETS
Available Materials: Standard Sheet Size:
PVC, POLYPROPYLENE, H.D. POLYETHYLENE 48” (1220 mm) x 96” (2440 mm)
AVAILABLE PERFORATIONS:
Part Thickness Price
Material
No. inch mm Per Sheet
1/8” (3mm) Holes on 3/16” (5.5mm) Staggered Centres
1/8” diameter holes on 3/16” staggered centers. 33 holes per S140211 PVC Gray 1/8 3mm P.O.R.
sq. inch. 40% open area. 1/16” & 1/8” thick.
S240231 Polypro Nat. 1/8 3mm P.O.R.
S340231 Polyeth Nat. 1/8 3mm P.O.R.
3/16” (4.7mm) Holes on 5/16” (7.9mm) Staggered Centres
S120231 PVC Gray 1/8 3mm P.O.R.
S220231 Polypro Nat. 1/8 3mm P.O.R.
S320231 Polyeth Nat. 1/8 3mm P.O.R.
3/16” diameter holes on. 5/16” staggered centers. 12 holes per

sq. inch. 32% open area. 1/8” & 3/16” thick.
*FOR A SPECIAL APPLICATION CONTACT YOUR NEAREST FABCO DISTRIBUTOR OR CALL/WRITE FABCO PLASTICS.
THE MANY USES FOR PERFORATED SHEETS ARE WELL KNOWN THROUGH THE INDUSTRY. HERE ARE JUST A FEW:
• Tumbling Barrels • Plating Baskets • Odd Size Filters • Mesh Screens
• Distributor Plates • Overflow Weirs • Scrubber Packing • Support Plates
OTHER PERFORATIONS AVAILABLE:
3/32” diameter holes on 3/16” staggered centers. 32 holes per sq. 1/4” diameter holes on 1/2” straight line centers. 4 holes per sq.
inch. 25% open area. 1/8” thick. inch. 20% open area. 1/8” & 1/4” thick.
3/8” diameter holes on. 9/16” staggered centers. 4 holes per sq. 1/2” diameter holes on 11/16” staggered centers. 2.45 holes per
inch. 40% open area. 3/16” thick. sq. inch. 48% open area. 1/4” thick.
6
Selection Chart:
POLYOLEFIN COMPARISON
10 Rating = Excellent
Impact Impact
Abrasion Chemical Coefficient Temp. Thermal Ease of Water
Material Resistance Resistance Load Formability Stiffness
Resistance Resistance of Friction Limits Expansion Fabrication Absorption
73°F 0°F
High Density
Polyethylene 6 6 8 8 7 7 6 8 10+ 6 9 7
(HDPE)
Low Density
Polyethylene
3 7 9 8 6 5 6 8 10+ 5 9 3
(LDPE)
Homopolymer
Ultra High
Molecular Weight
10+ 8 10+ 10+ 10+ 7 7 4 10+ 7 3 7
Polyethylene
(UHMWPE)
Polypropylene
4 10+ 5 5 7 8 8 8 10+ 9 8 9
Homopolymer
Polypropylene
5 9 8 8 7 5 8 8 10+ 7 9 9
Copolymer
This guide rates one polyolefin against another to indicate relative strengths. The guide is based on the experience of Fabco personnel and is subjective. Fabco assumes no liability
for incorrect applications or selections.
6-12
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
HIGH PERFORMANCE PLASTIC SHEETING
R
O C
D U
PVDF–NATURAL COLOUR SHEET
Typical Application Fields: Properties of standard types:

Any application where high standards of temperature and chemical Specific gravity 1.78 g/cm3, applicable from -50 to +140°C, flame
resistance are required. retardant acc. to DIN 4102 B1, physiologically acceptable acc. to
BGA, very high impact strength, can be vacuum formed, suitable for
Chemical Resistance: outdoor use, high mechanical strength values, good radio-resistance.
Extremely resistant to nearly all chemicals.
EXTRUDED SHEETS PRESSED/CONTINUOUSLY PRESSED SHEETS
2000 x 1000 2000 x 1000

Thickness Part Thickness Part
mm Price mm Price
mm No. mm No.
kg/sheet kg/sheet
2 15.65 S264332 635.13 12 94.14 S260632 4,365.73
3 23.59 S260232 957.36 15 117.73 S262032 5,459.72
4 31.31 S262232 1,270.67 20 156.97 S263232 7,279.47
5 39.24 S262532 1,592.49 25 196.21 S260832 9,099.22
6 47.18 S260432 1,914.73 30 235.45 S263332 10,918.97
8 62.83 S261532 2,549.86 35 274.69 S263432 12,738.72
10 78.48 S260532 3,184.99 40 313.94 S263532 14,558.94
50 392.42 S261232 18,198.44
Note: PVDF–sheets are protected with film on both sides.
60 470.90 S262132 21,837.94
70 549.39 S262332 25,477.91
80 627.87 S262632 29,117.41
Available on request: Pressed/continuously pressed sheets

Extruded sheets • PVDF black
• PVDF–EL electrically conductive (black) • PVDF–CL stabilized against chlorine radicals
• PVDF–EL–SK electrically conductive, with stretch backing (black) • PVDF in size 4120 x 2010 mm
• PVDF on rolls • Blocks up to size 960 x 960 mm up to 500 mm thickness
KYNAR (PVDF) SHEETS

6
EXTRUDED / PRESSED SHEETS
48 x 96
Thickness Part
inches Price
inches No.
kg/sheet
1/4" 33.36 S260431 2,243.63
3/8" 52.82 S260531 3,365.44
1/2" 66.72 S260631 4,487.25
3/4" 105.60 S260731 6,730.88
1" 138.96 S260831 8,974.50
1 1/4" 177.92 S260931 11,217.29
1 1/2" 211.28 S261031 13,460.91
2" 278.00 S261231 17,948.16
Integral tank and hood fabricated from PP-DWU material
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
GLASS BACKED SHEETING

R
O C
D U
FABCO POLYPROPYLENE STRETCH / FABRIC BACKED SHEETING

GREY/TAN COLOUR PP-DWU-SK
Glass backed polypropylene is a unique material, produced by a reinforcements. On the other hand there is a limit to the size of fabri-
unique process, which enables polypropylene sheet to be strength- cation economically and physically practicable with polypropylene
ened with glass-reinforced polyester resins. Structures build in this alone.
material combine interior surfaces having the outstanding anti-corro- The key for bonding between polypropylene and FRP is provided by
sion, non-stick and hygienic properties of polypropylene with the a special fabric backing from polyester fibers / polypropylene fibers.
external rigidity and lightweight strength of resin/glass mixtures. This backing is calendered into the sheet at the extrusion stage and
Polypropylene is well known for its chemical inertness and low co- the backing is therefore locked into the extruded sheet, giving a
efficient of friction which are so useful in the fabrication of storage and mechanical bond between the sheet and the fabric. The backing of
process equipment for critical environments. These properties how- the fabric stands out and becomes in effect the first layer of the
ever also make it virtually impossible to bond polypropylene sheet to resin/glass reinforcement.
any of the standard resin/glass mixtures that are used for structural
PP-DWU-SK with stretch backing, grey RAL 7032 PP-C-PK (copolymer) with PP backing, grey
Thickness Sheet Size & Weights, Lbs Part Thickness Sheet Size & Weights, Lbs
Part
Price Price
No. No.
mm inches 1m x 2m 1.5m x 3.0m mm inches 1m x 2m 1.5m x 3.0m
S210211 2 0.0787 7.94 - 66.42 S224312 2 0.0787 7.94 - 66.42
S210212 3 0.118 12.13 - 88.46 S220212 3 0.118 12.13 - 88.46
S210213 3 0.118 - 27.12 197.79 S220213 3 0.118 - 27.12 197.79
S212212 4 0.157 16.98 - 123.84 S222212 4 0.157 16.98 - 123.84
S210313 4 0.157 - 36.16 263.72 S222213 4 0.157 - 36.16 263.72
S212512 5 0.197 20.06 - 146.30 S222512 5 0.197 20.06 - 146.30
S212513 5 0.197 - 45.19 329.57 S222513 5 0.197 - 45.19 329.57
S210412 6 0.236 24.03 - 175.25 S220412 6 0.236 24.03 - 175.25
S210413 6 0.236 - 54.23 395.50 S220413 6 0.236 - 54.23 395.50
Note: 4’ x 8’ size available on request.
PVDF–SK with Stretch Fabric backing, natural colour E-CTFE-GK (HALAR) with Glass and Fabric backing,
Fabco PVDF Glass Backed Sheeting has a unique stretchable fab- natural colour
ric backing calendered into the sheet at the extrusion stage. This
stretchable backing allows the most difficult thermoforming opera- Thickness Sheet Size & Weights, Lbs
tions to be performed with great ease – even compound curves such Part 2000 x 1000 48 x 96 Price
as vacuum formed dished heads. No. mm inches
S540132 1.5 .060 14.11 - 883.72
Thickness Sheet Size & Weights, Lbs S540131 1.5 .060 - 20.97 1,229.10
Part 2000 x 1000 3000 x 1500 S545032 2.3 .090 20.06 - 1,205.64
Price
No. mm mm
S280232
mm
3
inches
0.118
lbs/sheet
23.59
lbs/sheet
- 1,002.79
S545031
S540232
S540231
2.3
3.0
3.0
.090
.188
.118
-
25.13
-
29.82
-
37.35
1,792.42
1,538.21
2,286.78
6
S280233 3 0.118 - 52.91 2,249.17 S540332 4.5 3/16 - 59.26 3,556.80
S282232 4 0.157 31.31 - 1,330.97
S282233 4 0.157 - 70.55 2,999.03
S282532 5 0.197 39.24 - 1,668.07
S280432 6 0.236 47.18 - 2,005.58
Note: 4’ x 8’ size available on request
FEP (TEFLON®) with Fabric Backing PFA (TEFLON®) Lining Laminate, with Glass Fabric Backing
Thickness Thickness Weight/

Part Sheet Maximum Price/ Part Rolls Price /
Roll
No. Width Length Sq. Ft. No. Sq. Ft
inches mm mm inches (lbs)
S820134 .060 1.5 39.37 in. 50 ft. P.O.R. S560134 1.25m x 15m lengths (49.21" x 49.2 ft.) 1.5 .060 160.80 P.O.R.
S820234 .090 2.3 39.37 in. 50 ft. P.O.R. S565034 1.25m x 10m lengths (49.21" x 32.8 ft.) 2.3 .090 160.52 P.O.R.
Mechanical Applications Backing Material

Knitted glass fabric is easily Thermoformable, knitted glass
wettable with FRP resins (poly- fabric, hot-pressed into surface of
ester, vinylester and epoxy resin FEP/PFA Teflon® sheets.
systems), and is also suitable for Service Temperature
FEP PFA
lining of concrete, steel and other (°C/F)
metal structures, etc. with com- embrittlement under ASTM 746 -190/-310 -190/-310
mercially available adhesives max. long-term use
such as epoxies. - 205/401 260/500
up to
6-14
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO SPECIALTY PLASTIC SHEETING
R
O C
D U
ACRYLIC SHEETS
The main advantages of acrylic sheet is its crystal-clear trans- Applications
parency combined with outstanding chemical resistance, outdoor • Sanitary wear • Office machines
weatherability and dimensional stability. It’s also strong, resistant to • Machine guards • Decorative lighting
breaking, easily machined, and has a low water absorption rate. • Prototypes • Displays
COLOUR: CLEAR AND TRANSPARENT • Furniture • Glazing
Cast – Superior optical and surface qualities. Paper masked both

EXTRUDED SHEETS sides for protection.
Extruded – Low cost alternative to cell-cast. Some surface die lines
PART NO. INCHES METRIC SIZE PRICE/SHEET and optical distortions are possible. Polyfilm masked on both sides.
S410021 0.080" 2.0 mm 49" x 97" 53.74
S410121 0.098" 2.5 mm 49" x 97" 61.29 ALL SHEETS HAVE A PROTECTIVE MASKING (Clean with soap
S410221 0.118" 3.0 mm 49" x 97" 62.70 and water, do not use abrasives.)
S410321 0.177" 4.5 mm 49" x 97" 92.87
S410421 0.236" 6.0 mm 49" x 97" 134.83 NOTE: – Coloured Acrylics Available On Request
S410521 0.375" 9.5 mm 49" x 97" P.O.R.
– Thicker Sheets Available On Request
TOLERANCE: Thickness ± 10%
Length and width = ±1/8”
CAST SHEETS
PART NO. INCHES METRIC SIZE PRICE/SHEET
S410621 0.472" 12.0 mm 48" x 96" 308.79
S410821 0.708" 18.0 mm 48" x 96" P.O.R.
S410921 0.944" 24.0 mm 48" x 96" P.O.R.
The limits of acrylic and polycarbonate sheet is often left up to the

imagination of the fabricator or designer.
6 LEXAN (POLYCARBONATE) SHEETS

Lexan is a polycarbonate plastic whose major advantages are tures, mar-resistant surface coated, glass reinforced and U.L. listed
breakage resistance, clarity, class I approval (under all three major bullet resistant. Lexan also has good electrical insulation properties
model building codes), light weight, high temperature, weather resis- and low moisture absorption. Resistant to both heat and flame, poly-
tance and ease of fabrication. It is the only glazing material that is carbonates are dimensionally stable and are generally unaffected by
guaranteed unbreakable and is listed by U.L. as burglar resistant. In greases, oils and acids. Weatherability is good, but not as good as
addition to clear, Lexan is also available in film and sheet form as acrylics. Ultraviolet rays cause slight discolouring and embrittlement.
transparent, opaque and translucent colours, pattern surface tex- Polyfilm masked on both sides.
PART NO. INCHES METRIC SIZE PRICE/SHEET Applications

• Machine guards • Aircraft parts
S430021 0.030" 0.75 mm 48" x 96" P.O.R.
S430121 0.050" 1.50 mm 48" x 96" 79.20 • Medical equipment • Safety devices
S430221 0.080" 2.00 mm 48" x 96" 104.19 • Electrical components • Food equipment
S430321 0.093" 2.36 mm 48" x 96" 119.74 • Light fittings
S430421 0.118" 3.00 mm 48" x 96" 127.76
S430521 0.177" 4.50 mm 48" x 96" 187.16
S430621 0.236" 6.00 mm 48" x 96" 238.07
S430721 0.375" 9.50 mm 48" x 96" P.O.R.
S430821 0.500" 12.50 mm 48" x 96" 597.77
TOLERANCE: Thickness ± 10%

Length and width to be a minimum 5/8” ALL SHEETS HAVE A PROTECTIVE MASKING (Clean with soap
overage and water, do not use abrasives.)
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FLEXIBLE PVC
R
O C
D U
Type A • 40/60 Grade (Slight honey colour) A technical/chemical grade of flexible PVC for universal uses.
• Shore hardness A/15 Sec. 70 The Type A–40/60 Grade is characterized by an extensive spectrum of chemical
resistance and excellent mechanical values.
TECHNICAL DATA 40/60 Grade Typical Areas of Application:

TYPE A, 40/60 NATURAL Formula K 2425/40
Impact protection in sandblast cabinets, seals and punched
Feature Method Value Unit
components, pads for machines, linings, seals, coverings,
Density DIN53 479 1.22 g/cm3
etc....
Shore hardness A/15 sec. DIN53 505 70 -
Brittle point DIN53 372 under -30 °C
Sheet Sizes Available
Water absorption DIN53 472. State at time of 14 mg
Present Maximum Production Width: = 1000mm
supply 51 x 51 x 5.5mm 0.14 %
Present Available Thicknesses: = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12mm
Tensile strength DIN53 455 ca. 20 N/mm2
All available in roll form in 20 mtr. lengths or as sheet 2000 x
Tensile stress DIN53 455 ca. 450 %
1000mm.
Resistance to continued rupture DIN53 515 >4 N/mm
These particulars also apply to dyed goods with the same for-
Reaction to fire DIN53 382 Doesn't keep burning -
mula.
or smouldering.
Inflammability Based on US MVSS 302 Not inflammable -
Abrasion DIN 51 954 0.01 m/m
Type B • 3016/35 (transparent) A commercial grade of flexible PVC intended for use as swing-door material. The
• Shore Hardness A/15 Sec. 77 type B-3016/35 is characterized by outstanding transparency and brilliance, high
• Normal cold resistance up to –35°C degrees of wear resistance, resistance to aging and U.V. attack.
TECHNICAL DATA Swing-Door Grade Swing-Door Grade Typical Areas of Application:

normal cold resistant extreme cold resistant
SWING-DOOR MATERIAL Formula K 3016/35* Formula K 3476/45F Swing-doors for transportation loading areas and cold room
Feature Method Value Value Unit barriers.
Density DIN53 479 ~1.22 ~1.18 g/cm3 Please note: To get optimal usability and maximum life dura-
Shore hardness A/15 sec DIN53 505 77 63 - tion out of flexible doors and ship doors equipped with our soft
Brittle point DIN53 372 ca. -35 ca. -45 °C PVC materials it is necessary to use fastening elements suited
Falling ball test Internal Test -35 no break -45 no break °C
to plastic.
Flexibility Based on DIN51 949 -35 no break -45 no break °C
*The particulars in respect of the normal quality K3016/35
Water absorption DIN53 472 State at time of 17 21 mg
apply - except light transmission - also to dyed goods with the
supply 50 x 50 x 7 mm 0.09 0.1 %
same formula.
Appearance after water storage - No haziness No haziness -
Tensile strength DIN53 455 17 13 N/mm2
Sheet Sizes Available
Tensile stress DIN53 455 300 420 %
Present Maximum Width = 2200mm
Standard Width = 1000mm
Resistance to continued rupture DIN53 515 >5 >2 N/mm
Standard Thickness = 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 12mm
Reaction to fire DIN53 382 Doesn't keep burning Doesn't keep burning -
Available in roll form up to 20 mtrs. in length or as sheets cut to
or smouldering or smouldering
Inflammability
Airborne insulation
Based on US MVSS302
DIN52 210
Not inflammable
~30 dB
Not inflammable
-
-
-
size 1000mm x 2000mm
6
Light transmission - >80 >80 %
Type C • 3476/45 (transparent) Type C-3476/45 is very similar in characteristics to Type B-3016/35, the main dif-
• Shore hardness A/15 Sec. 63 ference is Type C-3476/45 is resistant to more extreme temperatures.
• Extreme cold resistance up to –45°C
Sheet Sizes Available Note: Other thicknesses available on request -

Present Maximum Width = 2200mm Available in roll from up to 20 mtrs. in length or as P.O.R.
Standard Width = 1000mm sheets cut to size 100 x 2000mm.
Standard Thickness = 5, 7, 10mm
*IMPORTANT NOTICE*
Thickness Size (Width) Weight TYPE A TYPE B* TYPE C
Both Types B-3016/35 and Type
sheet roll C-3476/45 are available as strips with
(mm) (mm) lb/m2 Part No. Price/lb Part No. Price/lb Part No. Price/lb rounded extrusion edges in the follow-
3 1000 or 1500 8.07 S130234A 7.78 S130234B 8.03 S130234C 8.95 ing standard formats:
4.5 1000 or 1500 12.11 S130334A 7.78 S130334B 8.03 S130334C 10.92 200mm wide x 2mm, 300mm wide x
6 1000 or 1500 16.14 S130434A 7.78 S130434B 8.03 S130434C 8.78 3mm or 400mm wide x 4mm
Standard Roll = 50 mtrs. in length.
Note: *Swing-Door grade normal cold resistant formula K3016/35 Other sizes on request.
6-16
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FLEXIBLE PVC
R
O C
D U
Type D FABCO SPECIALIZED FLEXIBLE PVC

Type D 3016/35 Transparent, Green
Type D1 Light Green Protective Factor 4
-300mm wide x 3mm thick
PRICES
Type D2 Medium Green Protective Factor 7
ON
-300mm wide x 2mm thick REQUEST
-300mm wide x 3mm thick
Type D3 Dark Green - Light transmission tests Protective Factor 9
in accordance with German Industrial -300mm wide x 2mm thick
Standards DIN 4647. -300mm wide x 3mm thick
Type D4 Dark Green - Tested and approved according to DIN 32504E

Available in 300mm wide x 3mm thick.
FABCO Type D flexible PVC can be used as welding screen material and is characterized by reliable absorption of dangerous light rays, protection against sparks,
and flame resistance, high degrees of tenacity. DIN tested protection even in cases of the most intense arc welding applications.
Products of soft Polyvinylchloride (PVC) are crystal clear to honey-coloured. This thermoplastic is extremely resistant to aging. Even with damp atmosphere
PVC only absorbs a minimum of water and is therefore - under general circumstances - non perishable and weather resistant.
Any degree of softness can easily be achieved by adding up the corresponding quantities of plasticisers. At 20°C the tensile strength reaches from 80 to 250
kgm2.
As the reaction of soft PVC depends on temperature, the usual local temperature has to be taken into consideration. It is resistant to chemicals at a large scale
and its dielectric properties are excellent.
This data sheet is to give you advice. Many decades of experience with plastic materials are the basis of its details. Due to the different conditions under which
the products are used, we are, however, not able to provide universally valid information of the durability and resistance of soft PVC. Thus, in an individual case,
suitability tests are recommended.
1 = stable
2 = conditionally stable Specific Weight at 20°C: approx. 1,3
Chemical Resistance Chart 3 = unstable Resistance tests at 20°C.
CONTENTS CONCENTRATION 1 2 3 CONTENTS CONCENTRATION 1 2 3

Hydroxylamine sulfate, watery X Acetaldehyde, Pure X
Potassium lye up to 50% X Acetaldehyde, water X
Potassium bichromate, watery X Acetone 100% X
Potassium bromide, watery X Ethyl Alcohol 96% X
Potassium chloride, watery X Ethyl Alcohol 10% X
Potassium nitrate, watery X Ethyl benzene 100% X
Potassium persulphate, watery X Ethyl hexanol 100% X
Fluorsillic acid 10% X Alum (all kinds) X
Sodium chloride Aluminum acetate X
(c.f. Common Salt), watery X Aluminum chloride X
Carbonic acid, dry 100% X Aluminum Oxide X
Carbonic acid, damp X Aluminum hydroxide X
Copper sulphate, watery X Aluminum sulphate X
Magnesium carbonate X Formic acid 100% X
Magnesium chloride X Ammonia, watery 10% X
Magnesium sulphate X Ammonia liquid X
Marlon WAS 42% X Ammonia gaseous 100% X
Marlophene 83 100% X Ammonium chloride X
Marlophone 89 5% X Ammonium phosphate, watery X
Marlophone 810 20% X Ammonium sulphide 10-40% X
Marlophone 820 5% X Amyl alcohol 100% X
6 Marlophone 820
Wood alcohol
Methylene chloride
Lactic acid
20%
100%
100%
10% X
X
X
X
Aniline
Anise oil
Barium sulphate
Benzaldehyde
100%
100%
100%
X
X
X
X
Lactic acid 50% X *Benzine X
Lactic acid 90% X Benzine/Benzene mixture X
Sodium chlorate, watery X Benzoic acid X
Soda lye, watery 10% X Benzene 100% X
Soda lye 25% X Succimic acid 100% X
Soda lye 50% X Lead acetate X
Nickel chloride, watery X Hypochlorite solution CL 12, 5% X
Nickel sulphate, watery X Borax, watery X
Nitrobenzene 100% X Boric acid, watery X
Olic acid 100% X Bromine liquid 100% X
Oxalid acid X Butanole 100% X
Phenylhydrazine 100% X Butylacetate 100% X
Phosphoric acid, watery X Calcium carbonate, watery X
Nitric acid, watery 6% X Calcium chloride X
Nitric acid, watery 10% X Calcium nitrate X
Nitric acid, watery 20% X Calcium sulphate, watery X
Nitric acid, watery 65% X Chloroform 100% X
Hydrochloric acid, watery 10% X Chromic alums X
Hydrochloric acid, concentrated X Cyclohexanone 100% X
Carbon bisulphide 100% X Dextrine, watery X
Sulfuric acid 5% X Dibutyl phtalate 100% X
Sulfuric acid 10% X Ferric chloride, watery X
Sulfuric acid 96% X Acetic Acid 10% X
Sea Water X Acetic anhydride 100% X
Stearic acid 100% X Formaldehyde 10% X
Tetrachlorethylene 100% X Glucose X
Tetrahydrofuran 100% X Glycerine pure X
Hydrogen peroxide 3% X Glycerine, watery X
Hydrogen peroxide 10% X Glycol pure X
Tartaric Acid X Glycol, watery X
Xylene 100% X Urea, watery X
Zinc sulphate X
Citric acid X *Please require specific quality - without any liability
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FLEXIBLE PVC
R
O C
D U
Pollastrip PVC strip is available in four grades.

Type S Standard Type PU Polar Welding Bronze Type SR
Used in the manufacture of Specially formulated to Developed in conjunction with ICI Similar to Type S but with
strip doors, dust and spray retain it’s flexibility in and designed to eliminate 99% of all a special additive making
screens, factory partitions, low temperatures. dangerous Ultra Violet transmission, it particularly suitable in
heat barriers and acoustic Ideal for use in refriger- whilst retaining high transparency situations requiring
enclosures. ation plants and cold and safe 2-way vision. Used exten- improved fire retardation
stores. sively in the manufacture of welding qualities.
booths.
STANDARD STRIP SIZES AND COLOURS STANDARD SHEET SIZES AND COLOURS
WIDTH x THICKNESS
Imperial (ins). WIDTH THICKNESS
Imperial STANDARD
GRADE / COLOUR
Metric (mm) Imperial (ins). Metric Imperial Metric Imperial COLOUR
STANDARD - Transparent 200 x 2 8 x 0.08 STANDARD 1000mm 40" 2mm 0.08" - Transparent for
for normal use. 300 x 2 12 x 0.08 CLEAR 1200mm 48" 3mm 0.12" normal use
300 x 3 12 x 0.12 1500mm 60" 4mm 0.16"
400 x 2.5 16 x 0.10 5mm 0.20"
400 x 4 16 x 0.16 6mm 0.24"
POLAR - Transparent for low 200 x 2 8 x 0.08 7mm 0.28"
temperature use 300 x 3 12 x 0.12 10mm 0.40"
RED - Translucent for warning 400 x 4 16 x 0.16 12mm 0.48"
and marker strips POLAR 1200mm 48" 5mm 0.20" - Transparent for low
ORANGE - Opaque for warning and 1500mm 60" 7mm 0.28" temperature use
marker strips BRONZE 1200mm 48" 2mm 0.08" - Tranparent for ultra-
BRONZE - Transparent for 200 x 2 8 x 0.08 violet absorption
ultra-violet absorption 300 x 2 12 x 0.08 BLACK 1200mm 48" 10mm 0.40" - Opaque for normal use
GREEN - Translucent for ultra-violet
and infa-red reduction. 6
DOOR STRIP SHEETS/ROLLS
Price per foot Price per foot
USDA Low Temp. Standard Standard Bronze Welding
Size No. Size Part NO. Part NO. Size No. Size Part NO. Part NO.
S13PSU S13PSS S13PSS S13PSW
001 4" x .060" x 300' 1.45 1.24 024 48" x .080" x 60'/64' 14.48 16.22
004 6" x .060" x 300' 1.69 1.33 028 48" x .120" x 60'/64' 22.12 -
008 8" x .080" x 300' 2.31 1.71 032 48" x .160" x 60'/64' 27.19 -
012 12" x .080" x 225' 3.43 2.69 036 48" x .240" x 60'/64' 43.95 -
040 48" x .400" x 60'/64' 75.38 -
016 12" x .120" x 200' 4.76 3.69
020 16" x .160" x 100' 9.36 6.95
COLOURED DOOR STRIP Price per foot
Size (in.) Colour Part No. Price
8" x .080" x 300' Red S13PSSR008 2.31

8" x .120" x 300' Orange S13PSSO008 2.31
12" x .120" x 200' Red S13PSSR012 4.76
8" x .080" x 300' Bronze Welding S13PSSW008 2.31
*Available in Reinforced - Add 15% to above prices
6-18
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO ROUND WELDING ROD
R
O C
D U
PVC POLYPROPYLENE
Material Diameter Diameter Part Material Diameter Diameter Part

Colour Price/Lb. Colour Price/Lb.
Designation mm inches No. Designation mm inches No.
CAW 3 1/8 Gray W01203 10.47 DWST 3 0.118 Natural W08603 13.20
CAW 4 5/32 Gray W01204 10.47 DWST 4 0.157 Natural W08604 13.20
CAW 4.5 3/16 Gray W01205 10.47 DWST 5 0.197 Natural W08605 13.20
CAW 8x8x6 Triangular Gray W03209 10.47 SR 3.175 1/8 Natural W11603 13.20
HSV 3 0.118 Gray W02203 10.47 SR 3.969 5/32 Natural W11604 13.20
HSV 4 0.157 Gray W02204 10.47 SR 4.763 3/16 Natural W11605 13.20
HSV 5 0.197 Gray W02205 10.47 PP-IND 3 0.118 Natural W10603 13.20
MZ 3 0.118 Lt.Gray W25403 10.47 PP-IND 4 0.157 Natural W10604 13.20
MZ 4 0.157 Lt.Gray W25404 10.47 PP-IND 5 0.197 Natural W10605 13.20
MZ 5 0.197 Lt.Gray W25405 10.47 DWU 3 0.118 Tan/Gray W08203 14.50
KD7300 3 0.118 Green W07303 14.00 DWU 4 0.157 Tan/Gray W08204 14.50
KD7300 4 0.157 Green W07304 14.00 DWU 5 0.197 Tan/Gray W05205 14.50
KD3900 4 0.157 Clear W07604 14.00 PPS 3 0.118 Gray W12603 17.00
GLAS 3 0.118 Clear W01603 15.10 PPS 4 0.157 Gray W12604 17.00
GLAS 4 0.157 Clear W01604 15.10
FLEXIBLE 3 1/8 Natural W04603 12.00
FLEXIBLE 4 5/32 Natural W04604 12.00
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
Material Diameter Diameter Part

PVC-C-HT (CPVC) Colour Price/Lb.
Designation mm inches No.
HWST 3 0.118 Natural W18603 13.20
Colour Price/Lb. HWST 4 0.157 Natural W18604 13.20
HWST 5 0.197 Natural W18605 13.20
HT210 3 0.118 Gray W31203 12.20
SR 3.175 1/8 Natural W21603 13.20
HT210 4 0.157 Gray W31204 12.20
SR 3.969 5/32 Natural W21604 13.20
CPVC 3 0.118 Lt. Gray W06203 12.20
SR 4.763 3/16 Natural W21605 13.20
CPVC 4 0.157 Lt. Gray W06204 12.20
IND 3 0.118 Natural W23603 13.20
CPVC 5 0.197 Lt. Gray W06205 12.20
IND 4 0.157 Natural W23604 13.20
IND 5 0.197 Natural W23605 13.20
HWU 3 0.118 Black W18903 14.40
HWU 4 0.157 Black W18904 14.40
HWU 5 0.197 Black W18905 14.40
FEP HML500 3 0.118 Natural W22603 15.10
HML500 4 0.157 Natural W22604 15.10
Colour Price/Lb.
6 Designation
FEP
mm
3.5
inches
0.138 Natural
No.
W40603 P.O.R.
LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE

Colour Price/Lb.
PVDF Designation mm inches No.
LDPE 3.175 1/8 Natural W14603 10.20
Material Diameter Diameter Part LDPE 3.969 5/32 Natural W14604 10.20
Colour Price/Lb.
Designation mm inches No. LDPE 4.763 3/16 Natural W14605 10.20
PVDF 3 0.118 Natural W30603 65.00
PVDF 4 0.157 Natural W30604 65.00
HALAR-ECTFE
PFA
Colour Price/Lb.
Colour Price/Lb. ECTFE 3 0.118 Natural W50602 96.05
PFA 3.5 0.138 Natural W42603 P.O.R. ECTFE 3.18 0.125 Natural W50603 96.05
ECTFE 3.96 0.156 Natural W50604 96.05
ECTFE 4 0.157 Natural W50605 96.05
Note: Welding rod may be available in coils/Add C to end of part number/’Contact Fabco to check for availability.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PHENOLIC SHEETS
R
O C
D U
Phenolic is a hard dense material made by applying heat and pressure to layers of paper or fabric impregnated with a synthetic resin. These
layers or laminations are usually of cellulose paper or fabric, cotton fabric, synthetic yarn fabrics, glass fabric, or unwoven fabrics. When heat
and pressure are applied to the layers, a chemical reaction (polymerization) transforms the layers into a solid mass.
Laminated plastic is approximately half the weight of aluminum and one-fifth the weight of steel. Its physical toughness resists abrasion, fric-
tion, impact and material fatigue. Special properties fight off the corrosive action of water and many chemicals, increasing the service life and
efficiency of your product parts. Many grades are designed for electrical and electronic insulating job. Insulating qualities such as low dissi-
pation factor and excellent dielectric strength make them valuable for many precise electrical and electronic applications. The strength-to-
weight ratio of laminated plastic makes it ideally suited for countless product parts. It is high in tensile, compressive, flexural and impact strength
and possesses good working characteristics...machining quickly and easily.
Thickness Approximate Weight Per Square Foot

Frac. Decimal G-7 G-5/G-9 G-10 G-11 N-1 X XX/XXX XXXP C CE L LE A-AA
1/65 .0156 .152 .162 .154 .160 .103 .112 .109 .108 .111 .111 .111 .111 .134
1/32 .0312 .305 .324 .308 .321 .206 .224 .218 .215 .221 .221 .221 .221 .268
3/64 .0469 .459 .488 .463 .483 .309 .336 .327 .323 .332 .332 .332 .332 .402
1/16 .0625 .611 .650 .618 .644 .412 .449 .436 .429 .442 .442 .442 .442 .537
3/32 .0937 .917 .974 .926 .965 .618 .673 .654 .644 .663 .663 .663 .663 .805
1/8 .1250 1.22 1.30 1.24 1.29 .825 .897 .871 .858 .884 .884 .884 .884 1.073
5/32 .1562 1.53 1.62 1.54 1.61 1.03 1.121 1.089 1.073 1.105 1.105 1.105 1.105 1.341
3/16 .1875 1.84 1.95 1.85 1.93 1.24 1.346 1.307 1.287 1.326 1.326 1.326 1.326 1.610
1/4 .2500 2.45 2.60 2.47 2.58 1.65 1.794 1.742 1.716 1.874 1.768 1.853 1.768 2.145
5/16 .3125 3.06 3.25 3.09 3.22 2.06 2.234 2.178 2.145 2.334 2.210 2.313 2.210 2.682
3/8 .3750 3.67 3.90 3.70 3.86 2.48 2.691 2.613 2.574 2.793 2.652 2.772 2.652 3.218
7/16 .4375 4.28 4.55 4.32 4.51 2.89 3.140 3.049 3.063 3.250 3.094 3.229 3.094 3.755
1/2 .5000 4.89 5.20 4.94 5.15 3.30 3.588 3.484 3.432 3.706 3.536 3.685 3.536 4.290
9/16 .5625 5.51 5.85 5.56 5.79 3.71 4.037 3.920 3.861 4.165 3.978 4.148 3.978 4.827
5/8 .6250 6.12 6.50 6.18 6.44 4.13 4.485 4.355 4.290 4.607 4.420 4.590 4.420 5.363
11/16 .6875 6.73 7.15 6.79 7.08 4.54 4.934 4.791 4.791 5.067 4.862 5.053 4.862 5.900
3/4 .7500 7.34 7.80 7.41 7.73 4.95 5.382 5.226 5.148 5.509 5.304 5.304 5.304 6.435
13/16 .8125 7.95 8.45 8.03 8.36 5.36 5.831 5.662 5.577 5.965 5.746 5.958 5.746 6.972
7/8 .8750 8.57 9.10 8.65 9.01 5.78 6.279 6.097 6.006 6.407 6.188 6.400 6.188 7.508
15/16 .9375 9.18 9.75 9.26 9.66 6.19 6.728 6.533 6.435 6.860 6.630 6.860 6.630 8.045
1 1.0000 9.79 10.40 9.88 10.30 6.60 7.176 6.968 6.864 7.302 7.072 7.302 7.072 8.580
SHEET THICKNESS TOLERANCES

Standard Nominal Thickness Tolerance In Inches - Standard Sheets
Thickness
Range for Each
Grade
All Paper
Base Grades
Grades
580, 910
Grades
900, 905, 906
911, 914, 920
Grades
940, 942
944, 948
Grade
950
Grade
980
All Glass
Base Grades
Grade
190
6
Inches + or - + or - + or - + or - + or - + or - + or - + or -
.010 0.002 - - 0.003 - - 0.002 0.003
.015 0.0025 - - 0.0035 0.0035 - 0.003 0.0035
.020 0.003 - - 0.004 0.004 - 0.004 0.004
.025 0.0035 0.005 - 0.0045 0.0045 - 0.005 0.0045
1/32 0.0035 0.0065 0.0065 0.005 0.005 - 0.0065 0.0065
3/64 0.0045 0.0075 0.0075 0.0055 0.0055 - 0.0075 0.0075
1/16 0.005 0.0075 0.0075 0.006 0.006 0.018 0.0075 0.0075
3/32 0.007 0.009 0.009 0.007 0.007 0.018 0.009 0.009
1/8 0.008 0.010 0.010 0.008 0.008 0.020 0.012 0.010
5/32 0.009 0.011 0.011 0.009 0.009 - 0.015 0.011
3/16 0.010 0.0125 0.0125 0.010 0.010 0.024 0.019 0.0125
7/32 0.011 0.014 0.014 0.011 0.011 - 0.021 0.014
Inches + or - + or - + or - + or - + or - + or - + or - + or -
1/4 0.012 0.015 0.030 0.024 0.012 0.028 0.022 0.015
5/16 0.0145 0.0175 0.035 0.029 0.0145 0.034 0.026 0.024
3/8 0.017 0.020 0.040 0.034 0.017 0.038 0.030 0.032
7/16 0.019 0.022 0.044 0.038 0.019 0.044 0.033 0.040
1/2 0.021 0.024 0.048 0.042 0.021 0.048 0.036 0.048
5/8 0.024 0.027 0.053 0.048 0.024 0.058 0.040 0.054
3/4 0.027 0.029 0.058 0.054 0.027 0.068 0.043 0.058
6-20
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PHENOLIC SHEETS
R
O C
D U
PHENOLIC SHEET GRADE SELECTION GUIDE

MILITARY
CONSTRUCTION
NEMA Specifications
SPECIAL FEATURES
Grade and Type
Resin Base
MIL-P
G-7 997-GSG silicone fine class cloth Excellent heat resist., Class H insulation, high dielectrics
G-7 997-GSG silicone coarse glass cloth High temperature applications, general purpose
G-5 15037-GMG melamine medium glass cloth Excellent arc resistance, high heat resistance
G-9 15037-GME melamine medium glass cloth Excellent dielectrics under humidity, high arc resistance
G-10 18177-GEE epoxy medium glass cloth Hi translucency, exec. electricals in dry & humid conditions
FR-4 18177-GEE epoxy medium glass cloth Good machining, fire retardancy & standard G-10 properties
G-11 18177-GEB epoxy medium glass cloth Heat resistant, hi electricals, retains strength at hi temps
FR-4 18177-GEE epoxy medium glass cloth Same as Grade 163 tan colour
G-3 - phenolic medium glass cloth High Mechanical Props., Low water absorption & power factor
N-1 15047-NPG phenolic medium glass cloth All-purpose electrical grade for operating temp. under 160°F
- - phenolic saturating paper Odorless refrigeration stock
XXX 3115-PBE phenolic saturating paper Excellent machining, better elec. properties than Grade 550
XX 3115-PBG phenolic saturating paper For general electrical applications, good machinability
FR-1 3115-PBG phenolic saturating paper Fire retardant, high electrical and moisture resistance.
XXX - phenolic saturating paper Top dielectric strength for transformer and high voltage use
A 8059-PBA phenolic asbestos paper High heat resistance, good dimensional stability
XPC - phenolic saturating paper Economical general purpose cold punching stock
XP - phenolic saturating paper Good insulation resistance, warm punching XP grade
FR-1 - phenolic saturating paper Fire-retardant, economical, good mechanical properties
X - phenolic saturating paper Mechanical applications, good dielectric strength when dry
X - phenolic saturating paper Die stock, easily machined, high physical strength
XP - phenolic saturating paper Hot punch, good mechanical strength and basic electricals
XP - phenolic saturating paper Economical, hot punching, all-purpose stock
XPC - phenolic saturating paper Cold punch grade for less critical electrical applications
XXP - phenolic saturating paper Hot punching stock with good electrical properties
6 XXXPC
FR-2
3115-PBE-P
-
phenolic
phenolic
saturating paper
saturating paper
Low dielectric loss, cold punching grade
Fire-retardant, cold punching and high electrical values
XXP 3115-PBE-P phenolic saturating paper Hot punching grade with superior insulation resistance
C 15035-FBM phenolic coarse canvas Structural use requiring great strength & impact resistance
C 15035-FBM phenolic coarse canvas Excellent gear stock, uniformity of high mechanical values
- 8655 phenolic coarse canvas Developed for hot forming and bending applications
CE 15035-FBG phenolic coarse canvas Good electrical values and moisture resistance
- 18324 phenolic coarse canvas Underwater service, resists moisture attack & deterioration
- - phenolic coarse canvas Maximum chemical (acid) resistance and excellent strength
C 1509350-FBM phenolic medium canvas For mechanical use requiring toughness & low H2O absorption
L 150350FBI phenolic fine weave linen For precision machining and high strength applications
LE 150350FBE phenolic fine weave linen Excellent dimen. stability & machining, low H2O absorption
- 5431 phenolic fine weave linen Graphitized for self lubrication
- - phenolic fine weave linen Moly disulfide, self-lub., similar properties to Grade 942
LE 15035-FBE phenolic med. asbestos fabric High heat resist. & mechanical strength, min. dimens. change
FR-3 22324-PEE epoxy saturating paper Optimum balance of mechanical & electrical properties combined
with excellent machinability
NOTE: PRICES ON REQUEST.
B C O
A
FIBERGLASS COMPOSITE LINER PANEL

F
•
•
T S
P
FOR WALLS & CEILING

R
O C
D U
EXCELINER® – Textured surface wall and ceiling panels for the food related market.
NR
®
APPLICATIONS:
• Breweries • Dairies and cheese plants restaurants • Modular portable structures
• Car washes • Public washrooms • Laboratories • Nursing homes
• Chick hatcheries • Frozen food and other food • Locker and shower rooms • Refrigerated truck trailers
• “Clean” rooms of plants processing plants • Fisheries • Supermarkets
• Cold storage warehouses • Kennels • Meat processing plants and • Transit vehicles
• Convenience stores • Kitchens, lunch rooms and slaughter houses • Walk-in freezers and coolers
Product Name cial protective finishes can be produced upon request subject to mimimum order
quantities. Standard textured finish (pebble) is available in all types.
Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Composite Wall and Ceiling Panels: Smooth Both Sides is a special item.
Exceliner® XLX Protective Panels (FSC non–rated)
Exceliner® XLC Protective Panels (FSC 145) Applicable Standards
Exceliner® XL5 Protective Panels (FSC 20 DISCONTINUED) Exceliner conforms to the following:
Exceliner® XL7 Protective Panels (FSC non-rated, outdoor use) • Standard Specification for Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polyester Composite Wall
and Ceiling Panels (Society of Plastics Industry, Composite Panel
Product Description Council:Issue 90/5/15).
• CAN/ULC–S102–M88 Standard method of test for surface burning character-
istics of building materials (National Standards of Canada).
Basic Uses • Agriculture Canada accepted for use in Registered Establishments
For use as an indoor or outdoor protective and decorative surface in new or (Registration Number: 774.1 G28).
retrofit construction on walls and ceilings. Very effective with one or both lami- • Health and Welfare Canada acceptance on all products.
nate skins on foam core sandwich systems. • USDA accepted for use in meat and poultry plants.
Typical building applications include Breweries, Car Washes, Chick
Hatcheries, “Clean” Rooms, Cold Storage facilities, Dairies, Cheese Plants,
Fisheries, Food Processing Plants of all types, Greenhouse Insulated Walls, Technical Data
Kitchens, Kennels, Laboratories, Locker Rooms, Meat Processing and
Slaughter Houses, Milk Houses and Milking Parlours, Modular Portable Chemical Resistant
Structures, Nursing Homes, Portable Partitions, Refridgerated Truck Trailers,
Exceliner as a group may be rated as:
Shower Stalls, Supermarkets, Transit Vehicles, Walk–In Freezers and Coolers,
• fair to good in diluted acids
Washroom and Toilet Facilities. Exceliner panels are available in a variety of
• poor to fair in concentrated acids
thicknesses identified by their Series numbers. See Table 1.
• poor to fair in weak alkalis
Series 1500 and Series 2000 may be used when Exceliner is laminated to a
• good to excellent in strong alkalis
substrate such as plastic foams, gypsum board, plywood or chip board, howev-
• poor in chlorinated solvents
er we generally recommend a minimum of Series 3000 for non-laminated appli-
• poor in ketones and aldehydes
cations. For limitations, see Technical Data, Section 4.
It is recommended you test for specific uses and request panel formulations for
highly corrosive environments.
Composition and Materials
Exceliner is a fiberglass reinforced, filled polyester composite sheet. It is pro-
duced by a modern continuous casting process using high quality unsaturated Stain Resistance
polyester resins, chopped strand fiberglass reinforcement and inorganic fillers. All Exceliners are normally unaffected by most common food products. Ask
The release films, one of which is embossed, impart a tough scuff resistant for technical assistance with specific problems.
textured finish to the exposed surface of the panel and a clean bondable back
surface, free of any foreign release agents, to the other.
Each XL Type is produced from a unique proprietory formulation designed to
achieve specific cost and performance objectives.
UV Resistance
Only Exceliner XL7 is designed to provide outdoor exposure protection. The
use of other Exceliner types outdoors is not recommended unless severe yel-
6
lowing can be tolerated. Higher levels of protection can be achieved in most
Sizes product types at a higher cost on a custom basis and may be necessary for cer-
Standard Exceliner width is 1200 mm (48”). Custom widths to 1500 mm tain custom colours.
(60”). Standard lengths are 2400 mm (96”), 3000 mm (120”) and 3600 mm
(144”). Custom lengths may be supplied in sheets up to 4.5 m (15 feet) long or Impact Resistance
in rolls up to 150 m (500 feet) long. Exceliner will not deform under low energy impact and is classified as “dent
resistant” compared to thin gauge aluminum. Factors affecting performance
Table 1: include: panel gauge, type of supporting substrate, service environment, previ-
Standard Series and Nominal Gauges
ous mechanical damage, mass, shape and angle of impactor. Physical
S1500 .045 in. (1.1 mm) Properties chart shows typical results when tested according to the SPI
Composite Panel Council Falling Ball test (in ASTM 3841, 5.09 lbs. 2.5 in. diam-
S2000 .060 in. (1.5 mm) eter).
S2500 .075 in. (1.9 mm)

Water Resistance
S3000 .090 in. (2.3 mm) Moisture resistance is considered a significant property in many Exceliner
applications. There is a difference in each type of product when tested in the
S4000 .125 in. (3.2 mm) laboratory for short and long term exposure. As a general rule, higher water
absorption results from greater flexibility, the higher the flexibility of the panel
PRICES ON REQUEST type the greater its long term water absorption will be.
Colors Heat Resistance

Standard colors are Bright White, Champagne and Gray.
The maximum service temperature for these composite products is about
60°C (140°F). They will tolerate temperatures to 107°C (225°F) for short peri-
Non–Standard and Custom Products ods of time (eg. Cleaning) but they are not metals and should not be exposed to
Non–Standard colors, non–standard gauges, special formulations and spe- continuous steam, open flame or direct radiant heating systems.
EXCELINER® is a Registered Trademark of Graham Products Limited
6-22
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FOR WALLS & CEILING
R
O C
D U
Fire Resistance Table 2: Physical Properties

All Exceliner products contain combustible
Property Test Method or Standard XLX XLC XL7
materials. XLC is a fire retardant formula and for
Application - ID (indoor) Yes Yes Yes
Series 2000 to 3000 gauges the fire performance is
listed by ULC. - OD (outdoor) No No Yes
Laboratory flammability tests such as ASTM Agriculture Canada Approval #774-1g28 Yes Yes Yes
D635, ASTM D1929, ASTM E84 and Flame Spread Classification CAN/ULC-S102 N/A <145 N/A
CAN/ULC–S102 are used to measure and describe
Smoke Developed CAN/ULC-S102 N/A <450 N/A
the properties of combustible materials in response
to heat and flame under controlled laboratory con- ULC Listed No Yes No
ditions. Flammability (in/min) ASTM D635 2 0.6 1.9
XLC provides the maximum FSC permitted by Flexural Strength (MD) MPa ASTM D790 103.4 110.3 110.3
the National Building Codes of Canada for interior
psi 15000 16000 16000
finishes. XLC gives and FSC of <145 and a Smoke
Developed of <450 by CAN/ULC S102. Flexural Modulus (MD) GPa ASTM D790 5.31 6.34 6.34
psi .77 x 106 .92 x 106 .92 x 106
Tensile Strength (MD) MPa ASTM D638 55.2 51.7 51.7

Installation psi 8000 7500 7500
Tensile Modulus GPa ASTM D638 9.31 9.45 8.62

General psi 1.35 x 106 1.37 x 106 1.25 x 106
Exceliner panels should be installed on smooth
Tensile Elongation % ASTM D638 0.72 0.76 0.66
solid walls eg. plaster, plywood, gypsum board,
poured concrete, concrete block or foam insulation. Comprehensive Strength ASTM D695
Walls should be dry and free from dust and grease. MPa 172.4 144.8 172.4
psi 25000 21000 25000

Preparatory Work Barcol Hardness ASTM D2583 55-60 60-65 60-65
Rough or badly misaligned walls should be lev-
Impact Resistance Joules 7.4 6.0 4.8
elled with plaster or furred out.
Frame and furred out walls may be used if stud (2.31 kg Falling Ball 63.5 mm Dia.) Ft-lbs 10.03 8.13 6.51
spacing is 406mm (16”) OC or less and Series Water Absorption%

3000 or thicker Exceliner is used, otherwise a 24 hrs @ 25°C ASTM D570 0.32 0.35 0.28
smooth substrate of suitable material should be
Co-efficient Thermal Expansion -17.8°C to +50°C(0°F to 122°F)
provided.
The final choice of installation procedure is dic- in/in/ft ASTM D696 1.26 x 10-5 1.4 x 10-5 1.2 x 10-5
tated by: the condition of substrate wall; the thick- cm/cm/°C 2.27 x 10-5 2.52 x 10-5 2.61 x 10-5
ness of the Exceliner panel; the anticipated wear Water Vapour Permeance ASTM E96 0.64
and tear on the finished wall; the need for other
mg/PA.s.m2 (perms) Procedure A 1.12 x 10-2
improvements in the wall such as adding insulation.
In all applications Exceliner should be acclima-
tized for at least 24 hours in an environment
approximating the operating temperature and rela- ONE–PIECE
tive humidity of the finished room to minimize panel MOLDING INSTALLATION
movement due to thermal expansion after installa-
tion. Store panels horizontally.
OUTSIDE CORNER
6 Methods
There are two basic installation systems:
One Piece Molding
mechanical fastening and adhesive fastening. A

third variation combines a minimum number of JOINER STRIP BATTEN
One Piece Molding
mechanical fasteners with adhesive for optimum TERMINAL
appearance. Floor or Wall
Installation Accessories INSIDE CORNER

Non-corroding nylon drive rivets 19mm to 152 mm One Piece Molding
(3/4” to 6”).
One piece vinyl joiner molding 3m (10’) long.
One piece vinyl cap molding 3m (10’) long.
One piece vinyl outside corner molding 3m (10’)
long. TWO–PIECE
One piece vinyl inside corner molding 3m (10’) MOLDING INSTALLATION
long.
Two piece vinyl joiner molding 2.4m (8’) long.
Two piece vinyl outside corner molding 2.4m (8’)
long.
Two piece vinyl inside corner molding 2.4m (8’)
long.
JOINER STRIP BATTEN
Marlite® Construction Adhesive #375. Two Piece Molding
PRICES ON REQUEST
INSIDE CORNER OUTSIDE CORNER

Two Piece Molding One Piece Molding
MARLITE® is a Registered Trademark of Commercial and Architectural Products Inc.

B C O
A

F
•
•
T S
P
FOR WALLS & CEILING

R
O C
D U
MECHANICAL FASTENING:
Exceliner paneling should be installed with non-corroding nylon
drive rivets or stainless steel screws. The fastener clearance holes
must be pre-drilled 3mm (1/8”) oversize to accommodate normal
expansion and contraction. The recommended fastening frequency
is approximately 406mm (16”) OC with staggered fasteners on
adjacent panel edges to help provide tight, flat joints. Fasteners on
the outside edges should be approximately 25mm (1”) from the
panel edge. Drive fasteners to a snug fit. DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN.
Start the first pre-drilled panel in one corner by setting it accu-

rately in place with a plumb line or level. Drill the fastener holes in
the wall through the pre-drilled holes in the Exceliner. Start at the
top of the first row and work down and across the panel leaving the
leading edge unfastened. To install the joiner molding, trim it to
accommodate ceiling and base molding. Inject a 3mm (1/8”) bead
of silicone sealant on one side of the joiner strip and then install on
the leading edge of the first panel. Leave a 3mm (1/8”) expansion
gap, check for plumb and fasten the joiner molding to the wall with
nails or adhesive.
Complete the fastening of the first panel, remove excess sealant
and continue with the next panel.
FASTENER POSITIONING
• The pre-drilled clearance holes in the Exceliner FRP panel shall
be 3.2 mm (1/8”) larger in diameter than the fastener hole Various Drive Rivet Applications
(Fig. 5).
• Use carbide-tipped power saw or swivel head shear to cut
Exceliner, and carbide-tipped drill bit to drill holes in Exceliner.
• A maximum of 406.4 mm (16”) O.C. around entire perimeter of
Exceliner FRP panels, no closer than 25.4 mm (1”) from any
edge and along length in rows spaced 406.4 mm (16”) O.C. max-
imum. Stagger fastener holes on adjacent edges of Exceliner
FRP panels (Fig. 6).
• The first panel installed should be set accurately with a plumb
line. If several panels are used on a high wall, both vertical and
horizontal lines should be used to ensure alignment.
• Holding Exceliner FRP panel in place, drill fastener holes in wall
through the predrilled holes in Exceliner FRP panels using prop-
er diameter bit for fastener shank. Drill first holes and insert fas-
teners at top corner of the first row and complete the first row
downwards. Working across the panel towards the other side,
leave the leading edge unfastened till joiner strip is installed (Fig.
6).
• Do not overdrive fasteners.
• To aid flatness, high quality construction adhesive should be
Drive Rivet and Hole Detail
Figure 5
6
used to install Exceliner panels in conjunction with mechanical
fastening.
Fastener Position – Typical Panel

Figure 6
SEALING & CAULKING MAINTENANCE

To ensure a water-tight, easy to clean finish, A mild cleaner used on a regular schedule will
apply a silicone based sealant during the installa- usually prevent dirt buildup. Always test your
tion of panels. cleaning solution on a small area. Do not use abra-
sive cleaners, aromatic or chlorinated solvents.
ADHESIVE FASTENING Many commercial chemical cleaners have been
tested on Exceliner and found to be acceptable in
lt is best to use adhesive in conjunction with concentrations from 1% to 10%. 5 to 10% trisodi-
nylon rivets to improve flatness. Only high quality um phosphate or detergents in warm water (55°C)
panel adhesives should be used to install are quite effective. When possible choose neutral
Exceliner. Wall and panel surfaces must be dry cleaners and always follow the manufacturers
and free of dirt, dust and grease to permit 100% directions. Because of the textured surface a soft
Adhesive Method No. 1 Adhesive Method No. 2
adhesive coverage and contact. 100% Coverage Bead Method brush should be used with a circular motion to
Use 6mm (1/4”) notched trowel to insure clean all facets of the surface. Always rinse thor-
enough adhesive. Follow the adhesive manufac- NOTE: Panels thinner than 2.3 mm (0.090”) are not oughly to prevent a film build up.
turer's direction. If rivets are not used in the body recommended to install by bead method.
of the panel then bracing must be applied until
the adhesive is cured.
6-24
B C O
A
CHEMCLAD FIBERGLASS INDUSTRIAL
•
•
T S
P
SIDING AND ROOFING PANEL
R
O C
D U
® CHEMCLAD® – Premium grade industrial FRP

Chemclad
PREMIUM GRADE FRP INDUSTRIAL CLADDING
composite cladding for corrosive
environments.
APPLICATIONS:
• Pulp & paper plants • Utilities
• Chemical plants • Rendering plants
• Refineries • Salt processing plants
• Port facilities • Mines
• Process industries • Metal refining & processing plants
• Galvanizing & plating plants • Fertilizer plants
• Cooling towers • Waste water facilities
Chemclad is made from the same basic formulations of resin and fiberglass as
those used in corrosion-resistant FRP tanks, pipes, grating, stackliners, ducts and
scrubbers—FRP materials that are used so effectively to combat aggressive envi-
ronments throughout industry today.
Chemclad performance goes beyond that of ordinary FRP. Chemclad is for-
mulated with an extra resin-rich surface and a Type ECR premium fiberglass rein-
forcement that provides maximum corrosion resistance.
Attractive appearance with virtually no maintenance

Chemclad's textured surface prevents most surface damage and its through-
colour hides scratches, eliminating the necessity of re-painting. A damaged por- Reduced installation costs
tion of panel can easily be covered with a new panel. Custom-size panels means most of the panels are ready for installation
Chemclad panels resist harsh weather, UV-degradation and other conditions when they arrive at the job site. This advantage—together with the fact that the
that would cause rusting, breakage, denting, rotting or other forms of degradation relative light weight of Chemclad panels and their resistance to crazing or shatter
in many materials. makes them easy to handle and install—can also help reduce installation costs.
For maintenance projects, Chemclad can successfully replace asbestos pan- Chemclad may be cut with abrasive cutting tools or fine-toothed saws. Normal on-
els. The choice of several profiles can match existing cladding and facilitates retro- site safety precautions should be observed when cutting and drilling.
fit.
Custom formulations
Reduced cladding support A variety of different resin formulations is available in Chemclad to permit the
Reinforced with either two or three layers of woven glass and balanced with specifier to match corrosion properties to the plant’s environment.
layers of chopped glass, Chemclad meets or exceeds CGSB requirements with
ample strength and stiffness to support most dead loads and wind loads over typ- Fire rated
ical spans. As a result of these characteristics, together with its light weight, the In many installations, cladding panels must meet the flame-spread require-
requirement for cladding support is reduced and with it, construction costs. ments of specific building codes. Chemclad's flame-spread of less than 25—as
rated by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) in accordance with
Design flexibility CAN4-S102—meets such code requirements.
Because Chemclad is manufactured by a continuous process and cut to (Flame spread ratings range from an established value of 0 for cement
length as it is produced, the designer has at his command the flexibility of custom- asbestos board to 100 for untreated red oak flooring). It should be noted that all
size panel lengths which are available at economical “continuous process” prices. FRP panels will burn in an intense fire situation. The data above are indicative of
Another design flexibility is provided by the availability of three Chemclad con- the rate at which they will burn. In anticipation of a full-scale fire, proper safety pre-
structions for different strength requirements. cautions must be taken.
CHEMCLAD SIDING AND ROOFING PANELS PRICES ON REQUEST
2.67” x 1/2” 1/2"

Corrugated SUGGESTED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION:
34"
4.2” x 1-1/16” Corrugated Siding panels shall be Chemclad as manu-

1 1/16"
(matches 4.2” pitch asbestos) factured by Graham Products Limited and sup-
plied by Fabco Plastics, an approved supplier.
6
42"
Profile shall be (specify) in (specify) overall
7.2” x 1-3/4” Rib 1 3/4"
sheet width, formed by a continuous-process
39 - 1/4"
machine.
Glass fiber reinforcement shall be direction-
13 1/2” x 1-5/8” Trafford Tile ally enhanced, custom woven continuous
15/8"
(matches asbestos tile) strands, 45% min. by weight.
43" Panels shall be fire retardant and shall be
5.35” x 1-11/16” classified by CAN4–S102 with a flame-spread
V-Beam 1 11/16" rate of 25 or less and each panel shall bear a
ULC label (specify if required).
34- 3/8" or 45" Resin shall be a high quality, light stabilized
6” x 5/8” polyester modified with acrylic monomer or
Modified V-rib liner 5/8" vinyl ester (specify).
Exterior finish shall be embossed and color
49"-1/4" shall be (specify).
Flat
series thickness 48"
WHY OTHER CLADDING MATERIALS FAIL TO MATCH CHEMCLAD’S PERFORMANCE:

Coated metal Aluminum
Coated metal is vulnerable to mechanical abuse and subject to corrosion at Aluminum is expensive and availability may be restricted. It can be
places where the panel is damaged or where installation fasteners penetrate the deformed under impact and is subject to corrosion, either as a result of gal-
anti-corrosion coating. vanic action with steel supports or chemical oxidation when contacted by ele-
ments such as salt.
Asbestos and other cement boards
The heavy weight of this material increases installation costs and requires Stainless steel
more structural support. Stainless steel is expensive and availability may be restricted. It can be
Brittleness makes it vulnerable to mechanical abuse and repairs are costly. It deformed under impact and is corroded by elements such as magnesium. On-
is available in short lengths only which limit design possibilities and increase site handling and application is difficult, which can increase installation costs.
installation costs.
Chemclad® is a Registered Trademark of Graham Products Limited
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
INDUSTRIAL TRANSLUCENT PANELS

R
O C
D U
EXCELITE® • Permanent glazing lites.

®
• Translucent panels for the retail “Do-lt-Yourself” market. • Greenhouse glazing panels and kits.
• Translucent panels for the Industrial and Architectural markets. • Technical grade panels and profiles.
• Custom profile panels for original equipment fabricators. • Signs and FRP composite sign stock materials.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION als. Overlap fit will not be as tight as metals because Surface O – smooth both sides, without surface pro-
of the heavier gauge of Excelite, particularly on box tection and as CGSB Grade B designated:
Basic Use sections. Surface A – Resin rich texture, one side
Excelite is engineered to meet architectural
Composition and Materials Surface C – Excelclad® adherable film, one side
requirements for safe, diffuse, natural quality day-
lighting in shatter-proof wall and roof panels. Excelite® is a translucent or opaque fiberglass Surface D – Excelclad® adherable film, both sides
Excelite is produced in flat sheet or rolls as well as reinforced composite in flat or profiles. Surface F – Textured, with glass veil, both sides
hundreds of standard and custom profiles to match Finishes/Textures Surface G – Textured, with synthetic veil, one side
existing asbestos or metal configurations. Surface H – Textured, wih synthetic veil, both sides
CGSB 41–GP–6M identifies standard surface
Limitations Other options are also available for engineered
finishes: ‘A’ is without protection and ‘B’ is protected.
applications.
Section dimensions are not as precise as met- Excelite is available as CGSB Grade A designated:
Colors
Table 3: Profile Data PRICES ON REQUEST For standard colors refer to Table 4. Custom col-
PROFILE DESCRIPTION finished coverage number corrg. trim types of ors are available with minimum order limitations.
(in) widths widths corrg. side finish use Types
(in) (in) lap
General purpose product is Type 1; fire retardant
1/2” std (2.67 pitch) 27 1/2, 24, 10 1/2 1 1/2 1 up roofing product is Type 2 (see Fire Resistance); corrosion
33, 29, 33, 12 1/2 1 down resistant specialty product is Type CR-1; fire retar-
51 1/2 48 19 1/2 dant, corrosive resistant product is Type CR-2.
.50" 2.67"
26, 34 24, 32 10, 13 1 both siding

Product Gauge vs Product Weight
40, 50 37 1/3, 15, 19 down Excelite can be manufactured to either:
48 a) Standard gauge “1000” Series per CGSB
M–300 - TYPE 41–6P–6M (thickness).
2.67 x 7/8 35, 32, 13 1/2, 1 1/2 1 up roofing b) Standard gauge “100” Series per ASTM D3841
48 1/3, 45 1/3, 18 1/2, 1 down (weight).
.875" 2.67" 43 40 15 1/2
Table 1: Gauge “1000” Series
33 3/4, 32, 13, 1 both siding
47 45 1/3 18 down Panel
Nominal
Series Thickness
Metric
Imperial
M–308 - TYPE
1500 1.2 mm .047"
4 x 1 3/8 40 3/4 36 10 1 both roofing
1.375" 4.00"
down or siding 2000 1.6 mm .062"
3000 2.5 mm .092"
M–108 - TYPE
4000 3.2 mm .125"
4.2 x 1 1/16 42 37 4/5 10 1 both roofing
4.2"
1.062" down or siding
Table 2: Weight “100” Series
M–109 - TYPE Nominal Panel Wt.

Series
kg/m2 oz/ft2
7x2
2.00" 7.00" 42 35 6 1 both
down
roofing
600
800
1.83 kg
2.44 kg
6 oz.
8 oz.
6
M–304 - TYPE 1000 3.05 kg 10 oz.
5.35 x 1 3/4 V–beam 4.33" 5.35" 29, 26, 6, 1 both roofing
1.75"
1200 3.66 kg 12 oz.
34 3/8, 32, 7, down or siding
44 5/8 42 3/8 9
The “1000” Series produces a constant gauge
M–329 - TYPE product. This means: The higher the resin density,
6 x 5/8 Liner 49 1/4 48 8 1 both liner as with FR, CR and filled systems and percentage
.625"
4.75" 6.00" down of glass the greater the product weight per square
foot. The load bearing capacity is increased and
deflection is decreased in a more direct relationship
M–337 - TYPE
to profile configuration.
6 x 1 1/2 H–36
4.75" 6.00"
38 36 6 1 both roofing The “100” Series produces a constant weight
1.50" down or siding product. This means: The laminate thickness will
always be less for profile than it is for flat of the
M–336 - TYPE
same weight. The higher the profile factor, the thin-
ner the profile wall thickness will be.
7.2 x 1 1/2 Rib 39 1/4 36 5 1 both roofing The higher the resin density as with FR, CR and
1.50"
5.03" 7.2" down or siding filled systems and the higher the percentage of
glass reinforcement, the thinner is the laminate in
M–340 - TYPE both profiles and flat sheet.
For flat sheet these standards result in similar
Trafford Tile 43 40 3 1 both roofing
7.268" 6.062" product. For profiles the gauge and weight are
1.75" 44 down or siding
related to the profile factor (a ratio of the flat lami-
nate width to profiled product width). The higher the
M–330 - TYPE profile factor for a given weight per unit area, the
lower the average gauge.
Excelac® / Excelclad® / Excelite® are Registered Trademarks of Graham Products Limited
6-26
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Dimensional Data TECHNICAL DATA performance for Excelite Industrial panels. (See
table 5 for comparison of corrosion resistance of
Flat is available up to 1270 mm (50”) wide in Light Transmission
these fiberglass reinforcements).
standard panel lengths of 2400 mm (8’-0 ), 3000 Excelite daylighting panels supply diffuse light,
When you specify Excelite you specify both
mm (10’0”), 3600 mm (12’-0’). To reduce cost and free from glare, shafts and hot spots. Light is
chemical resistant resin and chemical resistant
waste, intermediate and longer lengths are avail- deflected into corners at all angles, eliminating dark
glass. It is recommended that field or laboratory
able in sheets to about 12 m (40 feet) or rolls from shadow areas. 97% of the solar ultraviolet radiation
testing be done for new or unknown conditions.
60 to 150 m (100 to 500 feet) depending on gauge. is blocked by Excelite so interior furnishings and
Most common chemical have been tested in
Profiles are normally cut to lengths of 1 to 4.5 m (3 light sensitive materials are protected. The diffusive
Corrosion Guides published by resin manufactur-
to 15 feet). A surcharge applies to 5 to 12 m (16 to nature of Excelite automatically provides excellent
ers. If you have a particular need ask us for copies
40 foot) lengths. Some common profiles are shown screening and privacy. (See table 4)
of reports.
on the previous page. Chemical Resistance
Accessories General purpose Excelite daylighting panels Table 4: Visible Light Transmission1
ASTM D1494
• 9” corner rolls on Series 2000 remain essentially unaffected by many industrial
• Mastic sealant color matched to panel chemical environments at normal temperatures. Panel Type
Type 1 Type 2a Type 2b
• Excelac® acrylic resurfacer applied by brush or They will not rot, rust or mildew. Special purpose per CGSB
spray Corrosion Resistant Isophthalic, bisphenol a fumer-

Standard Colours
• foam closure strips to match some profiles ate and vinyl ester resin systems engineered specif- in S2000
ically for panel manufacture are available for more
Applicable Standards severe or unusually corrosive conditions at elevated Translucent
The “1000” Series Excelite meets or exceeds 90% 86% 86%
temperatures. As a general rule the resin is chosen Clear 111C
CGSB 41-GP-6M, Standard for Glass Fiber to protect the glass fiber reinforcement from a par-
Reinforced Thermosetting Polyester Plastic Sheets. Industrial
ticular chemical attack. Resin rich textured surfaces 75% 70% 70%
Green 114G
The “100” Series Excelite meets or exceeds the and/or laminates designed with C glass or synthet-
requirements of ASTM D3841 for Glass Fibre ic surfacing veils offer significant ways to improve Industrial
70% 65% 65%
Reinforced Polyester Plastic Panels. Underwriters glass protection. The glass reinforcement may also Blue 159B
Laboratories Canada has tested, listed and labelled be selected for its chemical resistance. The ECR Translucent
many of the Type 2 Excelite products in accordance glass used in Excelite Industrial panels has been Opal 391W
65% 60% 60%
with CAN/ULC-S102 M88 (Standard Method of Test chosen because of its superior corrosion perfor-
for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building mance over the more common E glass. The time NOTE 1: Light transmission values decrease as thickness
Materials). increases. Color intensity increases as thickness increases.
proven advantage of ECR glass in many chemical Spectrophotometric data for Excelite is available.
environments has been matched to specific resins
to obtain optimum cost effectiveness and long term
Table 5: Physical & Chemical
Properties of Glass Reinforcement
TYPE ECR Glass E Glass
Table 6: Excelite Engineering and Design Data (approximate values)
PHYSICAL
PHYSICAL TEST ASTM
Unit Type 1 Type 2b Type 2a
PROPERTIES METHOD Specific Gravity 2.72 2.69
Glass Content D2584 % 25 ± 2 28 ± 2 30 ± 2 OPTICAL
Specific Gravity D792 1.38 1.50 1.60 Refractive Index 1.576 1.556
Tensile Strength D638 MPa 90.0 96.0 110.3 MECHANICAL
psi 13000 14000 16000 -@22°C (72°F) 3.4 (5.0 x 105) 3.4 (5.0 x 105)
Tensile Modulus D638 GPa 7.58 8.96 9.65 Tensile Strength

-@371°C (700°F) 2.2 (3.14 x 105) 1.8 (2.57 x 105)
GPa (psi)
psi 1.1 x 105 1.3 x 106 1.4 x 106
6
-@538°C (1000°F) 1.7 (2.5 x 105) 1.76 (2.55 x 105)
Flexural Strength D790 MPa 150 - 180 172 - 193 186 - 207 Tensile Modulus
-@22°C (72°F) 72 (10.5 x 106) 72 (10.5 x 106)
of elasticity GPa (psi)
psi 22-26000 25-28000 27-30000
Flexible Modulus D790 MPa 6.2 8.4 9.0 Chemical Durability
psi 9.0 x 105 1.22 x 106 1.31 x 106 ECR
TYPE E Glass
Glass
Compressive Strength D695 MPa 172 186 193
DATA Fiber % Weight Loss @ 96°C
psi 25000 27000 28000
Distilled Water -7 Days 1.2 0.9
Compressive Modulus D695 GPa 6.9 8.6 9.1
10% Sulphuric -7 Days 9.9 43.1
psi 1.0 x 106 1.25 x 106 1.32 x 106
Acid -28 Days 10.7 45.5
Barcol Hardness D2583 45 - 60 45 - 55 40 - 50
10% Hydrochloric -7 Days 10.6 46.6
Coefficient of Linear D696 cm/cm/°C 2.52 x 10-5 2.33 x 10-5 2.16 x 10-5
Acid -28 Days 9.2 43.9
Thermal Expansion in/in/°F 1.40 x 10-5 1.30 x 10-5 1.20 x 10-5
10% Nitric -7 Days 10.9 35.7
(0°F to 120°F)
Acid -28 Days 8.7 36.0
K Factor (Conductivity) C177 w/m°C 1.65 1.87 2.16
Btu/In/ft2/hr/°F 1.15 1.3 1.5 25% Acetic -7 Days 3.9 9.1
Flash Ignition D1929 °C 357 365 370 Acid -28 Days 5.9 11.6
°F 675 690 700 25% Prosphoric -7 Days 5.8 34.9
Water Absorption D570 % 24 hr 0.38 0.40 0.50 Acid -28 Days 6.8 23.9
77°F 10% Sodium -7 Days 16.1 26.2

Burning Rate D635 mm/min 50 0 0 Hydroxide -28 Days 21.8 29.0
In/min 1.95 0 0
Concentrated -7 Days 0.3 0.9
Flame Spread CAN/ULC S102 N/A <50 <25 Ammonium
-28 Days 1.8 2.0
Smoke Developed N/A >500 >500 Hydroxide
Source: Fiberglas Canada
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
Weatherabillty absorb deflections which will deform metal. Data Drilling

Almost all polymers are effected by outdoor has been produced for all the profiles we manufac- Pre drill all fastener holes at least 1.5 mm (1/16”)
weathering and UV radiation. To reduce this effect ture covering: — L/D ratios of 20 to 120 — Uniform larger than fastener diameters to avoid sag or buck-
Excelite is manufactured with the best technology loads of 10 to 90 Ibs/ft2 — Safety factors on stress ling due to linear thermal expansion rates dissimilar
and materials available: — Optimum levels of UV normal to good design for both roof and wall appli- to adjoining materials Use conventional drills with
screeners are used in all Excelite daylighting pan- cation — Single, double and triple span conditions light pressure and high RPM. Fastener holes should
els. —All resin systems are acrylic modified for — “1000” and “100” Series product. The span rec- not be closer than 25 mm (1”) from any panel edge.
proven long term per formance. —Excelac acrylic ommendations in Table 7 are offered as a simple Fastening
resurfacer is available to maintain installed panels. guideline for designers. Span information related to
Fasteners can be the same type as recommend-
Accelerated and long term outdoor exposure test- possible conditions such as geographic location,
ed for the sheeting nesting with the panels.
ing of all products is carried out to continually mon- building design, fastening system, positive or nega-
Fasteners should be rustproof, have a neoprene
itor and improve product. tive loading, resin formulations, panel location on
gasket or neoprene washer. The number and loca-
Fire Resistance the building, temperature and environmental stress-
tion of fasteners depends on the profile being used,
es is available on request.
All FRP will burn when sufficient heat is sup- the load positive or negative, building design and
These spans were computed using: — Flexural
plied. Excelite has a flash ignition temperature of location, but usually not less than 305 mm (12”) on
Modulus of Elasticity, E = 8.4 x 105—Ultimate
about 371°C (700°F) when tested to ASTM D1929. centre or the high part of the profile.
Tensile Strength = 7.6 MPa (1100 psi)5 — Sectional
Type 1 — non fire retarded formulations are rated Moment of Inertia based on nominal wall thickness Weather Sealing
by ASTM D635 and shall not burn more than 51 for each series — Critical Bending Moment at fail- End and side laps of panels with each other and
mm (2”) per minute. Type 2 — fire retarded formula- ure of panel. with adjacent sheeting should be sealed with flexi-
tions may be rated ASTM D635 but are more accu- The actual performance of many profiles has ble, non-hardening, UV-stabilized sealants or seal-
rately characterized by CAN/ULC-S102 or ASTM been confirmed by large scale test using full size ing devices as recommended by metal panel man-
E–84 for their (FSC) Flame Spread Classification panels on a two span vacuum box and recom- ufactures. Clear sealants are preferred in light
and Smoke Developed. CGSB 41–GP–6M provides mended fastener locations. Specific applications transmitting applications.
four classes of Type 2 fire retardency: should be verified by a Professional Engineer.
Type 2a FSC 26 or less
Type 2b FSC 30-50 MAINTENANCE
INSTALLATION
Type 2c FSC 55-75 Excelite panels will maintain best appearance
Type 2d FSC 80-150 General and maximum light transmission through periodic
Many Excelite Type 2 products are listed by Excelite panels are installed in the same manner hosing and washing to remove accumulated dirt or
Underwriters Laboratories Canada under Guide as other types of corrugated sheeting. dust. If, after long term exposure to the elements,
40U816 File CR311 as Plastic Materials, List of Storage pollutants, and wind-blown particles causes panel
Equipment and Materials, Volume II, Building Prior to installation, panels should be stored appearance to change, they can be cleaned with a
Construction. Common Graham Products designa- indoors in a dry, well ventilated space. Panels stiff brush or steel wool and washed with a mild
tions are “CU” (FSC<50) and “CUS” (FSC<25) should be stored on end to allow drainage of any detergent in water. Panels can then be refinished
which are applied to any product which meets the moisture caused by condensation or other sources. with Excelac®, a clear, fast-drying acrylic coating
prescribed Classification or Rating for these labels. Moisture between panels can cause permanent applied, by roller spray or brush. Consult FABCO for
Your ultimate assurance of fire resistance perfor- discoloration of internal fiber bloom. specific recommendations.
mance is the ULC label. Cutting
— Specify a label in your enquiry. TECHNICAL SERVICES
Excelite panels may be cut with power or hand
— Require a label designation and UL card with
saws, using fine-tooth blades or abrasive discs. Consult FABCO Sales Representatives for
your quotation.
Saw operators should wear dust-filter masks and assistance in specifying Excelite to suit job require-
— Insist on a ULC label on your panel. safety glasses. ments. Our Engineering Department will be able to
CAUTION: Laboratory flammability tests such as assist in answering any technical problems.
ASTM D635, ASTM D1929, ASTM E84, CAN/ULC-
S102 are used to measure and describe the prop-
erties of combustible materials in response to heat
and flame under controlled laboratory conditions for
comparison purposes and do not measure the haz-
Table 7: Theoretical Span Data, Type 1 Double Span
6
Positive Uniform Load KPa (lbs/ft2)
ard presented under actual fire conditions. Wt Siding
L/D SF1.88 .958 (20) 1.436 (30) 1.915 (40) 2.934 (50) 2.873 (60)
Thermal Properties Profile Series kg/m2
(lb/ft2)
Ratio Roofing Span Span Span Span Span
SF2.5 m (ft) m (ft) m (ft) m (ft) m (ft)
Excelite retains its structural integrity and shatter
resistance over a very wide temperature range of 2.67x7/8 S2000 2.84 20 S 1.87* (6.15) 1.53* (5.02) 1.33* (4.35) 1.19* (3.89) 1.68* (3.55)
40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F). Intermittent expo-
sure to temperature in excess of 50°C (122°F) will Corr (9.3) 30 R 1.62* (5.33) 1.33* (4.36) 1.15* (3.77) 1.03* (3.17) 6.94* (3.08)
not cause serious damage, however prolonged
60 R 1.32 (4.38) 1.16 (3.79) 1.05 (3.44) 0.98 (3.20) 0.92 (3.01)
exposure to higher temperatures is not recom-
mended and will cause premature color and struc- 4.2x11/16 S2000 2.59 20 S 1.94* (6.87) 1.58* (5.20) 1.37* (4.50) 1.23* (4.03) 1.12* (3.68)
tural change.
Load, Length/Deflection Data Corr (8.5) 30 R 1.68* (5.52) 1.37* (4.51) 1.19* (3.91) 1.06* (3.49) 0.97 (3.19)
(See Table 7) Excelite “1000” Series profiles,
have a constant wall thickness within the +/- 10% 60 R 1.44 (4.73) 1.26 (4.13) 1.14 (3.75) 1.06 (3.98) 0.97 (3.19)
tolerance limits of the process.

5.35x111/16 S2000 2.87 20 S 2.73* (8.95) 2.23* (7.31) 1.93* (6.33) 1.73* (5.86) 1.58* (5.17)
Excelite “100” Series profiles, produced to a
weight standard, have a wall thickness which will V-Beam (9.4) 30 R 2.37* (7.76) 1.93* (6.34) 1.67* (5.49) 1.50* (4.91) 1.37* (4.48)
always vary in proportion to the profile factor. The
Moment of Inertia ‘I” and the Section Modulus “I/C” 60 R 2.08 (6.84) 1.82 (5.97) 1.66 (5.43) 1.50* (4.91) 1.37* (4.48)
are the same for any material of an identical shape.
A change in thickness is a change in shape and so 13.33x19/16 S2000 2.62 20 S 2.66 (8.73) 2.33 (7.63) 2.11 (6.93) 1.96 (6.43) 1.84 (6.05)
there can be significant Length/ Deflection differ-
Trafford (8.6) 30 R 2.33 (7.63) 2.03 (6.66) 1.84 (6.05) 1.71 (5.82) 1.61 (5.29)
ences when considering the same profile in these
two series.
Tile 60 R 1.84 (6.05) 1.61 (5.29) 1.47 (4.81) 1.36 (4.46) 1.28 (4.20)
Higher design deflections are possible with
Excelite panels because they are very resilient and
*Stress Limit
6-28
FABCO / BLOCK
N e w
1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ 5˝ 6˝
Part No. 005 007 010 015 020 025 030 040 050 060
ABS NATURAL ABSN 61.53 93.86 114.95 166.66 233.17 419.90 497.27 768.08
ABS BLACK ABSB 67.12 102.41 125.37 181.83 252.59 437.41 517.98 800.07
ACRYLIC ACRC 138.25 185.10 352.27 480.17 799.22
CPVC CPVC 100.54 151.61 202.10 315.27 420.38 601.89
HD POLYETHYLENE HDPEN 16.08 24.12 35.70 57.78 88.65 124.35 174.40 255.82 463.00
HIGH IMPACT STYRENE HIPS 84.73 124.93 169.42 260.93 347.81 631.47
KYNAR PVDF PVDF 296.74 444.80 593.44 911.24 1,260.96 1,871.30 2,245.34 3,143.46
POLYCARBONATE PCARB 166.80 240.49 318.20 467.39 592.01 763.69 867.77
NATURAL POLYPROPYLENE PPNAT 19.62 29.57 39.25 59.52 84.76 128.13 183.90 257.15 452.09 587.72
BLACK POLYPROPYLENE PPBLK 20.65 27.66 33.05 81.15 115.39
PVC PVC 25.55 50.97 61.77 112.36 162.41 306.82 368.22 699.47
UHMW UHMW 96.18 129.02 161.72 198.04 275.21 845.59 1,051.26
• Minimum order is one square foot.

• Sheet Sizes: 12˝ x 12˝, 12˝ x 24˝, 24˝ x 24˝, 24˝ x 36˝, 12˝ x 36˝, 12˝ x 48˝, 24˝ x 48˝.
• Tolerances: +/- 10% on thickness, +0.00, -1/4 on width and length.
POLYETHYLENE FILM
6 available on request
Typical Applications
• Painting drop sheets
• Spill containment
• Product tarping
• Vapour barrier
• Equipment covers
Properties
• Water resistant
• Lightweight
• Flexible
• Chemically resistant
• Can be UV stabilized
Building and Agricultural Grade

Polyethylene Films
PVC / CPVC SHAPES AND PROFILES
Machining Shapes Surface speeds and feeds will be determined by the finish desired,
Due to the excellent machining characteristics of FABCO PVC bar, the amount of stock to be removed, and the tool used. Very light finish
a wide range of products can be machined easily by conventional cuts, as well as very heavy roughing cuts, can be taken easily. Cutting
methods. Also, subcomponents can be assembled by solvent cement- tool lubricants are not required if the work is not overheated. If lubri-
ing or hot gas welding, so that larger parts that cannot be machined cants are necessary, a mixture of equal parts of soluble oil and water
or molded readily can still be produced as integral units. or a soap solution may be used. When machining rigid PVC, it is
The heavy-wall hollows effect considerable savings in material important to keep machine vibration and way clearances to an
when bored parts are required. In addition, some sizes are IPS O.D., absolute minimum.
and thus can be used as bushing stock or very heavy wall pipe which
is not commercially available. Industries:
Aircraft, automotive, battery, C.P. chemical processing, chemical
Applications: etch machinery, chlorination equipment, coal mining, demineralizer
Ball check valves, block valves, blower spinner caps and hubs, equipment, electronics, fertilizer plants, fishing, fish hatcheries, fitting
bulkhead unions, bushings, chemical pump components, compres- and valve, food industry, heavy and fine chemicals, industrial waste
sion fittings, demineralized water, goose neck faucets, fabricated treatment, metal finishing, metal manufacturing, mining, municipal
crosses, flanges, foot valves, hangers, headers, hooks, hose waste, nuclear, petrochemical, pharmaceutical, photo engraving, pho-
adapters, insulating spacers, machined caps, needle valves, nuts and tographic processors, pollution control, plating, pulp and paper, spray
bolts, reducers, rolls, sleeves, solid pipe plugs, stiffeners. nozzle manufacturers, utility companies, water softening.
Properties: Special Notations:

•
•
Readily machined, sawed, threaded.
Cementable for complex assemblies.
1. PVC hollow bar sizes result in appreciable savings when substitut-
ed for solid rounds where parts are bored. Only a finish internal cut 6
• Heat formable for bends and swedging fits. is required. The largest solid round produced is 6” O.D. Use of the
• Weldable for complex assemblies. 6 5/8” O.D. and 8 5/8” O.D. hollow bars with a solid bar cemented
• Excellent corrosion resistance: acids, alkalies, salt solutions, C.P. inside (after machining the matching surfaces) yields a large O.D.
grade chemicals, demineralized and de-ionized water, atmospheric solid round bar. Use of a hollow bar eliminates porosity problems
and ground corrosion. sometimes found in large O.D. solid bar.
• Good thermal insulation: spacers, poured-in-place insulation 2. PVC extruded squares are superior to squares sawed from lami-
between parts. nated PVC sheet. Sawing rates are extremely slow with heavy
• Good electrical insulation: spacers, galvanic action interrupters, gauge sheet. Extruded squares have four finished surfaces and
plating tank insulators. delamination is eliminated when parts are drilled and tapped for
threaded connections.
Recommended Machining Practices:
Turning, boring, and other machining operations can be done on Properties and Specifications:
rigid PVC by using metal-cutting tools that have been modified by Fabco solid round bar, hollow bar, hex bar and square bar are
increasing front and side clearances. The standard sharp-pointed tool stocked in Type I Grade I rigid PVC (ASTM Standard 1784) to provide
with increased clearances will produce a smooth finish, provided feed optimum corrosion resistant properties. In addition to superior corro-
is relatively low. sion resistance, Fabco Type I, Grade I PVC has good electrical and
Round-nosed tools with modified clearances also produce polished thermal insulating properties, low water absorption, is non-flammable,
surface finishes and, in some cases, will permit faster feed and and will not support combustion. (Note Fabco Type II, Grade I high-
greater stock removal. Sometimes a slight change in the setup angle impact rigid PVC is available on a custom run basis).
of the tool will improve the surface finish. Standard carbon steel or The compounds used in manufacturing both types are approved by
high-speed tools may be used for moderate runs, if cutting edges are NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) for potable water service. These
sharp and faces polished. For long production runs, carbide tipped or compounds also meet the requirements of LM 530 b. The solid round
diamond tools are recommended. and hollow bar products meet the requirements of LP 503.
6-30
FABCO / SIMONA ROUND SOLID RODS
MILLIMETER (MM) SIZED SOLID RODS
Fabco offers the widest range of solid rods available.

Avantages of purchasing smaller diameters rather than
sheet stock with excessive offcut charges and waste.
TO ORDER: Assemble Part No. and Size No.
Part No. Part No. Weight Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
SOLID RODS
Lbs./Ft. IRS45 IRS4 IRS65 IRS6 Weight IRS35 IRS3
IRS1 IRS12 HD HD PE-HML 500 PE-HMG 1000 PP-DWU PP-DWST
HWU Lbs./Ft.
PVC-CAW PVDF PE-HWU PE-HWST 20-200 Natural Grey Natural
HWST DWU
Dark Grey/Ivory Natural Black Natural 160-500mm grey
Size Diameter Diameter HML 500 DWST
No. mm inches Lbs./Ft. Price/Ft. Lbs./Ft. Price/Ft. HMG1000 Price/Ft. Price/Ft. Price/Ft. Price/Ft. Price/Ft. Price/Ft.
006 6 .236 .03 0.16 - - - - - - - - - -
008 8 .315 .05 0.27 - - .03 0.28 0.28 - - .03 0.29 0.29
010 10 .394 .08 0.43 .10 7.03 .05 0.47 0.47 0.58 - .05 0.48 0.48
012 12 .472 .12 0.65 - - .08 0.76 0.76 0.93 - .07 0.67 0.67
015 15 .591 .18 0.97 .22 15.47 .12 1.13 1.13 - - .12 1.14 1.06
016 16 .630 .20 1.08 - - - - - - - - - -
018 18 .709 .26 1.40 - - - - - - - .17 1.61 1.54
020 20 .787 .32 1.73 .39 27.43 .21 1.91 1.91 2.43 2.42 .20 1.90 1.92
025 25 .984 .49 2.64 .61 42.90 .33 3.11 3.11 3.82 3.80 .31 2.94 2.98
030 30 1.181 .71 3.83 .88 61.88 .47 3.94 3.77 5.44 5.41 .45 3.69 3.69
035 35 1.378 .96 5.18 1.19 83.68 .64 5.37 5.14 - - .61 5.01 5.01
040 40 1.575 1.25 6.74 1.55 109.00 .84 7.05 6.74 9.73 9.56 .80 6.57 6.48
045 45 1.772 1.59 8.57 - - 1.06 8.90 8.51 - - 1.02 8.37 8.29
050 50 1.969 1.96 10.57 2.42 170.17 1.61 10.99 10.51 15.17 14.97 1.26 10.34 10.18
055 55 2.165 2.36 12.72 - - 1.58 13.26 12.68 - - 1.51 12.39 12.31
060 60 2.362 2.82 15.20 3.49 245.42 1.88 15.78 15.09 21.77 21.42 1.80 14.78 14.61
065 65 2.559 3.29 17.73 - - 2.20 18.46 17.65 - - 2.11 17.32 17.16
070 70 2.756 3.82 20.59 4.73 332.61 2.56 21.48 20.54 29.64 29.14 2.45 20.11 19.86
075 75 2.953 4.38 23.61 - - 2.95 24.76 23.67 - - 2.83 23.23 22.90
080 80 3.150 4.97 26.79 6.19 435.28 3.35 28.11 26.88 38.78 38.12 3.21 26.35 26.02
085 85 3.346 5.60 30.19 - - - - - - - 3.63 29.80 -
090 90 3.543 6.27 33.80 7.84 551.31 4.24 35.58 35.02 49.09 48.25 4.06 33.57 33.00
095 95 3.740 - - - - - - - - - - - -
100 100 3.937 7.77 41.88 9.69 681.40 5.24 43.97 42.05 60.66 61.88 5.02 41.21 40.71
105 105 4.134 - - - - - - - - - - - -
110 110 4.331 9.38 50.56 11.75 826.26 6.34 53.21 50.87 73.40 74.90 6.07 49.82 49.33
115 115 4.528 - - 12.83 902.20 - - - - - - - -
6 120
125
130
120
125
130
4.724
4.921
5.118
11.18
13.09
-
60.26
70.56
- 15.19
-
-
1,068.15
-
-
7.55
8.18
8.83
63.36
68.65
74.10
60.58
65.64
70.85
87.41
102.23
-
89.23
104.40
-
7.23
7.83
8.46
59.35
64.30
69.44
58.69
63.61
68.62
135 135 5.315 - - - - - - - - - 9.17 75.27 74.45
140 140 5.512 15.21 81.99 19.04 1,338.88 10.27 86.19 82.41 118.90 121.48 9.84 80.77 79.87
145 145 5.709 - - - - - - - - - - - -
150 150 5.906 17.45 94.06 21.88 1,538.59 11.80 99.03 94.68 136.61 139.40 11.30 92.75 91.77
160 160 6.299 19.86 107.05 - - 13.44 112.79 107.84 155.60 158.75 12.87 105.64 104.49
165 165 6.496 - - - - 14.27 119.75 114.50 - - 13.67 112.21 110.98
170 170 6.693 - - - - - - - - - 14.49 118.94 -
180 180 7.087 25.54 137.67 31.50 2,215.07 17.03 142.92 136.65 197.16 201.27 16.31 133.88 132.40
190 190 7.480 - - - - 18.93 158.86 151.89 - - 18.13 148.81 -
200 200 7.874 31.39 169.20 38.87 2,733.32 21.05 176.65 168.91 243.70 248.81 20.16 165.48 163.67
225 225 8.858 - - - - 26.50 222.39 212.64 - - 25.39 208.41 206.11
250 250 9.843 - - 60.54 4,257.15 32.64 273.92 261.90 377.87 656.89 31.27 256.67 253.80
300 300 11.811 - - 87.02 7,409.15 46.84 393.08 375.84 542.27 942.62 44.87 368.30 364.28
350 350 13.779 - - 118.23 10,066.46 63.60 533.73 510.33 - 1,279.81 60.92 500.04 494.54
400 400 15.748 - - 154.29 13,163.72 82.91 695.78 665.27 - 1,668.45 79.42 651.89 644.75
500 500 19.685 - - 241.25 20,540.75 128.96 1,358.71 1,358.71 - 2,595.00 123.53 1,339.33 1,324.58
Standard Lengths: Standard Lengths:

PVC PE
6 - 250 mm ø 2000 mm 0.24” - 9.84” ø 78 3/4” 8 - 95 mm ø 2000 mm 0.32” - 3.75” ø 78 3/4”
Available on request: 100 - 300 mm ø 1000 mm 3.94” - 11.81” ø 39 3/8”
225 - 250 mm ø 2000 mm 8.86” - 9.84” ø 78 3/4” tin stabilized 300 - 500 mm ø 500 mm 11.81” - 19.69” ø 19 5/8”
PVDF PP
10 - 90 mm ø 2000 mm 0.39” - 3.45” ø 78 3/4” 8 - 95 mm ø 2000 mm 0.32” - 3.75” ø 78 3/4”
100 - 250 mm ø 1000 mm 3.94” - 9.84” ø 39 3/8” 100 - 300 mm ø 1000 mm 3.94” - 11.81” ø 39 3/8”
300 - 500 mm ø 500 mm 11.81” - 19.69” ø 19 5/8” 300 - 500 mm ø 500 mm 11.81” - 19.69” ø 19 5/8”
PP-DWU up to 200 mm (7.87”)ø also available in 2000 mm (78 3/4”) lengths.
FABCO / SIMONA ROUND SOLID RODS
INCH SIZE SOLID RODS
PVC-CAW PP-DWST PE-HWST PE-UHMW PE-LD
dark-grey natural natural
Size Diameter Diameter
Part No. IRS11 Part No. IRS31 Part No. IRS41 Part No. IRS61 Part No. IRS5
No. mm inches
lbs/ft* Price/ft lbs/ft* Price/ft lbs/ft* Price/ft lbs/ft* Price/ft lbs/ft* Price/ft
30 6.4 0.252 0.03 0.16 - - 0.02 0.19 - - 0.02 0.90
32 9.5 0.374 0.07 0.38 0.05 0.48 0.08 0.76 - - 0.044 1.20
34 12.7 0.5 0.13 0.70 0.08 0.77 0.09 0.85 0.08 1.69 0.078 1.40
35 15.9 0.626 0.20 1.08 0.13 1.25 0.13 1.23 - - 0.119 1.90
351 16.2 0.638 0.21 1.13 - - - - - 3.00 - -
36 19.0 0.748 0.29 1.56 0.18 1.73 0.19 1.79 0.118 - 0.178 2.60
37 22.2 0.874 0.39 2.10 0.25 2.40 0.26 2.45 - - 0.236 3.60
38 25.4 1.0 0.51 2.75 0.32 3.08 0.34 3.21 0.321 2.72 0.322 4.50
39 28.6 1.126 0.64 3.45 0.41 3.37 0.43 3.45 - - 0.400 5.20
40 31.8 1.252 0.79 4.26 0.50 4.10 0.53 4.25 0.502 4.26 0.454 6.10
41 34.9 1.374 0.95 5.12 0.60 4.93 0.63 5.06 - - - -
42 38.1 1.5 1.14 6.15 0.72 5.91 0.76 6.10 0.722 5.64 0.714 9.40
43 41.3 1.626 1.33 7.17 - - - - - - - -
44 44.4 1.748 1.54 8.30 0.98 8.04 1.03 8.27 0.988 8.64 1.05 14.60
441 47.6 1.874 1.78 9.60 - - - - - - - -
45 50.8 2.0 2.02 10.89 1.28 10.51 1.35 10.83 1.28 9.58 1.26 17.00
47 57.2 2.252 2.55 13.75 1.62 13.30 1.70 13.64 1.63 12.62 1.72 21.70
48 60.3 2.374 2.84 15.31 - - - - - - - -
49 63.5 2.5 3.15 16.98 1.99 16.33 2.03 16.29 2.01 15.19 2.10 26.60
491 69.9 2.752 - - 2.41 19.78 2.54 20.38 - - 2.54 32.00
50 76.2 3.0 4.52 24.37 2.88 23.64 3.03 24.31 2.89 20.55 3.01 39.60
501 82.6 3.252 - - 3.38 27.74 3.54 28.41 - - - -
51 88.9 3.5 6.56 35.36 3.92 32.18 4.12 33.06 3.93 26.85 4.05 52.70
52 101.6 4.0 8.01 43.18 5.12 42.03 5.37 43.09 5.14 37.59 5.28 65.80
53 114.3 4.5 10.11 54.50 6.47 53.11 6.80 54.57 6.50 45.00 6.63 82.60
54 127.0 5.0 12.50 67.38 7.99 65.58 8.39 67.33 8.03 55.14 8.18 101.30
55 139.7 5.5 15.14 81.61 9.69 79.54 10.18 81.69 - - 9.90 126.80
56 152.4 6.0 18.01 97.08 11.53 94.64 12.11 97.18 11.56 96.17 11.79 149.90
561 165.1 6.5 - - 13.53 111.06 14.69 117.88 - - - -
57 177.8 7.0 24.93 134.38 15.75 129.28 16.54 132.72 - - 16.03 195.10
58 203.2 8.0 32.60 175.73 20.57 168.84 21.60 173.33 20.55 300.51 20.93 280.50
581 228.6 9.0 - - 25.90 212.59 27.19 218.18 - - 26.49 330.50
59 254.0 10.0 - - 31.90 261.84 33.50 268.82 32.10 580.80 32.71 394.00
60 304.8 12.0 - - 45.78 375.77 48.07 385.73 - - 47.10 600.50
61 330.2 13.0 - - 53.66 440.45 56.34 452.10 - - - -
62 355.6 14.0 - - 62.16 510.22 65.27 523.75 - - 63.00 1,312.40
63 406.4 16.0 - - - - - - - - 83.20 1,738.60
Standard Lengths: Standard Lengths:

PE/PP PVC
6.4 - 50.8 mm ø
57.2 - 139.7 mm ø
152.4 - 355.6 mm ø
2440 mm
1830 mm
1220 mm
0.252” - 2.0” ø
2.252” - 5.5” ø
6.0” - 14.0” ø
8 ft
6 ft
4 ft
6.4 - 50.8 mm ø
57.2 - 203.9 mm ø
3050 mm
1525 mm
0.252” - 2.0” ø
2.252” - 8.0” ø
10 ft
5 ft 6
*Theroetical weight with average tolerances. Other lengths on request
PVC PP PE-HD PE-LD PE-UHMW

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS:
• Valves • Chemical apparatus • Rollers • Rollers • Rollers
• Bushings • Pump parts • Nuclear measuring • Food processing • Timing Screws
• Bottle fillers • Rollers equipment machinery • Sprockets
• Flanges • Fittings • Food processing • Packaging equipment • Pistons
• Plugs machinery • Valves
• Fittings • Packaging equipment • Gears
PROPERTIES:
• Chemically resistant. • Excellent chemical • Very good impact • Excellent impact • Ultra high molecular
• Readily machined resistance resistance resistance weight, 4.0 million or
• Cementable • Lightweight • Lightweight • Lightweight greater
• Weldable • Low moisture absorption • Low moisture absorption • Low moisture absorption • Very low coefficient of
• Good thermal insulation • Resists stress cracking • High tensile strength • High tensile strength friction
• Rigid • Non toxic • Non toxic • Excellent abrasion
• Easily machined resistance
• Good impact strength
• Noise abatement
• Lightweight
• Chemical and corrosion
resistant
6-32
PVC / CPVC SHAPES AND PROFILES
PVC Hollow Bar PVC Square Bar PVC Hexagonal Bar

Min. Max. Size (in.)
Part Weight Part Size Weight Part Weight
O.D. I.D. Price/Ft. Price/Ft. Across Price/Ft.
No. per ft. No. (in.) per ft. No. per ft.
(in.) (in.) Flats
R1070 1.625 0.562 1.154 11.58 R1100 1/2 0.157 1.35 R1122 7/16 .108 1.28
R1071 1.900 0.906 1.410 13.72 R11001 5/8 0.183 1.94 R1121 1/2 .142 1.51
R10711 2.000 1.250 1.285 12.24 R1101 3/4 0.360 2.94 R1132 9/16 .180 1.76
R1072 2.125 0.750 2.010 19.75 R1102 1 0.629 5.21 R1123 5/8 .222 2.28
R1073 2.250 1.125 2.025 19.59 R1105 1 1/4 1.033 9.02 R1124 3/4 .320 3.13
R1074 2.375 1.000 2.393 23.45 R1103 1 1/2 1.464 14.44 R1133 13/16 .375 3.79
R1075 2.500 1.000 2.680 25.64 R1104 2 2.452 22.93 R1125 7/8 .435 4.31
R1076 2.500 1.500 2.209 21.35 R1126 1 .569 5.55
Tolerance across flats ± 1/16”. 2” stocked in 8’ lengths ± 1”.
R1077 2.625 1.500 2.511 24.00 Tolerance across flats + .075” – .020” R1127 1 1/8 .721 8.36
R1078 2.750 1.000 3.299 32.24 R1128 1 1/4 .890 10.34
R1079 3.000 1.000 3.976 37.79 Note: 1/2” through 1” stocked in 10’ lengths ± 1”. R1129 1 3/8 1.080 12.61
Tolerance across flats ± .030”. 1 1/4” and 1 1/2”
R1080 3.000 1.250 3.770 35.87 R1130 1 1/2 1.283 15.03
stocked in 8’ lengths ± 1”.
R10801 3.000 1.500 3.375 32.22 R1131 2 2.280 26.63
R1081 3.000 2.000 2.798 26.60
Note: 7/16” through 1 1/8” stocked in 10’ lengths ± 1”.
R1082 3.250 1.250 4.506 42.84
Tolerance across flats ± .030”. 1 1/4” through 1 3/4 “
R1083 3.500 1.500 5.037 47.93 stocked in 10’ lengths ± 1”.
R1084 3.563 1.500 5.245 50.40 Tolerance across flats + 1/16”–0.2” stocked in 10’
R10841 4.000 2.500 5.153 49.12 lengths ±1”.
Tolerance across flats + 1/8”–0.
R1085 4.250 1.750 7.452 70.81
R10851 4.250 3.000 4.948 46.59
R1086 4.500 2.000 8.099 77.03
R1087 4.750 3.000 7.069 67.18 PVC Angle PVC Rectangular Bar
R1088 5.000 3.000 8.217 84.33
Part Size Weight Part Size Weight
R1089 5.563 4.000 7.954 81.68 Price/Ft. Price/Ft.
No. (in.) per ft. No. (in.) Per ft.
R1090 6.000 2.437 15.200 160.60
R10901 6.000 4.000 11.190 118.81 ANG01 1x1x1/8 .141 1.97 R1111 1/2x3/4 .225 2.33
R1092 6.625 2.875 18.030 191.41 ANG02 1 1/4 x1 1/4 x3/16 .262 2.47 Note: Tolerance across 1/2” flat ± .020 3/4” flat ± .030
R1093 6.625 4.000 14.910 153.80 ANG03 1 1/2 x1 1/2 x3/16 .316 2.84 stocked in 10’ lengths ± 1”.
R1094 8.625 5.750 21.400 235.80 ANG031 1 1/2x1 1/2x1/4 .415 3.86
ANG04 2x2x1/4 .563 5.23
Note: 1” through 2” stocked in 10’ lengths ± 1”.
CPVC Hollow Bar CPVC Solid Round Bar
6 Part
No.
Min.
O.D.
(in.)
Max.
I.D.
(in.)
Weight
per ft.
Price/Ft.
Part
No.
Size
(in.)
Weight
per ft.
Price/Ft.
R2070 1.625 .562 1.288 26.50 R2034 1/2 .131 2.80

R2072 2.125 .750 2.243 46.14 R2036 3/4 .296 5.83
R2073 2.250 1.125 2.260 46.51 R2038 1 .526 9.95
R2074 2.375 1.000 2.671 54.96 R2040 1 1/4 .821 16.03
R2077 2.625 1.500 2.802 57.67 R2042 1 1/2 1.183 24.21
R2078 2.750 1.000 3.682 75.77 R2044 1 3/4 1.606 33.44
R2079 2.875 1.500 3.525 72.53 R2045 2 2.109 43.39
R2080 3.000 1.250 4.207 86.52 R2049 2 1/2 3.375 112.15
R2084 3.563 1.500 5.853 120.37 R2050 3 4.595 153.70
R2085 4.000 2.500 5.751 118.33 R2052 3 1/2 6.439 215.77
R2086 4.250 1.750 8.316 171.08 R2053 4 8.460 336.56
R2087 4.750 3.000 7.889 162.28 R2054 5 13.950 600.01
R2088 5.000 3.000 9.170 188.63 Note: All the above PVC shapes are Type I Grade I. R2055 6 20.395 839.10
NSF accepted compounds are used in the manufacture of PVC
R2093 6.625 4.000 16.640 342.64 Note: 1/4” through 2” bar stocked in 10’
or CPVC solid round, hex, hollow, square, and rectangular bar, as
R2092 6.625 2.875 20.121 414.35 lengths; 2 1/8” and above in 5’
well as duct and solid PVC angle.
lengths; tolerance ± 1”.
PVC round bar and PVC hollow bar meet L–P 1036 (A). Contact
Note: Tolerances are minimum for O.D. and maximum for
factory for availability of minimum run requirements for sizes of
I.D. Standard lengths 10’ ± 1” for sizes thru 5” x 3”, 5’
CPVC shapes not shown as stocked.
± 1” for sizes above 5” x 3”.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
LARGE DIAMETER HOLLOW ROD

R
O C
D U
POLYPROPYLENE/HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE LARGE DIAMETER HOLLOW ROD

Polypropylene and high density polyethylene massive hollow bar Tolerances ± 2% on inside diameter and outside diameter.
stock. Standard length 1 meter or 2 meters.
Available diameters from 2” to 28” outside diameter. (Fabco will cut to any length required).
Available diameters from 3/4” to 20” inside diameter. Standard colour – Polypropylene – light grey.
Excellent for machining purposes, more cost effective than cutting H.D.P.E. – black.
from plate or sheet.
= Preferable series PRICES ON REQUEST ORDER: 35 (Size No.) – PP Rod

R45 (Size No.) – HDPE Rod
SIZE da di WEIGHT* SIZE da di WEIGHT* SIZE da di WEIGHT* SIZE da di WEIGHT*

NO. mm mm kg/m NO mm mm kg/m NO. mm mm kg/m NO. mm mm kg/m
400 35 15 0.7 444 170 80 17.0 497 325 170 57.5 541 595 335 181.5
401 45 20 1.3 445 170 90 15.7 498 325 195 50.7 542 595 350 173.7
402 50 25 1.4 446 170 100 14.3 499 325 215 44.5 543 595 390 152.0
403 50 30 1.3 447 170 110 12.8 500 360 145 83.5 544 595 430 127.0
404 60 25 2.4 448 170 125 10.1 501 360 170 75.5 545 595 450 114.0
405 60 35 2.0 449 180 80 20.0 502 360 195 68.6 546 690 295 292.4
406 65 25 2.9 450 180 90 18.8 503 360 215 62.5 547 690 325 278.0
407 65 35 2.5 451 180 100 17.4 504 360 240 54.0 548 690 335 273.5
408 80 40 3.8 452 180 110 15.8 505 360 250 50.3 549 690 350 265.7
409 80 50 2.9 453 180 125 13.2 506 360 270 42.5 550 690 390 244.0
410 90 40 4.9 454 190 80 22.4 507 380 170 86.5 551 690 430 219.0
411 90 50 4.2 455 190 90 21.1 508 380 195 79.7 552 690 450 206.0
412 90 60 3.4 456 190 100 19.7 509 380 215 73.6 553 690 480 185.5
413 100 50 6.1 457 190 110 18.2 510 380 240 65.0 554 690 530 150.0
414 100 60 5.3 458 190 125 15.5 511 380 250 61.4 555 730 325 322.0
415 100 70 4.3 459 215 90 28.9 512 380 270 53.6 556 730 335 317.0
416 110 50 7.2 460 215 100 27.5 513 430 145 123.2 557 730 350 310.0
417 110 60 6.4 461 215 110 26.0 514 430 195 110.4 558 730 390 288.0
418 110 70 5.4 462 215 125 23.3 515 430 215 104.3 559 730 430 263.0
419 110 80 4.3 463 215 135 21.4 516 430 240 96.9 560 730 450 250.0
420 115 50 8.1 464 230 110 31.0 517 430 250 92.4 561 730 480 229.0
421 115 60 7.3 465 230 125 28.5 518 430 270 84.0 562 810 430 353.0
422 115 70 6.3 466 230 135 26.5 519 430 285 78.0 563 810 450 340.0
423 115 80 5.2 467 230 145 24.5 520 430 310 66.6 564 810 480 319.0
6
424 130 50 10.8 468 230 160 21.0 521 485 215 142.3 565 810 530 282.0
425 130 70 9.0 469 250 125 37.0 522 485 240 134.9 566 810 560 257.0
426 130 80 7.9 470 250 135 35.0 523 485 250 130.4 567 910 450 473.0
427 130 90 6.6 480 250 145 33.0 524 485 270 122.0 568 910 480 452.0
428 130 100 5.2 481 250 160 29.6 525 485 285 116.0 569 910 530 415.0
429 140 60 12.1 482 250 170 27.0 526 485 325 97.0 570 910 560 390.0
430 140 70 11.1 483 270 110 47.6 527 485 335 92.5 571 1020 560 551.0
431 140 90 8.7 484 270 125 45.0 528 485 350 84.7 572 1020 640 480.0
432 140 100 7.3 485 270 135 43.0 529 530 240 168.9 573 1020 690 423.0
433 140 110 5.8 486 270 145 41.0 530 530 250 164.4 574 1020 770 347.0
434 150 60 14.2 487 270 170 35.0 531 530 270 156.0 575 1130 860 403.0
435 150 80 12.1 488 270 195 28.2 532 530 285 150.0
436 150 90 10.8 489 285 110 52.0 533 530 325 131.0
437 150 100 9.4 490 285 125 49.3 534 530 335 126.5
438 150 110 7.8 491 285 135 47.4 535 530 350 118.7 *theoretical weight
439 160 60 17.3 492 285 145 45.2 536 530 390 97.0 da ± 2%
440 160 80 15.2 493 285 170 40.3 537 595 250 219.4 di ± 2%
441 160 90 13.9 494 285 195 32.4 538 595 270 211.0
442 160 100 12.5 495 325 135 65.5 539 595 285 205.0
443 160 110 11.0 496 325 145 63.4 540 595 325 186.0
6-34
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PVDF / HALAR SOLID RODS
R
O C
D U
FABCO PVDF ROUND ROD

Fabco’s specially processed polyvinylidene fluoride rod, made of Atochem’s KYNAR resin, has the following characteristics:
• Outstanding chemical inertness: highly resistant to oxidizing agents • Thermally stable
and the halogens; nearly complete resistance to allphatics, aromat- • Resistant to low temperatures
ics, alcohols, acids and chlorinated solvents, resistant to most acids • Stable to ultraviolet and extreme weather conditions
and bases except fuming sulfuric. • Resistant to gamma radiation
• Mechanicallly strong, tough • Self extinguishing
• High dielectric strength • Non-toxic
• Non-flammable – UL 94 V-O
Part Diameter PVDF Natural Part Diameter PVDF Natural

No. mm inch lbs/ft* Price/ft No. mm inch lbs/ft* Price/ft
IRS12010 10 0.39 0.10 7.03 IRS12090 90 3.54 7.84 551.27
IRS12015 15 0.59 0.22 15.47 IRS12100 100 3.94 9.69 681.35
IRS12020 20 0.79 0.39 27.42 IRS12110 110 4.33 11.75 826.20
IRS12025 25 0.89 0.61 42.89 IRS12115 115 4.53 12.83 902.14
IRS12030 30 1.18 0.88 61.88 IRS12125 125 4.92 15.19 1,068.09
IRS12035 35 1.38 1.19 83.68 IRS12140 140 5.51 19.04 1,338.80
IRS12040 40 1.57 1.55 108.99 IRS12150 150 5.91 21.88 1,538.49
IRS12050 50 1.97 2.42 170.16 IRS12180 180 7.09 31.50 2,214.92
IRS12060 60 2.36 3.49 245.40 IRS12200 200 7.87 38.87 2,733.14
IRS12070 70 2.76 4.73 332.59 IRS12250 250 9.84 60.54 4,256.87
IRS12080 80 3.15 6.19 435.25 IRS12300 300 11.81 87.02 7,408.67
IRS12350 350 13.78 118.23 10,065.81
IRS12400 400 15.75 154.29 13,135.87
IRS12500 500 19.69 241.25 20,539.42
PVDF
10 – 90 mm Ø 2000 mm 0.39” – 3.45” Ø 78 3/4”
100 – 250 mm Ø 1000 mm 3.94” – 9.84” Ø 39 3/8”
300 – 500 mm Ø 500 mm 11.81” – 19.69” Ø 19 5/8”
*Theoretical weight with average tolerances. Other lengths on request.
HALAR–E-CTFE FLUOROPOLYMER ROD

6
HALAR E-CTFE fluoropolymer rod offers a unique combination of Availability:
properties in applications where chemical resistance, high tempera- Size Standard Lengths:
ture resistance (from cryogenic to 300°F), abrasion resistance and 1/2” through 2” diameter: 96”
excellent electrical properties are required. HALAR contains no Over 2” diameter: 48”
fillers, plasticizers or pigments to leach into and contaminate ultra
pure solutions. Specifications:
Size Tolerance:
General Properties: 1/2” through 1” diameter: + .005” – .000”
• High temperature use (300°F). 1 1/2” through 2” diameter: + .010” – .000”
• Superior chemical resistance 2 1/2” through 3” diameter: + .030” – .000”
• Excellent wear and impact resistance Over 3” diameter: as extruded, sufficiently over-size to
• Low cold flow, low permeation permit finishing to size
• Excellent machinablilty
• Non-flammable – UL 94 V-O Part Diameter
Price/ft.
No. inch mm
Markets: CTFE034 1/2" 12.70 13.93
• Chemical processing CTFE036 3/4" 19.05 41.57
• Petrochemical CTFE038 1" 25.40 52.94
• Pulp and paper CTFE042 1 1/2" 38.10 124.13
CTFE045 2" 50.80 220.91
• Pharmaceuticals
CTFE050 3" 76.20 497.50
• Semiconductor processing
CTFE052 4" 101.60 884.57
CTFE054 5" 127.00 1,753.66
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
TEFLON SOLID RODS

R
O C
D U
MOULDED TEFLON ROD – VIRGIN MOULDED TEFLON ROD – 25% GLASS-FILLED

Colour: White Colour: White
Standard length: 12” Standard length: 12”
• Available from 1” to 20” diameter. • Available from 1” to 20” diameter.

• Tolerance: Oversized, suitable to machine to dimension • Tolerance: Oversized, suitable to finish to dimension listed.
listed.
Properties: Typical Applications:
Properties: Typical Applications: • Similar to Virgin Teflon. • Bushings
• Outstanding chemical • Pump components • Improved dimensional stability. • Seals
resistance. • Bushings • Can be attacked by alkali. • Wear parts
• Excellent weatherability. • Electrical parts • Valve seats
• Low coefficient of friction. • Valve components
Part Diameter Lbs/Ft
• Low dielectrical properties. • Rings Price/Ft
No. inches Approx.
• Excellent heat and low temper- • Seals
TVG064 2 2.94 P.O.R.
ature resistance. TVG065 2 1/4 4.53 P.O.R.
TVG066 2 1/2 5.56 P.O.R.
Part Diameters Lbs/Ft TVG068 3 6.59 P.O.R.
Price/Ft
No. inches Approx.
TVG072 4 13.34 P.O.R.
TVMRO64 2 3.50 P.O.R.
TVG076 5 21.32 P.O.R.
TVMR065 2 1/4 4.40 P.O.R.
TVG078 6 30.02 P.O.R.
TVMR066 2 1/2 5.40 P.O.R.
TVMR067 2 3/4 6.40 P.O.R.
TVMR068 3 7.50 P.O.R.
TVMR069 3 1/4 8.75 P.O.R.
EXTRUDED TEFLON ROD
TVMR070 3 1/2 10.00 P.O.R. Virgin: Colour: White
TVMR071 3 3/4 11.50 P.O.R. Standard length: 6 ft.
TVMR072 4 12.95 P.O.R. Mechanical: Colour: White
TVMR073 4 1/4 14.50 P.O.R. Standard length: 6 ft.
TVMR074 4 1/2 16.15 P.O.R.
TVMR075 4 3/4 17.19 P.O.R. Properties: Typical Applications:
TVMR076 5 20.70 P.O.R. • Chemical inertness. • Pump parts
TVMR077 5 1/2 23.75 P.O.R. • Heat resistance. • Valves
TVMR078 6 29.15 P.O.R. • Low coefficient of friction. • Laboratory equipment
TVMR079 6 1/2 32.75 P.O.R. • Non adhesive • Capacitors
TVMR080 7 40.35 P.O.R. • Excellent dielectric strength. • Bushings
TVMR081 8 51.78 P.O.R. • Spacers in co-axial cable
• Bearings
EXTRUDED TEFLON ROD Part No. Part No. Diameter Tolerance Lbs/Ft Price/Ft Price/Ft
Virgin Mechanical inches inches Approx. Virgin Mechanical
– 25% GLASS-FILLED
6
Colour: White TVR001 CR5001 1/8 +0.002/-0.000 0.012 P.O.R. P.O.R.
Standard length: 6 ft. TVR003 CR5003 5/32 +0.002/-0.000 0.013 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TVR005 CR5005 3/16 +0.002/-0.000 0.028 P.O.R. P.O.R.
Properties: Typical Applications: TVR009 CR5008 1/4 +0.002/-0.000 0.049 P.O.R. P.O.R.
• Similar to virgin teflon. • Bushings TVR016 CR5011 5.16 +0.002/-0.000 0.076 P.O.R. P.O.R.
• Improved dimensional stability. • Seals TVR020 CR5014 3/8 +0.002/-0.000 0.111 P.O.R. P.O.R.
• Wear parts TVR025 CR5016 7/16 +0.002/-0.000 0.115 P.O.R. P.O.R.
• Can be attacked by alkali.
• Valve seats TVR029 CR5018 1/2 +0.002/-0.000 0.196 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TVR033 CR5020 9/16 +0.002/-0.000 0.248 P.O.R. P.O.R.
Part Diameter Tolerance Lbs/Ft TVR035 CR5021 5/8 +0.004/-0.000 0.307 P.O.R. P.O.R.
Price/Ft
No. inches inches Approx. TVR037 CR5022 11/16 +0.004/-0.000 0.371 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TMGR029 1/2 +0.002/-0.000 0.202 P.O.R. TVR039 CR5024 3/4 +0.004/-0.000 0.441 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TMGR033 9/16 +0.002/-0.000 0.255 P.O.R. TVR043 CR5026 7/8 +0.004/-0.000 0.601 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TMGR035 5/8 +0.004/-0.000 0.316 P.O.R. TVR047 CR5028 1 +0.010/-0.000 0.785 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TMGR039 3/4 +0.004/-0.000 0.454 P.O.R. TVR049 CR5029 1 1/8 +0.010/-0.000 0.924 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TMGR047 1 +0.010/-0.000 0.808 P.O.R. TVR051 CR5030 1 1/4 +0.010/-0.000 1.227 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TMGR051 1 1/4 +0.010/-0.000 1.264 P.O.R. TVR053 CR5031 1 3/8 +0.010/-0.000 1.480 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TMGR063 2 UNGROUND 3.234 P.O.R. TVR059 CR5034 1 3/4 +0.010/-0.000 2.400 P.O.R. P.O.R.
TVR061 CR5035 1 7/8 +0.010/-0.000 2.770 P.O.R. P.O.R.
• Available from 1/8” – 4” diameter. TVR063 CR5036 2 UNGROUND 3.140 P.O.R. P.O.R.
• Available in 12 foot lengths.
• Carbon and other fills available. • Intermediate and larger sizes available,
• 12 ft. lengths available.
• Produced from resin which meets AMS 3651.
Note: Square rod, cut from sheet, available on request.
6-36
HIGH PERFORMANCE RODS
NYLON 6/6 ROD
Nylon 6/6 GF30 is a 30% glass-fiber-reinforced nylon 6/6 material whose important properties include • Excellent wear resistance – Nylon 6/6 GF30 has
high tensile and flexural strength, stiffness, excellent heat deflection temperature, and superior abrasion and a wear rate approaching that of internally lubricat-
wear resistance. While all materials have high mechanical strength and superior resistance to wear and ed bearing materials. Additionally, the reinforcing
organic chemicals, 6/6 GF30 has more than double the strength and stiffness of unreinforced nylons and a glass fibers give GF30 excellent abrasion and cut
heat deflection temperature which approaches its melting point. resistance.
Nylon 6/6 GF30 has an excellent balance of properties which make it an ideal material for metal replace- • High strength and stiffness – Nylon 6/6 GF30
ment in applications such as automotive parts, industrial valves, railway tie insulators, and other industry has a tensile and flexural strength more than dou-
uses whose design requirements include high strength, toughness, and weight reduction. ble that of unreinforced nylon and a flexural mod-
ulus three times higher. These values are
IRS98 IRS99 IRS100 IRS101 IRS98 IRS99 IRS100 IRS101 equalled or exceeded only by reinforced specialty
(Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) materials costing many times more.
Size Size • Superior organic chemical resistance – 6/6
Diameter Ensilon Diameter Ensilon
No. No.
Ensilon Ensilon Ensilon Natural Ensilon Ensilon Ensilon Natural GF30 nylons are resistant to most organic solvents.
Natural Black MDS GF30** Natural Black MDS GF30** • High heat deflection temperature – At 66 psi,
029 3/16" 0.57 0.66 0.63 2.12 0471 2 3/8" 40.70 45.20 - 105.61 nylon 6/6 GF30 has a HDT of 490°F. Even at 264
030 1/4" 0.74 0.83 0.80 2.32 048 2 1/2" 44.34 48.44 - 119.13 psi, the HDT is in excess of 480°F.
031 5/16" 0.86 1.09 1.03 3.15 0481 2 5/8" 47.55 52.68 - 128.79 • Very good fatigue endurance – Nylon 6/6 GF30
032 3/8" 1.17 1.35 1.29 4.12 049 2 3/4" 53.31 57.95 - 141.42 has been successfully used in gears at high stress
033 7/16" 1.46 1.80 1.66 4.81 0491 2 7/8" 63.22 68.06 - 154.37 levels for many years.
034 1/2" 1.66 1.95 1.80 6.33 050 3" 68.78 73.96 - 168.20 • Superior creep resistance.
0341 9/16" 2.52 3.01 2.66 7.99 0511 3 1/4" 88.80 97.02 - 197.33
035 5/8" 2.78 3.18 3.04 8.31 051 3 1/2" 100.06 108.99 - 287.37 PRICE PER FOOT
036 3/4" 3.87 4.35 4.12 10.54 0512 3 3/4" 113.12 121.51 - 329.90 Standard Length – 10 Feet
037 7/8" 5.64 6.27 5.96 14.32 052 4" 119.65 130.02 - 375.36 Diameter Tolerance
038 1" 6.27 6.85 6.67 18.71 0521 4 1/4" 155.43 170.12 - 423.40 3/16" - 1" +0.002" -0.000"
039 1 1/8" 8.97 10.05 9.80 23.63 053 4 1/2" 172.81 190.78 - 475.08
Over 1" - 2" +0.005" -0.000"
040 1 1/4" 10.08 11.31 10.54 24.43 0531 4 3/4" 184.56 212.86 - 529.10
Over 2" - 2 7/8" +0.030" -0.000"
041 1 3/8" 13.38 14.78 13.92 35.23 054 5" 213.35 235.95 - 586.50
Over 2 7/8" - 6" Supplied Oversize
042 1 1/2" 14.90 16.56 15.61 40.30 055 5 1/2" 237.98 256.69 - 709.59
043 1 5/8" 17.67 19.02 18.22 49.27 056 6" 266.57 305.53 - 844.48 Other diameters and tolerances are avail-
able on a custom-order basis.
044 1 3/4" 19.97 21.63 20.77 57.35 057 6 1/2" 365.82 399.22 - -
Note: Call Fabco for normally stocked items
0441 1 7/8" 23.20 25.29 24.12 65.77 059 7" 446.80 488.48 - - at manufacturer. Items not normally stocked
045 2" 25.18 27.67 26.07 68.89 0591 7 1/2" 502.52 596.70 - - are available on a custom-order basis --
046 2 1/8" 34.03 38.76 - 84.45 060 8" 565.82 663.59 - - please call for minimum quantities.
047 2 1/4" 36.64 40.93 - 94.64 **30% Glass Fiber Reinforced
ACETAL ROD
ACETAL HVP 13 is a brown homopolymer acetal with an internal PTFE lubricant. Its low coefficient of • No stick-slip – ACETAL HPV 13 provides less
friction, excellent PV values, toughness, wear resistance, and machinability make it an exceptional materi- starting torque and smooth continuous operation.
al for use in many industrial and military components with moving parts. Additionally, ACETAL HPV 13 has • Low coefficient of friction.
the superior, chemical resistance and flexural fatigue properties, as well as the low moisture absorption, • Excellent PV values.
associated with the Delrin® matrix material. • Exceptional bearing properties.
6 ACETAL HVP 13’s range of exceptional properties makes it an ideal engineering plastic for use in preci-
sion instruments and measuring devices, as well as in many critical components in the automotive, aviation,
military, machinery, business equipment, and specialty valve areas.
• Excellent machinability.
• Superior wear resistance – Improved perfor-
mance, reliability, and longer life result from
ACETAL HPV 13’s excellent wear resistance.
IRS110 IRS111 IRS112 IRS113 IRS110 IRS111 IRS112 IRS113 • Good dimensional stability.
Size
Diameter (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) Size
Diameter (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #)
• Self-lubricating – The use of ACETAL HPV 13
No. Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal No. Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal can eliminate costly lubricants, reduce mainte-
Natural Black SD** HPV 13*** Natural Black SD** HPV 13*** nance costs and product contamination.
029 3/16" 0.72 0.74 2.18 2.15 0471 2 3/8" 52.19 52.19 147.89 126.35 • Good surface hardness and resilience.
030 1/4" 0.77 0.80 2.38 2.38 048 2 1/2" 53.48 53.48 151.73 140.10 • Superior resistance to repeated impacts and
031 5/16" 1.00 1.17 2.98 3.67 0481 2 5/8" 59.93 59.93 164.56 154.17 creep.
032 3/8" 1.32 1.38 3.95 4.41 049 2 3/4" 65.77 65.77 180.81 169.49
033 7/16" 1.95 2.23 5.90 6.22 0491 2 7/8" 74.53 74.53 209.57 185.02 PRICE PER FOOT
034 1/2" 2.12 2.29 6.33 7.62 050 3" 81.21 81.21 228.41 201.63 Standard Length – 10 Feet
0341 9/16" 3.01 3.18 8.97 9.65 0511 3 1/4" 113.66 113.66 313.43 324.43
Diameter Tolerance
035 5/8" 3.27 3.52 9.85 11.34 051 3 1/2" 121.17 121.17 342.31 364.71
3/16" - 1" +0.002" -0.000"
036 3/4" 4.15 4.61 12.43 14.64 0512 3 3/4" 142.02 142.02 389.51 431.62
Over 1" - 2" +0.005" -0.000"
037 7/8" 6.36 7.02 19.02 19.62 052 4" 145.63 145.63 399.05 506.01
Over 2" - 2 7/8" +0.030" -0.000"
038 1" 7.59 8.36 22.77 23.57 0521 4 1/4" 206.90 206.90 578.40 571.24
039 1 1/8" 10.71 11.69 32.11 29.85 053 4 1/2" 236.78 236.78 660.67 640.61
040 1 1/4" 11.94 13.06 35.81 35.86 0531 4 3/4" 262.50 262.50 742.42 673.18 Other diameters and tolerances are avail-
041 1 3/8" 16.30 17.82 48.87 44.92 054 5" 285.56 285.56 773.58 746.06 able on a custom-order basis.
042 1 1/2" 16.81 18.53 50.44 49.15 055 5 1/2" 339.73 339.73 902.86 928.90
at manufacturer. Items not normally stocked
043 1 5/8" 21.03 23.12 63.08 57.52 056 6" 376.82 376.82 1,041.18 1,143.42 are available on a custom-order basis --
044 1 3/4" 22.80 25.12 68.38 64.19 057 6 1/2" 465.85 465.85 - 1,341.61 please call for minimum quantities.
0441 1 7/8" 29.30 32.31 87.88 75.28 059 7" 585.70 585.70 - 1,556.02 **Static Dissipative grade
045 2" 29.70 33.11 89.17 85.30 0591 7 1/2" 618.96 618.96 - 1,786.73 ***ACETAL HVP® 13 – a lower-cost, PTFE-
046 2 1/8" 38.33 41.28 114.89 101.17 060 8" 704.26 704.26 - 2,032.58 filled acetal with properties comparable
to Delrin® AF blend material. FDA grade
047 2 1/4" 40.68 44.69 122.00 113.23
available on request.
DELRIN® ROD
Delrin is a family of acetal homopolymer resins whose properties • Natural
include low water absorption, superior creep resistance, tensile • Black
strength and fatigue endurance, and excellent chemical resistance to • PTFE-filled
hydrocarbons, solvents, and neutral chemicals. Delrin is used as • 20% Glass-filled
wear surfaces in conveyors, bushings, fittings, impellers and other
mechanical and electrical applications.
IRS71 IRS72 IRS73 IRS74 IRS71 IRS72 IRS73 IRS74

Size Size
Standard Length – 10 Feet
Diameter (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) Diameter (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #)
No. Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin No. Delrin Delrin Delrin Delrin Diameter Tolerance
Natural Black 570 AF Blend Natural Black 570 AF Blend 3/16" - 1" +0.002" -0.000"
029 3/16" 0.77 0.80 2.32 2.75 0471 2 3/8" 53.22 56.34 116.02 163.68 Over 1" - 2" +0.005" -0.000"
030 1/4" 0.83 0.87 2.54 3.03 048 2 1/2" 54.61 57.73 130.99 181.46
Over 2" - 2 7/8" +0.030" -0.000"
031 5/16" 1.08 1.27 3.40 4.76 0481 2 5/8" 59.22 64.69 141.57 199.70
032 3/8" 1.42 1.48 4.51 5.72 049 2 3/4" 65.03 71.00 155.39 219.62
033 7/16" 2.10 2.41 5.32 8.07 0491 2 7/8" 75.42 80.46 169.77 239.69 Other diameters and tolerances are avail-
034 1/2" 2.29 2.47 6.93 9.90 050 3" 82.23 87.67 184.86 261.21 able on a custom-order basis.
0341 9/16" 3.25 3.43 8.78 12.46 0511 3 1/4" 112.78 122.70 216.90 420.25
035 5/8" 3.53 3.80 9.12 14.72 051 3 1/2" 123.20 130.81 315.70 472.48 are available on a custom-order basis --
036 3/4" 4.48 4.98 11.60 18.99 0512 3 3/4" 140.18 153.32 362.45 559.16 please call for minimum quantities.
037 7/8" 6.87 7.58 15.74 25.42 052 4" 143.61 157.21 389.11 655.64 Note: Delrin® 570–20% Glass Filled Delrin®
038 1" 8.19 9.03 20.56 30.55 0521 4 1/4" 208.15 223.36 465.18 740.03 Delrin® – Dupont Company
039 1 1/8" 11.57 12.62 25.98 38.75 053 4 1/2" 237.74 255.61 521.93 829.89
040 1 1/4" 12.90 14.10 26.78 46.39 0531 4 3/4" 267.15 283.38 581.30 872.10
041 1 3/8" 17.60 19.23 38.72 58.20 054 5" 278.37 308.28 644.41 966.42 PRICE PER FOOT
042 1 1/2" 18.15 20.01 44.31 63.61 055 5 1/2" 324.91 366.75 779.74 1,203.29
043 1 5/8" 22.70 24.96 54.09 74.49 056 6" 374.70 406.80 927.95 1,481.17
044 1 3/4" 24.62 27.12 62.99 83.15 057 6 1/2" 464.41 502.91 1,088.94 1,738.02
0441 1 7/8" 31.63 34.88 72.27 97.53 059 7" 564.51 632.29 1,263.19 2,015.75
045 2" 32.07 35.75 75.67 110.49 0591 7 1/2" 627.38 668.19 1,449.79 2,314.53
046 2 1/8" 41.38 44.56 92.77 131.12 060 8" 713.84 760.28 1,649.46 2,633.20
047 2 1/4" 43.91 48.24 103.93 146.67
POLYCARBONATE ROD
Polycarbonate is an amorphous engineering plastic offering tough- • Natural
ness, clarity, and high heat deflection temperatures. It is often used in • Black
the automotive, medical, food and beverage, and electronic industries • 20% Glass-reinforced
as a replacement for metal, glass and wood.
6
IRS75 IRS76 IRS77 IRS75 IRS76 IRS77
(Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #)
Size Size Standard Length – 10 Feet
Diameter Ensicar Diameter Ensicar
No. No.
Ensicar Ensicar Natural Ensicar Ensicar Natural Diameter Tolerance
Natural Black GF30** Natural Black GF30** 3/16" - 1" +0.002" -0.000"
029 3/16" 1.18 1.33 1.95 0471 2 3/8" 78.39 90.17 213.71 Over 1" - 2" +0.005" -0.000"
030 1/4" 1.58 1.89 3.49 048 2 1/2" 83.56 96.05 237.09 Over 2" - 2 7/8" +0.030" -0.000"
031 5/16" 1.95 2.23 3.96 0481 2 5/8" 95.65 105.88 260.93
032 3/8" 2.60 2.97 5.72 049 2 3/4" 102.88 118.38 286.66
033 7/16" 3.25 3.71 7.27 0491 2 7/8" 112.87 129.82 313.16 Other diameters and tolerances are avail-
able on a custom-order basis.
034 1/2" 3.80 4.33 9.49 050 3" 120.23 138.29 341.43
0341 9/16" 4.79 5.47 12.03 0511 3 1/4" 144.23 165.81 390.90 at manufacturer. Items not normally
035 5/8" 5.63 6.49 14.81 051 3 1/2" 164.85 189.59 453.40 stocked are available on a custom-order
036 3/4" 7.39 8.57 21.31 0512 3 3/4" 192.07 220.89 520.84 basis -- please call for mimimum quantities.
037 7/8" 10.11 11.57 29.10 052 4" 213.09 245.01 592.25 **20% Glass Fiber Reinforced
038 1" 12.40 14.29 38.00 0521 4 1/4" 289.91 333.42 684.99
039 1 1/8" 16.76 19.23 47.96 053 4 1/2" 312.14 358.96 768.08
040 1 1/4" 19.85 22.85 59.19 0531 4 3/4" 332.92 382.89 855.19 PRICE PER FOOT
041 1 3/8" 23.07 26.53 73.13 054 5" 341.02 392.17 948.27
042 1 1/2" 26.66 30.68 87.24 055 5 1/2" 420.78 483.89 1,147.01
043 1 5/8" 34.17 39.33 99.54 056 6" 480.80 552.91 1,365.67
044 1 3/4" 41.41 47.59 116.21 057 6 1/2" 593.36 682.42 1,602.73
0441 1 7/8" 48.98 56.44 132.63 059 7" 687.99 791.21 1,862.71
045 2" 53.37 61.38 151.68 0591 7 1/2" 933.30 1,073.29 2,133.10
046 2 1/8" 62.59 72.05 171.32 060 8" 1,062.04 1,221.32 2,427.37
047 2 1/4" 69.95 80.46 194.01
6-38
ABS ROD
ABS is a terpolymer which exhibits good impact and chemical resistance without sacrificing physical properties. Because ABS can be eas-
ily bonded, it is often used in model shops for prototype parts. Its wide property range also makes ABS a popular choice in the transportation,
construction, computer, and appliance markets.
IRS120 IRS121 IRS120 IRS121 • Flame Retardant

(Size #) (Size #) (Size #) (Size #) • Natural
Size Size
Diameter Diameter
No.
Ensidur Ensidur
No.
Ensidur Ensidur • Black
Natural Black Natural Black
029 3/16" 0.59 0.59 0471 2 3/8" 62.81 62.81
030 1/4" 0.87 0.87 048 2 1/2" 68.87 69.52
031 5/16" 1.36 1.36 0481 2 5/8" 86.55 86.56
032 3/8" 1.98 1.89 049 2 3/4" 94.87 94.87 PRICE PER FOOT
033 7/16" 2.16 2.16 0491 2 7/8" 103.16 103.16 Standard Length – 10 Feet
034 1/2" 2.81 2.81 050 3" 112.50 112.50
Diameter Tolerance
0341 9/16" 3.71 3.71 0511 3 1/4" 133.59 133.59
3/16" - 1" +0.002" -0.000"
035 5/8" 4.51 4.51 051 3 1/2" 154.93 154.93
Over 1" - 2" +0.005" -0.000"
036 3/4" 5.54 5.54 0512 3 3/4" 177.72 177.72
Over 2" - 2 7/8" +0.030" -0.000"
037 7/8" 8.19 8.19 052 4" 202.30 202.30
038 1" 10.02 10.02 0521 4 1/4" 225.43 225.43
039 1 1/8" 13.42 13.42 053 4 1/2" 252.86 252.86 Other diameters and tolerances are avail-
040 1 1/4" 16.17 16.17 0531 4 3/4" 281.62 281.62 able on a custom-order basis.
041 1 3/8" 20.50 20.50 054 5" 309.08 309.08 Note: Call Fabco for normally stocked items
042 1 1/2" 23.97 23.97 055 5 1/2" 367.49 367.49 are available on a custom-order basis --
043 1 5/8" 29.13 29.13 056 6" 428.85 428.85 please call for minimum quantities.
044 1 3/4" 33.30 33.30 057 6 1/2" 506.40 506.40 **Flame retardant
0441 1 7/8" 37.73 37.73 059 7" 595.28 595.28
045 2" 40.66 40.66 0591 7 1/2" 683.13 683.13
046 2 1/8" 53.37 53.37 060 8" 777.32 777.32
047 2 1/4" 59.37 59.37
PPS ROD
PPS, a semi-crystalline engineering plastic capable of withstanding • 40% Glass-reinforced
D
almost all chemical contact up to 400°F, is inherently flame resistant • Natural
and exhibits excellent electrical insulation properties. Its superior
dimensional stability makes PPS ideal for valve and pump compo-
6
Size
IRS130
(Size #)
UE
nents plus many other industrial applications.
IRS131
(Size #)
Ensifide
Size
IRS130
(Size #)
IRS131
(Size #)
Ensifide
PRICE PER FOOT
Standard Length – 10 Feet
Diameter
3/16" - 1"
Tolerance
+0.002" -0.000"
N
Diameter Diameter
No. No. Over 1" - 2" +0.005" -0.000"
Ensifide Black Ensifide Black
I
Natural GF40** Natural GF40** Over 2" - 2 7/8" +0.030" -0.000"
029 3/16" 3.04 4.40 046 2 1/8" 380.72 551.99 Over 2 7/8" - 6" Supplied Oversize
T
030 1/4" 5.32 7.70 047 2 1/4" 426.39 618.25 Other diameters and tolerances are available
031 5/16" 8.20 11.91 0471 2 3/8" 475.89 290.05 on a custom-order basis.
032 3/8" 11.81 17.10 048 2 1/2" 527.29 764.54 ENSIFIDE items are not normally stocked.
N
033 7/16" 16.51 23.44 0481 2 5/8" 580.56 841.82 They are available on a custom-order basis -
pleae call for minimum quantities.
034 1/2" 21.13 30.63 049 2 3/4" 637.70 924.64
**Glass Fiber Reinforced
0341 9/16" 26.64 38.61 0491 2 7/8" 696.70 1,010.24
O
035 5/8" 32.94 47.73 050 3" 757.63 1,098.57
036 3/4" 47.41 68.76 0511 3 1/4" 890.87 1,291.77
037 7/8" 64.51 93.59 051 3 1/2" 1,031.75 1,496.04
C
038 1" 84.28 122.22 0512 3 3/4" 1,184.02 1,716.82
039 1 1/8" 106.61 154.59 052 4" 1,347.70 1,954.20
S
040 1 1/4" 131.75 191.04 0521 4 1/4" 1,520.94 2,205.35
I
041 1 3/8" 159.34 231.01 053 4 1/2" 1,705.61 2,473.13
042 1 1/2" 189.61 274.94 0531 4 3/4" 1,901.62 2,757.34
043 1 5/8" 222.71 322.92 054 5" 2,107.17 3,055.37
D
044 1 3/4" 258.88 375.37 055 5 1/2" 2,548.85 3,695.85
0441 1 7/8" 296.98 430.60 056 6" 2,994.30 4,341.71
045 2" 336.92 488.53
Rod in Diameters from 1/2” – 20”.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
ULTEM® ROD (polyetherimide)

ULTEM is typically used in medical, automotive, electronic/electri- • Excellent machinability and finishing characteristics.
cal, microwave and aircraft application. • Stable dielectric constant over varying temperatures.
ULTEM is an amorphous thermoplastic polyetherimide (PEI) mate- • Low dissipation factor over a wide range of frequencies.
rial which combines exceptional mechanical, thermal, and electrical • Excellent mechanical strength.
properties. Natural ULTEM 1000 (unreinforced) is a translucent • Inherent flame resistance with low smoke evolution.
amber material. The addition of glass fiber reinforcement to this basic • Exceptional resistance to environmental forces.
ULTEM, coupled with proprietary extrusion technique, provides the • Outstanding heat resistance.
ULTEM with both greater tensile strength and rigidity while at the • High dielectric strength.
same time improving dimensional stability.
FORMULATION/TYPE 00 10 20 30 FORMULATION/TYPE 00 10 20 30
PRICE PER FOOT
STANDARD LENGTH - 10 FEET
IRS81 IRS82 IRS83 IRS81 IRS82 IRS83
(SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.)
IRS8 NATURAL NATURAL NATURAL IRS8 NATURAL NATURAL NATURAL DIAMETER TOLERANCES
SIZE (SIZE NO.) 10% GLASS 20% GLASS 30% GLASS SIZE (SIZE NO.) 10% GLASS 20% GLASS 30% GLASS
NO. DIAMETER NATURAL REINFORCED REINFORCED REINFORCED NO. DIAMETER NATURAL REINFORCED REINFORCED REINFORCED
3/16” - 1” +0.002” -0.000”
29 3/16" 1.17 1.27 1.36 1.65 471 2-3/8" 153.32 199.31 228.22 264.87
30 1/4" 1.68 1.84 1.96 2.28 48 2-1/2" 169.69* 220.56 252.25 293.08*
31 5/16" 2.63 2.91 3.93 4.59 481 2-5/8" 187.08 243.39 278.74 323.42 Over 1” - 2” +0.005” -0.000”
32 3/8" 3.83 4.97 5.70 6.68 49 2-3/4" 205.29 266.86 286.02 354.94
33 7/16" 5.23 6.78 7.73 9.06 491 2-7/8" 224.20 291.47 333.91 387.46 Over 2” - 2 7/8” +0.030” -0.000”
34 1/2" 6.78* 8.77 10.04 11.78* 50 3" 244.31* 317.60 363.84 422.21*
341 9/16" 8.62 11.18 12.76 14.92 511 3-1/4" 286.75 372.77 505.03 578.22 Over 2 7/8” - 8” Supplied Oversize
35 5/8" 10.64 13.81 15.74 18.40 51 3-1/2" 332.55* 432.31 585.72 670.60*
36 3/4" 15.23* 19.79 22.68 26.45* 512 3-3/4" 425.31 552.88 749.27 857.94
37 7/8" 20.81 27.08 30.88 35.92 52 4" 434.08* 564.31 764.73 875.61*
38 1" 27.14* 35.28 40.32 46.87* 521 4-1/4" 490.39 637.51 864.71 990.13
39 1-1/8" 34.27 44.53 51.12 59.35 53 4-1/2" 550.03 715.07 969.89 1,108.68 Other diameters and tolerances are available on
40 1-1/4" 42.38* 55.11 63.18 73.32* 531 4-3/4" 612.83 796.65 1,080.65 1,235.20 a custom-order basis.
41 1-3/8" 51.28 66.67 76.33 88.68 54 5" 678.77 882.42 1,196.91 1,368.09 * Normally stock item at manufacturer. Items not
42 1-1/2" 61.06* 79.40 90.93 105.56* 55 5-1/2" 820.75 - - - normally stocked are available on a custom-
43 1-5/8" 71.70 93.24 106.51 123.64 56 6" 977.02 - - - order basis - please call for minimum quanti-
44 1-3/4" 83.01* 107.90 123.33 143.12* 57 6-1/2" 1,206.86 - - - ties.
441 1-7/8" 95.33 123.93 142.01 164.85 59 7" 1,392.16 - - -
45 2" 108.51* 141.06 161.68 187.65* 591 7-1/2" 1,597.77 - - -
46 2-1/8" 122.28 158.99 182.43 211.59 60 8" 1,817.88 - - -
47 2-1/4" 137.33 176.58 204.82 237.69
® Registered Trademark of General Electric Company
NORYL® ROD (polyphenylene oxide, modified)

Noryl, due to its inherent chemical composition, exhibits unusually • FDA compliance for certain grades.
low moisture absorption. Therefore, good electrical insulating proper- • Good electrical insulating properties.
ties are realized over a wide range of humidity and temperature. • Noryl exhibits a continuous use temperature in excess of 220°F.
Chemical attach from water, most salt solutions, acids, and bases is • Wide range of UL flammability ratings from UL94 HB to UL 94 V-1.
also minimal with Noryl. The addition of glass fiber reinforcement • Thermoformable capability.
enhances both the mechanical and thermal properties of the basic • Possesses good hydrolytic stability.
Noryl material.
Noryl exhibits a broad range of outstanding properties for applica-
•
•
Light weight.
Superior impact strength. 6
tions in computers and business equipment, automotive, electrical • Long term dimensional stability.
insulation, tele-communications, appliances, electronics and many
other industries.
FORMULATION/TYPE 00 30 FORMULATION/TYPE 00 30 PRICE PER FOOT
IRS 91 IRS91 STANDARD LENGTH - 10 FEET
IRS9 (SIZE NO.) IRS9 (SIZE NO.)
(SIZE NO.) NATURAL (SIZE NO.) NATURAL
SIZE BLACK 30% GLASS SIZE BLACK 30% GLASS DIAMETER TOLERANCES
NO. DIAMETER EN 265 REINFORCED NO. DIAMETER EN265 REINFORCED
29 3/16" 0.73 1.65 471 2-3/8" 56.91 128.08
3/16” - 1” +0.002” -0.000”
30 1/4" 1.11* 2.47 48 2-1/2" 63.00* 141.89
31 5/16" 1.43 3.26 481 2-5/8" 71.74 161.24
Over 1” - 2” +0.005” -0.000”
32 3/8" 2.03* 4.59 49 2-3/4" 78.58 172.89
33 7/16" 2.82 6.24 491 2-7/8" 89.60 201.65
Over 2” - 2 7/8” +0.030” -0.000”
34 1/2" 3.64* 8.17 50 3" 97.74* 219.86
341 9/16" 4.21 9.53 511 3-1/4" 107.97 242.98
35 5/8" 5.23* 11.75 51 3-1/2" 124.59* 280.35 Over 2 7/8” - 8” Supplied Oversize
36 3/4" 7.16* 16.06 512 3-3/4" 143.28 322.35
37 7/8" 9.28* 21.28 52 4" 163.33* 367.42
38 1" 10.64* 24.04 521 4-1/4" 193.83 436.21
39 1-1/8" 14.35 32.18 53 4-1/2" 221.92* 499.36
40 1-1/4" 16.69* 37.47 531 4-3/4" 248.43 558.96 Other diameters and tolerances are available on
41 1-3/8" 20.46 46.11 54 5" 267.11* 600.99 a custom-order basis.
42 1-1/2" 23.94* 53.84 55 5-1/2" 326.56 734.70 * Normally stock item at manufacturer. Items not
43 1-5/8" 27.65 62.20 56 6" 375.30* 844.41 normally stocked are available on a custom-
44 1-3/4" 31.83 70.09 57 6-1/2" 463.63 1,043.21 order basis - please call for minimum quanti-
441 1-7/8" 38.13 85.80 59 7" 542.87* 1,221.46 ties.
45 2" 43.23* 97.32 591 7-1/2" 645.61 1,452.65
46 2-1/8" 45.42 102.17 60 8" 734.67* 1,653.04
47 2-1/4" 50.96 114.65
Noryl® - General Electric Company
6-40
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
PSU ROD (polysulfone)

PSU’s (polysulfone) unique combination of chemical and hydrolytic • Superior resistance to creep
resistance, high-temperature performance, good mechanical proper- • FDA and NSF compliant
ties, and agency approvals make it an excellent choice for applications • Excellent electrical properties
in the pharmaceutical, medical, food service equipment, semiconduc- • Good chemical resistance
tor processing, and electronic equipment industries. • High-temperature performance -PSU has a heat deflection
PSU (polysulfone) is a transparent engineering plastic known for its temperature of 345°F and a long-term continuous use temperature of 285°F.
chemical resistance, rigidity, high-temperature performance, and its • Excellent hydrolytic stability
ability to operate in an autoclave environment. PSU (polysulfone) is • High strength and rigidity
FDA and NSF compliant and holds its excellent mechanical properties • Flame retardant - PSU is rated UL94 V-O.
over a wide range of temperatures. • Autoclave resistance
IRS85 IRS85
(SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.)
SIZE ENSIFONE SIZE ENSIFONE PRICE PER FOOT
NO. DIAMETER NATURAL NO. DIAMETER NATURAL STANDARD LENGTH - 10 FEET
29 3/16" 1.08 471 2-3/8" 104.51
30 1/4" 1.43* 48 2-1/2" 115.92* DIAMETER TOLERANCES
31 5/16" 2.22 481 2-5/8" 127.98
32 3/8" 3.17* 49 2-3/4" 140.27 3/16” - 1” +0.002” -0.000”
33 7/16" 4.34 491 2-7/8" 154.52
34 1/2" 5.67* 50 3" 168.24* Over 1” - 2” +0.005” -0.000”
341 9/16" 7.22 511 3-1/4" 209.28
35 5/8" 8.90 51 3-1/2" 242.63* Over 2” - 2 7/8” +0.030” -0.000”
36 3/4" 12.73* 512 3-3/4" 260.81
37 7/8" 14.22 52 4" 296.82* Over 2 7/8” - 8” Supplied Oversize
38 1" 18.59* 521 4-1/4" 412.36
39 1-1/8" 22.99 53 4-1/2" 462.05
40 1-1/4" 28.38* 531 4-3/4" 556.90
Other diameters and tolerances are available on
41 1-3/8" 34.14 54 5" 624.93*
a custom-order basis.
42 1-1/2" 40.70* 55 5-1/2" 679.34
* Normally stock item at manufacturer. Items not
43 1-5/8" 49.53 56 6" 826.52*
normally stocked are available on a custom-
44 1-3/4" 57.58* 57 6-1/2" 964.45
order basis - please call for minimum quanti-
441 1-7/8" 63.60 59 7" 1,118.53
ties.
45 2" 72.62* 591 7-1/2" 1,283.97
46 2-1/8" 84.75 60 8" 1,460.79
47 2-1/4" 94.92
6PAL CAST NYLON ROD (Oil-impregnated cast nylon)

Its exceptional friction and wear properties make NYLON 6PAL an Being self-lubricating, oil-impregnated cast nylon does not require
excellent choice for demanding applications such as sleeve bearings, additional bearing seals. It also has high impact strength, excellent
rollers, thrust washers and wear pads, as well as for many other com- resistance to a wide variety of chemicals, and a coefficient of friction
ponents. Custom cast parts are available upon request. Please con- lower than conventional nylon grades, thereby eliminating harmful
tact your Fabco sales representative for application assistance. heat build-up.
NYLON 6PAL has an evenly dispersed lubricant built in during the Available in forest green, Nylon 6PAL machines as easily as brass
casting process so that it becomes an integral part of the material. The and more quickly than unlubricated nylons without affecting its self-
6 lubricant will not spin out, dry out, or drain out even under extreme
operating conditions. While not apparent to sight or touch, the oil lubri-
lubricating properties. And, since it typically outlasts MoS2 dry-lubri-
cated nylons, its use reduces downtime and maintenance costs.
cant is always present at the surface regardless of the amount of
material removed during machining.
• Constant internal oil lubricant at working surfaces

FORMULATION/TYPE 00 GR BL FORMULATION/TYPE 00 GR BL
• Excellent machinability
6PA-IRS94 6PA-IRS94
6PAG-IRS95 6PAG-IRS95 • Excellent wear and abrasion resistance
SIZE 6PAM-IRS96 6PAL-IRS93 6XAU-IRS97 SIZE 6PAM-IRS96 6PAL-IRS93 6XAU-IRS97
NO. DIAMETER (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) NO. DIAMETER (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) • Low coefficient of friction
45 2" 30.34* 33.13* 33.35* 59 7" 295.84* 323.04* 325.42*
47 2 1/4" 38.32* 41.87* 42.19* 591 7 1/4" 315.13* 344.14* 346.61*
• Reduced noise in application
48 2 1/2" 44.37* 48.46* 48.77* 592 7 1/2" 328.68* 358.93* 361.56* • Fewer instances of “stick-slip”
49 2 3/4" 51.12* 55.84* 56.25* 593 7 3/4" 350.98* 383.25* 386.04*
50 3" 58.97* 64.39* 64.86* 60 8" 407.19* 444.63* 447.89* • High PV capability
511 3 1/4" 65.21* 71.20* 71.74* 601 8 1/2" 442.79* 483.55* 487.07*
51 3 1/2" 81.52* 89.03* 89.69* 61 9" 463.79** 506.48 510.19
512 3 3/4" 90.10* 98.40* 99.13* 611 9 1/2" 542.94** 592.91 597.22 TOLERANCES:
52 4" 98.62* 107.68* 108.47* 62 10" 600.01** 655.21 660.02 All diameters are oversized to permit machining to size. All lengths are + 1”,-0”.
521 4 1/4" 107.75* 117.66* 118.55* 621 10 1/2" 685.80** 748.92 754.40 SPECIFICATIONS:
53 4 1/2" 125.96* 137.55* 138.56* 63 11" 799.72** 873.33 879.73 6PA natural meets or exceeds the requirements of LP-410a and FDA standards,
531 43/4" 140.62* 153.57* 154.68* 64 12" 856.73** 935.56 942.40 6PAM meets or exceeds the requirements of LP-410a, wear resistant.
54 5" 157.06* 171.50* 172.76* 65 13" 1005.52** 1,098.03 1,106.05
*Normally Stock Item at Manufacturer.
541 5 1/4" 168.55* 184.04* 185.40* 67 14" 1118.53** 1,221.46 1,230.39
55 5 1/2" 178.66* 195.09* 196.52* 68 15" 1338.67** 1,461.84 1,472.54
**6PA and 6PAM only are normally stocked in these sizes also at manufacturer.
551 5 3/4" 197.06* 215.17* 216.76* 69 16" 1523.12** 1,663.23 1,675.40 MATERIAL:
56 6" 210.71* 230.09* 231.77* 70 17" 1719.45** 1,877.62 1,891.36 6PA: Type 6 monomer cast nylon; natural, blue, black, and OSHA orange
561 6 1/4" 243.01* 265.37* 267.34* 71 18" 1927.69** 2,105.01 2,120.44 Other colors available on a custom order basis.
57 6 1/2" 257.11* 280.73* 282.82* 72 19" 2,147.83 2,345.43 2,362.56 6PAG: Type 6 monomer cast nylon with graphite filler; black
571 6-3/4" 285.77* 312.05* 314.34* 73 20" 2,379.89 2,598.83 2,617.86 6PAM: Type 6 monomer cast nylon with molybdenumdisulphide filler; black
6XAU: Type 6 monomer cast nylon, heat and ultraviolet stabilized; black
STANDARD LENGTH: 2” through 8-1/2” diameter supplied in 2-foot and 4-foot lengths; 6PAL: Type 6 monomer cast nylon, oil-impregnated; green.
9” diameter and over supplied in 1-foot lengths. Most sizes and materials are available from stock at manufacturer.
PRICE PER FOOT
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
PET ROD (polyethylene terephthalate)

PET is an unreinforced, semi-crystalline thermo-plastic polyester • Excellent wear resistance
derived from polyethylene terephthalate. Its excellent wear resistance, low • Low coefficient of friction
coefficient of friction, high flexual modulus, and superior dimensional sta- • Very good chemical resistance
bility make it a versatile material for designing mechanical and electro- • Excellent hardness and stiffness
mechanical parts. Because PET has no centerline porosity, the possibility • Good weather resistance
of fluid absorption and leakage is virtually eliminated. • In compliance with FDA regulation CFR 177.1630 for use in contact
PET’s superior wear resistance and lack of centerline porosity give it an with food
advantage over other materials for applications involving solvents, chemi-
• No centerline porosity eliminates the possibility of fluid absorption
cals and food products. PET is also used in water purification systems,
and leakage
printing equipment, textile components, food-handling equipment, and
valves. • Good electrical insulator
• High mechanical strength
IRS86 IRS86 • Low water absorption
SIZE (SIZE NO.) SIZE (SIZE NO.)
NO. DIAMETER PET NO. DIAMETER PET • Good resistance to high-energy radiation
29 3/16" 0.60 471 2-3/8" 43.96
30 1/4" 0.70 48 2-1/2" 45.16*
31 5/16" 0.92 481 2-5/8" 48.90 PRICE PER FOOT
32 3/8" 1.14 49 2-3/4" 53.75*
33 7/16" 1.81 491 2-7/8" 61.28
34 1/2" 1.93* 50 3" 66.67*
DIAMETER TOLERANCES
341 9/16" 2.69 511 3-1/4" 93.27
35 5/8" 2.91* 51 3-1/2" 101.85* 3/16” - 1” +0.002” -0.000”
36 3/4" 3.71* 512 3-3/4" 115.85
37 7/8" 5.67 52 4" 118.70* Over 1” - 2” +0.005” -0.000”
38 1" 6.78* 521 4-1/4" 172.07
39 1-1/8" 9.57 53 4-1/2" 196.52* Over 2” - 2 7/8” +0.030” -0.000”
40 1-1/4" 10.61* 531 4-3/4" 220.87
41 1-3/8" 14.47 54 5" 230.09* Over 2 7/8” - 8” Supplied Oversize
42 1-1/2" 15.23* 55 5-1/2" 284.53
43 1-5/8" 18.94 56 6" 309.71*
44 1-3/4" 20.36* 57 6-1/2" 383.88
441 1-7/8" 26.13 59 7" 466.61
*Normally stock item at manufacturer. Items not
45 2" 27.30* 591 7-1/2" 518.74 normally stocked are available on a custom-
46 2-1/8" 34.46 60 8" 590.06 order basis - please call for minimum quantities.
47 2-1/4" 36.58 Rods of a Wide Range of Diameters
PEEK ROD (polyetheretherketone)

PEEK, a unique semi-crystalline, high-temperature engineering ther- • Outstanding wear and abrasion resistance
moplastic, is an excellent material for a wide spectrum of applications • Good radiation resistance
where thermal, chemical, and combustion properties are critical to perfor- • Excellent flexural, impact, and tensile characteristics
mance. Especially significant, in this regard, is PEEK’ s ability to retain its • Very high continuous working temperature
flexural and tensile properties at very high temperatures—in excess of • A superior dielectric with low loss even at high temperatures and
250°C (482°F). The addition of glass fiber and carbon fiber reinforcements frequencies
enhances the mechanical and thermal properties of the basic PEEK mate-
rial.
PEEK’s exceptional property profile enables it to be utilized in many of
• Exceptional chemical resistance
• Excellent hydrolysis resistance
6
• Low smoke and toxic gas emissions temperature
the most critical areas in general industry as well as in the automotive,
marine, nuclear, oil well, electronics, medical, and aero-space fields. • Very high heat distortion temperature
PRICE PER FOOT

FORMULATION/TYPE 00 30G 30C FORMULATION/TYPE 00 30G 30C
IRS88 IRS89 IRS88 IRS89 Longer lengths are available on a
(SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.) (SIZE NO.)
IRS87 NATURAL NATURAL IRS87 NATURAL NATURAL custom-order basis
SIZE (SIZE NO.) 30% GLASS 30% CARBON SIZE (SIZE NO.) 30% GLASS 30% CARBON
NO. DIAMETER NATURAL REINFORCED REINFORCED NO. DIAMETER NATURAL REINFORCED REINFORCED
29 3/16" 4.88 6.94 7.73 471 2-3/8" 763.21 1,107.00 1,239.86 DIAMETER TOLERANCES
30 1/4" 8.52 12.29 13.78 48 2-1/2" 845.65* 1226.17* 1,373.32
31 5/16" 13.14 19.22 21.51 481 2-5/8" 931.13 1,353.02 1,515.36 3/16” - 1” +0.002” -0.000”
32 3/8" 18.91* 27.68* 31.01 49 2-3/4" 1,022.72 1,483.69 1,661.75
33 7/16" 25.94 37.66 42.15 491 2-7/8" 1,117.35 1,622.09 1,816.78 Over 1” - 2” +0.005” -0.000”
34 1/2" 33.89* 49.19* 55.11 50 3" 1215.06* 1768.16* 1,980.32
341 9/16" 42.72 58.94 69.74 511 3-1/4" 1,428.77 2,071.82 2,320.44 Over 2” - 2 7/8” +0.030” -0.000”
35 5/8" 52.83 76.87 86.11 51 3-1/2" 1,654.65 2,406.20 2,695.01
36 3/4" 76.04* 110.34* 123.55 512 3-3/4" 1,898.90 2,759.84 3,091.06
Over 2 7/8” - 8” Supplied Oversize
37 7/8" 103.50 150.28 168.30 52 4" 2161.45* 3140.40* 3,517.22
38 1" 135.20* 196.39* 219.99 521 4-1/4" 2,439.24 - -
39 1-1/8" 170.99 248.30 278.07 53 4-1/2" 2,735.39 - -
40 1-1/4" 211.28 306.73* 343.57 531 4-3/4" 3,049.82 - -
41 1-3/8" 255.52 371.31 415.87 54 5" 3,379.42 - -
*Normally stock item at manufacturer. Items not
42 1-1/2" 304.07* 442.03* 495.08 55 5-1/2" 4,087.78 - -
43 1-5/8" 357.15 518.93 581.20 56 6" 4,802.18 - -
normally stocked are available on a custom-
44 1-3/4" 415.21 599.63 671.58 57 6-1/2" - - -
order basis - please call for minimum quantities.
441 1-7/8" 476.27 691.89 774.93 59 7" - - -
45 2" 540.34* 784.14* 878.24 591 7-1/2" - - -
46 2-1/8" 610.58 887.90 994.50 60 8" - - -
47 2-1/4" 683.81 995.55 1,115.01
6-42
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC FASTENERS
R
O C
D U
BOLTS
BOLTS • NUTS • WASHERS
Thermoplastic fasteners can be used in a variety of applications
that require resistance to chemicals and corrosive environments.
When used to join dissimilar metal parts, they help eliminate cathod-
ic corrosion problems. Caution should be exercised during assembly
since thermoplastic bolts can break by over-tightening.
PART PRICE
SIZE
NO. PER 100 NUTS WASHERS
HEX BOLTS PVC
1/4-20 x 1/2 211100 85.46
x 3/4 211101 94.65
x1 211102 104.97
x 1-1/4 2111021 125.38
x 1-1/2 211103 140.41
x2 211104 174.06
x 2-1/2 2111041 327.03
x3 211105 379.51
5/16-18 x 1/2 211108 102.73
x 3/4 211109 113.50
x1 211110 128.97
x 1-1/4 2111101 155.44
x 1-1/2 2111102 179.44
x2 211111 230.58 THREADED RODS
x 2-1/2 2111111 345.42 Prices per foot.
x3 211112 401.72
Part No. 3001 3002 3003 3004
3/8-16 x 1/2 2111121 126.28 SIZE
x 3/4 2111122 135.03 Size No. PVC CPVC PP NYLON
x1 2111123 148.04 1/4-20 020 10.77 20.19 19.51 11.89
x 1-1/4 2111124 177.42
x 1-1/2 211113 189.08 5/16-18 018 12.56 P.O.R. P.O.R. 14.13
x2 211114 255.70 3/8-16 016 14.36 29.61 20.64 16.15
x 2-1/2 211114A 375.25
1/2-13 013 15.25 43.74 30.95 22.88
x3 211115 439.18
1/2-13 x 1 211119 358.88 5/8-11 011 19.96 63.25 49.35 37.68
x 1-1/2 211120 403.74 3/4-10 010 23.33 77.83 54.28 39.93
x2 211121 515.89
x 2-1/2 211122 740.19 NOTE: PVC and CPVC Rod available in 5 foot lengths
x3 211123 807.48 PP and Nylon available in 4 foot lengths
x 3-1/2 211124 1,614.96 Threaded rods also available in sizes 7/8” and 1”
x4 2111241 1,704.67
5/8-11 x 1-1/2 211126B 807.48
x2 211127 919.63
x 2-1/2 211128 942.06
x3 211129 986.92
x 3-1/2 2111291 1,300.94 PROPERTIES OF PLASTIC FASTENERS
6 x4
3/4-10 x 1-1/2
x2
211130
211132A
211133
1,884.11
919.63
1,054.21
Property
Specific gravity
ASTM
Method
D792
PVC
1.35-1.45
Nylon 66
1.09-1.14 1.55
CPVC Polypropylene
0.91
x 2-1/2 2111331 1,188.79 D638,
Tensile strength, psi 5000-9000 7000-12000 8400 4700
x3 211134 1,323.37 D651
x 3-1/2 2111341 2,175.70 Elongation % D638 2.0-40 25-200 - 400
x4 211135 2,355.14 Modulus of elasticity in
D747 3.5-6 2.6-4.0 - -
x 4-1/2 2111351 2,512.15 tension, 105 psi
x5 2111352 2,960.75 Compressive strength, psi D695 10000-16000 7200-13000 13575 6500
HEX NUTS PVC Flexural strength, psi D790 10000-16000 8000-13800
1/4 -20 211401 54.28 Hardness Rockwell D785 70-90 (Shore) R111-R118 R115 90
5/16 -18 211402 59.89 Thermal conductivity C177 3.0-7.0 5.85 - 2.8
3/8 -16 211403 75.14 Thermal expansion, x 105
D696 5-18.5 10-15
1/2 -13 211404 201.87 105 per °C 4.1
5/8 -11 211405 403.74 Resistance to heat, °F 264 PSI
- 120-160 270-300 335
3/4 -10 211406 471.03 (continuous) 185
Deflection temperature 300-360
WASHERS PVC D648 130-165 - 221
under load °F (66 psi)
1/4 211301 28.93 Volume resistivity D257 >1016 (0.45-4) x 1014 - 1016
5/16 211302 33.20
Dielectric strength D149 425-1300 385-470 1250 550
3/8 211303 36.34
Dielectric constant,
1/2 211304 112.15 60 cycles
D150 3.2-3.6 4.1-4.6 - -
5/8 211305 179.44 Dielectric constant,
D150 3.0-3.3 4.0-4.5 - -
3/4 211306 201.87 103 cycles
Dissipation (power) factor,
D150 0.007-0.02 0.014-0.04 - -
MATERIALS AVAILABLE 60 cycles
Dissipation (power) factor,
D150 0.009-0.017 0.02-0.04 - -
• PVC • POLYPROPYLENE • TEFLON • NYLON • 103 cycles
CPVC • KYNAR • LEXAN • KEL-F • POLYETHYLENE • Water absorption, 24 hr.,
D570 0.07-0.4 0.4-1.5 0.05 -
1/8" thickness, %
Bolts, Nuts and Washers also available in sizes 7/8” and 1” /Lengths from 1/2” to 6” Self Self Self
Burning rate D635 Fair
Extinguishing Extinguishing Extinguishing
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CAST ACRYLIC TUBE

R
O C
D U
Typical Applications Properties

• Medical devices • Optical quality
• Sight gauges • Easy machining
• Displays • Lightweight
CAST ACRYLIC TUBE • Filter housings • Weatherability
COLOUR: CLEAR • Pneumatic systems • Water resistance
STANDARD LENGTH: 48” TO 53” • Furniture
PRICES ON REQUEST
WORKING WORKING
PART O.D. I.D. WALL LBS./FT PRESSURE PART O.D. I.D. WALL LBS./FT. PRESSURE
NUMBER INCHES INCHES INCHES APPROX. UP TO 22°C NO. INCHES INCHES INCHES APPROX. UP TO 22°C
(P.S.I.) (P.S.I.)
CAT001 1 1/2 1 1/4 1/8 0.277 270 CAT051 3 5/8 3 3/8 1/8 0.705 110
CAT002 1 1/2 1 1/8 3/16 0.397 420 CAT052 3 5/8 3 1/4 3/16 1.039 163
CAT003 1 1/2 1 1/4 0.504 575 CAT053 3 5/8 3 1/8 1/4 1.362 220
CAT004 1 5/8 1 3/8 1/8 0.303 248 CAT054 3 5/8 2 7/8 3/8 1.967 340
CAT005 1 5/8 1 1/4 3/16 0.435 385 CAT055 3 5/8 2 5/8 1/2 2.520 465
CAT006 1 5/8 1 1/8 1/4 0.555 525 CAT056 3 3/4 3 1/2 1/8 0.731 106
CAT007 1 3/4 1 1/2 1/8 0.326 229 CAT057 3 3/4 3 3/8 3/16 1.078 150
CAT008 1 3/4 1 3/8 3/16 0.473 355 CAT058 3 3/4 3 1/4 1/4 1.412 213
CAT009 1 3/4 1 1/4 1/4 0.605 485 CAT059 3 3/4 3 3/8 2.043 325
CAT010 2 1 3/4 1/8 0.378 199 CAT060 3 3/4 2 3/4 1/2 2.622 450
CAT011 2 1 5/8 3/16 0.548 305 CAT061 3 7/8 3 5/8 1/8 0.757 103
CAT012 2 1 1/2 1/4 0.706 420 CAT062 3 7/8 3 1/2 3/16 1.115 150
CAT013 2 1/4 2 1/8 0.429 475 CAT063 3 7/8 3 3/8 1/4 1.462 205
CAT014 2 1/4 1 7/8 3/16 0.624 270 CAT064 3 7/8 3 1/8 3/8 2.119 315
CAT015 2 1/4 1 3/4 1/4 0.807 365 CAT065 3 7/8 2 7/8 1/2 2.724 430
CAT016 2 3/8 2 1/8 1/8 0.453 165 CAT066 4 3 3/4 1/8 0.781 100
CAT017 2 3/8 2 3/16 0.662 255 CAT067 4 3 5/8 3/16 1.154 150
CAT018 2 3/8 1 7/8 1/4 0.857 345 CAT068 4 3 1/2 1/4 1.512 199
CAT019 2 1/2 2 1/4 1/8 0.479 157 CAT069 4 3 1/4 3/8 2.193 305
CAT020 2 1/2 2 1/8 3/16 0.699 240 CAT070 4 3 1/2 2.824 420
CAT021 2 1/2 2 1/4 0.906 325 CAT071 4 1/8 3 7/8 1/8 0.807 96
CAT022 2 3/4 2 1/2 1/8 0.529 150 CAT072 4 1/8 3 3/4 3/16 1.191 149
CAT023 2 3/4 2 3/8 3/16 0.775 215 CAT073 4 1/8 3 5/8 1/4 1.564 192
CAT024 2 3/4 2 1/4 1/4 1.008 295 CAT074 4 1/8 3 3/8 3/8 2.269 295
CAT025 2 3/4 2 3/8 1.437 460 CAT075 4 1/8 3 1/8 1/2 2.925 405
CAT026 2 7/8 2 5/8 1/8 0.545 142 CAT076 4 1/4 4 1/8 0.833 93
CAT027 2 7/8 2 1/2 3/16 0.813 208 CAT077 4 1/4 3 7/8 3/16 1.230 144
CAT028 2 7/8 2 3/8 1/4 1.059 280 CAT078 4 1/4 3 3/4 1/4 1.614 185
CAT029 2 7/8 2 1/8 3/8 1.513 440 CAT079 4 1/4 3 1/2 3/8 2.344 285
CAT030 3 2 3/4 1/8 0.580 135 CAT080 4 1/4 3 1/4 1/2 3.025 390
CAT031 3 2 5/8 3/16 0.851 199 CAT081 4 1/2 4 1/4 1/8 0.833 88
CAT032 3 2 1/2 1/4 1.109 270 CAT082 4 1/2 4 1/8 3/16 1.305 135
CAT033 3 2 1/4 3/8 1.588 420 CAT083 4 1/2 4 1/4 1.715 175
CAT034 3 1/8 2 7/8 1/8 0.605 130 CAT084 4 1/2 3 3/4 3/8 2.496 270
CAT035 3 1/8 2 3/4 3/16 0.889 190 CAT085 4 1/2 3 1/2 1/2 3.227 365
CAT036 3 1/8 2 5/8 1/4 1.168 255 CAT086 4 5/8 4 3/8 1/8 0.908 85
CAT037 3 1/8 2 3/8 3/8 1.604 400 CAT087 4 5/8 4 1/4 3/16 1.342 130
CAT038 3 1/4 3 1/8 0.630 125 CAT088 4 5/8 4 1/8 1/4 1.765 170
CAT039 3 1/4 2 7/8 3/16 0.926 183 CAT089 4 5/8 3 7/8 3/8 2.572 260
CAT040
CAT041
CAT042
CAT043
3 1/4
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 3/8
2 3/4
2 1/2
3 1/8
3
1/4
3/8
1/8
3/16
1.210
1.740
0.655
0.964
248
380
120
175
CAT090
CAT091
CAT092
CAT093
4 5/8
4 3/4
4 3/4
4 3/4
3 5/8
4 1/2
4 3/8
4 1/4
1/2
1/8
3/16
1/4
3.329
0.933
1.381
1.815
355
82
125
165
6
CAT044 3 3/8 2 7/8 1/4 1.260 238 CAT094 4 3/4 4 3/8 2.648 225
CAT045 3 3/8 2 5/8 3/8 1.815 365 CAT095 4 3/4 3 3/4 1/2 3.429 345
CAT046 3 1/2 3 1/4 1/8 0.681 115 CAT096 4 7/8 4 5/8 1/8 0.957 81
CAT047 3 1/2 3 1/8 3/16 1.002 169 CAT097 4 7/8 4 1/2 3/16 1.417 124
CAT048 3 1/2 3 1/4 1.311 229 CAT098 4 7/8 4 3/8 1/4 1.865 161
CAT049 3 1/2 2 3/4 3/8 1.891 350 CAT099 4 7/8 4 1/8 3/8 2.722 248
CAT050 3 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 2.428 485 CAT100 4 7/8 3 7/8 1/2 2.529 335
DIFFERENT JOBS NEED SPECIFIC ACRYLIC

CEMENTS
THE RIGHT CEMENT FOR YOUR JOB DEPENDS
ON SEVERAL FACTORS:
INDOOR – OUTDOOR JOB

QUICK SETTING OR SLOW CURING
FOR BEST RESULTS WITH YOUR ACRYLIC JOB

CHECK WITH YOUR FABCO REPRESENTATIVE
OR CALL/WRITE TO FABCO DIRECT
6-44
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CAST ACRYLIC TUBE
R
O C
D U
CAST ACRYLIC TUBES

PRICES ON REQUEST
WORKING
WORKING PART O.D. I.D. WALL LBS./FT. PRESSURE
PART O.D. I.D. WALL LBS./FT. PRESSURE NUMBER INCHES INCHES INCHES APPROX. UP TO 22°C
NUMBER INCHES INCHES INCHES APPROX. UP TO 22°C (P.S.I.)
(P.S.I.) CAT151 8 1/4 8 1/8 1.639 46
CAT101 5 4 3/4 1/8 0.983 78 CAT152 8 1/4 7 7/8 3/16 2.440 70
CAT102 5 4 5/8 3/16 1.455 120 CAT153 8 1/4 7 3/4 1/4 3.227 95
CAT103 5 4 1/2 1/4 1915 160 CAT154 8 1/4 7 1/2 3/8 4.765 150
CAT104 5 4 1/4 3/8 2.798 240 CAT155 8 1/4 7 1/4 1/2 6.252 192
CAT105 5 4 1/2 3.630 328 CAT156 8 1/2 8 1/4 1/8 1.689 45
CAT106 5 1/4 5 1/8 1.034 75 CAT157 8 1/2 8 1/8 3/16 2.505 69
CAT107 5 1/4 4 7/8 3/16 1.533 115 CAT158 8 1/2 8 1/4 3.329 92
CAT108 5 1/4 4 3/4 1/4 2.017 157 CAT159 8 1/2 7 3/4 3/8 4.916 145
CAT109 5 1/4 4 1/2 3/8 2.950 228 CAT160 8 1/2 7 1/2 1/2 6.454 185
CAT110 5 1/4 4 1/4 1/2 3.832 310 CAT161 8 3/4 8 1/2 1/8 1.739 44
CAT111 5 1/2 5 1/4 1/8 1.084 71 CAT162 8 3/4 8 3/8 3/16 2.591 66
CAT112 5 1/2 5 1/8 3/16 1.609 109 CAT163 8 3/4 8 1/4 1/4 3.445 90
CAT113 5 1/2 5 1/4 1.957 150 CAT164 8 3/4 8 3/8 5.068 140
CAT114 5 1/2 4 3/4 3/8 3.101 218 CAT165 8 3/4 7 3/4 1/2 6.656 180
CAT115 5 1/2 4 1/2 1/2 4.033 295 CAT166 9 8 3/4 1/8 1.789 42
CAT116 5 5/8 5 3/8 1/8 1.108 69 CAT167 9 8 5/8 3/16 2.659 65
CAT117 5 5/8 5 1/4 3/16 1.644 105 CAT168 9 8 1/2 1/4 3.529 88
CAT118 5 5/8 5 1/8 1/4 2.168 145 CAT169 9 8 1/4 3/8 5.218 135
CAT119 5 5/8 4 7/8 3/8 3.177 210 CAT170 9 8 1/2 6.857 175
CAT120 5 5/8 4 5/8 1/2 4.134 288 CAT171 9 1/4 9 1/8 1.841 41
CAT121 5 3/4 5 1/2 1/8 1.134 68 CAT172 9 1/4 8 7/8 3/16 2.743 63
CAT122 5 3/4 5 3/8 3/16 1.683 103 CAT173 9 1/4 8 3/4 1/4 3.360 85
CAT123 5 3/4 5 1/4 1/4 2.219 140 CAT174 9 1/4 8 1/2 3/8 5.370 130
CAT124 5 3/4 5 3/8 3.253 207 CAT175 9 1/4 8 1/4 1/2 7.859 170
CAT125 5 3/4 4 3/4 1/2 4.235 282 CAT176 9 1/2 9 1/4 1/8 1.891 40
CAT126 6 5 3/4 1/8 1.184 65 CAT177 9 1/2 9 1/8 3/16 2.819 60
CAT127 6 5 5/8 3/16 1.759 99 CAT178 9 1/2 9 1/4 3.732 83
CAT128 6 5 1/2 1/4 2.319 135 CAT179 9 1/2 8 3/4 3/8 5.505 125
CAT129 6 5 1/4 3/8 3.403 199 CAT180 9 1/2 8 1/2 1/2 7.261 165
CAT130 6 5 1/2 4.437 270 CAT181 10 9 3/4 1/8 1.989 38
CAT131 6 1/2 6 1/4 1/8 1.286 60 CAT182 10 9 5/8 3/16 2.969 58
CAT132 6 1/2 6 1/8 3/16 1.910 90 CAT183 10 9 1/2 1/4 3.932 78
CAT133 6 1/2 6 1/4 2.522 125 CAT184 10 9 1/4 3/8 5.823 120
CAT134 6 1/2 5 3/4 3/8 3.706 183 CAT185 10 9 1/2 7.661 165
CAT135 6 1/2 5 1/2 1/2 4.841 245 CAT186 11 10 3/4 1/8 2.193 34
CAT136 7 6 3/4 1/8 1.386 55 CAT187 11 10 5/8 3/16 3.271 52
CAT137 7 6 5/8 3/16 2.060 84 CAT188 11 10 1/2 1/4 4.336 70
CAT138 7 6 1/2 1/4 2.722 115 CAT189 11 10 1/4 3/8 6.428 108
CAT139 7 6 1/4 3/8 4.008 168 CAT190 11 10 1/2 8.471 150
CAT140 7 6 1/2 5.244 228 CAT191 11 1/2 11 1/4 1/8 2.294 33
CAT141 7 1/2 7 1/4 1/8 1.488 50 CAT192 11 1/2 11 1/8 3/16 3.424 50
CAT142 7 1/2 7 1/8 3/16 2.214 78 CAT193 11 1/2 11 1/4 4.539 67
CAT143 7 1/2 7 1/4 2.925 105 CAT194 11 1/2 10 3/4 3/8 6.732 103
CAT144 7 1/2 6 3/4 3/8 4.311 165 CAT195 11 1/2 10 1/2 1/2 8.874 140
CAT145 7 1/2 6 1/2 1/2 5.647 213 CAT196 12 11 3/4 1/8 2.394 31
CAT146 8 7 3/4 1/8 1.508 50 CAT197 12 11 5/8 3/16 3.574 48
CAT147 8 7 5/8 3/16 2.364 73 CAT198 12 11 1/2 1/4 4.739 65
CAT148 8 7 1/2 1/4 3.125 100 CAT199 12 11 1/4 3/8 7.033 100
CAT149 8 7 1/4 3/8 4.613 155
6
CAT200 12 11 1/2 9.278 135
CAT150 8 7 1/2 6.051 199
TOLERANCE ON TOLERANCE ON CIRCULARITY

OUTSIDE OUTSIDE DIAMETER WALL WALL THICKNESS MAXIMUM VARIATION OF
DIAMETER (PLUS OR MINUS) THICKNESS (PLUS OR MINUS) OUTSIDE DIAMETER OUTSIDE DIAMETER
INCHES INCHES INCHES (NOMINAL)
1 1/2" to 3" 0.020 1/8" 0.018 0.025 1 1/2" to 3"
3 1/8" to 3 7/8" 0.025 3/16" 0.019 0.040 3 1/8" to 3 7/8"
4" to 6 3/32" 0.030 1/4" 0.025 0.060 4" to 6 3/32"
6 1/2" to 8 3/4" 0.040 3/8" 0.035 0.080 6 1/2" to 8 3/4"
9" to 12" 0.050 1/2" 0.045 0.090 9" to 12"
• Sizes up to 96” outside diameter with wall thickness up to 1 1/2” available on request.
Coloured cast acrylic tubes available on request.
• Tubes fitted with flanges fabricated to customer specifications are available.
Quotations provided on request.
• Tubes fabricated from sheets in diameters greater than 12” can also be quoted on
request. These tubes are available in thicknesses up to 3/8” and have one seam run-
ning along the length.
NOTE: Also available in 6 foot lengths.

All lengths supplied with protective packaging to minimize scratches.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
EXTRUDED / CAST ACRYLIC TUBE AND ROD

R
O C
D U
EXTRUDED ACRYLIC TUBE Typical Applications Properties

COLOUR: CLEAR • Outdoor displays • Easy machining
STANDARD LENGTH: 6 FEET • Flow gauges • Lightweight
PRICES ON REQUEST • Laboratory fixtures • Weatherability
• Lighting fixtures • Water resistance
PART I.D. O.D. WALL LBS./FT. • Towel bars • Manufactured with FDA
NUMBER INCHES INCHES INCHES APPROX.
EAT001 1/8 1/4 1/16 0.019 approved ingredients
EAT002 1/8 3/8 1/8 0.051
EAT003 3/16 5/16 1/16 0.026
TOLERANCES (APPLY TO BOTH O.D. AND I.D.)
EAT004 1/4 3/8 1/16 0.032
EAT005 1/4 1/2 1/8 0.076 DIAMETER TOLERANCE
EAT006 3/8 1/2 1/16 0.044 INCHES INCHES
EAT007 3/8 5/8 1/8 0.100 1/16-3/16 ±0.005
EAT008 1/2 5/8 1/16 0.058 1/4-7/16 ±0.010
EAT009 1/2 3/4 1/8 0.128
1/2-1 ±0.015
EAT010 5/8 3/4 1/16 0.070
EAT011 5/8 7/8 1/8 0.152 1-2 ±0.020
EAT012 3/4 7/8 1/16 0.083 2-3 ±0.030
EAT013 3/4 1 1/8 0.185
3 1/4-5 ±0.045
EAT014 7/8 1 1/16 0.095
EAT015 1 1 1/4 1/8 0.228
EAT016 1 1/8 1 1/4 1/16 0.121 • Note: sold only in standard lengths.
EAT017 1 1/8 1 3/8 1/8 0.225
EAT018 1 1/4 1 1/2 1/8 0.280
• Non-standard lengths available subject to minimum order.
EAT019 1 3/8 1 5/8 1/8 0.305 • Larger sizes quoted on request.
EAT020 1 1/2 1 3/4 1/8 0.330 • Coloured tubes are available on request. Subject to minimum
EAT021 1 3/4 2 1/8 0.380
EAT022 2 2 1/4 1/8 0.430 order.
EAT023 2 1/4 2 1/2 1/8 0.482 • Square tubes stocked in some sizes.
EAT024 2 1/2 2 3/4 1/8 0.532
EAT025 2 3/4 3 1/8 0.583
EAT026 3 3 1/4 1/8 0.634
EAT027 3 1/4 3 1/2 1/8 0.685
EAT028 3 1/2 3 3/4 1/8 0.735
EAT029 3 3/4 4 1/8 0.786
EAT030 4 1/4 4 1/2 1/8 0.885
EAT031 4 3/4 5 1/8 0.987
CAST ACRYLIC ROD

EXTRUDED ACRYLIC ROD COLOUR: CLEAR
COLOUR: CLEAR
STANDARD LENGTH: 6 FEET Typical Applications Properties
• Furniture • Optical quality
Typical Applications Properties • Displays • Lightweight
• Furniture • High light transmittance • Lenses • Water resistant
• Lighting fixtures • Water resistance • Electrical parts • Outstanding weatherability
• Towel bars • Weatherability • Models • High resistance to heat distortion
• Displays • Chemical resistance • Good machinability
PRICES ON REQUEST
• Easily fabricated
PRICES ON REQUEST
• Lightweight
• Non-toxic
PART
NUMBER
DIAMETER
INCHES
TOLERANCE
INCHES
LBS./FT.
APPROX.
6
CAR001 0.250 ±0.005 0.026
PART DIAMETER TOLERANCE LBS./FT. CAR002 0.312 ±0.005 0.039
NUMBER INCHES INCHES APPROX. CAR003 0.375 ±0.005 0.056
EAR100 1/16 ±0.005 0.015 CAR004 0.500 ±0.005 0.100
EAR001 1/8 ±0.005 0.063 CAR005 0.625 ±0.010 0.158
EAR002 3/16 ±0.007 0.014 CAR006 0.750 ±0.010 0.227
EAR003 1/4 ±0.010 0.025 SQUARE ROD CAR007
CAR008
0.875
1.000
±0.010
±0.010
0.309
0.403
EAR004 5/16 ±0.010 0.040
EAR005 3/8 ±0.010 0.060 COLOUR: CLEAR CAR009 1.125 ±0.015 0.511
EAR006 7/16 ±0.010 0.080 STANDARD LENGTH: 6 FEET CAR010 1.250 ±0.015 0.630
EAR007 1/2 ±0.012 0.101 CAR011 1.375 ±0.015 0.762
EAR008 9/16 ±0.012 0.128 PRICES ON REQUEST CAR012 1.500 ±0.015 0.901
EAR009 5/8 ±0.015 0.160 CAR013 1.625 ±0.015 1.070
EAR010 3/4 ±0.025 0.230 CAR014 1.750 ±0.015 1.240
PART
EAR011 7/8 ±0.030 0.310 SIZE CAR015 1.875 ±0.015 1.420
NUMBER
EAR012 1 ±0.030 0.410 CAR016 2.000 ±0.015 1.610
CAS012 1/8" x 1/8"
EAR013 1 1/8 ±0.035 0.513 CAR017 2.250 ±0.030 2.040
CAS025 1/4" x 1/4"
EAR014 1 1/4 ±0.035 0.633 CAR018 2.500 ±0.030 2.520
CAS050 1/2" x 1/2"
EAR015 1 3/8 ±0.035 0.770 CAR019 2.750 ±0.030 3.050
EAR016 1 1/2 ±0.040 0.912 • Available up to 1 1/4” X 1 1/4” CAR020 3.000 ±0.030 3.630
CAR021 3.500 ±0.045 5.190
• Lengths other than the standard can be supplied.
CAR022 4.000 ±0.045 6.780
Subject to minimum order. CAR023 4.500 ±0.045 8.580
• Coloured Rods available. Subject to minimum order, CAR024 5.000 ±0.045 10.60
in opaque black, opaque white and the following CAR025 5.500 ±0.045 12.62
transparent colours: yellow, blue, green, red and CAR026 6.000 ±0.045 15.26
amber. CAR027 6.500 ±0.050 17.91
Standard Lengths: Up to 2.000” - 8 Ft.
2.125” to 3.000” - 6 Ft.
3.250” to 6.000” - 4 Ft.
Over 6.000” - 2-4 Ft.
Sizes larger than 6.500” available.
6-46
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FRP GRATING (FABCOGRATE)
R
O C
D U
FABCO F.R.P. Grating has many applications in the chemical industry. Grating is used as walkways in tank farms. Many uses have devel-
oped in the plating industry. It’s lightweight construction enables easy installation. Fabco F.R.P. Grating is available in a wide variety of sizes
and thicknesses.
CHEMICAL PROOF (standard color dark gray) is a vinyl

Six Standard Resin Systems Available CF ester system specifically engineered by Precisioneering to
provide premium service in highly corrosive environments. It utilizes
SELECT THE RESIN SYSTEM BEST SUITED TO YOUR NEEDS
an advanced resin system which delivers outstanding resistance to a
RESIN RESIN CORROSION FLAME SPREAD
CODE
DESCRIPTION
BASE RESISTANCE RATING
COLOUR wide range of harsh corrosive environments ranging from acidic to
CHEMICAL PROOF CLASS 1 DARK
caustic, plus a high degree of solvent resistance.
CF FIRE RETARDANT
VINYL ESTER EXCELLENT
25 OR LESS GRAY
CHEMICAL PROOF CLASS 1 It has a Class I flame spread rating of 25 or less according to the
CR+ FIRE RETARDANT PLUS
VINYL ESTER EXCELLENT
10 OR LESS
BLACK
ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test Method.
INDUSTRIAL GRADE CLASS 1 LIGHT
IF FIRE RETARDANT
ISOPHTHALIC VERY GOOD
25 OR LESS GRAY
FF
AF
FOOD GRADE
FIRE RETARDANT
ARCHITECTURAL GRADE
ORTHOPHTHALIC
ISOPHTHALIC VERY GOOD
GOOD
CLASS 2
30 OR LESS
CLASS 1
YELLOW
LIGHT
CR+ CHEMICAL PROOF PLUS (standard color black). This is
our only EF.R.P™ Grating to offer a flame spread rating
of 10 or less on ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test. It has excellent acid and
FIRE RETARDANT 25 OR LESS GRAY
ARCHITECTURAL GRADE NOT

caustic resistance.
AN NON FIRE RETARDANT
ORTHOPHTHALIC GOOD
RATED
GREEN
INDUSTRIAL GRADE (standard color light gray). This is a

Fabco is capable and has the experience to supply resin systems from all resin
producers to meet special requirements. We invite you to bring us your special problems.
Custom options include:
IF premium corrosion resistant isophthalic resin system selected
for outstanding acid resistance. It has moderate resistance to caustic
Special colors•Grit Top•Conductive Top•Custom Panel Sizes•Custom Thicknesses.
and solvent environments. It has a Class I ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test
flame spread rating of 25 or less. It is more economical than types CF
and CR+.
SQUARE MESH GRATING FOOD GRADE (standard color safety yellow).Agriculture
1 - 1/2” X 1 - 1/2” Mesh - 1-1/2” Thick.
38mm x 38mm Mesh - 38mm Thick
FF Canada approved (all ingredients have been USDA approved)
to meet corrosive conditions commonly found in meat production,
food processing, bottling and brewing applications. Made with isoph-
Span Direction thalic polyester. Flame spread rating is 30 or less.
W
+ 1/8" ARCHITECTURAL GRADE (standard color light gray). This
EA
0%
IS 7 EA
R
0F
+ 3 mm
AF is a resin system designed for mildly corrosive environments.
Best suited to replace metal gratings that require maintenance to
N AR TAL A
E O
OP HE T maintain an aesthetically pleasing appearance. It has a Class 1,
T
ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test flame spread rating of 25 or less for indoor
+ 1/8" use. It is more economical than type IF.
L
+ 3 mm 1 1/2" Nom Thickness
38mm Nom.
ARCHITECTURAL GRADE (standard color green). Similar
6 AN resin system as type AF but not fire retardant. More eco-
nomical than AF.
RECTANGULAR MESH GRATING
1" x 4" Mesh - 1" Thick.
25mm x 102mm Mesh - 25mm Thick
Square Mesh Versus Rectangular Mesh Grating
Span Direction When to recommend Square over Rectangular Mesh Grating:

• Spans greater than 48 inches are needed.
914 mm + 3 mm
36" + 1/8"
• The greater open area of the 1-1/2" (38mm) grating is an

0F advantage.
59% A
A IS
RE AL AR
E • Greater stiffness is required and better load bearing character-
A
EN OT istics are needed on short spans.
OP HE T
T
• Continuous side support is not available or desirable. (Rests
safely on intermittent spot supports.)
3049 mm + 3 mm 120"_ +1/8"
• Because of uniform bi-directional strength, higher grating uti-
lization (less material loss or waste) can reduce costs of fabri-
cated jobs.
Span Direction
Fabco’s square mesh construction provides 80% greater stiffness
25 mm
1" nom thickness -
1117 mm + 3 mm
than rectangular grating with only 15% increase in weight due to

44" + 1/8"
better utilization of materials.

0 F
9%
IS 5 A
R EA L ARE
A TA
EN O
OP HE T
T
EVERY PANEL IS QUALITY TESTED BEFORE SHIPPING.
Load tests assure that deflection does not exceed published specifications
2439 mm + 3 mm 96"_ +1/8"
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
SELECTING THE RIGHT PANEL USING DEFLECTION DATA
DEFLECTION DATA. Use of reinforced plastic Fabcograte grating is similar in prin-

ciple to metal grating, with one important difference. The flexural modulus of the rein-
forced plastic bars is less than that of equivalent size metal bars, which means that
although Fabcograte will support heavy loads, the deflection of the grating due to that
load will be more than for comparable metal grating. For example, a 36" span of
Fabcograte will deflect as much as 2 inches before any failure or set takes place. This
affords the advantage of visual determination of overload of the Fabcograte long
before failure loads are reached. Concentrated Load: Full Panel
As a result, the desired deflection is usually the factor which determines the span
in reinforced plastic grating rather than the specific strength. For most pedestrian traf- 1 1/2" THICK – 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" MESH
fic, short span deflections of up to 1/4" are acceptable. For walkway applications 3/8" SPAN LOAD (Pounds) MAXIMUM LOADS
long span deflection are acceptable (do not exceed 1/2"). By knowing the design load (in) 100 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲
and the acceptable deflection, the span can be determined from the deflection chart. 18 .007 .016 .032 .048 .064 .096 .128 1560 2340 2808
After the span has been determined, check the maximum safe load at that span to 24 .012 .029 .058 .086 .173 .173 .230 1156 1733 2080
36* .026 .064 .128 .192 .255 .383 738 1108 1330
ascertain that it exceeds the design load. 48* .055 .138 .276 .414 463 693 832
60* .083 .208 .417 386 579 695
Deflection to Span Ratios Panel Selection
- For a resilient, non-fatiguing, com- - Determine the type of loading concen- 38mm THICK – 38mm x 38mm MESH
fortable feel use the STANDARD trated or uniform. SPAN LOAD (Kilograms) MAXIMUM LOADS
deflection to span ratio of 1:120. - Estimate the load and determine the (mm) 50 125 250 400 500 750 1000 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲
- For an elevated installation, where a span. 460 .18 .44 .88 1.41 1.76 2.64 3.52 708 1061 1273
610 .32 .79 1.58 2.53 3.16 4.74 6.32 524 786 943
SOLID feeling is desired, use a - Decide what maximum deflection is 915* .70 1.75 3.50 5.61 7.01 10.51 335 503 604
deflection to span ratio of 1:180 appropriate - solid, standard or 1%. 1220* 1.51 3.78 7.56 12.10 210 314 377
1525* 2.28 5.70 11.41 175 263 316
(NBC-85). A deflection to span ratio - Enter the appropriate 1" (25mm) table.
greater than 1:100 (1%) is not rec- If the deflection is less than the maxi-
1" THICK – 1" x 4" MESH
ommended. Do not exceed l/2" mum selected, choose the 1" thick-
(13mm). ness. It is more economical than 1 SPAN LOAD (Pounds) MAXIMUM LOADS
1/2'' thick panels. (in) 100 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲
Panel Installation - If the deflection is too great for 1" thick

18 .011 .028 .056 .084 .113 .169 .225 887 1330 1596
24 .025 .061 .123 .184 .245 .368 .491 543 813 976
- Panels are designed to be supported panels, select 1 1/2" thick EF.R.P.™ 36* .059 .147 .294 .441 321 482 578
on all sides. Grating and design your support sys- 44* .120 .300 213 320 384
- Use end clips if panel ends cannot tem for the appropriate span.
be supported. - Select the resin system. 25mm THICK – 25mm x 102mm MESH
- Use hold down clips to prevent panel
SPAN LOAD (Kilograms) MAXIMUM LOADS
drift.
(mm) 50 125 250 400 500 750 1000 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲
460 .31 .78 1.56 2.50 3.16 4.72 6.29 403 605 725
Two Patterns Available: 610 .70 1.70 3.44 5.48 6.84 10.28 13.72 247 370 444
915* 1.65 4.11 8.21 13.14 146 219 263
Square Mesh - 5 Sizes 1120* 3.35 8.38 97 145 174
Thickness: 1 1/2" (38mm)
Bar Spacing: 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" (38mm x 38mm)
• Most popular pattern • Load bearing bars in both directions
SQUARE MESH
Deflection under evenly distributed load
6
1000 1488
• Recommended for spans over 36" (915mm) • Easy to fabricate – labour savings Effective span
305 mm
4 in.
mm .
in
• 70% open area • High material utilization – low waste

lbs. 2
g. 7 s 30
10
800 in.
1190
kg. 6
Load, kgs per metre of width

lb
62
Load, pounds per foot of width
kg 12 in.
36 m
158 3500
• Can be used without continuous side support

4200
• Uniform – neat appearance lbs m

1905
8k
00 14
T
ULT
27 g. 9
UL
T k
600 UL 25 893
lbs. 3402
† 4' x 8' 120 lb 1220mm x 2440mm 55 kg 12

2 in.
s. 4 m
0 lb 67 m
† 4' x 12' 180 lb 1220mm x 3660mm 82 kg 20
T 2 . 10
Weight: 3.75 lb/ft2 (18.2 kg/m2) 400 595
ULT 7500
UL 8 kg
99
3' x 10' 113 lb 915mm x 3050mm 51 kg
Tolerances: ± 1/8” (± 3mm) 200 297
4' x 10' 150 lb 1220mm x 3050mm 68 kg
5' x 10' 187 lb 1525mm x 3050mm 85 kg 0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 in
0 5.1 10.2 20.3 20.3 25.4 mm
Rectangular Mesh - 2 Sizes Deflection
Thickness: 1" (25mm) RECTANGULAR MESH

Bar Spacing: 1" x 4" (25mm x 102mm) Deflection under evenly distributed load
• Original Pattern • Widely used for spans 36” and under 1000 4880
457 mm
18 in.
mm
• Economical • 69% open area

610 .
24 in
2m .
800 3906
76 0 in
m
3
† 3' x 10' 85 lb 915mm x 3050mm 38.5 kg Weight: 2.75 lb/ft2 (13.7 kg/m2) Effective span
Load, kg/m2
Load, lbs/ft2
600 in. 2929

†44" x 8' 85 lb 1120mm x 2440mm 38.5 kg 36 mm
Tolerances: ± 1/8” (± 3mm) 91
4
† - large stock maintained. 400 1953
.
42 in m
200 7m 976
106
Note: Standard EF.R.P.™ Grating has a concave
profile on the upper surface for skid resistance. 0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 in
Grit tops available 0 5.1 10.2 20.3 20.3 25.4 mm
Deflection
6-48
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Uniformed Load: Full Panel Concentrated Load: 12” Wide Strip
1 1/2" THICK - 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" MESH 1 1/2" THICK - 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" MESH
SPAN LOAD (lb/ft2) MAXIMUM LOADS SPAN LOAD (Pounds) MAXIMUM LOADS
(in) 40 65 75 100 150 200 250 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲ (in) 150 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲
12 .002 .003 .004 .005 .008 .010 .013 2664 5918 7102 12 .005 .013 .025 .038 .051 .076 .101 1312 1968 2362
18 .005 .008 .010 .013 .019 .025 .032 787 2358 2830 18 .012 .031 .061 .092 .123 .184 .245 815 1221 1465
24 .016 .026 .030 .040 .060 .080 .101 331 745 894 24 .027 .068 .136 .204 .272 .408 490 734 881
36* .081 .132 .153 .204 .305 .407 98 145 174 36* .087 .218 .436 216 324 389
48* .258 .419 .484 41 60 72 48* .208 122 184 221
38mm THICK - 38mm x 38mm MESH 38mm THICK - 38mm x 38mm MESH
SPAN LOAD (kg/m2) MAXIMUM LOADS SPAN LOAD (Kilograms) MAXIMUM LOADS
(mm) 200 300 400 500 750 1000 1250 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲ (mm) 50 125 250 400 500 750 1000 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲
305 .05 .07 .11 .13 .21 .26 .34 13000 28880 34658 305 .14 .36 .70 1.13 1.42 2.12 2.82 596 895 1074
460 .13 .19 .28 .34 .50 .65 .83 3840 11507 13810 460 .34 .87 1.70 2.74 3.44 5.14 6.85 370 555 666
610 .42 .62 .83 1.04 1.56 2.08 2.63 1615 3636 4363 610 .75 1.90 3.80 6.08 7.60 11.40 223 334 400
915* 2.11 3.17 4.25 5.31 7.93 10.59 478 708 849 915* 2.43 6.09 12.18 98 147 177
1220* 6.71 10.07 13.44 200 293 351 1220* 5.81 55 84 100
1" THICK - 1" x 4" MESH 1" THICK - 1" x 4" MESH
SPAN LOAD (lb/ft2) MAXIMUM LOADS SPAN LOAD (Pounds) MAXIMUM LOADS
(in) 40 65 75 100 150 200 250 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲ (in) 100 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 SOLID■ STD▼ 1% DEF▲
12 .002 .004 .005 .006 .009 .012 .014 1158 1737 2084 12 .009 .023 .046 .069 .092 .137 .183 727 1090 1308
18 .010 .016 .018 .024 .036 .048 .060 416 625 750 18 .026 .064 .128 .192 .256 .384 390 584 701
24 .022 .036 .042 .056 .084 .112 .140 238 356 427 24 .059 .147 .294 .440 226 340 408
36* .110 .180 .207 .414 72 108 130 36* .198 .495 95 142 170
44* .310 34 50 60 44* .359 71 107 129
25mm THICK - 25mm x 102mm MESH 25mm THICK - 25mm x 102mm MESH
SPAN LOAD (kg/m2) MAXIMUM LOADS SPAN LOAD (Kilograms) MAXIMUM LOADS
6 (mm)
305
460
610
200
.05
.26
.57
300
.10
.38
.86
400
1.17
.14
.50
500
.16
.62
1.46
750
.23
.94
2.19
1000
.31
1.25
2.91
1250
.36
1.56
3.64
SOLID■
5651
2030
1116
STD▼
8477
3050
1737
1% DEF▲
10170
3660
2084
(mm)
305
460
610
50
.25
.73
1.65
125
.64
1.79
4.11
1.28
3.58
8.21
250
13.11
400
2.06
5.72
500
2.57
7.15
750
3.83
10.73
1000
5.11
SOLID■
330
177
103
STD▼
495
265
155
1% DEF▲
595
319
185
915* 2.86 4.32 5.75 10.77 351 527 634 915* 5.53 13.83 43 65 77
1120* 8.05 165 244 292 1120* 10.03 33 49 59
* Clear Span is 2" less than width of grating ■ Solid Deflection to Span ratio is 1:180
▼ Standard Deflection to Span ratio is 1:120 ▲ 1% Deflection to Span ratio is 1:100
Note: Standard EF.R.P.TM Grating has a concave profile on the upper surface for skid resistance. Grit tops
available.
RECTANGULAR MESH SQUARE MESH

Deflection under concentrated load Deflection under concentrated load
1000 4880 1000 1488
Effective span
in.
Effective span
3379 kg. 305 mm
mm .
in
ULT 7230 lbs. 12
61 4 in.
m
m
18 in.
g. 6 s 24
457 m
0m
800 3906 800 1190

2
lb
10
Load, pounds per foot of width
166 3660
Load, kgs per metre of width
.
0 in
s3 m
0k
T
0lb 2 m
UL
90 . 76
Load, kg/m2
Load, lbs/ft2
600 2 893
600 2929 T kg
UL 15
in. 13 in.
30 mm . 36
2 lbs m
400 76 1953 400 270 914 m 595
T2 .
UL 30 kg
36 in
. 10 s. 42 in.
m 0 lb
914 m 200 190 mm
200 976 ULT kg. 1067 297
42 in. 862
1067 mm
0 0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 in 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 in
0 5.1 10.2 20.3 20.3 25.4 mm 0 5.1 10.2 20.3 20.3 25.4 mm
Deflection Deflection
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
Fiberglass Covered Grating Fiberglass Elevated Floor Systems

All Fiberglass Grating
is availabe with an Fixed and adjustable Fiberglass Columns are available to provide ele-
integral cover plate to vated dry floors. Install yourself or have Fabco Plastics do it. Floors
prevent fumes in the can be designed to support up to 2,000 pounds per square foot.
work area or where
high stiffness over
drainage trenches is
required.
Fiberglass Floor Plates Fiberglass Stair Treads

Available to cover all Complete with con-
panel sizes. Easy to trasting colored anti-
clean both top and slip nosing.
bottom sides. Can be
used as a splash Standard sizes are:
guard. Available in
thickness from 1/16" Length: 24", 30",
(1.5mm) to 1" (25mm). 36", or 42"
Grit top surface is
Width: 9", 10 1/2",
standard for floor plate
or 12"
applications.
Fiberglass Concrete
Trench Curb Angle
More economical than stainless

steel. Class I flame spread - vinyl
ester resin system.
6
FABCOGRATE Clips Prevent panel drift - bold, nut and washer included. Use 2 or 3 for each side of each full size panel; 4 for
each Stair Thread. 18-8 stainless steel.
Type M Type J Type G-G Type C

Restrains For Install from top For joining two
movement in moderate of grating. unsupported
all directions. loads. No hole to drill. ends.
Can use Galvanized
self-drilling available.
screws
when
attaching
to metal
supports.
How to order FABCOGRATE GRATING:

CLIPS
RESIN CODE TOP SURFACE
QUANTITY HEIGHT GRID PANEL SIZE
(See pg 3) Plain or Grit Top
Type Quantity
11 1 1/2 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 4 x 12 CF plain M 66
x x
x x
6-50
Price List
TYPE DESCRIPTION UNIT PANEL PRICE (MIX SIZES)
COLOUR
RESIN SYSTEM
PART PANEL 1-3 4 - 10 11 - 25 26 - UP
THICKNESS MESH
NUMBER SIZE PANELS PANELS PANELS PANELS
ARCHITECTURAL AN3011 1" 36" x 120" 1" x 4" 350.00 330.00 311.00 290.00
GRADE
GREEN
AN3111 1" 44" x 96" 1" x 4" 350.00 330.00 311.00 290.00
AN3022 1.5" 36" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 427.00 399.00 375.00 353.00
AN3222 1.5" 48" x 96" 1.5" x 1.5" 456.00 426.00 400.00 377.00
AN4022 1.5" 48" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 554.00 519.00 487.00 459.00
* AN4822 1.5" 48" x 144" 1.5" x 1.5" 672.00 628.00 589.00 555.00
AN4833 2" 48" x 144" 2" x 2" 717.00 670.00 628.00 592.00
AN5022 1.5" 60" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 692.00 647.00 607.00 572.00
ARCHITECTURAL AF3011 1" 36" x 120" 1" x 4" 381.00 364.00 343.00 317.00
GRADE AF3111 1" 44" x 96" 1" x 4" 381.00 364.00 343.00 317.00
FIRE RETARDANT
LIGHT GRAY AF3022 1.5" 36" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 495.00 449.00 421.00 396.00
AF3222 1.5" 48" x 96" 1.5" x 1.5" 527.00 480.00 448.00 422.00
AF4022 1.5" 48" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 644.00 585.00 548.00 515.00
AF4822 1.5" 48" x 144" 1.5" x 1.5" 778.00 708.00 663.00 623.00
AF4833 2" 48" x 144" 2" x 2" 830.00 755.00 707.00 664.00
AF5022 1.5" 60" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 802.00 730.00 684.00 643.00
INDUSTRIAL * IF3011 1" 36" x 120" 1" x 4" 403.00 387.00 365.00 339.00
GRADE
FIRE RETARDANT IF3111 1" 44" x 96" 1" x 4" 403.00 387.00 365.00 339.00
LIGHT GRAY
or FOOD GRADE IF3022 1.5" 36" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 531.00 482.00 449.00 423.00
FIRE RETARDANT
YELLOW *2
IF3222 1.5" 48" x 96" 1.5" x 1.5" 567.00 513.00 480.00 450.00
* IF4022 1.5" 48" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 692.00 628.00 587.00 551.00
* IF4822 1.5" 48" x 144" 1.5" x 1.5" 837.00 759.00 710.00 666.00
IF4833 2" 48" x 144" 2" x 2" 893.00 810.00 757.00 720.00
IF5022 1.5" 60" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 863.00 783.00 732.00 688.00
CHEMICAL PROOF CF3011 1" 36" x 120" 1" x 4" 434.00 416.00 392.00 363.00
FIRE RETARDANT
DARK GRAY CF3111 1" 44" x 96" 1" x 4" 434.00 416.00 392.00 363.00
•
CF3022 1.5" 36" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 570.00 517.00 498.00 474.00
CF3222 1.5" 48" x 96" 1.5" x 1.5" 609.00 552.00 528.00 505.00
6 CF4022
* CF4822
1.5"
1.5"
48" x 120"
48" x 144"
1.5" x 1.5"
1.5" x 1.5"
743.00
900.00
674.00
817.00
645.00
780.00
617.00
747.00
CF4833 2" 48" x 144" 2" x 2" 960.00 871.00 832.00 796.00
CF5022 1.5" 60" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 928.00 841.00 804.00 770.00
CHEMICAL PROOF CR3011 1" 36" x 120" 1" x 4" 564.00 541.00 509.00 473.00
PLUS
FIRE RETARDANT CR3111 1" 44" x 96" 1" x 4" 564.00 541.00 509.00 473.00
BLACK
CR3022 1.5" 36" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 733.00 665.00 635.00 608.00
CR3222 1.5" 48" x 96" 1.5" x 1.5" 778.00 706.00 674.00 646.00
CR4022 1.5" 48" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 961.00 903.00 833.00 797.00
CR4822 1.5" 48" x 144" 1.5" x 1.5" 1,154.00 1,047.00 1,001.00 958.00
CR4833 2" 48" x 144" 2" x 2" 1,231.00 1,117.00 1,067.00 1,021.00
CR5022 1.5" 60" x 120" 1.5" x 1.5" 1,199.00 1,087.00 1,038.00 994.00
• FABCO STOCKED ITEMS
NOTE:
1. Stocked Items – Marked with * (From manufacturer)
2. Food Grade Panels – Part Number Starts with FF, ie FF3011. All sizes are made to order.
3. Non-standard colours – Add 10% for 1 – 5 panels and 5% for 6 - 10 panels, no charge for more than 10 panels.
4. For Grit Top – Add $1.50 per square foot.
5. For 1” thick grating multiply the 1.5” price by 82%.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES, ROD AND PLATE

R
O C
D U
EXTREN
® INTRODUCTION
Today, EXTREN® is replacing steel, aluminum, and wood in a wide variety
of structural applications. Why? Because EXTREN® is a problem solving mate-
rial. This section provides the reader with the basic information about the
EXTREN® product line.
The features of EXTREN® fiberglass structural shapes are readily translat-
ed into user benefits:
• Corrosion Resistant
• Non-Conductive—Thermally and Electrically
• Non-Magnetic—Electromagnetic Transparency
• Lightweight—Weighs 80% less than Steel
• High Strength
• Dimensional Stability
• Low Maintenance
• Custom Colors
• Strength to weight ratio
PROCESS
EXTREN® is manufactured by the pultrusion process. In its simplest terms,
pultrusion is the process of pulling fiberglass (or other) reinforcements through
a "bath" of thermosetting resin and into a heated forming-and-curing die to pro-
duce composite structural shapes. Reinforcement placement, resin formula-
tion, catalyst levels, die temperature, and pull speed are all critical process
parameters.
MARKETS
• Transportation • Building Construction • Oil and Gas PRODUCT LINE
• Electrical/Electrical Utility • Food and Beverage • Water/Wastewater
• Chemical Processing • Pulp and Paper • Air Pollution Control EXTREN® a proprietary combination of fiberglass reinforcements and ther-
• Cellular Communications • Agricultural • Aeronautical Defense mosetting polyester or vinyl ester resin systems. It is produced in more than
• Consumer/Recreation • Appliance/Equipment • Plating 100 standard shapes. All EXTREN® shapes have a surface veil to protect
against glass fibers penetrating the resin surface in service and to increase
corrosion and UV resistance.
EXTREN® is offered in three series designed for different environments and
applications.
Industrial Marine Mining Chemical Oil and Gas EMI/RFI Testing
SERIES PUL 500 - OLIVE GREEN - ANTI- CORROSIVE
Particularly suited for highly corrosive environments. Maintains high glass con-
tent, high modulus and high tensile strength. An all-purpose series utilizing an
isophthalic polyester resin system.
Polution Control Power Plants Pulp and Paper Offshore Recreation Building Construction
SERIES PUL 525 - HAZE GRAY - FIRE RETARDANT

For use in electrical application. Fire retardent, otherwise similar to Series 500.
ASTM E-84 rating of 25 (Class 1). All Series 525 shapes have UL Flammability
Classifcation-94 V-0. UL Approved for Sole Support in Electrical Apparatus. An
6
Metal Finishing Water/Wastewater Transportation Plating Electrical Radar all-purpose series utilizing a fire retardant isophthalic polyester resin system
with a UV inhibitor. Note that certain handrail and fixed ladder components are
Most Common Extren Applications ®
supplied in yellow.
• Platforms, Stairways and Walkways near chemical manufacturing/Storage
facilities SERIES PUL 625 - BEIGE - FIRE RETARDANT - CORROSION RESISTANT
Resistant to a broader range of corrosive chemicals than other pultruded prod-
• Water/Wastewater Treatment Facilities ucts, and offer a balance of strength, outstanding corrosion resistance, high
• Chemical Manufacturing/Storage Plants - structural components temperature stability, excellent shear and tensile strengths, along with ease of
fabrication. A premium series - both fire retardant and highly corrosion resis-
• Pulp and Paper Plants tant - utilizing a vinyl ester resin system with a UV inhibitor.
• RFI/EMI Compliance Buildings - structural components
• Greenhouses - High humidity areas
FABRICATING WITH EXTREN®
• Circuit Board Plating Facilities - Computer Industry JOINING
EXTREN® can be fastened mechanically with screws, bolts or rivets. FIBRE-
• Trade Show Booths - expecially multi-level BOLT® fiberglass studs and hex nuts (available from FABCO) can also be used
• Electrical Switch Gear with EXTREN®. EXTREN® can be joined by adhesives. The strongest connec-
• Flue Gas Desulferization and Cooling Tower Components tions can be made by using a combination of mechanical fasteners with adhe-
sives. Suggested fabrication techniques for EXTREN® are covered in MMFG's
• Offshore Platforms - structural and miscellaneous components EXTREN® Fabrication and Repair Manual.
• RF Transparency Applications (ex. Sun Bank Building) MATERIAL PREPARATION
• Airport Instrument Landing System (ILS) components EXTREN® shapes and sheet can be sawed, drilled, routed and turned on a
• Structural and miscellaneous components near salt water lathe or other machine tool. Punching should be limited to thicknesses of 3/16"
and under. Carbide or diamond-tipped saw blades and tool bits are recom-
• Applications of structurals functioning in water, both salt and fresh water. mended for faster speeds and longer tool life. Cut edges should always be
• Electrical Equipment Housing sealed. EXTREN® cannot be bent, rolled or pressed, as can steel.
• Cable Tray Components
Fibrebolt® / Extren® is a Registered Trademark of Morrison Molded Fiberglass Company (MMFG)
6-52
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
MECHANICAL➅ PROPERTIES
SERIES
VINYL 500/525 SERIES 625
SERIES SERIES ESTER LARGE FLAT FLAT
TEST UNITS/ 500/525 625 ROD & RECT. VE SHEET SHEET
PROPERTIES METHOD⑩ VALUE SHAPES SHAPES BAR SHAPES 1/8” 3/16”-1/4” ⑤ 3/8” - 1” 1/8” 3/16”-1/4” ⑤ 3/8” - 1”
Tensile Stress, LW D638 psi 30,000 30,000 100,000 36,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000
Tensile Stress, CW D638 psi 7,000 7,000 7,500 10,000 10,000 7,500 10,000 10,000
Tensile Modulus, LW D638 106 psi 2.5 2.6 6 3.3 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Tensile Modulus, CW D638 106 psi .8 .8 .7 .9 1.4 1 1 1.4
Compressive Stress, LW D695 psi 30,000 30,000 65,000 35,000 24,000 24,000 24,000 24,000 24,000 24,000
Compressive Stress, CW D695 psi 15,000 16,000 15,500 16,500 20,000 16,500 17,500 17,500
Compressive Modulus, LW D695 106 psi 2.5 2.6 3.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Compressive Modulus, CW D695 106 psi 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Flexural Stress, LW D790 psi 30,000 30,000 100,000 35,000 35,000 30,000 30,000 35,000 30,000
Flexural Stress, CW D790 psi 10,000 10,000 13,000 15,000 18,000 13,000 15,000 18,000
Flexural Modulus, LW D790 106 psi 1.6 1.6 6 1.8 2 2 1.8 2 2
Flexural Modulus, CW D790 106 psi .8 .8 .9 1.1 1.4 1 1.1 1.4
Modulus of Elasticity, Ex or Ey ① full section 106 psi 2.6 2.8
Compressive Shear Stress, LW ② D3846 psi 3,000 3,000
Shear Modulus, LW ③ 106 psi 0.425 0.425
Short Beam Shear, LW D2344 psi 4,500 4,500 8,000
Bearing Stress, LW D953 psi 30,000 30,000 35,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000
Bearing Stress, CW D953 psi 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000 32,000
Perpendicular Shear Stress, LW ⑦ D3846 psi 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000
Perpendicular Shear Stress, CW D3846 psi 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000
Poisson’s Ratio, LW D3039 in/in .33 .33 .20 .31 .31 .31 .32 .32 .32
Notched Izod Impact, LW D256 ft-lbs/in 25 25 40 25 18.5 20 20 18.5 20 20
Notched Izod Impact, CW D256 ft-lbs/in 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5
PHYSICAL
SERIES
Barcol Hardness D253 45④ 45④ 55 45④ 40 40 40 40 40 40
24 HR Water Absorption D570 % Max by wt. .6 .6 .25 .25 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6
Density D792 lbs/in3 .062-.070 .062-.070 .072-.076 .060-.070 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion D696 10-6 in/in°F 4.4 3.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
Thermal Conductivity C177 BTU-in/ft2/Hr/°F 4 4.4
ELECTRICAL
SERIES
6 Arc Resistance, LW
Dielectric Strength, LW
Dielectric Strength, PF
D495
D149
D149
seconds
KV/in
volts/mil
120
35
200
120
35
200
140
60
120
25
120
35
200
120
35
N.T.
120
35
N.T.
120
35
250
120
35
N.T.
120
35
N.T.
Dielectric Constant, PF D150 60 Hz 5.6 5.2 5 5 5 5 5 5
Volume Resistivity D257 ohms-cm 1 x 1013 (all products)
Current Leakage ⑥ microamps 500 max 500 max
FLAMMABILITY➈ ①This value is determined from full section simple beam bending of EXTREN®
structural shapes.
②The shear stress tests results will change radically if the notch orientation is
altered. The value in this chart represents the test configuration where the
TEST notches are machined parallel to the reinforcing mat. For notches machined
PROPERTIES METHOD⑩ UNITS/VALUE perpendicular to the reinforcing mat, this value would be three times larger.
Flammability Classification (1/16") UL94 VO ③The Shear Modulus value has been determined from tests with full sections
Tunnel Test E-84 25 Max of EXTREN® Structural shapes. (See MMFG’s EXTREN® Design Manual for
NBS Smoke Chamber E-662 650-700 (typical) further information.)
Flame Resistance FTMS 55/30 (Grade 1-MIL-R-21607D) ④Value would be 50 if the surfacing veil were not there.
(Ignition Burn Seconds) 406-2023 ⑤Flat sheet compressive stress/modules measured edgewise and flexural
Flammability D635 Self Extinguishing stress/modules measured flatwise.
UL Thermal Index Generic 130°C ⑥An MMFG test procedure whereby 100KV (dc) is applied to the full length of
boom electrodes wrapped around the tube’s perimeter.
⑦The notches are orientated to be be perpendicular to the mat and roving; this
is measured in the compressive mode.
⑧All valves are minimum ultimate properties from coupon tests except as
noted.
⑨Values apply to Series 525 and 625.
⑩All listings beginning with a ‘D’ or ‘E’ are ASTM tests.
LW = Lengthwise or parallel to the rovings.
CW = Crosswise or perpendicular to laminate face.
PF = Tested perpendicular to laminate face.
N.T. = Not tested
STOCKED NON STOCKED I-BEAMS
Price per Foot I-BEAMS Price per Foot
PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625 SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625
EXTREN
®
01 3 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 7.79 9.74 10.95 69 2 x 1 x 1/8 4.00 4.52 4.89
02 4 x 2 x 1/4 9.99 12.47 14.26 70 6 x 3 x 1/4 20.82 22.86 27.19
03 8 x 4 x 3/8 32.13 36.46 41.07 71 6 x 3 x 3/8 28.07 31.69 37.87
PRICE LIST 72 8 x 4 x 1/2 43.15 49.34 56.60
WIDE FLANGE BEAMS 73 10x 5 x 3/8 41.66 46.97 59.46
* Stocked in 32 foot lengths only. 74 10 x 5 x 1/2 53.94 56.32 72.81
PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT 75 12 x 6 x 1/2 64.44 71.31 89.86
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625 76 18 x 4 1/2 x 1/2 54.42 59.69 71.35
04 3 x 1/4 10.07 12.95 15.34 77 24 x 7 1/2 x 3/4 96.04 112.84 132.85
05 4 x 1/4 12.93 15.30 18.77
06 6 x 1/4 24.59 26.68 31.81
WIDE FLANGE BEAMS
07 6 x 3/8 33.73 41.95 47.44
08 8 x 3/8 43.05 48.75 61.95 PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT
80 10 x 3/8* 59.13 69.33 84.86 SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625
78 2 x 1/8 5.18 5.95 6.79
ROUND TUBE 79 8 x 1/8 61.54 72.50 87.80
81 10 x 1/2 81.07 93.88 112.18
PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625 82 12 x 1/2 89.57 106.72 114.63
09 1 x 1/8 2.50 2.68 3.35
10 1 1/4 x 1/8 3.14 3.36 4.25 ROUND TUBE
11 1 1/2 x 1/8 3.68 4.52 4.67
12 1 1/2 x 1/4 6.30 6.97 8.66
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625
13 2 x 1/8 4.43 5.26 6.20
83 3/4 x 3/16 2.98 3.16 3.39
14 2 x 1/4 7.95 9.51 11.26
84 1 1/4 x 3/16 3.52 3.85 4.16
15 2 1/2 x 1/4 9.50 11.85 14.41
85 1 3/8 x 3/16 5.70 6.12 7.14
16 3 x 1/4 11.26 13.82 15.56
86 1 3/4 x 1/8 4.25 4.83 5.39
87 1 3/4 x 1/4 7.10 7.79 9.35
SQUARE TUBE 88 2 3/4 x 1/4 11.24 12.95 15.43
89 2 3/4 x 3/8 14.76 16.82 20.76
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625 90 3 x 1/8 7.70 8.52 9.95
17 1 x 1/8 2.84 3.14 3.85 91 3 1/2 x .140 9.26 10.43 12.22
18 1 1/2 x 1/8 4.19 4.77 5.95 92 4 x 1/8 9.39 10.60 12.64
19 2 x 1/8 5.24 5.90 7.64 93 4 x 1/4 16.93 19.09 21.90
20 2 x 1/4 9.50 10.71 12.68 94 5 x 1/8 12.28 13.89 16.22
21 3 X 1/4 14.68 16.81 19.79 95 5 x 1/4 19.86 22.90 27.19
22 4 X 1/4 19.33 21.85 26.46 96 6 x 1/8 14.57 16.22 19.30
97 6 x .156 17.59 19.72 23.15
98 6 x 1/4 25.38 29.04 37.54
EQUAL LEG ANGLES
99 8 x 3/16 28.15 31.98 38.20
PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT 100 10 x 3/16 33.94 38.23 47.82
23 1 x 1/8 1.87 2.01 2.42
24 1 1/4 x 3/16 2.78 3.06 3.89
SQUARE TUBE
108 1 1/2 X 1/8 2.85 2.84 4.81 PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT
25 1 1/2 x 3/16 3.26 3.56 3.62 SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625
26 1 1/2 x 1/4 3.99 4.87 5.50 101 1 1/4 x 1/8 3.50 3.89 4.56
27 2 x 3/16 4.15 5.08 6.58 102 1 1/2 x 1/4 8.08 8.91 10.33
28 2 x 1/4 5.21 5.70 7.65 103 1 3/4 x 1/4 5.16 5.64 6.77
6
29 3 x 1/4 7.23 8.46 10.81 104 1 3/4 x 1/4 8.81 9.89 11.76
30 3 x 3/8 11.28 12.75 15.89 105 2 1/2 x 1/4 13.72 15.32 17.57
31 4 x 1/4 10.12 10.85 13.81 106 3 x 1/8 8.66 9.72 11.39
32 4 x 3/8 15.43 17.74 23.09
33 4 x 1/2 22.30 22.85 26.44
EQUAL LEG ANGLES
* Stocked in Series 525 only.
34 6 x 1/2 28.57 32.48 45.10
CHANNELS SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625
* Stocked in 24 foot lengths only. 107 1 1/4 X 1/8 2.35 2.64 3.12
109 2 X 1/8 3.91 4.21 5.06
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625 110 6 X 1/4 * 15.68 17.86 22.46
35 2 x 9/16 x 1/8 2.17 2.73 3.14 111 6 X 3/8 21.63 25.32 33.67
36 3 x 7/8 x 1/4 5.56 6.58 7.97
37 4 x 1 3/8 x 3/16 6.48 6.83 8.91 CHANNELS
38 4 x 1 1/8 x 1/4 7.37 8.89 10.45
39 5 x 1 3/8 x 1/4 9.10 9.37 13.45 PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT PRICE/FOOT
40 6 x 1 5/8 x 1/4 10.11 11.94 16.01
112 1 1/2 x 1 x 3/16 3.77 4.23 4.96
41 8 x 2 3/16 x 3/8 19.91 23.30 29.74
113 1 1/*2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 5.06 6.41 7.22
42 10 x 2 3/4 x 1/2* 32.22 41.02 51.70
114 2 x 7/8 x 1/4 3.89 4.43 5.58
PLATE 115 2 5/8 x 1/8 x 1 1/4 x 3/16 4.71 5.25 6.41
Price per Square Foot 116 3 x 1 x 3/16 5.79 6.25 7.68
PRICE PRICE PRICE/FOOT 117 3 1/2 x 2 x 1/4 8.37 9.66 11.78
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625 118 4 x 1 1/6 x 1/8 4.16 5.02 6.31
43 1/8 7.25 9.26 11.89 119 6 x 1 11/16 x 3/8 16.86 20.13 24.07
44 3/16 10.51 13.57 16.89 120 8 x 2 3/16 x 1/4 15.66 18.03 21.69
45 1/4 13.33 15.64 23.05 121 14 x 3 1/2 x 3/4 73.95 86.22 98.83
47 3/8 21.75 25.11 30.93 122 18 x 2 3/16 x 3/16 29.94 32.75 38.29
48 1/2 29.90 30.85 45.35
49 3/4 47.32 54.11 69.68 PLATE
Price per Square Foot
ORDER INFORMATION PUL525 (SIZE NO.) PUL625 (SIZE NO.)
PRICE PRICE PRICE/FOOT
- PRICES FOR NON STOCKED ITEMS ON REQUEST SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PUL500 PUL525 PUL625
- FABCO STOCKS SERIES 525 ONLY. MANUFACTURER STOCKS ALL ITEMS MARKED “STOCKED”. 123 5/8 40.29 47.01 58.55
- STOCKED LENGTHS - 20FT. - Most shapes can be produced any length. Limited only by shipping restric- 124 1 65.65 74.39 96.15
tions. Certain large hollow sections such as booms, are limited to 24 ft.
6-54
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
ROD AND BAR
Thermal Cure Rod and Bar is produced using polyester resin on all longitudinal reinforcements with low speed and high temperature, which
provides a rich surface appearance. It has no surfacing veil and is not fire retardant. On request we can quote special formulations including
vinyl ester resin, fire retardant properties, etc. Because it maintains high electrical standards, thermal cure rod is most commonly specified for
electrical applications. Normally stocked for prompt delivery.
ROUND ROD/STOCKED SQUARE BAR/STOCKED
To Order: PUL500 (Size No.) To Order: PUL500 (Size No.)
THERMAL CURE THERMAL CURE
CLEAR CLEAR
SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PRICE/FOOT SIZE NO. SIZES (IN.) PRICE/FOOT
50 1/4 0.50 63 1/2 2.03
51 3/8 0.85 64 5/8 3.10
52 1/2 1.29 65 3/4 4.01
53 5/8 1.99 66 1 6.02
54 3/4 2.56 67 1 1/4 8.86
55 13/16 3.48 68 1 1/2 13.55
56 7/8 4.01
57 1 4.41
ASTM Specifications
• ASTM D3917 “Standard Specification for Dimensional Tolerance of
58 1 1/8 5.90 Thermosetting Glass-Reinforced Plastic Pultruded Shapes”.
59 1 1/4 6.77 • ASTM D3918 “Standard Definition of Terms Relating to Reinforced Plastic
60 1 1/2 9.79 Pultruded Products”.
61 1 7/8 17.26 • ASTM D3647 “Standard Practice for Classifying Reinforced Plastic Pultruded
Shapes According To Composition”.
62 2 18.20 • ASTM D4385 “Standard Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Thermoset-
ting Reinforced Plastic Pultruded Products”.
STANDARD TOLERANCES
BEAMS CHANNELS
Flange Width................±4% (±3/32” max.) Flange Width................±4% (±3/32” max.)
Web Width ...................±4% (±3/32” max.) Depth ...........................±4% (±3/32” max.)
Thickness.....................±10% (±010” min.) Thickness.....................±10% (± .010” min.)
Angularity * ..................±2% Angularity.....................±2%
Flatness *..................... .008” per inch of width (.008” min.) Flatness ....................... .008” per inch of width (.008” min.)
Straightness **............. .050” x Length (Ft.) Straightness **............. .050” x Length (Ft.)
Twist.............................1.5” or less=1° x Length (Ft.) (7° max.) Twist.............................1.5” or less = 1° x Length (Ft.) (7° max.)
>1.5” or 2.99°=1/2 x Length (Ft.) (5° max.) >1.5” or 2.99*= 1/2 x Length (Ft.) (5° max.)
3” and over = 1/2 x Length (Ft.) (3° max.) 3” and over = 1/2 x Length (Ft.) (3° max.)
ANGLES PLATE
Leg Width.....................±4% (±3/32” max.) Camber ........................ .025” x Length (Ft.)
Angularity.....................±2% Thickness.....................±10% (± .040” Maximum)
Flatness ....................... .008” per inch of width (.008” min.) Flatness .......................1/4” in any 6’ or less
Straightness **............. .050” x Length (Ft.) Width ...........................±3% (± 3/32” Maximum)
Twist.............................1.5” or less=1° x Length (Ft.) (7° max.) End Cut Squareness ...±1°
>1.5” or 2.99°= 1/2 x Length (Ft.) (5° max.) Cut Lengths .................See Below
6 3” and over = 1/2 x Length (Ft.) (3° max.)
SQUARE TUBE
Outside Dimension ......2” and under = ±020”;
ROUND TUBE
Outside Diameter.........2” and under = ±.020”;
2” to 4” = ±1%; > 4” = ± 1.5% 2” to 4” = ±1%; > 4 = ±1.5%
Wall Thickness.............2” and under = ±20%; Wall Thickness.............2” and under = ±20%;
over 2” = ±15% over 2” = ±15%
Flatness ....................... .008” per inch of O.D. (.008” min.) Straightness **.............OD to 2” = .020” x Length (Ft.);
Straightness **.............OD to 2” = .020” x Length (Ft.); over 2” = .030” x Length (Ft.);
Over 2” = .030” x Length (Ft.)
Twist.............................1.5” or less = 1° x Length (Ft.) (7° max.)
>1.5” = 1/2° x Length (Ft.) (3° max.)
SQUARE BAR ROUND ROD

Outside Dimension ......To 3” = ±.020”; Outside Dimension ......To 3” = ± .020”;
Straightness **.............To 1” dia. = .020” x Length (Ft.); Straightness **.............To 1” diameter = .020” x Length (Ft.);
over 1” dia. = .030” x Length (Ft.) over 1” dia. = .030” x Length (Ft.)
Twist.............................Up to 1” = 1° x Length (Ft.);
over 1” = 1/2° x Length (Ft.)
Flatness ........................008” per inch of width (.008” min.)
CUT LENGTHS - ALL (SHAPES, TUBES. BARS, PLATE)

Allowable Tolerance for end cuts: ±1°
Specific Lengths 8’ or less > 8’ to 20’ > 20’ to 40’ > 40’
“Plus” Deviation: Inches 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1”
* Flatness tolerance for beams does not include the effect of the flange-to-web angularity; therefore, apply one-half of the tolerance for the flange dimen-
sion to one-half of each flange width surface, flange tip to center.
** Allowable deviation from straight measured when lying on a flat surface with weight of material minimizing the deviation.
NOTE: Any deviation from above must be approved and accepted by Fabco/Manufacturer.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS STUDS AND NUTS

R
O C
D U
Features Applications
FlBREBOLT® fiberglass studs and nuts are The following are examples of how FIBRE-BOLT®
ideal for applications requiring mechanical fasten- solved specific problems in demanding applica-
ers that must be strong, non-corrosive and/or tions:
non–conductive. FIBREBOLT® is widely used as a • Scrubber units for chlorine plants required
replacement for steel or other metal fasteners in expen-sive inconel fasteners prior to the advent
chemical process equipment, air pollution and of FIBREBOLT® which has since replaced
water pollution control equipment, marine applica- inconel.
tions and in applications requiring all non–metallic • 316 stainless steel fasteners used in conjunction
materials (i.e. structures that must be non–conduc- with cable tray in highly corrosive atmos-
tive and/or transparent to electromagnetic waves). phereswere being severely corroded. FIBRE-
FIBREBOLT® has these features:
BOLTED EXTREN® PROFILES
BOLT®replaced steel fasteners and extended
• Corrosion Resistant
servicelife of the cable tray.
• Easy to Fabricate
• Structurally Strong • Testing facility design criteria for a major manu-
INSTALLATION TORQUE TABLE
• Low Maintenance facturer of duplicating equipment required the
• Non–Conductive Ultimate Torque
Recommended entire structure be nonconductive. Therefore,
• Can Use Standard Six Point Socket Wrench
SIZE
Strength
Maximum Installation
Torque FIBREBOLT® and EXTREN® fiberglass struc-
• Color Blends with most Structural Materials 3/8 - 16 UNC 8 ft.-lbs. 4 ft.-lbs. tural shapes were used.
Materials of Construction
1/2 - 13 UNC
5/8 - 11 UNC
18 ft.-lbs.
35 ft.-lbs.
8
16
ft.-lbs.
ft.-lbs.
Sizes and Availability
FlBREBOLT® studs are pultruded, machined 3/4 - 10 UNC 50 ft.-lbs. 24 ft.-lbs.
FlBREBOLT® studs and hex nuts are available
fiberglass reinforced vinyl ester. The hex shaped 1 - 8 UNC 110 ft.-lbs. 50 ft.-lbs. in diameters of 3/8", 1/2", 5/8", 3/4" and 1" for
nut is thermoplastic. The studs and nuts have UV immediate delivery. Four foot bolt lengths are stan-
inhibitors to provide resistance to ultraviolet degra- dard, with custom lengths and partial length
dation and corrosion. Best results occur when coat- threading available on request. Brown is the stan-
ings are applied. dard color.
FIBERBOLT® STUDS* FIBERBOLT® NUTS
SIZE 3/8" - 16 UNC 1/2" - 13 UNC 5/8" - 11 UNC 3/4" - 10 UNC 1" - 8 UNC SIZE 3/8" - 16 UNC 1/2" - 13 UNC 5/8" - 11 UNC 3/4" - 10 UNC 1" - 8 UNC
PART NO. UNC16 UNC13 UNC11 UNC10 UNC08 PART NO. UNC16-N UNC13-N UNC11-N UNC10-N UNC08-N
PRICE/FT 5.63 6.18 6.80 7.88 10.84 PRICE/EA. 1.54 2.27 2.99 3.90 6.13
*Continuous threaded rod supplied in standard 4 ft. lengths.
PROPERTIES – FIBERBOLT® STUDS AND NUTS NOTE: Diameter – Threads per Inch
DESCRIPTION 3/8" - 16 UNC 1/2" - 13 UNC 5/8" - 11 UNC 3/4" - 10 UNC 1" - 8 UNC
Ultimate thread shear using

MMFG fiberglass nut ➁, ➃ (lb.) 1,350 2,400 3,790 5,150 9,600
Max ultimate tensile load using

MMFG fiberglass nut ➃ (lb.) 1,050 2,000 3,100 4,500 6,500
Max ultimate tensil load using

two (2) MMFG fiberglass nuts ➃ (lb) 1,470 2,800 4,340 6,300 9,700
Transverse shear on threaded rod - double shear

ASTM-B-565 ➄ (min. load lb.)
Transverse shear on threaded rod - single shear ➄

(min. load lb.)
3,000
1,600
5,000
2,600
7,500
3,800
12,000
6,200
22,000
15,000
6
Compressive strength - longitudinal
ASTM-D-695 ➄ (min. psi) 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000
Flexural strength ASTM-D-790 ➄ (min. psi) 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000
Flexural modulus ASTM-D-790 ➄ (min. psi x 106) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.50 2.75
Recommended maximum installation torque

strength using MMFG fiberglass nut lubricated 4 8 16 24 50
with SAE 10W30 motor oil ➃ (ft.-lbs.)
Dielectric strength ASTM-D-149 (kv/in.) 35 35 35 35 35
Water absorption 24 hr. immersion - threaded

ASTM-D-570 (%)
1 1 1 1 1
Coefficient of thermal expansion - longitudinal

(in./in./°F) 5 x 10-6 5 x 10-6 5 x 10-6 5 x 10-6 5 x 10-6
Max recommended operation temp. - based

on 50% retention of ultimate thread shear 95°C (203°F) 95°C (203°F) 95°C (203°F) 95°C (203°F) 95°C (203°F)
strength °C (°F)
Stud weight (lb./ft.) 0.07 0.12 0.18 0.28 0.50
Flammability ➆ Self-Extinguishing on All
Thickness of nut and washer in inches 3/4" 7/8" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 5/8"
Diameter of washer in inches 1" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2"
FOOTNOTES: APPLIES TO ALL OF THE ABOVE EXCEPT FOOTNOTES ➁ ➃ ➄ AND ➆ WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED.
➀ Test results are for bolts with single nuts only. Proper safety fac- properties.
tors should be applied to assembly. ➄ Strength values are minimums derived from multiple production
➁ Ultimate strength values are averages obtained in design testing.
sample testings.
➂ Properties above do not apply when fiberglass stud is used with
metal nut. ➅ Appropriate safety factors must be applied.
➃ New property categories added to better clarify stud thread shear ➆ ASTM D635
EXTREN® / FIBERBOLT® are registered trademarks of Morrison Molded Fiberglass Company.
6-56
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS CHANNEL FRAMING
R
O C
D U
Corrosion Resistant Channel

Strut Tech is the first universal nonmetallic channel Strut Tech is lightweight. Cutting and drilling are nonmetallic systems.
framing system that is: easily accomplished using standard saws and drills. Strut Tech® fiberglass channels are produced in
• Non-slip This feature eliminates costly field fabrication labor two resins, Polyester (PF) and Vinylester (VF)
• Interchangeable with standard industry channel common to steel strut systems.
• Easy to install Piping can be located at any point on the chan- Vinylester Polyester
• Cost competitive nel by positioning pipe clamps along the channel • Premium Grade • General Purpose
• Corrosion resistant. regardless of the notch location. • Excellent Corrosion • Good Corrosion
Our patented integral channel notches provide Resistance Resistance
Strut Tech Channel Framing Systems provide all positive slip resistance when accessories are • -35° to +200°F • -30° to +150°F
common components typically found in metallic placed in the channel. This added feature elimi- temperature range temperature range
strut. nates costly “stop lock hardware” common to other • Standard colour beige • Standard colour gray
100 SERIES FIBERGLASS 200 SERIES FIBERGLASS

CHANNELS 1 1/8” DEPTH CHANNELS 1 5/8” DEPTH
WT
PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE UNIT
LBS
UPF100UN Single 1" Polyester FR Un-Notched 8.98 L/F 0.55

UPF102UN Double 1" Polyester FR Un-Notched 19.53 L/F 1.10
UVF100UN Single 1" Vinylester FR Un-Notched 10.16 L/F 0.55
UVF102UN Double 1" Vinylester FR Un-Notched 21.86 L/F 1.10
UPF200N Single 1 5/8" Polyester FR Notched 10.80 L/F 0.64
UPF202N Double 1 5/8" Polyester FR Notched 23.17 L/F 1.28
UPF200UN Single 1 5/8" Polyester FR Un-Notched 10.16 L/F 0.65
UPF202UN Double 1 5/8" Polyester FR Un-Notched 21.86 L/F 1.30
UVF200N Single 1 5/8" Vinylester FR Notched 12.62 L/F 0.64
STD CHANNEL STD CHANNEL
UVF202N Double 1 5/8" Vinylester FR Notched 26.42 L/F 1.28
Part No. UPF 100UN Part No. UPF 200N
Part No. UVF 100UN Part No. UVF 200N UVF200UN Single 1 5/8" Vinylester FR Un-Notched 11.72 L/F 0.65
UVF202UN Double 1 5/8" Vinylester FR Un-Notched 24.99 L/F 1.30
STD CHANNEL STD CHANNEL

BACK TO BACK BACK TO BACK
Part No. UPF 102UN Part No. UPF 202N
Part No. UVF 102UN Part No. UVF 202N
Flat Plate Fittings

• Industry standard channel fittings for fabricating structures with Strut Tech® channels.
• Fittings can be attached with channel nuts or through bolted to strut back or side walls. CF6502PF CF6508PF
• No special tools required
• Highly corrosion resistant: Type PU or PF.
6 PART NO. DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

PRICE
EACH
CF6502PF Three Hole Splice Plate - Polyester (4 7/8" x 1 5/8") 6.51

CF6502PU Three Hole Splice Plate - Polyurethane (4 7/8" x 1 5/8") 7.81
CF6508PF Three Hole Corner Plate - Polyester (3 1/4" x 3 1/4") 14.32
CF6508PU Three Hole Corner Plate - Polyurethane (3 1/4" x 3 1/4") 20.18
CF6512PF Four Hole Tee Plate - Polyester (4 7/8" x 3 1/4") 14.32
CF6512PF CF6518PF
CF6512PU Four Hole Tee Plate - Polyurethane (4 7/8" x 3 1/4") 20.18
CF6516PF Four Hole Corner Gusset Plate - Polyester (4 7/8" x 3 1/4") 19.53
CF6516PU Four Hole Corner Gusset Plate - Polyurethane (4 7/8" x 3 1/4") 28.63
CF6518PF Five Hole Cross Plate - Polyester (4 7/8" x 4 7/8") 14.32
CF6518PU Five Hole Cross Plate - Polyurethane (4 7/8" x 4 7/8") 20.18
CF6526PF Five Hole Tee Gusset Plate - Polyester (4 7/8" x 4 7/8") 19.53
CF6526PU Five Hole Tee Gusset Plate - Polyurethane (4 7/8" x 4 7/8") 28.63
CF6530PF Six Hole Tee Gusset Plate - Polyester (8" x 3 1/4") 19.53
CF6530PU Six Hole Tee Gusset Plate - Polyurethane (8" x 3 1/4") 28.63
CF6534PF Seven Hole Cross Plate - Polyester (8" x 4 7/8") 19.53 CF6516PF CF6526PF
CF6534PU Seven Hole Cross Plate - Polyurethane (8" x 4 7/8") 28.63
CF6530PF CF6534PF
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS CHANNEL FRAMING

R
O C
D U
Pipe Clamps Clevis Hangers

• Non-slip in Strut Tech® Notched Channel • Sizes 1” to 4” – injection moulded Polyester (black) and
• Interchangeable with industry standard channel Polyurethane (gray)
framing • Sizes 6” to 24” – Fiberglass Polyester and Vinylester
• Non-Metallic • See chemical resistance chart for material selection
• Adjustable to U.S. & Metric Pipe Diameters • No special tools required
• Simple installation • Design loads are given in pounds at 120°F with 3 to 1
• No special tools required safety factor
• Highly corrosion resistant. (Call FABCO for high temperature requirement)
CLAMP WITH PIPE HANGER HANGER

PIPE PIPE PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
PART NO. POLYURETHANE SIZE O.D. ROD
SIZE O.D.
FASTENER
CH100PF Clevis Hanger Polyester 1" 1 1/2" 1/2" 24.73
UFCPU50PU* 1/2" 0.840" 5.85
CH100PU Clevis Hanger Polyurethane 1" 1 1/2" 1/2" 27.34
UFCPU75PU* 3/4" 1.050" 6.12
UFCPU100PU* 1" 1.315" 6.64
UFCPU125PU* 1 1/4" 1.660" 7.28
UFCPU150PU* 1 1/2" 1.900" 8.07
UFCPU200PU* 2" 2.375" 9.89
CH400PF Clevis Hanger Polyester 4" 5" 5/8" 55.97
UFCPU250PU* 2 1/2" 2.875" 9.76
CH400PU Clevis Hanger Polyurethane 4" 5" 5/8" 75.49
UFCPU300PU* 3" 3.500" 12.23
UFCPU400PU* 4" 4.500" 13.02
CH600VF Clevis Hanger Vinylester 6" 7" 5/8" 177.01
UFCPU500PU* 5" 5.563" 22.39
UFCPU600PU* 6" 6.625" 22.39
CH800VF Clevis Hanger Vinylester 8" 9" 5/8" 208.25
UFCVF700PU* 7" P.O.R.
UFCVF800PU* 8" 8.625" P.O.R.
CH1000VF Clevis Hanger Vinylester 10" 11 3/8" 5/8" 286.35
UFCVF1000PU* 10" 10.750" P.O.R.
UFCVF1200PU* 12" 12.750" P.O.R.
CH1200VF Clevis Hanger Vinylester 12" 13 1/2" 5/8" 351.43
Note: UFCVF1400 PU, 14” are also available. Note: Hanger rod and nuts sold separately.
CH1400 to CH2400 are available/call Fabco for pricing.
Spring & Channel Angle Fittings

Nuts
SPRING NUT
100% Non-metallic
U.S. Patent #5,154,385
CHANNEL NUTS – FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS THROUGH

BACK OF CHANNEL & ATTACHING ALL
THREAD HANGER ROD TO CHANNELS
90° ANGLE FITTINGS
PART NO. DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
PRICE
EACH
6
UAF700 Universal Angle Fitting - Polyester 5 1/2" x 2 1/2" 13.02
PRICE
PART NO. DESCRIPTION UAF700PU Universal Angle Fitting - Polyurethane 5 1/2" x 2 1/2" 19.53
EACH
CN250PU 1/4" Channel Nut - All Channels 4.82
Post Bases
SPRING & CHANNEL NUT BOLTS
B250PU125 Bolt 1/4" x 1 1/4" Polyurethane 1.61
STANDARD QTY 25 EACH, BROKEN BAG CHARGE $12.00 POST BASES

PRICE
PART NO. DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
SPRING NUTS – FOR ATTACHING CHANNEL FITTINGS TO OPEN EACH
SIDE OF CHANNELS PBS750 Single Post Base - Polyester 5" x 5" 24.73
PBS750PU Single Post Base - Polyurethane 5" x 5" 44.25
PRICE
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
EACH
SN100250PU 1/4" Spring Nut 1" Channels 2.86 ORDER
Field Cutting Sealant
SN100375PU 3/8" Spring Nut 1" Channels 2.86 INFORMATION
• Seals exposed fibers after any field cuts
SN100500PU 1/2" Spring Nut 1" Channels 2.86 FRP SEALANT
• Seals exposed FRP threads after installation of
SN200250PU 1/4" Spring Nut 1 5/8" Channels 2.86 Six ounce
threaded rod and hex nuts
SN200375PU 3/8" Spring Nut 1 5/8" Channels 2.86 spray can.......$32.15
• Available in six-ounce aerosol spray cans.
SN200500PU 1/2" Spring Nut 1 5/8" Channels 2.86 PT# 900–ST
6-58
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
CLEAR VINYL TUBING
Fabco Clear Vinyl Tubing is a clear, flexible tubing of flexible plasticized PVC. Its unusual
combination of physical and chemical characteristics provides the industrial user with the ideal
solution to a number of piping problems, particularly those involving the handling of corrosive,
pure or sensitive solutions, applications where space is at a premium.
It has a wide range of chemical resistance. It is flexible at 0°F (brittle at -36°F), resists dry
heat to 220°F. Light in weight, flexible and available in continuous lengths. Fabco Clear Vinyl
Tubing is quickly and easily put into service and is ideal for either permanent or temporary
installations. Physically tough, non-aging and non-oxidizing.
APPLICATIONS:
• Tubing for laboratories • Beverage dispenser units
• Water distillation lines • Ice making machines
• Deionized water systems • Printing press equipment
• Air conditioning drainage • High energy efficient furnace drainage
• Refrigeration drainage • Transfer of weak chemicals & acids
• Air lines Hardness Shore “A” 72–75
• Bottling plants
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Specific Gravity 1.22 Water Absorption, % 0.13
(ASTM-D-792) (ASTM-D-570)
Tensile, psi 2516 Soluble matter lost, % 0.04-0.08
FEATURES: (ASTM-D-412) (ASTM-D-570)
• High quality flexible PVC compound made with a custom for- Elongation, % 424 Compression Set, % 53
mulation. (ASTM-D-412) Constant Deflection
(ASTM-D-375, Method B)
• High gloss crystal clear appearance with glass smooth interior
Durometer, Shore A 70 Tear Resistance, Lbs. 241
to reduce sediment buildup. (ASTM-D-676) (ASTM-D-624)
• Non-toxic blue tint in compliance with FDA** requirements to Max. Operating 82°C Permanent Set, % 95
enhance clarity. **FDA-CFR Title 21 parts 170 to 199 Temperature (180°F) (ASTM-D-412)
• USDA-Chemically acceptable for use in slaughtering, process- Max. Dry Heat Resistance 105°C Brittle Point –38°C
ing, transporting, or storage areas in direct contact with meat or (For short period) (220°F) (ASTM-D-736) (–36°F)
Abrasion Resistance 4.8 Taste None
poultry food products prepared under federal inspection.
(Taber-CS17-1000 G. wt.) lost/100 cycle Toxicity Non-toxic
• Self-extinguishing Modulus, 100% psi 1105 Flame proofness Self-extinguishing
(ASTM-D-412)
Part Nominal I.D. Nominal O.D. Wall Thickness WP/PSI Standard Weight Price
FABCO CLEAR No. Inch Inch Inch 68°F (20°C) Length
Package
Lbs./Pkg. Per 100 Ft.
VINYL TUBING
CVT037 1/8 1/4 1/16 65 100 Box 2.0 13.05
CVT048 3/16 1/4 1/32 50 100 Box 1.2 11.31
CVT051 3/16 5/16 1/16 55 100 Box 2.7 17.75
CVT054 3/16 3/8 3/32 60 100 Box 4.5 30.98
CVT071 1/4 3/8 1/16 55 100 Box 3.4 20.78
CVT073 1/4 7/16 3/32 58 100 Box 5.5 36.15
CVT074 1/4 1/2 1/8 60 100 Box 8.0 47.97
CVT092 5/16 7/16 1/16 50 100 Box 4.0 23.89
CVT094 5/16 1/2 3/32 55 100 Box 6.5 39.08
CVT095 5/16 9/16 1/8 60 100 Box 9.4 63.89
CVT107 3/8 1/2 1/16 45 100 Box 4.7 27.26
CVT108 3/8 9/16 3/32 50 100 Box 7.5 47.36
CVT111 3/8 5/8 1/8 55 100 Box 10.7 66.92
CVT115 7/16 9/16 1/16 38 100 Box 5.4 P.O.R.
CVT135 1/2 5/8 1/16 30 100 Box 6.0 34.96
CVT137 1/2 11/16 3/32 40 100 Box 9.5 54.48
CVT138 1/2 3/4 1/8 45 100 Box 13.4 74.59
CVT164 5/8 13/16 3/32 35 100 Box 11.6 69.82
CVT165 5/8 7/8 1/8 40 100 Box 16.1 89.41
CVT180 3/4 1 1/8 35 100 Box 18.8 104.13
7 CVT182
CVT185
CVT196
3/4
3/4
7/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
3/16
1/4
1/8
45
40
30
100
100
100
Box
Box
Box
30.0
42.9
21.4
169.25
258.01
139.70
CVT198 7/8 1 1/4 3/16 35 100 Box 34.1 221.31
CVT210 1 1 1/4 1/8 25 100 Coil 24.1 135.51
CVT213 1 1 3/8 3/16 30 100 Coil 38.2 226.05
CVT215 1 1 1/2 1/4 35 100 Coil 53.6 316.07
CVT238 1 1/4 1 1/2 1/8 20 50 Coil 29.5 165.15
CVT241 1 1/4 1 5/8 3/16 30 50 Coil 46.2 267.48
CVT243 1 1/4 1 3/4 1/4 40 50 Coil 64.3 382.31
CVT257 1 1/2 1 7/8 3/16 30 50 Coil 54.2 304.21
CVT261 1 1/2 2 1/4 35 50 Coil 75.0 406.54
CVT276 2 2 1/2 1/4 35 50 Coil 96.4 554.83
LARGE BORE SIZE Approx.

Part I.D. O.D. Wall Weight Price
TUBING Max. Pressure
No. In. (mm) In. (mm) Thickness (Lbs./100 Ft.) Per 100 Ft.
psi at 70°F
CVT290 2 (50.8) 2 1/2 (63.5) 1/4 (6.35) 26 78 637.00
CVT309 2 1/2 (63.5) 3 (76.2) 1/4 (6.35) 25 120 1,282.40
CVT324 3 (76.2) 3 1/2 (88.9) 1/4 (6.35) 21 135 P.O.R.
CLEAR NYLON BRAIDED TUBING
CONSTRUCTION:
Crystal clear polyvinyl chloride reinforced with spiralled polyester
cords. Also reinforced with multiple longitudinal polyester cords to
reduce elongation under pressure. Cover and tube is compounded
from Non-Toxic PVC ingredients.
FEATURES:
• Longitudinally Reinforced to Reduce Elongation Under Pressure
• Non-Toxic Compounds
• Glass Smooth Interior
• Crystal Clear
• Chemical Resistant (Consult Fabco for Chemical Resistance Chart)
• Non-Marking
• Lightweight
• Ozone & Atmospheric Resistant
• Self Extinguishing
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS:
• Pneumatic Lines
• Air & Water Lines
• Glue Lines
• Vacuum Lines (Call Fabco for Rating)
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
• Deionized Water Systems
• Lubrication Lines Industrial Food
• Packaging Machines Type Grade Grade
• Air Breathing Lines Specific Property 1.24 1.27
Tensile strength (psi) 2875 3035
Elongation 345% 335%
Max. recommended operating
FOOD & BEVERAGE APPLICATIONS:
temperatures 25 – 150°F
• Potable Water Transfer Lines
Durometer hardness (Shore A) 75 75
• Transfer of Powdered Foods
Water absorption (48 hrs at 50°C) 0.2% 0.5%
• Food & Beverage Dispensing
Brittle point -40°C -40°C
• Applications Where Polyvinyl Chloride is Compatible With the
Low-temperature flexibility -15°C -16°C
Media to be Conveyed.
Taste Slight Tasteless
Toxicity Non-toxic Non-toxic
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Flame-proofness Self-extinguishing
• 25°F (-4°C) to 150°F (65°C) Aging characteristics Excellent
FABCO CLEAR NYLON BRAIDED TUBING

*Maximum Working Pressure Standard Footage Approx. Weight
Part Nominal Nominal Price
No. I.D. O.D. @70°F (20°C) @122°F (50°C) Full Cut Full Cut Per 100 Ft.
PSI (MPa) PSI (MPa) Coil Length Coil Length
NYR040 3/16" 3/8" (.375") 250 (1.72) 150 (1.03) 300 ft. 100 ft. 13 lbs. 4 lbs. P.O.R.
NYR055 1/4" 7/16" (.438") 250 (1.72) 150 (1.03) 300 ft. 100 ft. 17 lbs. 6 lbs. 39.69
NYR060
NYR072
NYR080
5/16"
3/8"
1/2"
17/32"
19/32"
3/4"
(.531")
(.594")
(.750")
250
225
200
(1.72)
(1.55)
(1.38)
135
125
100
(0.93)
(0.86)
(0.69)
300
300
300
ft.
ft.
ft.
100
100
100
ft.
ft.
ft.
24
27
40
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
8
9
13
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
48.55
55.03
70.98
7
NYR090 5/8" 57/64" (.891") 200 (1.38) 100 (0.69) 200 ft. 100 ft. 35 lbs. 18 lbs. 93.56
NYR100 3/4" 1 1/32" (1.031") 150 (1.03) 85 (0.58) 200 ft. 100 ft. 43 lbs. 22 lbs. 122.59
NYR110 1" 1 5/16" (1.300") 125 (0.86) 75 (0.52) 200 ft. 100 ft. 59 lbs. 30 lbs. 180.64
NYR120 1 1/4" 1 5/8" (1.620") 100 (0.69) 55 (0.38) 100 ft. 50 ft. 45 lbs. 23 lbs. 332.29
NYR130 1 1/2" 1 15/16" (1.938") 100 (0.69) 50 (0.34) 100 ft. 50 ft. 64 lbs. 32 lbs. 390.35
NYR150 2" 2 1/2" (2.490") 75 (0.51) 35 (0.24) 100 ft. 50 ft. 94 lbs. 47 lbs. 567.75
*NOTE: Working Pressure Decreases as Temperature Increases. Pressure Ratings Can Only be Obtained with Proper Coupling Procedures.
NOTE: Use only insert type hose fittings with clamp.

Maximum recommended pressures are calculated on test results, with a 3:1 safety factor.
In critical applications, a reduction of 25-30% of burst is suggested.
No guarantee of pressures is expressed or implied.
7-2
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FLEXIBLE TUBING
R
O C
D U
K7130 SERIES “POLYWIRE”

CONSTRUCTION: Crystal clear PVC reinforced with a spring wire. Compounded from non-toxic PVC ingredients in compliance CERTIFIED
with applicable FDA** requirements. USDA-Chemically acceptable for use in slaughtering, processing, transporting, or storage NSF UNDER
areas in direct contact with meat or poultry food product prepared under federal inspection. STANDARD 51
FEATURES: • Ozone and Atmospheric Resistant • Car Wash Applications
• Full Vacuum Rating • Related Working Pressures (see guide below) • Coolant Lines
• Anti Kinking • Chemical Resistant (see guide) • Air Breathing Lines
• Anti Collapsible • Pneumatic Parts Transfer
• Non Toxic APPLICATIONS: • Deionized Water Systems
• Full, Clear, Visual Flow • Full Vacuum Lines
• Glass Smooth Interior to Reduce Material Buildup • Industrial Vacuum Pumps TEMPERATURE RANGE:
• Under Normal Rated Working Pressures the Hose • Food and Beverage Dispensing • 25°F (-4°C) to 150°F (65°C)
Diameter Will Not Expand • Air and Water Supply Lines
**FDA – CFR Title 21 parts 170 to 199
Maximum W.P. PSI Standard Approx. Min. Bend
Part Size Nominal Nominal Price Per
Length Weight Radius
No. Code I.D. O.D. 100 Feet
@70°F @122°F Per Coil Per Coil @70°
K7130 04 1/4" 1/2" (.500") 250 PSI 80 PSI 100 ft. 10 lbs. 1" 105.00
K7130 06 3/8" 5/8" (.625") 150 PSI 80 PSI 100 ft. 13 lbs. 1 1/2" 146.25
K7130 08 1/2" 13/16" (.813") 150 PSI 80 PSI 100 ft. 21 lbs. 2" 226.19
K7130 10 5/8" 1" (1.000") 150 PSI 65 PSI 100 ft. 30 lbs. 2 1/2" 366.15
K7130 12 3/4" 1 1/8" (1.125") 150 PSI 65 PSI 100 ft. 36 lbs. 3" 416.16
K7130 16 1" 1 3/8" (1.375") 100 PSI 45 PSI 100 ft. 44 lbs. 4" 521.16
K7130 20 1 1/4" 1 3/4" (1.750") 100 PSI 50 PSI 50 ft. 37 lbs. 5" 887.31
K7130 24 1 1/2" 2" (2.000") 100 PSI 35 PSI 50 ft. 42 lbs. 6" 1,052.28
K7130 32 2" 2 1/2" (2.500") 100 PSI 35 PSI 50 ft. 56 lbs. 8" 1,467.12 K7130 Series “POLYWIRE”
*NOTE: Working pressure decreases as temperature increases. Pressure can only be obtained with proper coupling procedures.
K7160 SERIES “POLYSPRING”™ CERTIFIED

CONSTRUCTION: Crystal clear PVC reinforced with a spring wire. Compounded from non-toxic PVC ingredients in compliance NSF UNDER
STANDARD 51
with applicable FDA** requirements.
FEATURES: direct contact with meat or poultry food products • Food and beverage dispensing
• Full vacuum rating prepared under federal inspection. • Air and water supply lines
• Anti-kinking • Ozone and atmospheric resistant • Car wash applications
• Anti-collapsible • Rated working pressures (see guide below) • Coolant lines
• Non-toxic • Chemical resistant (see guide) • Air breathing lines
• Full, clear, visual flow • Self-extinguishing • Pneumatic parts transfer
• Glass smooth interior to reduce material buildup APPLICATIONS: TEMPERATURE RANGE:
• USDA-Chemically acceptable for use in slaughter- • Full vacuum lines • 25°F (-4°C) to 150°F (65°C)
ing, processing, transporting, or storage areas in • Industrial vacuum pumps
Maximum W.P. PSI Standard Approx. Min. Bend
Part Size
Nominal I.D.
Nominal
Length Per Weight Per Radius
Price per **FDA – CFR Title 21 parts 170 to 199
No. Code O.D. @ 70°F @122°F 100 Feet
Coil Coil @70°
K7160 04 1/4" 29/64" (.447") 150 70 100 ft. 7 lbs. 1" 90.01
K7160 06 3/8" 39/64" (.600") 100 70 100 ft. 11 lbs. 1 1/2" 124.40
K7160 08 1/2" 47/64" (.736") 100 70 100 ft. 15 lbs. 2" 192.49
K7160 10 5/8" 55/64" (.861") 100 50 100 ft. 18 lbs. 2 1/2" 312.42
K7160 12 3/4" 1 1/32" (1.028") 70 50 100 ft. 25 lbs. 3" 353.68
K7160 16 1" 1 19/64" (1.290") 70 35 100 ft. 32 lbs. 4" 443.63
K7160 20 1 1/4" 1 39/64" (1.604") 70 35 50 ft. 25 lbs. 5" 756.05
K7160 24 1 1/2" 1 55/64" (1.854") 50 30 50 ft. 29 lbs. 6" 893.55
K7160 32 2" 2 25/64 (2.394") 50 30 50 ft. 42 lbs. 8" 1,247.17 K7160 Series “POLYSPRING”
K7160 36 2 1/4" 2 3/4" (2.750") 50 30 50 ft. 59 lbs. 9" 1,437.14
K7160 40 2 1/2" 3" (3.000") 50 30 50 ft. 69 lbs. 10" 1,530.86
K7160 48 3" 3 1/2" (3.500") 50 30 50 ft. 82 lbs. 12" 1,868.29
*NOTE: Working pressure decreases as temperature increases. Pressure ratings can only be obtained with proper coupling procedures.
K3130 SERIES “BF” FOOD AND BEVERAGE GRADE – HEAVY WALL

CONSTRUCTION: Blue-tinted cover and tube compounded from Non-Toxic PVC ingredients in
compliance with applicable FDA** requirements. Reinforced with spiraled polyester yarn and two
7 longitudinal blue tracer yarns, or blue racer stripes. USDA-Chemically acceptable for use in
slaughtering, processing, transporting, or storage areas in direct contact with meat or poultry food
NSF
CERTIFIED
product prepared under federal inspection.
UNDER
STANDARD 51
Maximum W.P. PSI Standard Approx.
Price Per
Part No. Size Code Nominal I.D. Nominal O.D. @ 70°F (20°C) @122°F (50°C) Length Per Weight Per
100 Feet
PSI (MPa) PSI (MPa) Coil Coil FEATURES: • Air and Water Lines
K3130 02 1/8" 21/64" (.328") 350 (2.41) 200 (1.38) 300 ft. 12 lbs. 42.52 • Powdered Foods
K3130 03 3/16" 13/32" (.406") 350 (2.41) 200 (1.38) 300 ft. 17 lbs. 46.23 • Non-Toxic Compounds
• Glass Smooth Interior • Glue and Lubrication
K3130 04 1/4" 1/2" (.500") 350 (2.41) 200 (1.38) 300 ft. 24 lbs. 52.53
• Crystal Clear Lines
K3130 05 5/16" 9/16" (.563") 275 (1.89) 160 (1.10) 300 ft. 28 lbs. 64.37
• Chemical Resistant • Potable Water Transfer
K3130 06 3/8" 5/8" (.625") 275 (1.89) 145 (1.00) 300 ft. 32 lbs. 72.50
• Light weight • Air Breathing Lines
K3130 08 1/2" 13/16" (.813") 250 (1.72) 130 (0.90) 300 ft. 52 lbs. 93.73
K3130 10 5/8" 1" (1.000") 225 (1.55) 125 (0.86) 200 ft. 52 lbs. 123.14 • Non marking • Applications where Poly-
K3130 12 3/4" 1 1/8" (1.125") 200 (1.38) 120 (0.83) 200 ft. 60 lbs. 161.25 • Ozone & Atmospheric Vinyl Chloride is
K3130 16 1" 1 3/8" (1.375") 150 (1.03) 85 (0.58) 200 ft. 76 lbs. 234.95 Resistant Compatible with the
K3130 20 1 1/4" 1 3/4" (1.750") 125 (0.86) 75 (0.52) 100 ft. 64 lbs. 433.04 • Self-extinguishing Media to be Conveyed
K3130 24 1 1/2" 2" (2.000") 100 (0.69) 65 (0.45) 100 ft. 75 lbs. 508.63
APPLICATIONS: SERVICE TEMPERA-
K3130 32 2" 2 1/2" (2.500") 75 (0.52) 55 (0.38) 100 ft. 96 lbs. 737.34 TURE RANGE:
• Food & Beverage
*NOTE: Working pressure decreases as temperature increases. Pressure ratings can only be obtained with proper Dispensing • +25°F (-4°C) to 150°F
coupling procedures. • Deionized Water (65°C)
**FDA – CFR Title 21 parts 170 to 199 • Liquid Foods
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FLEXIBLE HOSE
R
O C
D U
SERIES FT – Heavy duty PVC food grade material handling hose for dry or liquid applications
Features and Benefits • Smooth cover – makes clamping easier. or granular materials.
• Clear PVC Construction – complies with all Service Temperature Range • Transfer of liquid or dry dairy products.
applicable FDA† and USDA‡ requirements and 3- • -4°F to 150°F • Fish processing equipment.
A Sanitary Standards¶ ... allows visual confirma- Actual service temperature range is application- • Syrup and juice transfer.
tion that material is flowing. dependent. • Poultry cleaning operations.
• Smooth bore construction – eliminates material
build-up. General Applications NOTE: Service life may vary depending on operating condi-
• Pneumatic conveying systems for powder, pellets tions and type of material being conveyed.
Nominal Working Vacuum Rating Min.

Part Pressure PSI (Inches Hg) Standard Approx. Wt. Price Per
I.D. I.D. O.D. O.D. Bending Raduis
No. Length (Ft) (lbs/ft.) 100 Feet
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) 68°F 104°F 68°F 104°F (in.)@ 68°F
FT075 3/4" 19.0 0.94 24.0 115 75 Full 28 3 100 .17 365.64
FT100 1" 25.5 1.28 32.5 100 70 Full 28 3 100 .24 372.07
FT125 1 1/4" 32.0 1.56 39.5 90 65 Full 28 4 100 .44 465.43
FT150 1 1/2" 38.1 1.80 46.5 85 60 Full 28 6 100 .50 518.84
FT200 2" 50.8 2.36 60.0 85 60 Full 26 8 100 .71 852.29
FT250 2 1/2" 63.5 2.88 73.2 65 45 Full 26 10 100 .94 1,116.22
FT300 3" 76.2 3.42 86.9 55 40 Full 24 11 100 1.14 1,487.01
FT400 4" 101.6 4.51 114.6 50 35 Full 24 18 100/60 1.91 2,541.43
FT500 5" 127.0 5.51 140.0 40 25 28 23 28 20 2.41 3,254.67
FT600 6" 153.4 6.59 167.4 30 20 28 15 48 20 3.28 4,883.30
FT800 8" 204.7 8.85 224.8 25 15 28 10 60 20 5.67 7,997.64
SERIES FT
† FDA – CFR Title 21 Parts 170 to 199.
‡ USDA – For use in Federally-inspected meat and poultry plants.
¶ 3-A Sanitary Standard – No. 20-15, Multi-use plastic materials as product contact surfaces in equipment for production, processing and handling of milk and milk products.
SERIES UVF – Polyurethane food grade lightweight blower and ducting hose
Features and Benefits • Exposed clear helix design – provides high abra- General Applications
• Clear polyurethane construction with clear PVC sion-resistance with increased flexibility ... slides • In-plant blower and ducting applications requiring a
helix – complies with all applicable FDA† and easily for ease of handling. food grade hose.
USDA‡ requirements ... allows visual confirmation • Abrasive material chutes.
that material is flowing. Provides high abrasion- Service Temperature Range • Pharmaceutical product transfer.
resistance. • -40°F to 150°F
• Smooth bore construction – eliminates material Actual service temperature range is application- NOTE: Service life may vary depending on operating condi-
dependent tions and type of material being conveyed. Not for
build-up. liquid handling use.
Nominal Working Vacuum Rating Min.

Pressure PSI (Inches Hg) Bending Standard Approx. Wt. Price Per
Part No.
I.D. I.D. O.D. O.D. Raduis Length (Ft) (lbs/ft.) 100 Feet
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) 68°F 104°F 68°F 104°F (in.) @ 68°F
UVF150 1 1/2" 38.1 1.82 46.2 20 7 22 14 1.5 50 .23 731.42
UVF200 2" 50.8 2.39 60.7 15 6 21 12 2 50 .32 1,070.30
UVF250 2 1/2" 63.5 2.89 73.4 10 5 19 10 2.5 50 .40 1,319.18
UVF300 3" 76.2 3.46 87.9 10 5 18 10 3 50 .49 1,514.61
UVF400 4" 101.6 4.50 114.3 8 4 13 8 4 50 .77 2,192.73
UVF500 5" 127.0 5.50 139.7 7 3 10 7 5 50 .91 3,316.47
UVF600 6" 152.4 6.54 166.1 6 3 7 5 6 50 1.18 4,099.70
UVF800 8" 203.2 8.59 218.1 4 2 5 3 8 50 1.74 6,594.46
SERIES UVF
SERIES GTF – PVC food grade lightweight blower and ducting hose
Features and Benefits • Exposed helix design – provides high abrasion- General Applications
• Clear PVC construction – complies with all applic- resistance with increased flexibility ... slides easily • In-plant blower and ducting applications requiring a
able FDA† and USDA‡ requirements and 3–A for ease of handling. food grade hose.
Sanitary Standards¶ ... allows visual confirmation
that material is flowing. Also available in other col-
ors meeting FDA and USDA requirements.
Service Temperature Range
• -4°F to 150°F
• Material chutes.
• Pharmaceutical product transfer. 7
• Smooth bore construction – eliminates material Actual service temperature range is application- NOTE: Service life may vary depending on operating condi-
dependent tions and type of material being conveyed. Not for liq-
build-up. uid handling use
Nominal Working Vacuum Rating

Pressure PSI (Inches Hg) Min.
Standard Approx. Wt. Price Per
Part No. Bending Raduis
I.D. I.D. O.D. O.D. Length (Ft) (lbs/ft.) 100 Feet
(in.) @ 68°F
(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) 68°F 104°F 68°F 104°F
GTF150 1 1/2" 38.1 1.82 46.2 20 7 22 14 1 100/50 .23 372.33
GTF200 2" 50.8 2.39 60.7 15 6 21 12 2 100/50 .32 539.18
GTF250 2 1/2" 63.5 2.89 73.4 10 5 19 10 2 100/50 .39 651.97
GTF300 3" 76.2 3.46 87.9 10 5 18 10 3 100/50 .50 763.20
GTF400 4" 101.6 4.50 114.3 8 4 13 7 3 100/50 .77 1,078.37
GTF500 5" 127.0 5.50 139.7 7 3 10 6 5 100/50 .91 1,802.95
GTF600 6" 152.4 6.54 166.1 6 3 7 5 6 100/50 1.07 2,009.97
GTF800 8" 203.2 8.59 218.1 4 2 5 3 8 50 1.74 3,272.18 SERIES GTF
¶ 3-A Sanitary Standard – No. 20-15, Multi-use plastic materials as product contact surfaces in equipment for production, processing and handling of milk and milk products.
Note: Available with static wire upon request ... Check with Fabco for minimum quantity requirement.
7-4
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FLEXIBLE TUBING
R
O C
D U
ECONOMICAL FLEXIBLE TUBING
PRICES ON
REQUEST
TYPE TDS TD–HS FLEXFLYTE® VF

CONSTRUCTION Single Ply Vinyl Coated Polyester Two Ply Vinyl Coated Polyester Single Ply Vinyl Coated Fiberglass
with Vinyl Scuff Strip with Vinyl Scuff Strip
SIZES 3” – 12” ID 3" – 12” ID 2” – 14” ID

STD. LENGTHS 25 FT 25 FT 25 FT
COLOURS BLACK WITH ORANGE WEARSTRIP BLACK WITH ORANGE WEARSTRIP BLACK
TEMP. RANGE –40° to 200°F –40° to 200°F –20° to 200°F
OPTIONS/ Odd size diameters and custom lengths available. Odd size diameters and custom lengths available. Ventilation of photo reproduction machines, fine
APPLICATIONS Custom colour wearstrip available (minimum may Custom colour wearstrip available (minimum may dust collection systems, transfer of low volume cool
apply). apply). and warm air.
FEATURES Vinyl coated polyester fabric cover, enclosed spring Flame retardant to UL94V–0, highly visible extrud- Fiberglass cover with flame retardant vinyl coating
steel wire helix, highly visible extruded vinyl orange ed vinyl orange scuff strip, vinyl-coated polyester each side. Vinyl-coated spring steel wire helix per-
scuff strip. Flame retardant to UL94V–0. Excellent fabric enclosed spring steel wire helix. manently bonded to carcass. Flame retardant to
flexibility. UL94V–0. Excellent flexibility.
GENERAL PURPOSE FLEXIBLE TUBING
PRICES ON
REQUEST
TYPE BLUE MAX 2CN BLUE MAX 2NN SLP-10

CONSTRUCTION Two Ply Cotton–Neoprene Coated Two Ply Neoprene Coated Nylon Single Ply Vinyl Coated Fiberglass
SIZES 1” – 24” ID 1" – 24” ID 2” – 14” ID

COLOURS BLUE OR BLACK BLACK GREY

TEMP. RANGE -40° to 250°F -40° to 258°F 0° to 250°F
OPTIONS/ Available as 1CN (One Ply) for temporary service, Additional Neoprene coatings available for added Ventilation of dry cleaning equipment, air intake
APPLICATIONS lighter applications. Non-std ID’s and lengths avail. abrasion resistance. and exhaust ducts, low volume air transfer.
Cuffed ends and additional coatings avail.
FEATURES Industry standard for long term applications. Heavy duty neoprene coated nylon fabric with Flame retardant vinyl coated woven fiberglass
Rugged, cost effective hose for dust or fumes spring steel wire reinforcement. Toughest material cover permanently bonded to PVC coated spring
under low positive or negative pressures. Excellent in the General Purpose Line. Custom ID’s available steel wire helix. Meets UL 181 class flamability rat-
tensile strength and crush resistant. Custom ID’s up to 48”. ing.
available up to 48”.
MATERIALS HANDLING TUBING UTILITY BLOWER HOSE
PRICES ON
7 REQUEST
TYPE DURA-THANE–15* MAX–FLYTE 1PV–EPW THERMA–COOL PV AND PN

CONSTRUCTION Single Ply Urethane Film One Ply Polyester–Vinyl Laminate. Two Ply Polyester–Vinyl Laminate (PV) or Neoprene
Expanded Pitch with Vinyl Wearstrip (PN). Urethane Foam Insulating Material. Vinyl Wearstrip
SIZES 3” – 12” ID 3" – 24” ID 4” – 18” ID

TRANSLUCENT BLUE, BLACK AND CLEAR YELLOW, ORANGE HOSE, BLACK WEARSTRIP YELLOW HOSE, BLACK WEARSTRIP
COLOURS
TEMP. RANGE -60° to 180°F -20° to 180°F (intermit to 225°F) –20° to 180°F (PV)
–40° to 250°F (PN)
OPTIONS/ Lighter materials handling where extreme flexibility Avail. as 1PV–EP (less wearstrip). Non-std ID’s
Non-std ID’s and lengths avail. Cuffed ends avail.
APPLICATIONS is required. Lawn maintenance equipment, dust and lengths available.
collection.
FEATURES The lightest version of the Dura-Thane line, single Lightweight, cost effective, highly compressible for Insulated hose for the temporary transfer of heated
ply with spring steel wire helix. High flexibility and positive pressure movement of air, dust, fumes at or cooled air for climate conditioning. Flame retar-
compression lower temperature ranges. Flame retardant to dant to UL94V–O rating.
*Also available: Dura-Thane–30 and UL94V–O rating.
Dura-Thane–45
NOTE: Other sizes and material combinations for Flexible Tubing types shown on this page are available on request. Call Fabco for more information.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FLEXIBLE TUBING
R
O C
D U
HIGH TEMPERATURE FLEXIBLE TUBING
PRICES ON
REQUEST
TYPE FLEXFLYTE® L–9 (2FS) FLEXFLYTE® TFE–S FLEXFLYTE® “R”

CONSTRUCTION Two Ply Fiberglass–Silicone Coated Two Ply Silicone Coated Fiberglass Two Ply Fiberglass Coated Neoprene
with Teflon® liner
SIZES 3/4” – 12” ID 1/2 “ – 12” ID 1” – 12” ID

STD. LENGTHS 12 FT (3/4” ID 10’ lengths) 1/2” ID - 6’ long, 3/4” ID - 10’ long, 1”-12” ID - 12’ long 12 FT
COLOURS RED RED BLACK

–75° to 500°F (intermit to 600°F) –75° to 400°F –65° to 300°F
TEMP. RANGE
OPTIONS/ Also avail. as U–9 (one Ply) for lower pressure Also avail. as TFE–N Neoprene coated fiberglass Rugged fiberglass base abrasive resistant material
APPLICATIONS applications. Non-std lengths avail. Cuffs avail. with Teflon® linter. Temp range –75° to 300°F. with wire reinforced double ply construction that
U–9: 1” – 12” ID provides a smooth bore for unhampered flow and
does not kink in sharp bends. Liner and cover
FEATURES The standard duct for high temperature air flow and Teflon® liner is permanently bonded to inner ply of enclose a corrosion resistant spring steel wire helix
fume removal. The internal ply of L–9 provides a silicone fiberglass material. Excellent chemical that are permanently vulcanized together.
smoother bore for maximum air flow, less friction resistance and flow characteristics.
loss.
VAC–U–FLEX® TUBING
PRICES ON
REQUEST
TYPE SUPER VAC–U–FLEX® TPE TPU

CONSTRUCTION PVC Two Ply Thermoplastic Elastomer Two Ply Urethane
SIZES 1/4” – 4” ID 3/4" – 6” ID 3/4” – 6” ID

STD. LENGTHS 50 FT (25’ on 3” and 4”) 25 FT 25 FT
COLOURS GREY BLACK CLEAR

TEMP. RANGE -20° to 150°F -40° to 250°F -40° to 250°F
OPTIONS/ Commerical or Industrial vacuum cleaners, venti- Pitch, wall thickness and length variations available Colour, pitch, wall thickness and length variations
APPLICATIONS lating or cooling industrial machinery, bilge pumps with minimum order quantity. available with minimum order quantity.
and bilge ventilation.
FEATURES High strength fiber reinforced PVC hose cover Industrial weight, specially formulated thermoplas- Flexible, smooth bore 100% clear thermoplastic
bonded to coated spring steel helix. Offers flexibil- tic elastomer (black) material; coated spring steel polyurethane material; coated spring steel helix
ity for ease of handling and installation helix encapsulated and bonded to hose jacket. encapsulated and bonded to hose jacket. Offers
Offers flexibility; smooth bore; rubber-like charac- high abrasion, puncture, and tear resistance; excel-
teristics. Exceptional toughness; resistant to most lent chemical, oil, and fungus resistance. Low tem-
acids, alkalies, and solvents. perature flexibility.
SPECIAL PURPOSE FLEXIBLE TUBING
PRICES ON
REQUEST
7
TYPE 2PA MAX VAX 4NN–WY FLEXFAST® COUPLINGS
CONSTRUCTION Two Ply Polyester–Acrylic–Urethane Four Ply Nylon–Neoprene Coated. Neoprene Rubber and Neoprene Woven Nylon
Blend Coating Heavy Vinyl Wearstrip
SIZES 2” – 24” ID 3" – 18” ID 2 3/8” – 12 3/4” ID (2” to 12” pipe sizes)
STD. LENGTHS 25 FT 25 FT 7 In
COLOURS WHITE BLACK HOSE. YELLOW OR BLACK WEARSTRIP BLACK

TEMP. RANGE -40° to 250°F -40° to 250°F –20° to 225°F
OPTIONS/ Also avail. as 1PA (1 ply) or 1PA–EP (1 ply, expand- Avail. without wearstrip. Also avail. as 4PN–WY, Piping systems including hot and cold water, oil,
APPLICATIONS ed pitch). Non-std ID’s lengths and wearstrip avail. Polyester–Neoprene. Non-std ID’s and lengths gas, petroleum, sewage sludge, slurries, brine
Additional acrylic coatings avail. avail. Cuffs avail. tanks, and dry vacuum lines.
Coupling for absorbing offset and vibration in piping sys-
FEATURES For sanitation, 2PA will not discolor from aging. Heavy duty four ply nylon provides long wear life
tems. Constructed of neoprene rubber and neoprene
2PA is a durable solution for food by-product while the heavy vinyl wearstrip protects the exteri-
woven nylon. Each convolution is reinforced inside and
removal, hospital clean room venting. or. For high volume bulk materials transfer.
outside by a stainless steel ring. Clamp available for cou-
Note: Not recommended for food or pharmaceuti- plings. MIL-E-15330 Class “B” military grade coupling
cal processing requiring FDA specifications. available.
NOTE: Other sizes and material combinations for Flexible Tubing types shown on this page are available on request. Call Fabco for more information.
7-6
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
POOL AND SPA HOSE / LAY-FLAT DISCHARGE HOSE
R
O C
D U
FABCO POOL AND SPA HOSE

The Fabco brand of Pool and Spa hose is Features:
assurance to your customers that you care • Designed for installation of hot tubes,
about quality installations. In addition to spas, swimming pools, and filters, etc.
substantially reducing time on each job you • Very flexible. Ideal for working in confined
also save up to 50% of the fittings required areas, it allows installer to make smooth
when compared to using rigid PVC pipe. turns. Unbeatable for labor saving.
Fabco Pool and Spa Hose is designed for • Smooth bore interior for efficient transfer
of water.
use with PVC solvent weld fittings only.
• Cost savings – requires less fittings than
Temperature range is from -13° to 158°F. In
rigid pipe when plumbing a normal spa or
addition to the standard 1-1/2”, it is also hot tub.
available in 1”, 1-1/4” and 2” sizes. • Solid cream colour.
Fabco Pool and Spa Hose is made by the • Standard packages are either 50 feet or
world’s leading producer and originator of 100 feet.
flexible PVC hose. Specifications:
When making pool and spa installation • Inside diameter is nominal. Note: 1/2” and 3/4” sizes available on request
be sure to apply primer before using cement • Tolerance on outside diameters are
solvent on the outside of the hose. ±0.20”.
• Vacuum rating on sizes 1” thru 2” is 29.8”
HG @ 72 °F
I.P.S. Min. Bend Max. Working Pressure Approx.

Part O.D. Price / Note: Use our Weld-On:
Size Dia. 110°F (43°C) 72°F (22°C) 110°F (43°C) Weight
No. Inch (mm) Inch (mm)
100 Ft • P70 primer
Inch PSI (Kg/cm2) PSI (Kg/cm2) Lbs/Ft (Kg/Mt)
• 795 Clear Cement for joining hose to rigid
PFH100 1 1.323 (33.6) 8 (203) 100 (7) 70 (5) 0.27 (0.40) 166.67
PVC fittings.
PFH150 1 1/2 1.902 (48.3) 14 (356) 70 (5) 50 (3.5) 0.41 (0.61) 216.67
PFH200 2 2.382 (60.5) 18 (457) 70 (5) 50 (3.5) 0.59 (0.88) 350.00
LAY-FLAT DISCHARGE HOSE

Construction
Fabco Lay-Flat Discharge Hose is a thin-wall flexible PVC (vinyl) hose reinforced with a woven synthetic fiber. Sandwich construction provides
a vinyl inside and outside for both corrosion and abrasion resistance, yet allows the hose to be rolled up flat for easy-space-saving storage.
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢
;@ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ PVC GP WATER DISCHARGE HOSE
@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢
¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
;
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ (Economy Blue)
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ Part Price /
;@ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ Working
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ No. 100 Ft
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ I.D. Length Package Weight Pressure
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ Inch in feet Lb/Cft psi @ 68°
@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢ ;@ÀQ¢
;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢;@ÀQ¢
¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; ¢
Q
À

@
; LFT015 97.11 1.614 300 COIL 15 70
LFT020 117.11 2.106 300 COIL 20 65
LAY-FLAT P.V.C. WATER HOSE LFT025 174.72 2.598 300 COIL 28 60
LFT030 194.17 3.090 300 COIL 34 60
Cover: Blue P.V.C. Impregnation
LFT040 264.50 4.064 300 COIL 45 60
Reinforcement: Woven High Tensile Synthetic Yarn
Tube: Blue P.V.C. Impregnation LFT060 444.11 6.142 300 COIL 81 40
Applications: A light duty hose for portable pump and LFT080 872.44 8.150 300 COIL 110 40
7 irrigation use. Hose folds flat for ease of

coiling and handling. Temperature Range
- 20°C to + 80°C (-4°F to + 175°F ).
Note: NF125 can be made available upon demand.
HIGH PRESSURE LAY-FLAT DISCHARGE HOSE
LAY-FLAT P.V.C. WATER HOSE HEAVY DUTY PVC WATER DISCHARGE HOSE
Cover: Brown P.V.C. Impregnation Part Price /
Working
Reinforcement: Woven High Tensile Synthetic Yarn No. 100 Ft
I.D. O.D. Wall Length Package Weight Pressure
Tube: Brown P.V.C. Impregnation Inch Inch Inch in Feet Lbs/Cft psi @ 68°
Applications: This is a more rugged version of our HFT015 200.22 1.50 1.674 0.087 300 COIL 23 200
Blue P.V.C. Lay-flat Hose, designed HFT020 251.17 2.00 2.182 0.091 300 COIL 32 175
for use where higher working pres- HFT025 342.17 2.50 2.690 0.095 300 COIL 41 150
sures are required. Same tempera- HFT030 495.06 3.00 3.196 0.098 300 COIL 52 125
ture range as Blue Lay-flat.
HFT040 633.33 4.00 4.220 0.110 300 COIL 76 125
HFT060 1,198.78 6.00 6.236 0.118 300 COIL 121 100
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO / NALGENE FLEXIBLE TUBING

R
O C
D U
SELECTION GUIDE / PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
ClearFlex
Fabco Material 60/V60/M60
ClearFlex 70 FuelFlex 65 BraidFlex 70 Acutech FEP Acutech PFA Acutech PVDF PurFlex 85 PurFlex 75 PolyFlex 50
Norton Tygon® Tygon® Tygon® Tygon® Chemfluor® Chemfluor® - Tygothane® - -

Company R-3603 1) B-44-3 2) F-4040-A 5) B-44-4X FEP PFA
B-44-4X 3) I.B./NT-80 6)
S-50-HL 4)
Resin PVC PVC PVC, PVC TEFLON TEFLON Kynar- PUR, PUR, LLDPE
Fuel Reinforced FEP PFA PVDF Ester Ether
Certifications USDA, USDA, USDA, USDA, USDA, USDA, - - USDA,

FDA, FDA, 3-A FDA, FDA FDA FDA, FDA
USP VI NSF-51 NSF-51 3-A
USP VI USP VI
Durometer 55 (A) 65 (A) 60 (A) 65 (A) 58 (D) 60 (D) 67 (D) 85 (A) 75 (A) 50 (D)
(Shore)
Specific Gravity 1.19 1.20 1.23 1.20 2.17 2.15 1.78 1.18 1.13 0.92
Operating Temp. -25 to 160 -10 to 175 -15 to 165 -5 to 180 -103 to 400 -454 to 500 -25 to 255 -70 to 185 -70 to 175 -100 to 175
Range (°F)
Operating Temp. -35 to 71 -23 to 79 -26 to 74 -21 to 82 -75 to 205 -268 to 260 -32 to 124 -56 to 85 -56 to 79 -73 to 79
Range (°C)
Sterilization* Autoclave Autoclave N/A Gas Autoclave Autoclave Autoclave Gas Gas Chemical
Gas† Gas† Chemical Gas Gas Gas
Chemical† Chemical† Chemical Chemical Chemical
Tensile 1650 2200 1900 2000 3000 3000 4300 6000 3500 1700
Strength, psi
Colour Crystal Crystal Transparent Clear Transparent Transparent Translucent Transparent Transparent Translucent
Clear Clear Yellow
Odor Slight Slight Slight Slight None None None Slight None Slight
Taste None None N/A None None None None None None None
Imparted
Tear Good Good Good Very Good Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Very Good
Strength
Bend Radius 4 x O.D. 5 x O.D. 4 x O.D. 6 x O.D. 8 x O.D. 10 x O.D. 10 x O.D. 6 x O.D. 6 x O.D. 8 x O.D.
Elongation, (%) 450 400 425 350 300 300 375 550 700 600
Flame Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Self-ext. Burns Burns Burns
Resistance
Abrasion Very Good Very Good Very Good Good Very Good Very Good Very Good Excellent Excellent Good
Resistance
Corrosion Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent
Resistance
Permeability**
N2 0.5-2 0.5-2 0.5-2 0.5-2 20 18 0.6 0.3-5 1-10 20
O2 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 60 65 0.4 1-10 1-20 60
CO2 10-35 10-35 10-35 10-35 135 150 2 4-25 10-40 280
TYPE:
1) Laboratory tubing 2) Beverage tubing 3) Food, Milk and Dairy Products tubing 4) Surgical and Hospital tubing 5) Fuel and Lubricant tubing
6) Pressure-rated food, milk and dairy products tubing 7
*STERILIZATION GUIDELINES:
• Autoclaving (121°C, 15 psig for 20 minutes) – Clean and rinse item with distilled water before autoclaving. Certain chemicals which have no
apprecialble effects on resisns at room temperature may cause deterioration at autoclaving temperatures unless removed with distilled water
beforehand.
• Gas – ethylene oxide formaldehyde. • Disinfectants – benzalkonium chloride, formalin, ethanol, etc. • Dry Heat – 170°C (338°F).
• Radiation – gamma irradiation at 2.5 Mrad with unstabilized plastic. For additional information, contact FABCO PLASTICS
† Preferred method of sterilization
** Permeability (approx.) – Units: { cc – mm }

x 10-10
{ sec - cm2 - cm Hg }
7-8
FABCO / NALGENE TUBING
CLEARFLEX 60 CLEAR PVC TUBING
Autoclavable ClearFlex 60 Tubing sets a new standard of purity and quality in lab–grade clear plastic tubing. Made from the highest grade
resins and special plasticizers – no fillers or extenders are ever added – it resists a wide range of chemicals, is dimensionally stable and high-
ly resistant to hardening and discoloration. ClearFlex 60 tubing formulation complies with FDA CFR 21 for food packaging, per the following:
Polyvinyl Chloride – Paragraph No. 175.300; Plasticizers – 181.27; Stabilizers – 178.2010; Colorants – 178.3970
Applications:
Lab and research, peristaltic pumps, food and beverage, CO2 incubators, toys, vibration damping, vapor transfer, solvent evaporation, gas
saturations, condenser coolant lines, media manufacture and transfer, poultry processing, sound transmission.
Colour: Autoclavable, Crystal Clear
Features and Benefits:

• Complies with the FDA, U.S.P. Class VI, and USDA Standards
• Equivalent to Tygon® R-3603 tubing
• Flexible – Durometer (Shore A) of 55
• Crystal clear, resistant to discolouring and easy to clean
• Non-toxic and odor-free
• Smooth inner wall resists material buildup and chemical absorption
• Chemically resistant to dilute acids and alkalies
• Sterilize by autoclaving, gas or chemicals – refer to bottom of Selection Guide page for guidelines
Size (Inches) Operating Press., psig Qty Size (Inches) Operating Press., psig Qty
Part No. Price / Part No. Price /
73°F 125°F per 73°F 125°F per
Box Box
I.D. O.D. Wall (23°C) (52°C) box I.D. O.D. Wall (23°C) (52°C) box
1/8 1/4 1/16 50 25 8000-0020 .29 100 1/2 5/8 1/16 20 10 8000-0180 .75 100
3/16 5/16 1/16 36 18 8000-0030 .33 100 1/2 11/16 3/32 26 13 8000-0190 1.07 100
1/4 3/8 1/16 30 15 8000-0060 .36 100 1/2 3/4 1/8 30 15 8000-0200 1.45 100
1/4 7/16 3/32 40 20 8000-0070 .58 100 5/8 7/8 1/8 26 13 8000-0260 1.68 100
1/4 1/2 1/8 46 23 8000-0080 .81 100 1 1 1/4 1/8 18 9 8000-0350 2.52 50
5/16 7/16 1/16 28 14 8000-0090 .46 100 1 1 3/8 3/16 26 13 8000-0370 3.80 50
5/16 9/16 1/8 40 20 8000-0110 .93 100 1 1 1/2 1/4 32 16 8000-0372 5.32 50
3/8 1/2 1/16 22 11 8000-0120 .49 100 1 1/4 1 5/8 3/16 22 11 8000-0378 4.99 50
3/8 9/16 3/32 32 16 8000-0130 .78 100 1 1/2 2 1/4 24 12 8000-0390 7.90 50
3/8 5/8 1/8 40 20 8000-0140 1.10 100 2 2 1/2 1/4 18 9 8000-0400 13.72 50
CLEARFLEX V60 PVC VACUUM TUBING
Applications:
Vacuum for lab and research – vacuum traps, vacuum ovens, bell jars, vacuum chambers
7 Features and Benefits:

• Extra-heavy wall thickness allows for full vacuum up to 30” Hg at ambient temperature and 27” Hg at 140°F/60°C
• Kink proof
Size (Inches) Operating Press., psig Qty

Part No. Price /
73°F 125°F Per
Box
I.D. O.D. Wall (23°C) (52°C) Box
3/16 9/16 3/16 62 31 8000-0055 1.42 50
1/4 5/8 3/16 56 28 8000-0065 1.75 50
3/8 7/8 1/4 54 27 8000-0145 3.06 50
1/2 1 1/8 5/16 52 26 8000-0210 5.14 50
5/8 1 3/8 3/8 56 28 8000-0270 8.58 50
3/4 1 1/2 3/8 46 23 8000-0325 9.18 50
1 2 1/2 46 23 8000-0375 20.61 50
CLEARFLEX M60 METRIC PVC TUBING
ClearFlex M60 Metric PVC Tubing offers all the advantages of Nalgene 180 Clear PVC Tubing, but in metric sizes. Now offered in 17 true
metric sizes to conveniently fit your lab equipment. This eliminates “close–to–size” English measure tubing that could leak at a metric con-
nection. Available in 25 meter coils (10 meter for larger sizes).
Applications: Designed to precisely fit metric sized fittings for lab equipment or instrumentation.
• Clearly labeled
• Marked with usage guide – Lab/Food Grade marked every 10 cm for easy cutting

Price /
73°F 125°F Part No. per
Box
1.0 2.0 0.5 46 23 8001-0102 0.19 100
2.0 4.0 1.0 46 23 8001-0204 0.22 100
4.0 6.0 1.0 32 16 8001-0406 0.28 100
5.0 8.0 1.5 34 17 8001-0508 0.41 100
6.0 10.0 2.0 38 19 8001-0610 0.55 100
7.0 10.0 1.5 28 14 8001-0710 0.60 100
8.0 12.0 2.0 32 16 8001-0812 0.77 100
9.0 13.0 2.0 28 14 8001-0913 0.83 100
10.0 14.0 2.0 26 13 8001-1014 0.89 100
12.0 16.0 2.0 24 12 8001-1216 0.92 100
18.0 23.0 2.5 20 10 8001-1823 1.80 50
20.0 25.0 2.5 18 9 8001-2025 1.94 50
CLEARFLEX 70 CLEAR PVC TUBING

ClearFlex 70 Clear PVC Tubing is crystal clear, autoclavable and resistant to a wide range of chemicals. Smooth inner wall resists material
buildup and chemical absorption. Its non-wetting characteristics allow for complete drainage and simplified flush-cleaning. Slips over fittings
quickly and easily, securely grips to glass or metal and bends readily to sharp radius curves for easy set up. Its visual clarity allows easy visu-
al monitoring of product flow. ClearFlex 70 tubing formulation complies with FDA CFR 21 for food packaging, per the following: Polyvinyl
Chloride – Paragraph No. 175.300; Plasticizers – 181.27; Stabilizers – 178.2010; Colorants – 178.3970. Nalgene PVC tubing won’t impart taste
or odor to food or beverages.
Applications: Administration of parenterals, dialysis, blood transfer, drainage, irrigation, food/beverage, syrups, cooking oil, flavor extracts,
preservatives, milk/mik products.
Features and Benefits: • No guesswork – Regulatory compliance marked on tubing
• Complies with the FDA, U.S.P. Class VI, and USDA, NSF Std. 51 • Resistant to crimping and kinking
and 3A Standards • Chemically resistant to dilute acids and alkalies
• Equivalent to Tygon S–50–HL, B–44–3 and B–44–4X
• Sterilize by autoclaving, gas or chemical – refer to bottom of
Selection Guide page for guidelines 7
Price /
73°F 125°F Part No. per
Box
1/8 1/4 1/16 50 25 8007-0020 .29 100
3/16 5/16 1/16 36 18 8007-0030 .33 100
1/4 3/8 1/16 30 15 8007-0060 .36 100
5/16 7/16 1/16 28 14 8007-0090 .46 100
3/8 1/2 1/16 22 11 8007-0120 .49 100
1/2 5/8 1/16 20 10 8007-0180 .75 100
1/2 3/4 1/8 30 15 8007-0200 1.45 100
5/8 7/8 1/8 26 13 8007-0260 1.68 100
3/4 1 1/8 22 11 8007-0310 1.93 50
1 1 1/4 1/8 18 9 8007-0350 2.52 50
1 1/2 2 1/4 24 12 8007-0390 7.90 50
2 2 1/2 1/4 18 9 8007-0400 13.72 50
7-10
FUELFLEX 65 PVC FUEL TUBING
Flexible FuelFlex 65 Tubing is a premium-grade PVC product specifically designed for intermittent use with petroleum-based products. Not
intended for food/beverage use.
Applications:
Fuel resistant, great for use with fuel vent tubes, drain lines,
overflow tubes, gasoline, heating oils, cutting compounds and
other glycol-based coolants. Size (Inches) Operating Press., psig
Price / Qty
73°F 125°F Part No.
Colour: Transparent – Yellow I.D. O.D. Wall (23°C) (52°C)
Foot Box
Features and Benefits: 1/8 1/4 1/16 62 31 8140-4245 .57 100

• Equivalent to Tygon F–4040–A 3/16 5/16 1/16 48 24 8140-4295 .66 100
1/4 3/8 1/16 40 20 8140-4335 .80 100
5/16 7/16 1/16 36 18 8140-4390 .96 100
• Resists swelling and hardening
3/8 1/2 1/16 30 15 8140-4430 1.18 100
• Easy-to-identify transparent yellow
7/16 5/8 3/32 40 20 8140-4465 1.59 100
1/2 3/4 1/8 40 20 8140-4515 2.47 100
5/8 7/8 1/8 34 17 8140-4570 2.99 100
3/4 1 1/8 30 15 8140-2605 3.53 50
BRAIDFLEX 70 REINFORCED CLEAR PVC TUBING

Braid-reinforced BraidFlex 70 Tubing is designed for high-pressure applications. Easy to bend into place. Flexible tubing permits tight com-
pression of crimp fittings for secure, leakproof connections. Not recommended for vacuum applications. For vacuum needs refer to ClearFlex
60 PVC Vacuum Tubing on page 7-9. BraidFlex 70 tubing formulation complies with FDA CFR 21 for food packaging, per the following: Polyvinyl
Chloride – Paragraph No. 175.300; Plasticizers – 181.27; Stabilizers – 178.2010; Colorants – 178.3970.
Applications:
Size (Inches) Operating Press., psig
High pressure, lab, food and beverage, pneumatic circuitry, cell culture. 73°F 125°F Part No.
Price / Qty
Foot Box
I.D. O.D. Wall (23°C) (52°C)
Colour: Clear/Reinforced
3/16 3/8 3/32 276 138 8005-0040 1.09 100
Features and Benefits: 1/4 7/16 3/32 276 138 8005-0070 1.17 100
• Complies with FDA standards 5/16 1/2 3/32 276 138 8005-0100 1.21 100
• Equivalent to Tygon B–44–4X InnerBraid 3/8 9/16 3/32 250 125 8005-0130 1.26 100
• Chemical resistance – Excellent for use with weak acids, weak bases 1/2 3/4 1/8 230 115 8005-0190 1.64 100
and salt solutions 5/8 7/8 1/8 230 115 8005-0260 2.55 100
• Nominal Shore A Durometer of 65 is significantly more flexible than 3/4 1 1/8 176 88 8005-0310 2.88 50
1 1 5/16 5/32 140 70 8005-0360 4.21 50
most competitive reinforced PVC tubing
1 1/4 1 5/8 3/16 100 50 8005-0378 7.25 50
• Braid is embedded in the wall to assure easy, thorough cleaning
1 1/2 1 7/8 3/16 80 40 8005-0388 8.69 50
• Clear tubing for full visual flow monitoring
2 2 1/2 1/4 70 35 8005-0400 14.76 50
• Safety – maximum working pressure is clearly imprinted on tubing
• Sterilize by gas or chemical – refer to bottom of Selection Guide page
for guidelines
ACUTECH TEFLON® PFA TUBING

Acutech Nalgene PFA Tubing is the most chemical- and corrosion-resistant NALGENE Tubing. Acutech Tubing formulation complies with FDA CFR 21 for food
7 packaging, per paragraph 177.1550. Features the widest temperature range from -270°C to +250°C. Do not radiation sterilize.
Applications:
Highly reactive chemical procedures, air/ground water sampling,
high-temperature applications, sterilization systems, semi-con-
ductor industries and cryogenics.
Size (Inches) Operating Press., psig
Colour: Autoclavable, Transparent Price /
73°F 185°F Part No.
Foot
I.D. O.D. Wall (23°C) (85°C)
Features and Benefits: 1/16 1/8 1/32 350 175 8051-0125 2.11
• Complies with FDA and USDA standards 1/8 3/16 1/32 230 115 8051-0187 3.32
• Semi-rigid – with a nominal Shore D Durometer of 60 5/32 1/4 3/64 270 135 8051-0250 5.93
• Excellent chemical resistance* – equal to Nalgene 890 FEP 3/16 5/16 1/16 290 145 8051-0312 10.51
Tubing – but with a wider temperature range (-270°C to 250°C) 1/4 3/8 1/16 240 120 8051-0375 12.04
• Very low water absorption 5/16 7/16 1/16 206 103 8051-0437 13.52
• Sterilize by autoclaving, gas, dry heat and disinfectants – refer 3/8 1/2 1/16 180 90 8051-0500 15.00
to bottom of Selection Guide page for guidelines 7/16 9/16 1/16 160 80 8051-0562 16.89
• Heavier wall thickness than Nalgene 890 tubing for improved 1/2 5/8 1/16 140 70 8051-0625 19.18
kink resistance/ durability
Note: *Refer to the Chemical Resistance Guide.
TEFLON TUBING
Teflon Translucent Pressure Tubing – Imperial Size
FABCO ULTRAPURE PFA TUBING INDUSTRIAL GRADE PFA TUBING
This special product is made of 100% virgin Teflon® PFA 440HP This product is made of 100% Teflon® PFA 440HP. Excellent for
material co-developed by Fluoroware with DuPont to provide the low- highly corrosive applications where ultra high purity is not required.
est extractable ionic and organic levels in PFA materials. Fabco tub- Permanent laser marking allows identification of Fabco tubing size
ing is recognized by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) as a result of suc- and material. Available on reels in continuous lengths up to 5,000
cessfully completing material testing to ASTM D2837 which deter- feet.
mines a long-term (over 100,000 hours) hydrostatic design rating.
Permanent serialized laser marking is a non-destructive and non-
FEP TUBING NEW!
contaminating method to identify tube material and O.D. It also
allows for 100% traceability to a specific material lot, production date This product is made of Teflon® FEP. Excellent and economical for
low temperature, highly corrosive applications. FEP material meets
and production inspection record. Customer laser marking and pre-
FDA requirements for repeated contact with food (CFR, Title 21,
cleaning are available upon request.
177.1550).
Tight and consistent tolerances along with lot-to-lot consistency
are maintained using continuous on-line measurements of the tubing
O.D. and wall thickness.
Fabco tubing is produced with specially designed extruders and
extrusion processes. Tubing cleanliness is maintained during and
after extrusion including continuous nitrogen purge, immediate cap-
ping and packaging in heat sealed polyethylene bags. Fabco tubing
is available in coils or on plastic coated wooden reels.
PFA FEP
Size Fabco Ultrapure Fabco Industrial Teflon® FEP Corrosive
Grade Grade Grade
O.D. Wall Part No. Price/ft. Part No. Price/ft. Part No. Price/ft.
1/16 .015 AT062-015 1.26 1T-030* P.O.R. ET062-015 1.01
1/8 .030 AT125-030 2.78 2T-030* P.O.R. ET125-030 1.64
3/16 .030 AT187-030 2.90 3T-030 2.90 ET187-030 2.78
1/4 .030 AT250-030 3.91 4T-030 3.16 ET250-030 3.79
1/4 .047 AT250-047 5.68 4T-047 4.04 ET250-047 4.17
1/4 .062 AT250-062 6.69 4T-062 4.80 ET250-062 4.29
5/16 .030 AT312-030 5.05 5T-030 4.17 ET312-030 4.92
5/16 .047 AT312-047 9.47 5T-047 5.81 ET312-047 5.56
3/8 .030 AT375-030 6.31 6T-030 5.93 ET375-030 4.29
3/8 .062 AT375-062 10.35 6T-062 7.07 ET375-062 8.71
1/2 .030 AT500-030 8.59 8T-030 6.31 ET500-030 6.19
1/2 .062 AT500-062 13.64 8T-062 9.60 ET500-062 8.71
3/4 .062 AT750-062 21.34 12T-062 16.03 ET750-062 14.77
1 .062 AT1000-062 29.29 16T-062 21.97 ET1000-062 P.O.R.
*Special items – consult Fabco for pricing and delivery.

*Continuous lenghts of up to 1,000 feet or longer are available in 25 foot increments for all tube sizes.
NOTE: All Industrial Grade PFA Tubing sizes, the minimum order quantity is 25 feet and sold in increments of 25 feet.
NOTE: Consult Fabco for all Ultrapure Grade PFA Tubing lengths stocked normally at Fabco/Manufacturer. Normally stocked lengths vary from size to size.
7
Teflon Translucent Pressure Tubing – Metric Size PTC-PLASTIC TUBE CUTTER
PTC-001
PFA Tubing FEP Tubing

Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
PFA Tubing FEP Tubing Part No. Price
Part No. O.D. Wall Price/ft. Part No. O.D. Wall Price/ft. PTC001 26.84
AT6m1.2m 6mm 1.2 5.68 ET6m1.2m 6mm 1.2 4.17 PTC001-RB 8.96
AT8m1.2m 8mm 1.2 9.60 ET8m1.2m 8mm 1.2 5.56
AT10m1.6m 10mm 1.6 12.50 ET10m1.6m 10mm 1.6 8.84
AT12m1.6m 12mm 1.6 14.52 ET12m1.6m 12mm 1.6 9.34
Note: Lower priced thinner-wall tubing is available special order – consult FABCO. Plastic tube cutter and replacement
Barb fittings may be used on low pressure applications with thinner wall tubing. blades.
7-12
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Acutech TEFLON® FEP TUBING

Transparent Acutech FEP Tubing is excellent for acids (all concentrations), aliphatic alcohols, aldehydes, bases, esters, hydrocarbons (aliphat-
ic, aromatic and halogenated), ketones and strong oxidizing agents.* Can be rigorously cleaned in boiling nitric acid for high-purity analysis.
Acutech tubing formulation complies with FDA CFR 21 for food packaging, per paragraph 177.1550. Do not radiation-
sterilize.
Applications:
Demanding lab applications such as chromatography, trace metal analysis, pollution sampling, highly reactive catalyst procedures,
metallurgical corrosion testing, pharmaceutical work, dissolutions and hot acid etchings.
Colour: Autoclavable, Transparent Size (inches) Operating Press., psig Part No.
Price /
I.D. O.D. Wall 73°F 185°F 50 ft. per
Foot
Features and Benefits: (23°C) (85°C) box
• Complies with FDA and USDA standards 1/16 1/8 1/32 180 90 8050-0125 1.37
• Semi-Rigid – with a nominal Shore D Durometer of 58 1/8 3/16 1/32 140 70 8050-0187 2.31
• High chemical/temperature resistance 3/16 1/4 1/32 100 50 8050-0250 2.83
• Superior non-stick characteristics facilitate transfer of biological 1/4 5/16 1/32 76 38 8050-0310 3.68
5/16 3/8 1/32 56 28 8050-0375 4.57
preparations where protein binding /adsorption is a problem – eases
3/8 7/16 1/32 52 26 8050-0437 5.33
movement of viscous, aggressive compounds
7/16 1/2 1/32 46 23 8050-0500 6.88
• Low extractables and non-contaminating
1/2 9/16 1/32 38 19 8050-0562 7.64
• Sterilize by autoclaving, gas, dry heat and disinfectants – refer to
bottom of Selection Guide Page for guidelines.
*Should not be used with molten alkali metals, elemental fluorine and fluorine precursors at elevated temperatures or concentrated perchloric acid.
** Two 25-ft. packages per box.
ACUTECH KYNAR® –PVDF TUBING

UItrapure Nalgene Kynar–PVDF Tubing is superior for non-contaminating applications. Nalgene 880 tubing formulation complies with FDA
CFR 21 for food packaging, per paragraph 177.2600. Excellent performance in unfavorable chemical or physical environments. Extremely resis-
tant to UV light, weathering, fungi and abrasion.
Applications:
Electric/ozone shielding, ultrapure water applications and aggressive chemical exposure.
Colour: Autoclavable, Translucent Quick Selection Guides
Features and Benefits: PVDF or TEFLON® FEP / PFA?

• Complies with FDA, USDA and U.S.P. Class Vl requirements Characteristics / Type Acutech PVDF FEP PFA
• Semi-Rigid – with a nominal Shore D Durometer of 67 Bend Radius • •
• Superior resistance to corrosives – UV resistant Abrasion resistance • •
• Extremely low level of extractables Higher pressure • •
• Non-toxic and recommended for use with ultrapure deionized water Flexibility • •
• Extra-heavy wall thickness improves kink resistance and provides Purity • • •
greater durability Resistance to strong acids • •
• Short bend radius minimizes the need for connectors Corrosion resistance • •
• Sterilize by autoclaving, gas or chemical – refer to bottom of
7 Selection Guide Page for guidelines.
Size (inches) Operating Press., psig Part No.

Price /
Foot
(23°C) (80°C) box
1/8 1/4 1/16 376 188 8800-2245 4.01
.170 1/4 .040 240 120 8800-2281 3.72
3/16 5/16 1/16 300 150 8800-2295 5.61
1/4 3/8 1/16 240 120 8800-2335 7.02
5/16 7/16 1/16 210 105 8800-2390 8.11
3/8 1/2 1/16 180 90 8800-2430 9.66
1/2 5/8 1/16 146 73 8800-2505 12.16
5/8 3/4 1/16 120 60 8800-2560 15.18
3/4 7/8 1/16 100 50 8800-2600 17.21
7/8 1 1/16 90 45 8800-2635 20.04
1 1 1/4 1/8 146 73 8800-2675 43.23
PVDF lined FRP tank for semi-conductor processing
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
NALGENE 550 AND 560 PLATINUM– CURED SILICONE TUBING

!
Manufactured from SILASTIC® elastomer
NEW
New Nalgene 550 Platinum Cured Silicone Tubing, Silicone Pump Tubing and Nalgene 560 Braided Platinum-Cured SILASTIC
Pressure Tubing is manufactured exclusively from Dow Corning SILASTIC Q7-4750 (550 tubing) and Q7-4765 (560 tubing) elastomer designed
for pump and transfer applications. Complies with FDA CFR 21 for food packaging, per paragraph 177.2600. There are no phthalate plasticiz-
ers that can leach out into transported fluid. It also resists the adhesion of tissue, blood, proteins and food products, while imparting no taste
or odor to the fluids. An excellent choice for peristaltic pumps. Double-bagged for assured cleanliness, all tubing is packaged in 25-ft. coils in
crush-resistant boxes. Nalgene 550/560 SILASTIC Silicone tubing is manufactured under strict process controls which assure precise dimen-
sional tolerances – a new industry standard. Refer to page 7–16 for tolerances.
Colour: Autoclavable/Translucent (550 and 560) NALGENE 550 PLATINUM–CURED SILICONE TUBING
D
Applications: Size (inches) Operating Press., psig Part No.
Price /
Pharmaceutical, laboratory, medical, food and beverage, peristaltic box
Box
(23°C) (160°C)
E
pumps, bioprocess manufacturing 1/16 1/8 1/32 11 5.5 8060-3020 69.68
1/8 1/4 1/16 7 3.5 8060-3030 80.40
NOTE: NOT INTENDED FOR INVASIVE USE
U
3/16 5/16 1/16 11 5.5 8060-3040 100.50
3/16 3/8 3/32 14 7 8060-3050 140.70
Features and Benefits: 1/4 3/8 1/16 5 2.5 8060-3060 120.60
N
• Complies with FDA, USDA, USP Class VI and 3A standards 1/4 7/16 3/32 8 4 8060-3070 187.60
I
• Flexible – Durometer (Shore A) of 50 (550 tubing) 1/4 1/2 1/8 11 5.5 8060-3080 248.17
• Flexible – Durometer (Shore A) of 65 (560 tubing) 5/16 1/2 3/32 6 3 8060-3100 221.10
T
• Translucent and durable 3/8 1/2 1/16 4 2 8060-3120 160.80
• Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and non-hemolytic 3/8 9/16 3/32 5 2.5 8060-3130 268.00
3/8 5/8 1/8 7 3.5 8060-3140 328.30
N
• Contains no plasticizers
• Platinum-Cured – high degree of purity/contains no peroxide 1/2 11/16 3/32 4 2 8060-3190 348.40
1/2 3/4 1/8 6 3 8060-3200 462.30
• Nalgene 560 braided tubing is manufactured with interwoven poly-
O
5/8 7/8 1/8 5 2.5 8060-3260 542.70
ester braid for additional safety and kink resistance.
3/4 1 1/8 4 2 8060-3310 603.00
• Sterilization:
C
– Autoclave 30 minutes at 250°F (121°C) at 15 psi (1Kg/CM2) in
muslin cloth or sterilizing paper
– Radiation, ETO or chemical. Refer to Selection Guide Page for
more information.
IS
SILICONE TUBING
I.D. O.D.
D
NALGENE 560 BRAIDED PLATINUM–CURED
Size (inches)
Wall
Operating Press., psig
73°F 320°F
Part No.
12 ft. per
Part No.
25 ft. per Price /Box
NALGENE 550 PLATINUM–CURED SILICONE TUBING –
Peristaltic Pump Size Section
Designed to provide extended pump life with peristaltic pumps.
Pump
Hose-
barb,
Hose-
barb,
Part No. Price /
(23°C) (160°C) box box 25 ft/Box Box
Tube # inch mm
1/8 3/8 1/8 176 88 - 8061-3020 755.04
#13 1/32 0.8 8060-3013 73.70
3/16 7/16 1/8 160 80 - 8061-3040 911.04
#14 1/16 1.6 8060-3014 93.80
1/4 9/16 5/32 156 78 - 8061-3070 1,035.84
#16 1/8 3.2 8060-3016 107.20
3/8
1/2
5/8
21/32
13/16
31/32
5/32
5/32
3/16
136
126
106
68
63
53
-
-
-
8061-3130
8061-3190
8061-3260
1,285.44
1,909.44
2,096.64
#25
#17
3/16
1/4
4.8
6.4
8060-3025
8060-3017
140.70
154.10
7
#18 5/16 7.9 8060-3018 167.50
3/4 1 3/32 3/16 90 45 8061-1310 - 1,077.96
#15 3/16 4.8 8060-3015 147.40
7/8 1 1/4 3/16 70 35 8061-1340 - 1,185.29
#24 1/4 6.4 8060-3024 254.60
1 1 3/8 3/16 60 30 8061-1360 - 1,292.30
#26 1/4 6.4 8060-3026 274.70
1 1/2 1 7/8 3/16 150 75 8061-1388* - 2,413.16
#73 3/8 9.5 8060-3173 328.30
2 2 3/8 3/16 150 75 8061-1400* - 2,615.65
#82 1/2 12.7 8060-3182 475.70
*Manufactured with 316 SS wire to increase working pressure and minimize kinking.
SILASTIC® is a registered trademark of Dow Corning
7-14
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
PURFLEX 85 PUR TUBING
PurFlex 85 Ester-Based Tubing is an extremely tough product featuring excellent abrasion resistance, low-temperature resilience and flex-
fatigue resistance. Pure polyurethane – contains no plasticizers and low levels of extractables which make it ideal for high-purity applications.
Resistant to atmospheric ozone, aliphatic hydrocarbons and petroleum products. Higher physical properties than PVC products (tensile
strength, tear resistance, elongation, etc.).
Not recommended for aqueous solutions.
Applications:
Ideal for high-purity applications, fuel lines, instrumentation, cable jacketing, grease lines.
Colour: Transparent
Size (inches) Operating Press., psig
Price / Box
Part No.
Features and Benefits: I.D. O.D. Wall 73°F(23°C) 130°F(54°C) Foot Qty
• Flexible – Nominal Shore A Durometer of 85 1/8 1/4 1/16 110 55 8030-0020 .96 100
• Excellent chemical resistance – aliphatic hydrocarbons 3/16 5/16 1/16 86 43 8030-0030 1.21 100
1/4 3/8 1/16 76 38 8030-0060 1.46 100
• Low in extractables
3/8 1/2 1/16 56 28 8030-0120 1.95 100
• Resistant to abrasion and flex fatigue 1/2 5/8 1/16 40 20 8030-0180 2.58 100
• Visually clear and flexible tubing at low temperatures 5/8 13/16 1/16 36 18 8030-0225 4.68 100
• Sterilize by gas – refer to bottom of Selection Guide page for guide- 3/4 1 1/8 56 28 8030-0310 6.78 50
1 1 1/4 1/8 40 20 8030-0350 8.98 50
lines
PURFLEX 75 PUR TUBING
PurFlex 75 Ether-Based Tubing has a durometer of 75 and features superior resistance to hydrolytic degradation when compared to PurFlex
Ester-Based 85 tubing, offers low temperature flexibility and has high impact resistance. Pure polyurethane – contains no plasticizers and low
levels of extractables which make it ideal for high-purity applications. Resistant to atmospheric ozone.
Recommended for aqueous solutions.
Applications:
Ideal for high purity applications, instrumentation, distilled, deionized, demineralized or reverse-osmosis treated water.
Colour: Transparent
Size (inches) Operating Press., psig
Price / Box
I.D. O.D. Wall 73°F 130°F Part No.
Foot Qty
Features and Benefits: (23°C) (54°C)
• Flexible – Nominal Shore A Durometer of 75 (tubing remains flexi- 1/8 1/4 1/16 40 20 8031-0020 1.10 100
ble at low temperatures} 3/16 5/16 1/16 32 16 8031-0030 1.43 100
• Ether-grade is more resistant to hydrolytic degradation and has 1/4 3/8 1/16 26 13 8031-0060 1.68 100
greater flexibility than Nalgene 280 tubing 3/8 1/2 1/16 20 10 8031-0120 2.37 100
7 • Excellent abrasion resistance

• Highly resistant to atmospheric ozone
1/2
5/8
3/4
5/8
13/16
1
1/16
1/16
1/8
16
12
20
8
6
10
8031-0180
8031-0225
8031-0310
3.00
5.39
8.27
100
100
50
• Sterilize by gas – refer to bottom of Selection Guide page for guide-
1 1 1/4 1/8 16 8 8031-0350 10.94 50
lines
ESTER OR ETHER?
Type / Grade Abrasion resistance Acids (weak) Flexibility Gasoline Oil Peristaltic pumps Pressure (higher) Exposure to Water
PurFlex 85
Ester-Grade
• • • • •
PurFlex 75
Ether-Grade
• • • •
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
POLYFLEX 50 LLDPE TUBING
PolyFlex 50 Tubing is the economical choice for laboratory and industrial use. PolyFlex 50 tubing formulation complies with FDA CFR 21 for
food packaging, per paragraph 177.1520. It is a good choice where chemical resistance and cost are more important than clarity or flexibility.
Less flexible than Nalgene 180 tubing but can be bent to facilitate set ups.
Colour: Translucent
Applications:
Dairy, food, beverage, machinery, instrument air lines, photo pro-
cessing, drain lines, vending equipment, refrigerated systems/ cold
rooms, irrigation tubes, squirt bottles, lab chemicals

• Complies with FDA regulations for food use
• Semi-Rigid – Nominal Shore D Durometer of 50
• Translucent for easy monitoring of liquid flow
• Low in extractables
• Economically priced
• Excellent chemical resistance – acids and bases
• Sterilize by chemical – refer to bottom of Selection Guide page for
guidelines
POLYFLEX 50 LLDPE TUBING

Size (inches) Operating Press., psig Part No.
Price /
Foot
(23°C) (52°C) box
1/8 1/4 1/16 200 100 8010-0125 .23
3/16 1/4 1/32 - - - -
3/16 5/16 1/16 150 75 8010-0187 .29
1/4 3/8 1/16 120 60 8010-0250 .34
19/64 3/8 1/25 - - - -
5/16 7/16 1/16 - - - -
3/8 1/2 1/16 86 43 8010-0375 .46
1/2 5/8 1/16 66 33 8010-0500 .63
5/8 3/4 1/16 56 28 8010-0625 .79
3/4 15/16 3/32 66 33 8010-0750 2.31
1 1 1/4 1/8 76 38 8010-1000 2.89
Tolerances
INCHES 60/65/M60/70 70 75/85 PVDF 50 PFA/FEP

Diameter
1/16 & under 1/8
1/8 & under 5/16
Inside, +/-(in.)
.003
.005
Inside, +/-(in.)
-
.012
Inside, +/- (in.)
.005
.009
Inside, +/- (in.)
-
.005
Outside, +/- (in.) Outside, +/- (in.)
.007
.007
.003
.003
7
5/16 & under 1/2 .008 .012 .012 .008 .007 .004
1/2 & under 3/4 .010 .015 .018 .012 .010 .005
3/4 & under 1 1/8 .015 .015 .025 .016 .015 -
1 1/8 & under 1 3/4 .020 .020 .035 - .020 -
1 3/4 & under 2 1/2 .031 .031 - - .035 -
2 1/2 & under 3 .045 - - - - -
3 & under 4 .062 - - - - -
Wall Thickness
To 1/16 .002 - .005 .005 .006 .003
Over 1/16 to 1/8 .003 - .006 .007 .008 .003
Over 1/8 to 1/4 .005 - .009 .010 - -
Over 1/4 to 3/8 .010 - - - - -
Over 3/8 to 1/2 .015 - - - - -
7-16
POLYETHYLENE TUBING
Polyethylene Tubing Reel
Working
Pressure
Min.
Burst
Min.
Bend
Weight
Per
Price
Part No. Colour O.D. I.D. Wall Length Per
Series E: Instrument Grade Feet
psi at
73°F
psi at
73°F
Radius
Inches
100
Feet
Foot
E-43-0100 Natural 1/4 .170 .040 100 120 625 1 1.1 .59
E-43-0500 Natural 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .39
E-43-1000 Natural 1/4 .170 .040 1000 120 625 1 1.1 .33
EB-43-0100 Black 1/4 .170 .040 100 120 625 1 1.1 .60
EB-43-0500 Black 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .39
EB-43-1000 Black 1/4 .170 .040 1000 120 625 1 1.1 .33
E-43-R-0100 Red 1/4 .170 .040 100 120 625 1 1.1 .64
E-43-R-0500 Red 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .39
E-43-B-0100 Blue 1/4 .170 .040 100 120 625 1 1.1 .50
E-43-B-0500 Blue 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .39
E-43-O-0500 Orange 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .47
E-43-Y-0500 Yellow 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .39
E-43-P-0500 Purple 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .39
• Chemical Resistant • Flexible • Low Cost E-43-G-0500 Green 1/4 .170 .040 500 120 625 1 1.1 .39
• Eight Colours • Five Tube Sizes E-53-0500 Natural 5/16 .187 .062 500 145 800 1 1/8 2.1 .51
EB-53-0500 Black 5/16 .187 .062 500 145 800 1 1/8 2.1 .51
• Choice of Reel Lengths E-64-0100 Natural 3/8 .250 .062 100 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .90
E-64-0500 Natural 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .64
Fitting Recommendations: EB-64-0100 Black 3/8 .250 .062 100 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .87
• Parker Fast & Tite fittings • Parker Brass fittings EB-64-0500 Black 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .62
E-64-R-0500 Red 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .71
E-64-B-0500 Blue 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .71
Parflex flexible polyethylene thermoplastic tubing is extruded from E-64-O-0500 Orange 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .71
high molecular weight resin for increased dimensional stability, uni- E-64-Y-0500 Yellow 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .71
E-64-P-0500 Purple 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .71
formity and long-term strength. Its resistance to environmental stress E-64-G-0500 Green 3/8 .250 .062 500 125 675 1 1/4 2.5 .71
cracking greatly exceeds that of ordinary polyethylene tubing as mea- E-86-0100 Natural 1/2 .375 .062 100 90 425 2 1/2 3.6 1.13
sured by ASTM D-1693. (10% IGEPAL). EB-86-0100 Black 1/2 .375 .062 100 90 425 2 1/2 3.6 1.13
E-108-0100 Natural 5/8 .500 .062 100 70 325 4 4.6 1.66
Parflex polyethylene tubing is available in black as well as seven
EB-108-0100 Black 5/8 .500 .062 Coil 70 325 4 4.6 1.66
coding colours as recommended by the Instrument Society of E-86-0500 Natural 5/8 .500 .062 500 70 325 4 4.6 .99
America. Black (EB) tubing contains an ultra-violet inhibitor which is EB-86-0500 Black 5/8 .500 .062 500 70 325 4 4.6 .99
recommended for use in sunlit areas. Ingredients of natural and

colour tubing (except black) listed below meet F.D.A. requirements for
food contact applications. All tubing conforms to ASTM D-1248, Type Suggested operating temperature range is -80F (-62C) to +150F
I, Class A, Category 4, Grade E5. (+66C).
Poylethylene Tubing Reel

Working
Pressure
Min.
Burst
Min.
Bend
Weight
Per
Price
Series FRPE: Flame Resistant Feet
psi at
73°F
psi at
73°F
Radius
Inches
100
Feet
Foot
Flame resistant polyethylene is manufactured FRPE2.5-0500 Black 5/32 .096 .030 500 180 900 1/2 .56 .33
from a distinctively formulated compound which FRPE3-0500 Black 3/16 .127 .030 500 130 650 3/4 .70 P.O.R
meets the UL94 V-2 flame classification. It also FRPE4-0250 Black 1/4 .170 .040 250 130 650 3/4 1.2 .59
FRPE4-0500 Black 1/4 .170 .040 500 130 650 3/4 1.2 .51
meets the flame spread, fuel contribution and
FRPE4-1000 Black 1/4 .170 .040 1000 130 650 3/4 1.2 .47
smoke density requirements of the ASTM E84-81 FRPE6-0250 Black 3/8 .250 .062 250 180 900 1 1/2 2.9 .75
a tunnel test. FRPE6-0500 Black 3/8 .250 .062 500 180 900 1 1/2 2.9 .71
Parflex series “FRPE” tubing is the preferred FRPE8-0250 Black 1/2 .375 .062 250 130 650 1 3/4 4.0 1.10
product for pneumatic control applications in the
heating-ventilating-air conditioning-energy conser-
vation industry. It is also suitable for use in petro-
chemical plants, petroleum refineries, pulp and
paper mills, mines, steel mills and other industries
7 where protection against intermittent flame and
hot sparks is necessary. Suggested operating temperature range is -85F (-65C) to +150F (+66C).
Polyethylene Tubing Reel

Working
Pressure
Min.
Burst
Min.
Bend
Weight
Per
Price
Series HDPE: High Density Feet
psi at
73°F
psi at
73°F
Radius
Inches
100
Feet
Foot
Parflex series HDPE is manufactured from high HDPE-43-0250 Black 1/4 .170 .040 250 300 1200 1 1/2 1.1 .33
strength, high density polyethylene. This semi- HDPE-43-0500 Black 500 .30
rigid tubing is inherently resistant to most chemi- HDPE-64-0250 Black 3/8 .250 .062 250 300 1200 2 1/2 2.5 .60
cals, less easily cut or damaged and has a higher HDPE-64-0500 Black 500 .50
burst pressure rating than series “E” tubing.
Suggested operating temperature range is -80°F (-65°C) to +175°F (+80°C).
POLYPROPYLENE / POLYURETHANE TUBING
Polypropylene Tubing Part O.D. Nom.
Coil
Working
Pressure
Min.
Burst
Min.
Bend
Weight
Per
Price
Colour Wall Length Per
Series PP: Laboratory Grade No. In. I.D.
Feet
at
73°F
at
73°F
Radius
Inches
100
Feet
Foot
PP-21-1000 White 1/8 .080 .023 1000 300 1400 1/2 .30 .30
PPB-21-1000 Black .30
PP-32-0500 White 3/16 .120 .034 500 300 1400 3/4 .70 .43
PPB-32-0500 Black .43
PP-43-0500 White 1/4 .170 .040 500 300 1200 1 1.1 .47
PPB-43-0500 Black .47
PP-53-0500 White 5/16 .187 .062 500 300 1400 1 1/4 2.1 .79
PPB-53-0500 Black .79
PP-64-0500 White 3/8 .250 .062 500 300 1200 1 1/4 2.4 .94
PPB-64-0500 Black .94
PP-86-0250 White 1/2 .375 .062 250 200 900 2 1/2 3.5 1.70
• Acid Resistant • High Temperature • Medium Pressures PPB-86-0250 Black 1.70
• Chemical Resistant • Corrosion Resistant • Flexible PP-108-0100 White 5/8 .500 .062 100 150 700 4 4.5 2.74
• Dimensionally Stable PPB-108-0100 Black 2.74
Fitting Recommendations:
• Parflex Fast & Tite fittings • Parker Brass fitting
Parflex polypropylene tubing may be used at higher temperatures and work- absorption is less than .01%. Excellent resistance to environmental stress
ing pressures than polyethylene tubing. Resistance to hot water and hot corro- cracking. Meets FDA requirements for food contact.
sive acids is excellent. Polypropylene tubing will last many times longer than Suggested operating temperatures, depending upon conditions are 0°F
nylon tubing in hot water service. Parflex polypropylene tubing is available in (–18°C) to +200°F (+93°C).
white or ultra-violet resistant black. Good resistance to vegetable oils. Water
Polyurethane Tubing
Series U: Polyether Base
Nom. Nom. Burst Reel Price
Wall
Part No. * Tube Tube Pressure Length Per
Thick.
O.D. I.D. (psi) Feet Foot
U-21-1000 1/8 1/16 1/32 480 1000 .42

U-21-0500 1/8 1/16 1/32 480 500 .42
U-21-0250 1/8 1/16 1/32 480 250 .42
U-42-1000 1/4 1/8 1/16 420 1000 .83
U-42-0500 1/4 1/8 1/16 420 500 .83
U-42-0250 1/4 1/8 1/16 420 250 .83
U-64-0500 3/8 1/4 1/16 260 500 1.39
U-64-0250 3/8 1/4 1/16 260 250 1.51
• Tough • Flexible • Broad Temperature Range • Eight U-64-0100 3/8 1/4 1/16 260 100 (coil) 1.60
Colours • Abrasion Resistant • Chemical Resistant U-86-0250 1/2 3/8 1/16 180 250 2.33
U-86-0100 1/2 3/8 1/16 180 100 (coil) 2.58
Fitting Recommendations: *Colours: Clear-Blank, Black-BLK, Green-GRN, Red-RED, Yellow-

• Parflex Par-barb fittings • Parker Brass fittings YEL, Blue-BLU, Orange-ORG, Gray-GRA.
Parlex polyurethane tubing is a high quality, precision-made tubing used in a Parflex polyurethane tubing is used for a wide variety of applications. Typical
wide range of demanding and critical applications. usage includes air tools, robotics, pneumatic logic and actuation systems,
Polyether based, polyurethane tubing occupies a unique position among analytical instrumentation, vacuum equipment, pressure measurement
polymers, sharing the best properties of both rubber and plastic. Urethane apparatus, semi-conductor equipment manufacturers and a variety of medical
exhibits the elongation and recovery characteristics of rubber and the chemical and laboratory applications.
resistance associated with plastics. The tubing is tough, strong, kink-resistant Suggested operating temperatures, depending upon conditions are -40°F
and abrasion resistant, yet it’s flexible and easy to assemble onto designated (-40°C) to +180°F (+82°C).
fittings.
7
Snapper Nylon Hose Clamps Part No. Dia. Range Width
Price
Part No. Dia. Range Width
Price
Per 100 Per Foot
A non-metallic clamp that will not rust, is non-conducting,
not corroded by seawater, and is stable in a wide variety of HO 1 .228-.256 .148 P.O.R. HO 32 1.218-1.405 .287 P.O.R.
chemical salts, bases, alcohols, oil, grease, gasoline, etc. HO 1.5 .307-.342 .146 P.O.R. HO 34 1.338-1.566 .292 P.O.R.
Note: Also available in glass-reinforced black (UV and heat HO 2 .351-.394 .231 P.O.R. HO 36 1.472-1.724 .287 P.O.R.
stabilized) for most applications – P.O.R. HO 4 .404-.452 .233 P.O.R. HO 38 1.594-1.862 .291 P.O.R.
HO 6 .449-.511 .233 P.O.R. HO 42 1.729-2.021 .288 P.O.R.
These are applied by quick ratchet closure, even after
HO 8 .513-.586 .231 P.O.R. HO 50 1.999-2.277 .291 P.O.R.
hose is in place. A lateral effort disengages the clamp.
HO 10 .569-.650 .233 P.O.R. HO 60 2.259-2.582 .290 P.O.R.
Snappers are for use on most plastic tubing. Snapper hand tool applies HO 12 .616-.707 .234 P.O.R. HO 70 2.536-2.881 .288 P.O.R.
and removes snapper clamps – P.O.R. HO 14 .702-.801 .233 P.O.R. HO 76 2.839-3.206 .387 P.O.R.
HO 16 .746-.848 .232 P.O.R. HO 80 3.144-3.562 .388 P.O.R.
HO 18 .779-.899 .237 P.O.R. HO 90 3.506-3.922 .385 P.O.R.
HO 19 .886-.966 .236 P.O.R. HO 100 3.871-4.395 .394 P.O.R.
Snapper Plastic
HO 22 .928-1.072 .234 P.O.R.
Hose Clamps
HO 24 .985-1.135 .292 P.O.R.
HO 28 1.123-1.296 .288 P.O.R.
Note: Minimum order 25. Also available are a hand and a pneumatic closing tool.
7-18
NYLON TUBING
Nylon Tubing
Series N: Flexible
Min.
Min. Std. Std.
Nom. Nom. Average Burst Price
Bend Reel Reels
Part No. Colour Tube Tube Wall Pressure Per
Radius Length Per
O.D. I.D. Thick. at 73°F Foot
Inches Feet Carton
psi
NN-2-016 Natural 1/8 .093 .016 1000 1/4 250 1 .51
NB-2-016 Black .51
NN-2-031 Natural 1/8 .064 .031 2000 1/4 250 1 .74
NB-2-031 Black .74
NN-2.5-025 Natural 5/32 .106 .025 1200 1/2 500 1 .47
NB-2.5-025 Black .47
NN-3-025 Natural 3/16 .138 .025 1000 5/8 250 1 .83
NB-3-025 Black .94
Fitting Recommendations: NN-3-046

NB-3-046
Natural
Black
3/16 .096 .046 2000 7/16 250 1 1.13
1.13
• Parker Fast & Tite fittings • Parker Brass fittings NN-4-035 Natural 1/4 .180 .035 1000 7/8 250 1 1.04
NB-4-035 Black 1.04
NN-4-040 Natural 1/4 .170 .040 1250 7/8 250 1 1.04
NB-4-040 Black 1.04
NN-4-062 Natural 1/4 .127 .062 2000 1/2 250 1 1.43
Parflex flexible nylon tubing is carefully made from high-grade,
NB-4-062 Black 1.43
abrasion-resistant, heat-and-light-stabilized nylon. Resistance to NN-5-040 Natural 5/16 .233 .040 1250 1 1/8 250 1 1.54
stress-cracking greatly exceeds that of ordinary nylon tubing. NB-5-040 Black 1.54
Extremely low level water absorption. NN-6-050 Natural 3/8 .275 .050 1250 1 1/8 250 1 2.16
Chemical-resistant Parflex nylon tubing has the additional bene- NB-6-050 Black 2.16
NN-6-093 Natural 3/8 .190 .093 2000 3/4 250 1 2.81
fits of better flexibility, lighter weight and resistance to flexural NB-6-093 Black 2.81
fatigue. Operating temperatures, depending upon conditions, are - NN-8-062 Natural 1/2 .375 .062 1000 1 1/4 250 1 3.13
65F (-54C) to +200F (+93C) continuous. NB-8-062 Black 3.13
Available in natural (NN) and black (NB). Black tubing is rec- NN-8-124 Natural 1/2 .253 .124 2000 1 250 1 4.64
NB-8-124 Black 4.64
ommended for use outdoors and in sunlit areas. Additional colours
available upon request. Consult Fabco for details. *Suggested working pressure is 1/4 of burst pressure.
Nylon Tubing
Series NR: Semi-rigid High Strength
Min.
Min. Std. Std.
Nom. Nom. Average Burst Price
Bend Reel Reels
Part No. Colour Tube Tube Wall Pressure Per
Radius Length Per
O.D. I.D. Thick. at 73°F Foot
Inches Feet Carton
psi
NNR-2-017 Natural 1/8 .091 .017 1700 1/2 500 1 .35
NBR-2-017 Black .35
NNR-2-026 Natural 1/8 .073 .026 2500 3/8 500 1 .47
NBR-2-026 Black .47
NNR-3-024 Natural 3/16 .140 .024 1700 3/4 500 1 .59
NBR-3-024 Black .59
NNR-3-039 Natural 3/16 .110 .039 2500 5/8 500 1 .83
NBR-3-039 Black .83
7 Fitting Recommendations:
• Parker Fast & Tite fittings • Parker Brass fittings
NNR-4-035
NBR-4-035
NNR-4-050
Natural
Black
Natural
1/4
1/4
.180
.150
.035
.050
1700
2500 7/8
1 250
250
1
1
.91
.91
1.36
NBR-4-050 Black 1.36
NNR-5-040 Natural 5/16 .233 .040 1700 1 1/2 250 1 1.36
Parflex series NR Tubing is manufactured from a semi-rigid nylon NNR-6-048 Natural 3/8 .279 .048 1700 1 3/4 250 1 1.66
II material. The tubing does not contain plasticizers. NBR-6-048 Black 1.66
Series NR semi-rigid nylon tubing offers better chemical resis- NNR-6-075 Natural 3/8 .225 .075 2500 1 1/2 250 1 3.47
tance than series N, good resistance to high ambient temperature NBR-6-075 Black 3.47
and low moisture absorption. NR has a high tensile strength which NNR-8-062 Natural 1/2 .376 .062 1500 2 3/8 250 1 3.52
will give excellent coupling retention in high pressure, temperature
NNR-8-075 Natural 1/2 .350 .075 2200 2 1/2 250 1 5.12
and vibration environments. NBR-8-075 Black 5.12
NR tubing is specified for machine tool lubricating systems, *Suggested working pressure is 1/4 of burst pressure.
marine control systems process lines for chemicals and oils and
other applications requiring a high quality nylon tube.
The recommended operating temperature range for service at
rated pressures with compatible fluids is -60F (-51C) to +200F
(+93C).
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
TUBING AND HOSE INSERT FITTINGS

R
O C
D U
PVC AND POLYPROPYLENE INSERT FITTINGS
INSERT MALE ADAPTERS (Insert x MIPT) INSERT ELBOWS (Insert x Insert) INSERT COUPLINGS (Insert x Insert)
Size PVC PP Size PVC PP Size PVC PP

(in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price (in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price (in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price
1/2 1436005 0.54 PA1G 0.56 1/2 1406005 1.05 PE1G 0.96 1/2 1429005 0.55 PC1G 0.60
3/4 1436007 0.61 PA2G 0.62 3/4 1406007 1.29 PE2G 1.12 3/4 1429007 0.61 PC2G 0.63
1 1436010 0.65 PA3G 0.78 1 1406010 1.40 PE3G 1.31 1 1429010 0.67 PC3G 0.84
1 1/4 1436012 1.05 PA4G 1.06 1 1/4 1406012 1.63 PE4G 1.60 1 1/4 1429012 1.01 PC4G 1.12
1 1/2 1436015 1.16 PA5G 1.21 1 1/2 1406015 1.87 PE5G 2.08 1 1/2 1429015 1.16 PC5G 1.34
2 1436020 2.22 PA6G 2.19 2 1406020 2.59 PE6G 2.96 2 1429020 2.21 PC6G 2.18
(Insert x Insert) (MIPT x Insert)

INSERT REDUCING COUPLINGS REDUCING MALE ADAPTER INSERT REDUCING TEES (Insert x Insert x Insert)
Size PVC PP PVC PP Size PVC* PP

(in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price (in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price
3/4 x 1/2 1429101 0.86 2845 0.87 1436101 1.49 2740 1.52 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 1401101 1.38 3041 1.42
1 x 1/2 1429130 1.19 2846 1.23 - - - - 1 x 1 x 1/2 1401130 1.62 3042 1.69
1 x 3/4 1429131 0.88 2847 1.23 1436131 1.52 2742 1.57 1 x 1 x 3/4 1401131 1.65 3043 1.69
1 1/4 x 3/4 1429167 1.82 2849 1.86 1436167 1.82 2744 1.94 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/2 1401209 3.83 3047 3.79
1 1/4 x 1 1429168 1.40 2850 1.86 1436168 1.95 2745 1.94 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/4 1401210 3.83 3048 3.79
1 1/2 x 3/4 1429210 2.21 2852 2.27 - - - - 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1401211 3.83 3049 3.79
1 1/2 x 1 1429211 2.12 2853 2.27 1436211 2.36 2748 2.37 2 x 2 x 3/4 1401248 5.28 3052 5.35
1 1/2 x 1 1/4 1429212 1.65 2854 2.27 1436212 2.36 2749 2.37 2x2x1 1401249 5.28 3053 5.35
2x1 1429249 2.98 2857 3.07 - - - - 3/4 x 1/2 x 1/2 - - 3100 1.57
2 x 1 1/4 1429250 2.78 2858 3.07 - - - - 1 x 3/4 x 1/2 - - 3101 2.31
2 x 1 1/2 1429251 2.65 2859 3.07 1436251 3.98 2754 3.96 1 x 3/4 x 3/4 1401125 2.66 3102 2.75
*Other sizes available on request
INSERT 90° ELBOWS (Insert x MIPT) INSERT PLUGS (Insert) INSERT TEES (Insert x Insert x Insert)
Size PVC PP Size PVC PP Size PVC PP

(in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price (in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price (in.) Part No. Price Part No. Price
1/2 1413005 1.31 2955 1.33 1/2 1449005 0.94 - - 1/2 1401005 1.11 PT1G 1.07
3/4 1413007 2.12 2956 1.84 3/4 1449007 1.01 - - 3/4 1401007 1.23 PT2G 1.26
1 1413010 2.36 2957 2.43 1 1449010 1.32 - - 1 1401010 1.61 PT3G 1.60
1 1/4 1413012 3.15 2958 3.24 1 1/4 1449012 1.69 3228 1.16 1 1/4 1401012 2.50 PT4G 2.14
1 1/2 1413015 4.19 2959 4.30 1 1/2 1449015 1.83 3229 1.27 1 1/2 1401015 2.83 PT5G 2.96
2 1413020 6.60 - - 2 1449020 3.24 2230 2.57 2 1401020 5.62 PT6G 4.16
Note: Other PVC insert fittings available on request.
7-20
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
TUBING AND HOSE CLAMPS
R
O C
D U
Type 1 / Carbon Steel Clamps: 5/16” Slotted Hex Head Screw –

301 Stainless Steel Band and Housing with Carbon Steel Screw.
Type 2 / Stainless Steel Clamps: 5/16” Slotted Hex Head Screw
– Stainless Steel Band and Housing with 305 Stainless Steel
Screw.
STANDARD SIZE CLAMPS
Type 1/Carbon Steel Type 2/Stainless Steel
Nominal Minimum Maximum Standard Clamps Clamps
Size Diameter Diameter Package
Part No. Price/100 Part No. Price/100
3/8" (9.52) 3/8" (9.52) 25/32" (19.81) 10 SCL06 88.33 SSCL06 131.10
1/2" (12.70) 1/2" (12.70) 1" (25.40) 10 SCL08 88.33 SSCL08 131.10
5/8" (15.87) 9/16" (14.27) 1 1/8" (28.57) 10 SCL10 88.33 SSCL10 131.10
3/4" (19.05) 11/16" (17.47) 1 1/4" (31.75) 10 SCL12 88.33 SSCL12 131.10
1" (25.40) 5/8" (15.87) 1 1/2" (38.10) 10 SCL16 89.75 SSCL16 133.37
1 1/4" (31.75) 13/16" (20.62) 1 3/4" (44.45) 10 SCL20 89.75 SSCL20 133.37
1 1/2" (38.10) 1 1/16" (27.00) 2" (50.80) 10 SCL24 89.75 SSCL24 133.37
1 3/4" (44.45) 1 7/16" (36.50) 2 3/8" (60.32) 10 SCL28 97.59 SSCL28 141.17
2" (50.80) 1 9/16" (39.70) 2 1/2" (63.50) 10 SCL32 97.59 SSCL32 141.17
2 1/4" (57.15) 1 13/16" (46.05) 2 3/4" (69.85) 10 SCL36 100.94 SSCL36 145.90
2 1/2" (63.50) 2 1/16" (52.40) 3" (76.20) 10 SCL40 103.71 SSCL40 149.99
2 3/4" (69.85) 2 5/16" (58.75) 3 1/4" (82.55) 10 SCL44 113.16 SSCL44 162.52
3" (76.20) 2 9/16" (65.10) 3 1/2" (88.90) 10 SCL48 114.17 SSCL48 163.97
3 1/4" (82.55) 2 13/16" (71.45) 3 3/4" (95.25) 10 SCL52 121.89 SSCL52 174.21
3 1/2" (88.90) 3" (76.20) 3 13/16" (96.85) 10 SCL54 121.89 SSCL54 174.21
3 1/2" (88.90) 3" (76.20) 4" (101.60) 10 SCL56 125.94 SSCL56 182.91
3 3/4" (95.25) 3 5/16" (84.15) 4 1/4" (107.95) 10 SCL60 129.99 SSCL60 189.75
4" (101.60) 3 9/16" (90.50) 4 1/2" (114.30) 10 SCL64 129.99 SSCL64 189.75
4 1/2" (114.30) 4 1/8" (104.77) 5" (127.00) 10 SCL72 135.44 SSCL72 196.24
5" (127.00) 4 5/8" (117.47) 5 1/2" (139.70) 10 SCL80 144.73 SSCL80 218.06
5 1/4" (133.35) 4 3/8" (111.12) 5 11/16" (144.46) 10 SCL84 147.25 SSCL84 221.89
5 1/2" (139.70) 5 1/8" (130.17) 6" (152.40) 10 SCL88 149.79 SSCL88 225.71
6" (152.40) 5 5/8" (142.81) 6 1/2" (165.10) 10 SCL96 158.79 SSCL96 232.39
6 1/2" (165.10) 6 1/8" (155.57) 7" (177.80) 10 SCL104 203.52 SSCL104 288.23
7 7 1/4" (184.00)
7 1/2" (190.50)
7 3/4" (196.85)
6 7/8" (174.63)
6 5/8" (168.27)
6 7/8" (174.63)
7 3/4" (196.85)
7 7/8" (200.02)
8 1/4" (209.55)
-
-
-
SCL116
SCL120
SCL124
230.22
234.56
236.97
SSCL116
SSCL120
SSCL124
308.17
318.06
323.38
8" (203.20) 7 5/8" (193.68) 8 1/2" (215.90) - SCL128 239.37 SSCL128 328.66
8 3/4" (222.25) 7 7/8" (200.03) 9 1/4" (234.95) - SCL140 264.22 SSCL140 351.55
9 1/2" (241.30) 9 1/8" (231.78) 10" (254.00) - SCL152 271.39 SSCL152 361.54
9 3/4" (247.65) 8 7/8" (225.43) 10 1/4" (260.35) - SCL156 289.87 SSCL156 374.19
10" (254.00) 9 1/8" (231.79) 10 1/2" (266.70) - SCL160 290.53 SSCL160 381.28
11 1/4" (285.75) 10 7/8" (276.23) 11 3/4" (298.45) - SCL180 335.24 SSCL180 427.34
11 3/4" (298.45) 10 7/8" (276.23) 12 1/4" (311.15) - SCL190 375.54 SSCL190 469.01
13 1/8" (333.38) 12 5/16" (312.74) 13 5/8" (346.08) - SCL212 447.40 SSCL212 569.04
14" (355.60) 13 1/4" (336.55) 14 1/2" (368.30) - SCL224 489.02 SSCL224 584.98
MINI CLAMPS
1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 5/8" (15.87) 10 SCL04 76.71 SSCL04 110.40
5/16" (7.94) 5/16" (7.94) 7/8" (22.23) 10 SCL05 76.71 SSCL05 110.40
Dimensions in brackets in milimeters.

Note: Chart indicates standard sizes. Contact Fabco for availability of non-standard sizes.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
POLYPROPYLENE CAM COUPLER FITTINGS

R
O C
D U
CAM COUPLER FITTINGS

The Cam Coupler is a rugged engineered plastic design quick lock Features:
style for hose and pipe coupling. • Positive Action – No springs, ball bearings, snaps or lugs to fit.
The Cam Coupler is moulded of polypropylene to exacting toler- • Requires no maintenance, special tools or techniques to operate.
ances. It is light weight, corrosion resistant, wear resistant, rugged and • Corrosion Resistance – Polypropylene is recognized for a broad
interchangeable with other couplers of similar design and size. Cam range of chemical services (consult chemical resistance guide).
couplers are suited for a variety of applications and corrosive materials: • Range of sizes 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1 1/4”, 1 1/2”, 2”, & 3” in hose shank,
• Chemical handling male and female NPT thread end connectors in polypropylene and
• Agricultural Fertilizers, Herbicides & Irrigation slip ends for PVC version. Buna–N Gasket standard, EPDM optional.
• Dry Bulk Industrial Use
• Barge and Tank Unloading.
FEMALE THREAD ADAPTERS MALE THREAD COUPLER HOSE SHANK COUPLER FEMALE THREAD COUPLER
Size PP Size PP Size PP Size PP
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price
1/2 24011 $4.55 1/2 24002 $10.67 1/2 24003 $10.67 1/2 24004 $10.67
3/4 24111 $4.55 3/4 24102 $10.67 3/4 24103 $10.67 3/4 24104 $10.67
1 24211 $4.67 1 24202 $12.21 1 24203 $12.21 1 24204 $12.21
1 1/4 24311 $4.92 1 1/4 24302 $13.68 1 1/4 24303 $13.68 1 1/4 24304 $13.68
1 1/2 24411 $5.53 1 1/2 24402 $14.74 1 1/2 24403 $14.74 1 1/2 24404 $14.74
2 24511 $6.30 2 24502 $17.80 2 24503 $17.80 2 24504 $17.80
3 24711 $14.68 3 24702 $28.64 3 24703 $28.64 3 24704 $28.64
HOSE SHANK ADAPTERS MALE THREAD ADAPTERS DUST CAPS DUST PLUGS
Size PP Size PP Size PP Size PP
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No. Price
1/2 24015 $5.02 1/2 24016 $5.02 1/2 24008 $10.67 1/2 24017 $4.55
3/4 24115 $5.02 3/4 24116 $5.02 3/4 24108 $10.67 3/4 24117 $4.55
1 24215 $5.67 1 24216 $5.67 1 24208 $11.72 1 24217 $4.80
1 1/4 24315 $5.73 1 1/4 24316 $5.73 1 1/4 24308 $13.98 1 1/4 24317 $5.47
1 1/2 24415 $5.78 1 1/2 24416 $5.78 1 1/2 24408 $13.98 1 1/2 24417 $5.47
2 24515 $7.61 2 24516 $7.61 2 24508 $17.80 2 24517 $7.39
3 24715 $18.74 3 24716 $18.74 3 24708 $28.64 3 24717 $14.68
Note: Handles: Stainless Steel

7
Gaskets: EPDM
90° ANGLED COUPLERS
PP Size EPDM Gasket Stainless Steel Handle

Size
(in) Part # Price Part # Price
(in.)
Part No. Price
1/2" - 3/4" 61570 $0.76
1-1/2" 90° 249015A $8.59
1" 61571 $0.76
1-1/2" 90° 249015C $17.69
1-1/4" -1-1/2" 61572 $1.12
1-1/2" 90° 249015D $17.69
2" 61574 $1.29
1-1/2" 90° 249015F $10.28
3" 61575 $1.43
2"-90° 249020A $9.76
1/2" - 1" 61594 $2.62
2"-90° 249020C $21.26
2"-90° 249020D $21.26 1-1/4" - 2" 61595 $3.38
2"-90° 249020F $11.04 3" 61596 $6.01
Interconnecting pipe manifolds
and feed pipes for tank installation.
7-22
TRUESEAL™TUBE FITTINGS
TrueSeal™ Thermoplastic Push-In Fittings Applications:
TrueSeal fittings find wide acceptance in water conditioning, filtra-
TrueSeal push-to-connect thermoplastic fittings are light weight, tion, and reverse osmosis industries and on water, soft drink, beer,
reusable, and connect to plastic tubing without the use of tools. wine and condiment dispensing equipment. Industrial applications
range from vacuum to low-pressure hydraulic and pneumatic sys-
tems on robotics, air logic, packaging/filling equipment, and convey-
Features:
ors. Ink and dye transfer, lubrication and cooling lines on presses,
• All components in TrueSeal fittings are manufactured from FDA
machine tools, ion implanting devices– all rely on TrueSeal.
compliant materials and are NSF-51 listed for contact with food and
potable water. Standard Materials:
• All-plastic body and collet design offer reduced weight, eliminate Fitting
Material O-Ring
rust, corrosion, and system contamination in applications where Colour
metal components cannot be tolerated. Acetal Gray Nitrile
• Extra deep tube seat in fitting body provides support to reduce side Polypropylene White EPDM
load leakage.
Kynar® Natural EPDM
• Elastomer O-ring seal provides positive compression on tubing
O.D. in vacuum or pressure applications. Coloured collets are also available in black, white, red, blue, green,
• Removable collet design permits O-ring replacement in the field. yellow, and orange. Consult FABCO.
Collets are available in colours for easy colour coding of systems.
• Tube stem adapters provide a wide range of tube-to-port jump size Tubing:
potential and allow elbows and tees to swivel for positive tube rout-
TrueSeal fittings can be used with the following tubing materials:
ing alignment.
polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon, Teflon, and polyurethane (3/8”
and 1/2” polyurethane should use tube supports). Not recommend-
Working Pressure: ed for metal tubing.*
TrueSeal fittings are rated for the pressures listed below or at 1/4 *for metal tubing use Fast & Tite fittings
(one-fourth) of the rated burst pressure of the tubing being used
(whichever is less).
Assembly Instructions:
1. Cut tubing square and clean. (Use a Parker plastic tube cutter,
Part No. PTC).
2. Mark from end of tube the length of insertion (see table below).
3. Push tube into the fitting until it bottoms out.
Fitting 4. To remove, depress collet and pull tubing out.
Acetal Polypropylene Kynar®
Size
5. Use Parflex TrueSealant (Part No. PTS) on threads.
1/4" 300 150 300
5/16" 300 O.D. Insertion
Tube Sizes
Tolerance Depth
3/8" 300 300
1/4" ±.005" 11/16"
1/2" 250
5/16" ±.005" 13/16"
-20°F (-29°C) 0°F (-18°C) 0°F (-18°C)
Temp. Range to to to 3/8" ±.005" 3/4"
+180°F (85°C) +225°F (110°C) +285°F (140°C) 1/2" ±.005" 7/8"
MC – Male Connector L EU – Elbow Union

Tube-to-Pipe Tube-to-Tube M
Parflex
+ D
Parflex
7 D
N
C HEX
Nom. NPTF White Natural Gray

PolypropylenE Kynar Acetal
Tube Thread Price Price Price
PDM EPDM Nitrile
O.D. Size Seal Seal
Seal
1/4 1/8 PP4MC2 3.01 F4MC2 3.87 A4MC2 2.49
1/4 1/4 PP4MC4 3.25 F4MC4 3.84 A4MC4 2.83 White Natural Gray
Nom.
Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
1/4 3/8 PP4MC6 4.64 F4MC6 5.09 A4MC6 4.22 Tube Price Price Price
EPDM EPDM Nitrile
O.D.
5/16 1/8 A5MC2 2.92 Seal Seal Seal
5/16 1/4 A5MC4 3.05 1/4 PP4EU4 5.22 F4EU4 6.90 A4EU4 4.35
5/16 3/8 A5MC6 P.O.R. 5/16-1/4 A5EU4 5.67
3/8 1/8 F6MC2 9.36 A6MC2 5.65 5/16 A5EU5 5.11
3/8 1/4 F6MC4 7.44 A6MC4 4.25 3/8-1/4 F6EU4 11.44 A6EU4 6.86
3/8 3/8 F6MC6 8.51 A6MC6 4.83 3/8-5/16 A6EU5 7.53
3/8 1/2 F6MC8 11.85 A6MC8 7.48 3/8 F6EU6 11.94 A6EU6 6.86
1/2 3/8 A8MC6 6.60 1/2-3/8 A8EU6 8.72
1/2 1/2 A8MC8 7.12 1/2 A8EU8 7.73
TU – Tee Union MES – Male Elbow Swivel
Tube-to-Tube Tube-to-Pipe
Nom. Tube O.D. White Natural Gray

Tube Tube Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
Price Price Price
A B EPDM EPDM Nitrile White Natural Gray
Run Stem Seal Seal Seal Nom. NPTF
C Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
1/4 1/4 PP4TU4 5.58 F4TU4 7.60 A4TU4 5.58 Hex EPDM EPDM Nitrile
O.D. Size
Seal Seal Seal
5/16 5/16 A5TU5 5.84
1/4 1/8 9/16 PP4MES2 6.46 F4MES2 9.04 A4MES2 5.58
3/8 1/4 F6TU4 12.56 A6TU4 7.71
1/4 1/4 11/16 PP4MES4 6.46 F4MES4 9.04 A4MES4 5.58
3/8 3/8 F6TU6 12.60 A6TU6 6.60
1/4 3/8 13/16 PP4ME26 9.37 F4MES6 15.21 A4MES6 8.47
1/2 1/2 A8TU8 8.32
5/16 1/8 9/16 A5MES2 6.36
5/16 1/4 11/16 A5MES4 6.43
MRS – Male Run Swivel 5/16 3/8 13/16 A5MES6 5.90

3/8 1/8 9/16 F6MES2 13.60 A6MES2 8.05
Tube-to-Pipe 3/8 1/4 13/16 F6MES4 15.12 A6MES4 8.06
3/8 3/8 13/16 F6MES6 15.70 A6MES6 8.61
1/2 1/4 13/16 A8MES4 13.04
1/2 3/8 13/16 A8MES6 9.49
1/2 1/2 1 A8MES8 11.09
*Part consists of elbow union and tube stem adaptor.
White Natural Gray

Nom. NPTF
Tube Thread
C
Hex
Polypropylene
EPDM
Price
Kynar
EPDM
Price
Acetal
Nitrile
Price MTS – Male Tee Swivel
O.D. Size
Seal Seal Seal
Tube-to-Pipe
1/4 1/8 9/16 PP4MRS2 6.86 F4MRS2 10.58 A4MRS2 6.80
1/4 1/4 11/16 PP4MRS4 7.42 F4MRS4 10.58 A4MRS4 6.78
5/16 1/8 9/16 A5MRS2 7.03
5/16 1/4 11/16 A5MRS4 6.78
5/16 3/8 13/16 A5MRS6 7.38
3/8 1/4 13/16 F6MRS4 15.76 A6MRS4 8.21
3/8 3/8 13/16 F6MRS6 16.35 A6MRS6 8.32
1/2 1/4 13/16 A8MRS4 13.61
1/2 3/8 13/16 A8MRS6 11.71
1/2 1/2 1 A8MRS8 11.71
*Part consists of tee union and tube stem adaptor.
White Natural Gray

Nom. NPTF
FA – Faucet Adapter Tube
O.D.
Thread
Size
C
Hex
Polypropylene
EPDM
Price
Kynar
EPDM
Price
Acetal
Nitrile
Price
Seal Seal Seal
Tube-to-Faucet
1/4 1/8 9/16 PP4MTS2 6.86 F4MTS2 10.58 A4MTS2 6.80
1/4 1/4 11/16 PP4MTS4 7.42 F4MTS4 7.24 A4MTS4 6.78
5/16 1/8 9/16 A5MTS2 6.73
5/16 1/4 11/16 A5MTS4 6.34
5/16 3/8 13/16 A5MTS6 6.60
3/8 1/8 9/16 F6MTS2 14.69 A6MTS2 P.O.R.
3/8 1/4 13/16 F6MTS4 15.76 A6MTS4 6.34
3/8 3/8 13/16 F6MTS6 16.35 A6MTS6 7.67
1/2 1/4 13/16 A8MTS4 13.61
Nom.
Tube
UNS-2B
Thread
C
White
Polypropylene
Price
Natural
Kynar
Price
Gray
Acetal
Price
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
13/16
1
A8MTS6
A8MTS8
11.71
11.71 7
O.D. Size
Hex EPDM EPDM Nitrile *Part consists of tee union and tube stem adaptor.
Seal Seal Seal
1/4 7/16-24 23/32 P4FA7 5.88 F4FA7 12.95 A4FA7 5.13
5/16 7/16-24 13/16 A5FA7 5.92 TEB – Tube Elbow Barb
3/8 7/16-24 13/16 F6FA7 14.18 A6FA7 5.86
ST – Straight Thread
Tube-to-Male O-Ring Boss
Tube
Tube White Natural Gray
Stem Price Price Price
I.D. Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
White Natural Gray O.D.
Nom. UNF-2A
Tube Thread Price Price Price 1/4 1/4 PP4TEB4 3.02 F4TEB4 3.87 A4TEB4 3.02
EPDM EPDM Nitrile
O.D. Size
Seal Seal Seal 3/8 3/8 F6TEB6 5.45 A6TEB6 3.38
3/8 9/16-18 F6ST9 11.77 A6ST9 7.76 1/2 1/2 A8TEB8 3.70
7-24
UC –- Union Connector FC – Female Connector
Tube-to-Tube Tube-to-Pipe
Nom. D White Natural Gray

L
Tube Thru Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
Overall Price Price Price
O.D. Hole EPDM EPDM Nitrile
Length
A Min. Seal Seal Seal
1/4 1.49 .175 PP4UC4 4.75 F4UC4 6.60 A4UC4 3.89 White Natural Gray
Nom. NPTF
5/16-1/4 1.70 .175 A5UC4 4.29 Tube Thread Price Price Price
EPDM EPDM Nitrile
O.D. Size
5/16 1.70 .188 A5UC5 4.17 Seal Seal Seal
3/8-1/4 1.70 .175 F6UC4 8.95 A6UC4 5.29 1/4 1/8 PP4FC2 6.47 F4FC2 8.16 A4FC2 4.89
3/8-5/16 1.70 .188 A6UC5 P.O.R. 1/4 1/4 PP4FC4 6.86 F4FC4 9.38 A4FC4 5.98
3/8 1.70 .250 F6UC6 8.83 A6UC6 5.25 5/16 1/4 F6FC4 11.02 A5FC4 P.O.R.
1/2-5/16 1.90 .188 A8UC5 P.O.R. 5/16 3/8 A5FC6 6.99
1/2-3/8 1.90 .250 A8UC6 7.19 3/8 1/4 F6FC6 13.06 A6FC4 6.86
1/2 1.91 .375 A8UC8 6.07 3/8 3/8 A6FC6 7.06
1/2 3/8 A8FC6 7.57
1/2 1/2 A8FC8 7.57
FF – 45° Female Flare

Tube-to Flare
TMC – Tube Stem Adapter L
Tube Stem-to-Pipe
C HEX
Natural
Tube NPTF
White Kynar Gray
Stem Thread Price Price Price
Polypropylene EPDM Acetal
O.D. SIze
Seal
1/4 1/8 PP4TMC2 1.27 F4TMC2 2.15 A4TMC2 1.21
1/4 1/4 PP4TMC4 1.27 F4TMC4 2.15 A4TMC4 1.21
5/16 1/8 PP6TMC6 1.74 A5TMC2 1.27
White Natural Gray
Nom. UNF-2B 5/16 1/4 A5TMC4 1.30
O.D. Size
EPDM EPDM Nitrile 5/16 3/8 A5TMC6 1.47
Seal Seal Seal
3/8 1/4 F6TMC4 3.15 A6TMC4 1.63
1/4 7/16-20 PP4FF4 7.68 F4FF4 9.11 A4FF4 4.81
3/8 3/8 F6TMC6 3.76 A6TMC6 1.75
3/8 7-16-20 F6FF4 8.94 A6FF4 4.52
1/2 1/4 A8TMC4 5.30
3/8 5/8-18 F6FF6 13.09 A6FF6 5.67
1/2 3/8 A8TMC6 3.38
1/2 1/2 A8TMC8 3.38
BU – Bulkhead Union
Tube-to-Tube TEU – Tube Elbow Union
Tube-to-Tube Stem
White Natural Gray

Nom. Tube
P Bulhead White Natural Gray Tube Stem Price Price Price
Nom. EPDM EPDM Nitrile
Max. Hole Polypropylene Kynar Acetal O.D. O.D.
Tube Price Price Price Seal Seal Seal
Wall Dril EPDM EPDM Nitrile
O.D.
Thk Size Seal Seal Seal 1/4 1/4 PP4TEU4 4.26 F4TEU4 6.50 A4TEU4 4.00
1/4 .50 7/8 PP4BU4 7.95 F4BU4 12.49 A4BU4 6.78 1/4 3/8 F4TEU6 8.57 A4TEU6 5.40
5/16 .62 1 A5BU5 P.O.R. 5/16 5/16 A5TEU5 P.O.R.
3/8 .62 1 F6BU6 18.12 A6BU6 8.87 3/8 1/4 F6TEU4 10.23 A6TEU4 5.67
1/2 .70 1 1/8 A8BU8 11.50 3/8 3/8 F6TEU6 11.46 A6TEU6 6.82
CAP – Tube Cap ME – Male Elbow
Tube-to-Pipe
White Natural Gray White Natural Gray

Nom. L Nom. NPTF
Polypropylene Kynar Acetal Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
Tube Overall Price Price Price Tube Thread Price Price Price
EPDM EPDM Nitrile EPDM EPDM Nitrile
O.D. Length O.D. Size
Seal Seal Seal Seal Seal Seal
1/4 .77 PP4CAP 3.56 F4CAP 4.80 A4CAP 3.38 1/4 1/8 PP4ME2 4.71 F4ME2 6.86 A4ME2 3.87
1/4 1/4 PP4ME4 5.36 F4ME4 7.38 A4ME4 4.43
1/4 3/8 PP4ME6 5.65 F4ME6 9.70 A4ME6 5.30
TCB – Tube-to-Barb Connector 5/16 1/4 A5ME4 P.O.R.
L 5/16 3/8 A5ME6 P.O.R.
3/8 1/4 F6ME4 11.36 A6ME4 6.67
3/8 3/8 F6ME6 11.83 A6ME6 6.83
L
D
TPL – Plug
Tube
Tube White Natural Gray
Stem Price Price Price
I.D. Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
O.D.
1/4 1/4 PP4TCB4 2.60 F4TCB4 3.30 A4TCB4 2.49

3/8 1/4 F6TCB4 4.42 A6TCB4 3.22
3/8 3/8 F6TCB6 5.75 A6TCB6 3.76
1/2 3/8 A8TCB6 3.91 Fitting White Natural Gray
Price Price Price
1/2 1/2 A8TCB8 4.50 Size Polypropylene Kynar Acetal
1/4 PP4TPL 1.08 F4TPL 1.66 A4TPL 1.08

3/8 F6TPL 3.14 A6TPL 1.68
LC – Colour-Coded 1/2 A8TPL 2.79
Locking Clip
TS – Tube Supports
For Nylon Polypropylene
Part Nominal Part Price Part Price
Price
Number Tube Number Number
O.D.
N4TS3 1.21 P4TS3 1.04
LC-4 1/4 .79 Available Colours: N5TS3 1.35 P5TS3 1.26
LC-5 5/16 .94 Red, Yellow, Blue, Green, Black*
N6TS4 1.35 P6TS4 1.39
LC-6 3/8 1.07
N8TS6 1.61 P8TS6 1.43
LC-8 1/2 1.13 *Standard when not specified
N10TS8 1.70 P10TS8 1.56 To be used with soft durometer tubing.
PTS – Pipe Thread Sealant AQRT – Quick Release Tool

TRUSEALANT
Part No. Price TRUSEAL

*NSF – 5 listed silicone. Part No. Price
PTS 42.02
AQRT 3.18
Makes disconnection of tube adapters and tubing a breeze.
TSC – Cartridge Insert* Parker TrueSeal™ Cartridge Inserts:

Allow you to machine or mould a tube connection into your equipment
or components. By using cartridge inserts, you will reduce your material
7
and assembly costs, reduce potential leak paths, and give your equip-
.03 RAD ment a new, clean profile by eliminating the need for threaded connec-
tions. Part number ATSC4 consists of 1 O-ring, 1 cartridge, and 1 collet.
MINIMUM
DO OO BO AO H PORT SPACING Assembly Instructions:
32
Step 1 – Machine or mould the receiving orifice as per the above dimen-
sions.
E Step 2 – Place the cartridge insert squarely onto the prepared port
F
opening making sure that the barbs of the cartridge are going
G
into the hole and the lettering on the face of the
Part
cartridge is visible.
H
Number Nom. A B C D E F G
Centerline Step 3 – Using a rubber mallet or press, insert the cartridge into the first
With Price Tube Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Depth Depth Depth
Nitrile O.D. ±.002 ±.002 ±.002 ±.002 ±.002 ±.002 ±.002
of Ports
±.002
gland orifice until its face is flush with the top
Seal
surface of the port.
ATSC4 1.86 1/4 .528 .421 .260 .175 .230 .435 .600 .670
ATSC6 2.41 3/8 .632 .545 .385 .250 .280 .455 .705 .790
Step 4 – Insert the O-ring into the cartridge and seat it evenly into the
second gland orifice.
*Cartridge inserts are rated at 300 psi. Test results are measured using Noryl® as the receiving
material. Other materials may produce different results – consult Fabco. Step 5 – Insert the collet into the cartridge opening.
NORYL® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Co. Step 6 – Insert tubing.
7-26
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FAST & TITE TUBE FITTINGS
R
O C
D U
Fast & Tite Thermoplastic Fittings ly available. (For applications requiring other than Nitrile “O”-Rings,
The most complete line of plastic fittings for thermoplastic tubing in consult your FAST & TITE distributor).
the industry. Use FAST & TITE fittings with Parker Parflex tubing or other plas-
tic, glass or metal tubing for low pressure or vacuum lines up to the
NUT o-ring TUBING pressure limits shown below.
All ingredients in FAST & TITE fittings meet F.D.A. and NSF
requirements for food contact and potable water.
Working Pressures for Fast & Tite Fittings

Air-Oil-Water Pressure in PSI
Tube O.D. (in.) Up to 75°F 76° to 125°F 126° to 175°F

1/4 300 300 300
5/16 300 300 300
SPACER 3/8 250 250 150
GRAB RING
1/2 200 200 150
5/8 150 100 50
FAST & TITE thermoplastic tube fittings from Parker will prove to be
the answer to your tubing connector needs. Patented FAST & TITE
Ratings are based on use with copper tubing, and in all cases rep-
fittings install without tools in seconds and provide a tight, sure,
resents the maximum recommended working pressure of the fitting
leakproof seal without clamps or adjustments. A unique 302 stainless
only. Working pressures (vs. temperatures) of other types of tubing
steel “grab ring”, for tube retention, coupled with a Nitrile “O”-Ring for
may limit the tube and fitting assembly to pressures lower than shown
positive seal assures good tube connection with only hand tight
above. Consult factory for recommendations on applications other
assembly. Vibration or tube movement will not break the seal and
than shown above.
cause leakage. Preassembled in either highly inert polypropylene, or
strong, durable nylon, FAST & TITE fittings are the answer to full-flow
thermoplastic tubing system requirements.
When necessary, FAST & TITE fittings can be disassembled by Temperature Range:
hand for fast system drainage. Fittings are completely reusable. Black Polypropylene: 0° to +212°F
Parts are easily replaced. “O”-rings are standard size and universal- White Nylon: -40° to +200°F
Fast Assembly – Instructions

Step 3.
Step 1.
Loosen nut on fitting until three threads are visible. Fittings for glass
tubes must be disassembled and the grab ring removed.
Step 4.
Moisten end of the tube with water. Push the tube STRAIGHT into fit-
ting until it bottoms on the fitting’s shoulder. Tighten nut by hand.
Additional tightening should not be necessary, but 1/4 additional turn
Cut the tube squarely and remove any burrs. may be added if desired. DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN nut or threads
will strip and the fitting will not function properly. A proper assembly
will not show the insertion mark extending beyond the nut. If the
Step 2. insertion mark is visible, then steps 1 thru 4 must be repeated.
7 Step 5.
When using clear vinyl tubing, it is necessary to use a “TS” tube sup-
port. Disassemble the fitting and place the nut, grab ring, spacer and
tube support, in that order on the tube. Locate the grab ring at the
insertion mark as shown. Seat the O-ring in the body then proceed
with Step 4.
Mark from end of tube the length of insertion. (See Table)
PTC-PLASTIC TUBE CUTTER
PTC-001-R8
Insertion Insertion Part No. Price

Tube Lth. Without Lth. With
Size Tube Tube PTC001 10.67
Support Support
1/4 O.D. 9/16" 5/8" Plastic tube cutter and replacement blades.
5/16 O.D. 9/16" 5/8"
3/8 O.D. 3/4" 13/16" NOTE: To re-use fitting internal parts, cut tube off behind nut, pull parts off tube stub end
1/2 O.D. 13/16" 7/8" backwards, replace parts in fitting body, assemble nut and insert new tubing, after
5/8 O.D. 15/16" 1" following instructions, starting from Step #1.
MALE ELBOW ME M UNION CONNECTOR UC L
(Tube to male pipe) C HEX (Tube to tube)
D D
N
C HEX
Black Nom. C D
White
Polypro- Tube L Nut Across Thru-hole
Price Nylon Price
pylene O.D. (in.) Flats Min.
Part No.
Part No. (in.) (in.) (in.)
P4UC4 4.01 N4UC4 5.24 1/4-1/4 1.62 3/4 .175
Black Nom. C D
White NPT P5UC5 5.14 N5UC5 5.38 5/16-5/16 1.62 3/4 .187
Polypro- Tube M N Nut Across Thru-hole
Price Nylon Price Thread
pylene O.D. (in.) (in.) Flats Min. P6UC6 5.72 N6UC6 6.28 3/8-3/8 1.80 7/8 .250
Part No. (in.)
P8UC8 6.58 N8UC8 7.38 1/2-1/2 2.03 1-1/16 .375
P4ME2 3.54 N4ME2 3.87 1/4 1/8 1.06 .87 3/4 .170
P10UC10 7.91 N10UC10 8.41 5/8-5/8 2.40 1-3/16 .500
P4ME4 3.65 N4ME4 4.26 1/4 1/4 1.06 .99 3/4 .170
P5UC4 5.09 N5UC4 5.20 5/16-1/4 1.62 3/4-3/4 .170
P4ME6 3.65 N4ME6 4.88 1/4 3/8 1.06 .99 3/4 .170
P6UC4 5.25 N6UC4 5.61 3/8-1/4 1.80 7/8-3/4 .170
P5ME2 4.19 N5ME2 4.62 5/16 1/8 1.06 .87 3/4 .187
P6UC5 5.55 N6UC5 6.04 3/8-5/16 1.80 7/8-3/4 .187
P5ME4 4.26 N5ME4 4.67 5/16 1/4 1.06 .99 3/4 .187
P8UC6 6.61 N8UC6 7.33 1/2-2/8 2.03 1 1/16-7/8 .250
P5ME6 5.65 N5ME6 6.19 5/16 3/8 1.06 .99 3/4 .187
P10UC6 6.88 N10UC6 7.51 5/8-3/8 2.19 1 3/16-7/8 .250
P6ME4 4.93 N6ME4 5.38 3/8 1/4 1.28 1.10 7/8 .250
P10UC8 7.25 N10UC8 7.92 5/8-1/2 2.24 1 3/16-1 1/16 .375
P6ME6 5.15 N6ME6 5.65 3/8 3/8 1.28 1.13 7/8 .250
P6ME8 5.65 N6ME8 6.19 3/8 1/2 1.28 1.26 7/8 .250
P6ME12 5.85 N6ME12 6.45 3/8 3/4 1.59 1.51 7/8 .250
P8ME6 6.13 N8ME6 6.73 1/2 3/8 1.56 1.27 1 1/16 .375
P8ME8 6.19 N8ME8 6.88 1/2 1/2 1.56 1.42 1 1/16 .375
FEMALE CONNECTOR FC L
P10ME8 6.68 N10ME8 7.38 5/8 1/2 1.72 1.51 1 3/16 .500 (Tube to female pipe)
D
MALE CONNECTOR MC L
(Tube to male pipe)
C HEX
D
C HEX
Black Nominal C D
White NPT
Polypro- Tube L Nut Across Thru-hole
pylene O.D. (in.) Flats Min.
Part NO. (in.)
P4FC2 4.93 N4FC2 5.12 1/4 1/8 1.30 3/4 .170
P4FC4 4.96 N4FC4 5.17 1/4 1/4 1.40 3/4 .170
P6FC4 5.24 N6FC4 5.63 3/8 1/4 1.57 7/8 .250
Black Nom. C D P6FC6 5.32 N6FC6 5.69 3/8 3/8 1.57 7/8 .250
White NPT
Polypro- Tube L Nut Across Thru-hole P6FC8 5.38 N6FC8 5.91 3/8 1/2 1.67 7/8 .250
pylene O.D. (in.) Flats Min. P8FC6 5.91 N8FC6 6.49 1/2 3/8 1.66 1-1/16 .357
Part No. (in.)
P8FC8 6.30 N8FC8 6.92 1/2 1/2 1.78 1-1/16 .375
P4MC2 2.79 N4MC2 3.23 1/4 1/8 1.38 3/4 .170 P10FC8 6.49 N10FC8 7.15 5/8 1/2 1.95 1-3/16 .500
P4MC4 2.89 N4MC4 3.25 1/4 1/4 1.51 3/4 .170
P5MC2 3.56 N5MC2 3.74 5/16 1/8 1.38 3/4 .187
7
P5MC4 3.57 N5MC4 3.80 5/16 1/4 1.51 3/4 .187
P6MC2 3.61 N6MC2 3.80 3/8 1/8 1.50 7/8 .250
P6MC4 3.48 N6MC4 3.80 3/8 1/4 1.67 7/8 .250
BULKHEAD UNION BU L
P6MC6 3.71 N6MC6 4.05 3/8 3/8 1.67 7/8 .250 (Tube to tube) A P A
P6MC8 3.97 N6MC8 4.41 3/8 1/2 1.78 7/8 .250
P6MC12 4.16 N6MC12 4.57 3/8 3/4 1.84 7/8 .250
P8MC2 4.16 N8MC2 4.42 1/2 1/8 1.61 1-1/16 .375 D
P8MC4 4.25 N8MC4 4.51 1/2 1/4 1.74 1-1/16 .375
P8MC6 5.10 N8MC6 5.38 1/2 3/8 1.74 1-1/16 .375
P8MC8 5.50 N8MC8 5.85 1/2 1/2 1.87 1-1/16 .375
P8MC12 5.81 N8MC12 6.16 1/2 3/4 1.89 1-1/16 .375
C HEX
P10MC2 6.05 N10MC2 6.45 5/8 1/8 1.75 1-3/16 .500
P10MC4 6.30 N10MC4 6.68 5/8 1/4 1.90 1-3/16 .500
P10MC6 6.30 N10MC6 6.68 5/8 3/8 1.90 1-3/16 .500
P10MC8 6.49 N10MC8 6.91 5/8 1/2 2.01 1-3/16 .500
P10MC12 6.84 N10MC12 7.33 5/8 3/4 2.04 1-3/16 .500 Black T D
White
Polypro- Nom. Thru-hole H C W A L
IMPORTANT: FAST & TITE Fittings Information Price Nylon Price
pylene Tube O.D. Min. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Part No.
Fast & Tite fittings work with the following tubing. 1. Copper, 2. Brass, 3. Steel, 4. Stainless Part No. (in.) (in.)
Steel*, 5. Glass*, 6. Plastic, 7. Aluminium. Fast & Tite is the only fitting available combining P4BU4 10.34 N4BU4 11.15 1/4 .170 23/32 3/4 3/8 1/4 2 11/64
a stainless steel gripping ring with an O-Ring seal. This unique combination is patented by P6BU6 10.77 N6BU6 11.70 3/8 .250 15/16 7/8 1/2 8/32 2 34/64
Parker Hannifin. P5BU5 10.45 N5BU5 11.37 5/16 .187 23/32 3/4 3/8 1/4 2 11/64
* Working pressure dependent upon fitting grip allowed by tubing hardness. P8BU8 11.67 N8BU8 13.04 1/2 .375 15/32 1 1/16 1/2 5/16 2 3/4
7-28
ELBOW UNION EU M MALE RUN TEE MR M N
C HEX
(Tube to Tube) (Tube to Male Pipe)
D D
N M
C HEX C HEX
Black Nominal C D
White NPT
pylene O.D. (in.) (in.) Flats Min.
Part No. (in.)
Black Nominal C D
White
Polypro- Tube M N Nut Across Thru-hole P4MR2 5.05 N4MR2 6.77 1/4 1/8 1.09 .90 3/4 .170
Price Nylon Price
Part No. P6MR4 7.04 N6MR4 7.56 3/8 1/4 1.30 1.06 7/8 .250
P4EU4 5.70 N4EU4 6.60 1/4-1/4 1.06 1.06 3/4 .170 P8MR6 9.07 N8MR6 10.00 1/2 3/8 1.46 1.20 1 1/16 .375
P5EU5 6.72 N5EU5 7.36 5/16-5/16 1.06 1.06 3/4 .187 P10MR6 P.O.R. N10MR8 9.85 5/8 1/2 1.68 1.43 1 3/16 .500
P6EU6 7.89 N6EU6 8.64 3/8-3/8 1.28 1.28 7/8 .250

P8EU8 8.74 N8EU8 9.57 1/2-1/2 1.56 1.56 1 1/16 .375
P10EU10 9.75 N10EU10 10.69 5/8-5/8 1.72 1.72 1 3/16 .500 TUBE SUPPORT TS
P5EU4 6.37 N5EU4 7.03 5/16-1/4 1.06 1.06 3/4-3/4 .170 Very soft tubing such as PARAFLEX clear
P6EU4 7.11 N6EU4 7.48 3/8-1/4 1.28 1.06 7/8-3/4 .170 vinyl does not have sufficient rigidity to
P6EU5 7.51 N6EU5 8.20 3/8-5/16 1.28 1.06 7/8-3/4 .187 provide proper tube retention in fittings
P8EU6 8.64 N8EU6 9.29 1/2-3/8 1.56 1.37 1 1/16-7/8 .250 under circumstances other than very mini-
mal pressures.
Polypro-
Nylon For
pylene Price Price
MALE BRANCH TEE MT M M Part No.
Part No. Tube No.
(Tube to Male Pipe) P4TS3 1.04 N4TS3 1.21 PV43

P5TS3 1.26 N5TS3 1.35 PV53
D
P6TS4 1.39 N6TS4 1.35 PV64
P8TS6 1.43 N8TS6 1.61 PV86
N P10TS8 1.56 N10TS8 1.70 PV108
C HEX C HEX
GRAB RING GR + NUT AND SPACER

“O” RING OR SETS NS
Black Nominal C D
White NPT
Part No. (in.)
P4MT2 5.03 N4MT2 6.78 1/4 1/8 1.09 .90 3/4 .170
P4MT4 5.23 N4MT4 6.81 1/4 1/4 1.09 1.06 3/4 .170
P5MT2 6.61 N5MT2 7.71 5/16 1/8 1.09 .90 3/4 .187
P5MT4 6.60 N5MT4 6.95 5/16 1/4 1.09 1.06 3/4 .187
P6MT4 7.04 N6MT4 7.53 3/8 1/4 1.30 1.06 7/8 .250 For Nom. Black For Nom.
O Ring Grab Ring White
Tube Polypro- Tube
P6MT6 7.04 N6MT6 7.56 3/8 3/8 1.30 1.20 7/8 .250 Price Nylon Price
O.D. pylene O.D.
Part No. Price Part No. Price Part No.
P8MT6 8.41 N8MT6 9.24 1/2 3/8 1.46 1.20 1 1/16 .375 (in.) Part No. (in.)
P8MT8 8.64 N8MT8 9.50 1/2 1/2 1.46 1.42 1 1/16 .375 40R .47 4GR .39 1/4 P4NS 1.10 N4NS 1.26 1/4
P10MT8 9.48 N10MT8 10.40 5/8 1/2 1.68 1.43 1 3/16 .500 50R .47 5GR .39 5/16 P5NS 1.26 N5NS 1.35 5/16
60R .51 6GR .39 3/8 P6NS 1.38 N6NS 1.38 3/8
80R .59 8GR .47 1/2 P8NS 1.50 N8NS 1.50 1/2
100R .76 10GR .47 5/8 P10NS 1.73 N10NS 2.06 5/8
TEE UNION TU M M
7 (Tube to Tube)
D
FEMALE ELBOW FE
Standard grab ring material is No. 302
stainless steel. Standard “O” ring material
M
C HEX
D
is FDA approved Buna “N.” Viton material
available on special order.
N
C HEX C HEX N
NOTE: Other sizes, shapes and materials
available on special order. Consult
Fabco.
Black
White
Polypro- Tube NPT * * *
Price Nylon Price
Black Nominal C D pylene O.D. Thread M N C D
Part No.
White Part No.
Price Nylon Price
pylene O.D. (in.) (in.) Flats Min. P4FE2 4.29 N4FE2 5.49 1/4 1/8 1.10 .87 3/4 .170
Part No.
Part No. (in.) (in.) (in.) P4FE4 4.90 N4FE4 5.53 1/4 1/4 1.10 .99 3/4 .170
P4TU4 6.88 N4TU4 8.68 1/4-1/4 1.09 1.09 3/4 .170 P5FE2 5.41 N5FE2 6.07 5/16 1/8 1.10 .87 3/4 .187
P5TU5 9.10 N5TU5 9.73 5/16-5/16 1.09 1.09 3/4 .187 P6FE4 5.59 N6FE4 5.94 3/8 1/4 1.30 1.06 7/8 .250
P6TU6 9.07 N6TU6 9.80 3/8-3/8 1.30 1.30 7/8 .250 P6FE6 5.59 N6FE6 5.82 3/8 3/8 1.30 1.06 7/8 .250
P8TU6 10.53 N8TU6 11.35 1/2-3/8 1.46 1.39 1 1/16-7/8 .250 P8FE6 5.82 N8FE6 6.29 1/2 3/8 1.50 1.17 1 1/16 .375
P8FE8 5.86 N8FE8 6.42 1/2 1/2 1.50 1.30 1 1/16 .375
P8TU8 10.56 N8TU8 11.53 1/2-1/2 1.46 1.46 1-1/16 .375
P10FE8 6.90 N10FE8 7.63 5/8 1/2 1.70 1.35 1 3/16 .500
P10TU6 11.69 N10TU6 13.13 5/8-3/8 1.68 1.46 1 3/16-7/8 .250
P10TU10 12.76 N10TU10 14.06 5/8-5/8 1.68 1.68 1-3/16 .500 *See elbow union EU for lettered picture.
PAR-BARB FITTINGS / POLYETHYLENE PIPE
WATER SERVICE POLYETHYLENE PIPE Tee Union TUB L
CSA MEDIUM DENSITY TYPE II (PE 2306)

OD2 D OD1
Series 75 CSA Constant Pressure • Type 2

Average Approx.
Part Nominal Minimum Coil/Reel
I.D. Wt. Per Price
No. Pipe Size Wall Length
(inches) cFt.
WSP-050 *1/2" L.D./B/D/ .622 .070 7 100'-400'-3000R POA Black High Tubing or Hose
White
WSP-075 *3/4" L.D./B.D. .824 .085 9.5 100'-400'-3000R POA Density Linear Price Price Inside Diameter
Nylon
Polyethylene Each Each
WSP-100 *1" M.D./D.M. 1.049 .085 14 100'-300'-2000R POA Part No. Side 1 Side 2 Side 3
Part No. OD3
WSP-125 *1 1/4" M.D./D.M. 1.380 .112 24 100'-300'-1000R POA
P2TUB-2 1.83 N2TUB-2 2.64 1/8 1/8 1/8
WSP-150 *1 1/2" M.D./D.M. 1.610 .131 33 100'-250'-1000R POA
P2TUB-3 1.83 N3TUB-3 2.60 3/16 3/16 3/16
WSP-200 *2" M.D./D.M. 2.067 .168 54.5 100'-200'-500' POA
WSP-300 *3" M.D./D.M. 3.059 .248 113 100' POA P4TUB-4 1.87 N4TUB-4 2.20 1/4 1/4 1/4
WSP-400 *4" M.D./D.M. 4.017 .326 186 100' POA P5TUB-5 1.93 N5TUB-5 2.74 5/16 5/16 5/16
P6TUB-4 1.93 N6TUB-4 2.74 3/8 3/8 1/4
P6TUB-6 1.93 N6TUB-6 2.31 3/8 3/8 3/8
Series 100 CSA Constant Pressure • Type 2 P6TUB-8 1.96 N6TUB-8 2.83 3/8 3/8 1/2
P8TUB-6 1.96 N8TUB-6 2.83 1/2 1/2 3/8
Average Approx. P8TUB-8 2.20 N8TUB-8 2.60 1/2 1/2 1/2
Part Nominal Minimum Coil/Reel
I.D. Wt. Per Price
No. Pipe Size Wall Length P10TUB-10 3.40 N10TUB-10 3.09 5/8 5/8 5/8
(inches) cFt.
WSPP-050 *1/2" L.D./B.D. .622 .089 8.3 100'-400'-3000R POA

WSPP-075 *3/4" L.D./B.D. .824 .118 14.5 100'-400'-3000R POA
WSPP-100 1" M.D./D.M. 1.049 .117 19.5 100'-300'-1000R POA
WSPP-125 *1 1/4" M.D./D.M. 1.380 .153 33.5 100'-300'-1000R POA
WSPP-150 *1 1/2" M.D./D.M. 1.610 .179 45.5 100'-250'-1000R POA Male Connector (Adapter) MCB L
WSPP-200 *2" M.D./D.M. 2.067 .230 75.5 100'-200'-500' POA
Pipes marked with (*) CSA Approved. Pressure Rating – PSI at 73.4°F. 4” Pipe in Series 75 non stock item. OD D
Black High C HEX

L White Tubing Male Pipe
Male Elbow MEB Density Linear
Polyethylene
Part No.
Price
Each
Nylon
Part No.
Price
Each
or Hose
I.D. (in.)
Thread
NPT (in.)
D OD P3MCB-2 .94 N3MCB-2 1.35 3/16 1/8

Black High P3MCB-4 1.01 N3MCB-4 1.43 3/16 1/4
White Tubing Male Pipe
Density Linear Price Price
Nylon or Hose Thread P3MCB-8 1.21 N3MCB-8 1.66 3/16 1/2
Part No. I.D. (in.) NPT (in.)
Part No. P4MCB-2 .87 N4MCB-2 1.01 1/4 1/8
N
P3MEB-2 1.87 N3MEB-2 2.64 3/16 1/8 C HEX P4MCB-4 .87 N4MCB-4 1.01 1/4 1/4
P3MEB-4 1.93 N3MEB-4 2.74 3/16 1/4 P4MCB-6 1.01 N4MCB-6 1.26 1/4 3/8
P6MEB-4 1.83 N6MEB-4 2.04 3/8 1/4 P6MCB-4 .87 N6MCB-4 1.01 3/8 1/4
P12MCB-12 1.87 N12MCB-12 2.20 3/4 3/4
Male Branch Tee MTB OD D OD L

Union Connector UCB
N OD D OD
C HEX
Black High
White Tubing Male Pipe
Density Linear Price Price
Nylon or Hose Thread
Part No. I.D. (in.) NPT (in.)
Part No.
Black High
White Tubing or Hose
P3MTB-2 1.93 N3MTB-2 2.74 3/16 1/8 Density Linear Price Price
Nylon Inside Diameter
7
P3MTB-4 1.96 N3MTB-4 2.79 3/16 1/4 Part No. Both Ends (in.)
Part No.
P4MTB-2 1.93 N4MTB-2 2.74 1/4 1/8
P2UCB-2 1.42 N2UCB-2 1.26 1/8
P4MTB-4 1.96 N4MTB-4 2.35 1/4 1/4
P3UCB-3 1.54 N3UCB-3 1.30 3/16
P4MTB-6 2.22 N4MTB-6 2.98 1/4 3/8
P4UCB-4 1.32 N4UCB-4 1.39 1/4
P6MTB-4 2.09 N6MTB-4 2.98 3/8 1/4
P5UCB-5 1.55 N5UCB-5 1.99 5/16
P6MTB-6 2.20 N6MTB-6 2.60 3/8 3/8
P6UCB-6 1.55 N6UCB-6 1.61 3/8
P6MTB-8 2.35 N6MTB-8 3.30 3/8 1/2
P8UCB-8 1.56 N8UCB-8 2.12 1/2
P8MTB-4 2.09 N8MTB-4 3.01 1/2 1/4 P10UCB-10 1.58 N10UCB-10 2.44 5/8
P8MTB-6 2.27 N8MTB-6 3.09 1/2 3/8
P8MTB-8 2.44 N8MTB-8 2.89 1/2 1/2
Reducer Union Connector UCB

L
L
Elbow Union EUB
OD D OD
D OD1
Black High Tubing or Hoses Black High Tubing or Hoses

White White
Density Linear Price Price Inside Diameter
Nylon N Density Linear Price
Nylon
Price Inside Diameter
Polyethylene Each Each Polyethylene Each Each
Part No. Side 1 Side 2 Part No.
Part No. Part No. Side 1 Side 2
P4EUB-4 1.83 N4EUB-4 2.60 1/4 1/4 P4UCB-3 1.32 N4UCB-3 1.35 1/4 3/16
P8EUB-4 1.93 N8EUB-4 2.74 1/2 1/4 OD2 P8UCB-4 1.56 N8UCB-4 2.09 1/2 1/4
7-30
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
NYLON CABLE TIES
R
O C
D U
VALUE–LINE NYLON CABLE TIES

• The widest line of versatile Self-Locking Nylon Cable Ties for stan-
dard and heavy duty, regular and mounting applications.
• Securely bundles cables, wires and hoses from 1/16” (1.6 mm) to
15” (31.8 mm) diameters.
• Special bent tip on standard duty VNT’s for easy insertion.
• Chemically resistant to salt water, weak acids, alcohol, grease, oil,
gasoline and common solvents. Fungus inert.
• Available in ultraviolet resistant material for outdoor use.
• Molded of type 6/6 nylon. ASTM D–4066-82; flammability classifi-
cation 94V–2; temperature index 125°C electrical, 85°C mechanical.
Maximum temperature on the part shall not exceed 75°C.
Regular Screw Mountable

Part Approx. Max. Min. Min. Price Part Approx. Max. Min. Mounting Min. Price
No. Length Bundle Tensile Order Per No. Length Bundle Tensile Screw Order Per
Dia. Strength Qty. Thousand Dia. Strength Size* Qty. Thousand
Standard Duty (1/16 Min. Bundle Dia.) Standard Duty
VNT3-15 3 19/32 15 1000 25.33 VMNT5-30 6 1 1/4 30 8 1000 102.10
VNT4-18 4 3/4 18 1000 25.33 VMNT7-50 7 1/2 1 3/4 50 10 1000 121.72
VNT8-18 8 2 18 1000 68.19 VMNT11-50 11 3 50 10 500 260.01
VNT5-30 5 1/2 1 1/4 30 1000 55.24 VMNT14-50 14 1/2 4 50 10 500 286.48
VNT8-40 8 1/2 2 40 1000 59.62 Heavy Duty
VNT7-50 7 1 3/4 50 1000 73.53 VMNT14-120 5 4 120 1/4 200 358.10
VNT11-50 11 3 50 500 168.00
UV Black available at 25% extra.
VNT14-50 14 4 50 500 180.39
*Suggested screw
Heavy Duty (3/16 Min. Bundle Dia.)
VNT8-120 8 2 120 500 223.24
VNT14-120 14 1/4 4 120 300 293.34
VNT32-120** 32 9 120 200 514.30
VNT24-175 24 7 3/16 175 200 582.87
VNT34-175 34 10 175 200 632.39
VNT41-175 41 12 175 100 929.54
VNT48-175* 48 15 175 100 1,173.36 Cable Tie Tools
UV Black available at 25% extra.
7 *Gray colour
Coloured and Fluorescent Cable Ties

Use coloured ties as a convenient way to identify cables, or even just
to jazz up your packaging.
The 4” and 8” (40 lb.) standard duty ties are available in the following
colours: blue, brown, gray, green, orange, purple, red and yellow.
If you want to really catch their eye, try one of our exciting fluorescent
colours: blue, green, orange, pink and yellow. These vibrant ties are
Use the “Twist Trim Tool”, for stan- The standard tool fits all standard
available in the 4”, 8” (40 lb.) and 11” standard duty ties.
dard duty ties. Low cost, durable duty ties. Metal construction has
Minimums and prices are available on request. construction. Tightens convention- three tension settings and automati-
ally, then trims with a twist of the cally trims excess (Right photo). Also
wrist. (Left photo). available in heavy duty version.
PRICES ON REQUEST
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
INSTADUCT® VENTILATION / EXHAUST DUCTING

R
O C
D U
INSTADUCT® VENTILATION/
EXHAUST DUCTING
3”Ø - 24”Ø PVC, P.P. 8
8-1
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO INSTADUCT®
R
O C
D U
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

- Stock Items
- Low Cost/Efficient
- Fast Assembly/Easy to Install
- Smooth Flow of Air
CHARACTERISTICS:
- Inert
- Acid Resistant
- Alkali Resistant
- Non Flammable
APPLICATIONS:
- Platers
- Anodizers
- Chemical Plants
- Universities
Machine made Instaduct® Ventilation Fittings
The Fabco Range of PVC corrosion resistant Ventilation Ducting is designed for low
pressure drop and smooth airflow.
FABCO Plastics makes the design, assembly and installation of I. GENERAL APPLICATION
Industrial Fume Exhaust systems easier with new, seamless, mould-
ed, quick connecting, belled-end, rigid PVC INSTADUCT Fittings. This section is intended to present only a broad introductory dis-
cussion of the general properties of PVC and some of the factors
Now, for the first time, FABCO INSTADUCT fittings allow ventilation which should be considered in use in air handling systems. It is rec-
systems, up to 24" in diameter to be assembled by Solvent Welding, ommended that for additional information relative to specific applica-
substantially reducing installation time and the associated costs. tions, that FABCO be contacted.
FABCO's new INSTADUCT Fittings from 3" to 24" in diameter are PVC finds its widest application in air handling systems where it is
machine moulded, onepiece construction, with elbows being smooth used to control corrosion in exhaust systems that convey acidic or
flowing thus reducing turbulence and static pressure. INSTADUCT fit- caustic fumes resulting from the use of chemical solutions. In addition,
tings are extremely robust and sturdy, yet lightweight and easy to han- INSTADUCT can be used to provide push air. PVC is particularly suit-
dle in the shop or on the job-site. able where wide variations in chemical concentrations, such as in the
metal finishing trade, will occur. The material also provides a smooth,
Manufactured of Type I Grade I PVC, FABCO's INSTADUCT hard surface suitable for wash down or water spray, for the removal of
Fittings are corrosion resistant and are capable of withstanding tem- contaminants in the duct system. These characteristics combined with
peratures up to 140°F. For special applications involving higher tem- its general malleability, make PVC ideally suited for many air pollution
peratures with abrasive airborne particulate mixed with noxious control systems.
fumes, FABCO INSTADUCT can also be moulded using
Polypropylene. Applications requiring a fire retardant ventilation sys- Because of its optimal physical properties, chemical resistance and
tem can be designed employing FABCO INSTADUCT moulded from relatively low cost, PVC has obtained wide acceptance for use in cor-
Fire Retardant Polypropylene. rosive fume exhaust systems.
FABCO INSTADUCT fittings are the ideal foundation for a well Examples of industrial processes requiring source ventilation of
designed and well installed ventilation system. fumes are metal cleaning, pickling, plating, halogen gas purging and
etching. Other ventilation applications utilizing thermoplastics are
To compliment the moulded, one-piece INSTADUCT fittings, fume hoods in research laboratories and education institutions, and
FABCO also offers a full range of Custom Fabricated fittings.. Ducting exhaust ventilating systems in high humidity areas such as indoor
systems above 24" in diameter will also employ fabricated fittings, swimming pools.
manufactured in our modern Thermoplastic Fabrication facility,
employing the most up-to-date and efficient manufacturing methods. In general, the selection of PVC will provide wider corrosion resis-
8 With over 25 years experience in Custom Plastics Engineering and
Fabrication, FABCO offers the INSTADUCT System, our latest inno-
vation and a part of our Overall Commitment to supply industry with
tance than metal. Proper engineering design and use of an accept-
able plastic for the particular environment will result in satisfactory
performance. Care should be taken to avoid using PVC in the pres-
systems of Peerless Quality and Design. ence of ketones, chlorinated hydrocarbons and aromatic solvents. The
upper temperature limit is 140°F (approx.). Most of the difficulty expe-
FABCO's 66,000 square foot Engineering and Manufacturing rienced with failures, resulted from inadequately constructed units due
Complex is located in Canada. For more detailed information, please to a lack of sufficient engineering design data. When proper consider-
contact our Engineering and Fabrication Sales Division. ation is given to the corrosive environment, failures are rarely associ-
ated with the incompatibility of PVC with the materials being exhaust-
Distributors welcomed. ed.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO INSTADUCT®
R
O C
D U
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) mens and some solution occurs in most instances as a result of cor-
rosive attack. Stress cracking can occur with some plastics. However,
Whenever the terms PVC resins and PVC compounds are used, Type I, Grade 1, rigid polyvinyl chloride has rather rare instance of
they are generally understood to refer to materials made from one of stress cracking.
the following:
Higher temperature applications in corrosive environments will
a) poly vinyl chloride result in substantial increases in penetration and becomes apparent
b) chlorinated poly vinyl chloride as temperatures approach the heat distortion point The decreased
c) vinyl chloride copolymers corrosion resistance, as well as the upper physical operating temper-
atures compared to working stress, occur simultaneously.
The resin portion of compounds should contain at least 80 percent
vinyl chloride according to ASTM D-1784-81. The compounding ingre- III. FLAMMABILITY
dients may consist of lubricants, stabilizers, non-poly (vinyl chloride)
resin modifiers, and pigments essential for processing, property con- Polyvinylchloride (PVC), contains approximately 56% chlo-
trol and colouring. rine by weight, and in its rigid, unplastisized form, it is self-extinguish-
ing when tested per ASTM-635. (Generally, the threshold for vinyl
PVC has the ability to be compounded for a wide range of applica- resin to be self-extinguishing is approximately 30% chlorine.) Some
tions. Use of PVC in air ventilating systems however, is primarily lim- PVC ductwork is required to be furnished with internal sprinklers,
ited to the rigid material. while systems without sprinklers are acceptable as long as the PVC
does not exceed 1/4" wall thickness, (thin walled PVC collapses from
This material in addition to being used for duct, is also used for the heat of fire and interrupts flame spread by shutting off air flow) and
structures such as hoods, exhaust fans, and fume scrubbers. Other does not contain other combustible deposits.
products, such as sinks, have become standard FABCO items.
IV. CONSTRUCTION OF PVC DUCT SYSTEMS
PVC Solvent Cements - these cements are compounded with PVC
resins or copolymers, a solvent, and an evaporation retardant. While
Designed systems normally include the following:
clear amber cements can be produced, most commercial cements are
coloured grey, with inert pigments. There are two grades of solvent
A) Equipment list and system layout.
pipe cement. One is designed for DWV pipe; the other is of heavier
B) Duct sizing information (diameter or width and height) for all
consistency for Schedules 40, 80 and 120 pipe. When cementing is
ducts.
applicable the latter is suggested for structural fabrication. Cements
C) Total system design CFM and all terminal CFM requirements.
are available from FABCO (see Section 4). INSTADUCT up to 24"
D) Frequency and/or location of access doors and test holes.
diameter can be cemented following proper solvent cementing proce-
E) Location and type of regulating dampers.
dures. Duct and fittings over 24" diameter must be hand welded.
F) Location and type of all fire and smoke protection devices and
equipment as may be desired, or required by local codes and
II. CORROSIVE RESISTANCE regulations.
G) Location of flexible connections.
Performance rating based solely on advertising data from H) Location of all expansion joints.
the reference material, can be made meaningless by the presence of L) Type of PVC material from which the duct is to be manufac-
a contaminant. It is essential that close coordination with the manu- tured, and details of duct to special requirements not in accor-
facturer be maintained, to ensure applicability. Corrosion attack is pri- dance with this reference material.
marily the penetration of the corrosive environment into the surface of J) Pressure Classification: (positive or negative) to which each
the plastic material. This results in a weight gain of the PVC. duct system (or each portion of a duct system where applica-
Penetration of the corrosive environment into the plastic proper also ble) is to be constructed.
changes the physical properties. The degree of weight gain, penetra- K) Location and type of drain connections when required.
tion, and change in physical properties is the manner whereby ther- L) Details and location of any acoustical treatment.
moplastic corrosion is measured. Penetration either occurs relatively
rapidly, or does not occur at all. A 30-day immersion test is usually sat- NOTE: The designer will have responsibility for the following:
isfactory to determine whether or not a thermoplastic material will
handle the corrosive environment intended. Weight gain greater than 1. The PVC must not be used to exceed manufacturers' tempera-
7% suggests unsuitability. ture and impact ratings.
2. Inspection and maintenance openings provided (clean outs)
Borderline environments in liquid service are usually satisfactory for should be on straight runs and elbows. Equipment and special
fume exhaust systems, where condensation does not occur. Exhaust accessories should be accessible for the service required.
duct with adequate drainage can be satisfactory where limited con- 3. Standard and custom fabricated hoods (which have been
densation occurs. Further, design of fume exhaust systems usually
incorporates 9 to 12 parts of room air to one of fume, thereby diluting
designed and made by FABCO for 25 years) providing proper
capture velocities at those points where fumes are generated.
8
the fume concentration and reducing corrosive attack. 4. Condensate should be collected and drained off. A recom-
mended minimum slope for horizontal ducts pitched downward
Changes in physical property occur with corrosion attack and are in the direction of air flow is 1 inch in 40 feet, with the recom-
measured in terms of tensile strength, impact strength, and flexural mended minimum slope for ducts pitched downward in the
strength. The degree of attack with organic solvents increases in order direction opposite the air flow equal to 1 inch in 10 ft. Drains with
with the following common solvents: Alcohols, ketones, esters, aro- traps or valves are to be provided.
matic and chlorinated solvents. A very distinct softening of the speci-
8-3
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO INSTADUCT®
R
O C
D U
REQUIREMENTS quate surface to surface contact area exists.)
1. MATERIALS INSTADUCT is closely fitted to insure uniform contact of the mating

surface. When used with larger sizes of duct (over 12 inches diameter
or width) particular care shall be exercised to insure that the solvent
1.1 PVC Composed - The PVC material used will possess mini-
does not set up in any area prior to mating of the parts.
mum property values equivalent to that designated by ASTM-D-
1784-81.
When performing solvent welding, care must be taken to follow
FABCO's instructions precisely with respect to preparing the materi-
1.2 Rigid Sheets - Rigid PVC sheets used in the fabrication of duct-
als to be joined, applying the cement and placing the materials into
work and accessories, shall be manufactured from the basic com-
contact with each other.
pounds as specified in paragraph 1.1. The manufactured sheet
products shall be equivalent to the requirements of ASTM-D1927-
81. 5. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS
1.3 Extruded Duct and Shapes - Extruded material, where used, Thermally formed large diameter round duct sections, shall be
shall be manufactured from the basic compounds as specified in machine fusion welded the length of duct.
paragraph 1.1.
6. ELBOWS, ROUND DUCT
2. DUCT SIZES AND TOLERANCES
Unless otherwise specified in the design documentation, the cen-
2.1 Wall Thickness - The minimum nominal wall thickness shall be terline radius for standard elbows shall be 1 times the diameter. The
as specified in Figures 1-19. The allowable tolerance on minimum standard configuration of a 5 segment elbow is illustrated in Figure 14.
thickness of the duct wall shall be minimum 15% of the specified Segmented elbows shall be joined by butt welding and the number of
nominal thickness. segments shall be in accordance with Table 1.
2.2 Round Duct TABLE 1

a) Extruded round duct up to 24" diameter shall be determined by Segmented Elbows
the nominal inside diameter. Detailed dimensions of inside
diameter, outside diameter and wall thickness are indicated Duct diameter Minimum Number of Segments
herein Tolerances on extruded duct including out of roundness or Width (inches) 30° 45° 90°
shall generally be governed by the requirements of ASTM- up to 24" Dia. Seamless
D1785-83 but in any event tolerance will allow for proper joint 24 Dia. and above 2 3 5
fitment and cementing.
b) Fabricated duct larger than 24" in diameter shall be determined 7. OFFSETS
by the nominal inside diameter. The tolerance including out of
roundness shall be the greater of 1% of the diameter or 3/16 of Unless otherwise specified in the design documentation, the cen-
an inch. terline radii for standard offset shall be the same as for elbows.
2.3 Fittings - Wall thickness of mitered fittings shall be at least that 8. TRANSITIONS AND REDUCERS
of duct of the same size.
Minimum wall thickness and reinforcement of transitions shall be
2.4 Squareness of Ends - Individual sections and fittings shall that required for the larger diameter or width of transition piece.
maintain suitable tolerances such that field erection can be accom-
plished in a neat and workmanship like manner, and such as to 9. BRANCHES ENTERING MAIN
maintain essentially air tight construction and structural integrity.
Branch ducts shall enter the main duct near the large end of a tran-
3. ATTACHMENT sition, at an angle not exceeding 45° where ever possible. Branches
shall not be positioned directly opposite one another on a main or a
The attached figures No. 17-19 illustrate the recommended method sub-main. The intersection of branches with mains and sub-mains
for attachment of PVC and illustrate several acceptable methods of shall be continuously welded.
attaching steel reinforcement to PVC duct. Where penetration of the
ductwall is approved, or specified, hardware shall be plastisol coated. 10. TRANSVERSE JOINTS
Figure 17 shows rectangular duct reinforcement on two sides of the
Hand welded butt joints may be used for connections wherever
8 duct.
desirable. For field connections, however, it is recommended that a
bell and spigot or flexible connection be used.
4. SOLVENT CEMENTING
11. BUTT JOINT
Solvent cementing may be used as method of joining PVC ducting.
(This process joins the O.D. of the duct to the I.D. of the fitting). The
A hand welded butt joint shall have a tensile strength at least equal
solvents in the cement produce a surface reaction that dissolves the
to 75% of the duct itself.
PVC. As the surfaces are placed in contact with each other the sol-
vents evaporate, the reaction stops, and the PVC hardens to its orig-
inal state. (This method is suitable only for applications where ade-
Effective June 24, 1998
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO INSTADUCT®
R
O C
D U
12. BELL AND SPIGOT INSTADUCT 19. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
Bell and spigot joints, are made by thermal forming of the end of Fans, scrubbers, filters, eliminators, sound traps and other such
round duct. The straight duct shall be inserted into the bell end a min- auxiliary equipment, can be incorporated into the system.
imum of 2".
Your FABCO designer can assist you with these requirements as
13. INSTADUCT COUPLING JOINT well.
The coupling joint is thermally formed of a thickness equivalent to 20. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
or greater than that of the duct. The coupling is cemented to the duct
section. A full maintenance procedure/check list for individual exhaust ven-
tilation, scrubbing and fan components has been developed and is
14. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS available on a project- by-project basis from the FABCO designer.
Flexible connections shall be provided to form an anti-vibration bar- Note: Figures 1-24 mentioned are illustrations and drawings from the
rier at the locations indicated on the design drawings and shall be fab- Technical and Dimensional section of the Instaduct® program.
ricated from flexible plasticized PVC material (not less than 3/ 32 inch
thick) having corrosion resistance and temperature compatibility suit-
able for the environment (Figure 10).
Longitudinal seams shall be sealed by machine fusion welding.
15. DUCT HANGER AND SUPPORTS
All horizontal ducts shall be supported as specified in Figures 17-

19, illustrating acceptable methods of supporting horizontal duct.
Duct shall also be supported independently at other equipment loca-
tions and on both sides of an expansion or flexible joint.
Hangers and supports shall be securely fastened to the building or

structure. Care shall be taken to avoid creating conditions of stress on
the finished material.
Hanger materials and hardware shall be stainless steel or plastisol

coated steel for corrosion resistance as necessary. Otherwise, mild
steel or equal may be used.
Electric and Pneumatic Actuated Dampers
are available in Fabco’s INSTADUCT® Program
16. FUME HOODS
Fume hoods will be properly designed and fabricated to suit instal-

lation. FABCO design engineers can assist with this requirement.
17. VOLUME DAMPERS
Volume dampers shall be installed at the locations indicated on the

project drawings for balancing and adjustment of the system.
Acceptable damper construction is illustrated in Figure 9. Volume
dampers shall be constructed of PVC material and provided with suit-
able corrosion proof attachments for permanently setting dampers in
a fixed position after balancing.
18. DRAINS
The drains shall be full sized half couplings, preferably 2" in diam-
eter and suitable for receiving standard IPS pipe connections. The fit-
tings shall be continuously welded and trimmed flush with the interior
8
surface of the duct. Aircraft Engine Metal Finishing Plant - using
Instaduct® Fittings
8-5
B C O
A
•
•
T S
FABCO INSTADUCT®
P
R
O C
D U
TYPE I GRADE I SEAMLESS EXTRUDED DUCT EXTRUDED DUCT PIPE

FOR DRAIN AND FUME SERVICE
DUCTING DUCT SIZE O.D. WALL WT./FT. PRICE PER
PART # IN. MM IN. IN. LBS./FT. FOOT
MITRED PVC DUCT FITTINGS
Welded construction supplied with socket (belled) ends, 010118 6 150 6.625 .125 1.530 11.05
fabricated from extruded duct pipe. Call Fabco for spe- 0101181 6 150 6.625 .187 2.275 15.74
cial or custom manufactured duct fittings. 0101185 7 180 7.375 .187 2.534 20.34
010119 8 200 8.625 .187 2.982 20.67
0101195 9 225 9.375 .187 3.239 25.11
010120 10 250 10.750 .187 3.733 25.73
010121 11 280 11.375 .187 3.944 30.26
010122 12 315 12.750 .187 4.440 30.66
010124 14 355 14.000 .187 4.884 33.74
010126 16 400 16.000 .187 5.586 38.59
010128 18 450 18.000 .187 6.750 43.45
010130 20 500 20.000 .219 8.144 70.21
010134 24 600 24.000 .250 11.163 84.45
010138 28 700 28.000 .250 13.470 84.18
010142 32 800 32.000 .250 17.070 122.52
CONCENTRIC REDUCERS VENTILATION GRILLES, BIRD MESH GRILLES
PART NO. INCHES MM PRICE Grilles 10 x 10 mm Part No. Mat. Price
010109020 8x6 200 x 160 46.91 Size 2000 x 1000 x 3mm SG 1 PVC P.O.A.
010109025 10 x 8 250 x 200 63.79
Also available in PPS, PP and PE
010109027 10 x 6 250 x 160 61.92
010109030 12 x 10 315 x 250 65.67
010109031 12 x 8 315 x 200 67.55
010109032 14 x 12 355 x 315 82.56
010109033 14 x 10 355 x 250 98.52
010109034 14 x 8 355 x 200 118.21
010109035 16 x 14 400 x 355 95.69
010109036 16 x 12 400 x 315 135.10
DAMPER REGULATOR MECHANISM

This new simple damper regulator is easily installed in plastic
ducting featuring a positive action handle that locks into and clear-
ly indicates damper position. Any fabricator or maintenance staff
can install the damper regulator.
The FABCO damper regulator is made of PVC, Polypropylene
and Polyethylene. After installation it is AIRTIGHT.
OPERATION PARTS:
1) Positioning Handle 5) Sealing Cap
a) Pull (PT #1) positioning handle, turn to position desired and
8 it locks on release.
b) Damper position is indicated on position handle by orienta-
2) Positioning Bushing
3) Rotation Shaft
4) Stem
6) ‘O’ Ring Joint (Viton)
7) Retaining Spring
tion of TWO indicating slots.

7 3 16 2
For Use with Ducts up to 20” 4 5
Part No. Material Description Price Each*
PDR PVC DAMPER REGULATOR 18.15

PPDR PP DAMPER REGULATOR 18.15
PEDR PE DAMPER REGULATOR P.O.R.
*Price does not include damper plate.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO INSTADUCT®
R
O C
D U
FITTINGS
90° ELBOWS 45° ELBOWS 45° WYES TEES COUPLINGS FLANGES DAMPER FLEXIBLE
DUCT SIZE ASSEMBLYS VIBRATION SLEEVES
010105 (SZ#) 010103 (SZ#) 010107 (SZ#) 010106 (SZ#) 010110 (SZ#) 010111 (SZ#) 010112 (SZ#) 010116 (SZ#)
SIZE
IN. MM
NO.
18 6 160 42.36 32.73 140.55 107.82 23.69 100.00 115.52 35.97

19 8 200 53.91 36.58 194.46 150.18 32.35 111.11 130.93 44.11
20 10 250 105.90 67.39 390.86 300.36 53.73 147.22 150.18 52.36
22 12 315 127.08 78.94 448.62 344.65 58.15 183.33 167.51 60.42
24 14 355 167.51 102.05 614.20 471.72 64.69 202.78 179.06 65.42
26 16 400 204.09 111.67 643.08 494.83 70.85 236.11 192.54 73.33
28 18 450 471.72 P.O.R. 725.87 558.36 117.45 266.67 926.12 81.25
30 20 500 558.36 415.89 835.62 643.08 132.85 325.00 1,003.13 89.31
34 24 600 941.52 643.08 1,253.43 964.62 663.58 347.22 1,315.05 105.14
4”, 7”, 9” and 11” fittings can be fabricated on request.
SPECIALIZED FABRICATED FITTINGS

30° ELBOWS 15° ELBOWS 30° PANT LEGS 45° PANT LEGS 90° PANT LEGS
DUCT SIZE
010102 (SZ#) 010101 (SZ#) 010115 (SZ#) 010114 (SZ#) 010113 (SZ#)
SIZE
IN. MM
NO.
18 6 160 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.

20 10 250 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 902.78
4”, 7”, 9” and 11” fittings can be fabricated on request.
CONCENTRIC REDUCERS
PART NO. INCHES MM PRICE
010109018 7x6 180 x 160 P.O.R.

010109019 8x7 200 x 180 P.O.R.
010109021 9x8 225 x 200 P.O.R.
010109022
010109023
010109024
9x7
9x6
10 x 9
225
225
250
x
x
x
180
160
225
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
8
010109026 10 x 7 250 x 180 P.O.R.
010109028 11 x 10 280 x 250 P.O.R.
010109029 12 x 11 315 x 280 P.O.R.
8-7
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO INSTADUCT®
R
O C
D U
SPECIALIZED FABRICATED FITTINGS

ELBOWS
90° ELBOWS 45° ELBOWS 30° ELBOWS

010452 (SZ#) 010252 (SZ#) 010052 (SZ#)
DUCT
SIZE
SIZE
NO.
(INCH)
36 26 2,027.78 1,405.56 1,077.78

45° REDUCING LATERAL WYES
38 28 2,086.11 1,480.56 1,263.89
40 30 2,227.78 1,663.89 1,405.56 Part No. Size A x B x C Price
42 32 2,316.67 1,763.89 1,480.56
010652190 8" x 6" x 4" 550.00
44 34 2,536.11 1,866.67 1,547.22 010652200 10" x 6" x 4" 733.33
46 36 2,655.56 2,086.11 1,666.67 010652220 12" x 8" x 6" 811.11
010652240 14" x 10" x 8" 583.33
48 38 2,961.11 2,297.22 1,813.89
010652260 16" x 12" x 10" 1,011.11
50 40 3,241.67 2,655.56 2,166.67 010652280 18" x 14" x 12" 1,088.89
52 42 3,863.89 2,833.33 2,405.56
54 44 4,361.11 3,138.89 2,686.11
56 46 4,944.44 3,694.44 3,216.67 45° REDUCING PANT LEGS
58 48 5,666.67 4,200.00 3,638.89 PART NO. DUCT SIZE PRICE
0101140806 8x6x6 583.33

0101141008 10 x 8 x 8 661.11
0101141210 12 x 10 x 10 833.33
0101141408 14 x 8 x 8 1,055.56
0101141410 14 x 10 x 10 1,250.00
0101141610 16 x 10 x 10 1,430.56
0101141612 16 x 12 x 12 1,766.67
0101141810 18 x 10 x 10 1,527.78
0101141812 18 x 12 x 12 1,577.78
0101141814 18 x 14 x 14 1,638.89
0101142012 20 x 12 x 12 1,727.78
0101142014 20 x 14 x 14 1,755.56
0101142016 20 x 16 x 16 1,802.78
0101142214 22 x 14 x 14 2,027.78
45° REDUCING LATERAL WYES 0101142216 22 x 16 x 16 2,200.00
0101142218 22 x 18 x 18 2,388.89
Part No. Size A x B x C Price 0101142414 24 x 14 x 14 2,500.00
0101142416 24 x 16 x 16 2,583.33
010652300 20" x 16" x 14" 1,277.78
0101142418 24 x 18 x 18 2,744.44
010652320 22" x 18" x 14" 1,366.67
010652340 24" x 20" x 16" 1,461.11
010652360 24" x 20" x 18" 1,527.78
010652380 26" x 20" x 18" 1,583.33
010652400 26" x 22" x 20" 1,627.78
010652420 28" x 24" x 18" 1,661.11
010652440 28" x 24" x 20" 1,705.56
010652460 30" x 28" x 18" 1,825.00
010652480 30" x 26" x 20" 1,883.33
010652500 30" x 26" x 24" 1,925.00
010652520 32" x 26" x 20" 2,052.78
010652540 32" x 28" x 20" 2,125.00
010652560 32" x 26" x 22" 2,158.33
010652580 32" x 28" x 24" 2,244.44
010652600 34" x 30" x 20" 2,341.67
8 010652620
010652640
010652660
34"
34"
36"
x
x
x
30"
30"
32"
x
x
x
18"
24"
20"
2,388.89
2,441.67
2,497.22
010652680 36" x 34" x 18" 2,583.33
010652700 36" x 34" x 20" 2,769.44
NOTE: Large diameter PVC duct fittings are fabricated from

rolled sheet and supplied with socket (belled) ends. Fittings
are a mitred and welded construction. Barrell Plating Line showing Push Air System
and Ventilation Plenums
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO INSTADUCT®
R
O C
D U
NW
RAIN CAPS EXHAUST AIR DIFFUSER/DEFLECTOR

PART NO. (INCH) (MM) PRICE PART NO. (INCH) (MM) PRICE
01011916 4 110 P.O.R. 01013016 4 110 P.O.R.

01011917 5 125 P.O.R. 01013017 5 125 P.O.R.
01011918 6 160 325.43 01013018 6 160 605.05
010119185 7 180 325.43 010130185 7 180 653.27
01011919 8 200 361.59 01013019 8 200 689.42
010119195 9 225 361.59 010130195 9 225 795.49
01011920 10 250 482.12 01013020 10 250 836.47
01011921 11 280 482.12 01013021 11 280 942.53
01011922 12 315 566.49 01013022 12 315 1,029.32
01011924 14 355 566.49 01013024 14 355 1,135.38
01011926 16 400 P.O.R. 01013026 16 400 1,207.70
01011928 18 450 P.O.R. 01013028 18 450 1,504.20
01011930 20 500 P.O.R. 01013030 20 500 1,663.30
01011934 24 600 P.O.R. 01013034 24 600 2,227.37
FIRE RETARDANT VENTILATION DUCTING

Fire retardant polypropylene for hoods and duct systems answers the problems of in-plant safety departments. Corrosive and toxic fumes
are removed safely and down time is eliminated as the fire retardant polypropylene (PPS) resists corrosion. Fire retardant polypropylene can
attain a V-O rating according to UL-94 test for flammability of plastic materials. The incorporation of additives such as organic Bromine or
Antimony compounds gives the PPS the fire retardant resistance. PPS is chemical and solvent resistant, has a hard surface and low moisture
absorbency. Its temperature resistance is up to 100°C (212°F). The material is easily hand welded or fused like normal polypropylene. Care
should be exercised in outdoor applications due to limited outdoor weathering resistance.
NOMINAL ACTUAL WALL

O.D. WEIGHT PART PRICE
DUCT THICKNESS
LBS./FT. NUMBER PER FT.
SIZE INCH MM INCHES
3" 2.95 75 3.0 0.33 250114 5.11
3 1/2" 3.54 90 3.0 34.00 250114 6.12
4" 4.33 110 3.0 0.62 250116 7.59
5" 4.92 125 3.0 0.82 250117 8.57
5 1/2" 5.51 140 3.0 0.92 2501175 9.66
6" 6.29 160 3.0 1.05 250118 11.05
7" 7.08 180 3.0 1.19 2501185 12.92
8" 7.87 200 3.0 1.33 250119 14.43
9" 8.85 225 3.5 1.74 2501195 18.90
10" 9.84 250 3.5 1.95 250120 21.08
11" 11.02 280 4.0 2.47 250121 26.75
12" 12.40 315 5.0 3.45 250122 40.57
14" 13.97 355 5.0 3.89 250124 45.83
16" 15.74 400 6.0 5.24 250126 61.76
18" 17.71 450 7.0 6.82 250128 96.70
20" 19.68 500 8.0 8.65 250130 122.69
22" 22.04 560 8.0 9.69 250132 137.35
24"
28"
32"
24.80
27.95
31.49
630
710
800
10.0
12.0
12.0
13.14
18.39
20.74
250134
250138
250142
186.26
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
8
36" 35.43 900 15.0 29.21 250146 P.O.R.
Standard Length 16.4 ft. (5 metres)

Colour – Light Grey (Limited U.V. resistance)
Fittings – Available on request
8-9
FABCO CPVC DUCTING
FABCO CPVC DUCT available in sizes 6” thru to 24” Diameter for Institutional and Industrial hot fume service.
Fabco’s new CPVC duct provides superior resistance to corrosion and chemical attack. Its lightweight and high-strength characteristics allow
for easy, low-cost installation in a wide range of applications such as waste water treatment facilities, metal finishing and plating operations,
anodizing and laboratory uses.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

• resists chemical and corrosive • is lightweight allowing easy, low-cost
attack preventing expensive mainte- installation.
nance, replacement and downtime. • can be welded or solvent cemented
• meets ASTM material standard keeping installation costs down.
D-1784. • material has excellent flame resis-
• safely withstands temperatures of tant characteristics when tested to
up to 180°F making it ideal for drain various ASTM and UL standards.
and hot, nonflammable, corrosive • is readily available with fabricated
fume service. fittings of all configurations. Contact
• is extruded to IPS dimensions. Fabco for pricing.
Flammability ASTM
CPVC CORZAN®
Properties Test Method
Fabricated Duct Fittings
Average Time of Burning (sec.) <5 D635
Average Extent of Burning (mm) <10
Flame Spread Index <10 E162
Flame Spread 4-18 E84
Flash Ignition 900°F
Smoke Developed 70-125
Limited Oxygen Index (LOI 60) Self-Extinguishing D2863
Burning Rate, in./min. Self-Extinguishing
Softening Starts, approx. °F 295
Material becomes viscous, °F 395
Material carbonizes, °F 450
CORZAN® is a registered trademark of BF Goodrich Company.
CPVC Type IV Grade I Seamless Extruded Duct for Drain & Fume Service
Duct Duct Coupling
Duct Avg. Avg. Out of Min. Avg. Max. Nominal Duct Duct Price
Coupling Sleeve Type 6”
Size O.D. O.D. Tol. Round Tol.* Wall Wall wall wt. per ft. Part No. Per Ft.
Part No. Price/each
6" 6.625 ±.020 ±.050 0.172 0.187 0.202 2.555 020118 32.17 02011018 80.68
8" 8.625 ±.020 ±.075 0.172 0.187 0.202 3.349 020119 54.65 02011019 110.05
10" 10.750 ±.020 ±.075 0.172 0.187 0.202 4.192 020120 82.13 02011020 155.54
12" 12.750 ±.020 ±.075 0.172 0.187 0.202 4.986 020122 97.69 02011022 175.89
14" 14.000 ±.030 ±.075 0.172 0.187 0.202 5.485 020124 120.21 02011024 199.25
16" 16.000 ±.030 ±.075 0.172 0.187 0.202 6.273 020126 137.48 02011026 232.97
18" 18.000 ±.040 ±.080 0.172 0.187 0.202 7.580 020128 166.12 02011028 287.22
20" 20.000 ±.070 ±.140 0.199 0.199 0.239 9.146 020130 200.46 02011030 354.65
24" 24.000 ±.090 ±.180 0.230 0.250 0.270 12.536 020134 274.74 02011034 447.53
Extruded duct 10’ or 20’ lengths tolerance ±1”. * At Manufacturers Factory
8 Automotive Industry
Bumper Plating
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO OKTAVENT® FANS

R
O C
D U
With the development of the FABCO/KT Oktavent series, we have broken

new ground in the field of plastic fan manufacturing. A completely new design,
maximum precision of components through mechanical production, and a hith-
erto unattainable price/performance ratio are the result of development work
which has extended over many years.
The range consists of Model OV 63, 6” - 20”, the RS type V-belt drive
designed for a volume flow of up to 15,000 m3/h and pressures of up to 1600 Pa.
The fans in the Oktavent range are suitable for handling gases and corrosive
waste air. They are used in air conditioning and industrial installations.
KM 8.1.25.0.3.2
Fabco/KT Fan Range Information
Type OV63
Oktavent Fans in Laboratory Installation

ADVANTAGES OF THE OKTAVENT FAN
• Robust housing of self-supporting plastic construction.
• Housing with axially symmetrical discharge spigot, so the position of the
housing can be adjusted through 45 degree intervals.
• Injection moulded, mechanically welded impellers with a high degree of
efficiency.
• Housing suitable for two types of impellers - consequently good perfor-
mance range.
• One direction of rotation only simplifies stocks of spares.
• A quick release coupling makes the inlet spigot easy to remove.
• Standard steel base frame - hot galvanized, also available in V2A stain- t=20 °C, = 1,2 kg/m 3
impellers PP, PVC
less steel if required.
• A modular system which offers a wide performance range.
Technical Information: 5. Housing: Performance Details and When a fan handles other than
Vacuum moulded, self-supporting, standard air, a density correction
Information:
1. Power Range: one piece construction, dimensioned factor must be considered. Static
1. Performance ratings are based on
For each size of construction char- for the pressures required. pressure and brake horsepower
standard 70°F air at a density of
acteristics sheets with detailed tech- Easily removable inlet spigot. The vary inversely as the absolute
0.075 pounds per cubic foot.
nical data are at your disposal upon housing has a condensation drain at temperature.
2. Perfomance shown is with inlet and
request. the bottom-most point. Chart I gives factors for correcting
outlet ducts.
50 - 9,000 CFM 6. Shaft Seal: pressure and brake horsepower.
3. For all FABCO/KT-Oktavent the
2. Types: The fans are available with various
total pressure (TP) is equivalent to Chart I: Correction Factors for
The following standard types are shaft seals.
the static pressure (SP), as both temperature
available: 6.1 Atmospheric cover:
the suction as well as the pressure
Type RD: The fans are driven by This shaft is standard for type RS.
connection are of equal area, for Temp. °F 0 20 40 60
means of V-belts. The impeller is It protects the bearing and is used for
this reason the velocity pressures
attached to a steel shaft which is corrosive gases containing little con- Factor 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.98
are identical at these points:
mounted in two pedestal bearings. densate when a small amount of gas
TP=SP; TP=SPoutl. + VPoutl. -
The motor, a TEFC type, is mounted may escape between shaft and hous- 70 80 100 120 140 160
ing. (SPinl. - VPinl.)
on an adjustable plate. The shaft
6.2 Labyrinth seal: 4. The performance of each fan is 1.00 1.02 1.06 1.09 1.13 1.17
cover and belt casing are plastic.
Type RS fans can be fitted with a described by the terms volume,
3. Circulation diagram and casing
contact-free shaft seal of the static pressure and efficiency.
position: 7. Calculating fans at altitudes other
labyrinth type on request. This seal These performance data or the
The transformation of the circula- than sea level:
can be used as a compressed air performance characteristics, re-
tion energy into static pressure main- If speed, capacity and tempera-
seal - where some of the compressed spectively, are the subject of the
ly takes place in the high perfor- ture are kept constant, static pres-
air enters the delivery flow, or as a guarantee.
mance impeller. The housing serves sure and horsepower will vary
suction seal - with re-extraction to 5. The brake horsepower (BHP) can
as junction and derivation of the air directly as the density of the air.
the fan inlet spigot. The suction seal be calculated as the follows:
stream. The method for correcting the alti-
can only be used if the partial vacu- BHP = Pn tude is the same as for tempera-
Blow-off position 45°, 90°, 270°, η
315° and 360°, are available in stan-
dard configuration and the position
135° and 225° are only available in
um on the suction side is ≥ 3/5 ps.
The labyrinth seal can be used for
corrosive gases and concentrations
This includes the energy losses in
the fan and is determined by actu-
al test of the fan.
ture except using the factors in
Chart II 8
of all kinds. (Special) Chart II: Correction factors for
special configuration. BHP does not include belt drive
7. Motor: altitude
The impeller is left handed. and all bearing losses. For belt
Standard TEFC type 3-phase (feet above sea level)
4. Impellers: and bearing losses add 0.15 HP to
The impellers have 6 backward motors, are used to drive the fans. 2- BHP up to 0.5 HP. Add 25 to 30% Altitude 0 1000 2000
curved blades. The torque is transmit- speed or speed controlled motors are to BHP on 0.5 HP and larger. Factor 1.00 1.04 1.08
ted via a steel hub which is fitted in available on request. 6. Calculating fans at temperatures Altitude 3000 4000 5000
the impeller so that it is protected other than 70°F: When a fan han- Factor 1.12 1.16 1.20
against corrosion. Each impeller is dles at 70°F, it is operating at Altitude 6000 7000 8000
dynamically balanced in two planes. 0.075 pounds per cubic foot. Factor 1.25 1.30 1.35
8-11
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Chart III: Maximum Operating Speeds

SEAL PARTS BREAKDOWN
➀ motor If correction factor for both Type 90°F 100°F 120°F 140°F 160°F
4 2 9 1 temperature and altitude is OV63/160 4459 4294 3870 3449 2945
➁ hub cap required, multiply factors
➂ hub OV63/200 3564 3430 3093 2757 2354
from Chart I and II together.
➃ impeller Example: 3000- and 120°F. OV63/250 2798 2744 2475 2206 1883
➄ plummer block 1.12 x 1.09 = 1.22 combined OV63/315 2226 1927 1755 1541 1370
➅ base frame factor OV63/400 1650 1446 1278 1143 1009
➆ casing back wall OV63/500 1314 1156 1037 924 806
➇ gas-resp. air-connection 8. Speed capabilities:

➈ seal housing Chart III shows the maximum Example:
➉ shaft operating speeds for each size fan a) Require 2000 CFM at 2” SP at
wheel at 70° F. At high temperatures, 120°F at sea level.
11 shaft seal
these maximum safe operating b) Chart I indicates 1.09 factor for
speeds should be derated. Chart III 120°F.
shows also the maximum safe c) Select fan for 2.18” SP (2” x 1.09)
speeds for high temperature and at 70°F.
3 7 material construction. d) Divide 70°F brake horsepower by
Maximum safe speed – RPM, 1.09 to determine BHP at condi-
6
Standard polypropylene wheel. tions.
4 2 9 11 5 4 2 9 11 5
3 7 10 6 3 7 8 6 10
The maximum operating

temperature is +70°C
for PP and +60°C for PVC.
8. Accessories: Inventory:
An extensive range of acce- All piece parts of the FABCO/
sories is available for the fans. KT-OKTAVENT radial fans con-
struction form RS in standard
configuration are kept on stock in
large piece number so that we
are in the position to deliver
quickly at any time.
9. Materials:
Component Standard Special*
8 Housing
Impellers
PP,PVC
PP
PPs
PVC, FRP, Steel PVC,
FRP, Ac.
Base Frame Hot Galvanized Steel Stainless Steel
Shaft St 60 -
Shaft Cover/Belt casing PP -
Screws Clip Stainless Steel -
Type M
Fan Drive Type RS Direct motor drive
in Europe only
*Special designs are subject to surcharges and longer delivery periods.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
MODEL 6” - OV63/160-RS
Note: RS Arrangement for V-Belt Drive
Static Pressure Static
Type
OV63/160-RS 0.5” 0.75” 1” 1.5” 2” 3” 4” 5” 6”
Outlet
Velocity
CFM FPM RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP
50 255 1200 0.01
75 383 1200 0.02 1550 0.03 1750 0.04
100 511 1250 0.02 1550 0.04 1750 0.05 2150 0.08 2500 0.10
150 766 1350 0.03 1600 0.04 1800 0.07 2150 0.10 2500 0.15 3000 0.21 3500 0.32
200 1022 1500 0.04 1700 0.06 1900 0.08 2200 0.13 2550 0.18 3000 0.28 3500 0.37 3900 0.47 4370 0.65
300 1533 1800 0.07 2000 0.10 2200 0.13 2450 0.20 2700 0.24 3150 0.37 3600 0.51 4000 0.67 4390 0.82
400 2044 2400 0.15 2500 0.20 2800 0.28 3000 0.35 3400 0.49 3800 0.69 4120 0.83
500 2555 2900 0.25 3100 0.37 3300 0.44 3600 0.65 4000 0.86 4390 0.99
600 3066 3500 0.46 3600 0.58 4000 0.77 4390 1.02
700 3577 4000 0.71 4370 0.99
Ratings are based on standard 70°F air at a density of 0.075 pounds

per cu. ft.
Performance shown is with inlet and outlet ducts. BHP does not
include belt drive and all bearing losses.
Maximum safe speed: 4000 RPM
Wheel Diameter: 8 15/16” O.D.
Tip Speed (FPM) = 2.34 x RPM
Inlet and Outlet Dia.: 6”
Inlet and Outlet Area: 0.1957 sq. ft.
MODEL 6˝ - OV63/160-RS
MODEL 8” - OV63/200-RS
Static Pressure Static

Type
OV63/200-RS 0.5” 0.75” 1” 1.5” 2” 3” 4” 5” 6”
Outlet
Velocity
CFM FPM RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP
90 294 1000 0.02
100 327 1000 0.02 1200 0.03
150 491 1000 0.02 1200 0.04 1400 0.06 1650 0.08
200 654 1100 0.03 1250 0.05 1450 0.06 1700 0.11 2000 0.14 2400 0.24
300 981 1200 0.04 1350 0.07 1500 0.09 1750 0.13 2050 0.20 2500 0.32 2850 0.45 3150 0.59 3380 0.71
400 1308 1350 0.07 1500 0.09 1650 0.12 1900 0.18 2100 0.23 2600 0.38 2900 0.50 3190 0.68 3400 0.84
500 1635 1550 0.09 1650 0.12 1800 0.15 2000 0.21 2250 0.29 2700 0.46 3000 0.60 3230 0.80 3550 0.99
600 1962 1750 0.13 1850 0.15 2000 0.20 2100 0.27 2400 0.34 2800 0.56 3100 0.71 3380 0.92
700 2289 1900 0.15 2100 0.21 2200 0.24 2350 0.32 2500 0.40 2850 0.59 3150 0.77 3440 1.03
800 2620 2300 0.26 2400 0.33 2600 0.41 2700 0.48 3000 0.68 3300 0.86
900 2943 2600 0.40 2800 0.49 3000 0.64 3150 0.81 3440 1.04
1000 3270 2750 0.48 3000 0.62 3150 0.74 3360 1.03

per cu. ft.
8
MODEL 8˝ - OV63/200-RS
8-13
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
MODEL 10” - OV63/250-RS

Static Pressure
Type
OV63/250-RS 0.75” 1” 1.5” 2” 3” 4” 5” 6”
Outlet
Velocity
CFM FPM RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP
200 419 950 0.05 1140 0.07
300 628 1000 0.07 1140 0.10 1300 0.15 1550 0.20
400 838 1050 0.08 1200 0.11 1400 0.19 1600 0.29 1900 0.41 2200 0.52
500 1047 1140 0.11 1250 0.15 1450 0.21 1650 0.32 1950 0.50 2200 0.68 2500 0.84 2750 1.05
600 1256 1200 0.14 1300 0.17 1500 0.26 1725 0.36 2000 0.51 2240 0.77 2500 1.03 2800 1.26
700 1466 1300 0.16 1400 0.22 1600 0.29 1750 0.40 2050 0.59 2300 0.81 2550 1.07 2800 1.43
800 1675 1400 0.20 1500 0.26 1650 0.34 1850 0.42 2150 0.65 2400 0.87 2600 1.21
900 1884 1500 0.24 1600 0.30 1750 0.40 1900 0.53 2200 0.74 2450 0.99 2700 1.32
1000 2094 1650 0.30 1725 0.36 1850 0.47 2000 0.60 2240 0.86 2500 1.13 2800 1.46
1500 3140 2240 0.75 2350 0.82 2400 1.03 2650 1.34
1700 3559 2600 1.07 2800 1.34

per cu. ft.
MODEL 10˝ - OV63/250-RS
MODEL 12”- OV63/315-RS

Static Pressure
Type
OV63/315-RS 0.5” 0.75” 1” 1.5” 2” 3” 4” 5”
Outlet
Velocity
250 330 425 0.04
300 396 643 0.05 762 0.08
400 527 659 0.06 790 0.09 890 0.12 1107 0.19
500 659 691 0.07 824 0.10 956 0.14 1127 0.22 1286 0.32
600 791 710 0.08 850 0.12 971 0.15 1140 0.25 1298 0.35 1554 0.57
700 923 761 0.09 874 0.13 992 0.18 1150 0.28 1322 0.39 1574 0.62 1785 0.88
800 1054 791 0.10 880 0.15 1000 0.21 1193 0.31 1331 0.43 1580 0.68 1788 0.95 1971 1.24
900 1187 832 0.12 918 0.17 1027 0.23 1202 0.34 1339 0.47 1585 0.74 1800 1.01 2000 1.33
1000 1318 855 0.14 970 0.20 1063 0.26 1235 0.38 1376 0.51 1600 0.80 1805 1.11 2050 1.41
1500 1978 1104 0.27 1153 0.36 1240 0.45 1389 0.60 1511 0.77 1752 1.15 1962 1.53 2197 1.94
2000 2637 1400 0.61 1488 0.72 1576 0.93 1700 1.15 1889 1.55 2116 2.06
2500 3300 1725 1.04 1800 1.34 1977 1.64 2164 2.19
2700 3560 2135 1.82 2196 2.20

per cu. ft.
8 include belt drive and all bearing losses.

MODEL 12˝ - OV63/315-RS
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

Static Pressure
Type
OV63/400-RS 0.5” 0.75” 1” 1.5” 2” 3” 4” 5”
Outlet
Velocity
400 296 450 0.05
500 370 525 0.07 620 0.10
600 444 530 0.08 630 0.12 695 0.16
700 518 530 0.09 625 0.13 700 0.18 865 0.29
800 592 535 0.10 640 0.15 705 0.20 870 0.31 990 0.44
900 666 545 0.11 645 0.16 710 0.21 875 0.34 1000 0.47
1000 740 545 0.12 650 0.17 715 0.24 880 0.37 1010 0.51 1210 0.80
1500 1100 630 0.18 720 0.25 785 0.33 950 0.52 1020 0.71 1255 1.09 1405 1.53 1550 1.94
2000 1479 735 0.26 800 0.38 865 0.46 990 0.66 1090 0.89 1280 1.39 1450 1.91 1600 2.39
2500 1849 850 0.35 910 0.49 945 0.64 1080 0.87 1180 1.08 1340 1.67 1480 2.29 1650 2.90
3000 2219 1000 0.43 1050 0.62 1075 0.79 1180 1.11 1255 1.41 1420 1.97 1570 2.67
3500 2589 1155 0.75 1190 0.99 1290 1.36 1360 1.75 1530 2.43 1650 3.02
4000 2959 1320 1.15 1410 1.60 1450 2.07 1600 2.91
4500 3329 1530 1.87 1580 2.41
5000 3565 1650 2.15

per cu. ft.
MODEL 16˝ - OV63/400-RS

Static Pressure
Type
OV63/500-RS 0.5” 1” 1.5” 2” 3” 4” 5” 5.5”
Outlet
Velocity
1500 710 415 0.16 570 0.38 690 0.66 780 0.91 940 1.39
2000 947 435 0.21 580 0.44 695 0.72 785 1.03 945 1.79 1090 2.43 1220 3.09 1290 3.40
2500 1184 470 0.27 595 0.53 725 0.82 795 1.14 950 1.91 1105 2.87 1240 3.72 1310 4.17
3000 1420 515 0.34 645 0.63 740 0.96 820 1.30 980 2.09 1130 3.05 1245 4.08 1315 4.65
3500 1657 550 0.43 675 0.76 770 1.09 855 1.48 990 2.30 1145 3.25 1250 4.25
4000 1894 600 0.53 700 0.91 800 1.29 880 1.66 1015 2.56 1165 3.50 1260 4.51
4500 2130 655 0.61 750 1.07 835 1.50 915 1.92 1040 2.82 1180 3.84 1300 4.89
5000 2367 790 1.23 875 1.71 950 2.19 1100 3.13 1200 4.23 1315 5.36
5500 2604 830 1.42 920 1.94 995 2.48 1120 3.52 1240 4.59
6000 2841 890 1.58 960 2.22 1025 2.78 1150 3.94 1265 5.05
6500 3077 945 1.77 1005 2.48 1065 3.11 1195 4.36 1310 5.58
7000 3314 1050 2.71 1110 3.45 1225 4.80
7500 3551 1100 3.01 1145 3.82 1275 5.30
8000 3787 1165 3.26 1200 4.14 1300 5.82
8500 4024 1255 4.47
9000 4261 1310 4.89

per cu. ft.
8
MODEL 20˝ - OV63/500-RS
8-15
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
DIMENSION CHART OV 63,

Construction form RS
B
A C
NWOD
B
G Key
H2
NWOD
H1
H
Drain-NW1
E3 E4
D
E1 E
E2
F
360°
Fan discharges - viewed from the side.

H
H
45° 90° 270° 315°
Type Dimensions in inches Weight

without
OV88/u63/ NW O.D NW1 A B D E E1 E2 E3 E4 F G H360° H 45°/ H 90°/ H1 H2 U Keyway
315° 270° Motor, lb.
6"-160-RS approx 6 1 5 1/8 18 7/8 1 3/8 19 3/4 2 3/8 24 7/8 4 1/2 - 10 3/4 8 3/4 10 1/2 10 3/4 11 1/2 8 3/8 13 3/8 5/8 3/16 x 3/16 26
8"-200-RS " 8 1 6 23 1/4 1 3/8 20 3/4 3 1/8 26 5/8 5 3/8 - 10 3/4 10 5/8 11 3/4 12 1/4 13 1/4 10 1/4 16 5/8 3/16 x 3/16 31
10"-250-RS " 10 1 6 3/4 28 3/4 1 3/8 21 1/2 4 28 3/8 6 1/8 - 10 3/4 13 14 14 1/2 16 12 3/8 19 3/8 7/8 3/16 x 3/16 48
12"-315-RS " 12 1 8 1/8 35 7/8 1 3/8 27 1/8 5 36 5/8 7 7/8 - 18 16 1/4 17 1/2 18 1/8 19 7/8 15 1/2 23 1/2 7/8 3/16 x 3/16 84
16"-400-RS " 16 1 9 1/2 44 7/8 1 3/8 39 3/8 5 7/8 52 9 1/8 19 5/8 18 20 1/2 21 5/8 22 3/8 24 3/8 19 5/8 28 3/8 1 1/8 1/4 x 1/4 143
20"-500-RS " 20 1 11 1/8 55 1/8 1 3/8 43 1/4 7 7/8 57 3/8 10 3/4 21 5/8 18 25 26 1/8 27 1/8 29 5/8 24 34 5/8 1 1/8 1/4 x 1/4 191
Type Motor, NEMA Frame Motor NEMA, Frame/Vibration Isolators Type SM
8 OV88/u.63/
6”-160-RS
42
24 3/4
48 56
29 5/8
143T
23 5/8
145T
24 5/8
182T 184T 213T 215T 42 48 56
SM400
143T 145T 182T 184T 213T 215T
8”-200-RS 25 5/8 30 1/2 24 1/2 25 1/2 SM400
10”-250-RS 26 5/8 31 1/2 25 1/2 26 1/2 SM450
12”-315-RS 31 35 7/8 29 7/8 30 7/8 31 1/8 32 1/8 33 7/8 SM450 SM550
16”-400-RS 42 3/4 36 3/4 37 3/4 38 1/4 39 1/4 40 3/4 42 1/4 SM550 SM650
20”-500-RS 40 3/8 41 3/8 41 7/8 42 7/8 44 3/8 45 7/8 SM550 SM650
Modifications of measures and constructions are subject to change.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
PRICE LIST #LPKT3
STANDARD FEATURES: AVAILABLE OPTIONS:
One piece vacuum formed fan casing in PVC or Polypropylene. • Fire Retardant Polypropylene (PPS) fan housing
Injection moulded fan impeller wheel in Polypropylene. Heavy duty • Stainless Steel Base Frame
pillow block bearings. Shaft and bearing cover. Belt Guard. Fan • Explosion Proof Motors
housing drain. Removable inlet nozzle. Splinter-proof casing protec- • Vibration Isolators
tion sleeve. Corrosion resistant galvanized steel base frame. TEFC • Labyrinth Seal (to prevent escape of all gases between shaft and
(Totally enclosed fan cooled) motors, 3600 RPM. housing.
• High Efficiency Motors for Non-Fractional sizes
Voltage choice: 110 Volt/1 PH/60 Hz
230/460 Volt/3 PH/60 Hz
575/600 Volt/3 PH/60 Hz
PRICES: EXTRA OPTIONS

FAN CONVULATED
CRATING ISOLATORS
PRICE MODEL
COSTS (SET OF 4)
FLEXIBLE PVC LABYRINTH
PART NO. MODEL NO. ONLY NO. CONNECTIONS SEAL
(NET PRICE)
(SET OF 2)
63160RS3 OV63/160 PVC 6" 2,018.00
63160RS1 OV63/160 PP 6" 2,170.00 OV63-160-6" 155.00 45.00 72.00 P.O.R.
63200RS3 OV63/200 PVC 8" 2,142.00 OV63-200-8" 155.00 45.00 88.30 P.O.R.
63200RS1 OV63/200 PP 8" 2,306.00 OV63-250-10" 170.00 49.00 104.80 P.O.R.
63250RS3 OV63/250 PVC 10" 2,298.00 OV63-315-12" 170.00 75.00 120.94 P.O.R.
63250RS1 OV63/250 PP 10" 2,504.00 OV63-400-16" 185.00 75.00 146.78 P.O.R.
63315RS3 OV63/315 PVC 12" 3,098.00 OV63-500-20" 185.00 75.00 178.76 P.O.R.
63315RS1 OV63/315 PP 12" 3,382.00
63400RS3 OV63/400 PVC 16" 4,600.00
63400RS1 OV63/400 PP 16" 5,204.00
63500RS3 OV63/500 PVC 20" 5,870.00
63500RS1 OV63/500 PP 20" 6,494.00
INSTALLED MOTOR PRICING

(Fan Not Included)
Fan Size 1/4 HP 1/3 HP 1/2 HP 3/4 HP 1 HP 1 1/2 HP 2 HP 3 HP 5 HP 7 1/2 HP 10 HP

6"/160mm 553.85 589.01 617.58 659.34 690.11 742.86
8"/200mm 553.85 589.01 617.58 659.34 690.11 742.86
10"/250mm 553.85 589.01 617.58 659.34 690.11 742.86 817.58
12"/315mm 553.85 589.01 617.58 659.34 690.11 742.86 817.58 923.08 982.42
16"/400mm 553.85 589.01 617.58 659.34 690.11 742.86 817.58 923.08 982.42
20"/500mm 553.85 589.01 617.58 659.34 690.11 742.86 817.58 923.08 982.42 1,164.84 1,314.29
Additional Charge for High
151.65 131.87 153.85 149.45 210.99 312.09 338.46
Efficiency Motor
Additional for 220/1/60 21.98 17.58 17.58 10.99 10.99 26.37 54.95 274.73 307.69
Specials: 50 Herz
2 speed
Explosion Proof
Note: High efficiency motors are available in 3 Phase, 1 Hp and up.
8
ORDERING INFORMATION: TERMS:
1. Specify Motor Data - H.P. / Voltage F.O.B. Plant Maple, Ontario

2. Specify Fan Outlet Orientation (Note - Taxes Extra
Standard Orientation 0°/360°) Crating Always Extra
NOTE: When specifying orientation fan is always viewed with motor facing you.
8-17
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO SYSTEMS / KT SCRUBBERS
R
O C
D U
FABCO/KT COMPACT GAS SCRUBBER KT–GAS WASHING PLANT
1
KT -gas washer
Chemicals
4
3
Water
2
Tank for
washing liquid
Outlet
5
Performance Diagram: Compact Gas Scrubber Series NKV
FABCO/KT ABSORPTION SYSTEMS FOR AIR PURIFICATION
INTRODUCTION FABCO Systems treat emission in all forms - fumes, gases, mists,
aerosols and odours, achieving control through two basic system
As environmental and heath awareness increase, all industries are types.
compelled to re-evaluate their air and water emmissions.
Fumes, gases, aerosols and odours have always presented special
The current drive to “clean up” comes from many sources, includ- problems for industry. Most systems currently available are not ade-
ing government, community and labour. Emission standards will con- quately efficient or have serious shortfalls in versatility and adaptabil-
tinue to tighten, supported by very strong legislation and penalties for ity. Through in-depth engineered design of chemistry and equipment,
noncompliance. Fortunately, technology is now in place that allows FABCO Systems have overcome these traditional problems.
the successful treatment of virtually any air emission contaminate.
The FABCO Mist Eliminator System is designed to control air emis-
FABCO systems is at the forefront in North America for air emission sions in the form of contaminate droplets in an air or gas stream.
8 control technology. We have combined our knowledge of the chem-

istry and equipment required for emissions control, with our experi-
These mists are eliminated through dry scrubbing using banks of
eliminator blades. Scrubbing fluid is only introduced to periodically
wash down the eliminator blades so that system efficiency is main-
ence and capability in the fabrication of these systems. Through
involvement with all phases of emissions control - from problem defi- tained. These systems are versatile with air volume capacities rang-
nition to equipment system startup - FABCO Systems successfully ing from 1000 to 7500 CFM. Each system can be supplied as a com-
supplies a turnkey approach to solve and eliminate your emission plete package including eliminator, wash down equipment, recircula-
problems. tion tank and necessary piping. Detailed information is supplied in the
brochures of FABCO LMS and FABCO T120/2 Eliminators.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
The Fabco KT Absorption System uses chemical absorption and VERTICAL CONFIGURATION GAS WASHER
reaction to eliminate contaminates from air or gas streams. The suc-
cess and the advantage of the Fabco KT System are due to its use of
liquid spray banks instead of traditional packings. The scrubbing liq- MODEL
uid and absorbed contaminants are captured by a combination of NAV
coalescers and mist eliminators. The liquid is recirculated for econo- MODULAR
my and finally disposed of after saturation. Again, the KT System is
a completely engineered, packaged unit with capacities up to 15000
CFM per unit. A summary of its many advantages is given in the table
following. Fabco Systems offers a complete service for emmissions
control. Our technologies have been successfully proven over many
years through a great number of system installations. Each system
is fully designed, built, installed and started up by Fabco personnel.
The highest quality materials, resistant to corrosion, are used provid-
ing long, troublefree service. Fabco Systems are supported by man-
ufacturing facilities in Toronto, and Maple, Ontario with sales and ser-
vice offices across Canada. The U.S. is served by an extensive com-
bination of direct sales staff and manufacturers’ agents. For a com-
plete technical description of the Fabco KT and Eliminator Systems
please call your local sales representative for specific problem analy-
sis and recommendations.
EFFICIENCIES
These are dependent on a number of factors such as incoming

concentration, temperature, and absorption liquid. Efficiencies of up
to 99.5% removal are possible in most cases. Careful selection of the
absorption liquid and auxiliary equipment in the system play an
important part in achieving high efficiency removal.
The ultimate criterion in absorber design, is to reduce the contam-
inant content in the cleaned gas to below the allowable level.
Capacities and Sizes

CONFIGURATION HORIZONTAL VERTICAL
Gas Flow
m3/hr 700 - 65,000 700 - 280,000
CFM 420 - 39,000 420 - 160,000
No. of Models 9 14
0.4 - 2.4m 0.4 - 5.0m
Diameter Range
16" - 96" 16" - 200"
AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS
Modular Design
The modular design and compact size of Fabco/KT absorbers
makes them very adaptable to suit plant layout.
Particular features are:
1. Horizontal and Vertical configurations

FIGURE 10: Vertical Absorber showing internals.
2. Single stage and multistage arrangements
1. Gas Inlet
3. Separate or attached recirculation tank
2. Gas Outlet
3. Spraybank
4. Spray Illuminator
8
CONSULT FABCO SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Department or your 5. Spray Separator
representative. Fabco/KT Scrubbers can be built in any material, 6. T–271K Demister
plastic or metallic, to handle most gas emission services. For fur- 7. Recirculation Tank
ther information see Fabco Systems catalogue, call or write 8. Recirculation Pump
Fabco Plastics. 9. Tank Level Switch
10. Inspection window
NOTE: Full dimensional data and installation arrangements are indicated in our proposals.
8-19
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION GAS WASHER
MODEL NAH
MODULAR
SYSTEM
FIGURE 6: Horizontal Absorber showing internals.
FEATURES OF THE KT ABSORPTION SYSTEM

FEATURE ADVANTAGE
A. Spray Absorption 1. High constant efficiency of removal
2. Does not use packings
3. Proven technology
4. Compact size due to short length
5. Flexible unit configurations
-horizontal and vertical
-adaptable to plant layout
6. Low pressure drop - reduces fan costs, capital and operating
7. No particulate build-up
B. Three (3) Different Chemical Techniques 1. Wider range of emissions and odours can be treated
2. Complex odours easily treated
3. Low volume of waste byproducts
C. Constructed in PE, PP and Armourplastics 1. Corrosion resistant - inside and out
2. Light weight
3. Easily repairable
4. See-through construction available
8 D. Turnkey Installation
E. Modular-Bolted Assembly
1. Single responsibility contract, from planning to start-up
2. Fully optimized design
1. Permits easy assembly, and easy access and maintenance
F. Fitted with Inspection Windows and all Necessary 1. Full visual check of operation possible while on-stream
Instrumentation 2. Visual Inspection is the only operating requirement of the system
G. Sold as a System 1. Fully pre-engineered
2. Built from standard drawings
3. All parts are performance matched
4. No extras. Comes complete with internals, recirculation system and controls
Through sound engineering, Fabco/KT Absorption Systems offer efficient trouble-free operation.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
T120/2 ELIMINATORS
R
O C
D U
TYPE T120/2 FREE FLOW ELIMINATOR
General Data
Fabco T120/2 Free Flow Eliminator is a 2-stage design that com- the casing can be reinforced with fiberglass for additional structural
bines two banks of LTH 2000 type profiles with streamlined non-tur- strength. All standard hardware are in 304 stainless steel finish.
bulent baffling to ensure smooth air passage and maximum capture
efficiency. The inlet and outlet transitions are designed for uniform Applications:
flow over the entire face area of the profile banks to minimize turbu- • Removal of entrained droplets from scrubbers, absorption towers,
lence induced pressure loss (for optimum performance, a straight etc.
duct of at least three times the diameter is recommended at the inlet • “Dry” operation in chromic and sulphuric acid anodizing processes
connection). for virtually full acid reclamation.
Fabco T120/2 Free Flow Eliminators also feature an integral pipe • “Wet” operation for soluble gases scrubbing or particulate removal.
header with efficient gas scrubbing and blade cleaning spray jets. • Installed before a fan to reduce maintenance by capturing particu-
Connection to water supply is via a union with pre-installed inline late that could build up on fan blades.
strainer. All components are easily removable for cleaning and • Replace mesh type eliminators that are prone to fouling.
replacement should it become necessary. Fabco T120/2 Free Flow
Eliminator can be ordered with either top or side access opening to Short Form Specification
facilitate removal of the modular profile banks. All Fabco T120/2 Free Eliminator shall be the Fabco T120/2 Free Flow Eliminator type
Flow Eliminators are supplied with an epoxy coated steel support supplied with two banks of extruded Fabco LTH 2000 type profiles
frame. spaced at 20 mm centers. Profiles shall be integrated into welded or
pinned modular banks and removable through top/side access open-
Materials of Construction ing. Casing shall be of non-turbulent design with integral spray pip-
Fabco T120/2 Free Flow Eliminators are constructed of corrosion ing, view ports and sump. Operating at superficial velocity of 7.5
resistant plastic materials such as PVC, PP, PVDF and FRP (stain- meters per second the eliminator shall capture particulate down to 13
less steel also available upon request). Depending on applications, microns in diameter at 99.9% efficiency.
VENTURI
EFFECT
Plan view of airflow pattern through a

LTH 2000 Profile
8
Internal view of Fabco Type LMS Scrubber

showing wash down system and Eliminator Profile.
8-21
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
T120/2 ELIMINATORS
R
O C
D U
FABCO T120/2 ELIMINATORS from 500 CFM to 50,000 CFM for Horizontal Air Flows
L
TH
H
W
BH
PLAN Note: Maximum loss in static pressure is 2.0” W.G. ELEVATION
SELECTION/DIMENSIONAL CHART
MICRON 13 hm DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
VELOCITY 1500F/7.5M LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT BOTTOM TOP

(L) (W) (H) (BH) (TH)
MODEL CFM HEIGHT HEIGHT
5 500 36 12.5 22.0 12.5 9.5
7 750 36 14.5 22.5 13.0 9.5
10 1000 38 14.5 23.0 13.5 9.5
12 1200 43 15.5 26.0 15.0 11.0
15 1500 45 16.5 27.0 16.0 11.0
20 2000 46 18.5 29.0 17.0 12.0
25 2500 48 20.5 30.5 17.5 13.0
30 3000 50 22.0 32.5 18.5 14.0
35 3500 52 23.0 33.0 18.5 14.5
40 4000 60 24.5 34.5 19.5 15.0
50 5000 65 26.5 37.5 21.0 16.5
60 6000 72 27.5 40.5 22.5 18.0
70 7000 73 29.5 41.5 23.0 18.5
80 8000 76 31.5 44.5 24.5 20.0
90 9000 77 33.5 45.5 25.0 20.5
100 10000 82 34.5 47.5 26.0 21.5
125 12500 84 39.0 50.5 27.5 23.0
150 15000 94 42.0 54.5 29.5 25.0
175 17500 98 46.0 56.5 30.5 26.0
200 20000 112 46.0 62.5 33.5 29.0
250 25000 120 51.0 68.5 36.5 32.0
300 30000 123 54.0 74.5 39.5 35.0
400 40000 130 65.0 79.5 42.0 37.5
500 50000 140 72.0 80.5 42.5 38.0
Note: All dimensional data is approximate
Specially engineered caustic scrubbing system using Fabco Type–EC Eliminator
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
LMS SCRUBBERS
R
O C
D U
TYPE LMS INERTIA SCRUBBER
General Data
Fabco LMS (low micron separator) Inertia Scrubber is a multi-stage design that
combines banks of Fabco LTH 2000 profiles, fog jets and coalescer pad to cap-
ture particulate down to 5 microns in dry operation and 3 microns in wet opera-
tion. Special fog jets and coalescer pad can be used to capture particulate small-
er than 3 microns. Although water is generally used as the scrubbing medium var-
ious chemicals can also be employed to suit the applications. Liquid flow rate is
0.5 to 1 USGPM per 1000 CFM of gas flow rate for normal operation which can
be increased to 1.5 to 1.75 USGPM for more difficult scrubbing applications.
Fabco LMS (low micron separator) Inertia Scrubber comes complete with
removable spray headers, sump with drain nozzles and an epoxy coated steel
support frame. It can be ordered with either top or side access opening to facili-
tate removal of the profile banks and coalescer pad.
Operating Principle
Contaminated gas enters the scrubber will first encounter a bank of fog jets
which, depending on the application, will be operating either intermittently or con-
tinuously. When operating continuously, fine liquid droplets produced by the jets
will combine with particulate in the gas stream to form larger particulate which will
Fabco Type LMS Scrubbers for a metal finisher
be captured more efficiently by the first stage profile banks. This stage will capture
particulate down to 15 microns in diameter at 99.9% efficiency. For less demand-
ing application, the jets will be operating intermittently to clean the profile banks. Materials of Construction
Particulate that are not removed by the first stage profile bank will encounter Fabco LMS (low micron separator) Inertia Scrubbers are constructed of corro-
another bank of fog jets that are also irrigating the second stage coalescer pad. sion resistant plastic materials such as PVC, PP, PVDF and FRP. Depending on
Again, the jets can be operated intermittently or continuously. With continuous applications, the casing can be reinforced with fiberglass for additional structural
spray, the particulate will grow in size in the gas stream as well as in the coalescer strength. All standard hardware are in 304 stainless steel finish.
pad. These larger sized particulate will then break away from the pad at high
velocity to be captured by the third stage profile banks. With intermittent spray, the Short Form Specification
jets will clean the coalescer pad and help in reducing maintenance. Scrubber shall be the Fabco LMS (low micron separator) Inertia Scrubber sup-
plied with two banks of extruded Fabco LTH 2000 type profiles and a coalescer
Applications: pad. Profiles and coalescer pad shall be integrated into welded or pinned mod-
• “Dry” operation in metal finishing operation for virtually full chemical reclamation. ules and removable through top/side access openings. Casing shall be of non-
• “Wet” operation in battery manufacturing, pickling operations for scrubbing of turbulent design with integral spray piping, view ports and sump. Operating at
soluble gases. superficial velocity of 7.5 meters per second the eliminator shall capture particu-
• Removal of brown NOx plumes in bright dip and nickel stripping operations. late down to 5 microns in diameter at 99.9% efficiency in dry operation and 3
• Removal of fine acid droplets in mineral assay operation. microns in wet operation.
FOG JETS ELIMINATOR FOG JETS COALESCER ELIMINATOR
Principle of Operation
1st Component: Dual Purpose: Either intermittent use for blade cleaning or continuous operation for chemical adsorption and droplet growth.
Fog Jets
2nd Component:
Modular Eliminator
Multiple job function of straightening out the airflow, protecting the subsequent mesh coalescer from build-up and collecting approximate-
ly all fumes down to 15 micron size. 8
3rd Component: Dual Purpose: Either intermittent use for cleaning the mesh or continuous use for enhancing the scrubbing effect using low gpm water.
Fog Jets
4th Component: This consists of a plastic mesh material having a very high surface area/ft2. The coalescer’s main function is to intercept minor aerosol
The Coalescer droplets and grow larger ones. These then break away from the mesh at a fairly high design velocity into the final stage for capture.
5th Component: The droplets ejected by the coalescer are captured by this high efficiency eliminator bank. The combination of coalescer and eliminator
Modular Eliminator removes all fumes above 3 microns.
8-23
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
LMS SCRUBBERS
R
O C
D U
FABCO LMS SCRUBBERS from 500 CFM to 50,000 CFM for Horizontal Air Flows
L
TH
BOTTOM GUSSETS
H
W
BH
PLAN Note: Maximum loss in static pressure is 4.5”/5.0” W.G. ELEVATION
SELECTION/DIMENSIONAL CHART
MICRON 5 hm DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
VELOCITY 1500F/7.5M LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT BOTTOM TOP

(L) (W) (H) (BH) (TH)
MODEL CFM HEIGHT HEIGHT
5 500 50 16.5 21.5 13.0 8.5
7 750 52 18.0 23.5 14.0 9.5
10 1000 54 19.5 25.5 15.0 10.5
12 1200 56 21.5 26.5 15.5 11.0
15 1500 58 22.5 27.5 16.0 11.5
20 2000 62 25.5 29.5 17.0 12.5
25 2500 65 27.5 30.5 17.5 13.0
30 3000 69 29.5 32.5 18.5 14.0
35 3500 72 31.5 34.5 19.5 15.0
40 4000 74 34.5 34.5 19.5 15.0
50 5000 81 37.5 37.5 21.0 16.5
60 6000 84 39.5 40.5 22.5 18.0
70 7000 84 43.5 41.5 23.0 18.5
80 8000 89 45.0 44.5 24.5 20.0
90 9000 91 49.0 45.5 25.0 20.5
100 10000 94 51.0 47.5 26.0 21.5
125 12500 98 58.0 50.5 27.5 23.0
150 15000 111 62.0 54.5 29.5 25.0
175 17500 111 68.0 56.5 30.5 26.0
200 20000 116 74.0 58.5 31.5 27.0
250 25000 123 81.0 63.5 34.0 29.5
300 30000 128 88.0 68.5 36.5 32.0
350 35000 132 94.0 72.5 38.5 34.0
400 40000 134 99.0 76.5 40.5 36.0
500 50000 149 114.0 80.5 42.5 38.0
Note: All dimensional data is approximate
Roof mounted acid scrubbing system using Fabco type LMS scrubbers
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO SYSTEMS / SPIN-ELIMINATOR

R
O C
D U
RADIAL-SPIN-ELIMINATOR HRT
for horizontal or vertical gas flow
The Fabco Spin Eliminator Type HRT, operates on the principle of MODE OF OPERATION
centrifugal force. This is a well established principle and the HRT units
are used in a wide variety of industries and applications. The gas and entrained liquid droplets are rotated by means of a
specially designed set of static spin vanes. The droplets in the gas
ADVANTAGES flow are agglomerated on the spin vanes and separate by centrifugal
• very high efficiency with a liquid loading capacity of 21/m3 of gas. force into the drainage chamber out of the gas stream, thus prevent-
• no plugging problems since system is self cleaning ing re-entrainment.
• can be installed to operate up - or down - flow or horizontally.
• the units are very compact and therefore can easily be installed in
a small space, in existing gas lines and on the top of stacks.
• can operate under vacuum or pressure.
• constructed from a wide variety of materials, plastic or metal.
• all parts are constructed of the same material.
• Thermoplastic (PVC, PP)
• FRP
• Armourplastics (PBVC, PPm, PVDF)
• Haveg
• Carbon Steel
• CS lined with rubber, glass, etc.
• Stainless Steel (304, 316)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
• Inlet velocity 6 - 12m/s; in special cases up to 15 m/s.
• Limit drop size dT50 starts at 25 microns and depends on the vol-
ume of gas and the size of HRT unit.
APPLICATIONS
• Before or after scrubbers, especially where dust is present
• Downstream of process vessels, such as reactors, autoclaves and
evaporators.
• Inlet cleaning of process gas and exhaust gases.
• On the intake of fans to prevent plugging.
• In stacks especially where there is condensation on the walls.
7.0 100
5.0 99.5
4.0
3.0
pressure loss p stat. [mbar]
2.0 98.5
1.5
load efficency n [%]
98.0
1.0
0.8
97.5
0.5
0.4
0.3
97.0
96.5
8
0.2
0 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 0 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14
Face velocity cA[m/s] Face velocity cA[m/s]
8-25
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO SYSTEMS / MIST-ELIMINATOR
R
O C
D U
FABCO ELIMINATOR TYPE LTV 1500

for vertical gas flow
The Fabco eliminator Type LTV 1500 has been developed to give MODE OF OPERATION
high EFFICIENCY MIST ELIMINATION WITH LOW PRESSURE The gas and the entrained liquid droplets are deflected by means
DROP. The multi-chamber profile causes the liquid droplets caught to of the vanes of the profile. The droplets impinge on the walls of the
be moved out of the gas stream such that they can drain back to the profiles by inertial forces. Ribs placed on the surface of the profile
process without re-entrainment. cause the captured liquid to flow down the sides where it can fall back
into the process without re-entrainment.
ADVANTAGES
• high efficiency mist elimination combined with very low pressure
drop.
• compact size finds wide application.
• can be retrofitted to scrubbers and other process equipment.
• available in a full range of corrosion resistant materials.
• RECOMMENDED INLET VELOCITY 4 m/s.
• operating velocity range 2.5 - 6m/s.
• limit drop size 40 microns, depending on velocity.
• removal efficiency 99.9% for limit drop size and larger.
APPLICATIONS
• downstream of gas scrubbers, especially spray scrubbers and
packed columns.
• fitted also to acid coolers, evaporating coolers and evaporators.
• Polypropylene WE SUPPLY
• PVDF
• eliminator packs for retrofitting in existing units.
• Stainless steel (304, 316)
• complete units with their own housing.
• we design the complete units for your application.
AVAILABLE ON REQUEST
• POLYSTYRENE
• NORYL 1.0 100
0.9
• PVC/CPVC
0.8 90
• RYTON PPO 0.7
diameter limit drop size dT [Mikron]
• ABS 0.6
80
p stat. [mbar]
0.5
0.4 70
0.3
60
pressure loss
0.2
50
0.1
40
0.05
0.03 30
0 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Face velocity CA[m/s] Face velocity CA[m/s]
8 PART NO.
LTV 1500 ELIMINATOR MODULES
MATERIAL
MODULE PRICE
WIDTH per Sq. Ft.
LTV1500 POLYPRO 12" or 24" $ P.O.R.
LTV1520 PVC 12" or 24" $ P.O.R.
LTV1530 CPVC 12" or 24" $ P.O.R.
LTV1540 PVDF 12” or 24" $ P.O.R.
LTV2415 * ABS (BLACK) 12" or 24" $ P.O.R.
LTV2415C ABS (CLEAR) 12" or 24" $ P.O.R.
LTV1520C PVC (CLEAR) 12" or 24" $ P.O.R.
* LTV2415 ABS (Black) are Fire Retardant modules.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO SYSTEMS / MIST-ELIMINATOR

R
O C
D U
MIST ELIMINATOR TYPE LTH 2000

for horizontal gas flow
The Fabco Mist Eliminator, Type LTH 2000 is a profile eliminator for MODE OF OPERATION
horizontal gas flow. It operates at high velocity and captures droplets The sophisticated aerodynamic design of the profiles cause the
down to approximately 10 micron diameter. An important aspect of elimination of liquid droplets by inertial forces. The profiles are
this design is that it has a drain channel which positively prevents the designed with a main drain channel to capture the bulk of the cap-
captured liquid from being re-entrained into the gas stream. tured liquid and a number of small drain channels to prevent re-
entrainment downstream of the venture like throat. By this combina-
ADVANTAGES tion of drain channels the captured liquid droplets are prevented from
• removal efficiency 99.9% of limit drop size droplets and larger. re-entering.
• high face velocity which results in compact units.
• two profiles available, one with a single drain channel, the other
with three to suit different applications.
• easy to clean.
MATERIALS AVAILABLE
• ABS
• PVC
• Polypropylene
• PVDF
• Carbon Steel
• Galvanized Steel
• Stainless Steel (304, 316)
Inlet face velocity 2.5 - 6 m/s, for a single stage of eliminators; up to
12 m/s with two stages or more.
APPLICATIONS WE SUPPLY
• downstream of scrubbers, especially spray scrubbers or towers. • modular packs of profiles for installation into existing housings,
• process gas cleaning towers or vessels
• evaporators • complete units with housing for pressure or vacuum operation
• acids mists from electro-plating and electro-deposition plants. • we custom design the eliminator for your application
14
10 30
6
4
diameter limit drop size [Mikron]
2
25
LTH2300
pressure loss p stat. [mbar]
1.0
06
LTH2100/2
20
02
LTH2100
01 15
0.04
0.02 10
0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101214 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 15
Face velocity cA[m/s] Face velocity CA [m/s]
8
LTH 2100 BLADES
LTH 2125/2
MATERIAL PART NO. PRICE/FT.
PVC LTH2100 P.O.R.

P.P. LTH2400 P.O.R.
8-27
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
TOWER PACKINGS AND COLUMN INTERNALS
R
O C
D U
VFF
APPLICATIONS: PACKING TYPES: PACKING MATERIALS:
Fabco Column Packings and Internals are Cylindrical Rings Ceramic – Stoneware, Porcelain
widely applied in the following processes: Pall Rings Metals – Carbon Steel, Stainless Monel,
Novalox Saddles Nickel, Hastelloy, Aluminium,
Absorption Mixing Berl Saddles Copper
Desorption Stripping Tri Packs Plastics – Polypropylene (PP)
Distillation Aerating Ring Bundles Polyethylene (PE)
Rectification Degassing Polypropylene Glass Filled (PP-G)
Extraction Precipitation Noryl® (PPO)
Drying Mist Eliminating Polyvinylchloride (PVC)
Cooling Particulate Removing Corzan® (CPVC)
8 Humidification
Condensation
Biological Filtering
Desalting
Kynar® (PVDF)
Halar® (ECTFE)
Scrubbing Coalescing TopEx® (LCP)
Tefzel® (ETFE)
Teflon® (PFA)
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
TOWER PACKING / COLUMN ACCESSORIES

R
O C
D U
Tower Packings, Column Accessories and Solving of Problems - point. It is important to note the difference in the wetting of a packing surface.
all from one company However, if the surface of the packing is composed of numerous rods, edges,
drip points and contact points, the force of surface tension will have a positive
influence in keeping a large percentage of the total surface wet.
FABCO COLUMN PACKINGS
Fabco Plastics offers a select group of high performance engineered pack-
ings and related column internals. HIGH FLOODING POINTS
Our column packing products are designed around eight (8) interrelated per-
formance goals to achieve the most efficient column packing on the market Packings hold up a certain amount of liquid based on the liquid and gas
today. rates. The flooding point is reached when the gas rate is high enough to pre-
• High Mass and Heat Transfer Rates vent the liquid from flowing through the packed bed. As the flooding point is
• Low Pressure Drop approached, pressure drop is increased.
• Reduction of Interlocking An ideal column packing is one offering the lowest wetting point and the high-
• Control of Fouling and Plugging est flooding point under given column operating conditions. This provides the
• Reproducible Performance highest “turndown” of liquid and provides for high gas velocities (and through-
• Even Liquid and Gas Distribution put), which usually lead to smaller packed columns at a lower capital cost.
• Low Wetting Point
• High Flooding Point SUMMARY
In summary, ideal geometry for column packing includes:
HIGH MASS AND HEAT TRANSFER RATES • Geometric Symmetry
Mass transfer is defined as the transfer of a component or components from • Structural Uniformity
one phase to another, i.e., gas to liquid. It is generally understood that the • High Void Space
greater the surface area of a packing, the better the mass transfer rates. • No Blockage Tendency
However, for the geometric surface area to be effective, it must be active; there- • Uniform Distribution of ACTIVE Surface and Void Spaces
fore, it is important that a packing have a high ACTIVE/geometric surface area • High ACTIVE Surface Area
ratio.
Random packings provide effective surface area not only on the actual pack-
ing surface but also in the form of droplets, drip points, sprays, bubbles, etc.
Structured packings on the other hand provide large amounts of flat metal
surfaces for films to develop. These packings work well in moderate to low sur-
face tension systems such as in distillation and absorptions.
LOW PRESSURE DROP

Fabco packings offer the lowest pressure drops of any equivalent random or
structured packing in the market. The shapes of the packing reduce form drag
to a minimum and allow most of the pressure drop to be from interactions
between gas and liquid. Fabco packings also have the highest ratio of efficien-
cy per unit of pressure drop.
REDUCTION OF INTERLOCKING
Interlocking refers to the meshing together of random packing pieces inside
a packed column.
This happens when packings lack geometric uniformity and the pieces are
not symmetrical causing linkage with other packing pieces. Interlocking causes
several adverse effects to the efficient operation of a packed column.
A symmetrical and structurally uniform packing cannot interlock; therefore,
the geometric shape of a packing is important to its efficient performance.
CONTROL OF FOULING AND PLUGGING

Fouling and plugging refers to the tendency of a packing to clog during its
normal operation. An open structure, one that does not have large sweeping
surfaces, is least vulnerable to plugging.
REPRODUCIBLE PERFORMANCE
Because of the symmetrical characteristics of Fabco random and structured
packings, performance is repeatable to a degree higher than with conventional
column packings.
EVEN LIQUID AND GAS DISTRIBUTION

Uniformity of liquid and gas flow inside a packed column is essential to col-
umn performance. Poor gas and liquid distribution often mirrors the occurrence
8
of channelling, interlocking and fouling or plugging, all situations that are detri-
mental to mass transfer and pressure drop performance.
LOW WETTING POINT

Effective utilisation of the packing surface for gas/liquid contacts is achieved
when a packing surface is thoroughly wetted. The minimum liquid loading to wet
the packing surface for an acceptable mass transfer rate is called the wetting
8-29
B C O
A
•
PLASTIC JAEGER TRI-PACKS®
T S
P
R
O C
High Performance Column Packing D U
FEATURES:
Plastic Fabco/Jaeger Tri-Packs® is a hollow spheri-

cal-shaped packing made of injection moulded plastic
in four sizes: 1”, 1 1/4”, 2” and 3 1/2” diameter. Its sym-
metrical geometry made from a unique network of ribs,
struts and drip rods yields unprecedented perfor-
mance. It has high void space, greater than packings
of comparable size, and achieves superior pressure
drop values, up to 90% reduction, as compared to other
products. The packing has a high ACTIVE surface
area, exposing all of its surface area to be fully wetted
during column operation. The performance capabilities
of plastic Jaeger/Fabco Tri-Packs® have resulted in sig-
nificant savings in hundreds of packed column opera-
tions. Tri–Packs® High Performance Spherical Packing
BENEFITS:
• Highest mass and/or heat transfer • Highest flooding point and lowest
rate wetting point
• Extremely low pressure drop • Even gas and liquid distribution
• Resists plugging, nesting and wall • No interlocking or meshing
channelling • Used as a mist eliminator
SPECIFICATIONS:
Materials: Nine standard, injection mouldable plastics are available: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Polypropylene (PP)
Polyethylene (PE) Size (in.) 1 1 1/4 2 3 1/2
Polypropylene Glass Filled (PP-G) Geometric
Noryl® (PPO) Surface Area 85 70 48 38
(ft2/ft3)
Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Packing
Corzan® (CPVC) Factor 28 25 16 12
(1/ft.)
Kynar® (PVDF)
Void
Halar® (ECTFE) Space 90 92 93 95
(%)
TopEx® (LCP)
Weight
Tefzel® (ETFE) (lb/ft3)
6.2 5.6 4.2 3.3
Teflon® (PFA)
Other plastics are available on request.
Sizes: Plastic Fabco/Jaeger Tri-Packs® packings are made in four

sizes:
1” Nominal
1 1/4” Nominal (New Size)
2” Nominal
3 1/2” Nominal
Materials: Maximum Temperature (Deg. F) MASS TRANSFER DATA

(1 atm, air/water, at max. recommended depth)
G L Temp HTU - Inches
(lb/hr-ft2) (lb/hr-ft2) (°F) 1” 2” 3 1/2”
PVC 140 Absorption System
Polyethylene (PE) 160 HCI-H2O 1792 2048 77 7.0 10.6 12
Polypropylene (PP) 180 HCI-NaOH 1567 2048 68 6.1 8.8 10
Corzan® (CPVC) 200 CI2-NaOH
8
1229 2202 122 9.9 14.5 16
NO2-Na2S+NaOH 717 1127 68 32.0 49.2 54
Glass-filled polypropylene (PP-G) 210-250*
NH3-H2SO4 492 1024 68 4.1 6.0 7
Noryl® (PPO) 230 NH3-H2O 512 1024 68 5.6 8.4 10
Kynar® (PVDF) 280 NH3-H2O 512 4096 68 3.6 5.4 6.2
Halar® (ECTFE) 290 SO2-NaOH 1946 4096 140 8.1 12.0 14
Tefzel® (ETFE) 350 HF-H2O 1844 3072 77 4.6 6.9 8.1
CH3COCH3-H2O 1700 860 68 10.2 15.2 17
Teflon® (PFA) 400
H2S-NaOH 1229 1331 68 13.0 19.4 22
VOC Stripping
TCE(ppb)-H2O 479 12264 77 21.5 26.9 31.1
*Depending on glass content. TCE(ppm/ppb)-H2O 690 12494 60 30.1 37.6 42.8
BTX(ppb)-H2O 722 12264 70 31.4 33.8 38.0
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
MASS TRANSFER TOWER PACKINGS

R
O C
D U
CERAMIC: ACIDUR® (STONEWARE), DURANIT® (PORCELAIN)
Ring Bundles Pall® Rings Novalex®-Saddles Berl-Saddles
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CERAMIC PACKINGS

Packing
Weight Surface Area Void Space
Type Size Factor
(lb/ft3) (ft2/ft3) (%)
(1/ft)
RING
2" x 6" 8 42 22 87
BUNDLE
1/2" 201 43 190 73

3/4" 131 41 102 74
NOVALOX® 1" 97 40 78 74
SADDLES 1 1/2" 52 39 61 75
2" 40 36 37 77
3" 22 35 28 77
3/8" 457 52.5 201 65
3/4" 259 48.6 131 67
BERL®
1" 110 43.6 79 70
SADDLES
1 1/2" 79 40.5 54 73
2" 45 37.4 37 75
1" 107 38.7 67 75
PALL 1 1/2" 57 33.7 50 78
RING®
(not shown) 2" 43 34.3 37 78
3" 26 33.7 25 78
Catalyst Support Grid-type Packings As Transition Special types Laboratory Packings

Layers on Grates
8-31
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
METAL: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, Monel, Nickel, Inconel,

Hastelloy, Incollloy, Aluminum, Copper, Etc.
Tri-Packs® Metal VSP V-Pak Interpack®

Applied for Patent Applied for Patent
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL PACKINGS
Packing
Weight Surface Area Void Space
TYPE Size Factor
(lb/ft3) (ft2/ft3) (%)
(1/ft)
25 mm 32 11.9 63 97.5
VSP® 40 mm 21 10.5 40 98
50 mm 20 9.4 33 98
TOP-PAK® 75 mm 16 10.6 23 98
3/8" 246 40.5 189 90

5/8" 122 21.5 110 94
INTERPACK®
3/4" 73 21.8 79 96
1 1/2" 46 17.1 49 95
STRUCTURED PACKINGS
Available in alloy steel
Typical applications for FABCO Metal PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL
MAX-PAK™ include: MAX-PAK™ STRUCTURED PACKING
• Atmospheric crude oil and vacuum Nominal Size 1/2 inch

columns Pacing Factor 19-22
• FCC, coker and aromatic fractionators Void Fraction 97.45%
• Ethyl benzene/styrene distillation for Crimp Side 27/32 inch
monomer purification Corrugation Angle 45 degrees
8 • Ethylene oxide absorbers and isomer
splitters
Typical HETP
Specific Area
8-16 inches
77 ft2/ft3
• Caustic/amine absorbers/strippers Weight Density 12.8 lb/ft3
• Glycol dehydrators and contactors Nominal Module Height 12 inch
• Formaldehyde absorption
• Solvent recovery Based on Cyclohexane-Heptane
• Various heat sensitive purifications, Distillation at Total Reflux
such as flavours/fragrances
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
Mass Transfer Efficiency Comparison of

Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs® vs Other Packings
1" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs® 1" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs®

2" Super Intolox® Saddles (Ceramic)
2" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs®
4.0 2" Intalox® Saddles (Porcelain)
2" Super Intalox® Saddles (Ceramic)
Tri-Packs
® 2" Raschig® Ring (Metal)
3 1/2" -Plas
tic Jaeger 2" Pall® Rings (Plastic)
2" Pall® Ring (Plastic)
®
2" Intalox Saddles (Porcelain) 2" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs®
3 1/2" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs®
2.0 2" Raschig® Ring
KGa, lbs-moles/hr-ft -mole fraction
1.0
0.8
3
KGa for CO2 Absorption in NaOH Solution

0.6 Data taken under the following conditions:
• Column Diameter_______24"
• Packaging Height_______10'
0.4 • Gas Rate______________500 lbs/hr-ft2
• CO2 Conc. in Gas_______1% Ln mean
• Liq. Conc.______________4% NaOH
25% Carbonation
• Liq. Temp._____________75°F
0.2
0.1
1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 40,000 60,000 100,000
2
Liqiud Loading Rate, L, lbs/hr-ft
Column Packing Comparison

2.0 2" Raschig® Rings (Metal)
Pressure Drop vs Gas Rate
2" Intalox® Saddles (Ceramic)
1.4
1.2 PRESSURE DROP VS GAS RATE 2" Intalox® Saddles (Plastic)
1.0 Liquid Rate = 5,000 lbs/hr-ft2
Air-Water System 2" Pall® Rings (Plastic)
0.8
P/ Z, inches H2O/ft of packing
0.6
0.4
2" Plastic Jaeger Tri-Packs®
0.2
0.18
0.16
Pressure Drop Per Foot,
0.14
0.12
0.1
0.08
0.06 8
0.04
0.02
0 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000
2
Gas Loading Rate, G, lbs/hr-ft
8-33
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
COLUMN INTERNALS
R
O C
D U
Fabco Plastics offers a wide variety of internals for a given function. The selection among different types of internals (i.e., liquid distributors) is made based on
the characteristics of the application. Some internals operate better at high loads, some at low. Some exhibit better turndown than others. The following list sum-
marizes the points to be considered in the selection of the proper internals.
Liquid Distributors Packing Supports Gas Distributors
• tower diameter • tower diameter • column size
• pourpoint density • pressure drop and capacity • inlet nozzle design
• geometric coverage • packing type and size • available pressure drop
• turndown • combinations with collector/redistributors • turndown
• presence of solids • load limitations • space availability
• pressure drop • material selection • material selection
• liquid pressure Liquid Collector/Redistributors Mist Eliminators
• liquid condition • same as for liquid distributors • efficiency/capacity
• entrainment • total and effective mixing • presence of solids
• type and size of packing • gas redistribution • gas velocity and properties
• feed inlets • pressure drop
• space to top of packing • liquid load
• material selection • mist size and properties
LIQUID DISTRIBUTORS MIST ELIMINATORS BED LIMITERS/HOLD DOWN
Trough type distributors are generally used in Knitted wire filament mist eliminators are avail- Bed limiters, or holddowns as they are also
towers with high liquid rates and/or fouling service. able in various densities, filament sizes and surface called, are used to limit the packing bed from mov-
Liquid is introduced into the parting box which prop- areas to suit specific process conditions for maxi- ing and getting packing pieces entrained away from
erly distributes the liquid into the troughs. mum removal of mist and micron-size droplets. Mist the bed. They are secured to the wall or loosely
Generally, one parting box is used for smaller tow- eliminators can be made in various metals and plas- placed on the packing; they are made of rods and
ers while multiple parting boxes are used for larger tics. bars or in combination with screens or expanded
diameters or high liquid rates. Trough distributors Additionally, our random and structured packings metal, depending on the application. Bed limiters
can be made in plastics, FRP or metals and ceram- can be used as mist eliminators. can be made in various metals and plastics.
ics.
Orifice type distributors are made in various Chevron and plate type mist eliminators are suit- COLLECTOR/REDISTRIBUTORS
sizes and designs. Typically all sizes have round or able for high liquid load, dirty services and high Collector redistributors are similar to the orifice
rectangular chimneys with a flat floor sealed to the capacities. They can be applied in horizontal flow or liquid distributors with risers. Our model CR01 col-
vessel support ring. These distributors can act as used in vertical upflow and they can be made in lector is composed of a flat perforated plate with
bed limiters by having antimigration bars/rods in the sections to be installed through a manway. Chevron round or rectangular chimneys. The risers or chim-
open areas. Orifice type distributors can be made mist eliminators can be made in plastics or metals. neys have caps to prevent liquid from bypassing.
in plastics, metals or ceramics. Redistributors are normally used when a long
packed bed section has to be split up into smaller
sections or when an intermediate feed is inserted in
the column. Collector/redistributors can be made in
various metals and plastics.
SUPPORT PLATES/GRIDS CUSTOM INTERNALS

Special internals for liquid and gas distribution
Multibeam support plates are composed of cor- can also be provided. Fabco has experience in
rugated sheets perforated with slots/holes to sepa- flashing feed, collector tray, and sparger designs.
rate gas and liquid flow paths maximising total Accessories - Scrubber Packing Fouling JP-7 - A CHEMICAL LIQUID FOR PREVENTING
throughput. The slots/holes are laid out in a uni- Prevention FOULING OF SCRUBBER PACKING
form pattern where the open area approaches or One of the most common problems with air strip-
exceeds the cross-sectional area of the tower. The ping and absorption towers is that over time they
slots/holes sizes are such that the packings do not become fouled with solids, resulting in the loss of effi-
fall through them. The angle of corrugation, height
8 and width of each beam varies with design and
material used. Multibeam support plates are avail-
able in various metals, plastics and ceramics.
ciency, capacity and increased pressure drop.
Fabco products has accumulated a wealth of
knowledge in dealing with packing fouling problems
while optimising stripping and absorption efficiencies.
The addition of JP-7 as a pretreatment will keep free
iron, calcium, manganese and other minerals in sus-
pension, preventing oxidation within the air stripping
column, thus preventing a fouling problem. Typical
dosages of JP-7 range from 1 to 3 gallons per million
gallons of water. JP-7 is furnished in a stable, liquid
form and is fed on a continual basis with a low main-
tenance chemical feed pump.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
TRI–PACKS® SPHERICAL PACKING

R
O C
D U
Tri-Packs® High Performance Spherical Packing
TRI-PACKS® - Price per cubic foot

1” 1 1/4” 2” 3 1/2”
Material Part No.
Size No. 010 Size No. 013 Size No. 020 Size No. 040
Polypropylene (PP) 901 71.30 P.O.R. 29.72 17.94
Polyethylene(PE) 902 122.38 P.O.R. 32.68 21.56
Polypropylene Glass Filled (PP-G) 901... GF 131.01 P.O.R. 49.51 33.45
Noryl (PPO) 951 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
Polyvinylchloride (PVC) 905 176.98 P.O.R. 128.13 92.61
Corzan (CPVC) 903 267.76 P.O.R. 177.41 138.54
Kynar (PVDF) 904 533.73 P.O.R. 357.40 239.95
TopEx (LCP) 953 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
Tefzel (ETFE) 906 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
Teflon (PFA) 915 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
Halar (ECTFE) 907 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
Transportation of Large Hydrogen Sulphide

8
Scrubber (Packed Bed) enroute to a Pulp and
Paper Mill, by Truck and Ocean Barge
8-35
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC TOWER PACKING
R
O C
D U
TRANSFERLOX® PLASTIC SADDLES PHYSICAL DATA

The high capacity Transferlox® plastic saddle offers Nominal Size 1" 2" 3"
distinct advantages over conventional saddle design. No. pcs/m3 57500 6400 1400
The serrated edges promote high mass transfer rates No. pcs/ft3 1630 190 42
through effective liquid surface renewal. Serrated edges Wt.*kg/m3 95 60 48
of the Transferlox® saddle reduce bed settling during Wt.*lb/ft

3
5.85 3.75 3.00
Void Space % 90 93 94
operation and assist to maintain packing free space and
creates lower column pressure drop. * Refers to polypropylene
Applications: Packing: 5 cubic foot

• Air Pollution 10 cubic foot
• Scrubbing cardboard boxes
• Liquid - Liquid Contact Installation: dry dumping
• Absorption, Distillation, Extraction, Stripping, with reasonable care
Humidification, Dehumidification, Decarbonating,
Transferlox® Plastic Saddles
De-Aerating Conventional Packing
• Biological Filtration
PRICING
TRANSFERLOX
Part
Material 1” 2” 3”
No.
Size No. 010 Size No. 0020 Size No. 030
Maximum General Grade
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Continuous 918 39.85 13.40 10.70
Specific Polypropylene
Operating
Gravity LTHA Polypropylene 9181 47.29 15.90 13.90
Types of Plastic Temperature
°C °F LTHA Polypropylene
919 77.60 26.09 20.56
General Grade Polypropylene 104 220 0.91 (10% Glass reinforced)
LTHA Polypropylene 119 247 0.91 High Density
920 35.98 12.10 11.47
LTHA Polypropylene (10% Glass reinforced) 127 260 0.97 Polyethylene
High Density Polyethylene 100 212 0.95
Low Density
9201 36.98 12.10 11.47
Polyethylene
Low Density Polyethylene 88 190 0.92
PVC 921 99.57 33.48 31.05
PVC 66 150 1.46
CPVC 85 185 1.55 CPVC 922 163.13 94.85 79.92
PVDF 143 290 1.77 PVDF 923 350.16 217.74 207.16
NOTE: All prices per cubic foot
TRANSFERPACK® PLASTIC RINGS

The Transferpack® Plastic ring is a robust ring featuring an open wall construction
which helps to maintain even liquid distribution. Reinforced struts provide additional sur-
face area for gas-liquid contact and support the outer ring.
The Transferpack® ring is used in the chemical process industry in scrubbing,
absorption, distillation, extraction, stripping and decarbonating applications.
Maximum
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Continuous
Specific
Operating
Types of Plastic Temperature
Gravity Packing: 5 cubic foot
°C °F 10 cubic foot
General Grade Polypropylene 104 220 0.91
cardboard boxes
LTHA Polypropylene 119 247 0.91
LTHA Polypropylene (10% Glass reinforced) 127 260 0.97
Installation: dry dumping
High Density Polyethylene 100 212 0.95 with reasonable care
Low Density Polyethylene 88 190 0.92 Transferpack® Plastic Rings
PVC 66 150 1.46 Conventional Packing
CPVC 85 185 1.55
PVDF 143 290 1.77
PRICING
TRANSFERPACK
Part
Material 5/8” 1” 1 1/2” 2” 3 1/2”
PHYSICAL DATA No.
8
Size No. 006 Size No. 010 Size No. 015 Size No. 020 Size No. 035
General Grade
Size O.D. & Length mm 16 25 38 50 90 968 P.O.R. 44.25 P.O.R. 18.90 9.98
Polypropylene
Size O.D. & Length inches 5/8 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/2 LTHA Polypropylene 9681 P.O.R. 52.20 P.O.R. 20.86 12.90
No. pcs/m3 214000 50500 14700 6200 1200 LTHA Polypropylene
969 P.O.R. 81.10 P.O.R. 34.85 24.99
No. pcs/ft3 6060 1430 420 175 33 (10% Glass reinforced)
High Density
Wt.*kg/m 3
95 70 70 62 55 970 P.O.R. 43.50 P.O.R. 18.97 12.73
Polyethylene
Wt.*lbs/ft3 5.95 4.40 4.35 3.85 3.45 Low Density
9701 P.O.R. 43.50 P.O.R. 18.97 12.73
Void Space % 87 90 91 92 92 Polyethylene
PVC 971 P.O.R. 118.00 P.O.R. 50.28 38.41
* Refers to polypropylene
CPVC 972 P.O.R. 174.00 P.O.R. 99.39 78.84
PVDF 973 P.O.R. 391.70 P.O.R. 231.74 220.11
NOTE: All prices per cubic foot
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
DURANIT® CATALYST SUPPORT

R
O C
D U
FOR PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

Process Application Areas:
• Alkylation • Desulfurization Thermal Cracking
• Catalytic Cracking • Hydrocracking
• Catalytic Conversion • Hydrodealkylation
• Catalytic Oxidation • Hydrofining
• Catalytic Reforming • Hydrogenation
• Condensation • Isomerization
• Dehydrogenation Shift Conversion • Methanation
Duranit® Balls Duranit® Pellets
Features:
• Will not plug CHEMICAL ANALYSIS CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
• Will not contaminate BALLS MADE OF ALUMINA/MULLITE DURANIT® – CATALYST SUPPORT
• High resistance to thermal shock Alumina Al2O3 ≈ 23 - 26%

• Will not crush Al2O3 + TiO2 >99% SiO2 ≈ 63 - 72%
SiO2 <0.3% Fe2O3 + TiO2 ≈ 2.56% (x)
• Will not poison catalysts Fe2O3 <0.12% MgO + CaO ≈ 0.55%
• Low pressure drop CaO + MgO <0.3% Na2 + K2O ≈ 2.33%
Na2O + K2O <0.5%
x = free iron according to ASTM-C279
Duranit® – Catalyst Support has been widely used as Mullite @ 0.004 Wt. %
covering and support material for catalysts in reactor instal- Al2O3 + TiO2 ≈73 - 75%
Physical Properties
SiO2 ≈23%
lations in the chemical and petrochemical industries Specific Gravity ≈ 2.4
Fe2O3 ≈0.7% Hardness (Mohs Scale) ≈ 8
throughout the world. Tensile Strength ≈ 1.1 x 107 lb/ft2
The Duranit® – Catalyst Support product is in the form of Physical Properties Compressive Strength ≈ 9.8 x 107 lb/ft2
Alumina Mullite Expansion ≈ 4.7 x 106°C
inert ceramic balls. It is made from excellent raw materials Specific Gravity 3.9 3.1 Thermal Conductivity ≈ 1.5 kcal/m.h.°C
by means of advanced and modern production techniques. Hardness (Mohs Scale) 9 8 Specific Heat ≈ 0.20 kcal/kg°C
Tensile Strength 7.3 x 107lb/ft2 – Temperature Resistance ≈ 1200°C
It has had over half a century’s proven experience in the Compressive Strength 8.5 x 108lb/ft2 – Modulus of Elasticity ≈ 01.6 x 106
field of chemical, petrochemical and related industries. Coefficient of Linear
Thermal Expansion 6.7 x 105C 5 x 105°C Ceramic Bed Supports
Vigorous and continuing research and development has Thermal Conductivity 3.5 kcal/m.h.°C 1.9 kcal/mh°C V.F.F. Material “G100” (Balls and Pellets)
Specific Heat 0.27 kcal/kg°C 0.26 kcal/kg°C
been pursued to maintain the supreme quality and perfor- Water Absorption 5 - 10% 2 - 3%
(extract from a validated data sheet)
Water Absorption ≈ 0.05 Wt. %
mance demonstrated by Duranit® Catalyst Support. The Temperature Resistance 1650°C 1300°C
Bulk Density ≈ 1430 kg/m3
Modulus of Elasticity 3.8 x 106 2.3 x 105
superiority of Duranit® is further evidenced by its superb Al2O3 ≈ 38%
SiO2 ≈ 56%
material strength and its adaptability to an extremely wide Fe2O3 ≈ 1.9%
range of applications.
The material of construction, configuration, form and Engineering Data Range Engineering Data Range
style of Duranit® – Catalyst Support can be customized to
Bulk Density Pellets ø Surface Bulk Free
suit specific applications. Please refer to the tables on this Balls ø
Approx. kg/m3 Area Density Space
page for chemical and physical properties, standard sizes Approx Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
Alu. Mullite m2/m3 kg/m3 %
and dimensions of Duranit® Catalyst Support. Inch mm Inch mm
1/8" 3-5 1900 1850 1/8" 3-5 1285 1400 42%
1/4" 6-7 21050 1800 1/4" 6-8 400 1400 42%
Pressure Drop 3/8" 9 - 11 2000 1800 3/8" 9 - 11 315 1400 42%
1/2" 12 - 14 2000 1800 1/2" 12 - 13 235 1400 42%
5/8" 15 - 17 2000 1800 5/8" 15 - 17 210 1400 42%
3/4" 19 - 20 2000 1800 3/4" 19 - 21 157 1350 44%
1" 23 - 32 11800 1750 11/4" 30 - 33 125 1250 48%
11/4" 28 - 32 1800 1750 1 1/2" 38 - 41 85 1250 48%
1 1/2" 33 - 38 1800 1750 2" 50 - 52 65 1300 46%
Catalyst 2" 50 - 55 1800 1750
Catalyst Support Balls / Pellets:
BALLS 920 921 922 923

PELLETS
(Size No.) (Size No.) (Size No.) (Size No.)
Size
No. Approx. Dia. Duranit Alumina Mullite Size Pellets Duranit
Ceramic Balls Balls No. Size Pellets
in. mm Balls
002
004
005
1/8
1/4
3/8
3
6
10
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
002
004
005
1/8 x 1/8
3/16 x 1/4
1/4 x 3/8
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
P.O.R.
8
SUPPORT PLATE 007 1/2 13 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 007 3/8 x 1/2 P.O.R.
008 5/8 16 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 008 1/2 x 5/8 P.O.R.
Duranit® – Balls as
010 3/4 19 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 010 5/8 x 3/4 P.O.R.
Covering and Support
material for Catalyst in 012 1 25 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 012 3/4 x 7/8 P.O.R.
Reactor Installations. 016 1 1/2 38 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R. 014 7/8 x 1 1/4 P.O.R.
018 2 50 P.O.R. P.O.R. P.O.R.
The values stated above are believed to be accurate and reliable but because of the continuous research and developement, it is presented
without guarantee and warranty regarding size, type and other features.
8-37
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ASSAY AND PERCHLORIC LAB HOODS
R
O C
D U
Main Features Perchloric Assay Hoods

• High acid resistance – far better than FRP and 316SS Perchloric hoods have a spray header with wide angle solid cone
• High output safe lighting jets for scrubbing out the majority of the fumes at source.
• Low noise levels Because of the dangers associated with Perchloric, the detailed
• Fume capture at source FABCO installation and operating guide* also shows ducting and fan
• Generous access height for operator arrangements and where the FABCO Omega duct sprays should be
Introduction located and how they should be operated.
Assayers, chemists, engineers and architects are now able to Unlike other Perchloric hoods, FABCO models will accept all acids
obtain full hood design data from FABCO on airflow requirements, and can be used for MIXED ACIDS AND PERCHLORIC.
duct sizing and hood pressure drop. Performance
General Due to the vital location of the main capture slot just above the
FABCO Assay Hoods are available in a wide range of sizes. There beakers, fume removal occurs extremely efficiently. Hence, the nor-
are two main types: The standard “A” Hood and the flush design “F” mal recommended face velocity of 150 FPM (as for Perchloric) can be
Hood. The “F” hood has the heater flush with the working surface. reduced to 125 FPM/face area.
Materials of Construction Type “F” Hoods
All plastic construction with the interior of the hood made primarily This design requires about 15% less cfm than the “A” design
of PVC. Externally, FRP is bonded to the hoods for structural because the top of the 6” high electric heater is flush with the working
strength, rigidity and heat deflection purposes. surface. A front mounted adjustable air slot is provided to protect the
heaters against burnout.
*FABCO hood as well as FABCO Oktavent fan installation, mainte-

Sizing Chart nance and operating data are available upon request.
Face Velocity Amount of Recommended Recommended Hood ALL PRICES QUOTED IN WRITING ON REQUEST.
FLAP FLAP Air Duct Fabco Fume Pressure
Length
Up Down Required Size Velocity Hood Fan Drop
FPM FPM CFM DIA. FPM TYPE INCHES
4' - 0 100 150 760 8 2050 V-8/V-10 0.47
125 185 950 10 1600 V-8/V-10 0.37
PERCHLORIC H SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
4' - 6 100 150 880 10 1500 V-8/V-10 0.27 VENTILATION OF FABCO SERVICES
125 185 1100 10 1900 V-8/V-10 0.43 C F F
5' - 0 100 150 1000 10 1700 V-10 0.34 E
125 185 1250 12 1250 0.33 G
D
5' - 6 100 150 1120 10 1900 V-10 0.39
125 185 1400 12 1400 V-10/V-12 0.38
C B
8 C
6' - 0 100 150 1240 12 1500 V-10 0.29
125 185 1550 12 1850 V-10/V-12 0.43
6' - 6 100 150 1350 12 1620 V-10/V-12 0.31 A HOOD
125 185 1700 12 2000 V-12 0.53 C slope B PVC DUCTING
7' - 0 100 150 1470 12 1760 V-10/V-12 0.35 C OMEGA WASH-DOWN
125 185 1830 14 1800 V-12/V-16 0.42 D ROOF KERB PETTICOAT
7' - 6 100 150 1590 14 1570 V-12 0.40 E T-120/2 ELIMINATOR
A
125 185 2000 14 2000 V-12/V-16 0.46 F FLEXIBLE VINYL ISOLATORS
8' - 0 100 150 1700 14 1680 V-12 0.33 G FAN
125 185 2120 16 1590 V-12/V-16 0.35 H STACK
Above pressure drop data is based on FABCO 3/16” thick extruded PVC Ventilation Duct.
“Flush” Type ‘F’ Hoods require about 15% less CFM.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
DARKROOM SINKS / LIQUID DISPENSING VALVES

R
O C
D U
CUSTOM FABRICATED DARKROOM SINKS

Custom Deluxe:
Complete with optional equipment listed below.
Basic Model:
Designed for island operations with drain locations as shown ... may
be equipped with Fabco options listed below. This model combines all
the equipment necessary for a single compact operating unit.
Design Features:
• Accessible parts simplify maintenance.
• Eliminates Corrosion – resists most chemicals used in photography ... DELUXE BASIC
no danger of solution contamination, no sink maintenance.
• Safe, easy cleaning with rounded corners and edges. Available Sizes: Prices on Request
• Strong, durable construction – sinks fabricated from PVC and formed
steel stand finished in light grey acid resistant paint. Sink No. Size Inside Sink No. Size Inside
• Wide backsplash ... conceals plumbing and contains accessories. 10-102 36 x 60 x 10 10-516 24 x 84 x 5
• Self-Levelling Feet ... are adjustable. 10-103 36 x 72 x 10 10-710 24 x 96 x 5
• Designed for continuous row installation. 10-104 36 x 78 x 10 10-711 30 x 36 x 7
• Wide Range of Types and Sizes ... design engineered. 10-105 36 x 84 x 10 10-712 30 x 48 x 7
• Cabinet or Stand Mounting ... 34” standard height from floor to sink lip. 10-106 36 x 86 x 10 10-713 30 x 60 x 7
10-510 24 x 36 x 5 10-714 20 x 72 x 7
Basic Design Features: 10-511 24 x 48 x 5 10-715 30 x 78 x 7
• Welded Sink ... with reinforced sides and bottom 10-512 24 x 60 x 5 10-716 20 x 84 x 7
• Heavy Gauge Metal Stands ... welded construction and finished in 10-513 24 x 72 x 5 10-100 30 x 86 x 7
light grey acid resistant paint. 10-515 24 x 78 x 5 10-101 36 x 48 x 10
• Safe, easy cleaning with rounded corners and edges. ADJUSTABLE FEET – for self-levelling.
• Corrosion resistant ... to most chemicals used in photography ... elim-
inates solution contamination and sink maintenance. • Squeegee Boards ... a practical piece of equipment for all darkrooms
to squeegee or drain negatives and prints. Sizes available on request.
Optional Equipment: • Storage Shelf ... a sturdy, convenient storage shelf for bottles, trays,
• Backsplash ... 18” high and 4” wide to mount accessories, conceals chemicals, equipment, etc.
plumbing and forms a ledge for graduates, glass-ware, etc. • Temperature regulators ... mounted on backsplash wall, has easy to
• Dividers ... separate sinks into compartments. Please specify dimen- read dial thermometer ... can be connected to all faucets and sprays.
sions, locations and extra drain, if necessary, when ordering. • Plumbing Specification ... Each Fabco sink supplied with a 1 1/2”
removable stand pipe and a 1 1/2” P-trap unit ready for connection.
Faucet connections will take standard supply fittings or 1/2” pipe.
ALL DARKROOM SINKS ARE CUSTOM MADE TO YOUR SPECIFICATIONS.
TEMPERATURE OR CHEMICAL LIMITATIONS. For special chemicals, temperatures and applications, please contact your local distributor or write to Fabco.
LIQUID DISPENSING ASSEMBLIES

PVC dispensing assemblies for distilled, deionized, demineralized water as well as chemical dispensing.
Laboratories • Hospitals • Clean Rooms
Models are available in PVC, Natural Polypropylene, and ultra pure PVDF. All tips accept 1/8” to 1/2” tubing.
#00 DECK MOUNT #15 DECK #20 DECK

SHOWN MOUNT SHOWN MOUNT SHOWN
1/4 TURN QUICK
Unit is less valve. Complete with a OPENING VALVE Type Part No. Material Type Mount Price
Allows you to install needle valve for 1/2” N.P.T.
your own valve or fine throttling con- Complete with a 1/4 #15 FC-DA-15 PVC Deck 146.38
use in conjunction trol. 1/2” N.P.T. turn “compact” ball #15 FC-PDA-15 Polypropylene Deck 156.30
with remotely placed valve. #15 FC-KDA-15 PVDF Deck 694.68
valves. #15 FC-DA-15W PVC Wall 156.30
#20 FC-DA-20 PVC Deck 138.94
STANDARD: 1/2” N.P.T. CONNECTION #20 FC-DA-20W PVC Wall 148.86
#30 FC-DA-30 PVC Deck 205.92
#30
#35
#35
FC-DA-30W
FC-DA-35
FC-DA-35W
PVC
PVC
PVC
Wall
Deck
Wall
213.37
138.94
146.38
8
#35 FC-PDA-35 Polypropylene Deck 148.86
#30 DECK MOUNT SHOWN #35 WALL #35 FC-PDA-35W Polypropylene Wall 156.30
MOUNT SHOWN #35 FC-KDA-35 PVDF Deck 694.68
Complete with a self closing #35 FC-KDA-35W PVDF Wall 719.49
valve. Pull handle up and Complete with a true #00 FC-DA-00D PVC Deck 86.84
valve stays on. Push handle union ball valve for ease #00 FC-DA-00W PVC Wall 96.76
down and valve remains on of dis-assembly. #00 FC-PDA-00D Polypropylene Deck 104.20
until you release the handle #00 FC-PDA-00W Polypropylene Wall 111.65
then it automatically closes. #00 FC-KDA-00D PVDF Deck 545.82
#00 FC-KDA-00W PVDF Wall 595.44
8-39
B C O
A
•
•
T S
ENERGY-SAVING HOLLOW BALLS
P
R
O C
D U
Save money, conserve energy, reduce air and noise pollution.

They’re not only environmentally sound, they pay for themselves
up to 6 times over per year. They just pour onto the surface, cover-
ing 91% in a single layer. Balls move out of the way for dipping and
float back into position automatically. One layer reduces heat loss by
75% and evaporation by 87%; with two layers, reduction is 81% and
90% respectively.
Hollow ball blankets are successfully used in many applications:
anodizing, food processing, metal processing and finishing, sewage
treatment, gas scrubbing, temperature retardation, and more.
Fabco Hollow Balls:
• Control fumes and smell
• Reduce evaporation and foul smell with 90%
• Reduce loss of valuable chemicals and fluids
• Save 70 – 75% energy on heated tanks
• Reduce oxygen uptake
• Solve many problems connected to the protection of the environ- HEAT LOSS FROM OPEN TANKS
ment
From water at Approx. heat loss in kW/m2
Selection: these temperatures. °C at 40% relative humidity
30 0.43
Heavy balls are best for use where wind, etc. is a factor. Choose an
40 0.86
appropriate size so balls won’t fall through screens or mesh. 50 1.67
60 2.90
Materials:
70 4.79
Polypropylene: PP 10–150 stocked in this material. Suitable for 80 7.53
most applications and for temperatures up to 230°F. 90 11.57
HDPE and HDPE Black UV: The 38–150 mm sizes are also avail-
able in these materials at same prices as below. Best for outdoor use
and for extreme cold. For temperatures up to 160°F.
15-
MOULDED HOLLOW BALLS

HEAT INPUT KW
Dia. Ball Needed Price

Part No.
inches Weight Package per per 10-
(Dia. mm)
(approx.) (grams) sq. ft. Thousand NK
PP 10 3/8 .2 1000 1076 116.67
TA
PP 20 3/4 1.0 2000 270 111.91

ED
CT
PP 25* 1 1.5 1000 172 200.00

TE
RO
PP 38 1 1/2 4.5 1000 74 371.44

NP
5-
U
PP 50 2 8.0 1000 43 600.01

PP 70 2 3/4 16.0 300 22 1,466.70 S
ERE
PP 100 4 30.0 100 10 3,892.94 SPH
ER OF ES
O N E LAY ER
PP 150 6 90.0 50 4.8 9,204.95 SPH
S OF
TWO L A Y ER
Note: Sold in package quantities. 0-
*Also available in PVDF, prices on request. 40 50 60 70 80 90
WATER SURFACE TEMPERATURE °C
PRECISION GROUND SOLID BALLS (PRICES PER THOUSAND)

Size NYLON DELRIN ACRYLIC PP or HDPE TEFLON Order Information:
Diameter All Types: Part No. + Size No.
No. Part No: NY Part No: DL Part No: ACR Part No: PP or HDPE Part No: TEF
125 1/8 74.29 74.29 - 86.67 167.15
156 5/32 126.91 126.91 - 86.67 246.65
187 3/16 89.76 89.76 - 86.67 277.03
250 1/4 128.46 128.46 65.00 114.53 368.34
8 312
375
5/16
3/8
174.89
232.15
174.89
232.15
-
164.05
128.46
150.12
674.78
894.54
500 1/2 427.15 427.15 263.10 185.72 1,457.89
562 9/16 510.73 510.73 - - -
625 5/8 646.92 646.92 433.34 213.58 3,534.83
750 3/4 857.40 857.40 - *300.24 4,807.00
875 7/8 1,528.08 1,529.08 - - -
1000 1 P.O.R. P.O.R. 1,640.51 *325.01 9,047.56
Note: Other sizes available
*These prices apply to Polypropylene Balls only. Prices on the PE Balls in these sizes available on request.
Quantities under 1000: Prices available on request.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
HEATFLON® IMMERSION HEATING PANEL

R
O C
D U
THE HEATFLON ADVANTAGE

• No exposed metallic components. Ideal for electroless problems of corrosion, contamination or scaling.
plating. Heatflon Heating Panels are supplied with a six foot long
• Long life. Panels have been in operation over ten years. power cord that is protected with two separate layers of
• Easy cleaning due to anti-stick properties of Teflon TFE. TFE insulation – one layer on each conductor with a sec-
• Warranteed for 12 months. ond layer protecting all conductors. The cord is easily con-
• Low watt density. Less than 10 watts/sq. in. to avoid hot nected to a variety of junction boxes or plugs to fit individ-
spots. ual requirements. Heatflon Heating Panels are available
• Sturdy design. Will not break or crack. with outputs ranging from 500 to 3,200 watts for use with
• Universal use. Suitable for use in any corrosive rnedia. 110 to 240 volt single phase service. All panels and power
cords are tested for porosity before shipment, by immersing
Heatflon Heating Panels have been specifically designed them in an electrolytic bath and then subjecting them to a
for operation in highly corrosive baths such as those used in 15,000 volt current.
the electroplating, chemical milling, PCB plating and semi- An optional temperature control unit. BCT-801 is
conductor industries. All exposed surfaces are made of designed to be fully compatible with the Heatflon Heating
100% virgin Teflon (TFE), making the panels inert to virtual- Panel and to withstand the same highly corrosive media as
ly all chemical reagents and extremely easy to clean. The the heater. The unit is equipped with a 13 inch chemically
entire panel including the power cord junction, is molded filled bulb and 10 foot capillary that are fully protected with a
into a one-piece unit. The panel, approxirnately 3/8” thick, is Teflon jacket. The unit’s hydraulic system operates an on/off
shatterpoof and has no seams or cavities which would allow switch rated for 110-250 volts and 15 amps and provides a
fluids to penetrate or solids to collect. This eliminates any calibrated accuracy of ± 1% over the scale of 0° F to 250° F.
HEATFLON STANDARD MODELS

PART SERVICE HEATING OUTPUT (watts) ± 5% DIMENSIONS (inches) ± 1/4”
VOLTAGE PRICE
NO. (Volts) AT 70°F (21°C) AT 212°F (100°C) A B C
3200/220 220 3200 2200 18 18 21 P.O.R.
1500/110 110 1600 1000 12 3/4 12 3/4 15 3/4 P.O.R.
1500/208 208 1600 1000 12 3/4 12 3/4 15 3/4 P.O.R.
1500/220 220 1600 1000 12 3/4 12 3/4 15 3/4 P.O.R.
1500/240 240 1600 1000 12 3/4 12 3/4 15 3/4 P.O.R.
900/110 110 900 600 10 10 13 P.O.R.
900/220 220 900 600 10 10 13 P.O.R.
500/110 110 500 350 8 8 11 P.O.R.
500/220 220 500 350 8 8 11 P.O.R.
Panel Thickness – 3/8” Minimum Distance from Tank – 2”
Panel Width – A Mounting Holes, Dia. – 3/8”
Panel Height – B Minimum Bending Radius of Power Cord – 2 1/2”
Minimum Immersion – C Maximum Bath Temperature – 230°F (110°C)
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE

Heatflon Heating Panels are extremely easy to install and maintain. For instal-
lation, the panels are simply immersed in the bath to the minimum depth indicat-
ed by the red line on the TFE insulted power cord. To insure proper heat distribu-
tion through the tank the panels should be mounted at least 2 inches away from
the tank walls, bottom or each other. The six foot long power cord insures that the
panels can be mounted well below the liquid level of the tank, or if preferred, on BATH
Fluid ________________
the bottom of the tank. It should be noted that Heatflon Heating Panels may warp Concentration _________
slightly during operation without any loss of efficiency. Although Heatflon Heat
Panels resist scale build-up, they should be cleaned regularly. The anti-stick prop-
erties of TFE make this a simple procedure using either chemical agents or steam
sprays. The panels should be disconnected 20 minutes before removing them Length (L) x Width (W) x Height (H)
from the bath. (inches) (inches) (inches) = No. of gallons
231 to be heated
NEVER USE METAL BRUSHES OR TOOLS TO SCRAPE THE PANELS
CLEAN. x x = _____ GALLONS
You should also use each clean-up period as an opportunity to visually inspect 231
the panels for mechanical damage and promptly replace any damaged panels.
Operating – Starting = Temperature
Temperature Temperature Difference
________°F – ________°F = __________
8
GALLONS x SPECIFIC HEAT X SPECIFIC WEIGHT X TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE
to be heated of the solution of the solution
B (i.e. Water = 1.0) (i.e. Water = 8.33) = KW
C 3100 x HEAT UP TIME IN HOURS
x x x = ____ KW
A 3100 x
WARNING: Heatflon Heating Panels do not have a protective grounding. Be sure to ground
the bath liquid. If you have any doubts about proper grounding, contact a qualified electrician.
8-41
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO ENGINEERED TANKS
R
O C
D U
FRP AND THERMOPLASTIC LINED FRP ARMOURED TANKS AND VESSELS

APPLICATIONS
F A B R I C AT E D P L A S T I C S
(FABCO) is well known for
designing, engineering and fabri-
to wind glass fibres saturated in
resin to produce exceptionally
strong and lightweight equipment.
hand display excellent resistance
to heat with full retention of phys-
• STORAGE TANKS
ical properties are lightweight and
cating quality equipment for the Fabco’s craftsmen are trained in exceptionally strong. • MIXERS
chemical industry since 1962. all fabrication techniques and Thermoplastic liner materials • SCRUBBERS
Fabco pioneered the use of ther- undergo continuing development are machine made, offering a cor-
moplastics like PVC, CPVC, PP, programs in welding and fusion • COLUMNS
rosion liner that is homogenous,
PVDF, E–CTFE, and FEP bonded theory and laminate construction.
uniform in thickness and having • TOWERS
to reinforced plastics to create a Fabco’s Engineering department
new family of materials called can supply design calculations proven mechanical properties. • REACTORS
“Armourplastics®” (dual lamina- and carry out quality control test- The Thermoplastic liner when fab-
ricated using machine fusion and • INDUSTRIES
tes). Today Armourplastics offer a ing. The Fabco experience and
cost effective alternative to titani- technical expertise in the pro- properly bonded to the FRP • BLEACHING CHEMICAL
um and corroding stainless steel. cessing of Armourplastics® ma- armouring creates a dual lami- • CHEMICAL PROCESSING
Armourplastics® resist corro- terials and it’s ability to do small nate that exhibits the best proper-
sion over a broad range of tem- and dimensionally large and criti- ties of both materials combined in • SEMICONDUCTOR
peratures and are suited to both cal equipment is unmatched and the Armourplastics® construc- • PULP & PAPER
the most severe chemical ser- makes Fabco uniquely qualified to tion.
vices and for high purity applica- provide Armourplastics® of the • MINING
tions where it is necessary to highest quality. F abco Thermoplastic lined ves-
sels and equipment are built • WATER TREATMENT
keep the process fluid totally free
of contaminants.
Fabco has developed and ac-
A rmourplastics® offer the de-
sign engineer the benefits of
two dissimilar materials combined
to meet your standards and
expectations for quality products.
• PHARMACEUTICAL
• FOOD AND BEVERAGE
All Fabco Armourplastics® eq-
quired the best technology avail- to make a superior alternative.
able for machine fusing liners, Thermoplastics display excep- uipment is designed to enable the
vacuum forming dished heads, tional chemical resistance but Thermoplastic liner to address the
flat radiused cornered bottoms have limited impact strength and corrosion resistance needs of the
and internal ledges. Modern poor physical properties when application, while the FRP Ar-
microprocessor controlled fila- influenced by temperature. Re- mouring satisfies the structural
ment winding machines are used inforced Plastics on the other requirements.
FABCO TANK QUESTIONNAIRE

DESCRIPTION OF TANKS
CHEMICAL SERVICE IN % CONCENTRATION SPECIFIC GRAVITY TEMPERATURE
POSITIVE PRESSURE VACUUM ATMOSPHERIC

INTERIOR LOCATION VIBRATION ABRASION
EXTERIOR LOCATION SNOW LOAD P.S.F. WIND LOAD
INSULATION HEAT TRACING FIRE RESISTANCE
LIFTING LUGS HOLD DOWN LUGS COLOUR (standard
colour is green)
NOZZLES, MANHOLES, OPENINGS, ETC.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

1. FIBERGLASS (FRP) 2. PVC 3. PVC/FRP
8 4. POLYPROPYLENE
7. POLYETHYLENE/FRP
5. POLYPROPYLENE/FRP
8. STEEL TANKS (OPEN TOP)
LINED WITH PVC PLASTISOL (MAX. 16’ LONG)
6. POLYETHYLENE
9. OTHER (PLEASE SPECIFY)
FABCO STOCK ITEMS

1. PVC AND CPVC PIPE AND FITTINGS 4. PERFORATED SHEETS (PVC, PP, HDPE)
2. PVC DUCTING AND DUCT FITTINGS TO 24” DIA. 5. PVC ANGLE
3. SHEET STOCK IN PVC, PE, PP, UHMW PE AND PVDF 6. PVC BAR STOCK
FABCO STANDARD PRODUCTS
FABCO T120/2 ELIMINATORS POLYETHYLENE TANKS
FABCO TYPE L.M.S. INTERNAL SCRUBBERS FLOTEC PUMPS, CENTRIFUGAL AND MAGNETIC DRIVE PUMPS
PIPING AND FITTINGS IN FRP TO 48” DIA. AEROVENT FANS AND KT FANS
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
1. HAND LAY UP AND FILAMENT WOUND F.R.P. TANKS 2. THERMOPLASTIC LINED F.R.P. ARMOURED
Fabricated plastics has produced a multitude of F.R.P. tanks . Our TANKS/ARMOURPLASTIC®
fabrication shop in conjunction with our engineering department Fabco can produce tanks by using thermoplastics like PVC,
are capable of producing any size tank for an unlimited variety of CPVC, PP, PVDF, E-CTFE and FEP bonded to reinforced plastics
industries. to create a new family of materials called “Armourplastics” (Dual
Laminates).
MATERIAL SELECTION
GRAYKOR® PVC KEMKOR® PVDF TEFLINE® P-PFA

ORANGEKOR® CPVC HALINE ECTFE TEFLINE® F-FEP
BLUEKOR® PP
TANK OPTIONS
Model C-CVF Model C-CVS Model C-CV Model C-OVDS

Closed Vertical Flat Bottom Closed Vertical Sloping Bottom Closed Vertical Dished on Legs Open Vertical Dished Skirted
Model C-OVF Model C-CVDS Model C-OVCS Model C-OVC

Open Vertical Flat Bottom Closed Vertical Dished Skirted Open Vertical, Cone Skirted Open Vertical Cone on Legs
Model C-CVCS Model C-CVC Model C-OVS Model C-OV

Closed Vertical, Cone Skirted Closed Vertical, Cone on Legs Open Vertical Sloping Bottom Open Vertical Dished on Legs
ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
8
• FRP or Steel Ladders and Cages
• FRP or Steel Platforms and Handrails
• Downpipes and Dip Tubes
• Piping Support Clips
• Level Indicators
Model C-H • Calibration Gauges
Horizontal Storage • Sight Glass
Armourplastics® Equipment should not be shipped in below freezing conditions.
8-43
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
DIAMETER & REQUIRED DIMENSIONS FOR SPECIFIC VOLUME

TANK DIAMETER “D”
IMP U.S. CUBIC FEET 3' 4' 5' 6' 6' 6" 7' 8' 8' 6" 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 1 1/2" 13' 8" 14' HIGH
GAL. GAL. METER
MM 914 1219 1524 1828 1981 2134 2438 2591 2743 3048 3353 3658 4000 4166 4267 LONG
500 600 2.3 11.4 6.4 4.1 H

11.1 6.0 3.6 L
1,000 1,201 4.5 22.8 12.8 8.2 5.7 4.9 4.2 H
22.4 12.4 7.7 5.1 4.2 3.5 L
2,000 2,402 9.1 25.6 16.4 11.4 9.7 8.4 6.4 5.7 H
25.2 15.9 10.8 9.0 7.7 5.6 4.8 L
3,000 3,603 13.6 24.6 17.1 14.5 12.5 9.6 8.5 7.6 H
24.0 16.4 13.9 11.8 8.8 7.7 6.7 L
4,000 4,804 18.2 32.8 22.8 19.4 16.7 12.8 11.3 10.1 8.2 H
32.2 22.1 18.7 16.0 12.0 10.5 9.2 7.2 L
5,000 6,005 22.7 28.4 24.2 20.9 16.0 14.2 12.6 10.2 8.5 H
27.8 23.6 20.2 15.2 13.3 11.7 9.2 7.4 L
6,000 7,205 27.3 34.1 29.1 25.1 19.2 17.0 15.2 12.3 10.2 8.5 H
33.5 28.4 24.3 18.4 16.1 14.3 11.3 9.1 7.3 L
8,000 9,607 36.4 33.4 25.6 22.7 20.2 16.4 13.5 11.4 H
32.7 24.8 21.8 19.3 15.4 12.4 10.2 L
10,000 12,009 45.5 32.0 28.3 25.3 20.5 16.9 14.2 11.9 H
31.2 27.5 24.4 19.5 15.8 13.0 10.6 L
12,000 14,411 54.6 24.6 20.3 17.1 14.3 13.2 H
23.6 19.2 15.9 13.0 11.8 L
14,000 16,813 63.6 28.7 23.7 19.9 16.6 15.3 14.6 H
27.6 22.6 18.7 15.3 14.0 13.2 L
15,000 18,014 68.2 30.7 25.4 21.3 17.8 16.4 15.7 H
Tank Dimensions (Height/Length) 29.7 24.3 20.1 16.5 15.1 14.3 L
18,000 21,616 81.8 are shown in feet 30.5 25.6 21.4 19.7 18.8 H
29.3 24.4 20.1 18.4 17.4 L
20,000 24,018 90.9 28.4 23.8 21.9 20.9 H
27.2 22.4 20.5 19.5 L
25,000 30,023 113.7 35.6 29.7 27.4 26.1 H
34.3 28.4 26.0 24.7 L
26,000 31,223 118.2 30.9 28.5 27.2 H
29.6 27.1 25.7 L
30,000 36,027 136.4 35.7 32.9 31.3 H
34.3 31.5 29.9 L
35,000 42,032 159.1 41.6 38.4 36.6 H
40.2 36.9 35.1 L
40,000 48,036 181.8 47.5 43.8 41.8 H
46.2 42.4 40.3 L
45,000 54,041 204.6 53.5 49.3 47.0 H
52.1 47.9 45.6 L
50,000 60,045 227.3 59.4 54.8 52.2 H
58.0 53.4 50.8 L
Most common sizes are:

25,000 30,023 113.7
26,000 31,223 118.2

L
8 30,000 36,027 136.4
D 35,000 42,032 159.1

H
40,000 48,036 181.8
45,000 54,041 204.6
50,000 60,045 227.3
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS PIPE & FITTINGS

R
O C
D U
FABCO's Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) laminates are manufactured with thermosetting polyester or vinylester resins and various
types of glass fibre reinforcing. Materials are carefully selected for each specific application. The fibreglass reinforcement is thoroughly satu-
rated with catalyzed resin to form a dense laminate with the required physical and chemical resistant properties. In general, the glass reinforc-
ing provides the strength to the laminate and the resin binder provides the chemical resistance. All laminates are designed to meet the specif-
ic application requirements.
LAMINATE CONSTRUCTION
FABCO manufactures FRP pipe and fitting laminates with a variety headers and other environments where chemical attack is anticipated.
of liner and structural wall constructions. In order to achieve optimum In these situations, a portion of the liner should be considered sacrifi-
chemical resistance, all laminates are composed of an Inner Surface, cial and non-structural.
an Interior Layer, a Structural Layer and an Outer Surface Layer. The Structural Layer - This layer is the primary structural portion of the
combination of Inner Surface and Interior Layer is often referred to as laminate and is designed to withstand the loads caused by pressure,
the Liner or Corrosion Barrier and is generally considered to con- wind, seismic and other conditions. It consists of alternating layers of
tribute structural strength as well as corrosion resistance to the lami- chopped strand and 24 ounce per square yard woven roving to the
nate. required thickness. The glass content in these layers will be 30-45%
Inner Surface - This surface is exposed to the corrosive environ- depending on the amount of woven roving used. This layer may also
ment and is composed of resin reinforced with "C" glass veil or a syn- be composed of filament wound continuous strand fiberglass rein-
thetic veil such as Nexus. This layer is 10 to 20 mils thick and has an forcement which is typically helically wound onto the mandrel and has
approximate 90 /10 resin to glass ratio by weight for maximum corro- a glass content of 55-70% by weight.
sion resistance. Outer Surface Layer - This surface is a resin coating formulated to
Interior Layer - This portion of the laminate is composed of multi- be non air-inhibited and fully cured. When exposed to the environ-
ple layers of chopped strand fibreglass reinforcement. Standard con- ment, this coating contains ultraviolet absorbers or pigments to mini-
struction utilizes two layers of 1-1/2 ounce per square foot chopped mize ultraviolet degradation. If the outer surface of a laminate is to be
strand fiberglass saturated with resin and produces a thickness of 85 exposed to a corrosive environment, a veil layer or a chopped strand
to 95 mils with 22% to 32% glass content. Aggressive environments layer may be added over the structural layer for exterior protection.
may dictate the use of more than the standard two layers. Liner thick- The outer surface can be pigmented for colour designation if required.
nesses of 180 to 250 mils are often used in bleach towers, chlorine
Pipe Manufacturing area Showing the Fabrication and An Overview Shot of FRP Pipe Spooling in Progress
Painting of FRP Pipe
MANUFACTURING METHODS FRP PIPING

FABCO offers two standard types of FRP laminate construction for piping systems. Filament Wound, and Contact Molded (hand lay up).
Filament Wound Construction - This process utilizes continuous Contact Molded Construction - This method of laminate con-
glass strand roving that is pre-saturated in a resin bath and is then
helically wound around a rotating mandrel at a specified winding
angle. The winding process is continued in bi-directional layers until
struction uses multiple layers of fiberglass chopped strand, woven rov-
ing and non-woven glass fabrics saturated with resin and built up to
the desired thickness. Each glass layer is layed on the mold and resin
8
the desired wall thickness is achieved. FABCO's pressure piping is is applied. Hand pressure rolling saturates the glass and removes
made with a 54 3/4° winding angle, which provides the theoretical entrapped air to provide a strong, dense laminate. Physical properties
optimum 2 to 1 hoop to axial strength ratio required for pressure pip- will vary with the amount of woven roving, unidirectional roving and/or
ing. Vacuum piping will normally be wound at greater winding angles, fabric used.
such as 65°, to increase the hoop strength.
8-45
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO FRP PRESSURE PIPE
R
O C
D U
FRP PRESSURE PIPE / TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Ts
Tc
D = Nominal Inside Diameter

Ts = Structural Wall Thickness
Tc = Corrosion Liner
D
T (Total) = Tc + Ts
NOMINAL LINER HAND LAY UP FILAMENT WOUND
PIPE Tc Ts Ts
SIZE D1 THICKNESS 75 100 150 75 100 150
IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM
1/2 15 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75

3/4 20 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
1 25 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
1 1/4 32 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
1 1/2 40 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
2 50 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
2 1/2 65 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.250 6.35
3 90 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.250 6.35
4 100 0.100 2.54 0.187 4.75 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83
5 125 0.100 2.54 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.375 9.53 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83
6 150 0.100 2.54 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.375 9.53 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83
8 200 0.100 2.54 0.250 6.35 0.131 7.95 0.438 11.13 0.19 4.83 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11
10 250 0.100 2.54 0.313 7.95 0.375 9.53 0.500 12.70 0.24 6.10 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11
12 315 0.100 2.54 0.375 9.53 0.438 11.13 0.625 15.88 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11 0.33 8.38
14 355 0.100 2.54 0.375 9.53 0.500 12.70 0.750 19.05 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11 0.37 9.40
16 400 0.100 2.54 0.438 11.13 0.563 14.30 0.813 20.05 0.28 7.11 0.28 7.22 0.42 10.67
18 450 0.100 2.54 0.500 12.70 0.625 15.88 0.938 23.83 0.28 7.11 0.33 8.38 0.46 11.68
20 500 0.100 2.54 0.500 12.70 0.688 17.48 1.000 25.40 0.28 7.11 0.33 8.38 0.46 11.68
24 600 0.100 2.54 0.625 15.88 0.813 20.65 1.250 31.75 0.33 8.38 0.42 10.67 0.55 13.97
26 650 0.100 2.54 0.687 17.48 0.875 22.22 1.313 33.35 0.33 8.38 0.42 10.67 0.60 15.24
28 700 0.100 2.54 0.750 19.05 0.937 23.81 1.438 36.51 0.37 9.40 0.46 11.68 0.64 16.25
30 755 0.100 2.54 0.750 19.05 1.000 25.40 1.500 38.10 0.42 10.67 0.46 11.68 0.64 16.25
32 810 0.100 2.54 0.813 20.05 1.063 27.00 1.625 41.27 0.42 10.67 0.50 12.70 0.68 17.27
8 34
36
38
860
910
960
0.100
0.100
0.100
2.54
2.54
2.54
0.875
0.937
1.000
22.22
23.83
25.40
1.125
1.250
1.313
28.58
31.75
33.35
1.750
1.813
1.937
44.45
46.05
49.20
0.42
0.46
0.46
10.67
11.68
11.68
0.50
0.55
0.55
12.70
13.97
13.97
0.73
0.78
0.78
18.54
19.81
19.81
42 1050 0.100 2.54 1.063 27.00 1.438 36.51 2.125 53.97 0.50 12.70 0.60 15.24 0.86 21.84
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO FIBERGLASS FITTINGS

R
O C
D U
FABCO FRP PIPING COMPONENTS* / DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION
G
E
G
E E
90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW
A A A A
A
H H
TEE STUB FLG. VANSTONE FLG.
A A A A
A
DIMENSIONS (inches)
D A B C E F G H
2 6 10 6 4 16 1 5/8 6
CROSS
3 7 12 6 6 18 2 1/2 6
4 8 14 6 6 20 2 1/2 6
6 10 16 8 9 24 3 3/4 8
8 12 20 10 12 30 5 8
B
10 14 24 10 15 34 6 1/4 10
12 16 26 12 18 33 7 1/2 10
14 18 30 12 21 42 8 3/4 12
16 20 32 14 24 46 10 12
C F C F 18 21 36 14 27 50 11 1/4 12
20 22 38 16 30 54 12 1/2 12
45° LATERAL 24 24 42 18 36 60 15 12
26 26 46 18 39 64 16 1/4 15
28 28 48 20 42 68 17 1/2 15
30 30 52 20 45 72 18 5/8 15
32 31 54 20 48 76 20 15
D1
D1
D2
D2
34 32 58 22 51 80 21 1/4 15
36 33 62 22 54 84 22 1/2 15
H 38 34 64 22 57 88 23 1/4 15
2.5(D1-D2) 2.5(D1-D2) 42 36 72 24 63 96 26 15
CONCENTRIC REDUCERS
*FLANGE DRILLING AVAILABLE
*ANSI B16.5 150 LB
*J1S 10K
*DIN 2051 PN10
8
D1
D1
D2
D2
H
2.5(D1-D2) 2.5(D1-D2)
ECCENTRIC REDUCERS
8-47
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO ARMOURPLASTIC® PIPING
R
O C
D U
FABCO's Armourplastics are manufactured with machine made thermoplastic liners which are chemically /mechanically bonded to structur-
al overwrap. Liner materials are carefully selected for each specific application.
Thermoplastic liner materials are machine made, offering a corrosion liner that is homogeneous, uniform in thickness and having proven
mechanical properties. The Thermoplastic liner when properly bonded to the FRP armouring creates a dual laminate that exhibits the best prop-
erties of both materials combined in the Armourplastic.
ARMOURPLASTIC CONSTRUCTION (DUAL LAMINATES)
FABCO manufactures Armourplastics® pipe and fittings with a variety of liner and structural wall construction.
Inner Liner Surface - The liner most suitable for the chemical service is selected, FABCO offers:
Greykor® - PVC
Orangekor® - CPVC
Bluekor® - Polypropylene (PP)
Kemkor® - Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF)
Haline - Ethylene Chlorotrifluoroethylene (ECTFE)
Tefline® -P - PFA
Tefline® -F - FEP
as liner materials. Each liner is specifically treated chemically or mechanically prior to FRP armouring. Liner thickness is not taken into con-
sideration for structural requirements of the Armourplastic system.
Structural Layers - This layer is the primary structural portion of Outer Surface Layer - This surface is a resin coating formulated to
the laminate and is designed to withstand the loads caused by pres- be non air-inhibited and fully cured. When exposed to the environ-
sure, wind, seismic and other conditions. It consists of alternating lay- ment, this coating contains ultraviolet absorbers or pigments to mini-
ers of chopped strand and 24 ounce per square yard woven roving to mize ultraviolet degradation. If the outer surface of a laminate is to be
the required thickness. The glass content in these layers will be 30- exposed to a corrosive environment, a veil layer or a chopped strand
45% depending on the amount of woven roving used. This layer may layer may be added over the structural layer for exterior protection.
also be composed of filament wound continuous strand fiberglass The outer surface can be pigmented for colour designation if required.
reinforcement which is typically helically wound onto the mandrel and
has a glass content of 55-70% by weight
FABCO ARMOURPLASTIC® PIPING

MANUFACTURING METHODS
FABCO offers two standard types of FRP laminate construction as overwrap for thermoplastic piping systems. Filament Wound, and Contact
Molded (hand lay up).
Liner Preparation - The Thermoplastic liner undergoes various surface preparations dependent on the liner material.
i) Greykor® PVC and Orangekor® CPVC liner is cleaned, abraided and a proprietary bonding resin is applied to achieve a che-
mical bond between the thermoplastic (PVC /CPVC) and the FRP.
ii) Bluekor®- Polypropylene liner is cleaned and a bonding cloth is mechanically embedded into the surface under controlled heat
conditions. Proprietary bonding resin is applied to achieve a mechanical bond between the thermoplastic and the FRP.
iii) Kemkor® - PVDF liner is chemically etched, cleaned and proprietary bonding resin is applied to achieve a chemical bond
between the PVDF and the FRP.
iv) Haline (ECTFE) / Tefline-P (PFA) /Tefline-F (FEP) liner is cleaned and a bonding cloth is mechanically embedded into the sur-
face under controlled heat conditions. Proprietary bonding resin is applied to achieve a mechanical bond between the thermo-
plastic and the FRP.
Filament Wound Construction - This process utilizes continuous Contact Molded Construction - This method of laminate con-
glass strand roving that is pre-saturated in a resin bath and is then struction used multiple layers of fiberglass chopped strand, woven
helically wound around a rotating mandrel at a specified winding roving and non-woven glass fabrics saturated with resin and built up
angle. The winding process is continued in bi-directional layers until to the desired thickness. Each glass layer is layed on the mold and
the desired wall thickness is achieved. FABCO's pressure piping is resin is applied. Hand pressure rolling saturates the glass and
made with a 54 3/4° winding angle, which provides the theoretical removes entrapped air to provide a strong, dense laminate. Physical
optimum 2 to 1 hoop to axial strength ratio required for pressure pip- properties will vary with the amount of woven roving, unidirectional
ing. Vacuum piping will normally be wound at greater winding angles, roving and/or fabric used.
such as 65°, to increase the hoop strength.
28” Diameter x 60 Ft. Long Polypropylene

Lined Chlorine headers being Shipped to
U.S.A.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO ARMOURPLASTICS® / TECHNICAL INFORMATION

R
O C
D U
LINER MATERIALS AND SERVICE TEMPERATURES

MAXIMUM
LINER LINER OPERATING
LINER BACKING INSTALLATION
MATERIAL THICKNESS TEMPERATURE
COLOUR MATERIAL METHOD
DESIGNATION MM
°F °C
PVC
PVC-CAW 3 or 4 or 5 DARK GREY NONE CHEMICAL BOND 170° 77°
PVC-MZ
CPVC LIGHT GREY/DARK

3 or 4 or 5 NONE CHEMICAL BOND 210° 99°
PVC-C-HT GREY
PP
PP-DWU-SK 3 or 4 TAN/GREY POLYESTER/PP MECHANICAL BOND 220° 105°
PP-C-PK
PVDF
3 or 4 NATURAL POLYESTER MECHANICAL BOND 220° 105°
PVDF-SK
ECTFE
ECTFE-GK 1.5 or 2.3 NATURAL POLYESTER/GLASS MECHANICAL BOND 250° 121°
ECTFE-SK
FEP
1.5 or 2.3 NATURAL GLASS MECHANICAL BOND 250° 121°
FEP-GGS
PFA
1.5 or 2.3 NATURAL GLASS MECHANICAL BOND 250° 121°
PFA-GGS
FEP
1.5 or 2.3 NATURAL NONE NON-BOND 250° 121°
FEP/FEP
*OPERATING TEMPERATURE IS USUALLY DICTATED BY THE FRP RESINS MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURES.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THERMOPLASTICS AND REINFORCED PLASTIC MATERIALS
MATERIAL
ASTM TEST
METHODS FRP*
PVC CPVC POLYPRO-
PROPERTIES PVDF ECTFE FEP PFA
12454-B 23447-B PYLENE
HLU FW**
General
Specific Gravity 1.38 1.55 1.76 .905 1.70 2.15 2.15 1.45 1.70
D-792
Water Absorption
D-570 .05 .05 .04 .02 - - - - -
% 24 Hrs. @ 73°F
Mechanical Tensile Strength
7,940 8,400 6,000 5,000 7,000 3,200 3,200 15,000 40,000
D-638 psi @ 73°F
Modulus of Elasticity
D-638 in Tension psi @ 4.2 4.2 2.1 1.7 2.4 0.5-0.7 0.4 10 30
73°F x 105
D-790 Flexural Strength psi 14,500 15,600 9,700 7,000 6,400 2,600 2,600 25,000 60,000
Izod Impact Strength

D-256 .65 3.0 3.8 1.3 - - - 1.5 40
@ 73°F (Notched)
Coefficient of
Thermal
Thermal Expansion 3.0 3.8 7.9 5.0 3.6 5.5 7.8 1.7 0.6
D-696
in/in/°F x 10-5
Thermal Conductivity
C-177 1.2 .95 .79 1.2 .97 1.73 1.31 0.8 1.0
BTU/HR/Sq. Ft./°F/in
Heat Distortion
D-648 N/A 238 284 220 - - - - -
Temp. °F @ 66 psi
Heat Distortion
D-648 160 221 194 140 250 300 300 210-300 ***
Flammability
D-2863
Temp. °F 264 psi
Limiting Oxygen
Index (%)
43 60 44 17 60 95 95 - -
8
E-84 Flame Spread 15-20 15.00 0.00 N/A - - - 15-350 ***
Underwriters Lab
UL 94V-0 94V-0 94V-0 94HB 94V-0 94V-0 94V-0 - -
Rating (Sub. 94)
* FRP Properties presented herein represent average values as ** Valuesfor Filament Wound Laminates shown are in the fiber
FRP is a custom designed system dependent on laminate con- direction.
struction resin type and fabrication method. *** Depending on resin type and additives.
8-49
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO ARMOURPLASTICS® PIPE
R
O C
D U
ARMOURPLASTICS® (THERMOPLASTIC) / TECHNICAL INFORMATION

LINED FRP PIPING
S2
S1
S1 = Liner Wall Thickness

S2 = FRP Wall Thickness
D1 D1 = Pipe Nominal Inside Diameter
D2 D2 = Outside Diameter of Liner
PIPE LINER THICKNESS HAND LAY UP FILAMENT WOUND
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS S2 S2
PIPE SIZE D2 S1 D1 75 100 150 75 100 150
IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM IN MM
1/2 15 0.840 21.34 0.147 3.73 0.546 13.87 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
3/4 20 1.050 26.67 0.154 3.91 0.742 18.85 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
1 25 1.315 33.40 0.179 4.55 0.957 24.31 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
1 1/4 32 1.660 42.16 0.191 4.85 1.278 32.46 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
1 1/2 40 1.900 48.26 0.200 5.08 1.500 38.10 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
2 50 2.375 60.33 0.218 5.54 1.939 49.25 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75
2 1/2 65 2.875 73.03 0.276 7.01 2.323 59.00 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.250 6.35
3 90 3.500 88.90 0.216 5.49 3.068 77.93 0.187 4.75 0.187 4.75 0.250 6.35
4 100 4.500 114.30 0.237 6.02 4.026 102.26 0.187 4.75 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83
5 125 5.563 114.30 0.258 6.55 5.017 127.43 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.375 9.53 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83
6 150 6.625 168.28 0.280 7.11 6.031 153.19 0.250 6.35 0.250 6.35 0.375 9.53 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83 0.19 4.83
8 200 8.625 219.08 0.322 8.18 7.943 201.75 0.250 6.35 0.313 7.95 0.438 11.13 0.19 4.83 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11
10 250 10.750 273.05 0.356 9.04 9.976 253.39 0.313 7.95 0.375 9.53 0.500 12.70 0.24 6.10 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11
12 315 12.750 323.85 0.187 4.75 12.376 314.35 0.375 9.53 0.438 11.13 0.625 15.88 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11 0.33 8.38
14 355 14.000 355.60 0.187 4.75 13.626 346.10 0.375 9.53 0.500 12.70 0.750 19.05 0.24 6.10 0.28 7.11 0.37 9.40
16 400 16.000 406.40 0.187 4.75 15.626 396.60 0.438 11.13 0.563 14.30 0.813 20.05 0.28 7.11 0.28 7.11 0.42 10.67
18 450 18.000 457.20 0.187 4.75 17.626 447.70 0.500 12.70 0.625 15.88 0.938 23.83 0.28 7.11 0.33 8.38 0.46 11.68
20 500 20.000 508.00 0.219 5.56 19.562 496.87 0.500 12.70 0.688 17.48 1.000 25.40 0.28 7.11 0.33 8.38 0.46 11.68
24 600 24.000 609.60 0.250 6.35 23.500 596.90 0.625 15.88 0.813 20.65 1.250 31.75 0.33 8.38 0.42 10.67 0.55 13.97
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO ARMOURPLASTICS® FITTINGS

R
O C
D U
ARMOURPLASTIC® PIPING / DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION

1/2” DIA. TO 24” DIA.
H F
B
C
B
B
B
A A
(D) NUMBER OF HOLES

(E) BOLT HOLES DIAMETER
FLANGE* 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW
H F
K K K K
G
M
K
J J M M
L L
(D) NUMBER OF HOLES
(E) BOLT HOLES DIAMETER
VANSTONE FLANGE* TEE 45° LATERAL

WITH C.S. BACKUP RING
* FLANGE DRILLINGS AVAILABLE • ANSI B16.5 150 LBS.

• JIS 10K
• DIN 2051 PN10
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
DIM/DIA 1/2"Ø 3/4"Ø 1"Ø 1 1/4"Ø 1 1/2"Ø 2"Ø 2 1/2"Ø 3"Ø 4"Ø 5"Ø 6"Ø 8"Ø 10"Ø 12"Ø 14"Ø 16"Ø 18"Ø 20"Ø 24"Ø
A 5" 5 3/4" 6" 6 1/2" 7 1/4" 8" 8 1/2" 9" 10" 12" 11 3/8" 13 1/4" 15 1/2" 24 1/2" 26" 28 1/4" 31 3/8" 33 6/8" 38 11/16"
B 4" 4 1/2" 4 3/4" 5 1/16" 5 1/8" 5 5/8" 5 5/8" 5 3/4" 6 1/2" 7" 6 7/8" 8 1/4" 9 3/4" 15 5/8" 16 7/8" 18 1/4" 20 3/4" 22 1/8" 25 1/2"
C 1 3/8" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 2" 3" 3 3/8" 4" 4 1/2" 5" 7" 6 3/8" 7 1/16" 8 1/4" 12 1/4" 12 3/4" 14" 15" 16 1/4" 18 1/2"
D 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 8" 8" 8" 8" 12" 12" 12" 12" 16" 20" 20"
E 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" 7/8" 1" 1" 1 1/8" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 1 3/8"
F 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12" 14"
G 2 3/8" 2 3/4" 3 1/8" 3 1/2" 3 7/8" 4 3/4" 5 1/2" 6" 7 1/2" 8 1/2" 9 1/2" 11 3/4" 14 1/4" 17" 18 3/4" 18 3/4" 22 3/4" 25" 29 1/2"
H 3 1/2" 3 7/8" 4 1/4" 4 5/8" 5" 6" 7" 7 1/2" 9" 10" 11" 13 1/2" 16" 19" 21" 12" 25" 27 1/2" 32"
8
J 10" 11" 12" 12" 12" 12" 13" 7" 8" 9 1/2" 17" 20 5/8" 25 3/4" 29 3/4" 33" 33" 42" 48" 58"
K 5" 5 1/2" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6 1/2" 7" 8" 9 1/2" 8 1/2" 10 5/16" 12 7/8" 14 7/8" 16 1/2" 16 1/2" 21" 24" 29"
L 7 7/8" 9 3/4" 10 1/4" 11 1/4" 11 7/8" 12 7/8" 14 3/4" 16 1/8" 18 5/8" 21 1/2" 22 7/8" 28 3/4" 34 1/2" 41 1/2" 46 3/4" 54 3/4" 61 1/2" 68 3/4" 79 1/2"
M 4 7/8" 5 3/4" 6 1/4" 6 7/8" 7 3/8" 8 1/8" 9 3/8" 10 3/8" 12 1/8" 14" 15 1/4" 19 1/4" 23 1/2" 28 7/8" 31 3/8" 36 7/8" 41 1/4" 46 1/4" 53 1/2"
8-51
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO ARMOURPLASTICS® / DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION
R
O C
D U
W Y1 X W Y1 X AB AB AB AB
AD
AD
Z1 Z1
AA AA
CONCENTRIC REDUCER REDUCING TEE
AB
AB
W Y2 X W Y2 X
AC AC
Z2 Z2 AA AA
ECCENTRIC REDUCER REDUCING 45° LATERAL
CONC. AND ECC. REDUCER 45° REDUCING LATERAL REDUCING TEE
SIZE W X Y1 Z1 Y2 Z2 SIZE AA AB AC AA AB AD
1" x 2" 3 1/2" 3" 2 1/2" 9" 2 1/2" 9" 2" x 2" x 1" 11 1/2" 6" 7 5/8" 9 1/2" 4 3/4" 5"
1" x 3" 4" 3" 5" 12" 5" 12" 3" x 3" x 1" 12 3/4" 6 7/8" 9" 10" 5" 5 1/2"
1" x 4" 4 1/2" 3 1/2" 7 1/2" 15" 7 1/2" 15" 3" x 3" x 2" 15" 8 1/4" 10 3/8" 11" 5 1/2" 5 7/8"
2" x 3" 4" 3 1/2" 2 1/2" 10" 2 1/2" 10" 4" x 4" x 1" 15 7/8" 10" 11 1/4" 10 1/2" 5 1/4" 5 1/4"
2" x 4" 4 1/2" 3 1/2" 5" 13" 5" 13" 4" x 4" x 2" 16 5/8" 10 1/4" 11 5/8" 12 1/2" 6 1/4" 6 1/2"
2" x 6" 6" 3 1/2" 10" 19 1/2" 10" 19 1/2" 4" x 4" x 3" 18 1/4" 11 1/2" 13" 14" 7" 7"
3" x 4" 4 1/2" 4" 2 1/2" 11" 2 1/2" 11" 6" x 6" x 2" 18" 10 1/2" 13 1/4" 11 1/2" 5 3/4" 6 1/2"
3" x 6" 6" 4" 7 1/2" 17 1/2" 7 1/2" 17 1/2" 6" x 6" x 4" 21 5/8" 14 1/2" 15 1/4" 15" 7 1/2" 7"
3" x 8" 6" 4" 12 1/2" 22 1/2" 12 1/2" 22 1/2" 8" x 8" x 4" 24 1/8" 16 1/2" 17 1/4" 16 1/2" 8 1/4" 8"
4" x 6" 6" 4 1/2" 5" 15 1/2" 5" 15 1/2" 8" x 8" x 6" 28" 19 1/4" 20" 19 1/2" 9 3/4" 9 3/4"
4" x 8" 6" 4 1/2" 10" 20 1/2" 10" 20 1/2" 10" x 10" x 4" 26 1/2" 18" 19 1/2" 19" 9 1/2" 9 1/4"
4" x 10" 6" 4 1/2" 15" 25 1/2" 15" 25 1/2" 10" x 10" x 6" 29 7/8" 20 1/4" 21 3/8" 21 1/2" 10 3/4" 10 3/4"
8" x 6" 6" 5" 5" 17" 6" 17" 10" x 10" x 8" 29 1/8" 22 5/16" 22 5/16" 24" 12" 12"
10" x 6" 5" 5" 6" 16" 7" 16" 12" x 12" x 6" 33 1/2" 22 3/8" 24 1/2" 23 1/2" 11 3/4" 11 3/4"
12" x 6" 6" 5" 8" 19" 9" 19" 12" x 12" x 8" 36 1/2" 24 3/8" 26 1/8" 24 1/2" 12 1/4" 12 1/4"
10" x 8" 5" 5" 5" 16" 6" 16" 12" x 12" x 10" 40 3/4" 27 1/8" 28 1/4" 27 3/4 13 7/8" 13 7/8"
12" x 8" 6" 5" 6" 17" 7" 17" 14" x 14" x 6" 35" 23" 26" 23 1/2" 11 3/4" 14 3/4"
14" x 8" 7" 5" 8" 20" 9" 20" 14" x 14" x 8" 38 1/4" 26" 27 7/8" 28" 14" 13 1/2"
16" x 8" 8" 5" 9" 22" 10" 22" 14" x 14" x 10" 39 1/4" 27 7/16" 28 3/4" 29 3/4" 14 7/8" 14 1/2"
18" x 8" 9" 5" 8" 22" 9" 22" 14" x 14" x 12" 44" 31" 32" 31 3/4" 15 7/8" 15 1/2"
12" x 10" 6" 5" 5" 16" 6" 17" 16" x 16" x 6" 38 1/2" 25 1/2" 28 3/4" 27 3/4" 13 7/8" 13 1/2"
14" x 10" 7" 5" 6" 18" 7" 19" 16" x 16" x 8" 41 3/4" 27 1/2" 30 5/8" 29 3/4" 14 7/8" 14 1/2"
16" x 10" 8" 5" 8" 21" 9" 22" 16" x 16" x 10" 45 1/2" 30" 32 1/4" 32" 16" 15 1/2"
18" x 10" 9" 5" 9" 23" 10" 24" 16" x 16" x 12" 48 1/8" 33" 34 1/8" 34" 17" 16 1/2"
14" x 12" 7" 6" 5" 18" 6" 19" 16" x 16" x 14" 50" 34" 34 1/2" 35" 17 1/2" 17 1/2"
16" x 12" 8" 6" 6" 20" 7" 21" 18" x 18" x 10" 47 1/4" 32" 34 3/8" 34" 17" 17 1/2"
8 18" x 12"
16" x 14"
9"
8"
6"
7"
8"
5"
23"
20"
9"
6"
24"
21"
18" x 18" x 12"
18" x 18" x 14"
50"
52 1/2"
33 1/2"
36 1/8"
35 3/4"
37 1/8"
36"
37"
18"
18 1/2"
19"
20"
18" x 12" 9" 6" 8" 23" 9" 24" 18" x 18" x 16" 55 1/2" 38" 38 1/2" 39" 19 1/2" 20"
18" x 14" 9" 7" 7" 23" 8" 24" 20" x 20" x 16" 56" 39 1/4" 39 1/2" 44" 22" 21"
18" x 16" 9" 8" 6" 23" 7" 24" 20" x 20" x 18" 57 1/8" 41 3/8" 41 1/2" 46" 23" 23"
20" x 16" 10" 8" 8" 26" 9" 27" 24" x 24" x 16" 61 3/4" 43 5/8" 43 7/8" 51" 25 1/2" 24"
20" x 18" 10" 9" 7" 27" 8" 28" 24" x 24" x 20" 67 1/2" 46 1/8" 46 7/8" 53" 26 1/2" 27 1/2
24" x 18" 12" 9" 10" 31" 11" 32" 28" x 28" x 20" 70" 48 5/8" 51 3/4" 57" 28 1/2" 28"
24" x 20" 12" 12" 8" 30" 9" 31" 28" x 28" x 24" 80 1/2" 54 1/2" 57 1/2" 62" 31" 30"
28" x 24" 13" 13" 8" 34" 9" 36"
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FABCO JOINING SYSTEMS

R
O C
D U
FABCO's piping systems may be assembled with a variety of joint types. Rigid connections such as bolted flanges and butt joints as well
as more flexible bell and spigot joints and mechanical couplings may be used to suite most installation requirements.
FRP PIPE SYSTEMS ARMOURPLASTIC® PIPE SYSTEMS

Butt Joint Handweld Butt Joint
Structural Overlay
Machine Weld Butt Joint
Inside Overlay
Interference Fit Solvent Weld Socket

with Backwelding
Flat Face Drilled Flange Flat Face Drilled Flange

150 lb. ANSI Standard Drilling 150 lb. ANSI Standard Drilling
Light Weight Duct Flange Light Weight Duct Flange
Stub End with Steel Backing Flange Stub End with Steel Backing Flange
150 lb. ANSI Standard Drilling 150 lb. ANSI Standard Drilling
World’s Largest Pipe Contract Awarded to

FABCO for Expansion of Petrochemical
Complex in Texas
8-53
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS PIPE HANGERS
R
O C
D U
Introduction
FABCO pipe hangers support all kinds of piping – both metallic and non-metal-
lic.
Made of vinylester reinforced with continuous strand fibreglass, FABCO hangers
resist corrosion in some of the most severe atmospheres in industry.
Insulation against stray currents and the ability to insulate from supporting struc-
tures are among the desirable features of this hanger.
FABCO pipe hangers never need painting.
FABCO pipe hangers are used in chlorine plants, pulp mills, copper refineries,
breweries, coal mines, dockside piping, steel mills, hospitals, and sewage treat-
ment plants.
• CORROSION RESISTANT • VERSATILE
• NON CONDUCTIVE • MAINTENANCE FREE
Specifications T-316 Stainless Steel IMPORTANT

nuts are included ON INSTALLATION
with hangers
Safety Bar of T-316 Nuts must be jammed tight to
Stainless steel locks prevent turning due to vibration.
in place on Support
Hook
Support hook of
Cast T-316 Stainless A
Steel MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
Hanger loops of 1/2"-2" Pipe 1 1/2" AS GOVERNED BY ROD SIZE
continuous filament 21.5-61 mm 38 mm SIZE 4" AND LARGER
fiberglass and Dow L 3"-10" Pipe 2 1/2" ROD SIZE CAPACITY
kg.
Derakane® vinyl 90-274 mm 64 mm
ester resin 12"-14" Pipe 3" in. mm lbs. kg.
One I.D. fits both 325-356 mm 76 mm 3/8 10 610 276
tube and pipe O.D. 4"
16"-Up Pipe
408 mm-Up 102 mm 1/2 12 1130 512
5/8 16 1810 820
Wide support area A 3/4 20 2710 1227
provides good bearing 1 25.4 4960 2127
for thin wall or fragile Temperature from
SIZE 3" AND SMALLER
piping systems Sub Zero to 350°F to
400°F (177°C to 204°C)
Pipe hangers shall be corrosion resistant consisting Pipe Size Length Rod Size Unit
Part No. Price
of a pipe support, stirrup or strap, upper support cast- in.
mm
in. mm in. mm Each
(O.D.) Dim.
ing that fits around the hanger rod and also supports 6FPH1 1/2" 21.5 6" 152 3/8" 10 81.94
the stirrup, a safety bar across the top of the assembly 6FPH2 3/4" 27 6" 152 3/8" 10 81.94
to prevent the stirrup from becoming disengaged from 6FPH3 1" 34 6" 152 3/8" 10 81.94
the support casting due to water hammer or other 6FPH4 1 1/2" 49 6" 152 3/8" 10 81.94
6FPH5 2" 61 6" 152 3/8" 10 81.94
severe vibration and impact. The stirrup shall be made
6FPH6 3" 90 6" 152 3/8" 10 81.94
of vinylester reinforced with continuous strand fibre- 6FPH7 4" 115 6" 152 1/2" 12 92.49
glass. The width of the stirrup at the bottom of the pipe 6FPH8 6" 169 10 3/4" 270 1/2" 12 98.78
shall be 1-1/2” on 2-1/2” pipe and smaller, 2-1/2” on 3” 6FPH9 8" 220 11 3/8" 290 1/2" 12 105.96
6FPH10 10" 274 15" 380 1/2" 12 112.92
thru 20” pipe, and 3” on 24” pipe and larger. The con-
6FPH11 12" 325 18 1/2" 470 5/8" 16 197.56
tinuous strand fibreglass shall pass under the pipe, 6FPH12 14" 356 22" 560 5/8" 16 255.93
over the arms of the support casting and again under 6FPH13 16" 408 25 1/2" 650 5/8" 16 327.77
the pipe; continuously repeating thus forming an end- 6FPH14 18" 458 29" 740 3/4" 20 404.10
less pattern of fibreglass reinforcing. 6FPH15 20" 510 32 3/4" 830 1" 20 673.50
6FPH16 24" 610 35" 890 1" 25 763.30
The support casting shall be made of T-316 stain-
6FPH17 30" 760 44" 1120 1" 25 830.65
less steel. (On special order, support castings and 6FPH18 36" 914 53" 1350 1" 25 920.45
safety bars of fibreglass reinforced vinyl ester can be 6FPH19 42" 1070 63" 1600 1" 25 1077.60
made available.). 6FPH20 48" 1220 72" 1830 1" 25 1302.10
6FPH21 60" 1520 91" 2310 1" 25 1504.15
The safety bar shall be made of T-316 stainless
6FPH22 72" 1830 111" 2820 1" 25 1818.45
steel, thickness shall be 12 ga. (.105”). The ends of
the safety bar shall be notched and bent; on installa-
8 tion the safety bar must fit down and rest atop the
ends of the support casting arms and the bent ends
shall extend on both sides of the support casting, thus
assuring against any rotation of the safety bar.
The hangers shall be supplied with T-316 stainless
nuts (2 each on 3” and smaller, 3 each on 4” and larg-
er).
On installation the nuts at the top and bottom of the
casting must be jammed tight to assure a vibration
resistant connection with the support rod.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS (F.R.P.) MATERIALS

R
O C
D U
FIBERGLASS FIELD KIT / JOBSITE MATERIALS

For every job the best tools and materials are the ones you can trust. Stay with the tools and products designed for fiberglass layup. Use
what professionals use.
LILY TUBS
Size Part No. Boxed Price/Box

35 oz. L.T. - 10350 300 277.00
83 oz. L.T. - 10830 100 149.00
165 oz. L.T. - 11650 100 174.00
BRUSHES
Size Part No. Boxed Price/Each

1" BR-0001 10 2.17
2" BR-0002 10 5.04
3" BR-0003 10 8.40
4" BR-0004 10 12.46
MOHAIR ROLLERS
Width Part No. Complete Refills

3" MORO-003 6.15 4.20
7 1/2" MORO-750 11.70 11.40
NALGE POLYETHYLENE CATALYST DISPENSERS

Medium POCAD-O25 Single 62.00
Large POCAD-050 Single 91.00
GATE TAPS

2" GT2-1000 Single 73.15
SOLID ROLLERS (Grooved Aluminum)
Width Part No. Boxed Price/Each

3" SORO-075 Single 48.00
DISC TYPE ROLLERS (Grooved Aluminum)
Width Part No. Boxed Price/Each

3"
7"
GRA-1003
GRA-1007
Single
Single
48.00
59.00 8
*MAT-WOVEN ROVING - VEIL
*Mat and Woven Roving shipped in random weights of 100-150 lbs.
Part No. Type Price

FIMAT 01 *Mat - 1 1/2 oz. P.O.R.
WORO 010 *Woven roving - 24 oz. P.O.R.
V1000 F.T. Veil Surfacing Mat P.O.R.
8-55
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS (F.R.P.) MATERIALS
R
O C
D U
FIBERGLASS FIELD KIT / JOBSITE MATERIALS
RESINS CATALYSTS
(All resins are promoted and ready for use after addition of catalyst.)
Type Price
Price/Gal.
Type of resins Part No. 1 Gallon MEKP 134.00 / Gal.
Container BPO (Paste Solution) 14.00/Lb.
HETRON2 197P RES-0004 84.00
HETRON2 197-3 RES-0005 84.00
DERAKANE3 411-45 RES-0006 84.00
DERAKANE3 510-A-40 RES-0007 93.00
DERAKANE3 470-36 RES-0010 102.00
G.P. (General Purpose) RES-0008 75.00 PROMOTERS/ACCELERATORS
FABCO ISOPHTHALIC RES-0009 75.00
Price/Pound
Type
1-44 lbs. 45 lbs. & over
Dimenthyl Aniline (D.M.A.) P.O.R. P.O.R.
Type Price/Gallon
Cobalt 6% P.O.R. P.O.R.
FRP Putty 95.00 Cobalt 12% P.O.R. P.O.R.
Hot Coat 115.00
SECONDARY BONDING RESINS SOLVENTS

Type Component Price/Gal. Type Part No. Price/Gal.
ATPRIME1 100 Component A 98.00 Acetone ACE-0001 18.00
Component B 98.00
All Gallon Containers: Imperial Gallons

$45.00 - Documentation/labelling charge applies to all of the above to cover hazardous goods documentation.
Material Safety Data Sheets available on request.
2
TRADEMARK ASHLAND CHEMICALS
3
TRADEMARK DOW CHEMICALS
PVC Lined Mercury Removal Tower for a Gold Refinery

14’ Diameter x 65’ Long
FRP Conical Bottom Saturator Tank

Complete with Ladder
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING / DUST MASKS

R
O C
D U
TYVEK® DISPOSABLE GARMENTS TYVEK® is now being used in these and

Answers the need to protect. other areas:
The need for effective on-the-job worker protection is greater than • Asbestos
ever as more and more materials are classified as hazardous. Local, • Lead/Lead Oxide
state and federal regulation now require that all employees wear pro- • PCB/Transformer Oils
tective clothing wherever hazardous conditions exist or exposure to • Herbicides/Pesticides
toxic liquids or dry particulates is likely. To avoid high costs and • Chemicals/Acids and Caustics
decontamination problems, the trend today is toward limited-use dis- • Fiberglass
posable garments. Ideally, such garments should meet the following • Food Processing
criteria: • Clean Rooms
• Required protective properties • Sandblasting
• Abrasion and tear resistant • Nuclear/Radioactive
• Comfortable • Painting/Spraying
• Cost-effective • Inks/Solvents
• Worldwide availability • U.S. Navy – Asbestos Handlers MIL C-87069 Coverall
• Extensive local distribution Torpedo Handlers MIL C-87019 Zipper Front
In response to this need, DuPont has developed a unique family of General Purpose MIL C-29133A* Attached Hood
Size SM, M, L, XL
synthetic fabrics based on TYVEK spunbonded olefin. TYVEK meets *Spec approved pending publication
the basic criteria, and garment manufacturers have met the challenge
by providing many functional styles that are readily available.
Here’s Why TYVEK® Is Uniquely Commonly Used For:

Suitable for Protective Clothing • Fiberglass
• Excellent particulate barrier properties (Type 14) Coveralls of TYVEK® hold out irritating fiberglass particles which,
• High tensile strength and tear resistance though not classified as hazardous, by state and federal agencies,
• Excellent barrier to broad range of chemicals cause considerable worker discomfort.
• Low static development • Sandblasting
• Microporous construction - for light weight and comfort (Type 16) Garments of TYVEK® are ideally suited for sandblasting because of
• Dyeable outstanding hold-out and durability.
• Economical • Routine Inspection
For general maintenance procedures where grime or unknown con-
How to Order:
tamination may be present, TYVEK® provides dependable protec-
Part No. Size Description Coveralls Price tion at low cost.
B291S Small With Zipper + Hood P.O.R. • General Worker Protection
B291M Medium With Zipper + Hood P.O.R. TYVEK® is the answer for most protective clothing problem situa-
B291L Large With Zipper + Hood P.O.R. tions - from ordinary conditions of dirt and grime to those where
B291XL X-Large With Zipper + Hood P.O.R. toxic substances may be present.
Coveralls are standard one piece and come complete with zipper and hood.
TYVEK® DuPont Registered Trademark.
PARTICLE MASKS • Comfort

A) Mask filter offers minimal breathing resistance. With three
times the filter area of competitive masks, the worker feels cool
and comfortable while stopping irritating nuisance dusts.
B) Strap exerts less force against head than any competitive
mask.
• Lightweight
Economical and Weighs only 1/7th of an ounce ... less than half the weight of a
Comfortable Protection handkerchief.
against Nuisance Dusts • Economical
The least expensive non-toxic particle mask made.
• Maintenance-Free Disposability
Part No. Style Description Price
#8500 Particle Mask generally lasts an entire shift. At the end of
PM 8500 8500
Non Toxic Particle
Mask
P.O.R.
the day, throw it away. No filters to clean. No moving parts. No
maintenance time and cost.
• Clear Vision
8
Our maintenance-free masks and respirators have no filters or Soft metal nosepiece adjusts closely over bridge of nose. Won’t
spare parts to replace. Each has an adjustable nose bridge and self- interfere with glasses or goggles. Lets workers see what they’re
supporting cup for maximum comfort. doing. Where they are going.
Non-toxic particle mask effectively filters alfalfa pollen, fiberglass, • Easy Communication
calcium silicate, gypsum, limestone, tin oxide, and other non-toxic Speaking is easy and easily understood.
dust. It is not recommended for hazardous particulates. This product is not designed for use as protection against
toxic dust and vapours! Not for use in spray paint operations.
8-57
B C O
A
F
•
•
P
R
O C
D U


1-1
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
FABCO BLUEKOR®
R
O C
D U
ELECTROLYTIC ZINC REFINERY
BLUEKOR® Polypropylene Butt Fusion Piping was used extensively for Sulphuric Acid
Service. BLUEKOR® from 1” to 24” diameter was employed in this large project.
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
MATERIAL DIGEST
PVC FRP
(Polyvinyl Chloride) conforming to ASTM D-1784 Class 12454- FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTICS commonly manufac-
B, formerly designated Type 1 Grade 1, PVC is the most frequently tured by hand lay up (HLU) in accordance with CGSB-41-GP-22 in
specified of all thermoplastic materials. It has been used successfully Canada and NBS PS 15-69 in the United States. Also manufactured
for over 30 years in such areas as chemical processing, industrial according to ASTM D-3299 for machine made Filament Wound (FW)
plating, chilled water distribution, deionized water lines, chemical construction. FRP constructions are on a custom designed basis
drainage, and irrigation systems. PVC is characterized by high physi- allowing the designer to select many different resin systems and lam-
cal properties and resistance to corrosion and chemical attack by inate constructions. As an engineered system FRP generally displays
acids, alkalies, salt solutions and many other chemicals. It is attacked, higher physical properties then thermoplastics with a wide chemical
however, by polar solvents such as ketones, some chlorinated hydro- and temperature resistance. Joining methods are by Flanging, Butt
carbons and aromatics. The maximum service temperature of PVC is and Strap joined or bell and spigot connection.
140°F. With a design stress of 2,000 PSI, PVC has the highest long
term hydrostatic strength at 73°F of any of the major thermoplastic ARMOURPLASTICS®
being used for piping systems. PVC is joined by solvent cementing
threading or flanging. These plastics commonly referred to as thermoplastic lined FRP
such as PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF, FEP, ECTFE chemically or mechan-
ically bonded to an FRP structural overlay. This custom engineered
CPVC system offers the unique properties of the thermoplastic liner with the
superior physical properties of the FRP. Joining methods include
(Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) conforming to ASTM D-1784 Flanging, Fusion and Solvent Cementing of the LINER and OVER-
Class 23447-B, formerly designated Type IV, Grade 1, CPVC has LAYING WITH FRP.
physical properties at 73°F similar to those of PVC, and its chemical
resistance is similar to that of PVC. CPVC, with a design stress of FPM (Viton® or Florel® )
2,000 psi and maximum service temperature of 210°F has, over a
period of about 25 years, proven to be excellent material for hot cor-
(Fluoroelastomer) FPM is inherently compatible with a broad
rosive liquids, hot and cold water distribution and similar applications
spectrum of chemicals. Because of extensive chemical compatibility
above the temperature range of PVC. CPVC is joined by solvent
which spans considerable concentration and temperature ranges, flu-
cementing, threading or flanging.
orocarbons have gained wide acceptance as a material of construc-
tion for butterfly valve "O"-rings and seats. Fluorocarbons can be used
in most applications involving mineral acids (with the exception of
Polypropylene HCI), salt solutions, chlorinated hydrocarbons and petroleum oils.
(PP) Polypropylene homopolymer, conforming to ASTM D- EPDM (EPT)

4101 Class PP110-B67154, formerly designated Type 1, is a mem-
ber of the polyolefin family of plastics. Although PP has less physical EPDM is a terpolymer elastomer made from ethylene - propylene
strength than PVC, it is chemically resistant to organic solvents as diene monomer. EPDM has good abrasion and tear resistance and
well as acids and alkalies. Generally, polypropylene should not be offers excellent chemical resistance to a variety of acids and alkalines.
used in contact with strong oxidizing acids, chlorinated hydrocarbons It is susceptible to attack by oils and is not recommended for applica-
and aromatics. Polypropylene has gained wide acceptance where its tions involving petroleum oils, strong acids (with the exception of HCI),
resistance to sulfur-bearing compounds is particularly useful in salt or strong alkalines.
water disposal lines, crude oil piping, and low pressure gas gathering
systems. Polypropylene has also proved to be an excellent material
for laboratory and industrial drainage where mixtures of acids, bases Teflon®
and solvents are involved. Polypropylene is joined by the thermo-seal
fusion process, threading or flanging. PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) has outstanding resistance to
chemical attack by most chemicals and solvents. PTFE has a tem-
perature rating of -200°F to +500°F. PTFE, a self-lubricating com-
pound, is used as a seat material in Fabco Ball Valves.
PVDF (Kynar®)
(Polyvinylidene Fluoride) PVDF is a strong, tough, and abrasion Neoprene® (CR)

resistant fluorocarbon material. It resists distortion and retains most of
its strength to 280°F. It is chemically resistant to most acids, bases, Neoprene® was the first commercial synthetic rubber. It is a mod-
and organic solvents and is ideally suited for handling wet or dry chlo- erately oil-resistant material with good ozone-resisting properties.
rine, bromine and other halogens. No other solid thermoplastic piping Neoprene is not recommended for use with aromatic hydrocarbons or
components can approach the combination of strength, chemical chlorinated solvents. It is specifically recommended for use with high-
resistance and working temperatures of PVDF. PVDF is joined by the
thermo-seal fusion process, threading or flanging.
er concentrations of sodium hydroxide. It can be used in continuous
service up to 180°F. 9
9-2
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
THERMOPLASTIC FABRICATION INTRODUCTION
R
O C
D U
INTRODUCTION HEAT WELDING
The preparation of thermoplastics for assembly by welding or other The most important and most versatile of welding methods is hot
fastening methods is similar to the procedures used in metal fabrica- gas and air welding which, in principle, is similar to oxyacetylene weld-
tion. The pieces are laid out, cut, machined and joined with the same ing of metals, but with a difference in the technique involved.
tools, equipment, and skills employed in the metal working trades. Specialized welding equipment has been developed in which the
There are, however, special forming requirements for thermoplastics, pressure and the rate and area of heating are precisely controlled in
not encountered in metal work. The degree of skill and the quality of order to provide strong, tight bonds. Welding rods are available in dif-
preparatory work in layout and in various machining operations on ferent sizes to suit the individual jobs.
components for fit up are very important in assuring accurate assem- Hot gas welding of thermoplastics is accomplished with a welding
bly and successful fabrication. torch and tips or tools. It is divided into three basic types of welding:
Fabrication of thermoplastics covers a wide field of operations on tack welding, hand welding and high speed welding. Each type
sheet, rod, tube, and special shapes in making them into finished requires different tips or high speed tools.
products: cutting, sawing, machining, forming and joining or fastening
together for the completed object. Machining may include beveling, FUSION WELDING
routing, grinding, turning, milling, drilling, tapping, and threading.
Once the different parts are shaped, they then may have to be joined. Industrial thermoplastics such as PVC, PP, PE, and PVDF can be
Assembly techniques include use of self-tapping screws, threaded fusion welded using modern temperature and pressure controlled
inserts, press fitting, snap fitting, cold heating, heat joining (like hot- fusion equipment. This relatively simple equipment is available to fuse
plate welding, hot-wire welding, induction heating, thermal-impulse PIPE and Tube products to 24" diameter. SHEETS and Plates can
heating, resistance-wire welding, or hot flaring, spin welding), cement- also be fused using micro processor controlled fusion machines. Weld
ing, and hot gas welding. Each operation requires its own tools and efficiency, when using modern equipment, will develop weld strength
equipment. of up to 98% of the unwelded parent material.
CUTTING SOLVENT CEMENT WELDING

Thermoplastic rods and shapes can be readily cut with an ordinary Cementing is a convenient technique for bonding PVC and CPVC
hand hacksaw, or power saws can be used. With a circular power saw, (High-Temp) stock. Surfaces to be cemented must be clean and dry.
a cutting speed of 6,000 rpm. using hand pressure is recommended. They should be cut square and smooth and wiped clean of dirt,
With bandsaws, this should be reduced to 3,600 fpm with hand pres- grease, etc. with a small amount of Fabco Pipe Cleaner.
sure. Under some circumstances a lathe can be used. Best results are When solvent-cementing, it is important to have close clearances
obtained with fine-toothed saw blades (6 to 9 teeth per in.) and little or between the surfaces to be joined. Solvent- cement should be applied
no set (maximum 0.025 in.). with an ordinary small paint brush to each member. (Do not use syn-
thetic hair brushes). Then the cemented surfaces should immediately
THREADING be pushed snugly together. After the cemented joint has been pressed
together the initial set takes place within several minutes.
Thermoplastic pipe, rod and shapes can easily be threaded using Handling strength, however, is not developed for approximately 30
either standard hand pipe stocks or power operated equipment. For minutes. Relative motion between the cemented surfaces during the
optimum results in threading, use of new taps and dies is recom- initial set period is undesirable. It is good practice to apply no more
mended; but in any case they should be clean and sharp and main- than 10% of the rated stress for four hours. Full strength of the joint is
tained in good condition. Power threading machines should be fitted developed after about 48 hours.
with dies having 5° negative front rake and ground especially for this
application, tapered guide sleeves are not required. For hand stocks, FLANGING
the dies should have a negative front rake angle of 5 to 10°. Dies
which have been designed for use on brass or copper pipe may be One of the earliest methods of joining thermoplastics piping, flang-
successfully used. Carboloy dies give longer service. ing continues to be used extensively for process lines. Thermoplastic
Taps should be ground with a 0 to 10° negative rake, depending flanges and flanged fittings are available in a full size range and may
upon the size and pitch of the thread. Die chasers should have a 33° be attached to pipe by solvent welding, by threading, or by thermal
chamfer on the lead: a 10° front or negative rake; and a 5° rake on the bonding, as required by the particular thermoplastics material.
back of relief edge.
Self-opening die heads and collapsable taps, power threading MACHINING, CUTTING AND SAWING
machines and a slight chamfer to lead the tap or dies will speed pro-
duction, however, taps and dies should not be driven at high speeds Thermoplastics may be turned, threaded, grooved, milled, or pol-
or with heavy pressure. ished to very close tolerances, with the same tools as are used for
A tapered plug should be inserted into tubular ends when thread- wood or metal.
ing to hold the pipe round and to prevent the die from distorting or dig- The only requirement for machining of plastic that differs from metal
ging into the pipe wall. This insures uniform circumferential depth of machining is compensation for heating up of materials due to its poor
threads. Pipe for threading should be held in a pipe vice since saw- heat-conductivity. The limitation of heat build-up is accomplished by
tooth jaws will leave marks. Thermoplastic materials are readily use of sharp, high-speed tools, streams of air or water/soda cooling,
threaded without use of external lubricants. However, ordinary lubri- and proper machine feeds.
cation or cutting oil will be beneficial to the operation. In a pipe-thread- In machining plastics on a lathe, tool bits should be sharpened as
9 ing machine, water soluble oil or plain cold water is used. Clearing of
cuttings from the die is strongly recommended.
for machining brass. The tool should be ground with a front clearance
of 10°, a 2° negative back-rake and no side rake. The tool should have
a 10° side-clearance. Chips should be blown or washed away
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
from the work to reduce frictional heat to a minimum. build-up, by increasing friction.
The piece is set up in the lathe for turning or thread cutting as in metal work In cutting polyethylene and polypropylene on a circular saw, the saw blade
but with special protection provided for the plastic where it is held in the chuck required is different from that used in cutting PVC. PE and PP do not require a
jaws. The plastic should be wrapped in several heavy layers of heavy cardboard, hollow ground blade and are cut by a well-set saw blade. Shears can be used
held in place by masking tape, before being inserted into chuck. for cutting of light gauge thermoplastic sheets. All shearing should be accom-
A cutting speed of 200 fpm is recommended. Lathe speed for machining dif- plished at room temperature. A cold sheet will crack or shatter. A 1/8-in. sheet
ferent diameters of plastic can be calculated as: 4 times the cutting speed (fpm) of Type 1 PVC can be sheared easily. Heavier-gauge Type 1 PVC will tend to cut
divided by the diameter of the plastic in inches. Example: With a plastic rod 1- off-square and also show stress marks. Type 2 PVC, PP, PE and modified high-
in. diameter, the lathe speed would be 200 times 4 divided by 1 or 800 rpm. Light impact PVC shear better and to a higher gauge than Type 1 PVC. In drilling plas-
cuts are recommended - 0.030 to 0.060 in. cross-feed at a time. tics, the same problems are experienced as in drilling metal. The non-conduct-
In sawing plastic sheet, there is likely to be concentrated heat build-up in the ing characteristics of the material and the heat concentration in the tool must be
saw blades. To allow for this, the blade used should be selected in accordance allowed for. This is accomplished by grinding the drill differently than for drilling
with the guage of the material. The saw blade for cutting thicker materials should metals. If the holes are to be drilled in the fabrication at hand, the drill should be
be heavier and should be hollow ground. The saw should make a slicing cut in reground to a negative rake and the lip angle increased for 59° to 70°. The mar-
the material: to do this, the teeth should have negative rake, with little or no set. gin on the drill should be smooth and highly polished to reduce friction. Drilling
The rate of feed should be very slow. The blade of a circular saw should just speeds should be reduced: 50 to 150 fpm is a safe range, with 120 fpm being
show through the material. If it extends too far through, it will increase the heat optimum. Very slow feeds should be used.
Guidelines For Processing and Machining Plastics

General Remarks 3 and 4.
• Non-reinforced thermoplastics can be machined with cutting tools of high- 2. Milling
speed steel. For plane surfaces, face milling is more economical than peripheral milling. For
For reinforced materials, hard metal tools are required. perpheral milling and profiling, the cutting tools should not have more than two
• In all cases, only properly sharpened tools are to be used. cutting edges so that vibrations due to the number of teeth are kept to a minimum
• Due to the poor thermal conductivity of plastics, provision has to be made for and chip widths are sufficiently large.
good heat dissipation. Heat is best dissipated via the chips. Optimum removal rates and surface finish are obtained with single-point tools.
Dimensional Stability 3. Drilling and boring

• Dimensional stability of parts is conditional on stress-relieved, semi-finished As a general rule it is possible to use twist drills; these should have an angle
materials which have to be annealed. The heat generated by the cutting tool of twist of 12-16° and very smooth helical flutes for good chip removal. Larger
otherwise inevitably leads to the release of processing stresses and deforma- diameters should be rough-drilled or produced by trepanning or internal turning.
tion of the part. In the case of high material removal volumes, intermediate On drilling into solid material, care must be taken to ensure that the tools are
heating may be necessary after the main machining operation so as to remove properly sharpened; otherwise, the developing compressive strain can build up
the arising thermal stresses. and cause the material to split.
• Materials with high moisture absorption (e.g. polyamides) may require condi- Reinforced plastics possess higher residual processing stresses with lower
tioning before machining. impact strength than unreinforced plastics and are thus particularly susceptible to
• Plastics require larger finishing tolerances than metals. Furthermore, allowance cracking. Where possible, these should be heated to about 120°C before drilling
has to be made for the many times greater thermal expansion. or sawing (heating time approximately 1 hour per 10 mm cross-section). This pro-
cedure is also recommended in the case of polyamide 6/6.
Machining Operations
1. Turning 4. Sawing
Guide values for cutting tool geometry are given in the table. For particularly Unnecessary generation of heat by friction is to be avoided, since sawing is
high quality surface finishes, the tip is to be shaped as a broad-nosed finishing generally used to cut off thickwalled parts with relatively thin tools. Well-sharp-
tool as shown in Figure 1. ened and heavily crossed sawblades are therefore advised.
For cutting off, the tool should be ground to the profile shown in Figure 2 so as
to avoid a remaining stump. Note: The information is only to assist and advise you on current technical
On thin walled and particularly flexible workpieces, on the other hand, it is knowledge and is given without obligation or liability. All trade and patent rights
better to work with tools that are ground to a knife-like cutting geometry. Figures should be observed. All rights reserved.
Figure 3.
1
2
1 Finishing tip 2 Turning tool
Figure 1: Turning tool with broad-nosed Figure 5: blunt drill
finishing tip produces a better surface finish
Figure 4.
Figure 3 & 4: Cutting-off of flexible

Figure 2: Profile prevents remaining stump plastics. Figure 6: sharp drill
Figure 5 & 6: Stress pattern caused by the drill

9
9-4
9
9-5
Machining Operations Turning Milling Drilling and Boring Sawing Special Measures
α Clearance angle (°) α Clearance angle (°)

y Rake angle (°) y1 Rake angle (°) α Clearance angle (°)
X Side angle (°) α Clearance angle (°) ϕ Side angle (°) y Rake angle (°)
V Cutting speed ft/min y Rake angle (°) V Cutting speed ft/min V Cutting speed ft/min
S Feed mils/rev V Cutting speed ft/min S Feed mils/rev t Pitch mils
The feed can amount to up to The angle of twist β of the drill bit should be
The nose radius r must be at least 0.020 in. 0.020 in./tooth approximately 12 to 16°.
Raw Material Group α y X V S α y V α y1 ϕ V S α y V t
In the case of fluid cooling

Polycarbonate 5-10 6-8 45-60 950 4-20 10-20 5-15 950 8-10 10-20 90 150-300 8-12 15-30 5-8 950 115-310
only use pure water

ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene) 5-15 25-30 15 650-1600 8-20 5-10 0-10 950-1600 8-12 10-30 90 150-650 8-12 15-30 0-5 950 75-310
only use pure water
Preheat to 240°F before

PPS (Polyphenylene Sulfide) 6-8 2-8 45-60 500-650 4-20 15-30 6-10 250-350 6 5-10 120 250-300 4-12 15-30 10-15 600-950 115-195
drilling or sawing

Polysulfone 6 0 45-60 1150-1300 4-12 2-10 1-5 800-1600 3-10 10-20 90 50-250 4-12 15-30 0-4 1600 75-195
drilling or sawing
PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) 10 5-8 10 500-1600 4-12 5-15 5-15 800-1600 10-16 5-20 130 500-650 4-12 20-30 5-8 950 75-195
Nylon 6/6 6-10 0-5 45-60 800-1600 4-20 10-20 5-15 800-1600 5-15 10-20 90 150-500 4-12 20-30 2-5 1600 115-310
Acetal 6-8 0-5 45-60 950-1950 4-16 5-15 5-15 800-1600 5-10 15-30 90 150-650 4-12 20-30 0-5 1600-2600 75-195

PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) 5-10 0-5 45-60 950-1300 8-16 5-15 5-15 950 5-10 10-20 90 150-300 8-12 15-30 5-8 950 115-310
drilling or sawing
Acetal Homopolymer (DELRIN®) 6-8 0-5 45-60 950-1950 4-16 5-15 5-15 800-1600 5-10 15-30 90 150-650 4-12 20-30 0-5 1600-2600 75-195

PPO (Polyphenylene Oxide) (NORYL®) 5-10 6-8 45-60 950 4-20 10-20 5-15 950 8-10 10-20 90 150-300 8-12 15-30 5-8 950 115-310
only use pure water

Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) 6-12 5 45-60 950 15 5-15 5-15 550-750 12 10-20 118 400 2-8 15-30 10-15 600-950 115-195
drilling or sawing

Polyetherimide (ULTEM®) 15 5 5 1000-2000 5-20 15 5 650-1300 5-10 5-20 70-90 300 5-15 15-30 5-10 3000-5000 100
only use pure water
Use hard metal cutting

Reinforced Engineering Plastics* 6-8 2-8 45-60 500-650 4-20 15-30 6-10 250-350 6 5-10 120 250-300 4-12 15-30 10-15 600-950 115-195
tools
*Reinforcing materials: glass fibers, glass beads, carbon fibers
GUIDELINES FOR PROCESSING AND MACHINING PLASTIC
Delrin® – Dupont Company

Ultem®, Noryl® – General Electric Company
P
R •
F
O
A
D U
B C O
•
T S
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
FIBERGLASS LAYUP PROCEDURE

R
O C
D U
1 INTRODUCTION unless an outside source of heat is applied. Since most polyester

resins are FLAMMABLE liquids, external heat sources should be used
This procedure covers materials and suggested methods for the with caution.
general repair of all fiberglass reinforced polyester resin equipment Care must be exercised when using an external heat source to pre-
and for the butt and strap joining technique for fiberglass reinforced vent overheating which can cause cracking and/or crazing or discol-
pipe or duct. oration.
The procedures involve relatively quick and simple processes for Acetone lightly rubbed onto the exposed resin surface will deter-
field or shop work. However, since a certain amount of know-how
mine if the system is adequately cured. If surface softens or becomes
is required, it is recommended that properly trained personnel
tacky, an external heat source can be applied to fully cure the resin. If
perform all work.
It should be recognized that the minimum width of a joint or repair surface does not cure, entire process must be repeated from
overlay and the number of plies of glass reinforcing required relate to Section 2.
type of construction, wall thickness and/or pressure rating of the A Barcol Hardness tester (Model GYZJ934-1) can be used to deter-
equipment. It is extremely important to follow vendor construction mine if the system is cured adequately. A minimum Barcol of 35 indi-
specifications and material requirements along with NBS PS 15-69. cates adequate cure for most resins. Consult resin data sheets for
When in doubt, contact proper engineering or materials personnel or additional information.
the equipment supplier.
5 JOINING PIPE OR DUCT

2 SURFACE PREPARATION
Thoroughly wash down the area to be repaired or joined to remove 5-1 Preparation of Pipe or Duct
surface contamination. Cut pipe or duct to desired length making sure that ends are
Remove any damaged areas until only sound material remains. squared and butt closely together. Roughen edges and prepare sur-
All of the surface area to be covered with fiberglass reinforcement face as described in Section 5.2, photo 2. Support sections in position
and resin must be thoroughly sanded and roughened with a power with jig, so that no movement occurs while making the joint or during
sander. Make sure the glossy resin finish is removed. curing.
Thoroughly clean roughened areas with an approved safety sol-
vent. Surface must be dry. 5-2 Joining (Photos 3 and 4)
Apply resin and fiberglass as soon as possible after preparation to
Coat all roughened edges with resin mix, completely filling the joint
prevent possible recontamination of the prepared area.
and slightly squeezing the sections together. It may be preferable to
add fumed silica to resin for this step to produce a paste or light putty
which will fill small voids 1/8-inch or less and irregularities in the joint.
3 MIXING RESIN
It is often desirable to speed-up the hardening time for this step also
Under no circumstances should the catalyst and promoter be by increasing the MEK peroxide required by 1 to 2 cc per pound. The
mixed in the same container or poured into the resin at the same interior surface should be relatively smooth but a light bead of resin on
time. When mixed together these two chemicals can react explo- the interior is desirable.
sively. Butted sections may be "tabbed" to hold alignment until complete
joint can be made. A "tab" consists of 2-3 square inches of fiberglass
Resin used for repairing or joining should be the same type as the mat saturated with resin mix. Place prepared "tab" across joint to be
resin used in the original equipment. made to form a "tack weld". For this step, it is often desirable to speed-
Weigh sufficient resin into a suitable container. (Avoid using more up the hardening time of the resin by increasing the MEK peroxide
than one quart at a time.) Use this weight to determine the amount of
required by 1 to 2 cc per pound.
promoter and/or catalyst.
Slowly add filler such as fumed silica, if required, and mix well to a
uniform consistency. 5-3 Preparation of Strapping
If a high degree of flame retardancy is required, 3-5 percent anti- Prepare fiberglass reinforcements according to vendor's specifica-
mony trioxide or pentoxide should be added to certain resins. tions or cut sufficient quantity according to size and ply requirements
Measure the required amount of promoter into a clean 10cc gradu- (see Figure 1).
ate and mix well into the resin. Tables 1 and 2 should be used only as a guide for the minimum
Measure the required amount of catalyst into a separate graduate width of joint overlays and minimum joint thickness. Joint thickness
and mix well into the resin (or promoted resin). should be at least as thick as the pipe to be joined.
Refer to Fabco recommendations. Lay the widest section of fiberglass mat on a flat surface treated
with release agent or covered with releasing film. Wet the entire sur-
face with resin mix, using brush and/or roller.
4 HARDENING OR CURE Position next ply of fiberglass offsetting about 1/2-inch on the
length. Equal overlap on width is preferable but slight offset (stag-
Resin must be allowed to harden or cure for about 24 hours. This
will vary according to weather conditions, temperatures and exact gered) is acceptable.
amount of promoter and/or catalyst used. Wet out the layer with resin mix. Remove as much air as possible
An external heat source such as an infrared heat lamp will
decrease hardening time and may be a necessity in cold weather.
with brush and/or roller moving toward the edges of laminate section.
Care must be exercised to avoid excessive pressure which would 9
Generally, work should not be done at temperatures below 55°F remove excessive resin from area.
9-6
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Repeat with proper sequence of fiberglass until all plies have been
saturated with resin and formed into one integral unit (See Figure 1). TABLE 2
On very thick or large diameter joints, it may be easier to saturate
Minimum
two or three plies of fiberglass with resin at a time. This technique Pipe Wall Width Of Number of Piles
helps ensure removal of trapped air and facilitates application of the Thickness Overlays of Strapping
strapping. Inches Inches and Sequence*
1/8 - 3m; v
3/16 3 4m; v
FIGURE NO. 1 EQUAL OVERLAP 1/4 4 3m; 1wr; 2m; v
EACH SIDE 5/16 5 3m; 1wr; 3m; v
3/8 6 3m; 1wr; 2m; 1wr; 2m; v
7/16 7 3m; 1wr; 3m; 1wr; 2m; v
1/2 8 3m; 1wr; 3m; 1wr; 2m; 1m; v
END A 9/16 9 3m; 1wr; 3m; 1wr; 2m; 1wr; 1m; v
5/8 10 4m; 1wr; 4m; 1wr; 3m; 1wr; 1m; v
11/16 11 4m; 1wr; 4m; 1wr; 4m; 1wr; 1m; v
1/2" OVERLAP
FIBERGLASS MAT IMPREGNATED WITH RESIN TO
3/4 12 4m; 1wr; 4m; 1wr; 4m; 1wr; 1m; v
FORM AN INTERGRAL UNIT FOR FIELD WELD OR REPAIR
m = 11/2 oz. chopped strand mat
wr = 24 oz. woven roving
5-4 Application of Strapping (Photos 10-14) v = Type “C”, 10 mil glass surfacing veil (optional)
* From surface of pipe outward
Apply resin mix with brush and/or roller over all prepared areas of
the joint. Take the entire strapping as prepared in Section 5.3 with the
narrowest ply to the inside and place on resin coated joint. Make sure
to center and position it properly (See Figure 2) over the butt seam. NOTE: For large diameter pipe (10-12 inch and larger), it may be desirable to
Wrap around the joint using an even forward pressure to form entire apply one ply of resin saturated strapping in two lay-ups, each covering half the
joint with offset ends overlapping smoothly. circumferential surface of the pipe, staggering the layers in the circumferential
direction as much as possible.
The releasing film, if used, can be lifted with the strapping com-
Joints above 1/2 inch in thickness should be made in two lay-ups to prevent
posite and will help to form the wrapped joint. It must be removed sag and overheating of the resin during hardening.
before the next step. Where accessible, the inside surface of the joint must be covered with 1-2
Roll out as smooth as possible blending the edges of strapping into plies of fiberglass mat 4-6 inches wide and 1 ply of 6-8 inch wide surfacing veil
pipe. Remove all wrinkles and entrapped air—rolling from center of or mat saturated with resin.
joint to outside edge. Additional resin may be applied to provide a
resin-rich surface. Care must be taken to prevent the strapping from
FIGURE NO. 2
sagging at the bottom of the joint during hardening (See Section 4).
TABLE 1 END A
BLEND BLEND
ADDING WAX TO RESIN TOP COATS EDGES EDGES
To minimize surface tackiness and air inhibition of cure, a wax
top coat resin may be required to protect the surface from contact
with the air. ROUGHENED BUTTED
AREA JOINT
A small amount of high-melting paraffin wax (140° - 150°F melt-
ing point), like Boler Wax 11431, is used in the final resin surface
or topcoat.
When using resin containing wax, a faster gel and cure system
is recommended.
FOR USE WITH PROCEDURE FOR RESIN WRAPPED JOINTS
Resin containing wax should not be used during build-up of
laminate because adhesion of laminate layers will suffer.
Typical Resin Wax Formulations

1 Gallon Resin On large diameter equipment, it may be easier to saturate only a
Wax 20 grams few fiberglass plies with resin at a time and to apply strapping in two,
Styrene 180 grams three or four sections around the circumference to complete the
wrapped joint.
Add wax to warm styrene and mix until dissolved. Add the wax After the joint has hardened, a top coat of resin mix should be
solution to one gallon of resin. Mix well. applied. Wax can be added to this layer of resin as per Table 1. If the
pipe or duct was made using ultraviolet screener for protection,
1Boler Petroleum Co.
approximately 1% UV-93 or UV-5411 must be added to resin for this
final coat.
9 UV additives should be predissolved in styrene monomer before
being introduced into the resin.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
6 REPAIR OF INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR Rubber or plastic gloves must be worn and protective hand creams
SURFACES are recommended, in addition to wearing gloves.
Workers must wash immediately after each job.
Ventilation must be adequate to maintain airborne concentration of
The same procedures in Section 5 are generally applicable.
vapors below Threshold Limit Values (TLV). Consult Material Safety
Prepare surface as per Section 2. Apply resin mix mixed according to
Data Sheets for additional safety information.
the directions in Section 3 with a brush. Place first, smallest, layer of
fiberglass mat over area and saturate with resin using roller and/or
brush. Make sure all entrained air is removed. Repeat with subse- 11 TROUBLESHOOTING
quent layers of fiberglass mat. Each layer must be larger than the Poor Bond — Check for surface cleanliness, contamination and
underlying layer by 1/2-1 inch all around. For the last layer, use one preparation. Glass reinforcement must be dry. Resin, catalyst, pro-
ply Type "C" glass veil (or synthetic veil). Cover this with a wax con- moter and other additives must be fresh and must not have been con-
taining top coat. This may not be necessary for exterior repairs. taminated with any foreign materials such as wax.
Exterior repair may require UV screener as per Section 5.4. Allow sys-
Air Bubbles or Blistering — Check for improper rolling or too "hot"
tem to harden as per Section 4.
a cure system.
White Blush — White cast or appearance after curing. Glass rein-

7 REPAIR OF HOLES, LEAKS, CRACKS, ETC. forcement may have contained moisture or the joint or repair was
made in a very humid environment. Surface resin may not have been
The contents can be drained or plugged and then repaired with new properly cured because of high humidity.
section or by "patch" technique.
Surface must be prepared as described in Section 2. Poor Glass Wet-Out — Check for improper rolling. Resin may have
For pipe and other equipment of similar diameter, the procedures out- been too thick or too thin (drainage).
lined in Section 5 are directly applicable, i.e., the wrap or strap tech-
Tacky or Wet Resin — Check for proper concentrations of catalyst
nique is used, either to join-in the new section or to "patch" the dam-
and promoter. Check cure temperature. Check to see that wax was
aged area.
added to final laminate layer.
For larger diameters and larger damaged area, it may be necessary
to apply a temporary backing of sheet metal or cardboard with a Cracking and Crazing — Check for proper concentrations of catalyst
release agent before proceeding with repair according to Section 6 and promoter. Check work area temperature and thickness of lay-up.
and, in general, Section 5.
Hot Spots and Spotty Cure — Check mixing procedures.
8 INSTALLATION OF NOZZLES Low Barcol Hardness Levels — Check concentration of catalyst and
promoter. Make sure resin, catalyst and promoter are fresh. Check
cure temperature.
Follow specifications and recommendations of equipment supplier.
Follow general procedures outlined in Sections 5, 6, and 7. Contact Fabco, your materials supplier, and equipment fabricator
A generous filler of resin putty according to Section 5.2 (at least 1/8- immediately for assistance if there is any indication that procedures
inch radius) must be applied to all portions of pipe neck on both sides are not producing satisfactory results.
of wall and allowed to harden.
Interior surface must be finished with at least one layer of Type "C" 12 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
glass or synthetic surfacing veil with a wax containing top coat.
Resin • promoters • catalyst • solvent • fiberglass mat • woven roving
• surfacing veil or mat • fumed silica • styrene • wax • UV screener •
release agents and films • hack saws • saber saws • cutoff wheels or
9 CLEAN-UP similar equipment • disc sanders • files • abrasive paper • work bench
and pipe stands and/or jibs • scissors • stiff bristled brushes • serrat-
All equipment should be cleaned immediately after use with a safety ed aluminum and common paint rollers • paper unwaxed measuring
solvent. Solvent can be used to clean work areas or resin spills. cups or tubs • mixing sticks (tongue depressors).
10 GENERAL AND SAFETY INFORMATION
Serrated aluminum rollers are far superior to common mohair or paint

rollers.
Rapid dabbing with a stiff bristled brush can be used to remove
entrapped air.
For maximum shelf life, store resin, promoter, catalyst, etc., separate-
ly at ambient room temperature. All materials and work performed
must be at 65° - 85°F
No joints should be made in rain, snow or in excessively high humid-
ity.
Fiberglass reinforcement must be clean and dry.
All materials must be kept away from all ignition sources, sparks and
open flames.
Do not smoke in the work area.
Safety glasses must be worn at all times. Overview of one of the FRP Pipe Winding/Lay Up Shops at Fabco
9
9-8
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Lay out fiberglass mat strips on the work table. Length of each strip should
1 Firmly support pipe sections.
Square the ends to be welded
using saber saw.
2 Rough the outside surfaces with
sander approximately 1" farther
in from the ends than the fin-
6 be two inches longer than circumference of pipe. Strips longer than 36"
may be cut in half to simplify application. Mix prescribed amount of catalyst
ished weld surface. Where inside with required amount of resin in a separate clean container. Prepare only
welds are possible, interior sur- the amount of resin which can be used immediately (about 1 qt. per 6 sq.
faces should be sanded prior to ft. of mat). Resin will harden in about 20-30 minutes.
assembly.
3 Coat roughened end edges of

pipe with small amount of cat-
alyzed resin. Any large voids may
4 Support components in joint posi-
tion as rigidly as possible so that
no movement occurs while mak-
7 After mixing in the catalyst thoroughly, pour the resin onto the widest mat
first. Spread it over the entire mat strip, working it into the mat fibers manu-
ally. (Neoprene gloves are recommended.)
be filled with a silica filled resin ing the joint. Fill joint with resin.
putty.
A "Hot Patch" technique may help prevent movement of pipe during the
5 weld-cure period. Wet 2" squares of mat with a small amount of resin using
three times normal amount of catalyst. Apply "Hot Patches" at intervals
8 Place the next widest strip onto the first with one end of the second strip
starting approximately 1" in from end of the first. Doing this with each suc-
cessive strip results in a feathered edge (see Figure 1) to produce a
around joint. Curing or hardening in a matter of minutes, they secure pipe
9 sections in proper alignment. Mix resin and catalyst for "Hot Patches" in a
small paper cup and discard immediately after use to avoid contaminating
smooth weld strip joint. Add more resin and work into the second strip.
welding resin.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U
Finish the application of the weld with the roller. Any remaining air bub-
9 Add other strips in the same manner. In wetting each strip, it is best to be
a little "lean" on resin at this stage rather than over-wetting. More resin may 12 bles will appear as light spots. These should be rolled to the edge of the
weld where they will be released and disappear. If weld is not a straight
be added later, if necessary. After laying the final strip, compress strips
together with glove-protected hand to remove large air bubbles and to butt joint, a little extra rolling and hand work to shape mat strips to struc-
make sure all layers are wetted with the resin. ture configuration will eliminate bumps and ridges.
10 Pick up the completed weld strip by one end and center it carefully on
the pipe joint. Apply the tapered end first with the narrowest strip on the
pipe weld.
13 At this stage, resin may be added where necessary if any mat appears
to be not thoroughly wetted. It is better to have too little resin on the
weld strip, when initially applied, than too much. Over wetting makes it
difficult to keep the weld strips in place. Also coat the remaining sand-
ed surface areas with resin.
11 Be sure the weld is centered, with care taken to avoid wrinkles on the
under or back side of the weld. Continue applying the strip around the
joint until the free end overlaps the beginning. Lightly press out the air
14 Allow the completed weld to completely cure thoroughly tack free. Do
not move or disturb weld until it is thoroughly cured. If temperature is
below 55° F, keep weld area warm with heat lamps. For exterior instal-
bubbles with gloved hands (See Figure 2). lations, protect the weld from the weather.
9
9-10
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
R
O C
D U
INTRODUCTION
SCOPE ufactured for use in severe duty systems involving the transport of
aggressive liquids. In order to ensure their integrity, once installed,
One of the more important features of industrial thermoplastics is they must be handled with reasonable care prior to installation.
the ease with which they lend themselves to a variety of fabricating
techniques. This versatility, plus the wide selection of piping compo-
nents now available, make possible fast and economical installation, STORAGE
maintenance and modification of industrial piping systems. It is the
objective of this section to provide detailed instructions on all known 1. Pipe
techniques of joining, maintaining and handling thermoplastics in When pipe is received in standard lifts it should remain in the lift
order to permit maximum integrity of your piping system. until ready for use. Lifts should not be stacked more than three
high and should always be stacked wood on wood. Loose pipe
SOLVENT WELDING should be stored on racks with a minimum support spacing of
three feet. Pipe should be shaded but not covered when stored
The generally preferred method of joining rigid thermoplastics such outside in high ambient temperatures. This will provide for free
as PVC and CPVC is solvent welding. This process gives a stronger circulation of air and reduce the heat build-up due to direct sun-
joint than threading and is also considered faster and simpler. light exposure.
Additionally, solvent welding permits the use of thinner walls when
compared to threaded connections for equivalent pressure ratings. 2. Fittings
Fittings should be stored in their original cartons to keep them
THERMO-SEALING (SOCKET FUSION) free of dirt and reduce the possibility of damage. If possible, fit-
tings should be stored indoors.
Polypropylene (PP), a thermoplastic polyolefin and PVDF (Kynar),
3. Solvent Cements and Primers
cannot be dissolved by even the strongest of organic solvents. Since
Solvent cements have a definite shelf life and each can and car-
solvent attack (or bite") by dissolution is necessary to effect a solvent
ton is clearly marked with a date of manufacture. Stock should
cement bond with thermoplastics, it is not possible to join polypropy-
be rotated to ensure that the oldest material is used first. Primer
lene or PVDF by solvent cementing. Therefore, polypropylene and
does not have a shelf life but it is good practice to rotate this
PVDF pressure systems can only be joined using heat fusion tech-
stock also. Solvent cements and primers should be stored in a
niques. A thermal sealing procedure is used when joining using heat
relatively cool shelter away from direct sun exposure.
fusion techniques. A thermal sealing procedure is used when joining
1/2" through 4" sizes. When joining 6" polypropylene systems, which
CAUTION: SOLVENT CEMENTS AND PRIMERS ARE COMPOSED
are recommended for drainage applications only, a fillet welding pro-
OF VARIOUS SOLVENTS AND AS SUCH REQUIRE SPECIAL CON-
cedure is utilized.
DITIONS FOR STORAGE. BECAUSE OF THEIR FLAMMABILITY
THEY MUST NOT BE STORED IN AN AREA WHERE THEY MIGHT
THREADING BE EXPOSED TO IGNITION, HEAT, SPARKS OR OPEN FLAMES.
Threaded joints are sometimes used when a piping system must be

dismantled for occasional cleaning or modifications. Since threading HANDLING
results in a reduction in the effective wall thickness of the pipe, the
pressure rating of threaded pipe is reduced to one-half that of
1. Pipe and Fittings
unthreaded pipe, ie. pipe joined by solvent cementing or thermal seal-
Care should be exercised to avoid rough handling of thermo-
ing. This reduction in wall thickness resulting from threading can seri-
plastic pipe and fittings. They should not be dragged over sharp
ously affect the pressure carrying capability and mechanical strength
projections, dropped or have objects dropped upon them. Pipe
of Schedule 40 or lighter pipe and therefore, only Schedule 80 or
ends should be inspected for cracks resulting from such abuse.
heavier pipe should be threaded when the pipe is used for pressure
Transportation by truck or pipe trailer will require that the pipe be
applications. Also, threading is not recommended for plastic pipe
continuously supported and all sharp edges on the trailer bed
above 4 inches in diameter nor is it recommended for pressure
that could come in contact with the pipe must be padded.
polypropylene piping systems.
2. Solvent Cements and Primers
FLANGING Keep containers for solvent cements tightly closed except when
in use. Avoid prolonged breathing of solvent vapors, and when
One of the earliest methods for joining thermoplastic piping, flang- pipe and fittings are being joined in partially enclosed areas use
ing continues to be used extensively for process lines. Thermoplastic a ventilating device to attenuate vapor levels. Keep solvent
flanges and flanged fittings are available in a full size range and mat cements, primers and cleaners away from all sources of igni-
be attached to pipe by solvent welding, by threading, or by thermal tion, heat, sparks and open flames. Avoid repeated contact with
sealing, as required by the particular thermoplastic material. the skin by wearing proper gloves impervious to the solvents.
Application of the solvents or cements with rags and bare hands
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF is not recommended; natural fiber brushes and other suitable
THERMOPLASTIC PIPING COMPNENTS applicators can produce satisfactory results.
9 SCOPE
Industrial thermoplastic piping components are designed and man-

DANGER: Extremely flammable. Vapor harmful. May be harmful
if swallowed. May cause skin or eye irritation.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
SOLVENT WELDING INSTRUCTIONS teeth per inch) with little or no set (maximum 0.025 inch). A cir-
cumferential speed of about 6,000 ft./ min. is suitable for circu-
FOR PVC & CPVC PRESSURE lar saws; band saw speed should be approximately 3,000
PIPE SYSTEMS ft./min. Carbide-tipped blades are preferable when quantities of
pipe are to be cut. To ensure square-end cuts, a miter box, hold-
down or jig should be used. Pipe or tubing cutters can be used
SCOPE for smaller diameter pipe when the cutting wheel is specifically
designed for plastic pipe.
The solvent welding procedure detailed herein applies to all Fabco
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC)
pressure piping systems including molded fittings and valves. Belled
end pipe can also be joined in this manner. FABCO TECHNICAL
SERVICES is available for additional solvent welding guidance and
recommendations.
Joining Equipment and Materials 2. Deburring and Beveling
• Cutting Tool All burrs, chips, filings, etc., should be removed from both the
• Rags (nonsynthetic, ie., cotton) pipe I.D. and O.D. before joining. Use a knife, deburring tool or
• Deburring Tool half-round, coarse file to remove all burrs.
• Cement and Primer Applicators
• Applicator Can or Bucket All pipe ends should be beveled to approximately the dimensions
• Purple Primer P-70 shown below for ease of socketing and to minimize the chances of
• Solvent Cement 705, 707, 711, 717, 719, 714 wiping the solvent cement for the I.D. of the fitting as the pipe is
• Tool Tray socketed:
• Notched Boards
TYPES OF CEMENT AND PRIMER 1/16" to 3/32"
1. FABCO WELD-ON Light Duty Industrial Grade PVC Solvent

Cement #705 is for use with Schedule 40, DWV and Class (SDR
10° 15°
rated) piping through 6".
2. FABCO WELD-ON Heavy Duty Gray Industrial Grade PVC

Solvent Cement #711 is for use with Schedule 80 piping through The beveling can be done with a coarse file or a beveling tool.
6". The gap-filling high viscous formulation may also be used for
Schedule 40, drainage, conduit and all Class (SDR rated) piping 3. Fitting Preparation
through 6".
Prior to solvent welding, all fittings and couplings should be
3. FABCO WELD-ON Extra Heavy Duty Gray Industrial Grade removed from their cartons and exposed for at least one hour to
PVC Solvent #717, #719 Cement is for use with all PVC piping, the same temperature conditions as the pipe in order to assure
especially 6" and larger. When applied, the very heavy bodied that they are thermally balanced before joining.
formulation maintains a generous coating with minimum change
in thickness over the entire pipe circumference. 4. Cleaning
4. FABCO WELD-ON Heavy Duty Light Gray Industrial Grade Using a clean, dry cotton rag, wipe away all loose dirt and mois-
#714 CPVC Solvent Cement is for use with all sizes of Schedule ture from the I.D. and O.D. of the pipe end and the I.D. of the fit-
40 and 80 CPVC piping. It may be used in any industrial or com- ting. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SOLVENT WELD WET SUR-
mercial applications suitable to CPVC. FACES.
5. FABCO Purple Primer #P70 is for use with all PVC and CPVC DANGER: Solvent cements and primer are extremely flammable and
piping applications. (Purple container label.) vapor harmful. Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame. Use only
with adequate ventilation.
All of the products above are listed by IAPMO for pressure and
drainage applications, and they are NSF approved for potable Harmful if swallowed. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor. Avoid con-
water. tact with eyes, skin and clothing. Causes eye irritation. Repeated or
prolonged skin contact causes skin irritation. Close container after
NOTE: Do not take shortcuts - follow instructions completely. each use.
PREPARATION FOR JOINING FIRST AID: In case of skin contact, flush with water; for eyes, flush
with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Wash
1. Cutting contaminated clothing before reuse. If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE
VOMITING, call a Physician immediately.
Plastic pipe can be easily cut with a power or handsaw, circular
or band saw. For best results, use fine-toothed blade (16-18
9
9-12
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
PRIMING SOLVENT CEMENT APPLICATION

The function of purple primer is to penetrate and soften the bond- Before the primer dries, use a second applicator (see chart on pre-
ing surfaces of PVC and CPVC pipe and fittings. It is a product that ceding page for specific recommendations) to apply solvent cement in
penetrates rapidly. It is very effective on the hard-finished, high gloss a 3-step process as follows:
products now being produced. Priming is a 3-step process as follows:
1. Cover the pipe liberally with solvent cement for a length at least
1. Using a natural bristle brush about one-half the width of the pipe equal to that of the fitting socket depth. It is important not to be
diameter to be jointed, apply Purple Primer freely to the inner fit- stingy with cement.
ting socket. A rag is not recommended as repeated contact with
skin may cause irritation or blistering. Keep the surface wet by
maintaining a brushing motion of the applicator over the entire
surface for five to fifteen seconds. Re-dip applicator as neces-
sary but avoid puddling inside the fitting.
2. Continuing with alternate surface application, coat the fitting

socket thoroughly with a medium layer of solvent cement. Avoid
puddling in the socket. On belled end pipe, do not coat beyond
the socket depth or allow cement to run beyond the bell.
2. Apply primer to the pipe surface in the same manner making

sure that the length of pipe evenly brushed is at least equal to
the fitting socket depth.
3. Re-apply primer to the fitting socket. Alternate applications of

Purple Primer, start with the female component.
For checking penetration, you should be able to scratch or

scrape a few thousandths of the primed surfaces away. Repeated
applications to either or both surfaces may be necessary. 3. Put a second coat of cement on the pipe. This completes the six
Weather conditions do affect priming action. In cold weather steps of alternate surface applications for a joint – three of
more time is required for proper penetration. primer and three of solvent cement – starting with the female
component. Cement layers must be without voids and sufficient
NOTE: The pipe ends can be rested on notched boards to keep them to fill any gaps in the joints.
clean and for ease of solvent cement application.
Recommendations for Solvent Cement and Primer

Application
NOMINAL BRUSH ROLLER DAUBERS
(Comm./Res Piping Only)
PIPE SIZE WIDTH* LENGTH
Pressure Non-Press.
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches) Joints Joints
1/4 1/4 - -
1/2
3/4” 3/4”
3/4 1/2
Diameter Diameter
1 JOINING
Not
1-1/4
Recommended 1-1/2 1. Immediately upon finishing cement application and before it
1-1/2 1
Diameter starts to set, insert the pipe to the full socket depth while rotat-
2
1-1/2 ing the pipe or fitting a 1/4 turn to ensure complete and even dis-
2-1/2
1-1/2 Diameter tribution of the cement. Hold joint together for a minimum of 10
3
to 15 seconds to make sure that pipe does not move or back out
4 2 Not
3 of the socket.
6 3 Recom-
8 4 mended
Not
10 7 Recom-
4 to 6 mended
12
• Natural bristle brushes should always be specified. It is recognized that the

recommended brush width may not always be readily available. However, the
9 selection should come as close as possible to the recommended width in

order to ensure complete coverage with a minimum number of brush strokes.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
2. For pipe sizes 6" and larger, a joining crew consisting of two
men is recommended and the following additional steps neces- PVC and CPVC Joint Movement Times
sary:
HOT MILD COLD
a. Rotation of the pipe in the fitting may be omitted. NOMINAL WEATHER* WEATHER* WEATHER*
b. Hold joint together for 1 to 3 minutes depending on pipe size. PIPE SIZE 90° - 150° F 50° - 90° F 10° - 50° F
Surface Temperature Surface Temperature Surface Temperature
c. As an aid for joining in these larger sizes, it is recommended 1/4” - 1 1/4” 12 Min. 20 Min. 30 Min.
that a come-along or pipe joining tool be used. 1-1/2” - 2-1/2” 30 Min. 45 Min. 1 Hr.
3” - 4” 45 Min. 1 Hr. 1 Hr. & 30 Min.
6” - 8” 1 Hr. 1 Hr. & 30 Min. 2 Hrs. & 30 Min.
10” - 12” 2 Hrs. 3 Hrs. 5 Hrs.
*The temperatures above are drying temperatures and should not be confused
with atmospheric, joining temperatures recommendations and limitations. See
section on “JOINT INTEGRITY”.
PRESSURE TESTING
CAUTION: AIR OR COMPRESSED GAS IS NOT RECOMMENDED

EXCESS CEMENT AS A MEDIA FOR PRESSURE TESTING OF PLASTIC PIPING
SYSTEMS.
Immediately after joining and before joint is set, gently place it back
onto a level surface, wipe off all excess cement from the circumfer- 1. Initial Joint Testing:
ence of the pipe and fitting. Initial joint testing of PVC and CPVC pipe could possibly be
accomplished to 10% of its hydrostatic pressure rating after the
JOINT INTEGRITY below drying times:
PVC and CPVC piping joint integrity depends greatly upon follow-
ing exactly and by intent Fabco's specific handling, inspection, stor- PVC and CPVC Joint Drying Times at 10% Pressure Testing
age, shipping, fabrication, installation, testing and operating instruc-
tions. Joint integrity also depends greatly upon an infinitely wide,
HOT MILD COLD
unpredictable and uncontrollable set of product and environmental NOMINAL WEATHER* WEATHER* WEATHER*
conditions that go into determining the length of joint drying times PIPE SIZE 90° - 150° F 50° - 90° F 10° - 50° F
SurfaceTemperature Surface Temperature Surface Temperature
before it may be moved; handled; low, high or working pressure test- 1/2” - 1 1/4” 1 Hr. 1 Hr. & 15 Min. 1 Hr. & 45 Min.
ed. These conditions include size of pipe, surface temperature of the 1-1/2” - 2-1/2” 1 Hr. & 30 Min. 1 Hr. & 45 Min. 3 Hrs.
3” - 4” 2 Hrs. & 45 Min. 3 Hrs. & 30 Min. 6 Hrs.
joint, dry joint interference fit and relative humidity. Drying times will be
6” - 8” 3 Hrs. & 30 Min. 4 Hrs. 12 Hrs.
faster with smaller pipe, higher surface temperatures, tighter interfer- 10” - 12” 6 Hrs. 8 Hrs. 72 Hrs.
ence fits and lower relative humidity. Drying times will be slower when
conditions are reversed. *The temperatures above are drying temperatures and should not be confused
with atmospheric joining temperature recommendations and limitations. See
Because of these almost infinite and completely unpredictable vari- section on “JOINT INTEGRITY”.
ety of drying conditions that can exist from job to job and from time to
time, FABCO only specifically recommends for its PVC and CPVC
products the below solvent welding joining temperatures and joint dry- 2. High Pressure Testing:
ing times: The PVC and CPVC pipe can be pressure tested up to 100% of
its hydrostatic pressure rating after drying times listed in the
1. The actual joining should not be done in atmospheric tempera- table which follows:
tures below 40°F or above 90°F when exposed to direct sun-
light.
2. FABCO recommends that 72 hours of joint drying time should

elapse for all sizes of pipe and drying temperatures before the PVC and CPVC Joint Drying Times for 100% Pressure Testing
joint is subjected to any appreciable internal or external pres-
HOT MILD COLD
sure on a full time basis. NOMINAL WEATHER* WEATHER* WEATHER*
PIPE SIZE 90° - 150° F 50° - 90° F 10° - 50° F
HANDLING SurfaceTemperature Surface Temperature Surface Temperature
1/2” - 1 1/4” 4 Hrs. 5 Hrs. 7 Hrs.
1-1/2” - 2-1/2” 6 Hrs. 8 Hrs. 10 Hrs.
During the initial setting of the cement, which begins about two min- 3” - 4” 8 Hrs. 18 Hrs. 24 Hrs.
utes after application (on small sizes), be careful not to move or dis- 6” - 8” 12 Hrs. 24 Hrs. 48 Hrs.
turb the joint. 10” - 12” 18 Hrs. 36 Hrs. 72 Hrs.
FABCO offers, as a non-liability supplier, the following drying times The temperatures above are drying temperatures and should not be confused
as a guide in aiding the installer, engineer, owner or other decision with atmospheric, joining temperature recommendations and limitations. See
making party in deciding at his own risk when the joints are sufficiently section on “JOINT INTEGRITY”.
dry for movement; handling; low pressure, initial joint testing, applica-
tion of high pressure tests and introduction of working pressure.
These drying times are based upon a combination of past field expe-
rience and laboratory tests.
9
9-14
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
3. Full-Time Working Pressure: VENT WELDED JOINT. Forced rapid drying by heating will cause the
PVC and CPVC joints may be introduced to maximum working cement solvents to boil off, forming porosity, bubbles and blisters in
pressure on a full-time basis after approximately four times the the cement film.
drying time shown above for 100% pressure testing.
HANDLING OF PRIMER AND CEMENT
DO'S AND DON'TS
NOTE: Observe the “use prior to” date. Cement has a limited shelf life.
Do: Do not permit solvent cement can to stand open. Do not use cement
• Use the proper applicator (See chart for specific recommenda- that has dried to the point where it become lumpy and stringy. Throw
tions). it away. Do not attempt to thin out sluggish cement with thinner or
• Use proper type of solvent cement for the job. primer.
• Apply the cement while the primer is still wet.
• Follow the instructions completely. ESTIMATED SOLVENT CEMENT REQUIREMENTS
Don't: The below estimated PVC and CPVC solvent cement requirements
• Attempt to solvent weld under the following conditions: should only be considered as a guideline for usage and could vary
1. If it is raining according to a wide variety of installation conditions. Further, these
2. If atmospheric temperature is below 40°F. estimates should in no way be used to restrict the liberal cement appli-
3. If under direct exposure to sun at atmospheric temperatures cation instructions recommended for the pipe.
above 90°F.
• Discard empty cans of solvent, primer or rags in trench or near
Number of Joints Per...*
piping. Concentrated fumes or dripping cement or primer can PIPE SIZE PINT QUART GALLON
cause piping failure. 1/2” 130 260 1,040
3/4” 80 160 640
HOT WEATHER CEMENTING 1” 70 140 560
1-1/4” 50 100 400
1-1/2” 35 70 280
Since cement contains a solvent, certain precautions or steps 2” 20 40 160
should be taken when the atmospheric temperature is above 90°F to 2-1/2” 17 34 136
avoid excessive evaporation of the solvent from the cement just prior 3” 15 30 120
4” 10 20 80
to joining. Such evaporation will cause the cement to prematurely set 5” 8 16 64
before joining, thus, adversely affecting the joint integrity. Use one or 6” N/R 8 24
a combination of the below to reduce the chances of this condition 8” N/R 3 12
occurring: 10” N/R N/R 10
12” N/R N/R 6
1. Shade or shelter the joint surfaces from direct exposure to the *Each joint represents one socket in a fitting.
sun's rays for at least one hour prior to joining and during the
joining process. THERMO-SEALING (Socket Fusion)
2. Make cement joints during early morning hours.
3. Apply cement quickly. On 6" and larger pipe, it is recommended INSTRUCTIONS FOR POLYPROPYLENE
that two men apply cement to pipe surface while the third AND PVDF PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS
applies it to the fitting socket.
4. Join pipe to fittings as quickly as possible after applying cement.
SCOPE
COLD WEATHER CEMENTING
The socket fusion joining method which is detailed herein applies to
all FABCO polypropylene and PVDF pressure piping systems includ-
Because the solvents in the cement will not evaporate as readily
ing molded socket fittings, and socket type valve connections. This
when the temperature is below 40°F, the pipe joints will not set up as
procedure involves the application of regulated heat uniformly and
rapidly in cold weather. If solvent cementing must be done when the
simultaneously to pipe and fitting mating surfaces so that controlled
temperature is below 40°F, the following suggestions are offered:
melting occurs at these surfaces .
1. Store pipe, fittings, cement and primer in a heated area.
All recommendations and instructions presented herein for socket
2. Pre-fab as much of the system as possible in a heated work
fusion are based upon the use of a Thermo-Seal fusion tool for apply-
area.
ing uniform heat to pipe and fittings.
3. Joints that must be made outside should be protected with a
portable shelter and heated with indirect heat to surface tem-
Joining Equipment and Materials
peratures about 40°F prior to joining. The shelter and heat
- Cutting tools
should remain in place for at least two hours after joint assem-
- Cotton rags
bly.
- Deburring tool
4. Pipe and fittings must be dry prior to joining and the joints
- Thermo-Seal tool
should be kept dry until the cement has had sufficient time to
- Electric Model NA with 1/2" - 2" tool pieces
set.
or
9 CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SPEED THE SETTING OR DRY-

ING OF THE CEMENT BY APPLYING DIRECT HEAT TO THE SOL-
- Electric Model NB with 1/2" - 4" tool pieces
- Vise
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
TYPES OF JOINING TOOLS pipe O.D. Therefore, it should not be possible to easily slip the
pipe into the fitting socket past the initial socket entrance depth
ELECTRIC MODEL tools are available for making socket fusion and in no case should it ever be possible to bottom the pipe in
joints. They are the preferred socket fusion tools because the thermo- the socket prior to fusion.
statically controlled heat source automatically maintains fusion tem-
peratures within the recommended range. Before making socket fusion joints, fittings should be checked
for proper socket dimensional tolerances, based on the above
1. Electric Model NA. This tool which is electrically heated and discussion, by attempting to insert the pipe into the fitting sock-
thermostatically controlled, is used to join polypropylene and et. If a fitting socket appears to be oversize, it should not be
PVDF pipe, and valves and fittings in sizes 1/2" through 2". This used.
unit operates on 110 VAC (6.7 amps; 800 watts) electrically and
is fitted with ground wires. 5. Planning Construction
2. Electric Model NB. This tool is also electrically heated and ther- Socket fusion joints are more easily made when there is suffi-
mostatically controlled and is used to join polypropylene pipe cient space to properly secure the Thermo-Seal tool and to
and fittings in sizes 1/2" through 4". This unit operates on 110 maneuver pipe and fittings into the Thermo-Seal too. Therefore,
VAC (1.38 amps; 1650 watts) electrically and is fitted with it is recommended that the piping system be prefabricated, as
ground wires. much as possible, in an area where there is sufficient room to
work, and that as few joints as possible should be made in areas
CAUTION: SOCKET FUSION AND FILLET WELDING INVOLVE where there is limited working space. Mechanical joints such as
TEMPERATURES IN EXCESS OF 540°F. SEVERE BURNS CAN flanges or unions may be considered in extremely tight areas.
RESULT FROM CONTACTING EQUIPMENT OR MOLTEN PLASTIC
MATERIAL AT OR NEAR THESE TEMPERATURES. 6. Thermo-Seal Tool Set Up
PREPARATION FOR JOINING
1. Cutting
Polypropylene or PVDF can be easily cut with a power or
hand saw, circular or band saw. For best results, use the
fine-toothed blades (16-18 teeth per inch). A circumferential
speed of about 6,000 ft/min. is suitable for circular saws;
band saw speed should be approximately 3,000 ft/min.
Carbide-tipped blades are preferable when large quantities
of pipe are to be cut. It is important that the pipe ends be
cut square. To ensure square end cuts, a miter box, hold
down or jig must be used. Pipe or tubing cutters can also
be used to produce square, clean cuts, however, the cutting
a. Install the male and female tool pieces on either side of the
wheel should be specifically designed for plastic.
Thermo-Seal tool and secure with set screws.
2. Deburring and Beveling
All burrs, chips, filing, etc., should be removed from both the
pipe I.D. and O.D. before joining. Use a knife, deburring tool or
half-round, coarse file to remove all burrs. All pipe ends should
be beveled to approximately the dimensions shown below for
ease of socketing and to minimize the chances of wiping melt
material from the I.D. of the fitting as the pipe is socketed.
The beveling can be done with a coarse file or a beveling tool.
1/16" to 3/32"
10° 15°
b. Insert the electrical plug into a grounded 110 VAC electrical

source, and allow the tool to come to the proper operating
3. Cleaning
temperature. The tool temperature is read directly from the
Using a clean, dry cotton rag, wipe away all loose dirt and mois-
mounted temperature gauge, and tool temperature can be
ture from the I.D. and O.D. of the pipe end and the l.D. of the fit-
adjusted by turning the thermostat adjustment screw with a
ting. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SOCKET FUSE WET SURFACES.
screwdriver. (Counterclockwise) to raise the temperature and
clockwise to lower the temperature.)
4. Joint Sizing
In order to provide excess material for fusion bonding,
polypropylene and PVDF components are manufactured to
socket dimensions in which the socket I.D. is smaller than the
NOTE: One turn of the adjustment screw will give approximately a
25°F temperature change.
9
9-16
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
IMPORTANT: Good socket fusion joints can be made only when 2. Attach the depth gauging clamp to the pipe by butting the clamp
the Thermo-Seal tool is operating at the proper temperature, and only up to the end of the depth gauge and locking it into place. Then
when the length of time that the pipe and fittings remain on the remove the depth gauge.
heated tool pieces does not exceed those times recommended for
the particular size of pipe and fitting to be joined as listed below.
(Note: Heating times below should begin after pipe and fitting have
been completely placed in position on the heat tool.)
Recommended Heating Time - Polypropylene
Heating Time at
Pipe Size
540°F
1/2” 10-15 Sec.
3/4” 13-18 Sec.
1” 14-20 Sec.
1-1/2” 15-20 Sec.
2” 20-25 Sec.
3” 25-30 Sec.
3. Simultaneously place pipe and fitting squarely and fully on heat
4” 25-35 Sec.
6” 35-50 Sec. tool pieces so that the I.D. of the fitting and the O.D. of the pipe
are in contact with the heating surfaces. Care should be taken
Recommended Heating Time - PVDF to insure that the pipe and fitting are not cocked when they are
Heating Time at
Pipe Size
525°F
inserted on the tool pieces.
1/2” 20-25 Sec.
3/4” 20-25 Sec.
1” 25-30 Sec.
1-1/2” 30-45 Sec.
2” 30-45 Sec.
3” 30-45 Sec.
4” 45-60 Sec.
6” 60-75 Sec.
Excessive temperatures and excessive heating times will result in

excessive melting at and below the surfaces of the fitting socket I.D.
and pipe O.D. When the pipe is inserted into the fitting socket, exces-
sive melt material needed for socket fusion will be scraped from the
socket wall and into the fitting waterway and the resulting joint will be 4. Hold the pipe and fitting on the tool pieces for the prescribed
defective. amount of time. During this time a bead of melted material will
appear around the complete circumference of the pipe at the
Low temperatures and insufficient heating times will result in a lack entrance of the tool piece.
of or incomplete melting making it impossible to make a good socket
fusion joint.
MAKING SOCKET FUSION JOINTS
5. Simultaneously remove the pipe and fitting from the tool pieces
and immediately insert the pipe, squarely and fully and without
purposeful rotation, into the socket of the fitting. Hold the com-
pleted joint in place and avoid relative movement between com-
ponents for at least 15 seconds.
1. Place the proper size depth gauge over the end of the pipe.
6. Once a joint has been completed the clamp can be removed

and preparation for the next joint can be started.
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
than burning gas, is used to melt the rod and adjacent surfaces.
Because of its economy, compressed air is normally the gas of
choice for most plastic welding. A welding gun which generates its
own air supply is frequently desirable for field-made pipe joints
where ultimate weld strength is not required. For welding guns
which require compressed gas, nitrogen is preferable when the
compressed plant air system does not contain adequate drying and
filtration (Presence of moisture in the gas stream causes prema-
ture failure in the heater element of the welding gun. Impurities in
the gas stream, particularly those in oil, may oxidize the plastic
7. The surfaces of the female and male tool pieces are Teflon coat- polymer, resulting in loss of strength. Polypropylene is known to be
ed to prevent sticking of the hot plastic. affected in this manner).
It is important that the tool pieces be kept as clean as possible. Any

residue left on the tool pieces should be removed immediately by wip-
ing with a cotton cloth. CAUTION: HOT PLASTIC MATERIAL CAN
CAUSE SEVERE BURNS; AVOID CONTACT WITH IT.
Procedures for making good socket fusion joints can be summa-

rized into five basic principles as follows:
1. The tool must be operated at the proper temperature.
2. The pipe end must be beveled. 1. Insert pipe fully and squarely into the fitting after removing all
3. The fitting must be slipped squarely onto the male tool while the dirt, oil, moisture and loose particles of plastic material from the
pipe is simultaneously inserted into the female tool. welding surfaces by wiping with a clean cotton cloth.
4. The fitting and pipe must not remain on the heat tool for an
excessive period of time. Recommended heating times must be
followed.
5. The pipe must be inserted squarely into the fitting socket imme-
diately after removal from the heated tools.
6. The Thermo-Seal tool must be kept clean at all times.
PRESSURE TESTING
The strength of a socket fusion joint develops as the material in the

2. Adjust the nitrogen/air pressure between approximately 3 and 8
bonded area cools. One hour after the final joint is made, a socket
psi and further adjust the pressure as necessary to control both
fusion piping system can be pressure tested up to 100% of its hydro-
temperature and rate of welding.
static pressure rating.
NOTE: Tacking required prior to welding. 6" polypropylene joints
CAUTION: AIR OR COMPRESSED GAS IS NOT RECOMMEND- require a slip fit. Therefore, they must be dry fitted and tack welded
ED AND SHOULD NOT BE USED AS A MEDIA FOR PRESSURE to prevent movement of the pipe and fitting prior to the application
TESTING OF PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS. of welding rod. Special welding gun tips are required for tacking. A
low strength bond is accomplished by pulling the heated tacking tip
FILLET WELDING along while directly in contact with the interface of pipe and fitting
at an angle of 75° to 80° . Initially, joints are tack-fused at four inter-
vals. Then at least one complete revolution around the joint is made
SCOPE to provide a uniform groove for subsequent rod welding.
The joining procedure covered herein applies only to 6" polypropy-
lene drainage or non-pressure systems. Fillet Welding is not recom-
mended as a primary joining technique for pressure rated systems.
Joining Equipment and Materials

- Cutting and deburring tools
- Plastic welding gun with flexible hose, pressure regulator and
gauge
- Welding and tacking tips
- Compresses air supply or bottled nitrogen (see note below)
- 1/8" welding rod
- Cotton rags
Joining 3. Holding the polypropylene welding rod at an angle of 75° to the

NOTE: Fillet welding of thermoplastics is quite similar to the acety-
lene welding or brazing process used with metals. The fundamen-
tal differences are that the plastic rod must always be the same
joint and while maintaining pressure on the rod, apply heat uni-
formly to the rod and the pipe and fitting with an arching motion
of the welding torch.
9
basic material as the pieces to be joined; and heated gas, rather
9-18
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
The degree of heating can be controlled by regulating the nitro- together is as follows:
gen/air flow to the welding gun or by regulating the distance from the 1. Make sure that all the bolt holes of the mating flanges match up.
tip of the welding gun to the work. Too much heat will over melt the It is not advisable to twist the flange and pipe to achieve this.
polypropylene material and cause it to splash. Too little heat will result 2. Use flat washers under bolt heads and nuts.
in incomplete fusion. Lay three separate weld beads in the following 3. Insert all bolts. (Lubricate bolts.)
manner for a full fillet weld: 4. Make sure that the faces of the mating flanges are not separat-
A. Pipe to fitting ed by excessive distance prior to bolting down the flanges.
B. Pipe to bead 5. The bolts on the plastic flanges should be tightened by pulling
C. Fitting to bead down the nuts diametrically opposite each other using a torque
wrench. Complete tightening should be accomplished in stages
When terminating each weld bead, the bead should be lapped on and the final torque values shown in the table should be followed
top of (never along-side) itself for a distance of 3/8" to 1/2" insights to for the various sizes of flanges. Uniform stress across the flange
hot gas welding see REPAIRING THERMOPLASTIC PIPE JOINTS. will eliminate leaky gaskets.
RECOMMENDED
FLANGE SIZE
FLANGED JOINTS TORQUE*
1/2 - 1-1/2” 10 - 15 ft.lbs.
2 - 4” 20 - 30 ft.lbs.
SCOPE 6 - 8” 33 - 50 ft.lbs.
10” 53 - 75 ft.lbs.
Flanging is used extensively for plastic process lines that require 12” 80 - 110 ft.lbs.
periodic dismantling. Plastic flanges are factory flanged valves and fit-
tings in PVC, CPVC, PVDF and polypropylene are available in a full *For a well lubricated bolt with flat washers under bolt head and nut.
range of sizes and types for joining to pipe by solvent welding, thread-
ing or socket fusion as in the case with polypropylene with PVDF. The following tightening pattern is suggested for the flange bolts.
Gasket seals between the flange faces should be an elastomeric 1

5 8
full flat faced gasket with a hardness of 50 to 70 durometer. FABCO
can provide neoprene gaskets in the 1/2" through 12" range having an 3 4
1/8" thickness. For chemical environments too aggressive for neo- 7 6
prene another resistant elastomer should be used. 2
When it is necessary to bolt plastic and metal flanges - use flat face 6. If the flange is mated to a rigid and stationary flanged object, or
metal flanges - not raised face, and use recommended torques shown a metal flange, particularly in a buried situation where settling
in table under “INSTALLATION TIPS". could occur with the plastic pipe, the adjacent plastic pipe must
be supported or anchored to eliminate potential stressing of the
DIMENSIONS flange joint.
Bolt circle and number of bolt holes for the flanges are the same as REPAIRING THERMOPLASTIC PIPE
Class 150 metal flanges per ANSI B16.5. Threads are tapered iron JOINTS
pipe size threads per ANSI B1.20.1. The socket dimensions conform
to ASTM D-2467 which describes 1/2" through 8" sizes and ASTM SCOPE
D439 for Schedule 80 CPVC which gives dimensional data for 1/2"
through 6". Internal Fabco specifications have been established for The most common method for repairing faulty and leaking joints is
the 10” and 12" PVC patterns and 8" CPVC design, as well as socket hot gas welding at the fillet formed by the junction of the fitting socket
designs for polypropylene and PVDF. entrance and the pipe. Hot gas welding (which is similar to gas weld-
ing with metals except that hot gas is used for melting instead of a
PRESSURE RATING direct flame) consists of simultaneously melting the surface of a plas-
tic filler rod and the surfaces of the base material in the fillet area while
As with all other thermoplastic piping components, the maximum forcing the softened rod into the softened fillet.
non-shock operating pressure is a function of temperature.
Welding with plastics involves only surface melting because plas-
Maximum pressure rating for FABCO valves, unions and flanges is tics unlike metal must never be “puddled". Therefore, the resulting
150 psi. Above 100°F refer to the TEMPERATURE CORRECTION weld is not as strong as the parent pipe and fitting material. This being
FACTOR CHART HEREIN. the case, fillet welding as a repair technique is recommended for
minor leaks only. It is not recommended as a primary joining tech-
SEALING nique for pressure rated systems.
The faces of flanges are tapered back away from the orifice area at WELDING TOOLS AND MATERIALS
a 1/2 to 1 degree pitch so that when the bolts are tightened the faces - Plastic welding gun with pressure regulator, gauge and hose.
will be pulled together generating a force in the water way area to - Filler rod
improve sealing. - Emery cloth
- Cotton rags
INSTALLATION TIPS - Cutting pliers
9 Once a flange is joined to pipe, the method for joining two flanges
-
-
Hand grinder (optional)
Compressed air supply of bottled nitrogen
- Source of compressed air
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
WELD AREA PREPARATION
Wipe all dirt, oil and moisture from the joint area. A very mild sol-
vent may be necessary to remove oil.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT ALL LIQUID HAS BEEN REMOVED

FROM THE PORTION OF THE PIPING SYSTEM WHERE THE
WELD IS TO BE MADE.
If the weld is to repair a leaking solvent cemented joint, all residual

cement, which is easily scorched during welding, must be removed
from the fillet by using emery cloth. If the weld is to seal a threaded
joint, a file can be used to remove threads in the weld area in order to
provide a smooth surface.
4. Make about a 60° angular cut on the lead end of the filler rod.
This will make it easier to initiate melting and will insure fusion
WELDING FAULTY JOINTS of the rod and base material at the beginning of the weld.
1. Remove residual solvent cement from the weld area using

emery cloth. When welding threaded joints, a file can be used to 5. Welding temperatures vary for different thermoplastic materials
remove threads in the weld area. (500°F - 550°F for PVC and CPVC, 550°F – 600°F for PP, 575°F
- 600°F for PVDF). Welding temperatures can be adjusted for
the various thermoplastic materials as well as any desired weld-
ing rate, by adjusting the pressure regulator (which controls the
gas flow rate) between 3 and 8 PSI.
CAUTION: For welding guns which require compressed gas, nitrogen

is preferred when the compressed plant air system does not contain
adequate drying and filtration. (Presence of moisture in the gas
stream causes premature failure in the heater element of the welding
gun. Impurities in the gas stream, particularly those in oil, may oxidize
the plastic polymer, resulting in loss of strength. Polypropylene is
known to be affected in this manner).
2. Wipe the weld area clean of dust, dirt and moisture.
3. Determine the amount for the correct filler rod (see Table No. 1 6. With air or an inert gas flowing through the welding torch, insert
on page 9-22) necessary to make one complete pass around the electrical plug for the heating element into an appropriate
the joint by wrapping the rod around the pipe to be welded. electrical socket to facilitate heating of the gas and wait approx-
Increase this length enough to allow for handling of the rod to imately 7 minutes for the welding gas to reach the proper tem-
the end of the pass. perature.
9
9-20
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
CAUTION: THE METAL BARREL OF THE WELDING TORCH HOUS-

ES THE HEATING ELEMENT SO IT CAN ATTAIN EXTREMELY
HIGH TEMPERATURES. AVOID CONTACT WITH THE BARREL
AND DO NOT ALLOW IT TO CONTACT ANY COMBUSTIBLE MATE-
RIALS.
9. Since the starting point for a plastic weld is frequently the weak-
est part of the weld, always terminate a weld by lapping the
bead on top of itself for a distance of 3/8 to 1/ 2 inches. Never
terminate a bead by overlapping the bead side by side.
7. Place the leading end of the filler rod into the fillet formed by the
junction of the pipe and fitting socket entrance. Holding the filler
rod at an angle of 90° to the joint for PVC, CPVC and Kynar, 75°
to the joint for polypropylene, pre-heat the surfaces for the rod
and base materials at the weld starting point by holding the
welding torch steady at approximately 1/4 to 3/4 inches from the
weld starting point and directing the hot gas in this area until the
surfaces become tacky . While preheating, move the rod up and
down slightly so that the rod slightly touches the base materials.
When the surfaces become tacky, the rod will stick to the base
material.
10. When welding large diameter pipe, three weld passes may be
required. The first bead should be deposited at the bottom of
the fillet and subsequent beads should be deposited on each
side of the first bead. When making multiple pass welds, the
starting points for each bead should be staggered and ample
time must be allowed for each weld pass to cool before pro-
ceeding with additional welds.
8. Advance the filler rod forward by applying a slight pressure to

the rod. Simultaneously applying even heat to the surfaces of
both the filler rod and base material by moving the torch with a
fanning or arcing motion at a rate of about 2 cycles per second.
The hot gas should be played equally on the rod and base mate-
rial (along the weld line) for a distance of about 1/4 inch from the
weld point. 11. Properly applied plastic welds can be recognized by the pres-
ence of small flow lines or waves on both sides of the deposit-
IMPORTANT: If charring of the base or rod material occurs, move the ed bead. This indicates that sufficient heat was applied to the
tip of the torch back slightly, increase the fanning frequency or surfaces of the rod and base materials to effect adequate melt-
increase the gas flow rate. If the rod or base materials do not melt suf- ing and that sufficient pressure was applied to the rod to force
ficiently reverse the previously discussed corrective procedures. Do the rod melt to fuse with base material melt. If insufficient heat
not apply too much pressure to the rod because this will tend to is used when welding PVC, CPVC or PVDF, the filler rod will
stretch the weld bead causing it to crack and separate after cooling. appear in its original form and can easily be pulled away from
the base material. Excessive heat will result in a brown or black
9 discoloration of the weld. In the case of polypropylene, exces-

sive heat will result in a flat bead with oversized flow lines.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
THREADING INSTRUCTIONS FOR

THERMOPLASTIC PIPE
SCOPE
The procedure presented herein covers threading of all IPS

Schedule 80 or heavier thermoplastic pipe. The threads are National
Pipe Threads (NPT) which are cut to the dimensions outlined in
(ANSI) B1.20.1 and presented in the table on the following page.
12. Always unplug the electrical connection to the heating element THREADING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
and allow the welding gun to cool before shutting off the gas
or air supply to the gun.
Pipe Dies
Pipe Vise
WELDING PRINCIPLES Threading ratchet or power machine
The procedures for making good thermoplastic welds can be Tapered plug
summarized into four basic essentials: Cutting lubricant (soap & water)
1. Correct Heating – Excessive heating will char or overmelt. Strap wrench
Insufficient heating will result in incomplete melting. Teflon tape
2. Correct Pressure – Excessive pressure can result in stress Cutting tools
cracking when the weld cools. Insufficient pressure will result in Deburring tool
incomplete fusion of the rod material with the base material.
3. Correct angle – Incorrect rod angle during welding will stretch Pipe Preparation
the rod and the finished weld will crack upon cooling. Plastic pipe can be easily cut with a handsaw, power hacksaw, cir-
4. Correct speed – Excessive welding speed will stretch the weld cular or band saw. For best results, use a finetoothed blade (16-18
bead and the finished weld will crack upon cooling. teeth per inch) with little or no set (maximum 0.025"). A circumferen-
tial speed of about 6,000 ft./ min. is suitable for circular saws; band
Rod Size and Weld Passes saw speed should be approximately 3,000 ft./min. Carbide-tipped
Filler rod size and the number of weld passes required to make a blades are preferable when quantities of pipe are to be cut. To ensure
good plastic weld are dependent upon the size of the pipe to be weld- square-ends, a miter box hold-down or jig should be used. Pipe or tub-
ed as presented below. ing cutters can be used for smaller diameter pipe when the cutting
Do not use filler rod larger than 1/8" in diameter when welding with wheel is specifically designed for plastic pipe.
CPVC. Also, when welding CPVC, the number of passes for pipe sizes
1" through 2" should be increased to three. Threading Dies
Thread cutting dies should be clean, sharp and in good condition,
Table 1 and should not be used to cut materials other than plastics. Dies with
Pipe Size Rod Size Number of Passes a 5° negative front rake are recommended when using power thread-
1/2” - 3/4” 3/32” 1
1” - 2” 3/32” 1 or 3
ing equipment and dies with a 5° to 10° negative front rake are rec-
2-1/2” - 4” 1/8” 3 ommended when cutting threads by hand.
6” - 8” 1/8” or 5/32” 3
10” - 12” 5/32” or 3/16” 3
Pressure Testing
The strength of a plastic weld develops as it cools. Allow ample time
for the weld to cool prior to 100% pressure testing.
CAUTION: Air or compressed gas is not recommended and should
not be used as a media for pressure testing of plastic piping systems.
Polypropylene/FRP pipe 28”

diameter being butt fusion welded.
9
9-22
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
PIPE AND FITTING THREADS
AMERICAN STANDARD TAPER PIPE THREAD, NPT

(excerpt from ANSI B1.20.1)
Table 1
Number of Normal Normal Wrench Makeup Total Length: Pitch Diameter Pitch Diameter Height
Outside Pitch of Engagement Engagement Length For End of Pipe at Beginning of at Beginning of
Nominal Threads of Thread
Diameter Thread By Hand By Hand Internal Thread to Vanish Point External Thread Internal Thread
Size Per Inch (Max.)
D p L1 L2 L3 L4 E0 E1
n h
IN. IN. TPI IN. IN. IN. IN. IN. IN. IN. IN.
1/4 .540 18 .05556 .228 .4018 .1667 .5946 .47739 .49163 .04444
1/2 .840 14 .07143 .320 .5337 .2143 .7815 .75843 .77843 .05714
3/4 1.050 14 .07143 .339 .5457 .2143 .7935 .96768 .98887 .05714
1 1.315 11 1/2 .08696 .400 .6828 .2609 .9845 1.21363 1.23863 .06957
1 1/4 1.660 11 1/2 .08696 .420 .7068 .2609 1.0085 1.55713 1.58338 .06957
1 1/2 1.900 11 1/2 .08696 .420 .7235 .2609 1.0252 1.79609 1.82234 .06957
2 2.375 11 1/2 .08696 .436 .7565 .2609 1.0582 2.26902 2.29627 .06957
2 1/2 2.875 8 .12500 .682 1.1375 .2500 1.5712 2.71953 2.76216 .10000
3 3.500 8 .12500 .766 1.2000 .2500 1.6337 3.34062 3.38850 .10000
4 4.500 8 .12500 .844 1.3000 .2500 1.7337 4.33438 4.38712 .10000
(NOTE: Special dies for threading plastic pipe are available). When cutting threads with power threading equipment, self opening die heads and a slight chamfer to lead the
dies will speed production.
Threading and Joining
1. Hold pipe firmly in a pipe vise. Protect the pipe at the point of DO NOT THREAD SCHEDULE 40 PIPE
grip by inserting a rubber sheet or other material between the
pipe and vise. L4
L2
(Imperfect
threads
due to chamfer
on die)
Taper of thread
L3 1 in 16 measured
L1 on diameter
p
E0 E1 D
TABLE
Reinforcing Plug Dimensions
PIPE SIZE PLUG O.D.*
1/2” .526
2. A tapered plug must be inserted in the end of the pipe to be
3/4” .722
threaded. This plus provides additional support and prevents 1” .935
distortion of the pipe in the threaded area. Distortion of the pipe 1-1/4” 1.254
during the threading operation will result in eccentric threads, 2” 1.913
non-uniform circumferential thread depth or gouging and tearing 2-1/2 2.289
3 2.864
of the pipe wall. See the following Table for approximate plug 4 3.786
O.D. dimensions.
*These dimensions are based on the median wall thickness and average out-
side diameter for the respective pipe sizes. Variations in wall thicknesses and
O.D. dimensions may require alteration of the plug dimensions.
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
3. Use a die stock with a proper guide that is free of burrs or sharp
edges, so the die will start and go on square to the pipe axis.
7. Thread the fitting onto the pipe and tighten by hand. Using a
strap wrench only, further tighten the connection an additional
one or two threads past hand tightness. Avoid excessive torque
as this may cause thread damage or fitting damage.
PRESSURE TESTING
Threaded piping systems can be pressure tested up to 100% of the

hydrostatic pressure rating as soon as the last connection is made.
CAUTION: AIR OR COMPRESSED GAS IS NOT RECOMMENDED

AND SHOULD NOT BE USED AS A MEDIA FOR PRESSURE TEST-
4. Push straight down on the handle, avoiding side pressure that ING OF PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS.
might distort the sides of the threads. If power threading equip-
ment is used, the dies should not be driven at high speeds or
with heavy pressure. Apply an external lubricant liberally when GENERAL UNDERGROUND INSTALLA-
cutting the threads. Advance the die to the point where the TION PROCEDURES FOR PVC AND CPVC
thread dimensions are equal to those listed in Table No. 1. Do
not over thread. SOLVENT WELDED PIPE
SCOPE
The general installation procedures detailed here apply to Polyvinyl

Chloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pressure
pipe that has solvent welded joints up through 8" in size. These pro-
cedures are applicable for all liquids that are conveyed at pressures
up to the maximum hydrostatic pressure rating of the pipe or of any
component in the piping system, whichever is lowest.
Fabco Technical Services should be consulted for installation guid-

ance and recommendation on all sizes of pipe 10" and above and
5. Periodically check the threads with a ring gauge to ensure that where the installer has had no experience in the installation of PVC or
proper procedures are being followed. Thread dimensions are CPVC piping. For additional information, refer to the ASTM D2774,
listed in Table 1 and the gauging tolerance is ± 1-1/2 turns. “Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping".
INSPECTION
Before installation, all lengths of PVC or CPVC pipe and fittings

should be thoroughly inspected for cuts, scratches, gouges, buckling,
kinking and any other imperfections (such as splits on l.D. or ends of
pipe due to impact) which may have been imparted to the pipe during
shipping, unloading, storing and stringing. Any pipe or precoupled fit-
tings containing harmful or even questionable defects should be
removed by cutting out the damaged section as a complete cylinder.
TRENCHING
6. Brush threads clean of chips and ribbons. Then starting with the
The trench should be of adequate width to allow convenient instal-
second full thread, and continuing over the thread length, wrap
lation of PVC or CPVC pipe, at the same time being as narrow as pos-
TFE (Teflon) thread tape in the direction of the threads. Overlap
sible. The following trench sizes have been used with success.
each wrap by one half of the width of the tape. FABCO does not
recommend the use of any thread lubricant/sealant other than
TFE (Teflon) tape.
However, actual sizes may vary with terrain and specific application.
9
9-24
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Minimum trench widths may be utilized by joining pipe outside of NOTE: The need for an extra man when the temperature is over 90°F,
the trench and lowering it into the trench after adequate joint strength is necessary in order to quickly complete the solvent cement applica-
has been obtained. Trench widths will have to be wider where pipe is tion and joining process before rapid evaporation of the cement’s sol-
joined in the trench, or where thermal expansion and contraction is a vent causes it to prematurely set.
factor. See section title "Snaking of Pipe".
SOLVENT WELDING
PIPE SIZE WIDTH LIGHT TRAFFIC HEAVY TRAFFIC
TRENCH GROUND COVER GROUND COVER For joining recommendations, see the section titled "Solvent
MINIMUM MINIMUM
Welding instructions for PVC and CPVC Pressure Pipe Systems"
3” & Under 8” 12” - 8” 24” - 30”
4” & 6” 12” 18” - 24” 30” - 36”
8” 16” 24” - 30” 36” - 42” SNAKING OF PIPE
The trench bottom should be continuous, relatively smooth and free After the PVC or CPVC pipe has been solvent welded, it is advis-
of rocks. Where ledge rock, hardpan or boulders are encountered, it is able to snake the pipe according to the below recommendations
advisable to pad the trench bottom using a minimum of four (4) inch- beside the trench during its required drying time. BE ESPECIALLY
es of tamped earth or sand beneath the pipe as a cushion and for pro- CAREFUL NOT TO APPLY ANY STRESS THAT WILL DISTURB THE
tection of the pipe from damage. UNDRIED JOINT. This snaking is necessary in order to allow for any
anticipated thermal contraction that will take place in the newly joined
Sufficient cover must be maintained to keep external stress levels pipeline.
below acceptable design stress. Reliability and safety of service may
assume major importance in determining minimum cover. Local, state PIPE SNAKING
and national codes may also govern.
PIPE
Pipe intended for water service should be buried at least 12" below CENTERLINE
OFFSET
the maximum expected frost penetration.
OFFSET
LOOP LENGTH
SIZE OF JOINING CREW
Field practice has shown that the size of the joining crew will
depend upon a number of variables, such as, size and length of the 2 LOOP LENGTHS
pipe, the atmospheric temperature, construction conditions, construc-
tion time element, amount of pipe to be layed, construction workers'
experience in laying PVC or CPVC pipe, etc. Although it is possible for Loop Offset In Inches For Contraction
one man to join the smaller sizes of pipe (2" and under) by himself, it
is not necessarily practical to do so. Therefore, the crew sizes pre- Maximum Temperature Variation, °F, Between Time of Solvent
sented here are intended as a guide for those PVC or CPVC pipe Welding and Final Use
users who have not had a great deal of experience in the installation
of such buried pipe: LOOP
10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 100°
LENGTH
20 Feet 3” 4” 5” 5” 6” 6” 7” 7” 8” 8”
1 MAN Size Pipe 1-1/4" and under. Size Pipe 1-1/2" and 2" maxi- 50 Feet 7” 9” 11” 13” 14” 16” 17” 18” 19” 20”
mum 20' lengths. 100 Feet 13” 18” 22” 26” 29” 32” 35” 37” 40” 42”
2 MEN 1-1/2" and 2" where lengths are over 20' or atmospheric Snaking is particularly necessary on the lengths that have been
temperature is over 90°F. 2-1/2" and 3" pipe in maximum solvent welded during the late afternoon of a hot summer's day,
lengths of 20'. because their drying time will extend through the cool of the night
when thermal contraction of the pipe could stress the joints to the
point of pull out. This snaking is also especially necessary with pipe
3 MEN* 2-1/2" and 3" pipe where lengths are over 20' or atmos- that is layed in its trench (necessitating wider trenches than recom-
pheric temperature is over 90°F. 4" through 8" size pipe. mended) and if back-filled with cool earth before the joints are thor-
oughly dry.
4 MEN** 6- and 8" size pipe where atmospheric temperature is over
90°F. BENDING OF PLASTIC PIPE
Whenever a change of direction is required in a pipeline, it is best

**Two men do the priming and solvent welding while the third man is accomplished using straight lengths of pipe and factory-made fittings.
positioned at the end of the pipe in order to assist in pushing it into its Bending of pipe leaves residual stresses and consequently bending is
fully bottomed position in the fitting socket. not recommended as a normal practice, particularly if the line is
intended to operate at or near maximum temperatures and/or pres-
**Two men do the priming and apply the cement to the pipe surface sure.
while a third man does the same to the fitting socket The fourth man
is positioned at the end of the pipe in order to assist in pushing it into
9 its fully bottomed position in the fitting socket.
If field bending is required to meet special conditions the following
techniques should be employed to give the best results.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
1. Heating Media: The heating media may be hot air in a circulat- TESTING
ing oven operating at approximately 360° F. The heating media
may also be radiant heat in which case the pipe must be rotat- See section titled "Solvent Welding Instructions for PVC and CPVC
ed to ensure uniform heating over the entire pipe surface in the Pressure Pipe Systems."
area of the bend or the pipe may be immersed in hot oil. An
open flame should never be used. Heating times will range from BACKFILLING
approximately one to five minutes or until it becomes soft and
pliable enough to bend, depending upon pipe size and type of
Ideally, backfilling should only be done early in the morning during
heat source.
hot weather when the line is fully contracted and there is no chance
of insufficiently dried joints being subject to contraction stresses.
2. To maintain the cross sectional area of the l.D. of the pipe in the
area of the bend it must be supported during the bending oper-
The pipe should be uniformly and continuously supported over its
ations.
entire length on firm, stable material. Blocking should not be used to
change pipe grade or to intermittently support pipe across excavated
There are three suggested methods for supporting the pipe.
sections.
a. The l.D. can be supported by filling with preheated sand and
plugging both ends.
Pipe is installed in a wide range of sub-soils. These soils should not
b. A heated reinforcing spring can be placed inside the pipe
only be stable but applied in such a manner so as to physically shield
after it has been heated to a soft, pliable condition. The spring
the pipe from damage. Attention should be given to local pipe laying
should be made with 3/32" diameter wire and the O.D. of the
experience which may indicate particular pipe bedding problems.
spring should be slightly less than the nominal l.D. of the pipe
to be bent. Springs can be custom made by any local spring
Backfill materials free of rocks with a particle size of 1/2" or less
manufacturer.
should be used to surround the pipe with 6" to 8" of cover. It should be
c. When the pipe becomes soft and pliable it can be placed in a
placed in layers. Each soil layer should be sufficiently compacted to
forming jig or form and bent as quickly as possible to prevent
uniformly develop lateral passive soil forces during the backfill opera-
weakening or deforming of the pipe.
tion. It may be advisable to have the pipe under pressure, 15 to 25 psi
during the backfilling.
3. The minimum radius to which a bend should be made, mea-
sured from the inner edge of the curve, should be 8 pipe diam-
Effects of ground freezing should be considered when pipe is
eters for 3/4" pipe size and below and 6 pipe diameters for larg-
installed at depths subject to frost penetration.
er pipe. The initial forming bend will have to be slightly greater to
allow for spring back.
Vibratory methods are preferred when compacting sand or gravels.
Best results are obtained when the soils are in a nearly saturated con-
4. The bend should be kept in the bent form until the pipe cools
dition. Where water flooding is used, the initial backfill should be suf-
and becomes rigid enough to be handled without deforming. It
ficient to insure complete coverage of the pipe. Additional material
should then be immediately immersed in water to complete the
should not be added until the water flooded backfill is firm enough to
cooling process. The sand or spring should not be removed until
walk on. Care should be taken to avoid floating the pipe.
final cooling is completed.
Sand and gravel containing a significant proportion of fine-grained
When plastic pipe is heated and then bent, it will shrink with the
material, such as silt and clay, should be compacted by hand or,
degree of shrinkage depending on the size of the pipe and the
preferably by mechanical tamper.
radius of the bend. Therefore, the pipe should be cut to lengths
slightly greater than the total length of the bend and the tan-
The remainder of the backfill should be placed and spread in
gents.
approximately uniform layers in such a manner to fill the trench com-
pletely so that there will be no unfilled spaces under or about rocks or
5. A straight section of at least two pipe diameters should be left at
lumps of earth in the backfill. Large or sharp rocks, frozen clods and
either side of the bend to insure a round, low stress section with
other debris greater than 3" in diameter should be removed. Rolling
which to make joints.
equipment or heavy tampers should only be used to consolidate the
final backfill.
6. Highly crystalline thermoplastics such as PVDF should never be
formed in this way due to the potential detrimental effect of the
Additional information on underground installation is given in ASTM
process on the molecular structure and properties of the
D2321 "Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer
material.
Pipe" and ASTM D2774 "Underground Installation of Thermoplastic
Pressure Piping."
The above discussion covers only the basics involved with bending
plastic pipe. Experience and some trial-and-error will be required to
develop an expertise in bending pipe. Contact FABCO with further CONNECTING PIPE SECTIONS
questions.
Sections of PVC or CPVC pipe that have been backfilled or plowed
CLEANING in during the heat of the day should be sufficiently overlapped to allow
for contraction and not joined up to one another or any stable con-
nection or fitting until the morning following their night of cooling and
Even though care should be exercised at all times to prevent the
thermal contraction. See the section "Expansion and Contraction of
entry of dirt, water and other foreign material into the PVC or CPVC
pipe and fittings, it is advisable that the pipeline be thoroughly cleaned
before working pressure is applied.
Plastic Pipe" for calculating anticipated contraction.
9
9-26
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U
Overview of an FRP Pipe Spooling Project
PIPE LOCATING CONCRETE ANCHORS
The location of all PVC and CPVC pipelines should be accurately Concrete anchors can be poured around PVC or CPVC pipe at
and precisely recorded. Conductive wire can be trenched or plowed in direction changes. If the purpose for anchoring is to restrain axial
with the pipe as an aid for future locating purposes. movement of the pipe, this can be done by solvent welding split col-
lars around the pipe O.D. to provide a shoulder against the concrete
BELOW GRADE VALVES, ANCHORS OR OTHER wall. Solvent welding surface between collar and pipe O.D. must dry
CONNECTIONS 48 hours prior to pouring of concrete.
As a rule of thumb in designing and installing a PVC or CPVC RISERS

underground piping system, it is pointed out that pipe made from
these materials is not designed to be used for any structural applica- Although PVC or CPVC pipe has excellent weathering resistance,
tions beyond withstanding normal soil loads and internal pressures up it should never be brought above grade under the following circum-
to its hydrostatic pressure rating. stances:
Anchors, valve boxes, etc. must be independently supported so as 1. If if is expected to provide structural strength, such as support-
to not introduce additional bending or sheer stress on the pipe. ing an above-grade metal valve. The metal valve should be
installed with an independent support.
ROADWAYS AND RAILROAD TRACKS
2. If it is subject to external damage. This could be remedied by
sleeving the pipe with an independently and rigidly supported
It is recommended that plastic pipe be run within a metal or con-
steel pipe.
crete casing when it is installed beneath surfaces that are subject to
heavyweight or constant traffic; such as roadways, railroad tracks, etc.
3. If it is subject to high temperature environments; i.e., summer
9 sun that could lower the pipe’s pressure rating below an accept-
able level. Such a situation might be remedied by insulating the
PVC or CPVC pipe.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PLASTIC MATERIALS
P
R
O C
D U
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THERMOPLASTICS AND

REINFORCED PLASTIC MATERIALS
ASTM TEST PROPERTIES MATERIAL

METHODS
PVC CPVC PVDF PP ECTFE FEP PFA FRP*
12454-B 23447-B
HLU FW**
GENERAL Specific Gravity
D-792 1.38 1.55 1.76 0.905 1.70 2.15 2.15 1.45 1.70
D-570 Water Absorption

% 24 Hrs. @ 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.02 - - - - -
73°F
MECHANICAL Tensile Strength
D-638 psi @ 73°F 7,940 8,400 6,000 5,000 7,000 3,200 3,200 15,000 40,000
D-638 Modulus of
Elasticity in 4.2 4.2 2.1 1.7 2.4 0.5 - 0.7 0.4 10 30
Tension psi @
73°F x 105
D-790 Flexural Strength
psi 14,500 15,600 9,700 7,000 6,400 2,600 2,600 25,000 60,000
D-256 Izod Impact

Strength @ 73°F 0.65 3.0 3.8 1.3 - - - 1.5 40
(Notched)
THERMAL Coefficient of
D-696 Thermal 3.0 3.8 7.9 5.0 3.6 5.5 7.8 1.7 0.6
Expansion
in/in/°F x 105
C-177 Thermal
Conductivity 1.2 0.95 0.79 1.2 0.97 1.73 1.31 0.8 1.0
BTU/HR/Sq.
Ft./°F in
D-648 Heat Distortion
Temp. °F @ 66 N/A 238 284 220 - - - - -
psi
D-648 Heat Distortion
Temp. °F @ 264 160 221 194 140 250 300 300 210-300 ***
psi
FLAMMABILITY Limiting Oxygen
D-2863 Index (%) 43 60 44 17 60 95 95 - -
E-84 Flame Spread

15-20 15 0 N/A - - - 15-350 ***
Underwriters Lab
Rating (Sub. 94) 94V-0 94V-0 94V-0 94HB 94V-0 94V-0 94V-0 - -
* FRP Properties presented herein represent average values as FRP is a custom designed system dependent on laminate construction
resin type and fabrication method.
** Values for Filament Wound laminates shown are in the fiber direction.
*** Depending on resin type and additives.
9
9-28
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
PRESSURE RATINGS OF Temperature Correction Factors

FABCO PRODUCTS
FACTORS
Operating
Pipe and Fittings Temperature
(°F)
In order to determine the pressure rating for a product system, first PVC CPVC PP PVDF
find the plastic material and schedule (wall thickness - see page 9-32
70 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
for additional information) of pipe and fittings in the heading of the
80 0.90 0.96 0.97 0.95
Maximum Nonshock Operating Pressure table below. Then, locate the 90 0.75 0.92 0.91 0.87
selected joining method in the subheading of the table and go down 100 0.62 0.85 0.85 0.80
the column to the value across from a particular pipe size, listed in the 110 0.50 0.77 0.80 0.75
far left column. This will be the maximum non-shock operating pres- 115 0.45 0.74 0.77 0.71
sure at 73°F for the defined product system. 120 0.40 0.70 0.75 0.68
125 0.35 0.66 0.71 0.66
130 0.30 0.62 0.68 0.62
140 0.22 0.55 0.65 0.58
Maximum Nonshock Operating Pressure 150 N.R. 0.47 0.57 0.52
(psi) at 73°F1 160 N.R. 0.40 0.50 0.49
170 N.R. 0.32 0.26 0.45
180 N.R. 0.25 * 0.42
Schedule
Schedule Schedule Schedule 200 N.R. 0.18 N.R. 0.36
40
80 80 80 210 N.R. 0.15 N.R. 0.33
PVC &
Nominal PVC & CPVC Polypropylene PVDF 240 N.R. N.R. N.R. 0.25
CPVC
Pipe
Size 280 N.R. N.R. N.R. 0.18
Thermo- Thermo-
Socket Socket Threaded Threaded3 Threaded
Seal Seal * Recommended for intermittent drainage pressure not exceeding 20 psi.
End End End End End
Joint Joint N.R. - Not Recommended
1/2 600 850 420 410 20 580 290
3/4 480 690 340 330 20 470 230
1 450 630 320 310 20 430 210 Valves, Flanges and Unions
1 1/4 370 520 260 260 20 - -
1 1/2 330 470 240 230 20 320 160 The maximum pressure rating for Fabco valves, flanges. and
2 280 400 200 200 20 270 140
unions, regardless of size, is 150 psi at 73°F. As with all other ther-
2 1/2 300 420 210 - - - -
3 260 370 190 190 20 260 N.R.
moplastic piping components, the maximum non-shock operating
4 220 320 160 160 20 220 N.R. pressure is related to temperature. Above 100°F refer to the chart
6 180 280 N.R. 140 N.R. 190 N.R. below.
8 160 2502 N.R. - - - -
10 140 230 N.R. - - - -
12 130 230 N.R. - - - -
Maximum Operating Pressure
(psi) vs. Temperature
1 For more severe service, an additional correction factor may be required.
2 8” CPVC Tee. 90° Ell and 45° Ell rated at 1/2 of value shown. Operating
3 Recommended for intermittent drainage pressure not exceeding 20 psi. Temperature PVC CPVC PP PVDF
N.R. - Not Recommended (°F)
100 150 150 150 150
As implied by the preceding, the pressure for all thermoplastic pip- 110 135 140 140 150
120 110 130 130 150
ing is a function of temperature. For pipe and fitting applications above
130 75 120 118 150
73°F, refer to the table at the top of the next column for the 140 50 110 105 150
Temperature Correction Factors. To determine the maximum non- 150 N.R. 100 93 140
shock pressure rating at an elevated temperature, simply multiply the 160 N.R. 90 80 133
base pressure rating obtained from the upper table by the correction 170 N.R. 80 70 125
factor from the upper table in the next column. Below 73°F the pres- 180 N.R. 70 50 115
sure rating will be the same as the base pressure in the table above. 190 N.R. 60 N.R. 106
200 N.R. 50 N.R. 97
250 N.R. N.R. N.R. 50
280 N.R. N.R. N.R. 25
N.R. - Not Recommended
Temperature Conversions
F = C x 1.8 + 32 C = (F-32) - 1.8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250
FAHRENHEIT
9 CELSIUS* -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
* Formerly known as Centigrade Plastic Piping is not recommended for air or compressed gas service.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
PRESSURE RATINGS OF FABCO PRESSURE LOSSES IN

PRODUCTS A PIPING SYSTEM
Fabco Products in Vacuum or Collapse Loading Piping Calculations
Situations
As a fluid flows through a piping system, it will experience a head
Thermoplastic pipe is often used in applications where the pressure loss depending on, among other factors, fluid velocity, pipe wall
on the outside of the pipe exceeds the pressure inside. Suction or vac- smoothness and internal pipe surface area. The Tables on pages
uum lines and buried pipe are examples of this type of service. 9-33 and 9-34 give Friction Loss and carrying capacity data for
Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 thermoplastic pipe based on the
Williams and Hazen formula where H is friction head
As a matter of practical application, gauges indicate the pressure
differential above or below atmospheric pressure. However, scientists
and engineers frequently express pressure on an absolute scale
where zero equals a theoretically perfect vacuum and standard
atmospheric pressure equals 14.6959 psia.
H = .2083
( ) ( )
100
C
1.852
x
q1.852
d4.8655
in feet of water/hundred feet of pipe, q is flow (in gpm), and d is inside

diameter of the pipe in inches. C is the surface roughness constant
When working with vacuum applications, the following conversion which is 150 for thermoplastic pipe.
factors may be useful in determining the level of vacuum between
absolute zero and standard atmospheric pressure: Fittings and valves, due to their more complex internal configura-
1 Standard Atmosphere = 14.6959 psia tions, are a significant factor in friction losses in a piping system. A
1 psig (gauge) = 6.8948 kPa (Kilopascal) common method of expressing the losses experienced in fittings in
= 27.6817 inches of Water relation to pipe is in equivalent pipe length. This is the length of pipe
= 2.036 Inches of Mercury required to give the same friction loss as the same size fitting. The
1 Inch = 25.4mm (Millimeter) Table at the bottom of page 9-34 is a tabulation of the equivalent pipe
length in feet for the various sizes of a number of common fittings. By
1 mm = 1000 Microns
using this table and the friction loss tables, the friction loss can be cal-
culated for any fluid velocity.
Solvent cemented or thermo-sealed joints are particularly recom-
mended for vacuum service. In PVC, CPVC, PP, or PVDF vacuum
For example, suppose we wanted to determine the pressure loss
systems, mechanical devices such as valves and transition joints at
across a 2" Schedule 40, 90° elbow, at 75 gpm. From the lower table
equipment will generally represent a greater intrusion problem than on page 9-34 we find the equivalent length of a 2", 90° elbow, to be
the thermoplastic piping system will. Experience indicates that PVC 5.5 feet of pipe. From the Table on page 9-33 the friction loss in 5.5
vacuum systems can be evacuated to pressures as low as 5 microns feet of 2" Schedule 40 pipe with 75 gpm flow would be
with continuous pumping. However, when the system is shut off, the
pressure will rise and stabilize around 10,000 microns or approxi- 5.5 x 8.94 = .49 ft. of head
mately 10 mm of Mercury at 73°F. 100
The following chart lists the allowable collapse loading for plastic which is the head loss across the 2", Schedule 40, 90° elbow. If it were
pipe at 73°F. It shows how much greater the external pressure may be a Schedule 80, 90° elbow we would use the upper Table on page
than the internal pressure. (Thus, a pipe with 100 psi internal pressure 9-34.
can withstand 100 psi more external pressure than a pipe with zero
psi internal pressure.) For temperatures other than 73°F, multiply the 5.5 x 12.43 = .68 ft. of head
values in the chart by the correction factors listed in the temperature 100
correction table on the preceding page.
which is the head loss across the Schedule 80 2", 90° elbow.
Maximum Collapse Pressure Rating, psi @ 73°F
Valve Calculations
Pipe PVC PVC CPVC PP PVDF
Size Sch. 40 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 As an aid to system design, liquid sizing constants (Cv values) are
shown for Fabco valves where applicable. These values are defined
1/2 450 575 575 230 391
as the flow rate through the valve required to produce a pressure drop
3/4 285 499 499 200 339
1 245 469 469 188 319
of 1 psi.
1 1/4 160 340 340 136 -
1 1/2 120 270 270 108 183 To determine the pressure drop for a given condition the following for-
2 75 190 190 76 129 mula may be used:
2 1/2 100 220 220 - - Q2S.G.
3 70 155 155 62 105 ∆P =
4 45 115 115 46 78 Cv2
6 25 80 80 32 54 Where ∆P = Pressure drop across the valve in psi
8 16 50 50 - - Q = Flow through the valve in gpm
10 12 43 - - -
S.G. = Specific gravity of the liquid (Water = 1.0)
12 9 39 - - -
Cv = Flow coefficient
Note: The table also applies to a vacuum. The external pressure is generally atmospheric
pressure, or 0.0 psig, while the internal pressure is normally identified as a vacuum or nega-
tive gauge pressure. However, this negative value will never exceed -14.7 psig. Therefore, if
the allowable pressure listed in the table above (after temperature correction) is greater than
See the solution of an example problem at the top of the next page.
For Cv values for specific valves, refer to the product description page
9
the difference for internal-to-external pressure, the plastic system is viable. in the Fabco Thermoplastic Valve Guide.
9-30
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
EXAMPLE:
Find the pressure drop across a 1 1/2" PVC ball check valve with a 3. If possible, when starting a pump, partially close the valve in the
water flow rate of 50 gpm. discharge line to minimize the volume of liquid which is rapidly
accelerating through the system. Once the pump is up to speed
The Cv is 56, as shown in the Fabco Thermoplastic Valve Guide. and the line completely full, the valve may be opened.
(50)2 x 10
∆ = 4. A check valve installed near a pump in the discharge line will
562 keep the line full and help prevent excessive hydraulic shock
2 during pump start-up.
∆ =
( )
50
56 A formula which closely predicts hydraulic shock effects is,
∆ = .797 psi
HYDRAULIC SHOCK
p = v
( SG - 1
2
C+C
)
Hydraulic shock is the term used to describe the momentary pres-
sure rise in a piping system which results when the liquid is started or Where, p = maximum surge pressure, psi
stopped quickly. This pressure rise is caused by the momentum of the v = fluid velocity in feet per second (see Table on
fluid; therefore, the pressure rise increases with the velocity of the liq- pages 9-33 and 9-34 for flow/velocity conversion).
uid, the length of the system from the fluid source, or with an increase C = surge wave constant for water at 73°F
in the speed with which it is started or stopped. Examples of situations *SG = specific gravity of liquid
where hydraulic shock can occur are valves which are opened or
closed quickly or pumps which start with an empty discharge line. *if SG is 1, then p = vC
Hydraulic shock can even occur if a high speed wall of liquid (as from
a starting pump) hits a sudden change of direction in the piping, such EXAMPLE 1:
as an elbow. A 2" PVC Schedule 80 pipe carries a fluid with a specific gravity of
1.2 at a rate of 30 gpm and at a line pressure of 160 psi. What would
The pressure rise created by the hydraulic shock effect is added to the surge pressure be if a valve were suddenly closed?
whatever fluid pressure exists in the piping system and, although only
momentary, this shock load can be enough to burst pipe and break fit- From table below: From upper table on page 9-34
tings or valves. C = 24.2 V = 3.35
( )
Proper design when laying out a piping system will eliminate the
possibility of hydraulic shock damage. p = 3.35 (1.2 - 1) 24.2 + 24.2
2
The following suggestions will help in avoiding problems:
p = (3.35) (26.6) = 90 psi
1. In a plastic piping system, a fluid velocity not exceeding 5 ft./sec.
will minimize hydraulic shock effects, even with quickly closing Total line pressure = 90 + 160 = 250 psi
valves, such as solenoid valves. (Flow is normally expressed in
GALLONS PER MINUTE— GPM. To determine the fluid veloci- Schedule 80 2" PVC from the chart on page 9-29 has a pressure
ty in any segment of piping the following formula may be used:) rating of 400 psi at room temperature. Therefore, 2" Schedule 80 PVC
pipe is acceptable for this application.
.4085 GPM
v =
Di2
Where, v = fluid velocity in feet per second SURGE WAVE CONSTANT (C)
Di = inside diameter
GPM = rate of flow in gallons per minute Polypro-
PVC CPVC PVDF
pylene
See the Flow Capacity Tables on pages 9-33 and 9-34 for the fluid Pipe Sch. 40 Sch. 80 Sch. 40 Sch. 80 Sch. 80 Sch. 80
velocities resulting from specific flow rates in Schedule 40 and 80
1/4 31.3 34.7 33.2 37.3 - -
pipes. The upper threshold rate of flow for any pipe may be deter-
3/8 29.3 32.7 31.0 34.7 - -
mined by substituting 5 ft./ sec. fluid velocity in the above formula and
1/2 28.7 31.7 30.3 33.7 25.9 28.3
solving for GPM. 3/4 26.3 29.8 27.8 31.6 23.1 25.2
1 25.7 29.2 27.0 30.7 21.7 24.0
Upper Threshold Rate of Flow (GPM) = 12.24 Di2 1 1/4 23.2 27.0 24.5 28.6 19.8 -
1 1/2 22.0 25.8 23.2 27.3 18.8 20.6
See the Pipe Reference Tables on 9-32 for the Upper Threshold Flow 2 20.2 24.2 21.3 25.3 17.3 19.0
Rate in specific sizes of Schedule 40 and 80 pipes. 2 1/2 21.1 24.7 22.2 26.0 - -
3 19.5 23.2 20.6 24.5 16.6 18.3
2. Using actuated valves which have a specific closing time will 4 17.8 21.8 18.8 22.9 15.4 17.0
eliminate the possibility of someone inadvertently slamming a 6 15.7 20.2 16.8 21.3 14.2 15.8
9
8 14.8 18.8 15.8 19.8 - -
valve open or closed too quickly. With air-to-air and air-to-spring
10 14.0 18.3 15.1 19.3 - -
actuators, it may be necessary to place a valve in the air line to
12 13.7 18.0 14.7 19.2 - -
slow down the valve operation cycle. 14 13.4 17.9 14.4 19.2 - -
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
SCHEDULE 80
PIPE1
(20 ft. lengths)
WALL THICKNESS THRESHOLD2
NOMINAL APPROXIMATE WEIGHT PER 100 FT. NOM. OUTSIDE NOM. INSIDE CROSSECTIONAL INTERNAL
(IN.) FLOW
PIPE DIAMETER DIAMETER AREA AREA
SIZE PVC CPVC POLYPROPYLENE PVDF (IN.) (IN.) NOM. MIN. (SQ. IN) (SQ. IN.) (GPM)
1/4 10.1 11.9 - - .540 .282 .129 .119 .167 .062 .97
1/2 20.5 24.3 14.0 24.4 .840 .526 .157 .147 .337 .217 3.39
3/4 27.8 32.9 18.9 33.0 1.050 .722 .164 .154 .457 .409 6.38
1 40.4 48.5 27.1 48.7 1.315 .936 .1895 .179 .670 .688 10.72
1 1/4 56.7 66.9 37.9 - 1.660 1.255 .2025 .191 .927 1.237 19.28
1 1/2 68.9 81.1 44.8 81.4 1.900 1.476 .212 .200 1.124 1.711 26.67
2 94.9 108.5 62.3 112.6 2.375 1.913 .231 .218 1.556 2.874 44.79
2 1/2 144.9 165.4 - - 2.875 2.290 .2925 .276 2.373 4.119 64.19
3 193.8 221.3 126.6 256.4 3.500 2.864 .318 .300 3.179 6.442 100.40
4 283.3 323.4 185.2 357.0 4.500 3.786 .357 .337 4.647 11.258 175.45
6 541.1 616.8 359.9 714.3 6.625 5.709 .458 .432 8.873 25.598 398.93
8 821.9 905.8 - - 8.625 7.565 .530 .500 13.479 44.948 700.48
10 1227.70 - - - 10.750 9.493 .6285 .593 19.985 70.778 1103.03
12 1710.40 - - - 12.750 11.294 .728 .687 27.495 100.181 1561.26
1 Dimensions shown are listed in ASTM D-1785 and F-441 for PVC and CPVC Schedule 80 Plastic Pipe, respectively.
2 Upper Threshold Rate of Flow 5 ft./sec. fluid velocity.
FITTINGS1
Reduced
Size
SOLVENT FEMALE MALE

MALE END WALL
SOCKET THREADS THREADS
(SPG) THICKNESS
(S) (FPT) (MPT)
SIZE IPS DIA A3 B3 C4 MIN Y2 M5 MIN Z2 X CM4 MIN F4 MIN E4 MIN
1/4 .540 .552 .536 .625 .339 .840 .339 .540 .625 .149 .119
1/2 .840 .848 .836 .875 .463 1.280 .463 .840 .875 .185 .147
3/4 1.050 1.058 1.046 1.000 .482 1.500 .482 1.050 1.000 .195 .154
1 1.315 1.325 1.310 1.125 .574 1.810 .574 1.315 1.125 .225 .179
1 1/4 1.660 1.670 1.655 1.250 .594 2.200 .594 1.660 1.250 .240 .191
1 1/2 1.900 1.912 1.894 1.375 .594 2.500 .594 1.900 1.375 .250 .200
2 2.375 2.387 2.369 1.500 .610 3.000 .610 2.375 1.500 .275 .218
2 1/2 2.875 2.889 2.868 1.750 .932 3.560 .932 2.875 1.750 .345 .276
3 3.500 3.516 3.492 1.875 1.016 4.300 1.016 3.500 1.875 .375 .300
4 4.500 4.518 4.491 2.250 1.094 5.430 1.094 4.500 2.250 .420 .337
6 6.625 6.647 6.614 3.000 - - - 6.625 3.000 .540 .432
8 8.625 8.655 8.610 4.000 - - - 8.625 4.000 .625 .500
1 With exception of thread lengths, dimensions shown are listed in ASTM D-2467 and F-439 for PVC and CPVC Socket-Type Schedule 80 Fittings respectively.
2 Dimensions shown are typical male component engagement, handtight (see L1 in ANSI B1.20.1 Thread Spec. below) plus 1 1/2 turns tightening plus 1/2 turn allowance for relief at
female entrance.
3 Dimensions shown are not applicable for polypropylene or PVDF. Socket diameters in these materials are designed for Fabco thermo-seal socket fusion joining.
4 Fabco fittings may exceed certain minimum ASTM dimensional requirements shown in order to insure functional satisfaction.
5 Dimensions are listed in ASTM D-2464 and F-437 for PVC and CPVC Threaded Schedule 80 Fittings, respectively.
Butterfly Valves and PVC Lined FRP Piping for a Waste Water Treatment Plant
9
9-32
9
9-33
Gals. Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction
per (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss
Minute Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI)
1/4" Pipe
1/2 1.73 4.90 2.12 1/2" Pipe 3/4" Pipe
3/4 2.59 10.38 4.50
1 3.45 17.68 7.66 1.13 1.16 .50 1.26 1.03 .45 1” Pipe 1 1/4" Pipe
2 6.90 63.82 27.66 2.25 4.19 1.82 3.16 5.60 2.43 1 1/2” Pipe
5 17.26 348.29 150.93 5.64 22.88 9.92 4.42 10.44 4.52 1.93 1.69 .73 1.10 .43 .19
7 7.89 42.66 18.49 6.32 20.21 8.76 2.70 3.14 1.36 1.55 .81 .35 1.13 .38 .16 2" Pipe 2 1/2" Pipe
10 11.27 82.59 35.79 9.48 42.82 18.56 3.86 6.08 2.63 2.21 1.57 .68 1.62 .73 .32
15 3" Pipe 16.91 175.01 75.84 12.64 72.95 31.61 5.79 12.89 5.59 3.31 3.32 1.44 2.42 1.55 .67 1.46 .45 .20 1.02 .19 .08
20 15.80 110.29 47.80 7.72 21.96 9.52 4.42 5.65 2.45 3.23 2.64 1.14 1.95 .77 .33 1.37 .33 .14
25 1.10 .17 .07 9.64 33.20 14.39 5.52 8.55 3.71 4.04 4.00 1.73 2.44 1.17 .51 1.71 .49 .21
30 1.32 .24 .10 4" Pipe 11.57 46.54 20.17 6.63 11.98 .59 4.85 5.60 2.43 2.92 1.64 .71 2.05 .69 .30
35 1.54 .32 .14 13.50 61.91 26.83 7.73 15.94 6.91 5.65 7.45 3.23 3.41 2.18 .94 2.39 .92 .40
40 1.77 .41 .18 1.02 .11 .05 15.43 790.28 34.36 8.83 20.41 8.84 6.46 9.54 4.13 .90 2.79 1.21 2.73 1.18 .51
45 1.99 .51 .22 1.15 .13 .06 9.94 25.39 11.00 7.27 11.87 5.14 4.39 3.47 1.50 3.07 1.46 .63
50 2.21 .61 .26 1.28 .16 .07 11.04 3.86 13.37 8.08 14.43 6.25 4.87 4.21 1.83 3.43 1.78 .77
60 2.65 .86 .37 1.53 .23 .10 13.25 43.25 18.74 9.69 20.22 8.76 5.85 5.92 2.57 4.10 2.49 1.08
70 3.09 1.15 .50 1.79 .30 .13 15.46 57.54 24.94 11.31 26.90 11.66 6.82 7.87 3.41 4.78 3.32 1.44
75 3.31 1.30 .56 1.92 .34 .15 6" Pipe 12.12 30.57 13.25 7.31 8.94 3.87 5.12 3.77 1.63
80 3.53 1.47 .64 2.04 .39 .17 12.93 34.45 14.93 7.80 10.08 4.37 5.47 4.25 1.84
90 3.97 1.82 .79 2.30 .48 .21 1.01 .07 .03 14.54 42.85 18.57 8.77 12.53 5.43 6.15 5.28 2.29
100 4.41 2.22 .96 2.56 .59 .26 1.12 .08 .03 16.16 52.08 22.57 9.75 15.23 6.60 6.83 6.42 2.78
125 5.52 3.35 1.45 3.19 .89 .39 1.40 .12 .05 8" Pipe 12.18 23.03 9.98 8.54 9.70 4.20
150 6.62 4.70 2.04 3.83 1.24 .54 1.68 .17 .07 14.62 32.28 13.99 10.25 13.60 5.89
175 7.72 6.25 2.71 4.47 1.65 .72 1.97 .22 .10 1.13 .06 .03 10" Pipe 17.06 42.95 18.61 11.96 18.09 7.84
200 8.83 8.00 3.47 5.11 2.12 .92 2.25 .29 .13 1.30 .08 .03 13.67 23.17 10.04
250 11.03 12.10 5.24 6.39 3.20 1.39 2.81 .43 .19 1.62 .11 .05 1.03 .04 .02 12" Pipe 17.08 35.03 15.18
300 13.24 16.96 7.35 7.67 4.49 1.95 3.37 .61 .26 1.94 .16 .07 1.23 .05 .02
350 15.45 22.56 9.78 8.94 5.97 2.59 3.93 .81 .35 2.27 .21 .09 1.44 .07 1.01 .03 .01
ENGINEERING DATA
400 10.22 7.64 3.31 4.49 1.03 .45 2.59 .27 .12 1.64 .09 .04 1.16 .04 .02
450 11.50 9.51 4.12 5.05 1.29 .56 2.91 .34 .15 1.85 .11 .05 1.30 .05 .02
500 12.78 11.56 5.01 5.61 1.56 .68 3.24 .41 .18

750 19.17 24.49 10.61 8.42 3.31 1.43 4.86 .87 .38 3.08 .29 .13 2.17 .12 .05
1000 11.23 5.64 2.44 6.48 1.48 .64 4.10 .49 .21 2.89 .21 .09
1250 14.04 8.53 3.70 8.09 2.24 .97 5.13 .74 .32 3.61 .31 .13
1500 16.84 11.96 5.18 9.71 3.13 1.36 6.16 1.03 .45 4.33 .44 .19
2000 12.95 5.34 2.31 8.21 1.76 .76 5.78 .75 .33
2500 16.19 8.07 3.50 10.26 2.66 1.15 7.22 1.13 .49
3000 12.31 3.73 1.62 8.67 1.58 .65
3500 14.36 4.96 2.15 10.11 2.11 .92
4000 16.42 6.36 2.87 11.56 2.71 1.17
FLOW CAPACITY AND FRICTION LOSS FOR SCHEDULE 40 THERMOPLASTIC PIPE PER 100 FT.
P
R •
F
O
A
D U
B C O
•
T S
P
R •
F
O
A
D U
Gals. Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction Velocity Friction Friction
B C O
C
per (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss (Feet Per Head Loss T S
•
Minute Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI) Second) (Feet) (PSI)
1/4" Pipe
1/4 1.28 3.57 1.55 1/2" Pipe
1/2 2.57 12.88 5.58 3/4" Pipe
3/4 3.85 27.29 11.83 1.11 1.31 .57 1" Pipe
1 5.14 46.49 20.15 1.40 2.24 .97 .78 .48 .21 1 1/4" Pipe
3 15.41 355.60 154.20 4.43 17.13 7.43 2.35 3.65 1.59 1.40 1.04 .45 1 1/2" Pipe
5 7.38 44.12 19.12 3.92 9.45 4.10 2.33 2.67 1.16 1.30 .64 .28 2" Pipe
7 10.33 82.27 35.65 5.48 17.62 7.64 3.26 4.98 2.16 1.82 1.20 .52 1.31 .54 .23 2 1/2" Pipe
10 3" Pipe 14.76 159.26 69.02 7.84 34.11 14.78 4.66 9.65 4.18 2.59 2.32 1.01 1.87 1.05 .46 1.12 .30 .13
15 11.75 72.27 31.32 6.99 20.44 8.86 3.89 4.91 2.13 2.81 2.23 .97 1.67 .63 .27 1.17 .26 .11
20 1.00 .15 .07 15.67 123.13 53.36 9.32 34.82 15.09 5.19 8.36 3.62 3.75 3.80 1.65 2.23 1.07 .46 1.56 .45 .20
25 1.24 .23 .10 4" Pipe 11.66 52.64 22.81 6.48 12.64 5.48 4.69 5.74 2.49 2.79 1.63 .71 1.92 .68 .29
30 1.49 .32 .14 13.99 73.78 31.97 7.78 17.71 7.67 5.62 8.04 3.48 3.35 2.28 .99 2.34 .95 .41
35 1.74 .43 .19 1.00 .11 .05 16.32 98.16 42.54 9.08 25.36 10.21 6.56 10.79 4.64 3.91 3.03 1.31 2.73 1.26 .55
40 1.99 .54 .23 1.14 .14 .06 10.37 30.17 13.07 7.50 13.71 5.94 4.46 3.88 1.68 3.12 1.62 .70
45 2.24 .68 .29 1.28 .17 .07 11.67 37.53 16.26 8.44 17.05 7.39 5.02 4.83 2.09 3.50 2.01 .87
50 2.49 .82 .36 1.42 .21 .09 12.97 45.62 19.77 9.37 20.72 8.98 5.58 5.87 2.54 3.89 2.45 1.06
60 2.99 1.15 .50 1.71 .30 .13 15.56 63.94 27.71 11.25 29.04 12.58 6.70 8.22 3.56 4.67 3.43 1.49
70 3.49 1.54 .67 1.99 .39 .17 6" Pipe 13.12 38.64 16.74 7.81 10.94 4.74 5.45 4.56 1.98
75 3.73 1.74 .75 2.14 .45 .20 14.06 43.90 19.02 8.37 12.43 5.39 5.84 54.18 2.24
80 3.98 1.97 .85 2.28 .51 .22 1.00 .07 .03 15.00 49.48 21.44 8.93 14.01 6.07 6.23 5.84 2.53
90 4.48 2.45 1.06 2.56 .63 .27 1.13 .09 .04 16.87 61.54 26.67 10.05 17.42 7.55 7.01 7.26 3.15
100 4.98 2.97 1.29 2.85 .76 .33 1.25 .10 .04 8" Pipe 11.16 21.18 9.18 7.79 8.83 3.83
125 6.22 4.49 1.95 3.56 1.16 .50 1.57 .16 .07 13.95 32.02 13.88 9.74 13.34 5.78
150 7.47 6.30 2.73 4.27 1.62 .70 1.88 .22 .10 1.07 .06 .03 16.74 44.88 19.45 11.68 18.70 8.10
175 8.71 8.38 3.63 4.99 2.16 .94 2.19 .29 .13 1.25 .07 .03 10" Pipe 13.63 24.88 10.78
200 9.96 10.73 4.65 5.70 2.76 1.20 2.51 .37 .16 1.43 .10 .04 15.58 31.86 13.81
250 12.45 16.22 7.03 7.12 4.17 1.81 3.13 .57 .25 1.78 .14 .06 1.13 .05 .02 12" Pipe
300 12.45 22.74 9.85 8.55 5.85 2.54 3.76 .79 .34 2.14 .20 .09 1.36 .07 .03
350 17.13 30.25 13.11 9.97 7.78 3.37 4.39 1.05 .46 2.50 .27 .12 1.59 .09 .04 1.12 .04 .02
400 11.40 9.96 4.32 5.01 1.35 .59 2.85 .34 .15 1.81 .11 .05 1.28 .05 .02
450 12.82 12.39 5.37 5.64 1.68 .73 3.21 .43 .19 2.04 .14 .06 1.44 .06 .03
500 14.25 15.06 6.53 6.26 2.04 .88 3.57 .52 .23 2.27 .17 .07 1.60 .07 .03
750 21.37 31.92 13.83 9.40 4.33 1.88 5.35 1.10 .48 3.40 .36 .16 2.40 .16 .07
1000 12.53 7.37 3.19 7.14 1.87 .81 4.53 .62 .27 3.20 .27 .12
1250 15.67 11.14 4.83 8.92 2.83 1.23 5.67 .94 .41 4.00 .40 .17
1500 10.71 3.97 1.72 6.80 1.32 .57 4.81 .57 .25
2000 14.27 6.76 2.93 9.07 2.24 .97 6.41 .96 .42
ENGINEERING DATA
2500 17.84 10.23 4.43 11.33 3.39 .47 8.01 1.46 .63
3000 13.60 4.75 2.06 9.45 1.96 .85
3500 15.86 6.32 2.74 11.03 2.61 1.13

4000 12.60 3.34 1.45
FRICTION LOSS IN FITTINGS - Equivalent Length of Pipe, Feet
SIZE FITTING
TYPE FITTING 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12"
90 Standard Elbow 0.9 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.5 4.0 5.5 6.2 7.7 10.1 15.2 20.0 25.1 29.8
FLOW CAPACITY AND FRICTION LOSS FOR SCHEDULE 80 THERMOPLASTIC PIPE PER 100 FT.
45 Standard Elbow 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.1 2.8 3.3 4.1 5.4 8.1 10.6 13.4 15.9
90 Long Radius Elbow 0.6 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.3 2.7 4.3 5.1 6.3 8.3 12.5 16.5 20.7 24.7
90 Street Elbow 1.5 2.6 3.4 4.4 5.8 6.7 8.6 10.3 12.8 16.8 25.3 33.3 41.8 49.7
45 Street Elbow 0.8 1.3 1.8 2.3 3.0 3.5 4.5 5.4 6.6 8.7 13.1 17.3 21.7 25.9
Square Corner Elbow 1.7 3.0 3.9 5.0 6.5 7.6 9.8 11.7 14.6 19.1 28.8 37.9 47.6 56.7
Standard With Flow Through Run 0.6 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.3 2.7 4.3 5.1 6.3 8.3 12.5 16.5 20.7 24.7
Tee With Flow Through Branch 1.8 4.0 5.1 6.0 6.9 8.1 12.0 14.3 16.3 22.1 32.2 39.9 50.1 59.7
9-34
9
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF St = EC (T1-T2)
PLASTIC PIPE St = Stress (psi)

E = Modulus of Elasticity (psi) (See table below for specific
Calculating Dimensional Change values at various temperatures)
C = Coefficient of Expansion (in/in/°F x 10-5) (see physical
Plastics, like other piping materials, undergo dimensional changes property chart on page 5 for values)
as a result of temperature variations above and below the installation (T1-T2) = Temperature change (°F) between the installation tem-
temperature. The extent of expansion or contraction is dependent
perature and the maximum or minimum system tem-
upon the piping material of construction and its coefficient of linear
perature, whichever provides the greatest differential.
expansion which, for convenience, is listed below for several materi-
als in units of inches of expansion per 10°F temperature change per
100 feet of pipe. It is also listed in the more conventional form of inch- Temperature Vs. Modulus (x 105) psi
73°F 90°F 100°F 140°F 180°F 210°F 250°F
es of expansion per °F temperature change per inch of length.
PVC 4.20 3.75 3.60 2.70 N/A N/A N/A
CPVC 4.23 4.00 3.85 3.25 2.69 2.20 N/A
Expansion Coefficient PP 1.79 1.25 1.15 .72 .50 N/A N/A
Material C - in/in/°F x 10-5 Y - in/10°F/100 ft. PVDF 2.19 1.88 1.74 1.32 1.12 .81 .59
PVC 3.0 .360 N/A - Not Appicable
CPVC 3.8 .456
PP 5.0 .600 The magnitude of the resulting longitudinal force can be deter-
PVDF 7.9 .948
mined by multiplying the thermally induced stress by the cross sec-
tional area of the plastic pipe.
The degree of thermal expansion or contraction is also dependent
upon the system temperature differential as well as the length of pipe F = St x A
run between changes in direction and it can be calculated using the
following formula.
F = FORCE (Ibs)
St = STRESS (psi)
∆L = Y(T1-T2) x L
A = CROSS SECTIONAL AREA (in2)
10 100
∆L = Dimensional change due to thermal expansion or EXAMPLE 2
contraction (in.)
Y = Expansion coefficient (See Table above) What would be the amount of force developed in 2" Schedule 80
(in/10°/100 ft.) PVC pipe with the pipe rigidly held and restricted at both ends?
(T1-T2) = Temperature differential between the installation tem- Assume the temperature extremes are from 70°F to 100°F.
perature and the maximum or minimum system tem-
perature, whichever provides the greatest differential St = EC (T1-T2)
(°F). St = EC (100-70)
L = Length of pipe run between changes in direction (ft.) St = (3.60 x 105) x (3.0 x 10-5) (30)
St = 324 psi
EXAMPLE 1
How much expansion can be expected in a 200 foot straight run of Converting the resultant longitudinal pipe stress to force:
3 inch PVC pipe that will be installed at 75°F when the piping system
will be operated at a maximum of 120°F and a minimum of 40°F? 2” Schedule 80 PVC Pipe has (see page 9-32):
∆L = (120-75) x 200 = .360 x 4.50 x 2.0 = 3.24 inches OD = 2.375”

10 100
ID = 1.913”
Calculating Stress Cross sectional area (A) =
If movement resulting from thermal changes is restricted by the pip-

ing support system or the equipment to which it is attached, the resul-
tant forces may damage the attached equipment or the pipe itself.
Therefore, pipes should always be anchored independently at those
attachments. If the piping system is rigidly held or restricted at both
( ( ) ( ))
OD
2
2
ID
2
2
x 3.14 = 1.56 in.2
ends when no compensation has been made for thermally induced

F = St x A
growth or shrinkage of the pipe, the resultant stress can be calculat-
ed with the following formula.
F = 324 x 1.56
9 F = 504 lbs.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
Flexibility Design
Stresses and forces which result from thermal expansion and con-
traction can be reduced or eliminated by providing for flexibility in the
piping system through frequent changes in direction or introduction of
loops as graphically depicted on this page.
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
An expansion loop (which is fabricated with 90° elbows and straight

Normally, piping systems are designed with sufficient directional pipe as depicted in Fig. 2) is simply a double offset designed into an
changes, which provide inherent flexibility, to compensate for expan- otherwise straight run of pipe. The length for each of the two loop legs
sion and contraction. To determine if adequate flexibility exists in leg (R'), required to accommodate the expected expansion and contrac-
(R) (see Fig. 1) to accommodate the expected expansion and con- tion in the pipe run (L), may be determined by modification of the SIN-
traction in the adjacent leg (L) use the following formula: GLE OFFSET FORMULA to produce a LOOP FORMULA, as shown
below:
where: R
R = 2.041 √ D ∆L SINGLE OFFSET FORMULA
= Length of opposite leg to be flexed (ft.)

R´ = 2.041
√ D (∆L2)
OR
D = Actual outside diameter of pipe (in.)
R´ = 1.443 √ D ∆L LOOP FORMULA
∆L = Dimensional change in adjacent leg due to thermal
expansion or contraction (in.)
EXAMPLE 4
Keep in mind the fact that both pipe legs will expand and contract. How long should the expansion loop legs be in order to compensate
Therefore, the shortest leg must be selected for the adequacy test for the expansion in Example 1 from the previous page?
when analyzing inherent flexibility in naturally occurring offsets.
R´ = 1.443 √ 3.500 X 3.24
EXAMPLE 3
What would the minimum length of a right angle leg need to be in R´ = 1.433 √ 11.34
order to compensate for the expansion if it were located at the unan-
R´ = 4.86 ft.
chored end of the 200 ft. run of pipe in Example 1 from the previous
page?
R = 2.041 √ 3.500 x 3.24 = 6.87 ft.
PIPE SUPPORT SPACING
Flexibility must be designed into a piping system, through the intro-
duction of flexural offsets, in the following situations:
Correct supporting of a piping system is essential to prevent exces-
1. Where straight runs of pipe are long.
sive bending stresses and to limit pipe "sag" to an acceptable limit.
2. Where the ends of a straight run are restricted from movement.
Horizontal pipe should be supported on uniform centers which are
3. Where the system is restrained at branches and/or turns.
determined by pipe size, schedule, temperature, loading, and materi-
Several examples of methods for providing flexibility in these sit-
al.
uations are graphically presented below. In each case, rigid sup-
ports or restraints should not be placed on a flexible leg of an
Point support must not be used for thermoplastic piping and in gen-
expansion loop, offset or bend.
eral, the wider the bearing surface of the support the better. Supports
should not be clamped in such a way that will restrain the axial move-
ment of pipe that will normally occur due to thermal expansion and
contraction. Concentrated loads in a piping system, such as valves
must be separately supported .
The graphs on the next page give recommended support spacing

for Chemtrol thermoplastic piping materials at various temperatures.
Fig. 3
The data is based on fluids with a specific gravity of 1.0 and per-
Fig. 4 mits a sag of 0.1 " between supports. For heavier fluids the support
spacing from the graphs should be multiplied by the correction factor
in the Table on the next page.
Fig. 5
9
9-36
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
ENGINEERING DATA
R
O C
D U
PIPE SUPPORT SPACING

CPVC SCHEDULE 80
220°
Specific Gravity
200°
Temperature °F
1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.5 180°
1.0 .98 .96 .93 .90 .85 .80 160°

140°
Correction Factor 120°
100°
The above data is for uninsulated lines. For insulated lines reduce 80°
spans to 70% of graph values. For spans of less than 2 feet contin- 60° 1/4 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 9
uous support should be used. 2 4 6 8 10 12
Support Spacing (Feet)
PVC SCHEDULE 40
140°
POLYPROPYLENE SCHEDULE 80
Temperature °F
120° 180°
160°
Temperature °F
100°
140°
80° 120°
100°
60° 1/4 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12
80°
2 4 6 8 10 12
Support Spacing (Feet) 60° 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3 4 6
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PVC SCHEDULE 80
140°
PVDF (KYNAR)* SCHEDULE 80
Temperature °F
120°
180°
100°
160°
80°
Temperature °F
140°
60° 1/4 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 120°

2 4 6 8 10 12 14
100°
80°
60° 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2 3 4 6

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
PLASTIC PIPING STANDARDS

R
O C
D U
Many commercial, industrial and governmental standards or spec- ASTM Standard F-656
ifications are available to assist the design engineer in specifying plas- This standard covers the requirements for primers to be used for
tic piping systems. Standards most frequently referred to and most PVC solvent cemented joints of pipe and fittings.
commonly called out in plastic piping specifications are ASTM
Standards. These standards also often form the basis of other stan- ASTM Standard D-2855
dards in existence. Below is a list and description of those standards This standard describes the procedure for making joints with PVC
most typically applied to industrial plastic piping. pipe and fittings by means of solvent cementing.
ASTM Standard D-1784 The following are standards of other groups that are commonly
(American Society for Testing and Materials) encountered in industrial thermoplastic piping design.
This standard covers PVC and CPVC compounds used in the man-
ufacture of plastic pipe, valves, and fittings. It provides a means for ANSI B1.20.1 (was B2.1)
selecting and identifying compounds on the bases of a number of (American National Standards Institute)
physical and chemical criteria. Conformance to a particular material This specification details the dimensions and tolerance for tapered
classification in this standard requires meeting a number of minimum pipe threads. This standard is referenced in the ASTM standard for
physical and chemical properties. threaded fittings mentioned above.
ASTM Standards D-1785 and F-441 ANSI B16.5

These standards cover the specification and quality of Schedule This specification sets forth standards for bolt holes, bolt circle, and
40, 80 and 120 PVC (D-1785) and CPVC (F-441) pressure pipe. overall dimensions for steel 150# flanges.
Outlined in these standards are dimensional specifications, burst,
sustained and maximum operating pressure requirements and test NSF Standard 14
procedures for determining pipe quality with respect to workmanship (National Sanitation Foundation)
and materials. This standard provides specifications for toxilogical and organolep-
tic levels to determine the suitability of plastic piping for potable water
ASTM Standards D-2464 and F-437 use. It additionally requires adherence to appropriate ASTM
These standards cover PVC (D-2464) and CPVC (F-437) Schedule Standards and specifies minimum quality control programs. To meet
80 threaded pressure fittings. Thread dimensional specifications, wall this standard, a manufacturer must allow third party certification by
thickness, burst, material quality, and identification requirements are NSF of the requirements of this standard.
specified.
Technical assistance regarding standards, applications, product per-
ASTM Standard D-2466 formance, design, and installation tips are available from FABCO.
These standards cover Schedule 40 PVC (D-2466) threaded and
socket pressure fittings. Stipulated in the standard are thread and FABCO is also able to provide:
socket specifications, by lengths, wall thickness, burst material, quali- Material and Performance Certification Letters
ty and identification requirements. Returned Product Evaluation
Product, Installation, and Design Seminars
ASTM Standards D-2467 and F-439 Technical Reports on a variety of Subjects
Standards D-2467 (PVC) and F-439 (CPVC) cover the specification
of Schedule 80 socket type pressure fittings, including dimensions
and physical requirements.
ASTM Standard D-4101 (Formerly D-2146)

This standard covers the specifications for propylene (PP) plastic
injection and extrusion materials.
ASTM Standard D-3222

This standard covers the specifications for PVDF fluoroplastic
molding and extrusions materials.
ASTM Standard D-2657

This standard covers the procedures for heat-fusion bonding of
polyolefin materials.
ASTM Standards D-2564 and F-493

These standards set forth requirements for PVC (D-2564) and
CPVC (F-493) Solvent Cement including a resin material designation
and resin content quality standard. Also included in these standards
are test procedures for measuring the cement quality by means of
burst and lap shear tests.
Filtration Manifold installed at a Metal Finishing Plant

9
9-38
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE FOR VALVES & FITTINGS
R
O C
D U
INTRODUCTION
This chemical resistance guide has been compiled to assist the material can be selected.
piping system designer in selecting chemical resistant materials. The Thermoplastics and elastomers physical characteristics are more
information given is intended as a guide only. Many conditions can sensitive to temperature than metals. For this reason, a rating chart
affect the material choices. Careful consideration must be given to has been developed for each.
temperature, pressure and chemical concentrations before a final
MATERIAL RATING FOR THERMOPLASTICS & ELASTOMERS

Temp. in °F = "A" rating, maximum temperature which material is recommended, resistant under normal conditions.
B to Temp. in °F = Conditional resistance, consult factory.
C = Not recommended.
Blank = No data available.
MATERIAL RATINGS FOR METALS

A = Recommended, resistant under normal conditions.
B = Conditional, consult factory.
C = Not recommended.
Blank = No data available.
Temperature maximums for thermoplastics, elastomers and metals rosion is slow enough and the mass of the body large enough to be
should always fall within published temp/pressure ratings for individ- usable for a period of time. Such use should always be determined by
ual valves. THERMOPLASTICS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED FOR test before installation of the component in a piping system.
COMPRESSED AIR OR GAS SERVICE. In the selection of a butterfly valve for use with a particular chemi-
This guide considers the resistance of the total valve assembly as cal, the liner, disc, and stem must be resistant. All three materials
well as the resistance of individual trim and fitting materials. The rat- should carry a rating of "A". The body of a properly functioning but-
ing assigned to the valve body plus trim combinations is always that terfly valve is isolated from the chemicals being handled and need not
of the least resistant part. In the cases where the valve body is the carry the same rating.
least resistant, there may be conditions under which the rate of cor-
THERMOPLASTICS & ELASTOMERS

ABS — (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene) Class 4-2-2 conforming to tems. Polypropylene has also proved to be an excellent material for
ASTM D1788 is a time proven material. The smooth inner surface and laboratory and industrial drainage where mixtures of acids, bases, and
superior resistance to deposit formation makes ABS drain, waste, and solvents are involved. Polypropylene is joined by the thermo-seal
vent material ideal for residential and commercial sanitary systems. fusion process, threading or flanging. At 180°F., or when threaded, P.P.
The residential DWV system can be exposed in service to a wide tem- should be used for drainage only at a pressure not exceeding 20 psi.
perature span. ABS-DWV has proven satisfactory for use from -40°F
to 180°F These temperature variations can occur due to ambient tem- PVC — (Polyvinyl Chloride) Class 12454-B, formerly designated Type
perature or the discharge of hot liquids into the system. ABS-DWV is 1, Grade 1. PVC is the most frequently specified of all thermoplastic
very resistant to a wide variety of materials ranging from sewage to materials. It has been used successfully for over 30 years in such
commercial household chemical formulations. ABS-DWV is joined by areas as chemical processing, industrial plating, chilled water distrib-
solvent cementing or threading and can easily be connected to steel, ution, deionized water lines, chemical drainage, and irrigation sys-
copper, or cast iron through the use of transition fittings. tems. PVC is characterized by high physical properties and resistance
to corrosion and chemical attack by acids, alkalies, salt solutions, and
CPVC — (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) Class 23447-B, formerly many other chemicals. It is attacked, however, by polar solvents such
designated Type IV, Grade 1 conforming to ASTM D-1784 has physi- as ketones, some chlorinated hydrocarbons and aromatics. The max-
cal properties at 73°F similar to those of PVC, and its chemical resis- imum service temperature of PVC is 140°F. With a design stress of
tance is similar to or generally better than that of PVC. CPVC, with a 2000 psi, PVC has the highest long term hydrostatic strength at 73°F
design stress of 2000 psi and maximum service temperature of 210°F, of any of the major thermoplastics being used for piping systems. PVC
has proven to be an excellent material for hot corrosive liquids, hot is joined by solvent cementing, threading, or flanging.
and cold water distribution, and similar applications above the tem-
perature range of PVC. CPVC is joined by solvent cementing, thread- PVDF — KEM-TEMP (KYNAR®) (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) is a strong,
ing or flanging. tough and abrasion resistant fluorocarbon material. It resists distortion
and retains most of its strength to 280°F. It is chemically resistant to
P.P. (Polypropylene) — (PP) Type 1 Polypropylene is a polyolefin most acids, bases, and organic solvents and is ideally suited for han-
which is lightweight and generally high in chemical resistance. dling wet or dry chlorine, bromine and other halogens. No other solid
Although Type 1 polypropylene conforming to ASTM D-2146 is slightly thermoplastic piping components can approach the combination of
lower in physical properties compared to PVC, it is chemically resistant strength, chemical resistance and working temperatures of PVDF.
to organic solvents as well as acids and alkalies. Generally, polypropy- PVDF is joined by the thermo-seal fusion process, threading or flanging.
lene should not be used in contact with strong oxidizing acids, chlori-
nated hydrocarbons, and aromatics. With a design stress of 1000 psi EPDM — EPDM is a terpolymer elastomer made from ethylene-
9 at 73°F, polypropylene has gained wide acceptance where its resis-
tance to sulfur-bearing compounds is particularly useful in salt water
propylene diene monomer. EPDM has good abrasion and tear resis-
tance and offers excellent chemical resistance to a variety of acids
disposal lines, crude oil piping, and low pressure gas gathering sys- and alkalines. It is susceptible to attack by oils and is not recom-
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE FOR VALVES & FITTINGS

R
O C
D U
mended for applications involving petroleum oils, strong acids, or acrylonitrile and has a moderate temperature range of -20°F to 180°F.
strong alkalines. It has exceptionally good weather aging and ozone Nitrile has good solvent, oil, water, and hydraulic fluid resistance. It
resistance. It is fairly good with ketones and alcohols and has an displays good compression set, abrasion resistance and tensile
excellent temperature range from -20°F to 250°F. strength. Nitrile should not be used in highly polar solvents such as
acetone and methyl ethyl ketone, nor should it be used in chlorinated
HYPALON® (CSM) — Hypalon has very good resistance to oxidation, hydrocarbons, ozone or nitro hydrocarbons.
ozone, and good flame resistance. It is similar to neoprene except with
improved acid resistance where it will resist such oxidizing acids as FLUOROCARBON (FKM) (VITON®) (FLUOREL®) — Fluorocarbon
nitric, hydrofluoric, and sulfuric acid. Abrasion resistance of Hypalon elastomers are inherently compatible with a broad spectrum of chem-
is excellent, about the equivalent of the nitriles. Oil and solvent resis- icals. Because of this extensive chemical compatibility, which spans
tance is somewhat between that of neoprene and nitrile Salts have lit- considerable concentration and temperature ranges, fluorocarbon
tle if any effect on Hypalon. Hypalon is not recommended for exposure elastomers have gained wide acceptance as a material of construc-
to concentrated oxidizing acids, esters, ketones, chlorinated, aromat- tion for butterfly valve o-rings and seats. Fluorocarbon elastomers can
ic and nitro hydrocarbons. Hypalon has a normal temperature range be used in most applications involving mineral acids, salt solutions,
of -20°F to 200°F. chlorinated hydrocarbons, and petroleum oils. They are particularly
good in hydrocarbon service. Fluorocarbon elastomers have one of
NEOPRENE (CR) — Neoprenes were one of the first synthetic rub- the broadest temperature ranges of any of the elastomers, -20°F to
bers developed. Neoprene is an all purpose polymer with many desir- 300°F, however, are not suitable for steam service.
able characteristics and features high resiliency with low compression
set, flame resistance, and is animal and vegetable oil resistant. TEFLON® (PTFE) — Polytetrafluoroethylene has outstanding resis-
Neoprene is principally recommended for food and beverage service. tance to chemical attack by most chemicals and solvents. PTFE has
Generally, neoprene is not affected by moderate chemicals, fats, a temperature rating of -20°F to 400°F in valve applications. PTFE, a
greases, and many oils and solvents. Neoprene is attacked by strong self lubricating compound, is used as a seat material in ball valves.
oxidizing acids, most chlorinated solvents, esters, ketones, aromatic
hydrocarbons, and hydraulic fluids. Neoprene has a moderate tem-
VITON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company
perature range of -20°F to 160°F. TEFLON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company
HYPALON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company
NITRILE (NBR) — (BUNA-N) is a general purpose oil resistant poly- KYNAR is a registered trademark of the Pennwalt Company
mer known as nitrile rubber. Nitrile is a copolymer of butadiene and FLUOREL is a registered trademark of the 3M Company
Bluekor® Fittings - PP/FRP Construction Complete with Cleanout Nozzles
9
9-40
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART
R
O C
D U
PLASTICS AND ELASTOMERS

METALS
AT MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE (°F)
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
FORMULA
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Acetaldehyde
CH3CHO Conc. 120 C C 350 200 C C C C B C C C C C B B A B B A A A A A
Acetamide
CH3CONH2 73 75 350 200 C C C C B A A A A A A A A A A A A
Acetic Acid
CH3COOH 25% 73 180 140 200 350 140 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A
Acetic Acid
CH3COOH 60% 73 73 175 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A
Acetic Acid
CH3COOH 85% C 120 73 150 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A
Acetic Acid Glac-

CH3COOH C 120 73 120 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A B A A A
ial
Acetic Anhydride B to
(CH3CO)2O C C 350 C 70 200 C B C C C C C C C C C C C B B B B A
70
Acetone B to
CH3COCH3 C 73 C C 350 130 C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Acetophenone
C6H5COCH3 120 C 350 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Acetyl Chloride
CH3COCI C 125 200 C C C C 185 C A A A A A C C A C A A A A
Acetylene Gas
70 73 140 250 250 200 140 70 70 200 A C C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A
HC≡CH 100%
Acetylnitrile C C 150 C C 70 C A A A
Acrylic Acid
H2C:CHCOOH 97% C 150 200
Acrylonitrile
H2C:CHCN C C 73 350 C C 140 C C B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Adipic Acid B to B to
COOH(CH2)4COOH Sat'd 185 140 150 350 200 180 140 160 250 B A C C B C B A
200 200
Allyl Alcohol B to
CH2=CHCH2OH 96% 73 125 250 70 160 200 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Allyl Chloride
CH2CHCH2CI C 212 350 C C 70 C C
Aluminum Acetate B to
Al(C2H4O2)3 Sat'd 275 350 200 C C C C C C C A A B
70
Aluminum Ammonium
Sulfate (Alum) Sat'd 150 140 275 250 200 140 200 A B B B B B C B A A A
AINH4(SO4)212H2O
Aluminum Chloride
Aqueous AICI3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 250 210 70 200 160 250 A C C C C C C C C C C C A C A A
Aluminum Fluoride
Anhydrous AIF3 Sat'd 73 280 250 210 180 200 160 250 C C C C C C C C C C B C B A
Aluminum Hydroxide
AIO3•3H2O Sat'd 185 140 280 250 210 180 100 200 C C C C C B B C B B A A A B
Aluminum Nitrate
Al(NO3)3•9H2O Sat'd 185 180 140 280 250 210 180 100 100 100 C C C C C C C C C C C A A A C
Aluminum
140 275 C
Oxychloride
Aluminum Potassium
Sulfate (Alum) Sat'd 150 140 280 400 200 180 200 160 200 A B B B B B C B A A A
AIK(SO4)2•12H2O
Aluminum Sulfate
(Alum) Al2(SO4)3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 250 210 200 160 140 185 C C C C C C C C C C C B A
Ammonia Anhydrous
NH3 250 200 100 C C C C C C A A A A A A A
Ammonia Gas
NH3 100% 185 150 140 C 400 140 140 140 140 C B B B C A A A A A A A
Ammonia Liquid B to
NH3 100% 73 C C 400 210 70 70 C A C C C C C A A A A A A A
70
Ammonium Acetate
NH4(C2H3O2) Sat'd 73 140 175 400 140 140 140 C C C C B B
Ammonium Bifluoride B to
NH4HF2 Sat'd 185 140 150 400 200 180 200 C C C C C C C C B B B B
70
Ammonium Bisulfide
(NH4)HS 140 280 400 180
9 Ammonium Carbonate
CH2O3•2H3N Sat'd 180 140 280 400 210 140 140 250
B to B to
212 70
C C
A to
140
C B B B B B A
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Ammonium Chloride
NH4CI Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 250 B C C C C C C C C B C B B B
Ammonium
Dichromate 73 250 70 100 100 100
(NH4)2Cr2O7
Ammonium Fluoride
NH4F 10% 140 280 400 210 100 200 100 C C C C C C
Ammonium Flouride
NH4F 25% 73 280 400 140 C C C C C C
Ammonium Hydroxide B to
NH4OH 10% 185 180 140 225 400 210 200 70 70 B C C C C C B A A A B A
70
Ammonium Nitrate
NH4NO3 Sat'd 175 185 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 100 C C C C A A A A
Ammonium
Persulphate 73 150 140 73 200 210 70 70 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A C A
(NH4)2S2O8
Ammonium Phosphate
(Monobasic) All 140 280 400 210 100 140 140 185 B C C C C C B B C B A A A A B A
NH3H3PO4
Ammonium Sulfate
(NH4)2SO4 185 180 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 C C C C C C B B C B B B B B A B A
Ammonium Sulfide
(NH4)2S Dilute 125 350 210 140 200 160 A C C C C C C C C C B B B
Ammonium 50-
Thiocyanate NH4SCN 60% 140 275 70 70 70 185 B C C C C C C C C C A A A B A
Amyl Acetate B to
CH3COOC5H11 C C 125 100 C C C C A B B B B B B B A B A A A A A A A
70
Amyl Alcohol B to
C5H11OH 73 180 C 280 400 210 200 140 185 A A A A A B B B B A A A A A
140
n-Amyl Chloride
C5H11CI C 280 400 C C C C 200 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Aniline
C6H5NH2 C 180 C 120 200 140 C 70 C C C C C C C C B B C B B A A A A B A
Aniline Chlorohydrate C A
Aniline Hydrochloride
C6H5NH2•HCI Sat'd C C 75 C C 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C A
Anthraquinone
C14H8O2 140 200 C C C
Anthraquinone
Sulfonic Acid 140 200
C14H7O2•SO3H•3H2O
Antimony Trichloride
SbCl3 Sat'd 180 140 73 140 140 140 140 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A
Aqua Regia
(Nitrohydrochloric B to
73 C 73 200 C C C 100 C C C C C C C C C C B B B
Acid) CIHHNO3 70
Argon Ar Dry 350 200 100 200 A A A A A A A A A
Arsenic Acid
H3AsO4•1/2H2O 80% 185 140 280 400 185 160 200 180 200 C C C C C C C C C B A B A A A
Aryl Sulfonic Acid

C6H5SO3H 140 140 185
B to
Asphalt C C 250 350 C C C 180 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B A
70
Barium Carbonate
BaCO3 Sat'd 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 250 A A A A B B B B B A A A A A
Barium Chloride
BaCl2•2H2O Sat'd 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 300 A A A A A B B C B B B A A A
Barium Hydroxide
Ba(OH)2 Sat'd 140 280 400 200 180 200 140 300 C C C C B B C B A A A A A A
Barium Nitrate
Ba(NO3)2 Sat'd 73 275 250 200 180 200 160 300 C C C C A A A A A A
Barium Sulfate
BaSO4 Sat'd 185 140 280 400 200 100 200 160 300 B B B B B B A B A A A A A
Barium Sulfide
Sat'd 140 280 400 140 C 200 160 300 C C C C C B B C B A A A A A
BaS
Beer C 180 140 200 300 200 70 200 140 200 A A A A A A C C C C A A A A A 9

9-42
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Beet Sugar Liquors 180 140 225 210 100 200 160 185 A A B B B A A A A
Benzaldehyde
C6H5CHO 10% C 73 73 70 140 C C C C A A A A A C C B C A A A A B A
Benzene
C6H6 C C C C 170 250 C C C C 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Benzene Sulfonic Acid

C6H5SO3H 10% 180 140 125 C C 180 100 185 B B B B C C C C B B B A A
Benzoic Acid
C6H5COOH All 73 140 230 350 C C 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C A A A A A A
Benzyl Alcohol B to B to
C6H5CH2OH 150 C 250 C C 140 A A A A A B B B B A A A A A A
140 140
Bismuth Carbonate
(BiO)2CO3 140 70 100 70
Black Liquor Sat'd 185 140 175 225 180 180 70 70 200 C C C C B B B B B A B A B
5%
Bleach Active 180 120 140 280 200 140 C 185 C C C C C C C C B A B A A A
Cl2
12%
Bleach Active C 180 C 140 280 200 140 C 70 185 C C C C C C C C B A B A A A
Cl2
Blood 200 70 70 70 70 B B C C B A A A A A
Borax
Na2B4O7•10H2O Sat'd 180 140 280 210 140 200 140 185 A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A A
Boric Acid
H3BO3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 210 140 200 140 185 B B B B C C B C B A B A A A
Brake Fluid 300 140 C C B B B A B A A A A A
Brine Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 250 180 180 160 300 A A A C C C B C B A B A A A
Bromic Acid
HBrO3 185 140 200 70 70 C C C C C C
Bromine
Br2 Liquid C C C 150 C C 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A
Bromine
Br2 Vapor C C 140 150 C C 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A
Cold
Bromine Water C C 140 212 C C 70 C 185 C C C C C C C C C C
Sat'd
Bromotoluene
C7H7Br C 150 C 150
Bromotoluene
C6H5CH2B2 C C 175
Butadiene B to
H2C:CHHC:CH2 50% 73 140 250 350 C C 140 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
140
Butane
C4H10 50% 73 140 250 350 C 70 200 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Butyl Acetate
CH3COOCH(CH3) 73 C C 73 175 140 C C C C B B B B B B B B A A A A A A
(C2H5)
Butyl Alcohol B to
CH3(CH2)2CH2OH C 73 100 100 225 300 200 140 140 75 B B B B B A A A A A
140
Butyl Cellosolve
HOCH2CH2OC4H9 73 200 140 C 100 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A
n-Butyl Chloride
C4H9CI 280 400 C C C C 100 B B B B B B B B B B B B B
Butylene (C)
CH3CH:CHCH3 Liquid 140 280 400 C 70 C C 100 A A A A A A A A A A A A
Butyl Phenol B to
C4H9C6H4OH 73 230 C
70
Butyl Phthalate 180 70
Butyl Stearate
CH3(CH2)16CO2 73 100 250 C 100 C 185 A A A A B B B A A A A
(CH2)3CH3
Butynediol B to
9 HOCH2C:CCH2OH 73 100
70
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Butyric Acid
CH3CH2CH2COOH 180 73 230 300 140 C C 70 A A A A C C C C C B A A A A
Cadmium Cyanide
Cd(CN)2 185 140 70
Calcium Bisulfide
Ca(HS)2•6H2O C 280 200 100 C 185 A A
Calcium Bisulfite
Ca(HSO3)2 185 180 140 280 350 C 70 200 70 185 C C C C C C C C B A A C A
Calcium Carbonate
CaCO3 185 180 140 280 350 210 100 70 70 300 A C C C C B B B B A A A A A A
Calcium Chlorate
Ca(CIO3)2•2H2O 140 280 350 140 70 70 70 185 C B B B B B B B B B B A A A
Calcium Chloride
CaCl2 100 185 180 140 280 350 210 100 200 160 250 B B B B B A A C C B A B A A B A
Calcium Hydroxide
Ca(OH)2 185 180 140 280 250 210 140 200 70 250 C C C C C C C C C C A A A A A A
Calcium Hypochlorite
Ca(OCI)2 30% 185 150 140 200 200 70 C 140 185 C C C C C C C C C C B B B B C B
Calcium Nitrate
Ca(NO3)2 180 140 280 200 210 180 100 100 200 B B B B B B B B A A A
Calcium Oxide
140 250 210 180 200 160 A A B A A A
CaO
Calcium Sulfate
CaSO4 100 140 280 200 210 180 200 160 200 A A B B B A A B A A A A A A A A A
Camphor
C10H16O C 73 350 210 100 70 C 250 B B B B B B B B A A A A B
Cane Sugar
C12H22O11 73 140 275 400 250 180 100 160 200 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Caprylic Acid
CH3(CH2)6COOH 175 350 A A B A A A
Carbitol 73 200 70 70 70 70 100 B B B B B B B B B B B
Carbon Dioxide CO2 Dry

100 185 150 140 280 400 200 180 200 160 200 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
100%
Carbon Dioxide
CO2 Wet 100 185 150 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 A A A A A A B B B B B A A A A A A A
Carbon Disulfide B to
CS2 C C 73 200 C C C 70 C B B B B A A A A A A A A A
70
Carbon Monoxide
Gas 185 140 275 400 250 70 200 70 250 A A A A A A A B A A A A A A A
CO
Carbon Tetrachloride
CCI4 C 73 C 73 280 350 C C C C 185 B A A A A C C A C A A A A A A
Carbonic Acid
H2CO3 Sat'd 185 140 280 350 210 180 70 70 200 C C C C B B B B B A A A A A B
Castor Oil 185 140 280 350 140 140 150 100 140 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Caustic Potash
50% 185 140 280 350 200 180 200 160 C B A A A A A
KOH
Caustic Soda NaOH Up to
70 210 180 100 C 350 180 C 140 160 C C B B C C C B B B B B A A A A A
(Sodium Hydroxide) 40%
Cellosolve
C4H10O2 73 280 200 140 C 70 C A A A A A A A A A A A
Cellosolve Acetate
CH3COOCH2CH2O 73 300 140 C C C C B B B B B B A
C2H5
Chloral Hydrate B to
CCI3CH(OH)2 All 140 75 70 C
70
Chloramine
NH2CI Dilute 73 70 70 B B B B C C C B B B
Chloric Acid
HCIO3•7H2O 10% 140 140 200 140 140 C C C C C C C C C C B C A C
Chloric Acid
HCIO3•7H2O 20% 140 140 100 C C C C C C C C C C C C A C
Chlorine Gas (Dry) 0-20

C 73 200 400 C C C C 185 C C C C C C B A* A* B B B A A A A
(Moisture Content) PPM
*Ratings are for body material only.

9
9-44
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Chlorine Gas 20-50

C C C 200 400 C C C 185 C C C C C C C C A* C C C A* C A A
Chlorine Gas 50+
C C C 200 400 C C C 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A A
B to
Chlorine Liquid C C C C 200 C C B B B C C C C C C C
70
10 B to
Chlorinated Water 73 140 230 400 210 140 C 185 C C B B C C C C B A A A A A
ppm 70
B to
Chlorinated Water Sat'd 73 140 230 400 70 C C 185 C C C C C C C C A B A B A
70
Chloroacetic Acid
CH2CICOOH 50% 140 C 200 70 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B
Chloroacetyl Chloride
CICH2COCI 73 125
Chlorobenzene
C6H5CI Dry 73 C 170 200 C C C C 70 A A A A C C B C A A A A A A
Chlorobenzyl Chloride
CIC6H4CH2CI C 125 A A
Chloroform
CHCI3 Dry C C C 125 200 C C C C 70 A A A A C C C C A A A A A A
Chloropicrin
CCI3NO2 C 150
Chlorosulfonic Acid
CISO2OH C 73 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B B C C B C C C B A A
Chromic Acid B to A to A to
H2CrO4 10% 210 150 140 175 350 70 C 140 100 C C C C C C C C C C C B A
212 70 125
Chromic Acid B to B to A to
H2CrO4 30% 210 150 140 175 350 C C 140 100 C C C C C C C C C C C C A
212 70 125
Chromic Acid B to
H2CrO4 40% 210 150 140 175 300 C C 140 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C A
70
Chromic Acid B to B to
H2CrO4 50% 210 C C 180 200 C C 140 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C B
70 212
Chromium Potassium
Sulfate 73 140 73 200 140 180 200 160 200 C B B A B
CrK(SO4)2•12H2O
Citric Acid
C6H8O7 Sat'd 185 180 140 275 200 210 70 140 140 200 C C C C C C C C C B A A A A A
B to
Cocunut Oil 73 140 280 400 C 70 100 185 B B B B C C B C B A A B
140
Coffee 140 100 200 A A A A A C C C A A A A A
B to
Coke Oven Gas 73 140 230 400 70 140 185 B B B B A A A A A A A A B
70
Copper Acetate
Cu(C2H3O2)2•H2O Sat'd 73 73 73 250 350 100 180 C 160 140 C C C C C C C C B A A B A
Copper Carbonate
CuCO3 Sat'd 140 280 350 210 185 B A A A
Copper Chloride
CuCI2 Sat'd 185 140 280 350 210 180 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A B A
Copper Cyanide
Cu(CN)2 185 140 275 350 210 180 160 185 C C C C C C C C A C B A A B
Copper Fluoride B to
CuF2•2H2O 2% 140 280 210 140 140 185
70
Copper Nitrate B to
Cu(NO3)2•3H2O 30% 140 280 210 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C C C B A A C
70
Copper Sulfate
CuSO4•5H2O Sat'd 185 120 140 280 210 180 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C C C A A A A C A
Corn Oil C 73 73 275 400 C 180 C C 300 A B B B B B B B B B A A A A B
Corn Syrup 150 140 250 100 200 100 185
Cottonseed Oil 185 150 140 280 400 C 180 200 185 A B B B B B B B B A A A A B
Creosote 73 73 350 C 73 73 C 73 B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A A A
9 *Ratings are for body material only.
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Cresol B to
CH3C6H4OH 90% 73 C 150 200 C C C 100 B B
140
Cresylic Acid
C7H8O 50% 140 150 200 C C C C 185 A A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A
Croton Aldehyde
CH3CH:CHCHO C 125 200 C 70 C
Crude Oil 185 140 280 400 C 70 200 C C C C C C C B A A A A B
Cumene
C6H5CH(CH3)2 100 300 C C C C 200 B B B B A
Cupic Fluoride
CuF2 140 280 210
Cupric Sulfate
CuSO4•5H2O Sat'd 100 73 140 280 250 210 180 140 160 200
Cuprous Chloride
Sat'd 70 140 250 350 200 180 70 70 200 C C C
CuCI
Cyclohexane
C6H12 100 C C C 280 300 C C C C 185 A A A A B B A B A A A A A A A
Cyclohexanol
C6H11OH 100 C 120 C 150 250 C C C C 185 A A A A A A A
Cyclohexanone
C6H10O C C C 73 200 70 C C C C B B B B B B B B B A A B A
Decahydronaphthalene
C10H18 400 C C C C 200
Detergents
C 185 150 140 250 180 200 160 210 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(Heavy Duty)
Dextrin
Sat'd 140 250 200 C 180 200 A A A A A B B B A A
(Starch Gum)
Dextrose
C6H12O6 140 275 400 140 180 140 160 200 A A A A A
Diacetone Alcohol
CH3COCH2C C 120 C 70 350 70 C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(CH3)2OH
Dibutoxyethyl B to
Phthalate C20H30O6 C C 140 C 200 A A A A A A A A A A
70
n-Dibutyl Ether
C4H9OC4H9 100 350 C C C C C
Dibutyl Phthalate
C6H4(COOC4H9)2 120 C C 350 70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A
Dibutyl Sebacate
C4H9OCO(CH2)8 73 C 350 70 C C C C
OCOC4H9
Dichlorobenzene
C6H4Cl2 C 150 C C C C 150 A A A A A
Dichloroethylene
C2H4Cl2 C C 225 350 C C C C 185 B B B A
Diesel Fuels 140 280 350 C 70 C C 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Diethylamine
C4H10NH C 73 200 70 70 C C C C C C A A C A A A A B
Diethyl Cellosolve
C6H14O2 280 C 140 100 200 A A A A A
Diethyl Ether
C4H10O 73 73 73 C C
Diglycolic Acid
O(CH2COOH)2 Sat'd 140 73 250 70 70 70
Dimethylamine
(CH3)2NH 120 140 75 140 C C C C C A A
Dimethyl Formamide
HCON(CH3)2 C 120 C C 250 C 100 100 C C B B B B B B B A A A
Dimethylhydrazine
(CH3)2NNH2 C C C
Dinonyl Phthalate B to B to
C6H4(COOC9H19)2 32 C C C
10 10
Dioctyl Phthalate
C6H4(COOC8H17)2 C C C 75 200 70 C C 70 A A A A C C C
9
9-46
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Dioxane
O:(CH2)4:O C 73 C C 70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A
Diphenyl Oxide
(C6H5)2O Sat'd 125 C C C 300 A A A A A A
Disodium Phosphate
Na2HPO4 185 140 200 400 210 100 140 B B B B B B A A B
Dow Therm A
C12H10•C12H10O C 212 C C C C C A A A A B A A A A A A A A A
Ether
C4H10O C 73 C 125 C C C C A A A A B B B A A A A A A A A
Ethyl Acetate
CH3COOC2H5 C 120 C C 200 70 C C C C A A B A A A A A A A A B A
Ethyl Acetoacetate
CH3COCH2COOC2H5 C C 73 200 100 C C
Ethyl Acrylate
CH2:CHCOOC2H5 C C 73 350 70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol)

C2H5OH 140 180 140 280 300 170 180 200 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Ethyl Benzene
C6H5C2H5 C C 125 350 C C C C 70 B B B B B B A A A A
Ethyl Chloride B to B to
C2H5CI Dry 73 C 280 350 C 70 140 A A B A A A A A A A A A A B A
70 70
Ethyl Chloroacetate
CH2CICO2C2H5 C 75
Ethylene Bromide B to
BrCH2CH2Br Dry C 280 350 C A A A A A A A
70
Ethylene Chloride
CICH2CH2CI Dry C 73 C 280 350 C C 70 A A A
Ethylene Chlorohydrin
CICH2CH2OH 73 C 73 200 70 C 70 70 C A
Ethylene Diamine
NH2CH2CH2NH2 C 120 C 225 70 100 100 100 A A C A A B A A B
Ethylene Dichloride
C2H4CI2 Dry C 73 C 280 350 C C C C 120 A A A A A A A A A A A
Ethylene Glycol
CH2OHCH2OH 73 185 120 140 280 210 180 200 160 250 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Ethylene Oxide
CH2CH2O C C C 400 C C C C C A A B A A A A A B A
Ethyl Ether
(C2H5)2O C C 125 250 C C C C C A
Ethyl Formate
HCOOC2H5 73 C 70 C A A A A A A A
2-Ethylhexanol
CH3(CH2)3CHC2H5 250 70 C
CH2OH
Ethyl Mercaptan
C2H5SH 75 C A A A A A
Ethyl Oxalate
(COOC2H5)2 140 C C
Fatty Acids
73 120 140 280 400 C 140 C 140 185 C C C C C C C C C A A A A
R-COOH
Ferric Chloride A to
(Aqueous) FeCI3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 225 180 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
175
Ferric Hydroxide
Fe(OH)3 Sat'd 185 180 140 250 400 180 100 100 100 180 C C C C C A A A
Ferric Nitrate
Fe(NO3)3•9H2O Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 210 180 140 160 200 C C C C C C C C C B A A A C A
Ferric Sulfate
Fe2(SO4)3 180 140 280 200 210 140 140 140 185 C C C C C C C C C B A A A C
Ferrous Chloride
FeCI2 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 200 180 200 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B
Ferrous Hydroxide
Fe(OH)2 Sat'd 185 180 73 250 400 180 180 180 C C A
Ferrous Nitrate
Fe(NO3)2 140 140 73 280 400 180 180 140 160 200 A A A
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
FORMULA
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Ferrous Sulfate
FeSO4 70 185 180 140 280 400 200 180 140 160 200 B C C B C C C C C A A A A A A
Fish Oil 140 300 C 70 C 70 A A A C B A A A A A A A A A
Flue Gas C 180 300 A A A A A A A A A A A A
Fluoboric Acid
HBF4 73 73 140 275 350 140 160 140 160 140 C C B B C C C A A A
Fluorine Gas
(Dry) F2 100% 73 C 73 73 C C 140 C C B B C C A A A A A A
Fluorine Gas
(Wet) F2 73 73 C 70 100 C C C C C A A A A
Fluosilicic Acid
H2SiF6 50% 73 140 280 300 140 100 200 100 210 C C B B C C C C B B B A A A
Formaldehyde
Dilute 120 140 125 300 140 C 200 140 C A A B C C B A A A A A A
HCHO
Formaldehyde
35% 73 180 140 125 300 140 C 150 140 C A A B C B A A A A A A
HCHO
Formaldehyde
37% 73 180 140 125 300 140 C C 100 C A A B C B A A A A A A
HCHO
Formaldehyde
50% 73 140 300 140 C C 140 C B B B C B B A A A A A
HCHO
Formic Acid
73 73 73 250 300 200 C 70 140 C C C B C C C B C A A A A A A
HCOOH
Formic Acid
73 180 C 160 100 C A A A
Anhydrous HCOOH
Freon 11
CCI3F 100% C 73 140 200 300 C 70 130 C 70 A A A A A B B B B A A A A A
Freon 12
CCI2F2 100% 73 73 140 200 C C 130 130 C A A A A A B B B B A A A A
Freon 21
CHCI2F 100% C 200 300 C C C C A A A A A B B B B A A A A
Freon 22
CHCIF2 100% 73 C 200 C C C 130 130 C A A A A A B B B B A A A A
Freon 113
C2CI3F3 100% 140 200 300 C 130 130 130 130 A A A A A B B B B A A A A
Freon 114
100% 140 200 300 C 130 70 70 C A A A A A B B B B A A A A
C2CI2F4
Fructose
C6H12O6 185 140 280 300 175 140 140 160 225 A A A A A A A A
Furfural C4H3OCHO C C 75 300 140 C 70 70 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Gallic Acid
C6H2(OH)3CO2H 73 140 75 300 70 C 70 70 185 B B C C C C C A A A A A A
Gasoline,
C C C 140 275 200 C 70 70 70 100 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Leaded
Gasoline,
C C C 140 280 200 C 70 70 100 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Unleaded
Gasohol C C 140 280 200 C 70 100 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Gasoline,
C C 140 280 200 C 70 100 B B A A A A B A A A C A
Sour
Gelatin 150 180 140 250 300 200 180 200 160 250 C C B C C C C C C A A
Glauber's Salt
Na2SO4•10H2O 200 70 C 100 160 200 A A A A A A A A A A A A
Glucose
C6H12O6•H2O 180 185 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 300 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Glue 250 400 100 140 200 160 250 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Glycerin
C3H5(OH)3 140 185 180 140 280 400 200 70 200 160 300 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Glycol
OHCH2CH2OH 185 140 280 300 200 140 200 160 250 A A A A A A A A A A A A
9
9-48
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
FORMULA
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Glycol Amine C C C A A A A A A
Glycolic Acid
OHCH2COOH Sat'd 73 140 73 200 C C 70 C B B C C C C A A B
Glyoxal
C C 70 B B B C C C C A A A B
CHOCHO
Grape Sugar
C6H12O6 140 250 180 200 160 185
Grease C 150 C 100 200 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A
Green Liquor 150 150 70 70 C C C A A A A A A A A
Gypsum
CaSO4•2H2O Slurry 275 350 210 180 200 160 200 A A A B B A A B A A A A A A A A
Heptane
C7H16 C 140 280 300 C 70 70 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
n-Hexane
C6H14 C 73 73 73 280 300 C 70 70 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Hexanol B to
CH3(CH2)4CH2OH 100 175 300 C 70 70 160 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Hydraulic Oil
73 300 C 160 70 70 250 A A B A A A A A A A A A
(Petroleum)
Hydrazine
H2NNH2 C 200 250 70 70 70 C C C C C C C C C A A A
Hydrobromic Acid B to
20% 73 120 140 280 250 140 C 100 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
HBr 70
Hydrobromic Acid B to
50% 140 140 280 250 140 C 100 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
HBr 70
Hydrochloric Acid
35% C 210 150 140 280 250 70 C 100 100 C C C C C C C C C C C C B C B C C
HCI
Hydrochloric Acid
37% C 210 150 140 280 250 70 C 100 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C B C B C C
HCI
Hydrocyanic Acid
10% 73 140 280 250 200 70 200 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C A B A A C A
HCN
Hydrofluoric Acid
Dilute 73 180 73 250 300 C C 150 70 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B A C A
HF
Hydrofluoric Acid
30% 120 73 250 300 C C 150 70 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B A C A
HF
Hydrofluoric Acid
40% C C 150 73 250 300 C C 140 C 100 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B C A
HF
Hydrofluoric Acid
50% C C 100 73 200 300 C C 140 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B C A
HF
Hydrofluosilicic Acid
H2SiF6 50% 140 140 140 280 300 140 170 150 200 C C B B C C C C B B B A A
Hydrogen
H2 Gas 73 73 140 280 300 250 180 200 160 300 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Hydrogen Cyanide
140 280 70 100 70 A
HCN
Hydrogen Fluoride
C 73 C 200 250 70 C C A A A A
Anhydrous HF
Hydrogen Peroxide
H2O2 50% 185 150 140 150 300 100 C 200 C 185 C C C C C C C C B C C A A A A A
Hydrogen Peroxide
H2O2 90% 140 73 300 C C 200 C 100 C C C C C C C C B C C A A A A B B
Hydrogen Phosphide
PH3 140 150
Hydrogen Sulfide
H2S Dry 185 150 140 280 100 C 140 C 140 B B B B A B A A A
Hydrogen Sulfide
H2S Wet 140 225 100 C 70 C 140 C C C C C C C C C C C A C A B B
Hydrogen Sulfite
H2SO3 70 C 70 100 C C C C C C C C C C A A A
Hydroquinone
C6H4(OH)2 Sat'd 140 250 300 C 70 C 185 A A A A
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
FORMULA
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Hydroxylamine sulfate
(NH2OH)2•H2SO4 140 70 70
Hypochlorous Acid
10% 140 73 140 70 300 70 C 70 C
HOCI
Inks 300 70 70 70 A A A C C C C A A A
Iodine
I2 10% 73 150 150 200 70 70 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C B A A
Iron Phosphate
FeH3PO4 180 C C C C C B A A A A C
Isobutane B to
(CH3)2CHCH3 140 C 70 C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Isobutyl Alcohol
(CH3)2CHCH2OH 250 300 140 70 70 70 140 A A
Isooctane
(CH3)3CCH2CH(CH3)2 73 250 300 C 70 200 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Isophorone
C(O)CHC(CH3)CH2C 175 C C C
(CH3)2CH2
Isopropyl Acetate
CH3COCOCH(CH3)2 C 200 70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A
Isopropyl Alcohol
(CH3)2CHOH C 180 140 140 300 140 70 200 70 160 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Isopropyl Chloride
CH3CHCICH3 100 200 C C C 70
Isopropyl Ether
(CH3)2CHOCH(CH3)2 C C 125 140 C 70 C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
JP-3 Fuel 200 C 70 C C 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
JP-4 Fuel 73 140 200 300 C 70 C C 300 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
JP-5 Fuel 73 140 200 300 C 70 C C 300 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
JP-6 Fuel 200 C 100 C C 100 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Kelp Slurry C 70 C 100 B B B B B B B B A A A A A A
B to
Kerosene 185 73 140 280 250 C 140 C 70 300 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
B to
Ketchup 73 250 210 140 200 C C C C C C C C B A A A A
70
Ketones C C C C 200 C C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Kraft Liquors 100 185 140 250 70 70 70 100 C C C C C C C C A A
Lactic Acid
CH3CHOHCOOH 25% 150 140 125 300 70 140 140 70 C C C C C B C B A A A A A
Lactic Acid
CH3CHOHCOOH 80% 150 73 125 300 70 C 140 70 C C C C C B C B A A A A A A
Lard Oil 185 73 140 280 300 C 140 C 70 185 C C C C C B B B B A A B
Latex
(C2H6OSi)x 200 70 70 100 70 A A A A A A A
Lauric Acid
CH3(CH2)10COOH 140 225 300 70 100 C C C A A
Lauryl Chloride
C12H25CI 300 140 70 200 C C C A A
Lead Acetate
Pb(C2H3O2)2•3H2O Sat'd 185 180 140 280 300 210 70 100 160 C C C C C C C A A A
Lead Chloride
PbCl2 73 140 250 300 C 100 100 70 140
Lead Nitrate
Pb(NO3)2 Sat'd 185 180 140 250 300 175 180 140 225 A A A
Lead Sulfate
PbSO4 185 150 140 250 300 210 180 200 140 225 B B C C C C B B B
9
9-50
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
FORMULA
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Lemon Oil C 250 300 140 100 200 C C C B A A A A
Ligroin 100 C 70 100
Lime Slurry
100 100 160 100 A A A A A A
CaO
Lime Sulfur
73 140 210 C 160 100 185 C C C C A A A A A A A
(CaS)x
Linoleic Acid
CH3(CH2)4HC:CHCH2CH:
B to
140 250 300 C C 140 C C C C C C C C C C B B A A A
70
CH(CH2)7COOH
Linoleic Oil 140 230 300 70
B to
Linseed Oil 100 185 150 140 280 300 180 200 70 250 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Liqueurs 140 70 70
Lithium Bromide LiBr 140 225 300 140 200
Lithium Chloride LiCl 250 100 70 140 B B B B B C B A A A
Lithium Hydroxide
100 70 140 C C C C A A A A A B
LiOH
Lubricating Oil
73 C 140 280 350 C 180 C 70 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(ASTM #1)
Lubricating Oil
73 C 140 280 350 C 180 C 70 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(ASTM #2)
Lubricating Oil
73 C 140 280 350 C 180 C 70 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(ASTM #3)
Ludox
SiO2 C C C C A A A A A A A
Magnesium Carbonate
MgCO2 140 280 225 170 140 140 140 210 B B B B B B A A A A A
Magnesium Chloride
MgCl2 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 170 180 200 160 170 A A A B B C C C C C C C B A A
Magnesium Citrate
MgHC6H5O7•5H2O 140 250 300 175 180 225
Magnesium Fluoride
MgF2 140 200 C C B
Magnesium Hydroxide
Mg(OH)2 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 300 170 180 200 160 225 B C C B B A A A A A A A A A A A
Magnesium Nitrate
Mg(NO3)2•2H2O 185 180 140 280 300 140 70 140 160 225 A C C B A A A A B
Magnesium Oxide
140 140 160 A A A A A
MgO
Magnesium Sulfate
MgSO4•7H2O 185 180 140 280 300 175 180 140 160 200 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Maleic Acid
Sat'd 185 180 140 250 250 70 C C 200 B C C B C C C C C B A B A B A
HOOCCH:CHCOOH
Malic Acid
COOHCH2CH(OH) 185 150 140 250 250 C 100 70 70 200 A B B C C C C A A A A A
COOH
Manganese Sulfate
MnSO4•4H2O 150 140 250 300 175 140 180 160 225 A A A C C B C A A A
Mercuric Chloride
HgCl2 140 180 140 250 300 210 140 140 140 185 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C A
Mercuric Cyanide
Hg(CN)2 Sat'd 140 250 300 70 70 140 70 70 C C C C C C C C C A A C
Mercuric Sulfate
HgSO4 Sat'd 140 230 300 70 70 70 C C C C C
Mercurous Nitrate
HgNO3•2H2O Sat'd 140 230 300 70 C C 70 C C C C C C C C C A A A A C
Mercury
185 150 140 275 300 210 140 140 140 185 C C C C C A A A A A A A A B A
Hg
Methane
C 140 275 300 C 180 70 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
9
CH4
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Methanol (Methyl
Alcohol) CH3OH C C 180 140 280 300 140 140 140 140 C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Methoxyethyl Oleate
CH3OCH2CH2 73
(OOCC17H33)2
Methyl Acetate B to
CH3CO2CH3 100 300 C C C C B B B B B B B A A A A
70
Methyl Acetone
C3H6O C 70 C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Methyl Acrylate Tech. B to

CH2:CHOOCH3 100 300 C C C C C A A A
Pure 70
Methyl Amine
CH3NH2 C C C C 300 70 70 100 C C A A B A A A C
Methyl Bromide
CH3Br C 280 300 C 70 C C 185 C C B C C B B B B
Methyl Cellosolve
HOCH2CH2OOH3 C 280 70 C 70 70 C A A B B B B A A A A A A
Methyl Chloride
CH3Cl Dry C C 280 250 C C C C 70 C A A C C A A A A A A A A A A A A
Methyl Chloroform
CH3CCl C C 125 200 C C C C 70 A A A A A
Methyl Ethyl Keytone

(MEK) CH3COC2H5 C C C C C 200 70 C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Methyl Formate
HCOOCH3 100 C C 70 C A A A A A C A A A A A A A
Methyl Isobutyl Carbinol

(CH3)2CHCH2CH 200 70 70 70 70 70
(CH3)OH
Methol Isobutyl
Keytone C C C C C 200 70 C C C C A A A A A A
(CH3)2CHCH2COCH3
Methyl Isopropyl
Keytone C 150 C C C C C
CH3COCH(CH3)2
Methyl Methacrylate
CH2:C(CH3)COOH3 73 125 150 C C 70 C C C
Methyl Sulfate
(CH3)2SO4 73 280 70
Methylene Bromide
CH2Br2 C 175 250 C C C C 70
Methylene Chloride
CH2Cl2 C C 250 C C C C 70 B B B B B B A A A A A
Methylene
Chlorobromide C C C C C C A A A A
CH2ClBr
Methylene Iodide
CH2l2 C 200 250 250
Methylsulfuric Acid
CH3HSO4 140 125
Milk 70 170 225 400 250 180 200 160 300 C A B B B B C C C C C A A A A
B to
Mineral Oil 70 185 120 140 280 300 C 140 70 300 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Molasses 73 140 150 300 100 150 150 150 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Monochloroacetic Acid
CH7CICOOH 50% 73 73 140 150 200 C 70 C C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C B B
Monochlorobenzene Tech.
C6H5CI 73 170 200 C C C C 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Pure
Monoethanolamine
HOCH2CH2NH2 C C 100 70 70 C C 185 C B B B B A A B
Motor Oil 185 73 140 350 C 180 250 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Morpholine
C4H8ONH 75 200 70 C C C C B B B B B B B B B B B
B to
Naphtha 73 73 140 280 200 C 140 C C 150 A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A A
Naphthalene
C10H8
70
B to
70
C 200 250 C C C C 170 A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A 9
9-52
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Natural Gas 73 140 280 300 C 140 140 140 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Nickel Acetate
Ni(OOCH3)2•4H2O 73 250 300 70 70 C C C
Nickel Ammonium
Sulfate 250 140 200 160 C C C C C C C C A A C
NiSO4•(NH4)2SO4•6H2O
Nickel Chloride
NiCl2 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 406 210 180 200 160 210 C C B C C C A A C A
Nickel Nitrate
Ni(NO3)2•6H2O Sat'd 140 280 400 210 180 250 C C C C C C A A A A C
Nickel Sulfate
NiSO4 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 210 200 160 300 A C C B C C C A
Nicotine
C10H14N2 140 70 C 70 C B A A B
Nicotinic Acid
CsH4NCOOH 140 250 70 140 A B B C C C B B B B B
Nitric Acid
HNO3 10% 185 180 140 175 250 70 C 100 C 185 C C C C C C C C C C B A A A C
Nitric Acid
HNO3 30% C 180 120 140 125 250 70 C 100 C 160 C C C C C C C C C B A A
Nitric Acid
HNO3 40% C 100 73 100 125 250 C C 70 C 140 C C C C C C C C C B A A
Nitric Acid
HNO3 50% C 73 100 100 125 250 C C 70 C 185 C C C C C C C C C C B A A
Nitric Acid
HNO3 70% C 73 C 73 C 250 C C C C 100 B C C C C C C C C C C A A
Nitric Acid
HNO3 100% C C C C 70 C C C C C B C C C C C C C C C C C A A C
Nitrobenzene
C6H5NO2 73 C 73 400 C C C 70 B B A A A A A A A
Nitroethane Tech.
CH3CH2NO2 70 C C C A
Pure
Nitrogen Gas
N2 275 300 140 100 140 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Nitroglycerin
CH2NO3CHNO3 C 125 70 B B B B A A B
CH2NO3
Nitroglycol C 70 70
Nitromethane Tech.
CH3NO2 120 70 C C A
Pure
Nitrous Acid
HNO2 10% 73 230 400 C 100 C C C C C C C C C B B B B C
Nitrous Oxide B to
N2O 73 73 C 400 C C 70 B B C B B A A C A
140
n-Octane B to
CH8H18 275 400 C 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Oleic Acid
CH3(CH2)7CH:CH B to B to
185 150 140 250 250 100 70 185 A B B A B B C B A A A A A
70 70
(CH2)7COOH
Oleum
xH2SO4•ySO3 C C C 150 100 C C C 70 C C C C C C C A A C A
B to
Olive Oil 250 350 140 140 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
100
Oxalic Acid
HOOCCOOH•2H2O 50% 185 180 140 125 300 150 C 100 100 C C C C C C C C C B A A A A A
Oxygen (Gas) B to
O2 185 150 140 280 406 210 140 140 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Ozone
O3 140 225 300 210 C 140 C 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Palm Oil 200 200 C 140 C 70 C C C C C C A A A
Palmitic Acid
CH3(CH2)14COOH 10% 73 180 140 250 300 70 100 70 C 185 A B B B A B B B B B A A A A
Palmitic Acid
9 CH3(CH2)14COOH 70% 73 180 73 250 300 100 C C 185 A B B B A B B B B B A A A A
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Paraffin B to
C36H74 140 250 250 C 100 140 300 A A A A B A A B B A A A A A A A
70
Peanut Oil 250 250 100 150 A A A A A A A
n-Pentane
CH3(CH2)3CH3 C 100 C 100 70 100 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Peracetic Acid
CH3COOOH 40% 73
Perchloric Acid
HCIO4 10% 140 73 73 200 250 70 C 70 70 70 C A A A
Perchloric Acid
HCIO4 70% 185 73 125 70 C C C 185 C B B A
Perchloroethylene
CI2C:CCI2 275 200 C C C C 200 B B B B B B A A A A A A
Perphosphate 170 170 140 250 70 70 70
Phenol
C6H5OH C 73 73 73 125 70 C C C 200 A A C C C C C A A A A A A
Phenylhydrazine B to
C6H5NHNH2 C 125 C C C C
70
Phospate Esters C C 100 C C C C C A A A
Phosphoric Acid
H3PO4 10% 210 180 140 275 300 140 70 200 140 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A A C
Phosphoric Acid
H3PO4 50% 210 180 140 275 300 70 C 200 70 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A A C
Phosphoric Acid
H3PO4 85% 73 180 140 275 300 70 C 200 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C B A B A C
Phosphoric Anhydride
P2O5 73 73 73 200 B C A A
Phosphorus
70 75 300 A A
(Red)
Phosphorus
73 300
(Yellow)
Phosphorus Pentoxide
P2O5 73 73 73 200 140 C C B A A
Phosphorus
Trichloride PCI3 C 200 300 C C C C A A A
Photographic
185 150 140 100 100 185 C A A
Solutions
Phthalic Acid
C6H4(COOH)2 73 200 C 140 C 140 A A A B B C B A A A B A
Picric Acid
C6H2(NO2)3OH 10% C 140 170 170 73 140 C 70 70 140 C C C C C C C C C C C B A A C A
Pine Oil 70 C 70 C C B B B B B A A A A A
Plating Solutions
185 180 140 200 300 70 100 70
(Brass)
Plating Solutions
185 180 140 200 300 70 100 70
(Cadmium)
Plating Solutions
210 180 140 200 300 160 A A
(Chrome)
Platings Solutions
210 180 140 200 300 70 160 70
(Copper)
Platings Solutions
185 180 140 300 70 125 70
(Gold)
Platings Solutions
210 180 140 200 300 70 70 70 70
(Lead)
Platings Solutions
210 180 140 200 300 70 70 C C C A A*
(Nickel)
Platings Solutions
185 180 140 200 300 70
(Rhodium)
Platings Solutions
185 180 140 200 300 70 70 70 A A A
(Silver)
Note: A* rating for Electroless Plating only.

9
9-54
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
AND
HASTELLOY C
NEOPRENE
FORMULA
GRAY IRON
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Platings Solutions
210 180 140 200 300 100 140 A A
(Tin)
Platings Solutions
185 180 140 200 300 70 70 B
(Zinc)
Polysulfide Liquor 300 70 70 70 70 100 C C C C C B B B B B B
Polyvinyl Acetate 275 350 70 70 70 70 70 B B B A A C A B B B B B
Potash
140 280 400 140 180 180 70 200 B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A A
KOH
Potassium Alum
ALK(SO4)2•12H2O 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200
Potassium Aluminum
140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 B B B C C B A A A
Sulphate
Potassium Amyl
73
Xanthate
Potassium Bicarbonate
KHCO3 Sat'd 73 170 140 200 400 170 70 200 160 200 A A A A
Potassium Bichromate
K2Cr2O7 Sat'd 140 230 400 170 180 300 B A A B B B A A
Potassium Bisulfate
KHSO4 140 275 400 170 180 140 140 200 B B B C C C C C A A C
Potassium Borate
K2B4O7•5H2O 140 275 400 170 180 140 140 200 A A A A A
Potassium Bromate
KBrO3 180 140 275 400 180 140 140 250 C A A A A A
Potassium Bromide
180 140 280 400 170 180 200 160 200 B B B C C C A A A
KBr
Potassium Carbonate
K2CO3 70 180 140 280 400 170 180 200 160 200 B B B B B A A A A A A A A A A A
Potassium Chlorate B to
KCIO3 (Aqueous) 180 140 200 400 140 140 100 140 B B B A A A A A A A A A A
70
Potassium Chloride
185 180 140 280 400 210 180 200 160 200 B A A B B B B C B B B A A A A A
KCI
Potassium Chromate
K2CrO4 140 280 400 170 140 70 70 200 A A B B B B B A A A A
Potassium Cyanide
185 140 280 400 140 180 200 160 185 C C C C C C B B B B A A A A A A
KCN
Potassium Dichromate
K2Cr2O7 Sat'd 185 140 280 400 170 180 200 300 B B C B B C A A A A A
Potassium Ethyl
Xanthate 73
KS2COC2H5
Potassium Ferricyanide
K3Fe(CN)6 140 280 400 140 70 200 150 140 C C C B B C A A A
Potassium Ferrocyanide
K4Fe(CN)6•3H2O 140 280 400 140 70 200 150 140 C C B B C C C C C B A A A
Potassium Fluoride
140 275 400 140 180 250 A A A
KF
Potassium Hydroxide B to
25% 185 150 140 150 400 210 140 160 140 C C C C B B B B A A A A A
KOH 70
Potassium Hypochlorite
C C 200 400 70 C 70 70 C C C A A C
KCIO
Potassium Iodide
73 250 400 140 100 140 160 180 B B B B A A A
KI
Potassium Nitrate
KNO3 140 280 400 210 180 140 140 250 A A A B B B B B B A A A A A A A
Potassium Perborate 170 170 140 275 400 70 70
Potassium Perchlorate
KCIO4 140 200 200 140 C 150 150
Potassium Permanganate
KMnO4 10% 150 140 250 400 210 C 100 100 140 B B A A A A A A A A A
Potassium Permanganate
KMnO4 25% 150 73 250 400 140 C 100 100 140 B B A A A A A A A A A
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
FORMULA
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Potassium Persulfate
K2S2O8 140 125 400 210 C 200 140 200
Potassium Sulfate
K2SO4 180 140 280 200 210 140 140 140 250 A A A B B A A A A B A A A A A A A
Potassium Sulfide
K2 S 275 300 100 70 100 C C C C C C C C B B B B B C A
Potassium Sulfite
K2SO3•2H2O 300 140 70 70 200 B B B C C C A A B
Potassium
Tripolyphosphate 300 70 70 100 C B A A A A A A
K5P3O10
Propane C3H8 B to
73 140 280 300 C 70 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
70
Propargyl Alcohol
HC:CCH2OH 140 100 140 140 140 C 140
Propionic Acid
CH3CH2CO2H C 140 70 C A A A
Propyl Acetate B to
C3H7OOCCH3 100 140 C C C C A A A A A A A A A
70
Propyl Alcohol
CH3CH2CH2OH C 140 140 350 140 140 140 140 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
n-Propyl Bromide B to
CH3CH2CH2Br 300 70 70 B B B B B B A A B
70
Propylene Dichloride B to
CH3CHCICH2CI C 200 C C C A A
70
Propylene Oxide
CH3CHCH2O C C 150 70 C C C C A A A
n-Propyl Nitrate
C3H7NO3 200 70 C C C C A A A A A
Pyridine B to
N(CH)4CH 73 C C C C C C B B B B B B C B A B
70
Pyrogallic Acid
C6H3(OH)3 73 150 150 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Pyrrole
CHNH(CH)2CH C C C C C B B B B B B B B B
Quinone
C6H4O2 100 C C A A A A A
Rosin 200 70 70 70 100 C C C C C C A A A A A
Salicylaldehyde
C6H4OHCHO C 125 200 70 70 70
Salicylic Acid
C6H4(OH)(COOH) 140 200 300 210 C 70 C 185 B B C C C C A A B
Selenic Acid
H2SeO4 140 150 70 70 70
Silicic Acid
SiO2•nH2O 140 400 140 100 140 140 200
Silicone Oil 150 150 73 250 350 140 140 140 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Silver Chloride A to
C C C C C C C C C C C C A
AgCI 70
Silver Cyanide A to A to
185 140 280 350 140 C 70 140 C C C C C C C C C A
AgCN 100 70
Silver Nitrate
AgNO3 70 185 180 140 280 350 210 140 200 160 250 C C C C C C C C C B A A C
Silver Sulfate
Ag2SO4 70 140 250 350 170 140 200
Soaps 70 185 73 140 400 210 180 140 140 250 B B A B B B B A A A A B A
Sodium Acetate
NaC2H3O2 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 170 C 70 C A A B B B C B B A A A A
Sodium Alum
AINa(SO4)2•12H2O 140 280 170 180 140 140 210 C C
Sodium Aluminate
Na2Al2O3 Sat'd 300 200 180 140 140 200 C C B B B A B A A A A
9
9-56
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
FORMULA
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Sodium Benzoate
C6H5COONa 140 170 140 280 300 210 140 200 A
Sodium Bicarbonate
NaHCO3 70 185 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 300 A A A B B A A C A A A A A A A A
Sodium Bichromate
Na2Cr2O7•2H2O Sat'd 140 140 140 250 400 140 140 70 70 200 C C A A A A A
Sodium Bisulfate
NaHSO4 70 180 140 280 200 180 100 140 250 C C C C C C C C C B A A A
Sodium Bisulfite
NaHSO3 185 180 140 280 400 200 180 200 140 250 B B C C C C A A C A
Sodium Borate (Borax)

Na2B4O7•10H2O Sat'd 73 300 140 70 100 100 140 A A B B B A A A A A
Sodium Bromide
Sat'd 180 180 140 280 300 210 70 70 250 B B C C C C A A A
NaBr
Sodium Carbonate
Na2CO3 70 185 180 140 280 400 140 140 140 140 300 C A A B B A A A A A A A A A B A
Sodium Chlorate B to B to B to
NaCIO3 Sat'd 180 73 250 350 100 A A C B B B B B A A A C
140 70 140
Sodium Chloride
210 180 140 280 350 140 140 100 160 200 B A A A B B B B C A B B B B A A A A
NaCI
Sodium Chlorite
NaCIO2 25% 73 C 250 200 C C 140 C
Sodium Chromate
Na2CrO4•10H2O 200 70 70 70 70 A A B B B B A A A A A
Sodium Cyanide
185 180 140 280 350 140 140 140 140 200 C C C C C A A A A A A A A A
NaCN
Sodium Dichromate
Na2Cr2O7•2H2O 20% 185 180 140 200 300 140 C 200 C 200 C C C B B B A A B
Sodium Ferricyanide
Na3Fe(CN)6•2H2O Sat'd 140 140 100 275 350 140 70 140 C C C C A A
Sodium Ferrocyanide
Na3Fe(CN)6•10H2O Sat'd 185 140 275 350 140 70 140 A A A
Sodium Fluoride
140 185 140 280 350 140 70 140 70 140 A A B C C C A A A
NaF
Sodium Hydroxide
15% 140 210 180 140 170 400 210 140 200 160 C C A A A A B A A A A A A A
NaOH
Sodium Hydroxide
30% 140 210 180 140 C 350 140 100 140 160 C C A B B B B A A A A A
NaOH (Caustic Soda)
Sodium Hydroxide
50% 140 210 180 140 C 350 140 C 140 160 C C B B C C C B B B B B A A A A A
NaOH
Sodium Hydroxide
70% 70 180 100 C 350 70 C 100 100 C C B C C C C B B B B B A A A A A
NaOH
Sodium Hypochlorite
NaOCI•5H2O C 185 C 73 200 350 70 C 150 C 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A
Sodium Iodide
275 140 160
NaI
Sodium Metaphosphate
(NaPO3)n 73 280 70 70 70 70 C C C C C C A A B
Sodium Nitrate
NaNO3 Sat'd 185 180 140 280 400 210 140 140 140 225 B A A B B A A A A A A A A A A B A
Sodium Nitrate
NaNO2 140 280 400 170 C 140 140 200 A A B B B A A A
Sodium Palmitate
CH3(CH2)14COONa 5% 250 350
Sodium Perborate
NaBO2•3H2O 73 140 350 70 70 70 70 70 C C B B B A A A A A A
Sodium Perchlorate B to
NaCIO4 170 170 140 250 350
70
Sodium Peroxide B to
Na2O2 140 200 250 140 200 70 185 B C C C C C C C A A A A A B
70
Sodium Phosphate
NaH2PO4 Acid 180 280 400 170 140 200 140 200 B B B B B B B B A B A A A A B A
Sodium Phosphate Alka-

NaH2PO4 180 280 400 170 140 200 140 200 B B B B B B B B A B A A A A B A
line
9
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
FORMULA
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Sodium Phosphate Neutr

NaH2PO4 180 280 400 170 140 200 140 200 B B B B B B B B A B A A A A B A
al
Sodium Silicate
2Na2O•SiO2 180 280 200 140 200 140 200 C C B A A A A A A A A A A A
Sodium Sulfate
Na2SO4 Sat'd 70 185 150 140 280 400 140 140 140 140 200 A A A B B A A A A A A A A A A A A
Sodium Sulfide
Na2S 70 185 150 140 280 350 140 180 200 140 200 C C C C C B B C B B A A A A A
Sodium Sulfite
Na2SO3 70 185 180 140 280 350 140 140 140 140 200 A A C B B B B B A A A C A
Sodium Thiosulphate
Na2S2O3•5H2O 150 140 280 350 200 140 200 160 200 A B B C C C C C A A A
Sour Crude Oil 140 280 C C 70 C 200 C A A A B A A A A A A A
Soybean Oil 250 400 C 140 200 70 250 A A B A A B A A A A A A A A
Stannic Chloride
SnCI4 185 140 280 350 100 140 70 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C C C A C C
Stannic Chloride
SnCI2 15% 185 140 280 350 70 140 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C C A A C
Starch 140 200 300 170 180 200 160 200 B B B B B B B B A A A A A
Steam
280 400 C C C C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
(Low Pressure)
Steam
400 C C C C C B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B A
(Medium Pressure)
Steam
C C C C C C C C C C C C C B A C B A A A A C A
(High Pressure)
Stearic Acid
CH3(CH2)16COOH 185 73 140 275 350 C 140 70 70 100 A A A C B C C C B C A A A A A A
Stoddard's Solvent 280 C 140 C C 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Styrene
(C6H5CHCH2)n 180 350 C C C C 100 B B B B B B B A A A A
Succinic Acid
CO2H(CH2)2CO2H 150 140 150 200 70 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Sugar
C6H12O6 275 350 140 100 140 140 200 C C B C B A A A A A
Sulfamic Acid
HSO3NH2 20% 180 140 C C C 70 70 C A B B B C C C C A A B
Sulfate Liquors
73 200 70 70 70 C C C C C B A A A A A
(Oil)
Sulfite Liquors 6% 140 350 140 70 70 70 140 C B A A
Sulfur S C 140 250 350 C 70 70 250 C C C C C C B B C B B B A A A A
Sulfur Chloride
S2CI2 C 73 350 C C 70 C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C
Sulfur Dioxide
SO2 Dry C 73 140 175 350 70 C 200 C 100 A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Sulfur Dioxide
SO2 Wet C 73 73 150 140 C 200 140 B C C B B C C A C A A A
Sulfur Trioxide
SO3 140 C 70 C C C 140 C C C C B B A A A
Sulfuric Acid Up to
H2SO4 100 210 180 140 250 250 140 C 100 100 200 C C C C C C C C C C C A B A A C A
30%
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4 50% 70 210 150 140 250 250 140 140 150 C 200 C C C C C C C C C C C A C A A C A
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4 60% C 210 150 140 250 250 140 C 150 C 250 C C C C C C C C C C C C B B A B C A
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4 70% C 210 120 140 200 200 140 C 150 C 250 C C C C C C C C C C C C B C A C C A
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4 80% C 210 73 140 200 200 70 C 150 C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A C C A
9
9-58
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
FORMULA
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Sulfuric Acid
H2SO4 90% C 73 C 100 200 200 C C 70 C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A C C A
Sulfuric Acid B to
H2SO4 93% C 73 C 100 200 C C 70 C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C A
200
Sulfuric Acid B to
H2SO4 94% C 73 C 100 150 C C C C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C A
200
Sulfuric Acid B to
H2SO4 95% C 73 C 100 150 C C C C 150 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C A
200
Sulfuric Acid B to
H2SO4 96% C 73 C 100 150 C C C C 140 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C B
200
Sulfuric Acid B to
H2SO4 98% C 73 C C 150 C C C C 70 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C C B
200
Sulfuric Acid B to
H2SO4 100% C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B C B C C
200
Sulfurous Acid
H2SO3 Sat'd C 140 100 210 350 75 150 C 100 C C C C C C C C C C B A A A A C A
B to
Tall Oil 140 280 250 C 140 C 70 B B B B B B B A A A A B A
70
Tannic Acid
C76H52O46 10% C 185 180 140 225 250 70 100 100 100 100 A A B B C B B B A A A A A
Tanning Liquors 185 140 70 70 70 200 A A A B A A
Tar 250 250 C C 70 70 185 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Tartaric Acid
HOOC(CHOH)2COOH 150 140 250 250 C 70 200 70 70 B A A C C C C C C C A A A A A A
Terpineol
C10H17OH C C 70 C C
Tetrachloroethane
CHCI2CHCI2 250 400 C C C C 70 A A
Tetrachloroethylene
CI2C:CCI2 C 275 350 C C C C 70
Tetraethyl Lead
Pb(C2H5)4 73 280 350 C 70 C 70 A A B B A A A
Tetrahydrofuran
C4H8O C C C C C C C C C
Tetralin
C10H12 200 C C C C
Tetra Sodium
Pyrophosphate 140
N94PzO7•10H2O
Thionyl Chloride
SOCI2 C C C
Thread Cutting Oils 73 200 350 C 70 70 A A A A A A A A A A A
Titanium Tetrachloride
TiCl4 C 150 C C C 185 C C C B B B
Toluene (Toluol)
CH3C6H5 C C C C 175 200 C C C 70 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Tomato Juice 180 200 350 200 C C 70 200 A B C C B A A A A
Transformer Oil 120 140 300 C 140 C 140 A A A A A A A A A
Transformer Oil
300 C 140 C C A A A A A A A A A
DTE/30
Tributyl Citrate 73
Tributyl Phosphate
(C4H9)3PO4 C 73 300 70 C C C C B B B A A A B A A A
Trichloroacetic Acid B to
CCI3COOH 150 140 125 200 70 70 70 C C B C C C C C B B
70
Trichloroethylene
CHCI:CCI2 C C C C 280 200 C C C C 185 A A A A A A B B B A A A A A A A
Triethanolamine
70 73 125 70 70 150 70 C C C C C C C C A A A
9
(HOCH2CH2)3N
B C O
A
F
•
•
T S
P

R
O C
D U

METALS
ALUMINUM BRONZE
NI PLATED DUCTILE
BRONZE (85% Cu)
CONCENTRATION
FLUOROCARBON
CHEMICALS
SILCON BRONZE
CARBON STEEL
400 SERIES S.S.

DUCTILE IRON
HASTELLOY C
AND
NEOPRENE
GRAY IRON
FORMULA
3% NI/IRON
ALUMINUM
HYPALON
ALLOY 20
STELLITE
COPPER
TEFLON
BUNA-N
316 S.S.
17-4 PH
MONEL
BRASS
EPDM
CPVC
PVDF
ABS
PVC
PP
Triethylamine
(C2H5)3N 140 125 140 70 200 A A A
Trimethylpropane
(CH2OH)3C3H5 73 180 200 160 300
Trisodium Phosphate
NaPO4•12H2O 70 185 185 140 280 350 70 70 185 70 185 C C B B A A A A A
Tung Oil C 100 100 100 100 B B B B B B B A A A A A
Turpentine 73 C 140 280 C 70 C C 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Urea
CO(NH2)2 185 180 140 250 210 140 140 140 185 C B B C C C A A B C
Urine 180 140 400 210 140 140 140 70 C C C A A A A A
Varnish 250 350 C 70 C 70 A A A B B C C C B A A A A A
Vaseline
150 C 300 C 140 70 140 70 A A A A A A A A A A
(Petroleum Jelly)
Vegetable Oil 185 100 70 275 300 C 70 70 70 200 A A A A A A A A A A A
Vinegar 73 150 140 140 225 300 140 C 200 70 C C B C C C C C C C A A A A A A
Vinyl Acetate
CH3COOCH:CH2 C C 250 350 70 70 C C C B B B B B A A B
Water, Acid Mine

H2O 185 140 230 400 200 180 180 160 C C C C C C C C C C C A A A A B B B
Water, Deionized
H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 200 70 160 A A B B C C C C C C B A A A A A
Water, Distilled
H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 A A A A B B C C C B C A A A A A B A
Water, Potable
H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 B A A A A A B B B A B A A A A A A A
Water, Salt
H2O 70 210 180 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 C B B B C C C C C B C B A A A A B A
Water, Sea
H2O 70 210 73 140 280 400 250 180 200 160 C B B B C C C C C B C B B A A A C A
Water, Soft
H2O 70 200 400 250 180 200 160 A A A A A B C C B B C A A A A A A A
Water, Waste
H2O 70 185 180 140 230 400 200 70 B B B B B B B B B B B B A A A A
Whiskey 185 150 140 200 350 200 140 140 140 140 A C C B C C C C B A A A A
White Liquor 185 140 230 140 140 140 C C C C C C C A A A
Wine 185 150 140 200 350 170 140 140 140 140 C C C C C C B A A A
Xylene (Xylol)
C6H4(CH3)2 C C C C 200 350 C C C C 150 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Zinc Acetate
Zn(C2H3O2)2•2H2O 250 180 70 70 160 70 C C C C C C C C A A A
Zinc Carbonate
ZnCO3 100 100 B B B A B
Zinc Chloride
ZnCl2 185 180 140 280 400 180 70 200 160 200 C C C C C C C C B B A A
Zinc Nitrate
Zn(NO3)2•6H2O 140 280 180 140 200 200 A A A
Zinc Sulfate
ZnSO4•7H2O 185 180 140 280 400 180 140 200 140 200 A C C B C C C B C A A A A A A
To the best of our knowledge the information contained herein is accu- mation or material for the use contemplated, the manner of use, and
rate. However, neither Fabco nor any of its affiliates assumes any lia-
bility in whatsoever for the accuracy or completeness of the informa-
whether there is any infringement of patents is the sole responsibility
of the user. 9
tion contained herein. Final determination of the suitability of any infor-
9-60
B C O
A
•
•
T S
P
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
R
O C
D U
Adhesive – a substance capable of holding materials together by surface attachment. Where:

Adhesive solvent – an adhesive having a volatile organic liquid as a vehicle. See Solvent S = stress
Cement. P = pressure
Aging, n. – (1) The effect on materials of exposure to an environment for an interval of time. ID = average inside diameter
(2) The process of exposing materials to an environment for an interval of time. OD = average outside diameter
Antioxidant – a compounding ingredient added to a plastic composition to retard possible t = minimum wall thickness (Note a)
degradation from contact with oxygen (air), particularly in processing or exposure to high tem- Reference: ISO R161–1960 Pipes of Plastics Materials for the Transport of Fluids (Outside
peratures. Diameters and Nominal Pressures) Part I, Metric Series.
Artificial weathering – the exposure of plastics to cystic laboratory conditions involving Joint – the location at which two pieces of pipe or a pipe and a fitting are connected togeth-
changes in temperature, relative humidity, and ultraviolet radiant energy, with or without direct er. The joint may be made by an adhesive, a solvent-cement or a mechanical device such as
water spray, in an attempt to produce changes in the materials similar to those observed after threads or a ring seal.
long-term continuous outdoor exposure. Note: The laboratory exposure conditions are usu- Long-term hydrostatic strength – the estimated tensile stress in the wall of the pipe in the
ally intensified beyond those encountered in actual outdoor exposure in an attempt to achieve circumferential orientation (hoop stress) that when applied continuously will cause failure of
an accelerated effect. This definition does not involve exposure to special conditions such as the pipe at 100,000 hours (11.43 years). These strengths are usually obtained by extrapo-
ozone, salt spray, industrial gases, etc. lation of log-log regression equations or plots.
Bell end – the enlarged portion of a pipe that resembles the socket portion of a fitting and Molding, injection – a method of forming plastic objects from a granular or powdered plas-
that is intended to be used to make a joint by inserting a piece of pipe into it. Joining may be tics by the fusing of plastic in a chamber with heat and pressure and the forcing part of mass
accomplished by solvent cements, adhesives, or mechanical techniques. into a cooler chamber where it solidifies. Note: this method is commonly used to manufac-
Beam loading – the application of a load to a pipe between two points of support, usually ture thermoplastic fittings.
expressed in pounds and the distance between the centers of the supports. Outdoor exposure – plastic pipe placed in service or stored so that it is not protected from
Burst strength – the internal pressure required to break a pipe or fitting. This pressure will the elements of normal weather conditions, i.e., the sun’s rays, rain, air and wind. Exposure
vary with the rate of build-up of the pressure and the time during which the pressure is held. to industrial and waste gases, chemicals, engine exhausts, etc. are not considered normal
Cement – see adhesive and solvent, cement. “outdoor exposure.”
Chemical resistance – (1) The effect of specific chemicals on the properties of plastic pip- Permanence – the property of a plastic which describes its resistance to appreciable
ing with respect to concentrations, temperature and time of exposure. (2) The ability of a spe- changes in characteristics with time and environment.
cific plastic pipe to render service for a useful period in the transport of a specific chemical at Plastic, n. – a material that contains as an essential ingredient an organic substance of large
a specified concentration and temperature. molecular weight, is solid in its finished state, and, at some stage in its manufacture or in its
Cleaner – medium strength organic solvent such as methyl ethyl katone to remove foreign processing into finished articles, can be shaped by flow.
matter from pipe and fitting joint surfaces. Plastics pipe – a hollow-cylinder of plastic material in which the wall thicknesses are usual-
Compound – the intimate admixture of a polymer or polymers with other ingredients such as ly small when compared to the diameter and in which the inside and outside walls are essen-
fillers, softeners, plasticizers, catalysts, pigments, dyes, curing agents, stabilizers, antioxi- tially concentric. See plastics tubing.
dants, etc. Plastics tubing – a particular size of plastics pipe in which the outside diameter is essen-
Copolymer – see Polymer. tially the same as that of copper tubing. See plastics pipe.
Creep – the time-dependent part of strain resulting from stress, that is, the dimensional Polypropylene plastics – plastics based on polymers made with propylene as essentially
change caused by the application of load over and above the elastic formation and with the sole monomer.
respect to time. Poly (vinyl chloride) – a resin prepared by the polymerization of vinyl chloride with or with-
Deflection Temperature – the temperature at which a specimen will deflect a given distance out the addition of small amounts of other monomers.
at a given load under a prescribed conditions of test. See ASTM D648. Formerly called heat Poly (vinyl chloride) plastics – plastics made by combining poly (vinyl chloride) with col-
distortion. orants, fillers, plasticizers, stabilizers, lubricants, other polymers, and other compounding
Deterioration – a permanent change in the physical properties of a plastic evidenced by ingredients. Not all of these modifiers are used in pipe compounds.
impairment of these properties. Note a. – Burst strength, fiber stress, hoop stress, hydrosta- Pressure – when expressed with reference to pipe the force per unit area exerted by the
tic design stress, long-term hydrostataic strength, hydrostatic strength (quick), long-term medium in the pipe.
burst, ISO equation, pressure, pressure rating, quick burst, service factor, strength, stress Pressure rating – the estimated maximum pressure that the medium in the pipe can exert
and sustained pressure test are related terms. continuously with a high degree of certainty that failure of the pipe will not occur.
Elasticity – that property of plastics materials by virtue of which they tend to recover their Primer – strong organic solvent, preferably tetrahydrofuran, used to dissolve and soften the
original size and shape after deformation. Note – if the strain is proportional to the applied joint surfaces in preparation for and prior to the application of solvent cement. Primer is usu-
stress, the material is said to exhibit Hookean or ideal elasticity. ally tinted purple.
Elastomer – a material which at room temperature can be stretched repeatedly to at least Quick burst – the internal pressure required to burst a pipe or fitting due to an internal pres-
twice its original length and, upon immediate release of the stress, will return with force to its sure build-up, usually within 60 to 90 seconds.
approximate original length. Schedule – a pipe size system (outside diameters and wall thicknesses) originated by the
Elevated temperature testing – tests on plastic pipe above 23° (73°F). iron pipe industry.
Environmental stress cracking – cracks that develop when the material is subjected to Self-extinguishing – the ability of a plastic to resist burning when the source of heat or flame
stress in the presence of specific chemicals. that ignited it is removed.
Extrusion – a method whereby heated or unheated plastic forced through a shaping orifice Service factor – a factor which is used to reduce a strength value to obtain an engineering
becomes one continuously formed piece. Note – this method is commonly used to manu- design stress. The factory may vary depending on the service conditions, the hazard, the
facture thermoplastic pipe. length of service desired, and the properties of the pipe.
Failure, adhesive – rupture of an adhesive bond, such that the plane of separation appears Solvent cement – in the plastic piping field, a solvent adhesive that contains a solvent that
to be at the adhesive-adherend interface. dissolves or softens the surfaces being bonded so that the bonded assembly becomes
Fiber stress – the unit stress, usually in pounds per square inch (psi), in a piece of material essentially one piece of the same type of plastic.
that is subjected to an external load. Solvent cementing – making a pipe joint with a solvent cement. See Solvent Cement.
Filler – a relatively inert material added to a plastic to modify its strength, permeance, work- Stress – when expressed with reference to pipe the force per unit area in the wall of the pipe
ing properties, or other qualities, or to lower costs. in the circumferential orientation due to internal hydrostatic pressure.
Fungi resistances – the ability of plastic pipe to withstand fungi growth and/or their meta- Sustained pressure test – a constant internal pressure test for 100 hours.
bolic products under normal conditions of service or laboratory tests simulating such condi- Thermoplastic – a plastic which is thermoplastic in behavior. Capable of being repeatedly
tions. softened by increase of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature.
Heat joining – making a pipe joint by heating the edges of the parts to be joined so that they Vinyl Chloride Plastics – plastics based on resins made by the polymerization of vinyl chlo-
fuse and become essentially one pipe with or without the addition of additional material. ride or copolymerization of vinyl chloride with other unsaturated compounds, the vinyl chlo-
Hoop stress – the tensile stress, usually in pounds per square inch (psi), in the circumfer- ride being in greatest amount by weight.
ential orientation in the wall of the pipe when the pipe contains a gas or liquid under pres- Weld-orKnit-line – a mark on a molded plastic formed by the union of two or more streams
sure. of plastic flowing together.
Hydrostatic design stress – the estimated maximum tensile stress in the wall of the pipe in
the circumferential orientation due to internal hydrostatic pressure that can be applied con-
tinuously with a high degree of certainty that failure of the pipe will not occur. ABBREVIATIONS
Hydrostatic strength (quick) – the hoop stress calculated by means of the ISO equation at ASA – American Standards Association
which the pipe breaks due to an internal pressure build-up, usually within 60 to 90 seconds. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials
Long-term burst – the internal pressure at which a pipe or fitting will break due to a constant CPVC – Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) plastic or resin. (Note: Formerly known as PVDC)
internal pressure held for 100,000 hours (11.43 years). IAPMO – International Association of Plumbing and Technical Officials
Impact, Izod – a specific type of impact test made with a pendulum type machine. The spec- ISO – International Standards Organization
imens are molded or extruded with machined notch in the center. See ASTM D256. NSF – National Sanitation Foundation
ISO equation – an equation showing the inter-relations between stress, pressure and dimen- PP – Polyproylene plastic or resin
sions in pipe, namely: PPI – Plastic Pipe Institute
PS – Product Standard when references to a specification for plastic pipe and fittings. These
specifications are promulgated by the U.S. Department of Commerce and were formerly
9 S = P (ID + t) or S = P (OD – t)
2t 2t
known as Commercial Standards.
PSI – pounds per square inch
PVC – Poly (Vinyl Chloride) plastic or resin
SPI – The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
P
R •
F
O
A
TABLE OF PROPERTIES
D U
B C O
PLASTIC MATERIALS
C
•
T S
NYLON NYLON NYLON POLYETHYLENE POLYETHYLENE POLYETHYLENE

CELLULOSE
A.S.T.M. TYPE 6 TYPE 6 TYPE 6/6
ACRYLIC ACETATE
PROPERTIES TEST POLYPROPYLENE CAST INJECTION INJECTION HIGH
METHOD HIGH-DENSITY LOW-DENSITY MOLECULAR
CAST SHEET MOLDING & MOLDING &
EXTRUSION EXTRUSION WEIGHT
Specific Gravity D792 1.17 - 1.20 0.900 - 0.915 1.28 - 1.32 1.15 1.13 1.09 - 1.14 0.941 - 0.965 0.910 - 0.925 .940 - .942
Specific Volume, cu. in. per lb. D792 23.7 - 23.1 29 - 31 21.6 - 20.9 24.05 24.5 - 24.2 25.5 - 24.2 29.4 - 28.7 - 29.8
Refractive index nD D542 1.48 - 1.50 1.49 1.49 - 1.50 - - 1.53 1.54 1.51 1.54
Tensile strength, p.s.i. D638, D651 8000 - 11000 3200 - 5300 4500 - 8000 11000 - 14000 10200 - 12000 7000 - 10900 3100 - 5500 1000 - 2300 2500
Elongation, % D638 2-7 200 - 700 20 - 50 10 - 60 90 - 320 90 15 - 100 90 - 650 5.25
Modulus of elasticity in tension, 105 p.s.i. D747 3.5 - 5.0 1.3 - 2.0 3-4 2.6 - 4.0 1.5 - 3.6 2.6 - 4.0 0.8 - 1.5 0.17 - 0.35 1.02
Compressive strength, p.s.i. D695 11000 - 19000 8500 - 10000 18000 - 25000 14000 6700 - 9700 7200 - 13000 2400 - 2400
Flexular strength, p.s.i. D790 12000 - 17000 - 6000 - 10000 16500 - 17500 8000 - 16000 8000 - 13800 1000 - 1000
Impact strength, ft.-lb. per in. of notch 0.6 - 6.0
D256 0.4 - 0.5 1.0 - 3.0 1.2 - 2.5 1.0 - 3.6 1.0 1.5 - 12 >16 No break
(1/2 x 1/2 in. notched bar, izod test) (1/2 x 1/8" BAR)
Hardness, Rockwell D785 M80 - M100 R85 - 110 R95 - R120 R95 - R120 R103 - R118 R111 - R118 D60-D70 (Shore) D41-D46 (Shore) R38
Thermal conductivity (See footnote 1) C177 4-6 2.8 4-8 - - 5.2 - 5.8 11 - 12.4 8.0 11 - 12.4
Specific heat, cal. per °C per gm. - 0.35 0.46 0.3 - 0.5 - - 0.4 0.55 0.55 0.55
Thermal expansion, 10-5 per °C D696 5-9 6 - 8.5 10 - 15 9.0 8 - 13 10 - 15 11 - 13 16 - 18 7.2
Resistance to heat, °F (continuous) 140 - 200 250 - 320 140 - 220 350 175 270 - 300 250 212 250
410 - 420 260 - 340 300 - 360 140 - 180 105 - 121
Heat distortion temp., °F D648 150 - 210 210 - 220 130 - 160 163
(66 p.s.i.) (66 p.s.i.) (66 p.s.i.) (66 p.s.i.) (66 p.s.i.)
Volume resistivity (See footnote 2) D257 >1015 6.5 x 1016 1011 - 1013 - 1012 - 1015 (0.45 ÷ 4) x 1014 1015 - 1016 >1016 >1016
Dielectric strength (See footnote 3) D149 450 - 550 500 - 660 250 - 300 380 440 - 510 385 - 470 450 - 500 460 - 700 710
Dielectric strength (See footnote 4) D149 350 - 400 650 - 340 320 - 440 340 - 410 440 - 600 420 - 700 680
Dielectric constant, 60 cycles D150 3.5 - 4.5 2.25 4.7 4.0 5.0 - 14.0 4.1 - 4.6 2.25 - 2.35 2.25 - 2.35 2.25 - 2.35
Dielectric constant, 103 cycles D150 3.0 - 3.5 2.25 4.5 3.8 4.9 - 10.1 4.0 - 4.5 2.25 - 2.35 2.25 - 2.35 2.25 - 2.35
Dielectric constant, 106 cycles D150 2.2 - 3.2 2.0 - 2.25 4.4 3.3 4.0 - 4.7 3.4 - 3.5 2.25 - 2.35 2.25 - 2.35 2.30
Dissipation (power) factor, 60 cycles D150 0.05 - 0.06 0.0005 0.018 .015 0.06 - 0.10 0.014 - 0.04 <0.0005 <0.0005 0.0005
Dissipation (power) factor, 103 cycles D150 0.04 - 0.06 0.0002 - 0.0008 0.022 .02 0.06 - 0.11 0.02 - 0.04 <0.00021 <0.0005 0.00021
conditions. Since they are average values, they should not be used as minimums for material specified.
Dissipation (power) factor, 106 cycles D150 0.02 - 0.03 0.0001 - 0.0005 0.051 .05 0.04 - 0.13 0.03 - 0.04 <0.0003 <0.005 0.0002
Arc resistance, sec. D495 No track 185 180 - 200 - - 130 - 140 - 135 - 160 -
TABLE OF PROPERTIES
Water absorption, 24 hr., 1/8 in. thickness, % D570 0.3 - 0.4 <0.01 2.0 - 4.5 .06 1.9 - 3.3 0.4 - 1.5 <0.01 <0.015 0.01

Burning Rate D635 Slow Slow Slow Self-extinguishing Self-extinguishing Self-extinguishing Very slow Very slow Very slow
Slight Slight Discolours Surface crazing (except
Effect of Sunlight - Very slight Requires black No visable change Requires black Requires black
discolouration discolouration slightly black and brown)
Effect of weak acids D543 Practically nil Very resistant No visible change Resistant Resistant Resistant Very resistant Resistant Very resistant
Attacked only by high

Attacked slowly by Attacked slowly by Attacked by Attacked slowly by
Effect of strong acids D543 concentrations of Decomposes Attacked Attacked Attacked
oxidizing acids oxidizing acids oxidizing acids oxidizing acids
oxidizing agents
Effect of weak alkalies D543 Practically nil None No visible change None None None Very resistant Resistant Very resistant
Effect of strong alkalies D543 Attacked Very resistant Swells None None None Very resistant Resistant Very resistant
Soluble in keytones,
Resistant below Soluble in Resistant to Resistant to Resistant to Resistant below Soluble in aromatic Resistant below
Effect of organic solvents D543 esters, aromatic,
80°F alcohol common solvents common solvents common solvents 80°F solvents above 60°C 80°F
chlorinated hydrocarbons.
These values are representative of those obtained under standard ASTM conditions, and should not be used to design parts which function under different
Transparent Transparent Transparent

Tranlucent to Tranlucent to Tranlucent to Tranlucent to Tranlucent to Tranlucent to
Clarity - (92% light transmission), translucent, translucent,
opaque opaque opaque opaque opaque opaque
translucent and opaque. opaque opaque
Notes: 1. 104 cal. per sec. per sq. cm, per 1°C per cm. • 2. ohm-cm (50% relative humidity and 23°C). • 3. short-time, 1/8-in. thickness, volts per mil. • 4. step-by-step, 1.8-in. thickness, volts per mil.
9-62
9
9
9-63
TABLE OF PROPERTIES
PLASTIC MATERIALS
LEXAN® POLYSTYRENE TEFLON® OILON PV80® DELRIN® DELRIN A/F® POLYVINYL CHLORIDE &
A.S.T.M. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE-ACETATE MOLDING
PROPERTIES TEST POLYCARBONATE HI-IMPACT POLYTETRA- OIL-LUBRICATED ACETAL TEFLON FIBERS COMPOUNDS & SHEETS RODS & TUBES
METHOD FLUORO- ACETAL RESIN DISPERSED IN
ETHYLENE ACETAL RESIN RIGID FLEXIBLE
Specific Gravity

Buyersgu PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Buyersgu PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Fabco Cover.

Final 2/21/00 4:44 PM Page 1

THE LEADER IN PLASTICS

BUYERS GUIDE 2000-01

P.V.C., C.P.V.C., POLYPROPYLENE, P.V.D.F.,

VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 2

PUMPS AND ACCESSORIES 3

FLOWMETERS, CONTROLLERS, INSTRUMENTATION 4

SHEET STOCK - BAR - EXTRUSIONS 6

FLEXIBLE TUBING - FITTINGS 7

SPECIFICATIONS AND ENGINEERING REFERENCE 9

P.V.C., C.P.V.C., POLYPROPYLENE, P.V.D.F.,

VALVES AND ACCESSORIES 2

PUMPS AND ACCESSORIES 3

FLOWMETERS, CONTROLLERS, INSTRUMENTATION 4

SHEET STOCK - BAR - EXTRUSIONS 6

FLEXIBLE TUBING - FITTINGS 7

SPECIFICATIONS AND ENGINEERING REFERENCE 9

FABCO PVC GASKET JOINT PIPE

SERIES 160 (SDR 26) CSA B137.3; ASTM D2241

SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

FABCO PVC pipe meets or exceeds all recognized standards:

ASTM D-2241 - standard specification for polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

Quebec Standards Bureau - Standard 3624.031 - Tubes de

30” Diameter PVC/FRP Spent Electrolyte Discharge Piping

PVC SEWER PIPE / ROYAL SEAL®

Royal Seal® Dimensions GASKET SEAL

All dimensions are in millimetres unless noted otherwise

Nominal Pipe Wall Assembly Lay Length Average

FOR MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

1 Works Association (AWWA) C-900 Standard High Pressure PVC

C900 CLASS 100 DR25 CIOD

NOMINAL PRODUCT AVERAGE MINIMUM LAY APPROX.

C905 DR25 CIOD

NOMINAL PRODUCT AVERAGE MINIMUM LAY APPROX.

SERIES 100 (SDR-41) PRESSURE PIPE

SERIES 200 (SDR-21) PRESSURE PIPE

1) SERIES 315 (SDR13.5) PRESSURE PIPE

Roof-top view of Fabco Pipe

PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE)

1 has been used successfully for over 60 years. PVC is characterized by

SCHEDULE 80 – GRAY – PLAIN END/PRESSURE PIPE

PVC SCHEDULE 80 PRESSURE FITTINGS

SCHEDULE 80 – GRAY – PRESSURE FITTINGS*

(MM) (INCH) PART NO.

6 1/4 002 5.04 5.82 1.79 4.43 6.41 7.27

(MM) (INCH) PART NO.

6 1/4 002 - - - - - 5.48

NOMINAL SOCKET THREADED

1 (MM) (INCH) PART NO.

6 1/4 002 4.11 3.95 24.83 5.17 3.91 3.41

12 1/2 005 29.89 75.79

(MM) (INCH) PART NO.

20 x 20 x 12 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 101 3.86

PVC SCHEDULE 80 PRESSURE FITTINGS

NOMINAL 90° FLANGED 45° FLANGED MALE

(MM) (INCH) PART NO.

HEAVY DUTY INJECTION MOULDED (217 P.S.I.)

A 1/2 875005 28 68 48 33 - 5 7.40

B B A NOMINAL PART SIZE LINE COUPLING REPAIR COUPLING

(MM) (INCH) PART NO. 8280 8281

PVC PUSH JOINT COUPLINGS

1 (MM) (INCH) PART NO.